Electrical Components For The Railway Industry: Catalog IC 12 Edition 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Electrical Components
for the Railway Industry
Catalog Edition
IC 12 2019 siemens.com/railway-components
© Siemens AG 2018
Related catalogs
Related catalogs Miscellaneous
Industrial Controls IC 10 Products for Automation and Drives CA 01

SIRIUS Interactive Catalog
Download
PDF (E86060-K1010-A101-A8-7600) www.siemens.com/ca01download
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10 Industry Mall

Electrical Installation Technology Information and Ordering Platform
SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHA on the Internet:
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
www.siemens.com/industrymall
PDF (E86060-K8280-A101-A7-7600)
Print (E86060-K8280-A101-A6-7600) Information and Download Center
Digital versions of the catalogs are available
ALPHA FIX LV 52 in the Internet
Terminal Blocks
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
PDF (E86060-K1852-A101-A4-7600)
PDF/print (E86060-K1852-A101-A2-7600)
Response E-mail
Please send your comments and suggestions
DELTA ET D1 for improvement to
Switches and Socket Outlets
catalogs.industry@siemens.com
(include the catalog name in the subject field)
PDF
3AH47 Vakuum Circuit-Breakers HG 11.52

for Traction Applications
Medium-Voltage Equipment
E50001-K1511-A521-A3-7600
Trademarks Technical Assistance
All product designations may be registered trademarks or Expert technical assistance

product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. for Industrial controls:
Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their Tel.: +49 (911) 895-5900
own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark Fax: +49 (911) 895-5907
owners.
E-Mail: technical-
Further information about industrial controls: assistance@siemens.com
www.siemens.com/sirius
© Siemens AG 2018
Electrical Components for the Railway Industry
Introduction
1
Industrial Controls
2
SIRIUS
SIPLUS extreme RAIL and SIDOOR
3
Catalog IC 12 · 2019 SIPLUS
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

this catalog:
Medium-voltage SENTRON / DELTA
www.siemens.com/industrymall Low-Voltage Power Distribution

4
The products contained in this catalog can also be
found in the Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Article No.: E86060-D4001-A510-D8-7600.
Please contact your local Siemens branch.
© Siemens AG 2019
Medium-Voltage Components
5
Surge Arresters for Railway Applications

6
High-voltage
Network Components
7
components
Network
The products and systems described in

this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
Appendix
8
management system in accordance with
EN ISO 9001
(For Certified Registration No., see
www.siemens.com/system-certificates/cp).
The certificate is recognized by all IQNet
countries.
© Siemens AG 2018
Large temperature fluctuations, condensation, shock, vibration, electromagnetic

interference, and more: Electrical and mechanical components for the railway industry must
provide safe and reliable operation even under extreme application conditions at all times.
This is why, Siemens leaves nothing to chance when developing these components. Right from
the start, sound technology, application and service know- how go hand in hand with the
highest quality standards.
As a global technology and innovation leader, we continuously push progress and help our
customers overcome challenges e.g. by using the so-called digital twin. This cross-domain
digital model integrates all data of a physical asset (product, plant or infrastructure systems)
from the early design phase to engineering, commissioning, and service. The digital twin
offers real value throughout the entire asset lifecycle, reducing over-engineering as well as
improving component reliability with predictive engineering system simulation. It also
reduces the costs for design, dimensioning and commissioning and accelerates your
engineering and project execution.
We have been your reliable partner in the railway industry for decades. Our comprehensive
experience in the fields of rolling stock and infrastructure is directly incorporated in the
development of our components as is the knowledge we have gained from close cooperation
with international standards committees. Therefore, you can rely on our components’
guaranteed compliance with railway-specific requirements and standards.
2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Developed, tested and certified

in accordance with current standards
and directives
Siemens is a founding member of the IRIS Initiative, and
consistently implements its requirements.
Our railway components comply with all the relevant standards,

for example: DIN, EN, IEC, IEEE, ISO, EAC/GOST and ANSI,
as well as the current fire protection standard EN45545.
With our certified components, we actively support the

worldwide vehicle approval process.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3
© Siemens AG 2018
Any more questions? Competent and fast

technical advice regarding:
Our experts are there to • Product selection

uring
help you by telephone or nfig Or
Co de • Conversion from old to new
rin
e-mail with competent g
• Competitor conversion
g
technical advice
i
nn
Pl a • Special versions
Technical
is sio nin g
• Particular requirements
Infor m
Assistance •
•
Commissioning
Operation
mm
ati
on
Co
Se
r vi
ce ion
O p e r at
Phone: +49 (911) 895-59 00
E-mail: technical-assistance@siemens.com
IC01_00338
Technical Assistance
One click – and you have all the information you need,
both before and after delivery.
• Industry Online Support – get fast and up-to-date information

online
https://support.industry.siemens.com
In Industry Online Support you will find FAQs,

manuals, certificates, applications & tools, and much more
• Support Request – the fast track to the experts

https://support.industry.siemens.com/My/ww/en/requests
Using the Support Request form in Industry Online Support

you can send your query directly to Technical Assistance.
• Conversion tool – the easy and efficient way

to find successor products
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
1
© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
1/2 SIRIUS
1/6 SENTRON
1/8 Surge arresters
1/10 SIDOOR
1/11 SIPLUS extreme RAIL
1/12 SCALANCE | RUGGEDCOM
1/16 Siemens Propulsion System
Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Electrical components for the railway industry – SIRIUS

1 ■ Overview
SIRIUS range of electrical components for the railway industry
Whether for rolling stock or infrastructure applications, we offer loads, as well as for their monitoring, control, detection,
a comprehensive portfolio of electrical components for commanding, signaling, or supply. Our portfolio is rounded out
countless applications. One of our portfolio highlights is SIRIUS, by numerous products specifically developed and tested for the
the complete range for industrial controls. SIRIUS offers railway industry.
everything required for the switching, protection, or starting of
SIRIUS 3RV2 motor starter protectors for motor protection

• Spring-loaded or screw-type connection system on the terminals
(also ring cable lug connection on request)
• For screw and snap-on mounting on DIN rail
• Short-circuit breaking capacity up to 100 kA
• Trip class 10 (sizes S00-S3)
• Integrated motor protection up to 100 A at +70 °C
• Comprehensive accessories / infeed systems
• Rated current:
- Up to +60 °C 100 %
- Up to +70 °C 87 %
• Mechanical service life:
- 250 to 500 switching cycles
SIRIUS 3RT2 motor contactors up to 45 kW

• Spring-loaded or screw-type connection system on the terminals
• Coil with suppressor diode or varistor circuit
• Extended operating range: 0.7 – 1.25 x Us
• Communication via IO-Link for stationary applications
• Mounting:
- Electronic coil: clearance up to
ambient temperatures of 70 °C is not required
• Contacts:
- Electronic coil: Auxiliary switches expandable in the same way
as standard contactors
SIRIUS 3RT1 motor contactors from 55 to 250 kW

• Screw-type connection system via busbar connection or box terminal
• Optional control via a separate control signal input of 24 to 110 V DC
(operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us)
• Can be used at ambient temperatures up to 70 °C
• Contacts:
- Two NO contacts and two NC contacts as standard
- Auxiliary switches expandable in the same way as standard contactors
1/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction

SIRIUS 3RF solid-state switching devices 1
• Solid-state switching devices for switching 1- and 3-phase resistive
and 3-phase motor loads
• Spring-loaded, screw-type and ring cable lug connection system
• Extremely durable, low-maintenance, rugged, and reliable thanks to long
switching service life
• Wear- and noise-free switching, also for noise-sensitive areas
• Expandable functionality through plug-on function modules
• Vibration resistance in accordance with EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
SIRIUS 3TC DC contactors

• 3TC44 for screw and snap-on mounting on DIN rail
• 3TC48 to 3TC78 for screw mounting
• Solenoid coil fitted with varistor
• Contactors for switching DC voltages up to 1500 V
• Version with series resistor:
- Mounting clearance up to ambient temperatures of 70 °C is not required
- Mounting: with size 2 (3TC44) a clearance of 10 mm is required
- Contacts: auxiliary switches not expandable; two NO contacts and
one NC contact as standard
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/3

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction

1 SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays
• Spring-loaded and screw-type connection system on all terminals
• Coil with suppressor diode or varistor circuit
• Extended operating range: 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
• Electronic coil with very low switch-on and holding power
• With electronic coil:
- Ambient temperature up to 70 °C
- Mounting without clearance
- A 4-pole auxiliary switch block can be mounted
• Standard coil (coupling contactors):
- Ambient temperature > 60 °C
- Mounting with a clearance of 10 mm
- It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block
SIRIUS 3RH2 latched contactor relays

• Screw-type connection system
• Electronic coil with very low switch-on and holding power
• With electronic coil:
- Ambient temperature up to 70 °C
- Mounting without clearance
- A 4-pole auxiliary switch block can be mounted
SIRIUS 3TH4 contactor relays with 8 and 10 contacts

• Screw-type connection system
• The contacts are not expandable
• Mounting:
- At ambient temperatures between 55 °C and 70 °C a clearance
of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting
SIRIUS ACT push buttons and signaling devices

• Modern design and flexible concept:
- 4 design lines in plastic, shiny metal and matte metal in 22 / 30 mm
- Actuators, holders, contact module and LED modules can be ordered
individually and combined freely
• Broad product range:
- State-of-the-art functions, such as ID key-operated switches on RFID basis
- Customized variants, e.g. special tumbler arrangements, labeling,
pre-assembled enclosures
• Communication:
- Communication-enabled due to optional connection to AS-Interface,
IO-Link or PROFINET
• Ruggedness:
- Degree of protection IP69K is our standard
1/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction

SIRIUS monitoring relays 1
• Monitoring relays for electrical parameters, thermistor motor protection,
temperature, filling level, speed
• All versions with removable terminals, featuring either spring-loaded or
screw-type connection system
• Applicability in all networks thanks to wide voltage range
• Variable adjustability
• 3-phase current monitoring integrated in the main circuit
• Communication via IO-Link for stationary applications
SIRIUS 3RQ coupling relays

• SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays in robust industrial housing (22.5 mm width)
and 3RQ3 coupling relays in slim design (6.2 mm)
• Coupling technology with power, plug-in and coupling relays in accordance
with the railway standard
• Coupling links with two-tier design and connections on two levels
• Versions with removable terminals, featuring either spring-loaded
or screw-type connection system
• Versions with very slim design of only 6.2 mm (3RQ3)
• Versions with up to 3 changeover contacts in width of only 22.5 mm (3RQ2),
also available with hard gold-plated contacts for switching of small currents
• Low power consumption
• Applicability in all networks thanks to wide voltage range
• Version with solid-state compatible outputs (hard gold-plating)
SIRIUS 3RP2 timing relays

• Electronic timing relays (multifunction) with up to 15 time ranges
• Electronic timing relays with two changeover contacts and positively-driven
relay contacts
• Individual or selectable time ranges
• Switch position and voltage indication via LED
• With removable terminals, featuring either spring-loaded or
screw-type connection system
• Electronic timing relays with positively-driven relay contacts:
- 2 changeover contacts
- Vibration resistance in accordance with DIN EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
- Interference immunity in accordance with EN 50121-3-2
SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays

• Suitable for all safety applications up to SIL 3 / PL e
• Modular hardware configuration
• Simple commissioning using DIP switches and software parameter
assignment
• Simple selection thanks to a small number of multifunctional devices
• SIRIUS safety relays can be integrated into systems simply and
independently of the automation solution
• More functionality and flexibility through freely configurable safety logic
• Vibration resistance in according with DIN EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
• Interference immunity in accordance with EN 50121-3-2 Table 1
SIRIUS 3SE5 position switches

• Modular device design with easy plug-in connection system
• Four different enclosure versions in plastic and metal
• Optional LED display for all enclosures
• Positive opening of NC contacts
• Area of application up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061
• High contact reliability, also with 5 V DC / 1 mA
• Safety position switches with separate actuator with/without tumbler
• High degree of protection up to IP 66 / IP 67
• Extended temperature range: -40 °C to +85 °C
• Versions with increased corrosion protection
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/5

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Electrical components for the railway industry – SENTRON

1 ■ Overview
SENTRON protection and switching devices
Tested protection and switching devices from the SENTRON The perfectly coordinated components offer outstanding
portfolio ensure reliable low-voltage power distribution in flexibility, convenience, and safety for the railway industry.
infrastructure and railway applications.
5SY4 MCBs
• Optional top or bottom infeed thanks to identical terminals
• Convenient entry thanks to large and easily accessible wiring space
• Rapid manual removal from the busbar assembly
• Vibration- and shock-proof in accordance with DIN EN 61373 and
DIN EN 50155 "1B"
• Applicability at ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C,
with max. humidity of 95 %
• Rated switching capacity: 10 kA AC
• Vibration resistance:
- According to IEC 60068-2-6. 50 m/s² with 25 to 150 Hz
and 60 m/s² with 35 Hz (4sec)
- According to EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
5SY5 MCBs
• Optional top or bottom infeed thanks to identical terminals
• Rapid manual removal from the busbar assembly
• Vibration- and shock-proof in accordance with DIN EN 61373 and
DIN EN 50155 "1B"
• Applicability at ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C,
with max. humidity of 95 %
• Rated switching capacity: 10 kA AC and 1 kA DC
• Vibration resistance:
- According to IEC 60068-2-6. 50 m/s² with 25 to 150 Hz
and 60 m/s² with 35 Hz (4sec)
- According to EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
5ST3010 auxiliary switches (AS) for MCBs

• 5ST3 add-on components: can be combined with 5SY MCBs and
5SU1 RCBOs
• Signaling of the miniature circuit breaker’s contact position by the auxiliary
switch (AS) – released by hand or due to fault
• Auxiliary switch version with test button for testing of the control circuit
without switching the miniature circuit breaker
• Rated breaking capacity: 60 A
• Ambient temperatures: –25 °C to +55 °C
• Climate resistance: according to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles
5SV RCCBs
• Enhanced comfort and safety due to improved design
• Comprehensive uniform accessories for additional functions
• Consistent busbar system concept for all RCCBs with N connection on the
right or left
• Easy removal of individual equipment from the linked assembly
• Rated residual current: 30, 300 mA
• Quick and easy replacement thanks to fast manual removal of the RCCBs
from the assembly
1/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Electrical components for the railway industry – SENTRON

5SU1 RCBOs 1
• Clear, visible and controllable connection of the supply line
• Peak withstand current (> 1 kA) for safe operation
• Retrofitting of add-on components for miniature circuit breakers on the right side
• Rated residual current: 10, 30, 300 mA, Rated current: 6 to 40 A
• Width: 2 WU
• For all 10 kA versions up to 40 A:
- Full insulation through integrated, movable terminal covers in the area of
conductor entries
- Replacement time savings thanks to rapid manual removal of the miniature
circuit breakers from the assembly when changing the connections
Remote controlled mechanisms 5ST30
• The market’s most modular system
• Easy selection between manual / off / RC mode
• Easy connection to RCBOs, RCDs, MCBs, and other devices with adapters
• Rated voltages: 12 ... 30 / 177 ... 270 V AC or 12...48 V DC
• Width: 2 WU
• Applicability at ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C
• Climate resistance: according to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles
• Vibration resistance: according to IEC 60068-2-6. 50 m/s² with 10 to 150 Hz
3NA3360, 3NA3812 LV HRC fuse links
• Fuse links with combined indicator: fuse disconnection signaled
by color change from red to white
• Insulated metal grip lugs embedded in upper and lower cover
of the fuse link in plastic for increased safety during replacement
• Imprinted sign for insulated grip lugs
• Rated breaking capacity: 25 kA DC
• Rated current: 2 to 315 A
• Contact blade: corrosion-free, silver-plated
• Climatic withstand capability: –20 °C up to +50 °C with 95 % relative humidity
3NH3030 LV HRC fuse bases and accessories
• Made of ceramic material for screw mounting
• With flat connections, screw
• Weight per product unit: 0.217 kg
Vacuum interrupters for medium-voltage contactors and circuit breakers

• Extremely safe switching and long service life due to vacuum design
• Many years of manufacturing experience, with more than 5 million
interrupters supplied
• Customer-specific development according to OEM customer requirements
• High product variance for different switching applications
• Use in:
- Medium- and low-voltage switching devices
- Medium-voltage contactors, circuit breakers, load-break switches and
switch disconnectors for railway applications
3AH47 VCB for traction applications
• Rated voltages up to 27.5 kV, frequencies of 16.7 - 60 Hz,
Rated current up to 2500 A
• Rated short-circuit breaking current up to 50 kA
• 1-, 2- and 3-pole version
• Vertical pole assembly fixed to operating mechanism via post insulators
• Customer benefits:
- compact & high mechanically stable design
- various additional equipment available
- economical integration
- competent consultation by our experts
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/7

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Electrical components for the railway industry – Surge arresters

1 ■ Overview
Siemens surge arresters for railway applications – reliable, stable and safe overvoltage protection
Siemens has been designing and manufacturing surge arresters Siemens surge arresters are an indispensable aid to insulation
for all kinds of applications since 1925. For more than 80 years coordination in electrical power systems. Valuable equipment,
we’ve been manufacturing surge arresters for rail systems. such as traction vehicles, is optimally protected against lightning
Continuous research and development, the wealth of Siemens and switching overvoltages. Siemens surge arresters have been
know-how, and comprehensive worldwide experience give designed to meet the requirements of a wide range of common
Siemens surge arresters a leading edge in overvoltage installation environments, from arctic cold to the heat of the
protection Their uncompromising quality ensures a long service desert and the dampness of tropical climates.
life and the highest reliability in any application.
All Siemens surge arresters feature a superior sealing system
that reliably prevents moisture ingress to ensure the highest
possible degree of overvoltage protection and decades of
trouble-free service.
3EB4 surge arrester for railway applications

• Housing made of glass fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) tube and silicone
rubber sheds
• For AC systems up to 25 kV
• For DC systems up to 3 kV
• Train speeds up to 420 km/h
• Short circuit current capability 50 kA
• Tested according to IEC 60099-4 (AC version) and
EN 50526-1 (DC version)
• Fire test according to DIN EN 45545-2
• Shock and vibration test according to IEC 61373
• For use on:
- High-speed trains and intercity trains
- Commuter and regional trains
- (Multi-traction) locomotives
- Urban transportation (light rail, metros and tram cars)
3EB5 surge arrester for railway applications

• Cage designTM with directly molded silicone rubber housing
• For AC systems up to 25 kV
• For DC systems up to 3 kV
• Travel speed up to 200 km/h
• Short circuit current capability 65 kA
• Tested according to IEC 60099-4 (AC version) and
EN 50526-1 (DC version)
• Fire test according to DIN EN 45545-2
• Shock and vibration test according to IEC 61373
• For use on:
- Intercity trains
- Commuter and regional trains
- (Multi-traction) locomotives
- Urban transportation (light rail, metros and tram cars)
1/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/9

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Electrical components for the railway industry – SIDOOR

1 ■ Overview
SIDOOR – Innovative door control systems and now also for metro gap filler control systems
In the field of railway applications, we offer SIDOOR automatic Safe and convenient operation of the doors or steps is always
control system for platform screen doors (PSDs), train doors and ensured (friction and energy limitation).
now also for gap fillers.
Controller for gap filler – SIDOOR ATE530G coated

• Extends a step until 30 kg within 1 s by a maximum of 163 mm
against a fixed stop
• Project specific EC motor
• Ice function: A higher extension force can be created within the first 50 mm
(parameterizable)
• Variant with additional, transparent protective coating to prevent impairment
or damage by moisture and atmospheric pollutants
• Certified according to: DIN EN 50657: 2017 (Basic Integrity)
Controllers for platform screen doors – SIDOOR ATE530S and SIDOOR ATE531S
• Less mounting and wiring effort thanks to PROFINET. Furthermore,
program changes, software updates and the teach-in drive of all SIDOOR
systems can be started from a platform or even from the metro line control
center. This substantially reduces commissioning times.
• Seamless integration into the TIA system architecture and expansion of the
inputs and outputs for additional actuators and sensors, for example by
SIPLUS ET 200SP RAIL
• Detailed diagnostics and parameter assignment options
• The 5 inputs and 2 outputs can be individually configured
• Freely configurable unlocking sequences
• Certified according to: IEC 62061 (SIL 2 for named functions), EN 60335-1,
EN ISO 13849-1, EN 14752 (power and energy)
• SIDOOR ATE530S coated (fig. without lid)
- Variant with additional, transparent protective coating to prevent
impairment or damage by moisture and atmospheric pollutants
- Corresponds to EN 50155 chapter 12, chapter 9.4
• SIDOOR ATE531S (fig. without lid)
- Coated like ATE530S, and with temperature range extended to +70 °C
Motors for platform screen doors – SIDOOR MEG251 and SIDOOR MED280
• Low noise, low heat rise, maintenance-free
• SIDOOR MEG251 left / right:
- Compact size – EC geared motor for door weights up to 250 kg
- For retrofit applications (replacement for SIDOOR ATE250S,
including SIDOOR MEG250)
• SIDOOR MED280:
- Gearless EC direct drive for door weights up to 280 kg –
provides even higher reliability and energy balance = less wear = long
service life
- Just one motor for different installation orientations = asset minimization
Door drive for interior railway doors – SIDOOR ATD400T with SIDOOR MDG180 DIN EN 45545-2
• Complies with the new fire protection standard for components in rail vehicles
according to DIN EN 45545-2 – Hazard Level HL 3
• Certified safety according to DIN EN 14752 (fail-safe limitation of force and
energy)
• Extended operating temperature range: -25 °C to +70 °C and for 10 minutes
up to +85 °C with reduced track-related speed profile parameters
• SIDOOR MDG180 DIN EN 45545-2 left / right:
- Compact design – DC geared motor for door weights up to 180 kg
• SIDOOR ATD400T:
- Including push-to-open and push-to-close function
1/10 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Electrical components for the railway industry – SIPLUS extreme RAIL
■ Overview
1
SIPLUS extreme RAIL – automation with railway approvals
Thanks to their extensive approvals and conformity to railway features such as integrated system diagnostics and security and
standards, the new SIPLUS extreme RAIL products are the safety are already included. Whether simple, complex or
perfect choice for a wide range of rolling stock and trackside distributed - SIPLUS extreme RAIL offers a durable and robust
applications. Based on SIMATIC industrial controllers, common solution for your automation tasks.
SIPLUS extreme RAIL-Controller

• Basic and advanced controller for use in simple applications such as sanding
systems and hygiene cubicles up to complex setups such as HVAC,
signaling systems and interlockings
• Compliant to EN 50155, EN 45545 and EN 50124
• Failsafe controller certified for EN 50126, EN 50128, EN 50129 and EN 50159
• Insulation testing for every item
• Conformal Coating
• Temperature classes TX: -40 °C to +85 °C* and T1: -25 °C to +70 °C*
(* includes +15 K overtemperature for 10 minutes)
• PROFINET, Ethernet, CAN, OPC UA and PROFISAFE communication
• High electromagnetic immunity to interference (EMC) and mechanical
resilience (vibration and shock)
• Integrated system diagnostics and security
• 110 V IOs available
SIPLUS extreme Rail HMI

• HMI Panels for visualization of simple, medium and complex applications
• Temperature class T1: -25 °C to +70 °C*
• Horizontal installation
SIPLUS extreme Rail Distributed I/O

• Distributed I/O controller for medium and complex applications
• Failsafe controller certified for EN 50126, EN 50128, EN 50129 and EN 50159
• Temperature classes TX: -40 °C to +85 °C* and T1: -25 °C to +70 °C*
• Seamless integration into the common TIA Portal engineering framework
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/11

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Electrical components for the railway industry – SCALANCE | RUGGEDCOM

1 ■ Overview
Communication solutions for railway industry with SCALANCE and RUGGEDCOM
Siemens offers a wide range of communication products and and widespread wireless connectivity for mobile and stationary
technologies that are specifically designed to give railway applications. Siemens is active worldwide, and has the
operators all the tools they need for continuously trouble-free knowledge and experience to deliver complete, standardized
railway operation based on current security standards – from the communication solutions to the railway industry.
integration of legacy infrastructure to long-haul fiber backbones
SCALANCE XC-200
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4 (trackside)
• Redundant power supply
• Up to 24 x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s for mounting in the control cabinet
• Additional versions with optical ports (SC/ST/LC) up to 1 Gbit/s and with
conformal coating (XC-200EEC) available
• Slot for optional C-PLUG removable data storage medium for easy device
replacement without additional equipment such as a field PG
• Fast mobile network diagnostics by smartphone or tablet via WLAN and NFC
(Near Field Communication)
SCALANCE XP208EEC, XP208PoE EEC, XP216EEC and XP216PoE EEC
• Meets the railway standards EN 50155 and EN 45545-2 (train- and trackside)
• Managed Switch, high degree of protection (IP 65) for use outside the control
cabinet, temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C with coated PCBs
(conformal coating), stable metal enclosure
• Flat type for installing in partitions etc., many mounting options
• Clearly highlighted diagnostic area
• Supports PoE ports (IEEE 802.3 at type 2, 30 W per port)
• Variants:
- XP208EEC: 8-port managed switch
- XP208PoE EEC: 8-port managed switch, 4 ports with PoE function
- XP216EEC: 16-port managed switch
- XP216PoE EEC: 16-port managed switch, 8 ports with PoE function
SCALANCE XR324-12M TS / XR324-4M PoE TS
• Meets the railway standards EN 50155, EN 45545-2 and EN 50121-4
(train- and trackside)
• Modular, managed Layer 2 Industrial Ethernet 19" rack switches
• Redundancy functions for highly available ring topologies, tried and tested
in industrial applications (MRP / HRP), equipped with additional IT functions,
e.g. VLAN, RSTP, MSTP
• Gigabit Ethernet support on all 24 ports
• Ambient temperature -40 °C to +70 °C
• Can be used in harsh environments due to vibration-proof/shock-proof
plug-in connection
• Variants:
- SCALANCE XR324-12 M TS: 12 slots for electrical (RJ45 / M12) and/or
optical 2-port media modules (multi-mode or single-mode), which are
inserted into the media module slots of the basic unit
- SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS:
- 16 integrated RJ45 ports, of which 8 are PoE-capable
- 4 slots for electrical (RJ45 / M12) and/or optical 2-port media modules,
which are inserted into the media module slots
(multi- or single-mode) of the basic unit
SCALANCE XM408-8C with Port Extender PE408PoE
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4 (trackside)
• SCALANCE XM408-8C with 8 ports available in total, of which
- up to 8 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s are RJ45 ports with retaining collars
- up to 8 x SFP slots (combo ports), 100 or 1000 Mbit/s of either electric port or
SFP slot
• Two port extenders with 8 ports each can be connected to implement a
maximum of 24 ports in one switch
• Fast mobile network diagnostics by smartphone or tablet via WLAN and NFC
• High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy manager even
for large networks, for both Gigabit Ethernet and Fast Ethernet
• Opt. activation of the Layer 3 functions in connection with the KEY-PLUG XM-400
• PE408PoE Port Extender for SCALANCE XM-400 managed modular
IE switch; extension by 8 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 with up to 8 ports PoE
according to IEEE 802.3 at type 2
1/12 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction

SCALANCE M876-4 + ANT896-6MH 1
• Meets the railway standards EN 50155 and EN 50121-4
• 3G/LTE router for wireless connection via the mobile radio network –
perfect for large bandwidth requirements, e.g. for video transmission,
data link for automatic ticket machines, infotainment services,
internet on board and telemetry
• Bandwidth up to 100 Mbit/s downlink and 50 Mbit/s uplink (LTE)
• Managed 4-port switch, network management via SNMP
• Integrated firewall and IPsec / OpenVPN
• Ambient temperature -20 °C to +60 °C
• 2G / 3G / 4G antenna ANT896-6MH for mounting on the vehicle roof
SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC and SCALANCE W778-1 M12 EEC

• Industrial Wireless LAN access points for installation in control cabinets or
for indoor use with IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n support and data transfer rates
up to 300 Mbit/s
• Low-profile, compact aluminum enclosure, shock and vibration-proof, for
high mechanical requirements, variants in protection class IP30 and IP65
• M12 connections for 10/100 Mbit/s with PoE
• Coated PCBs (conformal coating) and extended temperature range
(-30 °C to +70 °C)
• Mounting outside of the cabinet also possible thanks to IP65 protection class
(SCALANCE W778-1 M12)
• Additional functions (iFeatures) can be activated optionally with a KEY-PLUG,
e.g. iPRP for reliable redundancy with WLAN
SCALANCE W788-2 M12 EEC and SCALANCE W1788-2 M12 EEC

• Meets the railway standards EN 50155, EN 45545-4 and EN 50121-4
• Industrial Wireless LAN access point for installation in control cabinets
or for indoor use with IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n support and data transfer rates
up to 450 Mbit/s
• SCALANCE W1788-2 M12 EEC: further 802.11ac support,
transfer rates up to 1700 Mbit/s
• Rugged aluminum enclosure, shock and vibration-proof, for high mechanical
requirements, protection class IP65, coated PCB (conformal coating)
• M12 connection for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s with PoE
• Antenna positioning optimized for 3 x 3 MIMO technology (W1788: 4 x 4 MIMO);
no interference between the antennas for direct mounting on the device
• Ambient temperatures: -40 °C to +70 °C (W788-2 M12 EEC),
-20 °C to +60 °C (W1788-2 M12 EEC)
e.g. iPRP for reliable redundancy with WLAN (for W1788 with CLP in 2019)
SCALANCE W786
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4
• IWLAN access points for outdoor use with IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n support and
data transfer rates up to 450 Mbit/s, RJ45 or SFP connections for
10/100 Mbit/s with PoE
• Rugged, impact-resistant plastic enclosure, shock and vibration-proof for
demanding mechanical requirements, Protection class IP65, resistant to
condensation, UV radiation and saltwater spray
e.g. iPRP for reliable redundancy with WLAN
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/13

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction

1 IWLAN accessories: antennas and cables
• Remote antennas increase the reliability of wireless links by optimizing
signal reception and emission
• Use in Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) and WLAN according to IEEE 802.11
with 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with data transfer rates up to 450 Mbit/s
• The connection cables meet the increased requirements for environmental
conditions and fire protection that are required for use in vehicles
(including EN 45545-2)
RUGGEDCOM RS900G / RS900GP

• Managed Ethernet switch for reliable operation in critical infrastructure
• Multiple fiber connector types (LC, SC, ST, SFP)
• Long-haul optics allow Gigabit uplinks for distances up to 70 km
• Operating temperature from -40 °C to +85 °C
• Variants:
- RS900G: Managed Ethernet switch with 10 ports, Gigabit fiber-optic
uplinks and 128 bit encryption
- RS900GP: Managed Ethernet switch with 10 ports, of which 8 are Power-
over-Ethernet (PoE) ports and 2 Gigabit uplinks, with 128 bit encryption
RUGGEDCOM RSG920P
• Meets the railway standards EN 45545-2 and EN50121-4
• High port density to meet the Ethernet requirements along the track
• Compact layer 2 Gigabit switch with 20 Gigabit ports, including
4 PoE ports and 4 SFP slots and I/Os with PoE supply
• SFP ports for greater flexibility and migration in future Ethernet networks
• 19" switch performance features in compact design to save space
• Application and commissioning with USB console and MicroSD
firmware/configuration
• RPS1300 power supply suitable for Power-over-Ethernet devices,
max. power 140 W
RUGGEDCOM RSG907R / RSG909R

• PRP / HSR coupling functionality to cover all types of redundant network
topologies
• 3 x RNA (Redundant Network Access) and coupler Ethernet ports according to
IEC 62439-3 (1000BASE-X), plus
RSG907R: 4 x SAN (Singly Attached Node) fiber optic ports (LC, 100BASE-FX)
RSG909R: 6 x SAN (Singly Attached Node) copper Ethernet (RJ45)
• Power redundancy: Integrated power supply with redundant inputs
- Universal high voltage range: 88 – 300 VDC or 85 – 264 VA;
- Universal low voltage power supply range: 10 – 60 VDC
RUGGEDCOM RX1400
• Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch and TCP / IP router with LTE and
fiber-optic WAN options in compact design
• For safe, cost-effective implementation of extensive communication
applications and a high processing performance in harsh industrial
environments
• 4 x Fast Ethernet copper ports and 2 x Gigabit SFP slots
(Small Form Factor Pluggable)
• Supports multi-mode and single-mode SFPs for distances up to 100 km
• Equipped with GPS input
• Available with or without LTE modem for Europe, North America,
the Asia-Pacific Region and Japan
• Operating temperatures from -40 °C to +85 °C; fanless operation
• The RUGGEDCOM VPE1400 provides a virtualized environment to run a
guest Linux operating system and third party applications on the RX1400,
enabling intelligence at the network edge
1/14 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction

RUGGEDCOM RX1500 1
• Modular and field-replaceable layer 2 and layer 3 switch and router
• M12 line modules with very wide range of functions
(M12 / RJ45, Fast Ethernet / Gigabit, etc.)
• ROX II software features with integrated router / firewall / VPN / VRRP / MPLS
• Input voltage: 24 V DC, 48 V DC, 88 to 300 V DC, and 85 to 264 V AC for
worldwide operability
RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 / RSG2100P
• Modular fully managed Ethernet switch for use in electrically harsh and
climatically demanding environments
• Up to 3 Gigabit Ethernet ports and 16 Fast Ethernet ports
(copper and /or fiber optic)
• 2-port modules for outstanding flexibility
• Store and forward switching
• Supports many fiber-optic types (multi-mode, single-mode) with diverse
connectors (ST, MTRJ, LC, SC, SFP)
• Fully integrated, dual redundant (optional) power supplies
• Variant available with up to 4 ports conforming with IEEE 802.3af (10/100BaseTX)
RUGGEDCOM RSG2300 / RSG2300P
• Fully managed Ethernet rack switch with 32 ports and 4 modular
Gigabit uplink ports and 24 Fast Ethernet copper ports
• Optional: up to 4 x 1000LX Gigabit Ethernet ports (copper and / or fiber-optic)
and up to 8 x 100FX Fast Ethernet ports (copper and / or fiber-optic)
• Non-blocking, store and forward switching
• Supports many fiber-optic types (multi-mode, single-mode) with diverse
connectors (ST, MTRJ, LC, SC, SFP)
• Fully integrated, doubly redundant (optional) power supplies
• Variant available with up to four ports conforming with IEEE 802.3af
(10/100BaseTX)
RUGGEDCOM RST2228 / RST2228P
• 19" Layer 2 rack switch with up to 28 Ports: 4 x 1/10 Gigabit ports (SFP),
24 Gigabit / Fast Ethernet ports (SFP, RJ45, LC)
• Power-over-Ethernet Variant available
• Supports IEEE 8023.at / 802.3bt (draft) with max. 60W per port
• Maximum Power budget 500W
• Modular; field-replaceable Ethernet media modules with 4 ports
for outstanding flexibility
• Supports IEEE 1588 v2 time synchronization with hardware time stamping
and transparent clock
• Non-blocking, store and forward switching
• Integrated dual redundant power supplies
RUGGEDCOM WIN
• First broadband wireless product portfolio designed for private networks
delivering the benefits of 4G technology to critical infrastructure applications
in harsh environments
• Provides enhanced security, network simplicity and private network feature set
• Mobile WiMAX compliance based on IEEE 802.16e standard and WiMAX
Forum Wave2 (MIMO) certification
• Lowest frequency use: leverages OFDMA and built-in GPS to enable users to
deploy an entire network on a single frequency channel
• Quality of service: separate traffic types over the air and guarantee latency,
minimum bandwidth and jitter, according to application needs
• Stand-alone architecture: does not require an entire network infrastructure to
be in place, while maintaining the interoperability and technology advances
of broadband wireless
• Improved security: built-in features ensure NERC CIP compliance,
such as two-factor mutual authentication and AES encryption
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/15

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Electrical components for the railway industry – Siemens Propulsion System

1 ■ Overview
Components for the propulsion system
Siemens, as the inventor of electric traction, has always felt itself Following this tradition, we offer tailor-made components
obligated to provide efficient, reliable drive systems for high- which are of course perfectly coordinated with one another
speed trains, locomotives, EMUs, metros, tram cars, trolley (for example as a motor-gear unit). We are innovation drivers of
buses and mining trucks. energy efficiency, and offer extensive, worldwide service
solutions, including retrofits, from a single source.
Pantograph
• Rated voltage: 0.6 – 25 kV; AC / DC
• Rated current: up to 4000 A
• Operating speed: up to 400 km/h
• (Static) contact force: 60-150 N
• Working height: up to 3200 mm
• Pan profiles: 1450, 1550, 1600, 1800, 1950 mm
• Option:
- Automatic dropping device (ADD), raised height limit, electronic control
for contact force tracking, lowered position monitoring, lowered position
locking, monitoring of the wear on the contact strips
Transformers
• Rated voltage: 1.5 / 3 kV DC; 12 / 15 / 25 kV AC and special voltages
• Frequency: 16 2/3 – 60 Hz
• Rated power: up to 12 MVA
• Installation location: Underfloor, roof, machine room
• Feature:
- Integrated transformer & inductor design, cooling system and expansion
tank
- High-class insulating material for maximum energy density
- Ester cooling and insulating fluid for the highest environmental and fire
protection requirements
• Option:
- Multi-system transformers for cross-border travel, as well as integrated line
- filter & 2ndharmonic inductors, HEP/AUX transformers with filter, auxiliary
- and heating circuit windings according to customer specifications
Traction converter
• Rated voltage: 600 / 750 / 1500 / 3000 V DC
• Rated power: up to 1.6 MW per axle; in group supply up to 2.2 MW
• Efficiency: up to 98%
• Installation location: underfloor, roof, machine room
• Feature:
- Cooling: Naturally or forced air cooling, water cooling
- Ambient temperatures: -40 °C to +70 °C
• Option:
- Single and multi-system configuration; group, bogie and individual axle
control including redundancy concept; integrated on-board converter
Battery charger
• Rated voltage: 670 / 750 / 1500 V DC
• Rated power: 6 kW to 60 kW
• Output voltage: 24 – 110 V DC
• Feature:
• Option:
- SiC technology, bidirectional, suitable for deserts and / or low temperatures
1/16 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Electrical components for the railway industry – Siemens Propulsion System

On-board converter 1
• Rated voltage: 600 / 750 V DC; 1000 V AC; 1500 / 3000 V AC / DC
• Rated power: 20 kVA to 500 kVA
• Output voltage: 24 to 110 V DC, 1 AC / 3 AC / 3 AC+N, fixed / variable
frequency
• Efficiency > 92 %
• Installation location: Underfloor, roof, machine room
• Feature:
- Full and partial redundancy
- Ambient temperatures: -40 °C to +55 °C
• Option:
- SiC technology, integrated battery charger, parallel connection of converter
without additional synchronous line, suitable for deserts and / or low
temperatures
Traction motor
• Rated voltage: 750 – 4200 V DC
• Rated power: up to 1600 kW
• Rated speed: up to 8000 rpm
• Starting torque: up to 42000 Nm
• Cooling: Self-ventilated or forced-cooled, water-cooled
• Feature:
- Synchronous (permanent-magnet-excited) and asynchronous motors
- Open or encapsulated
• Type:
- Semi-, fully suspended, or nose-suspended drive
- Wheel hub motor
Coupling
• Membrane coupling:
- Size 200 to 465 for 70 % and 100 % LF drives (fully suspended),
with and without torque limiter
• Cardan joint and wedge-type integrated coupling:
- Sizes 350 to 370 for 70 % LF drives (fully suspended),
up to size 680 for locomotive drives
• Guide coupling:
- Sizes 330 to 365 for 100 % LF drives (fully suspended)
• Gear coupling:
- Metro: Axle-mounted drives, with and without torque limiter
- EMU/high-speed: Normal and low temperature version,
with and without torque limiter
• Steel multiple-disk coupling:
- Locomotives
• Option:
- Project-specific design and optimization of the couplings based on the
relevant specification and requirement
Gear unit
• Axle loads: up to 32.5 t
• Rated speeds: up to 10.000 rpm
• Power: up to 1300 kW
• Ambient temperatures: -50 °C to +45 °C
• Type:
- Bevel, bevel helical and helical gear units for semi- and fully suspended
drive concepts
• Feature:
- Gear unit and coupling as optimized system from a single source
- Design optimized for noise and weight
- Gear unit manufacture and gearing design and manufacturing competence
in one company
• Option:
- Suitable for deserts and / or low temperatures, specific grounding and / or
current insulation solutions, special solutions for integration into digitized
logistics systems (e.g. RFID), digital maintenance documentation for
optimizing service processes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/17

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
Notes
1
1/18 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

2
© Siemens AG 2018
Industrial Controls
2/2 Power Contactors for Switching 2/187 Monitoring and Control Devices
Motors 2/189 Timing relays
2/12 SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 2/202 Monitoring relays
3-pole up to 250 kW
2/230 Safety technology
2/59 Contactors for Special Applications
2/231 SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
2/60 SIRIUS 3RT.4 contactors
2/238 Basic units
for resistive loads (AC-1), 3-pole
2/241 Expansion units
2/63 Contactors for Railway Applications
2/246 Position and Safety Switches
2/63 SIRIUS 3RT contactors
with extended operating range, 3-pole 2/248 SIRIUS 3SE5 mechanical position
switches
2/68 SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays
with extended operating range 2/260 SIRIUS 3SE5, 3SE2 mechanical safety
hinge switches
2/71 - 3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole
2/261 SIRIUS 3SE5 mechanical position
2/72 - 3TC contactors for switching
switches for ambient temperatures
DC voltage, 2-pole
of -40 °C
2/73 - 3TC contactors for switching
DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole 2/275 SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and
indicator lights
2/81 Contactor Relays and Relays
2/289 Actuators and indicators, 22 mm,
2/83 Contactor Relais plastic with metal front ring, matte
2/98 Coupling Relays 2/289 - Actuating and signaling elements
2/110 Solid-State switching devices 2/300 Actuators and indicators, 22 mm,
Metal, shiny
2/112 Solid-state switching devices for
resistive/inductive loads 2/300 - Compact units
2/115 - Solid-state relays 2/300 - Actuating and signaling elements
2/125 - Solid-state contactors 2/301 Actuators and indicators, flat, 30 mm,
metal, matte
2/135 - Function Modules
2/301 - Actuating and signaling elements
2/147 Motor Starter Protectors/ 2/304 Actuators and Indicators,
Circuit Breakers Customized Designs
2/148 SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter 2/306 Holders without module/
Protectors/Circuit Breakers holders with module
2/307 Modules for actuators and indicators
2/307 - Contact modules
2/310 - LED modules
2/311 Enclosures
2/318 Accessories
© Siemens AG 2018
Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Introduction
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Conversion tool, e.g. from 3RT10 to 3RT20, see
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Home page, see www.siemens.com/sirius Online configurator for 3RT2 contactors, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RT_3TK_3TC
TIA Selection Tool Cloud (TST Cloud), see
2 https://mall.industry.siemens.com/spice/TSTWeb/?kmat=Contactor
Size S00 S0
Type 3RT201 3RT202
3RT20 contactors
Type 3RT2015 3RT2016 3RT2017 3RT2018 3RT2023 3RT2024 3RT2025 3RT2026 3RT2027 3RT2028
AC, DC operation (p. 2/37, 2/64) (p. 2/39, 2/65)
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V A 7 9 12 16 9 12 17 25 32 38
400 V kW 3 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
230 V kW 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11
690 V kW 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 11 11 18.5 18.5
1 000 V kW -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
AC-4 (at Ia = 6 x Ie)
400 V kW 3 4 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 11
400 V (200 000 operating kW 1.15 2 2 2.5 2 2.6 3.5 4.4 6 6
cycles)
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
Ie 3RT20 A 18 22 22 22 40 40 40 40 50 50
Accessories for contactors

Auxiliary • On front 3RH29, 3RA28 (p. 2/52) 3RH29, 3RA28 (p. 2/52)
switch blocks • Lateral 3RH29 (p. 2/56) 3RH29 (p. 2/56)
3RU2 and 3RB3 overload relays

3RU thermal overload relays 3RU2116 0.11 ... 16 A 3RU2126 1.8 ... 40 A
3RB electronic overload relays
• For standard applications 3RB3016 0.1 ... 16 A 3RB3026 0.1 ... 40 A
3RB3113 3RB3123
• For High-Feature applications 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24
with 3RB2906-2.G1 current measuring with 3RB2906-2.G1 current measuring module
module
0.3 ... 25 A 0.3 ... 25 A
3RV20 motor starter protectors

Motor starter protectors 3RV2011 0.11 ... 16 A 3RV2021 0.45 ... 40 A
Link modules 3RA2911 3RA2921
3RA1921
Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16
"Standards and Approvals".
3RU2 and 3RB3 overload relays and 3RV20 motor starter
protectors, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 7
2/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Introduction
Size S2 S3
2
Type 3RT203 3RT204
3RT20 contactors
Type 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047
AC, DC operation (p. 2/41, 2/66) (p. 2/66)
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V A 40 50 65 80 80 95 110
400 V kW 18.5 22 30 37 37 45 55
230 V kW 11 15 18.5 22 22 22 30
690 V kW 22 22 37 45 55 75 90
1 000 V kW -- -- -- -- 37 37 37
400 V kW 18.5 22 30 37 37 45 55
400 V (200 000 operating kW 11.6 12.6 14.7 15.8 17.9 22 24.3
cycles)
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
Ie A 60 70 80 90 125 130 130
Auxiliary • On front 3RH29, 3RA28 (p. 2/52) 3RH29, 3RA28 (p. 2/52)
switch blocks • Lateral 3RH29 (p. 2/56) 3RH29 (p. 2/56)
Function • Direct-on-line starting 3RA283. 3RA283.
modules • IO-Link, AS-Interface 3RA271.-.AA00 3RA271.-.AA00
Surge suppressors 3RT2936 3RT29361), 3RT2946
Terminal covers 3RT2936-4EA2 3RT2946-4EA2
3RU2 and 3RB overload relays
3RU thermal overload relays 3RU2136 11 ... 80 A 3RU2146 28 ... 100 A
• For standard applications 3RB3036 12.5 ... 80 A 3RB3046 12.5 ... 115 A
3RB3133 3RB3143
• For High-Feature applications 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24
with 3RB2906-2JG1 current measuring module with 3RB2906-2JG1 current measuring module
10 ... 100 A 10 ... 100 A
3RV20 motor starter protectors
Motor starter protectors 3RV2031, 3RV2032 9.5 ... 80 A 3RV2041, 3RV2042 28 ... 100 A
Link modules 3RA2931 3RA1941
1)
From product version E03 onwards, 3RT2936-1B/-1E surge suppressors
can be used for 3RT2.4 contactors.
Note:
3RU2 and 3RB overload relays and 3RV20 motor starter
protectors, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 7
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/3

© Siemens AG 2018

Introduction
2
Size S6 S10 S12
Type 3RT105 3RT1.6 3RT1.7
3RT10 contactors, 3RT12 vacuum contactors
Type 3RT1054 3RT1055 3RT1056 3RT1064 3RT1065 3RT1066 3RT1075 3RT1076
AC, DC operation
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V A 115 150 185 225 265 300 400 500
400 V kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
230 V 3RT10 kW 37 45 55 55 75 90 132 160
690 V 3RT10 kW 110 132 160 200 250 250 400 400/500
1 000 V kW 75 90 90 90/315 132/355 132/400 250/560 250/710
400 V 3RT10 kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
400 V kW 29 38 45 54/78 66/93 71/112 84/140 98/161
(200 000 operating cycles)
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
Ie 3RT10 A 160 185 215 275/330 330 330 430/610 610

Auxiliary • On front 3RH19, 3RT1926 (p. 2/55)
switch • Lateral 3RH19 (p. 2/57)
blocks
Surge suppressors 3RT1956-1C (RC element)
Terminal covers 3RT1956-4EA. 3RT1966-4EA.
Box terminal blocks 3RT1955-4G, 3RT1956-4G 3RT1966-4G
3RB2 overload relays

• For standard applications 3RB2056 50 ... 200 A 3RB2066 55 ... 250 A or 160 ... 630 A
3RB2153 50 ... 200 A 3RB2163
• For High-Feature applications 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB22, 3RB23 and
3RB24 3RB24
with 3RB2956-2TH2 current measuring with 3RB2966-2WH2 current measuring module
module
20 ... 200 A 63 ... 630 A
3RV10 molded case motor starter protectors
Molded case motor starter 3RV1063 40 ... 200 A 3RV1073 160 ... 400 A 3RV1083 252 ... 630 A
protectors
Note:
3RB2 overload relays and 3RV10 molded case circuit breakers,
2/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
■ Overview
The SIRIUS family of controls
The SIRIUS modular system with its components for the
switching, starting, protection and monitoring of motors and
industrial systems stands for the fast, flexible and space-saving
construction of control cabinets.
3RT2 contactors
Size S00 with mountable accessories
2
10
11
12
13
16
1 15
18 1
6 2
7 17
IC01_00614a
8
16
9
3
4
5
14
13
1 Contactor size S00
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 11 Star jumper, 3-pole, without connecting terminal
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 12 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal
cable entry from the top 13 Solder pin adapter
4 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 14 Connection module (adapter and connector) for contactors
cable entry from the bottom with screw-type connection
5 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 15 Safety main current connector for two contactors
6 3RA28 function module Assembly kit 3RA2913-2AA1
7 3RA27 function module for AS-Interface, direct-on-line starting comprising:
8 3RA27 function module for IO-Link, direct-on-line starting 16 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main,
auxiliary and control current paths, electrical interlock 1)
9 Surge suppressor with/without LED
included, can be broken off (NC contact interlock)
10 Three-phase feeder terminal
17 Mechanical interlocks 2)
18 Two connecting clips for two contactors 2)
For contactors
For contactors and coupling contactors
1) 3RT201. contactors with one NC contact in the basic unit
are required for the electrical interlock. An additional NO contact
is required for momentary-contact operation.
2) The parts
17 and 18 can only be ordered together as 3RA2912-2H
mechanical connectors.
Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/5

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
3RT2 contactors
16
15
2 14
2 18
1
17
1
7 20
8
9
IC01_00615b
19
5
4 10
6
18
14
13
3
11
12
1 Contactor size S0
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 12 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 13 Connection module (adapter and plug) for contactors
cable entry from the top with screw-type connection
4 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 14 Coil terminal module, on the top and bottom
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 15 Three-phase feeder terminal
cable entry from the bottom 16 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
6 Surge suppressor with/without LED without connecting terminal
17 Safety main current connector for two contactors
7 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface, direct-on-line starting
8 3RA28 function modules Assembly kit 3RA2923-2AA1
comprising:
9 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link, direct-on-line starting
18 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
10 Pneumatically delayed auxiliary switch block main current paths, electrical interlock included (NC
11 Mechanical latching block contact interlock)
19 Mechanical interlocks 1)
20 Two connecting clips for two contactors 1)
For contactors
For contactors and coupling contactors
1)
The parts 19 and 20 can only be ordered together as 3RA2912-2H
mechanical connectors.
2/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
3RT2 contactors
13
12
2
11
15
1
16
14
2 1
17
7
8
9
IC01_00616a
6
3 15
5
4 11
1 Contactor, size S2
10
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 13 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
without connection terminal
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front,
cable entry from above 14 Safety main current connector for two contactors
4 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front Assembly kit 3RA2933-2AA1
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front, comprising:
cable entry from below 15 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
6 Surge suppressor with/without LED main current paths, electrical interlock included
(NC contact interlock)
7 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface, direct-on-line starting
16 Two connecting clips for two contactors
8 3RA28 function modules
9 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link, direct-on-line starting To be ordered separately:
10 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connection terminal 17 Mechanical interlocks
11 Coil terminal module, top and bottom
12 Three-phase feeder terminal
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/7

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
3RT2 contactors
13
2 12
11
14
1
2 15 1
16
7
8
9
IC01_00617a
6
14
3
5
4
11
1 Contactor, size S3
10
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 10 Links for paralleling, 3-pole, with connection terminal
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front, 11 Coil terminal module, top and bottom
cable entry from above
12 Single-phase infeed terminals (3 units)
4 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front
13 Links for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front, without connecting terminal
cable entry from below Assembly kit 3RA2943-2AA1
6 Surge suppressor with/without LED comprising:
7 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface, direct-on-line starting 14 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main,
8 3RA28 function modules auxiliary and control current paths, electrical interlock1)
included, can be broken off (NC contact interlock)
9 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link, direct-on-line starting
15 Two connectors for two contactors
To be ordered separately:
16 Mechanical interlock
1)
3RT201. contactors with one NC contact in the basic unit
are required for the electrical interlock. An additional NO contact
is required for momentary-contact operation.
2/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with mountable accessories
(illustration for basic unit)
IC01_00618a
9
5
7
2
3
8
1 3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12
2 Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay 7 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
(ON or OFF-delay or star-delta (wye-delta) starting)
8 Terminal cover for box terminal
3 4-pole auxiliary switch block
9 Box terminal block
4 1-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on)
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right
6 Surge suppressor (RC element) for plugging into top of withdrawable coil
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Different accessories for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/9

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
3RT12 vacuum contactors
(illustration for basic unit)
3
4
1
IC01_00536
8
2
1 3RT12 vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right

3 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.A... contactors with conventional operating mechanism
4 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.N... contactors with solid-state operating mechanism
5 Surge suppressor (RC element) for plugging into top of withdrawable coil
6 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
7 Terminal cover for box terminal
8 Box terminal block
2/10 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
3RT1 contactors
3
4
5
5
1
IC01_00620a
1 3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12
(3RT1054, size S6 shown here)
2 3RT12 vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12
(3RT1266, size S10 shown here)
3 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.A... contactors with conventional operating mechanism
(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
4 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.N... contactors with solid-state operating mechanism.
(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
5 Withdrawable coils and laterally mountable module (plug-on) for 3RT1...-.P... air-break
contactors with solid-state operating mechanism and remaining lifetime indicator
6 Surge suppressor (RC element), plug-mountable on withdrawable coils
• 3RT1...-.A... with conventional operating mechanism
• 3RT1...-.N... with solid-state operating mechanism
Same accessories for sizes S6 to S12

Different accessories depending on size
For accessories and spare parts for

• 3RT10 contactors, see page 2/44
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/11

© Siemens AG 2018
SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW
■ Overview
Contactors with screw terminals: 3RT2 (sizes S00 to S3) and 3RT1 (sizes S6 to S12)
3RT contactors, sizes S00 to S12 Auxiliary contact complement

Our power range: • Size S00: An auxiliary contact is integrated in the basic
device.
• Contactors for switching motors:
- Size S00: 3RT201 up to 7.5 kW • Sizes S0 to S3: The basic units contain two integrated auxiliary
- Size S0: 3RT202 up to 18.5 kW contacts (1 NO + 1 NC).
- Size S2: 3RT203 up to 37 kW All basic units, with the exception of coupling relays S00 and
- Size S3: 3RT204 up to 55 kW S0, can be expanded using auxiliary switch blocks, see
- Sizes S6 to S12: 3RT10 up to 250 kW page 2/46 for the permitted selection of auxiliary switches.
• For vacuum contactors for switching motors, see from • Sizes S6 to S12: These contactors are supplied with two
page XX/X onwards: laterally mounted auxiliary switch blocks. The fitting of
- Sizes S10 and S12: 3RT12 up to 250 kW auxiliary switches is possible on the front and on the side
- Size 14: 3TF6 up to 450 kW (the 3RT12 vacuum contactor is an exception: only lateral
fitting of auxiliary switches is possible here).
Standards
For detailed information about fitting of auxiliary switches, see
IEC/EN 60947-1, pages 2/46 to 2/51.
IEC/EN 60947-4-1,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches) Contact reliability
Ambient conditions If voltages ≤ 110 V and currents ≤ 100 mA are to be switched,

the auxiliary contacts of the 3RT contactors or 3RH contactor
If the devices are used in ambient conditions which deviate from relays should be used as they guarantee a high level of contact
common industrial conditions (IEC 60721-3-3 "Stationary Use, reliability.
Weather-Protected"), information must be obtained about
possible restrictions with regard to the reliability and endurance These auxiliary contacts are particularly suitable for solid-state
of the device and possible protective measures. In this case circuits with currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage ≥ 17 V.
contact our Technical Assistance,
Tel.: +49 (911) 895-5900
E-mail: technical-assistance@siemens.com
2/12 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Connection methods Contactors with voltage tap-off
Main circuit 3RT2 contactors
• Sizes S00 and S0: screw or spring-type terminals, spring-type The size S00 to S3 contactors with voltage tap-off are special
terminals with convenient plug-in design for device connec- versions for mounting the SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for
tors connection to the control system via IO-Link or AS-Interface
• Sizes S2 and S3: screw terminals with box terminal; direct (see page 2/12).
connection to the connecting bar possible with cable lugs for Without a function module, these contactors can be used like the
2
S3 when the box terminal is removed. standard versions.
• Sizes S6 to S12: screw terminals with connecting bars that the
cables can be connected to using either cable lugs or flexible For more information on IO-Link and AS-Interface, see Catalog
or rigid busbars. Alternatively, box terminals are available as IC 10 "Industrial Communication", from page 2/1 onwards.
accessories. Control supply voltage
Auxiliary/control circuit Different versions of operating mechanisms are available
• Sizes S00 to S12: Screw or spring-type terminals depending on the contactor size:
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) • AC or DC operation for sizes S00 to S3
• AC/DC operating mechanism for sizes S0 to S12 that can
The 3RT contactors fulfill the requirements for environment operate on AC (50 to 60 Hz) or DC.
category A.
Note: Operating mechanism types
When the contactors are used in an environment with frequency 3RT2 contactors
converters, the configuration notes in the Manual "SIRIUS – 3RT2 contactors are available as versions with conventional AC
SIRIUS 3RT Contactors/Contactor Assemblies" must be or DC operating mechanisms or as versions with a wide-range
observed, see "More information" on page 2/15. solid-state operating mechanism and a universal actuating volt-
age (AC or DC operation possible).
Short-circuit protection
DC coupling contactors with reduced power consumption are
Refer to the manuals for details of short-circuit protection of the also ideally suited for connection to the controller.
contactors with overload relays; see "More information" on
page 2/15. With an operating range between 0.8 to 1.1 x Us, control takes
place via the control supply voltage connection A1 - A2 as is
Ratings of three-phase motors typically the case.
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor 3RT1 contactors
shaft (according to the nameplate).
The following control and/or actuator versions are available in
The power rating specifications of the contactors in kW sizes S6 to S12:
(in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1, Table G) are guide values
for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz AC and specified voltage • Conventional operating mechanisms
(e.g. 400 V). The actual starting and rated data of the motor to • Solid-state operating mechanisms
be switched must be considered when selecting the units. The Overvoltage damping of the operating mechanism coil is
motor current, motor protection device and the permissible already integrated in the electronics for contactors with solid-
contactor current according to the utilization category must be state operating mechanisms. The operating mechanisms are
aligned with each other. powered via a supply voltage with an operating range from
0.8 to 1.1 x Us, optionally also controlled depending on the
chosen mode of operation. Alternatively, control is via the sep-
arate 24 V DC control signal input. Various rated voltage
ranges for AC/DC control are available.
The following versions are available:

- With two operating modes: Direct control or via CPU input
- As above, but additionally with remaining lifetime indication
(RLT)
- With fail-safe PLC input for simplification of safety applica-
tions (without mode of operation selection)
Solenoid coils/drive units
3RT2 contactors
Coil replacement is possible for sizes S0 to S3.
3RT1 contactors
The operating mechanisms for 3RT10..-.A/-.N/-.P contactors
are removable and can be replaced simply by unlocking and
pulling them out.
IMPORTANT: Removal or changing of the operating mechanism
is not permitted for 3RT10..-.S contactors with fail-safe control.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/13

© Siemens AG 2018

Article No. scheme
Product versions Article No.
SIRIUS power contactors 3RT2 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @
Device type e.g. 0 = 3-pole motor contactor @
Size of the contactor e.g. 4 = S3 @
Power dependent on size e.g. 5 = 37 kW in the case of S3 @
Type of electrical connection e.g. 1 = screw terminals (main and auxiliary circuits) @
2 Operating range/solenoid coil circuit

Rated control supply voltage
e.g. A = AC standard/without coil circuit
e.g. P0 = 230 V AC, 50 Hz
@
@@
Auxiliary switches e.g. 0 = in the case of S3: 1 NO + 1 NC integrated @
Special version @@@@
Example 3RT2 0 4 5 – 1 A P 0 0
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. selection and ordering data.
2/14 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
■ Technical specifications
More information
Technical specifications, see Manuals, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16134/td • System Manual "SIRIUS – System Overview",
FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16134/faq https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/WW/en/view/60311318
• Manual "SIRIUS – SIRIUS 3RT Contactors/Contactor Assemblies",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/WW/en/view/60306557
• Application Manual "SIRIUS Controls with IE3/IE4 motors;
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/94770820
2
Type 3RT20 contactors 3RT10
Size S00 to S2 S3 S6 to S12
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Data applies to integrated auxiliary contacts and conventional
contacts in the auxiliary switch blocks
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690 1 000 --
(3RT20. .-0CC0: 690)
• For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks V 690 690 500
• For front mountable auxiliary switch blocks V 690 690 690
Conventional thermal current Ith = A 10
rated operational current Ie/AC-12
AC load
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14
• For rated operational voltage Ue Up to 230 V A 101) 6 6
400 V A 3 3
500 V A 2 2
690 V A 1 12)
DC load
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12
• For rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 10 10
60 V A 6 6
110 V A 3 3
125 V A 2 2
220 V A 1 1
440 V A 0.3 0.3
600 V A 0.15 0.152)
• For rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 101) 103)
60 V A 2 2
110 V A 1 1
125 V A 0.9 0.9
220 V A 0.3 0.3
440 V A 0.14 0.14
600 V A 0.1 0.152)
Contact reliability at 17 V, 1 mA Frequency of contact faults < 10-8 i.e. < 1 fault per 100 million operating cycles
Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-4
1)
3RH22, 3RH29, 3RT2. . .-. . ..4, 3RT2...-....6: Ie = 6 A at AC-15/AC-14 and
DC-13.
2)
For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks, only the rated operational
voltages up to 500 V apply.
3) For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks, DC-13/at 24 V: max. 6 A.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/15

© Siemens AG 2018
Type 3RT contactors

Size S00 to S12
Contact endurance of the auxiliary contacts
It is assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched Sizes S00 to S3
randomly, i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply
system. 30 NSB0_02061c
Basic unit
The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking
Million operating cycles (106)

current.
2
10
5 Basic unit with
4 attachable
3 AC-15/AC-14
2 contact block
DC-13 DC-13 Basic unit with
1 220 V 110 V attachable
0,5 contact block
DC-13
24 V
0,1
1)
0,05
0,01
0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 a (A)
e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -AC-15
220 V 110 V 24 V < 230 V
Diagram legend:
a = Breaking current
e = Rated operational current
The characteristic curves apply to:

• Integrated auxiliary contacts on 3RT20
• 3RH2911, 3RH2921 auxiliary switch blocks1)
Sizes S6 to S12
30
NSB0_00472c
Basic unit
10
5 Basic unit
4 with aux.
3 block
2 snapped on
DC-13 DC-13
1 220 V 110 V
AC-15/AC-14
0,5
DC-13
24 V
0,1
0,05
2)
0,01
0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 5 6 7 10 (A)
a
e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -AC-15 e -DC-13

220 V 110 V < 230 V 24 V
Diagram legend:
The characteristic curves apply to:

• Integrated auxiliary contacts on 3RT10
• 3RH1911, 3RH1921 auxiliary switch blocks3)
1)
3RH22, 3RH29, 3RT2. . .-. . ..4, 3RT2...-....6: Ie = 6 A for AC-15/AC-14 and
DC-13, 3RT2.4: Ie = 6 A for AC-15/AC-14.
2) For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks, DC-13/at 24 V: max. 6 A.
3)
For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks, only the rated operational
voltages up to 500 V apply.
2/16 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Type 3RT2 contactors

Size S00 and S0
Contact endurance of the main
contacts
The characteristic curves show the contact Size S00
endurance of the contactors when switching
resistive and inductive AC loads (AC-1/AC-3) Operating cycles at
depending on the breaking current and rated
230 V
500 V
690 V
400 V
operational voltage. It is assumed that the
operating mechanisms are switched Contactor 3RT2015, 3RT2016 3RT2017, 3RT2018
randomly, i.e. not synchronized with the 7 type (3 kW, 4 kW) (5,5 kW, 7,5 kW)
phase angle of the supply system. 7 10
10 8 6 8
NSB0_02059a
The rated operational current Ie complies with 8 6 4 6

utilization category AC-4 (breaking 6 times 6 4 4
the rated operational current) and is intended 4 2
for a contact endurance of approximately 2
200 000 operating cycles. 6 2
2 6 10
If a shorter contact endurance is sufficient, 10 8 10
6
6 8
the rated operational current Ie/AC-4 can be 10 6 8
8 6 4 6
increased.
6 4
If the contacts are used for mixed operation, 4
4 2
i.e. normal switching (breaking the rated
operational current according to utilization 2 2
2 5
category AC-3) in combination with 5 10
intermittent inching (breaking several times 10 8 105
5
the rated operational current according to 10 8 6 8
utilization category AC-4), the contact 8 6 4 6
endurance can be calculated approximately 6 4 4
from the following equation: 4 2
2
A 2
X = -------------------------------------------------------
- 2 10
4
1 + --------C -  -- A- – 1 10
4 4
  8 10
100 B 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
Breaking current a (A)
Characters in the equation:
X Contact endurance for mixed operation Size S0
in operating cycles
A Contact endurance for normal operation Operating cycles at
(Ia = Ie) in operating cycles
230 V
500 V
690 V
400 V
B Contact endurance for inching

Cont. 3RT2023 3RT2024 3RT2025 3RT2026
(Ia = multiple of Ie) in operating cycles type
7 (4 kW) (5,5 kW) (7,5 kW) (11 kW)
C Inching operations as a percentage of 10
total switching operations 107 8 6 8
NSB0_02060a
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 2 3RT2027, 3RT2028
6
2 6 10 (15 kW, 18,5 kW)
10 8 106
106 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 2
2 5
5 10
10 8 105
105 8 6 8
8 6 6
4
6 4 4
4 2
2 2
2 4
4 10
10 8 104
3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/17

© Siemens AG 2018
Type 3RT2 contactors

Size S2 to S12
Contact endurance of the main
contacts
Size S2
Operating cycles at
230 V
500 V
690 V
400 V
2 7
Contactor 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038
type (18,5 kW) (22 kW) (30 kW) (37 kW)
7 10
10 8 6 8 IC01_00456
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 6 2
2 6 10
6 10 8 106
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 5 2
2 5 10 5
5 10 8 10
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 2
2 4
4 10 4
10 8 10
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400500
Size S3
Operating cycles at
230 V
500 V
690 V
400 V
Contactor 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047

7 type (37 kW) (45 kW) (55 kW)
7 10
10 8 6 8 IC01_00521
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 6 2
2 6 10
6 10 8 106
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 5 2
2 5 10 5
5 10 8 10
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 2
2 4
4 10 4
10 8 10
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400500
Sizes S6 to S12
Operating cycles at
230 V
500 V
690 V
400 V
Contactor type
3RT1054 3RT1055 3RT1056 3RT1064 3RT1065 3RT1066 3RT1075 3RT1076
7 (55 kW) (75 kW) (90 kW) (110 kW) (132 kW) (160 kW) (200 kW) (250 kW)
7 10
10 8 6 8 NSB0_01141a
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 6 2
2 6 6 10
10
6 10 8
10 8 8 6
8 6 6 4
6 4 4
4 2
2 5 2
2 5 10 5
5 10 8 10
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 4 2
2 4 10 4
10 8 10
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 600 800 1 000 2 0003 000
2/18 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2015, 3RT2016 3RT2017, 3RT2018
Size S00
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation on a
NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
vertical mounting surface.
2
Upright mounting position
NSB0_00477a
Special version required

Mechanical endurance
• Basic unit Operat- 30 million
ing cy-
cles
• Basic unit with mounted auxiliary switch block Operat- 10 million
ing cy-
cles
• Basic unit with solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat- 5 million
ing cy-
cles
Electrical endurance For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 2/17.
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 400
according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• 3RT2.1. (removable auxiliary switch block) Yes, this applies to both the basic unit as well as to between the basic unit
and the mounted auxiliary switch block acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
• 3RH2919-.NF.. solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks Have no mirror contact for size S00
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• On front IP20 (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
• Connecting terminal IP20 (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
- AC operation g/ms 6.7/5 and 4.2/10 7.3/5 and 4.7/10
- DC operation g/ms 6.7/5 and 4.2/10 7.3/5 and 4.7/10
• Sine pulse
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/19

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2015, 3RT2016 3RT2017, 3RT2018
Size S00
Control
Solenoid coil operating range
• AC operation 50 Hz 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
60 Hz 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
2 • DC operation Up to 50 °C
Up to 60° C
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils
(for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
• AC operation, 50/60 Hz, standard version
- Closing VA 27/24.3 37/33
- P.f. 0.8/0.75
- Closed VA 4.2/3.3 5.7/4.4
- P.f. 0.25/0.25
• AC operation, 50 Hz, for USA/Canada
- Closing VA 26.4 36
- P.f. for closing 0.81 0.8
- Closed VA 4.4 5.9
- P.f. for closed 0.24
• AC operation, 60 Hz, for USA/Canada
- Closing VA 31.7 43
- P.f. for closing 0.81 0.8
- Closed VA 4.8 6.5
- P.f. for closed 0.25
• DC operation (closing = closed) W 4
Permissible residual current of the electronics
(with 0 signal)
• AC operation < 3 mA x (230 V/Us)1) < 4 mA x (230 V/Us)1)
• DC operation < 10 mA x (24 V/Us)1)
Operating times for 1.0 x Us2)
Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time
• AC operation
- Closing delay ms 9.5 ... 24 9 ... 22
- Opening delay ms 4 ... 14 4.5 ... 15
• DC operation
- Closing delay ms 35 ... 50
- Opening delay ms 7 ... 12
• Arcing time ms 10 ... 15
1) The 3RT2916-1GA00 additional load module is recommended for higher
residual currents.
2)
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times of the NC
contacts increase if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage
peaks (suppression diode 6x to 10x; diode assembly 2x to 6x; suppression
diode +1 to 5 ms; varistor +2 to 5 ms).
2/20 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling contactors
Type 3RT201.-.HB4. 3RT201.-.JB4. 3RT201.-.KB4.
Size S00
Control
Solenoid coil operating range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils At Us 24 V DC W 2.8
(for cold coil)
2
closing = closed
Permissible residual current < 6 mA x (24 V/Us)
of the electronics (with 0 signal)
Upright mounting position On request
Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil No overvoltage damping Built-in diode Built-in suppressor
diode
Operating times
• Closing delay
- ON-delay NO ms 35 ... 60
- OFF-delay NC ms 25 ... 40
• Opening delay
- ON-delay NO ms 7 ... 20 38 ... 65 7 ... 20
- OFF-delay NC ms 20 ... 30 55 ... 75 20 ... 30
Coupling contactors
Type 3RT201. -1MB4. -0KT0 3RT201. -1VB4. 3RT201.-1SB4.
Size S00
Control
Solenoid coil operating range 0.85 ... 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils At Us 24 V DC W 1.6
(for cold coil)
closing = closed
Permissible residual current, On request
upright mounting position
Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil No overvoltage damping Built-in diode Built-in suppressor
diode
Operating times
• Closing delay
- ON-delay NO ms 25 ... 90
- OFF-delay NC ms 15 ... 80
• Opening delay
- ON-delay NO ms 5 ... 20 20 ... 80 5 ... 20
- OFF-delay NC ms 10 ... 30 30 ... 90 10 ... 30
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/21

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2015 3RT2016 3RT2017 3RT2018
Size S00
Rated data of the main contacts
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1,
switching resistive load
2 • Rated operational currents Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V

At 60 °C up to 690 V
A
A
18
16
22
20
• Rated power for AC loads1) 230 V kW 6 7.5
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 10.5 13
690 V kW 18 22
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 2.5 4
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 2.5
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 7 9 12 16
440 V A 7 9 11 14
500 V A 6 7.7 9.2 12.4
690 V A 4.9 6.7 8.9
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage At 230 V kW 1.5 2.2 3 4
motors at 50 and 60 Hz 400 V kW 3 4 5.5 7.5
690 V kW 4 5.5 7.5
Thermal load capacity 10 s current A 56 72 96 128
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-3 W 0.42 0.7 1.24 2.2
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)2)
• Maximum values
- Rated operational current Ie Up to 400 V A 6.5 8.5 11.5
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors Up to 400 V kW 3 4 5.5
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
• The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 2.6 4.1 5.5
690 V A 1.8 3.3 4.4
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors At 230 V kW 0.67 1.1 1.5
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 1.15 2 2.5
690 V kW 1.15 2.5 3.5
1) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).
2)
The data applies to 3RT2516 and 3RT2517 contactors (2 NO + 2NC)
up to a rated operational voltage of 400 V only.
2/22 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2015 3RT2016 to 3RT2018
Size S00
Rated data of main contacts (continued)
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 15 20
2
60 V A 15 20
110 V A 1.5 2.1
220 V A 0.6 0.8
440 V A 0.42 0.6
600 V A 0.42 0.6
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 15 20
60 V A 15 20
110 V A 8.4 12
220 V A 1.2 1.6
440 V A 0.6 0.8
600 V A 0.5 0.7
60 V A 15 20
110 V A 15 20
220 V A 15 20
440 V A 0.9 1.3
600 V A 0.7 1
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 15 20
60 V A 0.35 0.5
110 V A 0.1 0.15
220 V A --
440 V A --
600 V A --
60 V A 3.5 5
110 V A 0.25 0.35
220 V A --
440 V A --
600 V A --
60 V A 15 20
110 V A 15 20
220 V A 1.2 1.5
440 V A 0.14 0.2
600 V A 0.14 0.2
1) Dependence of the switching frequency z’ on
the operational current I’ and operational voltage U ’:
z’ = z ⋅ (Ie/I’ ) ⋅ (U e/U ’)1.5 ⋅1/h.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/23

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2023 to 3RT2025 3RT2026 to 3RT2028
Size S0
General data
NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
2
NSB0_00477a
Special version required,

also applies to 3RT202.-.K.40 coupling contactors
• Basic unit and Operat- 10 million
basic unit with mounted auxiliary switch block ing cy-
cles
• Basic unit with solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat- 5 million
ing cy-
cles
(according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N)
Mirror contacts
• Integrated auxiliary switches Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
• 3RT2.2. (removable auxiliary switch block) Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Permissible ambient temperature
Shock resistance
- AC operation g/ms 7.5/5 and 4.7/10 8.3/5 and 5.310
- DC operation g/ms 10/5 and 7.5/10
• Sine pulse
- DC operation g/ms 15/5 and 10/10
2/24 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2023 3RT2024 3RT2025 3RT2026 3RT2027 3RT2028
Size S0
Load rating with AC
• Rated operational current Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V
A
A
40
35
50
42 2
• Rated power for AC loads1) 230 V kW 13.3 15.5
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 23 27.5
690 V kW 40 47.5
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 10
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 10
• Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 9 12 17 25 32 38
440 V A 9 12 17 22 32 35
500 V A 9 12 17 18 32
690 V A 9 13 21
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors At 230 V kW 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11
at 50 and 60 Hz 400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
690 V kW 7.5 11 18.5
Thermal load capacity 10 s current A 80 110 150 200 260 300
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-3 W 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.6 2.7 3.8
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
• Maximum values:
- Rated operational current Ie Up to 400 V A 8.5 12.5 15.5 22
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors At 400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 11
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
- Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 4.1 5.5 7.7 9 12
690 V A 3.3 5.5 7.7 9 12
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors At 110 V kW 0.5 0.73 1 1.2 1.6
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz 230 V kW 1.1 1.5 2 2.5 3.4
400 V kW 2 2.6 3.5 4.4 6
690 V kW 2.5 4.6 6 7.7 10.3
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
account).
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/25

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2023 to 3RT2025 3RT2026 to 3RT2028
Size S0
Load rating with DC
2 • Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)

- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 35
60 V A 20
110 V A 4.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.4
600 V A 0.25
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 35
60 V A 35
110 V A 35
220 V A 5
440 V A 1
600 V A 0.8
60 V A 35
110 V A 35
220 V A 35
440 V A 2.9
600 V A 1.4
60 V A 5
110 V A 2.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.09
600 V A 0.06
60 V A 35
110 V A 15
220 V A 3
440 V A 0.27
600 V A 0.16
60 V A 35
110 V A 35
220 V A 10
440 V A 0.6
600 V A 0.6
1) Dependence of the switching frequency z’ on
the operational current I’ and operational voltage U ’:
z’ = z ⋅ (Ie/I’ ) ⋅ (U e/U ’)1.5 ⋅1/h.
1) If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
2/26 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038
Size S2
General data
NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
2
NSB0_00477a Special version required

• Basic units and Operat- 10 million
basic units with mounted auxiliary switch block ing cy-
cles
• Basic units with solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat- 5 million
ing cy-
cles
Electrical endurance For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 2/18 onwards.
Mirror contacts
• On front IP20
• Connecting terminal IP00 (for higher degree of protection, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe for vertical touching from the front
Shock resistance
- AC operation g/ms 11.8/5 and 7.4/10
- DC operation g/ms 7.7/5 and 4.5/10
• Sine pulse
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/27

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038
Size S2
Load rating with AC
2 • Rated operational current Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V

A
A
60
55
70
60
80
70
90
80
• Rated power for AC loads1) 230 V kW 23 26 30 34
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 39 46 53 59
690 V kW 68 79 91 102
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 16 25 35
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 16 25
440 V A 40 50 65 80
500 V A 40 50 65 80
690 V A 24 47 58
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage At 230 V kW 11 15 18.5 22
motors at 50 and 60 Hz 400 V kW 18.5 22 30 37
690 V kW 22 37 45
Thermal load capacity 10 s current A 400 420 520 640
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-3 W 2.2 4 3.8 5.7
• Maximum values
- Rated operational current Ie Up to 400 V A 35 41 55
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with At 400 V kW 18.5 22 30
50 Hz and 60 Hz
- Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 22 24 28 30
690 V A 18.5 20 22 24
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with At 110 V kW 3.2 3.5 4.1 4.3
50 Hz and 60 Hz 230 V kW 6.7 7.3 8.5 9.1
400 V kW 11.6 12.6 14.7 15.8
690 V kW 16.8 18.2 20 21.8
1)
account).
2/28 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038
Size S2
Load rating with DC
2
60 V A 23
110 V A 4.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.4
600 V A 0.25
60 V A 45
110 V A 45
220 V A 5
440 V A 1
600 V A 0.8
60 V A 55
110 V A 55
220 V A 45
440 V A 2.9
600 V A 1.4
60 V A 6
110 V A 2.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.1
600 V A 0.06
60 V A 45
110 V A 25
220 V A 5
440 V A 0.27
600 V A 0.16
60 V A 55
110 V A 55
220 V A 25
440 V A 0.6
600 V A 0.35
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/29

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047
Size S3
General data
NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
2
NSB0_00477a
• Basic units and Operating cycles 10 million
basic units with mounted auxiliary switch block
• Basic units with solid-state compatible Operating cycles 5 million
auxiliary switch block
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1 000 (3RT20. .-0CC0: 690)
Mirror contacts
• On front IP20
• Connecting terminal IP00 (for higher degree of protection, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe for vertical touching from the front
Shock resistance
- DC operation g/ms 6.7/5 and 4.0/10 (3RT204.-.KB40: 6.3/5 and 3.6/10)
• Sine pulse
- DC operation g/ms 10.6/5 and 6.3/10 (3RT204.-.KB40: 9.8/5 and 5.6/10)
2/30 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047
Size S3
Load rating with AC
• Rated operational current Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V A
At 60 °C up to 690 V A
125
105
130
110 2
• Rated power for AC loads1) 230 V kW 40 42
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 69 72
690 V kW 119 125
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 50
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 35
• Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 80 95 110
500 V A 80 95 110
690 V A 58 78 98
1 000 V A 30
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel- At 230 V kW 22 22 30
cage motors at 50 and 60 Hz 400 V kW 37 45 55
690 V kW 55 75 90
1 000 V A 37
Thermal load capacity 10 s current A 760 880
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-3 W 5.3 6.6 7.9
• Maximum values
- Rated operational current Ie Up to 400 V A 66 80 97
- Rated power for squirrel-cage At 400 V kW 37 45 55
motors with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
- Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 34 42 46
690 V A 24 30 36
- Rated power for squirrel-cage At 110 V kW 4.9 6.1 6.7
motors with 50 Hz and 60 Hz 230 V kW 10.4 12 14
400 V kW 17.9 22 24.3
690 V kW 21.8 27.4 32.9
1)
account).
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/31

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactors
Type 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047
Size S3
Load rating with DC
2 • Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)

60 V A 60
110 V A 9
220 V A 2
440 V A 0.6
600 V A 0.4
60 V A 100
110 V A 100
220 V A 10
440 V A 1.8
600 V A 1.0
60 V A 100
110 V A 100
220 V A 80
440 V A 4.5
600 V A 2.6
60 V A 6
110 V A 2.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.15
600 V A 0.06
60 V A 100
110 V A 100
220 V A 7
440 V A 0.42
600 V A 0.16
60 V A 100
110 V A 100
220 V A 35
440 V A 0.8
600 V A 0.35
2/32 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Type 3RT1054 3RT1055, 3RT1064, 3RT1075 3RT1076

3RT1056 3RT1065,
3RT1066
Size S6 S10 S12
General data
NSB0_00649a
22,5° 22,5°
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical 90° 90°
mounting surface.
2
Mechanical endurance Operating cycles 10 million
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1 000
(pollution degree 3)
Protective separation between the coil and the V 690
main contacts according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be
closed simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• On front IP00
(IP20 with box terminal/cover)
• Connecting terminal IP00
(for higher degree of protection, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe for vertical touching from the front with cover
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
• Sine pulse g/ms 13.4/5 and 6.5/10
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page 2/13
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/33

© Siemens AG 2018
Type 3RT105. 3RT106. 3RT107.

Size S6 S10 S12
Control
Operating range of the solenoid operating AC/DC 0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
mechanism
Power consumption of the solenoid operating mechanism
(with cold coil and rated range Us min ... Us max)
2
• Conventional operating mechanisms
- AC operation Closing at Us min VA/p.f. 250/0.9 490/0.9 700/0.9
Closing at Us max VA/p.f. 300/0.9 590/0.9 830/0.9
Closed at Us min VA/p.f. 4.8/0.8 5.6/0.9 7.6/0.9
Closed at Us max VA/p.f. 5.8/0.8 6.7/0.9 9.2/0.9
- DC operation Closing at Us min W 300 540 770
Closing at Us max W 360 650 920
Closed at Us min W 4.3 6.1 8.5
Closed at Us max W 5.2 7.4 10
• Solid-state operating mechanisms
- AC operation Closing at Us min VA/p.f. 190/0.8 400/0.8 560/0.8
Closing at Us max VA/p.f. 280/0.8 530/0.8 750/0.8
Closed at Us min VA/p.f. 3.5/0.6 5.5/0.5 5.6/0.5
Closed at Us max VA/p.f. 4.8/0.6 8.5/0.4 9/0.4
- DC operation Closing at Us min W 250 440 600
Closing at Us max W 320 580 800
Closed at Us min W 2.1 2.8 3
Closed at Us max W 2.8 3.4 3.6
PLC control input acc. to IEC 60947-1
• Conventional operating mechanism Type 2
3RT10..-.A
• Solid-state operating mechanism
- 3RT10..-.N/-.P Type 2
- 3RT10..-.S Type 1
• Rated voltage V DC 24
• Operating range V DC 17 ... 30
• Power consumption mA ≤ 30
• Recovery time after mains failure, typical s 2
(applicable only for fail-safe version
3RT10..-.S)
Operating times for rated range
Us min ... Us max
(Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing
time)
• Conventional operating mechanism Closing delay ms 25 ... 50 35 ... 50 50 ... 70
(3RT10..-.A) Opening delay ms 40 ... 60 50 ... 80 70 ... 100
• Solid-state operating mechanism
- Actuated via A1/A2 Closing delay ms 100 ... 120 110 ... 130 125 ... 150
(3RT10..-.N/-.P) Opening delay ms 80 ... 100
- Actuated via PLC input Closing delay ms 40 ... 60 50 ... 65 65 ... 80
(3RT10..-.N/-.P) Opening delay ms 80 ... 100
- Actuated via F-PLC input Closing delay ms 60 ... 75
(3RT10..-.S) Opening delay ms 115 ... 130
• Arcing time ms 10 ... 15
2/34 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Size S6 S10 S12
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1
• Rated operational currents Ie
- At 40 °C up to 690 V
- At 60 °C up to 690 V
A
A
160
140
185
160
215
185
275
250
330
300
430
400
610
550 2
- At 60 °C up to 1 000 V A 80 90 100 150 200
• Rated power for AC loads1)
with p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C)
- At 230 V kW 53 60 70 94 113 151 208
- At 400 V kW 92 105 121 164 197 263 362
- At 500 V kW 115 131 152 205 246 329 452
- At 690 V kW 159 181 210 283 340 454 624
- At 1 000 V kW 131 148 165 164 246 329
• Minimum conductor cross-section for loads with Ie
- At 40 °C mm2 70 95 150 185 2 x 150 2 x 185
- At 60 °C mm2 50 70 95 120 185 240 2 x 185
- Up to 500 V A 115 150 185 225 265 300 400 500
- At 690 V A 115 150 170 225 265 280 400 450
- At 1 000 V A 53 65 68 95 180
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors
at 50 and 60 Hz
- At 230 V kW 37 50 61 73 85 97 132 164
- At 400 V kW 64 84 104 128 151 171 231 291
- At 500 V kW 81 105 132 160 189 215 291 363
- At 690 V kW 113 146 167 223 265 280 400 453
- At 1 000 V kW 75 90 132 250
Thermal load capacity, 10 s current A 1 100 1 300 1 480 1 800 2 400 3 200 4 000
Power loss per main conducting path W 7 9 13 17 18 22 35 55
at Ie/AC-3/500 V
Maximum values:
• Rated operational current Ie
- Up to 400 V A 97 132 160 195 230 280 350 430
• Rated power of squirrel-cage motors
at 50 and 60 Hz
- At 400 V kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
The following applies to a contact endurance
- Up to 500 V A 54 68 81 96 117 125 150 175
- Up to 690 V A 48 57 65 85 105 115 135 150
• Rated power of squirrel-cage motors
At 50 and 60 Hz
- At 230 V kW 16 20 25 30 37 40 48 56
- At 400 V kW 29 38 45 54 66 71 85 98
- At 500 V kW 37 47 57 67 82 87 105 123
- At 690 V kW 48 55 65 82 102 112 133 148
account).
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/35

© Siemens AG 2018

Size S6 S10 S12
Load rating with DC
2 - 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A
60 V A
160
160
200
200
300
300
400
330
110 V A 18 33
220 V A 3.4 3.8
440 V A 0.8 0.9
600 V A 0.5 0.6
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 160 200 300 400
60 V A 160 200 300 400
110 V A 160 200 300 400
220 V A 20 300 400
440 V A 3.2 4
600 V A 1.6 2
60 V A 160 200 300 400
110 V A 160 200 300 400
220 V A 160 200 300 400
440 V A 11.5 11
600 V A 4 5.2
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 160 200 300 400
60 V A 7.5 11
110 V A 2.5 3
220 V A 0.6
440 V A 0.17 0.18
600 V A 0.12 0.125
60 V A 160 200 300 400
110 V A 160 200 300 400
220 V A 2.5
440 V A 0.65
600 V A 0.37
60 V A 160 200 300 400
110 V A 160 200 300 400
220 V A 160 200 300 400
440 V A 1.4
600 V A 0.75
2/36 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
■ Selection and ordering data

DC operation for direct control from the PLC
• Coupling contactors with adapted power consumption
• Suitable for solid-state PLC/F-PLC outputs
• Cannot be extended with auxiliary switch blocks
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
2
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3RT201.-2.B4.
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C Us SET, approx.
M)
Operational Ratings of Opera- Ident No. Version
current Ie three-phase tional Article No.
up to motors current Ie
at 50 Hz and up to
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S00
Diode, varistor or RC element, attachable
(no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Operating range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us, power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2015-2HB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2HB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2HB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.300
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2HB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.315
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2HB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2HB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2015-2MB41-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.319
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2MB42-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2MB41-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2MB42-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2MB41-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2MB42-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
With integrated coil circuit (diode)1)
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 2 3RT2015-2JB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.315
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2JB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2JB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2JB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2JB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2JB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2015-2VB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2VB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.323
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2VB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.320
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2VB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2VB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.320
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2VB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.320
1) When using contactors with IE3/IE4 motors, use contactors fitted with Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3
varistors instead of diodes. In the case of 5.5 kW coupling contactors of on request.
size S00, use 5.5 kW coupling contactors of size S0, see page 2/39.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/37
© Siemens AG 2018

• Suitable for solid-state PLC/F-PLC outputs
• Cannot be expanded with auxiliary switch blocks
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3RT201.-2.B4.
M)
Operational Ratings of Opera- Ident No. Version
current Ie three-phase tional Article No.
up to motors at 50 Hz current Ie
and up to
400 V 400 V 690 V
Size S00
With integrated coil circuit (suppressor diode)1)
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 2 3RT2015-2KB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.315
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT2015-2KB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 2 3RT2016-2KB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.315
01 -- 1 24 2 3RT2016-2KB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 } 3RT2017-2KB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT2017-2KB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2015-2SB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2SB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2SB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2SB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.312
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2SB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.323
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2SB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.321
1) When using contactors with IE3/IE4 motors, use contactors fitted with Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3
varistors instead of diodes. In the case of 5.5 kW coupling contactors of on request.
size S00, use 5.5 kW coupling contactors of size S0, see page 2/39.

2/38 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

• Suitable for solid-state PLC outputs
3RT202.-2KB40
M)
Operational Rating of three- Opera- Ident No. Version
current Ie phase motors at tional Article No.
up to 50 Hz and current Ie
up to
400 V 400 V 690 V
Size S0
With integrated coil circuit (varistor)
9 4 40 11 1 1 24 } 3RT2023-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.635
12 5.5 40 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2024-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.645
17 7.5 40 11 1 1 24 2 3RT2025-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.643
25 11 40 11 1 1 24 2 3RT2026-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.643
32 15 50 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2027-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.650
Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3

on request.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/39
© Siemens AG 2018

AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz AC and DC)
• Extended operating range of the solenoid coil 0.7 to 1.3 x Us
• Reduced power consumption when closing and in the closed
state
3RT202.-2N.30
M)
Operational Rating of three- Opera- Ident No. Version
current Ie phase motors at tional Article No.
up to 50 Hz and current Ie
up to
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC/DC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting
rail
Size S0
12 5.5 40 11 1 1 21 ... 28 5 3RT2024-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.608
95 ... 130 5 3RT2024-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.581
200 ... 280 2 3RT2024-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.585
17 7.5 40 11 1 1 21 ... 28 5 3RT2025-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.609
95 ... 130 5 3RT2025-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.583
200 ... 280 2 3RT2025-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.586
25 11 40 11 1 1 21 ... 28 2 3RT2026-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.618
95 ... 130 5 3RT2026-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.582
200 ... 280 5 3RT2026-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.587
32 15 50 11 1 1 21 ... 28 2 3RT2027-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.626
95 ... 130 5 3RT2027-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.590
200 ... 280 5 3RT2027-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.595
38 18.5 50 11 1 1 21 ... 28 5 3RT2028-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.619
95 ... 130 5 3RT2028-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.585
200 ... 280 5 3RT2028-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.594

on request.

2/40 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

state
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3RT203.-3N.30
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage Us1) terminals per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C approx.
Operational current Ie Rating of three- Operational current Ident Version
up to phase motors at Ie No.
50 Hz and up to Article No.
400 V 400 V 690 V
Size S2
40 18.5 60 11 1 1 20 ... 33 } 3RT2035-3NB30 1.112
83 ... 155 5 3RT2035-3NF30 1.112
175 ... 280 5 3RT2035-3NP30 1.113
50 22 70 11 1 1 20 ... 33 } 3RT2036-3NB30 1.100
83 ... 155 5 3RT2036-3NF30 1.115
175 ... 280 5 3RT2036-3NP30 1.112
65 30 80 11 1 1 20 ... 33 } 3RT2037-3NB30 1.130
83 ... 155 5 3RT2037-3NF30 1.127
175 ... 280 5 3RT2037-3NP30 1.116
80 37 90 11 1 1 20 ... 33 } 3RT2038-3NB30 1.107
83 ... 155 5 3RT2038-3NF30 1.121
175 ... 280 2 3RT2038-3NP30 1.119

on request.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/41
© Siemens AG 2018

state
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B
3RT204.-3N.30
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage Us1) terminals per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C approx.
Operational Rating of Operational Ident No. Version
current Ie three-phase motors current Ie Article No. Price
up to at 50 Hz and up to per PU
400 V 400 V 690 V
Size S3
80 37 125 11 1 1 20 ... 33 2 3RT2045-3NB30 1.830
83 ... 155 5 3RT2045-3NF30 1.815
175 ... 280 5 3RT2045-3NP30 1.820
95 45 130 11 1 1 20 ... 33 2 3RT2046-3NB30 1.834
83 ... 155 5 3RT2046-3NF30 1.815
175 ... 280 5 3RT2046-3NP30 1.748
110 55 130 11 1 1 20 ... 33 2 3RT2047-3NB30 1.833
83 ... 155 5 3RT2047-3NF30 1.815
175 ... 280 5 3RT2047-3NP30 1.818

on request.
Accessories and spare parts, see www.siemens.com/ic10,
Chapter 3.

2/42 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

• Withdrawable coils with integrated coil switch (varistor)
• Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw or spring-type terminals
• Main conductors: Busbar connections, for 3RT1054 (55 kW) box terminals1)
3RT105. 3RT106. 3RT107.

Size Rated data Auxiliary Rated control SD Article No. Price PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, contacts, supply per PU (UNIT, per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C lateral voltage Us SET, approx.
M)
Opera- Ratings of Opera- Version
tional three-phase motors tional
current Ie at 50 Hz and current
up to Ie up to
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW A NO NC V AC/DC d kg
Solid-state operating mechanisms · with 24 V DC control signal input
e.g. for control by PLC
A1 + - Spring-type
ON OFF
PLC
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43 terminals
for coil and auxiliary
switch terminals
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
A2
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1054-3NF36 1 1 unit 41B 3.624

200 ... 277 5 3RT1054-3NP36 1 1 unit 41B 3.618
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1055-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 3.333
200 ... 277 5 3RT1055-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 3.350
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1056-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 3.353
200 ... 277 5 3RT1056-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 3.350
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1064-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 6.610
200 ... 277 5 3RT1064-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 6.462
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1065-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 6.656
200 ... 277 5 3RT1065-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 6.549
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1066-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 6.720
200 ... 277 5 3RT1066-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 6.599
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1075-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 10.352
200 ... 277 5 3RT1075-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 10.095
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1076-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 10.501
200 ... 277 5 3RT1076-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 10.340
1)
Alternatively, the 3RT1054 contactor (55 kW) can also be supplied with Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3
busbar connections instead of box terminals. on request.
In the 8th position of the article number, the "1" must be replaced with "6"
for screw terminals, e.g. 3RT1054-6N..., for spring-type terminals, the "3" Accessories and spare parts, see www.siemens.com/ic10,
must be replaced with "2", e.g. 3RT1054-2N.... Chapter 3.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/43
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
General data
■ Overview
Extensive accessories and spare parts are available for SIRIUS Overview graphics with mountable accessories
3RT power contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays. • For 3RT2 contactors, see pages 2/5 to 2/8
These components are easily fitted to the contactors without the • For 3RT1 contactors, see pages 2/9 to 2/11
use of any tools according to requirements. • For 3RH2 contactor relays, see page 2/84
More information
2 TIA Selection Tool Cloud (TST Cloud),
see https://mall.industry.siemens.com/spice/TSTWeb/?kmat=Contactor
Version For contactors Selection and

3RT2, 3RT1, ordering data
Sizes S00 to S3; Sizes S6 to S12
3RH2,
Size S00 Page
Accessories for 3RT contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
Auxiliary switch blocks
Instantaneous 3RH29.1 3RH19.1
Delayed
• Pneumatic time-delay auxiliary switch blocks 3RT2926-2P..1 --
• Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks 3RA2813, 3RA2814, 3RA2815 3RT1926-2E/-2F/-2G
Surge suppressors
• Without LED 3RT29.6-1B/-1C/-1D/-1E 3RT1956-1C
• With LED 3RT29.6-1J/-1L/-1M --
Modules for contactor control
Coupling links for control by PLC 3RH29.4-.GP11 --
3RA28 function modules
• For direct on-line starting: ON delay or OFF-delay 3RA2811, 3RA2812, --
3RA2831, 3RA2832
• For star-delta (wye-delta) starting 3RA2816 --
3RA27 function modules for IO-Link or AS-Interface
• For direct-on-line, reversing or star-delta (wye-delta) starting 3RA271.-. A/.B/.C --
Mechanical latching blocks 3RT2926-3A. 31 --
OFF-delay devices for contactors with AC/DC and DC operation 3RT2916-2B.01 --
Link modules
Link modules from motor starter protector to contactor 3RA.9.1 --
Safety main current connectors for two contactors 3RA29.6-1A --
Assembly kits
• For reversing contactor assemblies 3RA29.3-2AA. 3RA19.3-2A
• For contactor assemblies for star-delta (wye-delta) starting 3RA29..-2BB., 3RA29.3-2C 3RA1953-3G,
3RA19.3-2./-3.
Single wiring modules 3RA.9.3-3.A. 3RA19.3-3.
Star jumpers (links for paralleling), 3-pole 3RT.9.6-4BA3. 3RT19.6-4BA31
Mechanical interlock kits for two contactors 3RA29.2-2H --
Mechanical interlocks for contactor assemblies 3RA2934-2B 3RA1954-2.
Mechanical connectors for contactor assemblies 3RA29.2-2 . 3RA1932-2D
Terminal modules/adapters
Links for paralleling for main circuits 3RT.9.6-4BB.1 --
Single-phase infeed terminals 3RA2943-3L --
Three-phase infeed terminals 3RA2913-3K, 3RV29.5-5A. --
• With increased clearances and creepage distances 3RV2935-5E --
Three-phase busbars 3RV1915-1AB --
Box terminal blocks -- 3RT19..-4G
• Box terminal for auxiliary conductor connection -- 3TX7500-0A
Solder pin adapters for contactor assembly on printed circuit boards 3RT1916-4KA. --
Coil connection modules for connections from top or from below 3RT2926-4R.1. --
Motor feeder connector 3RT1900-4RE01 --
Covers
Terminal covers 3RT29.6-4EA. 3RT19.6-4EA.,
3TX65.6-3B
Sealable covers 3RT2916-4MA10 3RT1926-4MA10
2/44 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
Version For contactors Selection and

3RT2, 3RT1, ordering data
Sizes S00 to S3; Sizes S6 to S12
3RH2,
Size S00 Page
Accessories for 3RT contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays (continued)
Miscellaneous accessories
Base plates
• For reversing contactor assemblies
• For contactor assemblies for star-delta (wye-delta) starting
--
3RA29.2-2F
3RT19.2-2A
3RA19. 2-2.
2
Adapters for screw fixing 3RT1926-4P --
EMC suppression modules 3RT2916-1P.. --
Additional load modules 3RT2916-1GA00 --
LED modules for displaying contactor operation 3RT2926-1QT00 3RT1926-1QT00
Control kit for manual operation 3RT29.6-4MC00 --
Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation for 3RT2916-4JA02 3RT1916-4JA02
conductors up to 1 mm2
Tools for opening spring-type terminals 3RA2908-1A 3RA2908-1A
Blank labels 3RT2900-1SB.0 3RT1900-1S..0
Spare parts for 3RT2 contactors
Solenoid coils 3RT29..-5...1 --
Withdrawable coils -- 3RT19..-5....
Contacts with fixing parts 3RT29..-6. 3RT19..-6.
Arc chambers -- 3RT19..-7.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/45

© Siemens AG 2018

Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

Auxiliary switch: Terminal designations and identification numbers for auxiliary contacts
Terminal designations Identification numbers
The terminal designations are 2-digit, e.g. 13, 14, 21, 22: The identification number indicates the number and type of the
• Tens digit: Sequence digit auxiliary contacts, e.g. 40, 31, 22, 13:
- Related terminals have the same sequence digit • 1st digit: number of normally open contacts (NO)
2 • Units digit: Function digit
• 2nd digit: number of normally closed contacts (NC)
Examples:
- 1-2 for normally closed contacts (NC)
- 3-4 for normally open contacts (NO) • 31 = 3 NO + 1 NC
• 40 = 4 NO
Selection aid for mountable auxiliary switch blocks for power contactors and contactor relays
The auxiliary switch blocks of the 3RH29 series for mounting on
the front and side can be used for 3RT2 power contactors as well Example 1 Example 2
as for 3RH2 contactor relays. Type 3RT20 motor contactor, 3RT20 motor contactor,
S00 with 1 NO S0 with 1 NO + 1 NC
The possible combinations of basic unit and mounted auxiliary
switch block can be found in the tables, see pages 2/47 to 2/51.
1 3 5
Where the columns and lines intersect (blue and green in the ex-
ample) you will find the identification number for the combination SIRIUS
of basic unit (column) and auxiliary switch block (line). 3. 4. 5. 6.
13 21 A1
Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors
1 3 5
SIRIUS
13 A1
Article number Auxiliary contacts 3RT201 3RT201 3RT202 to 2. 3. 4. 5.
3RT204
Version S00 S00 S0 to S3
NO NC 10 01 11
3. 4. 5. 6.
13 21 13 21
14 22 A2
NSB0_02112
NSB0_02114
2. 3. 4. 5.
14 22 14 22
2 4 6
2 4 6 14 A2
2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3. 4. 5. 6.
1)
According to EN 50012
Sequence
Auxiliary switch blocks 2. 3. 4. 5. 3. 4. 5. 6.
digit
without NO contacts
Type Auxiliary switch blocks Auxiliary switch blocks
3RH2911-@HA01 -- 1 .1 11 02 12 with 4 NC, with 3 NC,
3RH2911-.FA04 3RH2911-.HA03
.2
.1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1
3RH2911-@HA02 -- 2 12 03 13
NSB0_02116
.2 .2
3RH2911-@HA03 -- 3 .1 .1 .1 13 04 14 IC01_00131
.2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2
.2 .2 .2
Function .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1
3RH2911-@FA04 -- 4 .1 .1 .1 .1 14 -- --
NSB0 02142
digit .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2
3RT20 motor contactor, 3RT20 motor contactor,
.2 .2 .2 .2 Combina-
S00 S0
tion
Auxiliary switch blocks with aux. switch block with aux. switch block
with 1 NO contact
3RH2911-@HA10 1 -- .3 20 11 21
.4 SIRIUS
3. 4. 5. 6.
13 21 A1
1 For screw terminals SIRIUS
13 A1
3. 4. 5. .1 .1 .1
2 For spring-type terminals 2.
1)
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in .1 .1 .1 .1
bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
Example 1
.2 .2 .2
Basic unit: 3-pole 3RT2017 motor contactor with 1 NO 14 22 A2
Required: 1 NO + 4 NC (Ident No. 14)
NSB0_02120
.2 .2 .2 .2
IC01_00132
Result: 3RH2911-.FA04 auxiliary switch block

14 A2
Example 2
Basic unit: 3-pole 3RT2023 motor contactor with 1 NO + 1 NC Terminal 13 21 31 41 51 13 21 31 41 51
Required: 1 NO + 4 NC (Ident No. 14) designation 14 22 32 42 52 14 22 32 42 52
Result: 3RH2911-.HA03 auxiliary switch block Result Ident No. 14 Ident No. 14
2/46 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors 4-pole contactors Contactor relays
Article number Auxiliary contacts S00 S0 to S3 S00 S0 to S3 S00
Version 3RT201 3RT202, 3RT231 3RT251 3RT232, 3RT252, 3RH21, 3RH24
3RT203, 3RT233, 3RT253,
3RT204, 3RT234 3RT254
3RT244
NO NC 10 01 11 -- -- 11 11 40E 31E 22E
13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
14 22 14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
2
14 22 14 22 14 22
2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3. 4. 5. 6. 5. 6. 7. 8 5. 6. 7. 8. 5. 6. 7. 8.
According to EN 500121) According to EN 500121) According to EN 500111)
Auxiliary switch blocks, front
Without NO contact
3RH2911-@HA01 -- 1 .1 11 02 12 01 01 12 12 41X 32X 23X
.2
3RH2911-@HA02 -- 2 .1 .1 12 03 13 02 02 13 -- 42E 33X 24
.2 .2
3RH2911-@HA03 -- 3 .1 .1 .1 13 04 14 03 -- -- -- 43 34 --
.2 .2 .2
3RH2911-@FA04 -- 4 .1 .1 .1 .1 14 -- -- -- -- -- -- 44E -- --
.2 .2 .2 .2
With 1 NO contact
3RH2911-@HA10 1 -- .3 20 11 21 10 10 21 21 50E 41E 32E
.4
3RH2911-@HA11 1 1 .1 .3 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51X 42X 33X
.2 .4
3RH2911-@HA12 1 2 .1 .1 .3 22 13 23 12 12 23 -- 52 43 34
.2 .2 .4
3RH2911-@HA13 1 3 .1 .1 .1 .3 23 14 24 13 -- -- -- 53X 44X --
.2 .2 .2 .4
With 2 NO contacts
3RH2911-@HA20 2 -- .3 .3 30 21 31 20 20 31 31 60E 51X 42X
.4 .4
3RH2911-@HA21 2 1 .1 .3 .3 31 22 32 21 21 32 32 61 52 43
.2 .4 .4
3RH2911-@HA22 2 2 .1 .1 .3 .3 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62X 53 44X
.2 .2 .4 .4
3RH2911-@FA22 2 2 .3 .1 .1 .3 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62X 53 44X
.4 .2 .2 .4
With 3 NO contacts
3RH2911-@HA30 3 -- .3 .3 .3 40 31 41 30 30 41 41 70 61 52
.4 .4 .4
3RH2911-@HA31 3 1 .1 .3 .3 .3 41 32 42 31 31 42 42 71X 62X 53X
.2 .4 .4 .4
With 4 NO contacts
3RH2911-@FA40 4 -- .3 .3 .3 .3 50 41 51 40 40 51 51 80E 71X 62X
.4 .4 .4 .4
1)
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/47

© Siemens AG 2018

3RT203, 3RT233, 3RT253,
3RT204, 3RT234 3RT254
3RT244
NO NC 10 01 11 S00 S0 to S3 40E 31E 22E
2
13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3. 4. 5. 6. 5. 6. 7. 8 5. 6. 7. 8. 5. 6. 7. 8.
According to EN 50005 According to EN 50005 According to EN 50005
(continued)
With make-before-break1)
3RH2911-@FB11 1 1 .7 .5 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51 42 33
.8 .6
3RH2911-@FB22 2 2 .3 .1 .5 .7 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62 53 44
.4 .2 .6 .8
3RH2911-@FC22 2 2 .7 .7 .5 .5 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62 53 44
.8 .8 .6 .6
Complete inscription with terminals from top or bottom

3RH2911-1AA10 1 -- 73 20 11 21 10 10 21 21 50 41 32
74
3RH2911-1BA10 1 -- 73 20 11 21 10 10 21 21 50 41 32
74
3RH2911-1AA01 -- 1 71 11 02 12 01 01 12 12 41 32 23
72
3RH2911-1BA01 -- 1 71 11 02 12 01 01 12 12 41 32 23
72
3RH2911-1LA11 1 1 73 81 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51 42 33
74 82
3RH2911-1MA11 1 1 73 81 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51 42 33
74 82
3RH2911-1LA20 2 -- 73 83 30 21 31 20 20 31 31 60 51 42
74 84
3RH2911-1MA20 2 -- 73 83 30 21 31 20 20 31 31 60 51 42
74 84
1)
Contacts with make-before-break have no mirror contact function.
2/48 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

3RT203, 3RT233, 3RT253,
3RT204, 3RT234 3RT254
3RT244
NO NC 10 01 11 -- -- 11 11 40E 31E 22E
2
13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3. 4. 5. 6. 5. 6. 7. 8 5. 6. 7. 8. 5. 6. 7. 8.
According to EN 50005 According to EN 50005 According to EN 500111)
With complete inscription (for contactor relays)2)
3RH2911-@GA40 4 -- 53 63 73 83 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 80E -- --
54 64 74 84
3RH2911-@GA31 3 1 53 61 73 83 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 71E -- --
54 62 74 84
3RH2911-@GA22 2 2 53 61 71 83 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 62E -- --
54 62 72 84
3RH2911-@GA13 1 3 53 61 71 81 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 53E -- --
54 62 72 82
3RH2911-@GA04 -- 4 51 61 71 81 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 44E -- --
52 62 72 82
Complete inscription
3RH2911-@XA40 4 -- 53 63 73 83 50 41 51 40 40 51 51 80E 71X 62X
-0MA0
54 64 74 84
3RH2911-@XA31 3 1 53 61 73 83 41 32 42 31 31 42 42 71E 62X 53
-0MA0
54 62 74 84
3RH2911-@XA22 2 2 53 61 71 83 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62E 53 44X
-0MA0
54 62 72 84
3RH2911-@XA04 -- 4 51 61 71 81 14 -- -- -- -- -- -- 44E -- --
-0MA0
52 62 72 82
Solid-state compatible
3RH2911-@NF02 -- 2 .1 .1 12 03 13 02 02 13 -- 42 33 24
.2 .2
3RH2911-@NF11 1 1 .3 .1 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51 42 33
.4 .2
3RH2911-@NF20 2 -- .3 .3 30 21 31 20 20 31 31 60 51 42
.4 .4
1)
Combinations according to EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in bold print.
All combinations comply with EN 50005.
2)
Selection and ordering data, see page 2/54.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/49

© Siemens AG 2018

Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors Contactor relays

Article number Auxiliary contacts S00 S0 to S3 S00
Version 3RT201 3RT202, 3RT203, 3RH21, 3RH24
3RT2.4
NO NC 10 01 11 40E 31E 22E
13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
2 14
2. 3. 4. 5.
22
5. 6. 7. 8.
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
14 24 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
14 22 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8.
14 22 32 44
5. 6. 7. 8.
According to EN 500121) According to EN 500111)
Lateral auxiliary switch blocks
For size S00 Left Right
3RH2911-@DA02 -- 2 21 31 12 -- -- -- -- --
22 32
3RH2911-@DA02 -- 4 41 51 21 31 14 -- -- -- -- --
42 52 22 32
3RH2911-@DA11 1 1 21 33 21 -- -- -- -- --
22 34
3RH2911-@DA11 2 2 41 53 21 33 32 -- -- -- -- --
42 54 22 34
3RH2911-@DA20 2 -- 23 33 30 -- -- -- -- --
24 34
3RH2911-@DA20 4 -- 43 53 23 33 50 -- -- -- -- --
44 54 24 34
3RH2911-@DA20 2 -- 43 53 21 33 41 -- -- -- -- --
+
3RH2911-@DA11 1 1
44 54 22 34
3RH2911-@DA20 2 -- 43 53 21 31 32 -- -- -- -- --
+
3RH2911-@DA02 -- 2
44 54 22 32
3RH2911-@DA11 1 1 41 53 21 31 23 -- -- -- -- --
+
3RH2911-@DA02 -- 2
42 54 22 32
For sizes S0 to S3 Left Right

3RH2921-@DA02 -- 2 31 41 12 03 13 -- -- --
32 42
3RH2921-@DA02 -- 4 51 61 31 41 14 -- -- -- -- --
52 62 32 42
3RH2921-@DA11 1 1 31 43 21 12 22 -- -- --
32 44
3RH2921-@DA11 2 2 51 63 31 43 32 23 33 -- -- --
52 64 32 44
3RH2921-@DA20 2 -- 33 43 30 21 31 -- -- --
34 44
3RH2921-@DA20 4 -- 53 63 33 43 50 41 51 -- -- --
54 64 34 44
1) Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
2/50 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors Contactor relays

Article number Auxiliary contacts S00 S0 to S3 S00
Version 3RT201 3RT202, 3RT203, 3RH21, 3RH24
3RT2.4
NO NC 10 01 11 40E 31E 22E
13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
14
2. 3. 4. 5.
22
5. 6. 7. 8.
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
14 24 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
14 22 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8.
14 22 32 44
5. 6. 7. 8.
2
According to EN 500121) According to EN 500111)
Lateral auxiliary switch blocks
3RH2921-@DA20 2 -- 53 63 31 43 41 32 42 -- -- --
+
3RH2921-@DA11 1 1
54 64 32 44
3RH2921-@DA20 2 -- 53 63 31 41 32 23 33 -- -- --
+
3RH2921-@DA02 -- 2
54 64 32 42
3RH2921-@DA11 1 1 51 63 31 41 23 14 24 -- -- --
+
3RH2921-@DA02 -- 2
52 64 32 42
For contactor relays2) Left

3RH2921-@DA02 -- 2 51 61 -- -- -- 42Z 33X 24
52 62
3RH2921-@DA11 1 1 51 63 -- -- -- 51X 42X 33X
52 64
3RH2921-@DA20 2 -- 53 63 -- -- -- 60Z 51X 42X
54 64
Solid-state compatible
For size S00 Left Right
3RH2911-2DE11 1 1 23 31 21 -- -- -- -- --
24 32
3RH2911-2DE11 2 2 41 53 23 31 32 -- -- -- -- --
42 54 24 32
3RH2921-2DE11 1 1 33 41 21 12 22 -- -- --
34 42
3RH2921-2DE11 2 2 51 63 33 41 32 23 33 -- -- --
52 64 34 42
For contactor relays2) Left
3RH2921-2DE11 1 1 51 63 -- -- -- 51X 42X 33X
52 64
1)
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in
bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
2)
Without positively driven operation.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/51

© Siemens AG 2018

2
3RH2911-2HA22
For contactors/ Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
contactor relays1) Version (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
Type NO NC d kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Sizes S00 to S3
3RT2.1, -- 1 .1 } 3RH2911-2HA01 1 1 unit 41B 0.040
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4 .2
3RH21, -- 2 .1 .1 } 3RH2911-2HA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.058
3RH24
.2 .2
-- 3 .1 .1 .1 5 3RH2911-2HA03 1 1 unit 41B 0.059
.2 .2 .2
1 -- .3 } 3RH2911-2HA10 1 1 unit 41B 0.052
.4
1 1 .1 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.405
.2 .4
1 2 .1 .1 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA12 1 1 unit 41B 0.045
.2 .2 .4
1 3 .1 .1 .1 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA13 1 1 unit 41B 0.058
.2 .2 .2 .4
2 -- .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.057
.4 .4
2 1 .1 .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA21 1 1 unit 41B 0.046
.2 .4 .4
2 2 .1 .1 .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA22 1 1 unit 41B 0.057
.2 .2 .4 .4
3 -- .3 .3 .3 5 3RH2911-2HA30 1 1 unit 41B 0.058
.4 .4 .4
3 1 .1 .3 .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA31 1 1 unit 41B 0.046
.2 .4 .4 .4
1)
For detailed information on use, see page 2/47.

2/52 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

2
3RH2911-2FC22
For Connections Auxiliary SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
contactors/ contacts (UNIT, per PU
contactor Position Version SET, approx.
relays1) M)
Article No.
Type NO NC NO NC d kg
Sizes S00 to S3
3RT2.1, -- 4 -- -- -- .3 .3 .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2FA40 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4 .4 .4 .4 .4
3RH21, -- 2 2 -- -- .3 .1 .1 .3 } 3RH2911-2FA22 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
3RH24
.4 .2 .2 .4
-- -- 4 -- -- .1 .1 .1 .1 } 3RH2911-2FA04 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
.2 .2 .2 .2
-- -- -- 1 1 .7 .5 } 3RH2911-2FB11 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
.8 .6
-- 1 1 1 1 .3 .1 .5 .7 } 3RH2911-2FB22 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
.4 .2 .6 .8
-- -- -- 2 2 .7 .7 .5 .5 } 3RH2911-2FC22 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
.8 .8 .6 .6
1)
For detailed information on use, see pages 2/47 and 2/48.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/53
© Siemens AG 2018

3RH2911-2GA22
2 For contactor Contactor

relays1) relay with
Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU
(UNIT,
PS* PG Weight
per PU
auxiliary SET, approx.
switch block M)
Ident No. Version
Article No.
Type NO NC d kg
Size S00
Blocks for the assembly of contactor relays with 8 contacts
3RH2140, 80E 4 -- 53 63 73 83 P 3RH2911-2GA40 1 1 unit 41B 0,049
3RH2440,
Ident No. 40E
54 64 74 84
71E 3 1 53 61 73 83 P 3RH2911-2GA31 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
54 62 74 84
62E 2 2 53 61 71 83 P 3RH2911-2GA22 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
54 62 72 84
53E 1 3 53 61 71 81 P 3RH2911-2GA13 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
54 62 72 82
44E -- 4 51 61 71 81 P 3RH2911-2GA04 1 1 unit 41B 0,058
52 62 72 82
1) For detailed information on use, see page 2/49.
3RH2911-2XA22-0MA0
For contactors/ Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
SET, approx.
Article No. M)
Type NO NC d kg
Sizes S00 to S3
3RT2.1, 4 -- 53 63 73 83 } 3RH2911-2XA40-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0,049
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4 54 64 74 84
3RH21, 3 1 53 61 73 83 } 3RH2911-2XA31-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
3RH24
54 62 74 84
2 2 53 61 71 83 } 3RH2911-2XA22-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
54 62 72 84
-- 4 51 61 71 81 5 3RH2911-2XA04-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
52 62 72 82
1)
For detailed information on use, see page 2/49.

2/54 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

3RH1921-2C. ..
For Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
2
contactors (UNIT, per PU
Ident No. Version Article No. SET, approx.
M)
Type NO NC NO NC d kg
Sizes S6 to S12
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
• Acc. to EN 50012
3RT1.5 ... 22 2 2 -- -- 53 61 71 83 20 3RH1921-2XA22-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.060
3RT1.7
54 62 72 84
1-pole auxiliary switch blocks

• Acc. to EN 50005 and EN 50012
3RT1.5 ... 10 1 -- -- -- .3 } 3RH1921-2CA10 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
3RT1.7
.4
01 -- 1 -- -- .1 } 3RH1921-2CA01 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
.2

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/55
© Siemens AG 2018

2 3RH2911-2DA02
For contactors1) Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
Version Article No. SET, approx.
M)
Type NO NC d kg
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks,
mounting on the right and/or on the left,
2-pole
Size S00 Left Right
3RT2.1 -- 2 41 51 21 31 2 3RH2911-2DA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
42 52 22 32
1 1 41 53 21 33 2 3RH2911-2DA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
42 54 22 34
2 -- 43 53 23 33 2 3RH2911-2DA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
44 54 24 34
Sizes S0 to S3 Left Right

3RT2.2, -- 2 51 61 31 41 2 3RH2921-2DA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.051
3RT2.32),
3RT2.4
52 62 32 42
1 1 51 63 31 43 2 3RH2921-2DA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
52 64 32 44
2 -- 53 63 33 43 2 3RH2921-2DA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
54 64 34 44
1) For detailed information on use, see pages 2/50 and 2/51. 2) With 3RT232. and 3RT252. contactors, mountable only on the right.

2/56 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

3RH1921-2DA11,
3RH1921-2JA11, 2
3RH1921-2EA. .,
3RH1921-2KA..
For contactors Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
Version Article No. SET, approx.
M)
Type NO NC d kg
Lateral auxiliary switch blocks,
mounting on the left or right,
2-pole
First auxiliary switch block
• Acc. to EN 50012
3RT1.5 ... 1 1 21 13 31 43 } 3RH1921-2DA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.051
3RT1.7
22 14 32 44
• Acc. to EN 50005
3RT1.5 ... 2 -- 53 63 73 83 } 3RH1921-2EA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT1.7
54 64 74 84
-- 2 51 61 71 81 } 3RH1921-2EA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.051
52 62 72 82
Second auxiliary switch block

• Acc. to EN 50012
3RT1.5 ... 1 1 61 53 71 83 } 3RH1921-2JA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.051
3RT1.7
62 54 72 84
• Acc. to EN 50005
3RT1.5 ... 2 -- 153 163 173 183 20 3RH1921-2KA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT1.7
154 164 174 184

-- 2 151 161 171 181 20 3RH1921-2KA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.051
152 162 172 182

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/57
© Siemens AG 2018

2
3RH2911-2NF. . 3RH2911-2DE11 3RH1921-2DE11,
3RH1921-2JE11
For contactors/ Contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
Type NO NC d kg
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks, 2-pole
• For operation in dusty atmospheres
• For solid-state circuits with rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 ... 300 mA at 3 ... 60 V
• Hard gold-plated contacts
• Laterally mountable auxiliary switches and auxiliary switches for snapping onto the front
for 3RT2 contactors,
sizes S0 to S3 are designed as mirror contacts according to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F.
Sizes S00 to S3
3RT2.1, -- 2 .1 .1 2 3RH2911-2NF02 1 1 unit 41B 0.046
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4 .2 .2
3RH21, 1 1 .3 .1 } 3RH2911-2NF11 1 1 unit 41B 0.047
3RH24
.4 .2
2 -- .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2NF20 1 1 unit 41B 0.047
.4 .4
Lateral auxiliary switch blocks, mounting on the right

and/or on the left
acc. to EN 50012
Size S00 Left Right
Auxiliary switch block
3RT2.1 1 1 41 53 23 31 2 3RH2911-2DE11 1 1 unit 41B 0.047
42 54 24 32
Auxiliary switch block
3RT2.2, 1 1 51 63 33 41 2 3RH2921-2DE11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4
52 64 34 42
First auxiliary switch block
3RT1.5 ... 1 1 21 13 31 43 } 3RH1921-2DE11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT1.7
22 14 32 44
Second auxiliary switch block

3RT1.5 ... 1 1 61 53 71 83 } 3RH1921-2JE11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT1.7
62 54 72 84
1) For detailed information on use, see pages 2/49 and 2/51.

2/58 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications
Introduction
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Conversion tool e.g. from 3RT13 to 3RT23, see
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Home page, see www.siemens.com/sirius Online configurator for 3RT20 contactors, see
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RT_3TK_3TC
Size S3 S6, S10, S12

Type 3RT2446, 3RT2448 3RT14.6
4-pole 3RT23, 3RT25, 3RT13 contactors · 3-pole 3RT24, 3RT14 contactors
Type 3RT2446 3RT2448 3RT1456 3RT1466 3RT1476
Number of main contacts 3 NO 3 NO
AC-1 (≤ 690 V)
Ie 40 °C A 140 160 275 400 690
60 °C A 130 140 250 380 650
P at 400 V 40 °C kW 92 105 180 263 454
At 230 V 40 °C kW 53 61 105 151 261
At 500 V kW -- -- 225 329 568
At 690 V 60 °C kW 159 182 310 454 783
At 1 000 V kW -- -- 165 247 410
AC-2 and AC-3
Ie/400 V A 44 44 97 138 170
P at 400 V kW 22 22 55 75 90
At 230 V kW 12.7 12.7 30 37 55
At 500 V kW 29.9 29.9 55 90 110
At 690 V kW 38.2 38.2 90 132 160

Auxiliary switch 3RH29 3RH19 3RT1926
blocks (p. 2/52) (p. 2/55) (p. 2/181)
Terminal covers 3RT2946-4EA2 3RT1956-4EA .
(p. 2/177)
Surge suppressors 3RT29361), 3RT2946 3RT1956-1C
(RC element)
1)
From product version E03 onwards, 3RT2936-1B/-1E surge suppressors Contactors for railway applications
can be used for 3RT2.4 contactors.
• For SIRIUS 3RT contactors with extended operating range,
Note: 3-pole, see page 2/63
Safety characteristics for contactors, • For SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays with extended operating
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16 range, see page 2/68
"Standards and Approvals". • For 3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole, see page 2/71
Accessories for contactors, see www.siemens.com/ic10 • For 3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 2-pole,
Chapter 3 see page 2/72
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/59

© Siemens AG 2018
SIRIUS 3RT.4 contactors for resistive loads (AC-1), 3-pole
■ Overview
Standards Sizes S6 to S12: AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz AC and DC)
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, • Withdrawable coils with integrated coil circuit (varistor)
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, • Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches) • Main conductors: Busbar connections
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are Operating mechanism types
2 finger-safe according to IEC 60529.
3RT. 4 contactors are used for switching resistive loads (AC-1) or
Two types of solenoid operation are available:
as contactors, that normally only have to carry the current, for • Conventional operating mechanisms
example for variable-speed drives. • Solid-state operating mechanisms
The accessories and spare parts of the 3RT contactors can also - The operating mechanism for the contactors features solid-
be used here, see from page 2/44 onwards. state control of the contactor coil. Overvoltage damping of
the operating mechanism coil is already integrated in the
For a general description of 3RT contactors, sizes S3 to S12, electronics. The operating mechanisms are powered via a
see from page 2/5 onwards. supply voltage with an operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us,
optionally also controlled depending on the chosen mode of
Size S3: AC or AC/DC operation operation. Alternatively, control is via the separate 24 V DC
• Coil circuits (varistors, diodes, etc.) can be retrofitted control signal input. Various rated voltage ranges for AC/DC
• Auxiliary switches can be retrofitted control are available.
- This version is additionally available with a 24 V DC PLC
• Main and control conductors: Screw terminals relay output and a remaining lifetime indicator (RLT).
More information
Technical specifications,see Manuals, see
FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13613/faq https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/WW/en/view/60311318
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/WW/en/view/60306557
• Application Manual "SIRIUS Controls with IE3/IE4 motors,
Type 3RT2446 3RT2448 3RT1456 3RT1466 3RT1476

Size S3 S6 S10 S12
General data
NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°

NSB0_00649a
22,5° 22,5°
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical 90° 90°
mounting surface.
Upright mounting position --
NSB0_00477a

• Basic units and Operating cycles 10 million
basic units with mounted auxiliary
switch block
• Basic units with solid-state Operating cycles 5 million --
compatible auxiliary switch block
Electrical endurance Operating cycles 0.5 million
for utilization category AC-1, at Ie
2/60 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Type 3RT2446 3RT2448 3RT1456 3RT1466 3RT1476

Size S3 S6 S10 S12
General data (continued)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 8
Protective separation between the coil and the main V 400 690
2
contacts according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts
according to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be
closed simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• Integrated auxiliary switches Yes --
• Removable auxiliary switch block -- Yes
• On front IP20 IP00
(IP20 with box terminal/cover)
• Connecting terminal IP00 (for higher degree of protection: use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe Finger-safe
for vertical touching from the for vertical touching from the front with cover
front
Shock resistance
• Sine pulse
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/61

© Siemens AG 2018
Type 3RT2446 3RT2448 3RT1456 3RT1466 3RT1476

Size S3 S6 S10 S12
Load rating with AC
switching resistive loads
• Rated operational currents Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V A 140 160 275 400 690
2 At 60 °C up to 690 V A
At 1 000 V A
130
60
140
80
250
100
380
150
6501)
250
• Rated power for AC loads2) At 230 V kW 49 53 95 145 245
with p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 86 92 165 250 430
500 V kW 107 115 205 315 535
690 V kW 148 159 285 430 740
1 000 V kW 98 131 165 247 410
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 50 70 2 x 70 240 2 x 240
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 50 120 240 2 x 240
With an electrical endurance of 1.3 million operating cycles
Up to 690 V A 44 97 138 170
• Rated power for slipring At 230 V kW 12.7 30 37 55
or squirrel-cage motors 400 V kW 37 55 75 90
at 50 and 60 Hz 500 V kW 39.9 55 90 110
690 V kW 38.2 90 132 160
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-1 W -- 20 27 55
Load rating with DC
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 130 140 250 380 500
60 V A 80 250 380 500
110 V A 12 18 33
220 V A 2.5 3.4 3.8
440 V A 0.8 0.8 0.9
600 V A 0.48 0.5 0.6
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 130 140 250 380 500
60 V A 130 140 250 380 500
110 V A 130 140 250 380 500
220 V A 13 20 380 500
440 V A 2.4 3.2 4
600 V A 1.3 1.6 2
60 V A 130 140 250 380 500
110 V A 130 140 250 380 500
220 V A 130 140 250 380 500
440 V A 6 11.5 11
600 V A 3.4 4 5.2
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 6 250 380 500
60 V A 3 7.5 11
110 V A 1.25 2.5 3
220 V A 0.35 0.6
440 V A 0.15 0.17 0.18
600 V A 0.1 0.12 0.125
60 V A 130 140 250 380 500
110 V A 130 140 250 380 500
220 V A 1.75 2.5
440 V A 0.42 0.65
600 V A 0.27 0.37
60 V A 130 140 250 380 500
110 V A 130 140 250 380 500
220 V A 4 250 380 500
440 V A 0.8 1.4
600 V A 0.45 0.75
1)
Note: 600 A for 3RT1476 . N . contactor
Further information on the products can be found (increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
in the Catalog IC 10 catalogue and on the Internet at account).
2/62 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Railway Applications
SIRIUS 3RT contactors with extended operating range, 3-pole
■ Overview
Standards Operating range of contactor operating mechanisms
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, Sizes S00 to S3
IEC 60077-2, EN 60077-2
The solenoid coils of the 3RT2 contactors have an extended coil
The contactors are finger-safe according to IEC 60529 operating range from max. 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as
(exception: S3 series resistor). The auxiliary conductor and coil standard with surge suppressors. The opening delay is
2
terminals are all spring-type terminals. consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for standard contactors.
Ambient temperature Sizes S6 to S12
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the The operating mechanism for the 3RT10 contactors features
contactors (across the full coil operating range) is -40 to +70 °C. solid-state control of the contactor coil. Overvoltage damping of
the operating mechanism coil is already integrated in the
Performance range electronics. The operating mechanisms are powered via a
3RT contactors are available in all sizes from S00 to S12 up to supply voltage with an operating range of 0.7 to 1.25 x Us,
250 kW or 500 A (AC-3 at 400 V). optionally also controlled depending on the chosen mode of
operation. Alternatively, control is via the separate 24 to 110 V
DC control signal input.
Three rated voltage ranges are available as direct voltage (DC):
• 24 V DC
• 72 V DC
• 110 V DC
■ Application
Besides standard approval in compliance with IEC 60974-4-1, 3RT201 contactors with series resistor
the contactors with an extended operating range are also
approved in compliance with IEC 60077-2, thus fulfilling the Control and auxiliary circuits
requirement for use in railway applications. The solenoid coils of these contactors have an extended coil
Thus, their suitability for increased requirements such as an operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us (exception
3RT204.-.X...-0LA2: 0.7 to 1.2 x Us) and are fitted as standard
• extended temperature range in comparison with the regular with a surge suppressor (suppressor diode or varistor as
standard IEC 60497-4-1 or preferred).
• extended operating range of the solenoid coils or also
• increased resistance to mechanical oscillations and vibrations The DC solenoid systems of the contactors are modified
is warranted. The design of the terminals in the spring-type (to holding excitation) by means of a series resistor.
connection system also contributes toward vibration 3RT201 to 3RT204 contactors with solid-state operating
resistance. mechanism, extended operating range
3RT20 contactors with conventional coil Control and auxiliary circuits
Control and auxiliary circuits The solenoid coils of these contactors have an extended coil
These contactors have an extended operating range from 0.7 to operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us (exception
1.25 x Us; on size S00 the coils are fitted with suppressor diodes, 3RT204.-.X...-0LA2: 0.7 to 1.2 x Us)and are fitted as standard
on size S0 with varistors. An additional series resistor is not with varistors to provide protection against overvoltage.
required. The contactors are energized via upstream control electronics
Note: which ensure the coil operating range of 0.7 to 1.25 x Us at an
ambient temperature of 70 °C. They are supplied as complete
An additional auxiliary switch block cannot be mounted. units with integrated coil electronics. A varistor is integrated for
Side-by-side mounting damping opening surges in the coil.
A clearance of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at The possibility of mounting auxiliary switches is the same as that
ambient temperatures > 60 °C ≤ 70 °C. for equivalent standard contactors for switching motors in the
matching size (see overview diagrams of the 3RT20 contactors
from page 2/5 onwards).
Side-by-side mounting
With these contactor versions in sizes S00 and S0, side-by-side
mounting is permitted at ambient temperatures up to 70 °C.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/63

© Siemens AG 2018


DC operation
Spring-type terminals
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rails
Solenoid coil fitted with surge suppressor
3RT201 . -2K . 4 . 3RT201 . -2K . 42-0LA0
AC-2 and AC-3 supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C Us SET, approx.
Opera- Ratings of Ident No. Version M)
tional three-phase motors Article No.
current at
Ie
at
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC d kg
3RT20 contactors for switching motors
Size S00
With conventional coil, fitted with suppressor diode
(coupling contactors)
• 1 NO, Ident No. 10 • 1 NC, Ident No. 01
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2(–) A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 101) 1 -- 24 } 3RT2017-2KB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
110 5 3RT2017-2KF41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 011) -- 1 24 } 3RT2017-2KB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
110 5 3RT2017-2KF42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
With conventional coil, fitted with varistor
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2(–) A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
1)
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2LB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
110 5 3RT2017-2LF41 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 011) -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2LB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.319
110 5 3RT2017-2LF42 1 1 unit 41B 0.319
With series resistor, fitted with suppressor diode
E1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 --2) -- 13) 24 5 3RT2017-2KB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.329

110 5 3RT2017-2KF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.322
16 4 7.5 10 11 --2) -- 13) 24 5 3RT2018-2KB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.330
110 5 3RT2018-2KF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.325
With series resistor, fitted with varistor
E1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 --2) -- 13) 24 5 3RT2017-2LB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.332
110 5 3RT2017-2LF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.323
16 4 7.5 10 11 --2) -- 13) 24 5 3RT2018-2LB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.333
110 5 3RT2018-2LF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.327
1)
It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. A clearance of 10 mm Accessories and spare parts, see page 2/44 onwards.
is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 °C.
2)
One 4-pole auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 can be mounted
from -40 to 70 °C; no clearance required.
3) NC contact cannot be used because it is used for switching of the series
resistor.
2/64 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

DC operation
Solenoid coil fitted with varistor
3RT201. -2X . 4 1-0LA2 3RT201. -2X . 4 2-0LA2 3RT202. -2K . 4 0 3RT202 . -2X . 40-0LA2
AC-2 and AC-3 supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C Us SET, approx.
current at
Ie
at
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
Size S00
With solid-state operating mechanism, with integrated varistor
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2(–) A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
1)
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 10 1 -- 24-34 5 3RT2017-2XB41-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
72-125 5 3RT2017-2XF41-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.313
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 011) -- 1 24-34 5 3RT2017-2XB42-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
72-125 5 3RT2017-2XF42-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
16 4 7.5 10 11 101) 1 -- 24-34 5 3RT2018-2XB41-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
72-125 5 3RT2018-2XF41-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.300
16 4 7.5 10 11 011) -- 1 24-34 5 3RT2018-2XB42-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.340
72-125 5 3RT2018-2XF42-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
Size S0
With conventional operating mechanism1)
(coupling contactors)
1 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 11
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
17 4 7.5 10 11 11 1 1 24 2 3RT2025-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.643

110 5 3RT2025-2KF40 1 1 unit 41B 0.627
25 5.5 11 11 11 11 1 1 24 2 3RT2026-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.643
110 5 3RT2026-2KF40 1 1 unit 41B 0.629
32 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2027-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.650
110 5 3RT2027-2KF40 1 1 unit 41B 0.639
With solid-state operating mechanism
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
17 4 7.5 10 11 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2025-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.612

110 5 3RT2025-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.578
25 5.5 11 11 11 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2026-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.613
110 5 3RT2026-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.583
32 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2027-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.617
110 5 3RT2027-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.591
38 7.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2028-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.620
110 5 3RT2028-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.594
1) It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. A clearance of 10 mm Accessories and spare parts, see page 2/44 onwards.
is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 °C.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/65
© Siemens AG 2018

DC operation
3RT203. -3X . 40-0LA2 3RT204. -3X . 40-0LA2

AC-2 and AC-3 supply voltage for auxiliary and control (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C Us circuits SET, approx.
current at
Ie
at
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
Size S2
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
40 11 18.5 22 22 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2035-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.109

110 5 3RT2035-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.115
50 15 22 30 22 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2036-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.110
110 5 3RT2036-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.115
65 18.5 30 37 37 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2037-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.113
110 5 3RT2037-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.117
80 22 37 37 45 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2038-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.109
110 5 3RT2038-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.128
Size S3
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
80 22 37 45 55 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2045-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.824

110 5 3RT2045-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.817
95 22 45 55 75 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2046-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.826
110 5 3RT2046-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.820
110 30 55 75 75 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2047-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.828
110 5 3RT2047-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.748
Accessories and spare parts, see page 2/44 onwards.

2/66 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

DC operation
For screw fixing onto standard mounting rails
Withdrawable operating mechanisms with integrated circuit (varistor)
3RT1055 -2X. 46-0LA2 3RT1064 -2X. 46-0LA2 3RT107 5 -2X. 46-0LA2

Size Rated data according to IEC 60947-4-1 Auxiliary Rated control SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, contacts, supply (UNIT, per PU
tu: Up to 70 °C lateral voltage Us SET, approx.
M)
Operational Ratings of three-phase motors Version
current Ie up to at 50 Hz and
400 V 400 V
A kW NO NC V DC d kg
Solid-state operating mechanism with 24 ... 110 V DC control signal input
e.g. for control by PLC
A1 + - Spring-type terminals
ON OFF
PLC
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43 for coil and auxiliary
switch terminals
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44

A2
S6 115 55 2 2 24 5 3RT1054-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.336

72 5 3RT1054-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.326
110 5 3RT1054-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.278
150 75 2 2 24 5 3RT1055-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.411
72 5 3RT1055-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.265
110 5 3RT1055-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.350
185 90 2 2 24 5 3RT1056-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.420
72 5 3RT1056-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.259
110 5 3RT1056-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.403
S10 225 110 2 2 24 5 3RT1064-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.470
72 5 3RT1064-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.462
110 5 3RT1064-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.530
265 132 2 2 24 5 3RT1065-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.482
72 5 3RT1065-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.700
110 5 3RT1065-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.610
300 160 2 2 24 5 3RT1066-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.607
72 5 3RT1066-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.599
110 5 3RT1066-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.618
S12 400 200 2 2 24 5 3RT1075-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.340
72 5 3RT1075-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.095
110 5 3RT1075-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.283
500 250 2 2 24 5 3RT1076-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.850
72 5 3RT1076-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.034
110 5 3RT1076-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.411
Accessories and spare parts, see page 2/44 onwards.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/67
© Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays with extended operating range
■ Overview
DC operation Uninterrupted duty at temperatures > +60 °C reduces the
mechanical endurance, the current carrying capacity of the
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 conducting paths and the switching frequency.
The contactor relays are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. The
size S00 contactor relays have spring-type connections for all Control and auxiliary circuits
terminals. The solenoid coils of the contactor relays have an extended coil
2 Ambient temperature
operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as standard
with surge suppressors. The opening delay is consequently 2 to
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the 5 ms longer than for standard contactors.
contactor relays (across the full coil operating range) is
-40 to +70 °C.
■ Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to Contactor relays with series resistor
considerable variations in the control voltage and to high
ambient temperatures, e.g. railway applications under extreme Control and auxiliary circuits
climatic conditions, rolling mills, etc. The DC solenoid systems of the contactor relays are modified
Also for control supply voltages with battery buffering to extend (to holding excitation) by means of a series resistor.
the operating time in the event of battery charge failure. The size S00 contactor relays are supplied prewired with a plug-
on module containing the series resistor. A surge suppressor
Contactor relays with conventional coil (a suppressor diode or varistor as preferred) is integrated.
Control and auxiliary circuits A 4-pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005) can be
These contactor relays have an extended operating range from fitted additionally.
0.7 to 1.25 x Us; the coils are fitted with suppressor diodes as Side-by-side mounting
standard. An additional series resistor is not required.
Side-by-side mounting is permissible at ambient temperatures
Note: up to 70 °C.
An additional auxiliary switch block cannot be mounted.
Contactor relays with solid-state operating mechanism
Side-by-side mounting
Control and auxiliary circuits
A clearance of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at
ambient temperatures > 60 °C ≤ 70 °C. The solenoid coils of these contactor relays have an extended
coil operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as
standard with varistors to provide protection against
overvoltage.
The contactor relays are energized via upstream control
electronics which ensure the coil operating range of 0.7 to
1.25 x Us at an ambient temperature of 70 °C. They are supplied
as complete units with integrated coil electronics. A varistor is
integrated for damping opening surges in the coil.
2/68 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018


DC operation
Solenoid coil with surge suppression
3RH2122-2K . 40 3RH2122-2K . 40-0LA0

Rated operational current Contacts Rated control supply SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C at SET, approx.
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V Version M)
Article No.
A A A A NO NC V DC d kg
3RH21 contactor relays
Size S00
With conventional coil, fitted with suppressor diode
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E 3 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 31E 4 NO, Ident No. 40E
13 21 31 43 13 21 33 43 13 23 33 43
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)
A2(–) A2(–) A2(–)

14 22 32 44 14 22 34 44 14 24 34 44
1)
10 3 2 1 2 2 24 } 3RH2122-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
110 2 3RH2122-2KF40 1 1 unit 41A 0.309
3 11) 24 } 3RH2131-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
4 01) 24 5 3RH2140-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.315
With conventional coil, fitted with varistor
2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E
13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2(–)
14 22 32 44
10 3 2 1 2 21) 24 5 3RH2122-2LB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.320
110 2 3RH2122-2LF40 1 1 unit 41A 0.317
1)
It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. Accessories, see page 2/44 onwards.
Other voltages on request.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/69
© Siemens AG 2018

DC operation
Solenoid coil with surge suppression
3RH2122-2K . 40 3RH2122-2K . 40-0LA0

Rated operational current Contacts Rated control supply SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C at SET, approx.
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V Version M)
Article No.
A A A A NO NC V DC d kg
3RH21 contactor relays
Size S00
With series resistor, fitted with suppressor diode
2 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 21X
E1(+) 13 23 31
A2(–)
14 24 32
10 3 2 1 2 11) 24 5 3RH2122-2KB40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A 0.331
110 5 3RH2122-2KF40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A 0.322
With series resistor, fitted with varistor
2 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 21X
E1(+) 13 23 31
A2(–)
14 24 32
10 3 2 1 2 11) 24 2 3RH2122-2LB40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A 0.332
110 2 3RH2122-2LF40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A 0.323
With solid-state operating mechanism, with integrated varistor
2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E
13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2(–)
14 22 32 44
10 3 2 1 2 11) 24-34 5 3RH2122-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41A 0.310
72-125 5 3RH2122-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41A 0.310
1) 4-pole auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 can be mounted. Accessories, see page 2/44 onwards.
2/70 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole
■ Overview
Standards -50 to +70 °C. Uninterrupted duty at temperatures < -25 °C and
> +55 °C reduces the mechanical endurance, the current
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 carrying capacity of the conducting paths and the switching
The contactor relays are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. frequency.
Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, A clearance of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at
depending on the configuration with other devices. ambient temperatures > 55 °C. There is no need to reduce the
Ambient temperature technical specifications.
2
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the
contactors (across the full coil operating range) is
■ Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to Control and auxiliary circuits
ambient temperatures, e.g. in railway applications. The solenoid coils of the contactor relays have an extended coil
with varistors to provide protection against overvoltage. The
opening delay is consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for
standard contactors.

3TH4244 -0L . .
Contacts Rated operational current Contacts1) Rated control SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 Ident No. Version Us Article No. SET, approx.
acc. to M)
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V EN 50011
Number A A A A NO NC V DC d kg
DC operation
13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
A1(+)
A2( )
14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
8 10 6 4 2 44E 4 4 24 } 3TH4244-0LB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.682

110 } 3TH4244-0LF4 1 1 unit 41A 0.644
13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81
A1(+)
A2( )
14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82
8 10 6 4 2 53E 5 3 24 } 3TH4253-0LB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.692

110 } 3TH4253-0LF4 1 1 unit 41A 0.648
13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
A1(+)
A2( )
14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
8 10 6 4 2 62E 6 2 24 } 3TH4262-0LB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.674

110 } 3TH4262-0LF4 1 1 unit 41A 0.660
1)
Contacts not extendable. Other voltages on request.
Accessories, see page 2/44 onwards.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/71
© Siemens AG 2018

3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 2-pole
■ Overview
Standards Series resistor
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 The DC solenoid systems of the 3TC contactors must be
modified (to hold-in coil) by means of a series resistor. This
The contactors are finger-safe according to IEC 60529 series resistor is supplied separately packed with the
(exception: series resistor). Terminal covers may have to be contactors.
fitted onto the connecting bars, depending on the configuration
2 with other devices.

All specifications and technical specifications not mentioned
With types 3TC48, the series resistor must be attached onto the
right-hand side of the auxiliary switch block by means of the
enclosed mounting parts and sets of links provided, while in the
here are identical to those of the standard 3TC contactors. case of the 3TC44 it must be mounted and wired between the
Ambient temperature contactor poles. With types 3TC52 and 3TC56, the series
resistor must be attached separately next to the contactors.
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the
contactors (across the full coil operating range) is -50 to +70 °C. Auxiliary contacts
Uninterrupted duty at temperatures < –25 °C and > +55 °C The contactors are equipped with two lateral auxiliary switch
reduces the mechanical endurance, the current carrying blocks each with 1 NO + 1 NC contact. Further auxiliary switch
capacity of the conducting paths and the switching frequency. blocks cannot be fitted to the DC-operated contactors.
At ambient temperatures > 55 °C, a clearance of 10 mm is One NC contact is required for the series resistor function.
required for side-by-side mounting of size 2 contactors. There is Two NO contacts and one NC contact are thus freely available.
no need to reduce the technical specifications.
Ratings of three-phase motors
Reversing contactors
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor
shaft (according to the nameplate). With the 3TC52 and 3TC56 contactors, the series resistor must
be connected using an additional K2 reversing contactor
The power rating specifications of the contactors in kW are (3RT1317-1F.40). This contactor is automatically included in the
guide values for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz AC and scope of supply in the same packaging as the contactor.
specified voltage (e.g. 400 V). The actual starting and rated data
of the motor to be switched must be considered when selecting Dimensions
the units.
Attaching resistors and varistors increases the width of the
contactors.
■ Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to Control and auxiliary circuits
ambient temperatures, e.g. in railway applications. The solenoid coils of the contactors have an extended coil
with varistors to provide protection against overvoltage. The
opening delay is consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for
standard contactors.
2/72 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole
Type 3TC44 to 3TC78

Contact endurance of the main contacts
10 7 20 NSB0_00656
8 NSB0_00655
6 Mill.
Operating cycles at 500 V

4 18
Operating cycles at 500 V
3TC44 3TC48 3TC52 3TC56

2
16
10 6
8
6 14 2
4
12
2
10 5 10
8
6
4 8
2
6
10 4
8
6 4
4
2
2
0,5
10 3
200 400 50 100 150 200 250 300 a (A) 400
10 20 40 100 600 1 000 a (A)
3TC44 to 3TC56 contactors 3TC74 and 3TC78 contactors

Legend for the diagrams:
Ia = breaking current
Contactor Type 3TC44 3TC48 3TC52 3TC56

Size 2 4 8 12
General data
Permissible mounting position 22,5° 22,5° 22,5° 22,5° NSB0_00650c
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface.

Electrical endurance See endurance diagram above
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 800 1 000
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V Up to 300 Up to 660
Mirror contacts1) Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
• Connecting terminals IP00
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe with terminal covers
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 7.5/5 and 3.4/10 10/5 and 5/10 12/5 and 5.5/10 12/5 and 5.6/10
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1, switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 55 °C) Up to Ue 750 V A 32 75 220 400
• Minimum conductor cross-section mm2 6 25 95 240
• Rated power at Ue At 220 V kW 7 16.5 48 88
(≤ 220 V DC: one conducting path, 440 V kW 14 33 97 176
> 220 V DC: two conducting paths in series) 600 V kW 19.2 45 132 240
750 V kW 24 56 165 300
Utilization categories DC-3 and DC-5,
(at 55 °C) 440 V A 29 75 220 400
600 V A 21 75 220 400
750 V A 7.5 75 170 400
• Rated power at Ue At 110 V kW 2.5 6.5 20 35
(≤ 220 V DC: one conducting path, 220 V kW 5 13 41 70
> 220 V DC: two conducting paths in series) 440 V kW 9 27 82 140
600 V kW 9 38 110 200
750 V kW 4 45 110 250
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/73

© Siemens AG 2018

3TC44: For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3TC48 to 3TC56: For screw fixing
3TC48
Size Utilization Rated Rated power Auxiliary Rated SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
category opera- of loads contacts1) control (UNIT, per PU
tional supply SET, approx.
current Ie at Version voltage M)
at Us
750 V 220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V Article No.
Contactors for switching DC voltage
DC operation
Terminal designations according to EN 50012 and EN 50005
1/L1 3/L2 13 21 31 43
A1
A2
2/T1 4/T2 14 22 32 44
2 DC-1 32 7 14 19.2 24 2 12) 24 5 3TC4417-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 1.322
DC-3/DC-5 7.5 5 9 9 4 110 10 3TC4417-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 1.304
4 DC-1 75 16.5 33 45 56 2 12) 24 15 3TC4817-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 4.700
DC-3/DC-5 75 13 27 38 45 110 15 3TC4817-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 4.620
8 DC-1 170 48 97 132 165 2 12) 24 15 3TC5217-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 10.435
DC-3/DC-5 170 41 82 110 110 110 15 3TC5217-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 10.334
12 DC-1 400 88 176 240 300 2 12) 24 15 3TC5617-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 30.000
DC-3/DC-5 400 70 140 200 250 110 15 3TC5617-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 21.837
1)
The number of auxiliary contacts cannot be increased. Other rated control supply voltages according to page 2/78
2) One NC contact used for series resistor. on request.
■ Accessories
Accessories, see Basic units of the 3TC contactors, from
page 2/75 onwards.
Spare parts
For contactors Remarks Rated control SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
supply voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size Type V DC d kg
Arc chutes
For contactors with extended operating range
2 3TC4417-0L . . With cutout for resistor 5 3TY2442-0B 1 1 unit 41B 0.160
mounting
Solenoid coils
For contactors with extended operating range
2 3TC44 With series resistor, 24 15 3TY6443-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 0.364
without varistor 110 15 3TY6443-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 0.345
4 3TC48 24 15 3TY6483-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 1.239
110 15 3TY6483-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 1.167
All spare parts not mentioned here are identical to those of the
basic units of the 3TC contactors, see page 2/78.

2/74 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
■ Overview
3TC4 and 3TC5 Auxiliary contacts
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, The contactors are equipped with two lateral auxiliary switch
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, blocks each with 1 NO + 1 NC contact. On the contactors 3TC48
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches) to 3TC56 with AC operation, a second auxiliary switch block can
be mounted on the right and left. On contactors with DC
The contactors are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. Terminal operation, expansion of the auxiliary contacts is not possible.
covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars,
depending on the configuration with other devices. 3TC7 2
The DC motor ratings given in the tables are applicable to the IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories with two-pole switching of
the load or with the two conducting paths of the contactor The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are
connected in series. suitable for switching and controlling DC motors as well as all
other DC circuits.
One contactor conducting path can switch full power up to
220 V. For voltages over 220 V, the two conducting paths are to The solenoid excitation is configured for a particularly large
be switched in series, see "Rated data of the main contacts", operating range. It is between 0.7 or 0.8 and 1.2 × Us.
page 2/73. 3TC74 contactors can be used at up to 750 V/400 A and 50 Hz
in AC-1 operation.
For voltages over 750 V, the two conducting paths (3TC74: two
contactors) are to be switched in series, see "Rated data of the
main contacts", page 2/76.
■ Application
The contactors are suitable for switching and controlling A version with an especially large actuating voltage is available
DC motors as well as all other DC circuits. for operation in electrically driven vehicles and in switchgear
with a particularly large coil operating range (see page 2/80).
Type 3TC4 and 3TC7 3TC5
Conventional thermal current Ith = rated operational current Ie/AC-12 A 10 10
AC load
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14
110 V A 10 10
125 V A 10 10
220 V A 6 6
230 V A 5.6 5.6
380 V A 4 4
400 V A 3.6 3.6
500 V A 2.5 2.5
660 V A 2.5 2.5
690 V A -- --
DC load
60 V A 10 10
110 V A 3.2 8
125 V A 2.5 6
220 V A 0.9 2
440 V A 0.33 0.6
600 V A 0.22 0.4
48 V A 5 5
110 V A 1.14 2.4
125 V A 0.98 2.1
220 V A 0.48 1.1
440 V A 0.13 0.32
600 V A 0.07 0.21
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/75

© Siemens AG 2018
Type 3TC74 3TC78

Design 1-pole contactors 2-pole contactors
General data
NSB0_00650c
22,5° 22,5° 22,5° 22,5°
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical
mounting surface.
2 Mechanical endurance Oper- 30 million

ating
cycles
Electrical endurance See page 2/73
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1 500
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55
• Connecting terminals IP00
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe with terminal covers
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1, switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational current Ie/DC-1 (at 55 °C) A 500
• Minimum conductor cross-section mm2 2 x 150
• Rated power At 220 V kW 110
(≤ 750 V DC: one conducting path, 440 V kW 220
> 750 V DC: two conducting paths in series) 600 V kW 300
750 V kW 375
1 200 V kW -- 600
1 500 V kW -- 750
• Critical currents, without arc extinction At 440 V A ≤7 --
600 V A ≤ 13 --
750 V A ≤ 15 --
≤ 800 V A -- ≤7
1 200 V A -- ≤ 13
1 500 V A -- ≤ 15
Utilization categories DC-3 and DC-5,
• Rated operational current Ie (at 55 °C) A 400
• Rated power at Ue At 110 V kW 35
(≤ 220 V DC: one conducting path, 220 V kW 70
> 220 V DC: two conducting paths in series) 440 V kW 140
600 V kW 200
750 V kW 250
1 200 V kW -- 400
1 500 V kW -- 500
Permissible rated current for regenerative braking A 400
at 110 ... 600 V
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts, see page 2/75.
2/76 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
2
3TC74 3TC78
Size Utiliza- Opera- Ratings of Auxiliary Rated SD Screw PU PS* PG Weight
tion tional DC motors at contacts control terminals (UNIT, per PU
2)
catego- cur- supply SET, approx.
ry1) rent Ie 110 V 220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V 1 200 V 1 500 V Version voltage U s M)
Article No.
A kW kW kW kW kW kW kW NO NC V d kg
3TC74 1-pole contactors · Operational voltage up to 750 V
DC operation
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50005
A1 1/L1 13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83
2/T1 14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84
A2
12 DC-3, 400 35 70 140 200 250 -- -- 4 4 24 DC 15 3TC7414-0EB 1 1 unit 41B 10.597

DC-5 110 DC 15 3TC7414-0EF 1 1 unit 41B 10.650
3TC78 2-pole contactors · Operational voltage up to 1 500 V
DC operation
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50005
A1 1/L1 3/L2 13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83
2/T1 4/T4 14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84
A2
12 DC-3, 400 35 70 140 200 250 400 500 4 4 24 DC 15 3TC7814-0EB 1 1 unit 41B 22.860
DC-5 110 DC 15 3TC7814-0EF 1 1 unit 41B 23.490
1)
Permissible load for DC-1 utilization category, see detailed technical Other rated control supply voltages according to page 2/78 on
specifications in the reference manual "Switching Devices – Contactors request.
and Contactor Assemblies",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/35554359. Spare parts, see page 2/80.
2)
The fitting of auxiliary switches cannot be altered on DC-operated
contactors.
3)
Upper operating range limit at 230 V AC: 1.14 x Us.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/77
© Siemens AG 2018
■ Options
Rated control supply voltages, possible on request (change of the 10th and 11th digits of the Article No.)
Delivery time on request
Rated control supply voltage Contactor type 3TC44 3TC48 3TC52/3TC56 3TC74/3TC78
Us
2
DC operation
24 V DC B4 B4 B4 B
48 V DC W4 W4 -- --
60 V DC E4 E4 -- --
110 V DC F4 F4 F4 F
125 V DC G4 G4 -- --
220 V DC M4 M4 M4 M
230 V DC P4 P4 -- --
1) Operating range at 220 V AC: 0.85 to 1.15 × Us; 2) Upper operating range limit at 230 V AC: 1.14 × Us.
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
■ Accessories
For contactors Version Auxiliary switch block SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Auxiliary Left Right (UNIT, per PU
contacts SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
Size Type NO NC d kg
Second auxiliary switch blocks (for AC operation only)
4 3TC48 2nd auxiliary switch block, left 20 3TY6501-1K 1 1 unit 41B 0.047
1 1 53 61 --
54 62
2nd auxiliary switch block, right 20 3TY6501-1L 1 1 unit 41B 0.042
1 1 -- 71 83
72 84
8 and 12 3TC52, 2nd auxiliary switch block, left 20 3TY6561-1K 1 1 unit 41B 0.085
3TC56 1 1 53 61 --
54 62
2nd auxiliary switch block, right 20 3TY6561-1L 1 1 unit 41B 0.081
1 1 -- 71 83
72 84
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks

For operation in dusty atmospheres and in
solid-state circuits with rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 ... 300 mA at 3 ... 60 V
2 and 4 3TC44, 2nd auxiliary switch block, left or right 5 3TY7561-1UA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
3TC48 (replacement for 3TY6561-1U, 3TY6561-1V)
1 CO contact 51 61
52 54 62 64
5TY7561-1 .

2/78 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
For contactors Version Rated control supply SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size Type V AC V DC d kg
Surge suppressors · Varistors
2 3TC441) Varistors2) 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 2 3TX7402-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
With line spacer, for 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 2 3TX7402-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
mounting onto the
coil terminal
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
150 ... 250
--
--
2
20
20
3TX7402-3J
3TX7402-3K
3TX7402-3L
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
0.015
0.023
0.023
2
4 3TC48 Varistors2) 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 2 3TX7462-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
For sticking onto the 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 5 3TX7462-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
3TX7402-3 . contactor base or for 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 2 3TX7462-3J 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
mounting separately 240 ... 400 -- 5 3TX7462-3K 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
400 ... 600 -- 5 3TX7462-3L 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
8 and 12 3TC52, Varistors 24 ... 48 -- 2 3TX7462-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
3TC56 For sticking onto the 48 ... 127 -- 5 3TX7462-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
contactor base or for 127 ... 240 -- 2 3TX7462-3J 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
mounting separately 240 ... 400 -- 5 3TX7462-3K 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
400 ... 600 -- 5 3TX7462-3L 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
3TX7462-3 . 8 and 12 3TC52, Varistors2) -- 24 ... 70 5 3TX7522-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.090

3TC56 For separate screw -- 70 ... 150 5 3TX7522-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.072
fixing or snapping -- 150 ... 250 5 3TX7522-3J 1 1 unit 41B 0.089
onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
3TX7522-3 .
Surge suppressors · RC elements
4 3TC48 RC elements 24 ... 48 -- 20 3TX7462-3R 1 1 unit 41B 0.084
For lateral snapping -- 24 ... 70 5 3TX7522-3R 1 1 unit 41B 0.085
onto auxiliary switch 48 ... 127 -- 2 3TX7462-3S 1 1 unit 41B 0.088
or TH 35 standard -- 70 ... 150 5 3TX7522-3S 1 1 unit 41B 0.090
mounting rail
127 ... 240 -- 2 3TX7462-3T 1 1 unit 41B 0.091
-- 150 ... 250 5 3TX7522-3T 1 1 unit 41B 0.089
240 ... 400 -- 2 3TX7462-3U 1 1 unit 41B 0.095
400 ... 600 -- 5 3TX7462-3V 1 1 unit 41B 0.089
3TX7462-3 . , 8 and 12 3TC52, RC elements 24 ... 48 -- 5 3TX7522-3R 1 1 unit 41B 0.085
3TX7522-3 . 3TC56 For lateral snapping 48 ... 127 -- 5 3TX7522-3S 1 1 unit 41B 0.090
onto auxiliary switch 127 ... 240 -- 5 3TX7522-3T 1 1 unit 41B 0.089
or TH 35 standard 240 ... 400 -- 5 3TX7522-3U 1 1 unit 41B 0.088
mounting rail 400 ... 600 -- 5 3TX7522-3V 1 1 unit 41B 0.084
Surge suppressors · Diodes
4 to 12 3TC48, Diode -- 24 ... 250 2 3TX7462-3D 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
3TC52, assemblies3)
3TC56 (Diode and Zener
diode) for DC
solenoid system, for
sticking onto the
contactor base or for
mounting separately
3TX7462-3 .
1) The connection piece for mounting the surge suppressor must be bent 2) Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
slightly. 3)
Not for DC economy circuit.
For contactors Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size Type d kg
Terminal covers
6 3TC48 For protection against inadvertent contact M6 5 3TX6506-3B 1 1 unit 41B 0.076
8 and 12 3TC52, with exposed busbar connections M10 5 3TX6546-3B 1 1 unit 41B 0.278
3TC56 Can be screwed on free screw end; covers
one busbar connection
(1 set = 6 units)
3TX6526-3B

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/79
© Siemens AG 2018

Spare parts
For contactors Version Auxiliary Auxiliary switch block SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
contacts Left Right (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
2
Size Type NO NC d kg
For lateral mounting
2 and 4 3TC44, Auxiliary 1 1 13 21 31 43 20 3TY6501-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
3TC48 switch block
(replacement
14 22 32 44
for 3TY6 501-
1A/-1B)
8 and 12 3TC52, Auxiliary 1 1 13 21 -- 20 3TY6561-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.081
3TC56 switch block,
left
14 22
3TY6561-1A Auxiliary 1 1 -- 31 43 20 3TY6561-1B 1 1 unit 41B 0.081
switch block,
right
32 44
12 3TC74 Auxiliary 4 4 13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83 5 3TY2741-2J 1 1 unit 41B 0.271
switch block
14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84
12 3TC78 Auxiliary 2 2 13 21 31 43 -- 20 3TY2781-2C 1 1 unit 41B 0.193
switch block,
left
14 22 32 44
Auxiliary 2 2 -- 53 61 71 83 15 3TY2781-2D 1 1 unit 41B 0.179
switch block,
right
54 62 72 84
For contactors Version Rated control supply SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Type V AC/DC d kg
Surge suppressors ⋅ Varistors
12 3TC7 For sticking onto the 24 15 3TX2746-2F 1 1 unit 41B 0.012
contactor base 110 10 3TX2746-2G 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
For contactors Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size Type d kg
Solenoid coils
DC operation1)
2 3TC44 -- 3TY6443-0B..
4 3TC48 3TY6483-0B..
8 3TC52 3TY6523-0B..
12 3TC56 3TY6563-0B..
AC operation1)
2 3TC44 -- 3TY7403-0A..
4 3TC48 3TY6483-0A..
8 3TC52 3TY6523-0A..
12 3TC56 3TY6566-0A..
Contacts with fixing parts
To ensure reliable operation of the contactors,
only original replacement contacts should be used.
2 3TC44 (1 set = 2 moving and 4 fixed switching elements) 5 3TY2440-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.065
4 3TC48 5 3TY2480-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.102
3TY2520-0A 8 3TC52 5 3TY2520-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.233
12 3TC56 5 3TY2560-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.421
12 3TC7 Main contacts (1 set) 5 3TY2740-0E 1 1 unit 41B 0.357
For 3TC78: 2 units required per contactor
Arc chutes
2 3TC44 Arc chutes, 2-pole 15 3TY2442-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.160
4 3TC48 15 3TY2482-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.470
8 3TC52 15 3TY2522-0A 1 1 unit 41B 1.100
12 3TC56 15 3TY2562-0A 1 1 unit 41B 2.080
12 3TC7 For 3TC78: 2 units required per contactor 15 3TY2742-0C 1 1 unit 41B 3.856
3TY2482-0A
1)
For rated control supply voltages, see page 2/78. The 10th and 11th digits of the article number must be supplemented
accordingly.
2/80 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays and Relays
Introduction
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see siemens.com/railway-components Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RH_3TH
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Conversion tool, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Home page, see www.siemens.com/sirius
The advantages at a glance

2
Size S00
Type 3RH21 3TH42 3TH43
Article No. Page
SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays
4-pole • Screw or spring-type terminals 3RH21 2/88
8-pole 3RH22 2/88
4-pole, latched 3RH24 2/88
Coupling contactor relays • Coils for control by PLC 3RH21 2/89
Contactor relays for • Coils with extended voltage range 3RH21
railway applications
3TH4 contactor relays
8-pole • Screw terminals 3TH42 2/94
10-pole 3TH43 2/95
Contactor relays for • Coils with extended voltage range 3TH42
Accessories for SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays
Auxiliary switch blocks • On front 3RH29 2/52
• Lateral 3RH29 2/56
Surge suppressors • On front 3RT2916
Additional load module • On front 3RT2916
Note:
"Standards and approvals".
Accessories for SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays,
see www.siemens.com/ic10 Chapter 3
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/81

© Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays and Relays
Introduction
The advantages at a glance
2
Type 3RQ3 3RS18
Article No. Page
SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design
Coupling relays with relay output • Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO,
(not plug-in) versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available
- Output coupling links 3RQ301 2/104
- Input coupling links 3RQ303 2/104
Coupling relays with plug-in • Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO,
relays versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available
- Output coupling links 3RQ311 2/104
Coupling relays with • Width 6.2 mm, output 1 semiconductor, triac or transistor
semiconductor output - Output coupling links 3RQ305, 3RQ306 2/104
(not plug-in) - Input coupling links 3RQ307 2/104
2/82 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays
SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays, 4-pole and 8-pole
■ Overview
Contactor relays
Size S00 with accessories
10
2
11
11
1
IC01_00632a
8
9
3
12
13 14
11
6
4
5 11
7
10
1 Contactor relay
2 Coupling contactor relay for auxiliary circuits
3 3RA28 function module 10 Solder pin adapter for contactor relays with 4-pole auxiliary switch block
4 1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the top 11 Solder pin adapter
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the top 12 Additional load module for increasing the permissible residual current
6 1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the bottom 13 Surge suppressor with LED
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the bottom 14 Surge suppressor without LED
8 4-pole auxiliary switch block
(terminal designations according to EN 50011 or EN 50005)
For contactor relays
9 2-pole auxiliary switch block, solid-state compatible version
(terminal designations according to EN 50005) For increasing the permissible residual current
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/83

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays

Standards Surge suppression
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, (combination of a diode and a Zener diode) can be plugged
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 onto all 3RH2 contactor relays from the front for damping
opening surges in the coil. The plug-in direction is determined
The 3RH2 contactor relays are available with screw or spring- by a coding device.
type terminals. The basic unit contains four contacts with
terminal designations according to EN 50011. Coupling contactor relays have a low power consumption and
an extended solenoid coil operating range.
2 The 3RH2 contactor relays are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. Depending on the version, the solenoid coils of the coupling
contactor relays are supplied without overvoltage damping
The 3RH21 coupling contactor relays for switching auxiliary (versions 3RH21 . . - . HB40 or 3RH21. . - . MB40 -0KT0) or with a
circuits are tailored to the special requirements of working with diode or suppressor diode connected as standard.
electronic controls.
Accessories
Contact reliability
The accessories for the 3RT2 contactors in size S00 can also be
High contact stability at low voltages and currents, suitable for used for the 3RH2 contactor relays (see from page 2/44
solid-state circuits with currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage of ≥ 17 V. onwards).
The 3RH21 contactor relays (with the exception of coupling
contactor relays) can be expanded by up to four contacts by the
addition of mounted auxiliary switch blocks.
The auxiliary switch block can easily be snapped onto the front
of the contactor relays. The auxiliary switch block has a centrally
positioned release lever for disassembly.
The conventional front auxiliary contacts fulfill the characteristics
of positively driven operation and are therefore suitable for safety
applications.
Article No. scheme
Product versions Article number
SIRIUS contactor relays 3RH2 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ 0 – @ @ @ @
Device type e.g. 1 = 4-pole motor contactor @
Number of NO contacts e.g. 2 = 2 NO @
Number of NC contacts e.g. 2 = 2 NC @
Type of electrical connection Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals 2
Operating range/solenoid coil circuit e.g. A = AC standard/without coil circuit @
Rated control supply voltage e.g. P0 = 50/60 Hz 230 V AC @@
Special version @@@@
Example 3RH2 1 2 2 – 1 A P 0 0
Note:
2/84 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays
More information
Technical specifications, see Manuals, see
FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16188/faq https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/60311318
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/60306557
Contactor relays
2
Type 3RH2
Size S00
The contactor relays are designed for operation on a
NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
NSB0_00477a
with the exception of 3RH21*X* and 3RT201*X*
Positively-driven operation of contacts in contactor relays
3RH2: Explanations:
Yes, in the basic unit and the auxiliary switch block as well as between There is positively-driven operation if it is ensured that the NC and
the basic unit and the front-mounted auxiliary switch block (removable) NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time.
according to:
• ZH1/457 ZH1/457
• IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix L Safety Rules for Controls on Power-Operated Metalworking Presses.
3RH22:
Yes, in the basic unit and the auxiliary switch block as well as between IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix L
the basic unit and the mounted auxiliary switch block (permanently Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, control circuit devices and
mounted) according to: switching elements; special requirements for positively-driven contacts
• ZH1/457
• IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix L
Note:
3RH2911- .NF. solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks have no
positively-driven contacts.
Contact reliability
Contact reliability at 17 V, 1 mA acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 Frequency of contact faults <10-8, i.e. < 1 fault per 100 million operating
cycles
Contact endurance for
AC-15/AC-14 and DC-13 utilization categories
The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking current. It is
assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly, i.e. not 30 NSB0_02061c
synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system. Basic unit
If magnetic circuits other than the contactor coil systems or solenoid 10

valves are present, e.g. magnetic brakes, protective measures for the
load circuits are necessary, e.g. in the form of RC elements and 5 Basic unit with
4 attachable
freewheel diodes. 3
contact block AC-15/AC-14
The characteristic curves apply to: 2
DC-13 DC-13 Basic unit with
• 3RH21/3RH22 contactor relays1) 1 220 V 110 V attachable
• 3RH24 latched contactor relays contact block
• 3RH2911 auxiliary switch blocks1) 0,5
• Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front, max. 4-pole,
and for mounting onto the side in size S00 DC-13
24 V
0,1
1)
0,05
0,01
0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 a (A)
e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -AC-15
220 V 110 V 24 V < 230 V
Diagram legend:
1) 3RH22, 3RH2911: Ie = 6 A for AC-15/AC-14 and DC-13.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/85

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays
Contactor relays
Type 3RH21 3RH22 3RH24
Size S00
General data
• Basic units Operat- 30 million 5 million
ing
2
cycles
• Basic unit with mounted auxiliary switch block Operat- 10 million 5 million
ing
cycles
• Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat- 5 million
ing
cycles
Protective separation between coil and contacts in the basic unit, V 400
Shock resistance
• Sine pulse
2/86 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays
Contactor relays
Type 3RH2
Size S00
Load rating with AC
Rated operational currents Ie
AC-12 A 10
AC-15/AC-14 for rated operational voltage Us
Up to 230 V A 101)
2
400 V A 3
500 V A 2
690 V A 1
Load rating with DC
DC-12 for rated operational voltage Us
• 1 conducting path 24 V A 10
60 V A 6
110 V A 3
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.3
600 V A 0.15
• 2 conducting paths in series 24 V A 10
60 V A 10
110 V A 4
220 V A 2
440 V A 1.3
600 V A 0.65
60 V A 10
110 V A 10
220 V A 3.6
440 V A 2.5
600 V A 1.8
DC-13 for rated operational voltage Us
• 1 conducting path 24 V A 101)
60 V A 2
110 V A 1
220 V A 0.3
440 V A 0.14
600 V A 0.1
60 V A 3.5
110 V A 1.3
220 V A 0.9
440 V A 0.2
600 V A 0.1
60 V A 4.7
110 V A 3
220 V A 1.2
440 V A 0.5
600 V A 0.26
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/87

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays

DC operation
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41A
3RH2422-1X.40
Rated operational current Contacts Rated control supply SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 Ident Version voltage Us terminals per PU
at 230 V No. approx.
Article No. Article No.
A NO NC V DC d d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
• Latched
10 22E 2 2 24 5 3RH2422-1XB40-0LA2 -- 0.584
110 5 3RH2422-1XF40-0LA2 -- 0.584


2/88 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays

• Coupling contactor relays with adapted power consumption
3RH21 . . -2 . B40
Rated operational current Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/ AC-14 Ident No. acc. to EN 50011 Version (UNIT, per PU
at 230 V SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A NO NC d kg
mounting rail
Size S00
Diode, varistor or RC element, attachable
Terminal designations according to EN 50011 (auxiliary switch blocks cannot be mounted)
4 NO, Ident No. 40E 3 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 31E 2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E
13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 A1(+) 13 21 31 43
A1(+) A1(+)
A2(–) A2(–) A2(–)

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC,
Operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2HB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.314
31E 3 1 5 3RH2131-2HB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
22E 2 2 5 3RH2122-2HB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.312
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2MB40-0KT0 1 1 unit 41A 0.319
31E 3 1 5 3RH2131-2MB40-0KT0 1 1 unit 41A 0.319
22E 2 2 5 3RH2122-2MB40-0KT0 1 1 unit 41A 0.314

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/89
© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays

• Coupling contactor relays with adapted power consumption
3RH21 . . -2 . B40
Rated operational current Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/ AC-14 Ident No. acc. to EN 50011 Version (UNIT, per PU
at 230 V SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A NO NC d kg
mounting rail
Size S00
With integrated coil circuit (diode)
13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)
A2(–) A2(–) A2(–)

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
10 40E 4 -- } 3RH2140-2JB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.315
31E 3 1 } 3RH2131-2JB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.317
22E 2 2 2 3RH2122-2JB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2VB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.319
31E 3 1 5 3RH2131-2VB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.320
22E 2 2 5 3RH2122-2VB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.330
With integrated coil circuit (suppressor diode)
13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)
A2(–) A2(–) A2(–)

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.315
31E 3 1 } 3RH2131-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
22E 2 2 } 3RH2122-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2SB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
31E 3 1 5 3RH2131-2SB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.314
22E 2 2 5 3RH2122-2SB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.320


2/90 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays
3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole and 10-pole
■ Overview
Standards Surge suppression
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, The 3TH42 and 3TH43 contactor relays can be equipped with
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies
(combination of a diode and a Zener diode) for damping
The 3TH42 and 3TH43 contactor relays are suitable for use in opening surges. The surge suppressors can be mounted
any climate. They are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. directly on the coil (see page 2/97).
Note: Note: 2
The 3TH42 and 3TH43 contactor relays feature positively-driven The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times
operation in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1, Ed. 3.1. of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are attenuated
Terminal designations according to EN 50011 against voltage peaks (suppression diode 6x to 10x; diode
assembly 2x to 6x, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
In terms of their terminal designations, identification numbers
and identification letters, the 3TH42 and 3TH43 contactor relays Mounting
conform to the standard EN 50011 for particular contactor Note:
relays.
With 3TH4 contactor relays with AC operation, an overvoltage of
Contact reliability 1.1 x Us, an ambient temperature ≥ 45 °C and 100% ON-period
High contact stability at low voltages and currents as a result of of all contactors, a minimum clearance of 5 mm between the
double-break contacts, suitable for solid-state circuits with contactors shall be observed in the case of side-by-side
currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage of ≥ 17 V. mounting.
Contactor relays Type 3TH42, 3TH43
Contact endurance for
AC-15/AC-14 and DC-13 utilization categories
The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking current. It is
assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly, i.e. not
synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system. 30
NSB0_01391b
If magnetic circuits other than the contactor coil systems or solenoid
Million operating cycles (10 6 )
valves are present, e.g. magnetic brakes, protective measures for the
load circuits are necessary. 10
RC elements or freewheel diodes are suitable as protective measures for DC-13 AC-15/AC-14
5
the circuits. 110 V
4
3
2
DC-13 DC-13
220 V 24 V
1
0,5
0,1
0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 a (A)
-DC-13 e -DC-13
e -DC-13
e
220 V 110 V 24 V
Diagram legend:
e-AC-15/AC-14
a = Breaking current ≤ 230 V
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/91

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays
Contactor relays Type 3TH42 3TH43

General data
The contactor relays are designed for operation on a
• AC operation
NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
2
• DC operation
NSB0_00649a
22,5° 22,5°
90° 90°

AC and DC operation
NSB0_00477a
Mechanical endurance Basic units Operat- 30 million
ing
cycles
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V Up to 500
According to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
• On front IP20 (with screw terminals)
• Connecting terminal IP20 (with screw terminals)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe (for screw terminals)
Shock resistance
• Sine pulse
- AC operation g/ms 12/5 and 6.8/10
2/92 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays
Contactor relays Type 3TH42, 3TH43

Load rating with AC
• AC-12 A 16
• AC-15/AC-14, for rated operational voltage Ue
230 V A 10
400 V
500 V
A
A
6
4 2
690 V A 2
Rated power of three-phase motors
According to utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3, 50 Hz
230/220 V kW 2.4
400/380 V kW 4
500 V kW 4
690/660 V kW 4
Load rating with DC
DC-12, for rated operational voltage Ue
• 1 conducting path
Up to 48 V A 10
110 V A 2.1
220 V A 0.8
440 V A 0.6
• 2 conducting paths in series
Up to 48 V A 10
110 V A 10
220 V A 1.6
440 V A 0.8
Up to 48 V A 10
110 V A 10
220 V A 10
440 V A 1.3
DC-13, for rated operational voltage Ue
• 1 conducting path
Up to 24 V A 10
48 V A 5
110 V A 1
220 V A 0.45
440 V A 0.25
600 V A 0.2
Up to 24 V A 10
48 V A 10
110 V A 2.5
220 V A 0.75
440 V A 0.5
600 V A 0.4
Up to 24 V A 10
48 V A 10
110 V A 10
220 V A 2
440 V A 0.9
600 V A 0.8
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/93

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays

8-pole contactor relays
2
3TH4244 -0BB4
Contacts Rated operational current Contacts SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 (UNIT, per PU
at SET, approx.
230/ 400/ 500 V 690/ Ident No. acc. to Version M)
220 V 380 V 660 V EN 50011
Article No.
Number A A A A NO NC NO NC d kg
13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
A1(+) 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83 A1(+) A1(+)
A2( ) A2( ) A2( )

14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
5 NO + 3 NC, Ident No. 53E 4 NO + 4 NC, Ident No. 44E 3 NO + 3 NC and 1 NO + 1 NC make-before-break, Ident No. 44E, U
13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81 13 23 33 47 51 61 71 85
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)
A2( ) A2( ) A2( )

14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82 14 24 34 48 52 62 72 86
DC operation, rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC
8 10 6 4 2 80E 8 -- -- -- } 3TH4280-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.663
71E 7 1 -- -- } 3TH4271-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.640
62E 6 2 -- -- } 3TH4262-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.656
53E 5 3 -- -- } 3TH4253-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.649
44E 4 4 -- -- } 3TH4244-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.666
44E, U 3 3 1 1 } 3TH4293-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.660
1) Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us; Other voltages according to page 2/96 on request.
Accessories, see page 2/97.
Note:
The solenoid coils of the 3TH42 contactor relays are available in
various voltages as spare parts (on request).
- AC operation: 3TY7403-0A..
- DC operation: 3TY4803-0B..
The contacts cannot be replaced on 3TH42 contactor relays.

2/94 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays

10-pole contactor relays
2
3TH4355-0B . .
Contacts Rated operational current Contacts SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 (UNIT, per PU
at SET, approx.
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V Ident No. acc. to Version Article No. M)
EN 50011
Number A A A A NO NC NO NC d kg
13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83 93 03 13 23 33 43 53 63 71 83 93 03 13 23 33 43 53 63 71 83 91 03
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)
A2( ) A2( ) A2( )

14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 94 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 72 84 94 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 72 84 92 04
7 NO + 3 NC, Ident No. 73E 6 NO + 4 NC, Ident No. 64E 5 NO + 5 NC, Ident No. 55E
13 23 33 43 53 63 71 81 91 03 13 23 33 43 53 63 71 81 91 01 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 91 01
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)
A2( ) A2( ) A2( )

14 24 34 44 54 64 72 82 92 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 72 82 92 02 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 92 02
6 NO + 2 NC and 1 NO + 1 NC make-before-break, 4 NO + 4 NC and 1 NO + 1 NC make-before-break,
Ident No. 73E, U Ident No. 55E, U
13 23 37 43 53 63 71 85 91 03 13 23 37 43 53 61 71 85 91 01
A1(+) A1(+)
A2( ) A2( )
14 24 38 44 54 64 72 86 92 04 14 24 38 44 54 62 72 86 92 02
DC operation, rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC
10 10 6 4 2 100E 10 -- -- -- } 3TH4310-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.709
91E 9 1 -- -- } 3TH4391-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.706
82E 8 2 -- -- } 3TH4382-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.702
73E 7 3 -- -- } 3TH4373-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.692
73E, U 6 2 1 1 } 3TH4346-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.708
64E 6 4 -- -- } 3TH4364-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.727
55E 5 5 -- -- } 3TH4355-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.702
55E, U 4 4 1 1 } 3TH4394-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.703
1) Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us; Other voltages according to page 2/96 on request.
Note:
The solenoid coils of the 3TH43 contactor relays are available in
various voltages as spare parts (on request).
- AC operation: 3TY7403-0A..
- DC operation: 3TY4803-0B..
The contacts cannot be replaced on 3TH43 contactor relays.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/95
© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays
■ Options
Rated control supply voltages, possible on request (change of the 10th and 11th digits of the Article No.)
Delivery time on request
Contactor type 3TH42/3TH43 Contactor type 3TH42/3TH43
Rated control supply Control supply voltage at Rated control supply
voltage Us voltage Us
2 AC operation DC operation
Solenoid coils for 50 Hz AC 12 V DC A4
24 V DC B4
50 Hz 60 Hz
30 V DC C4
24 V AC 29 V AC B0
36 V DC V4
36 V AC 42 V AC G0
42 V DC D4
42 V AC 50 V AC D0
48 V DC W4
48 V AC 58 V AC H0
60 V DC E4
60 V AC 72 V AC E0
110 V DC F4
110 V AC 132 V AC F0
125 V DC G4
125/127 V AC 150/152 V AC L0
220 V DC M4
230/220 V AC 276 V AC P01)
230 V DC P4
240 V AC 288 V AC U0
240 V DC Q4
400/380 V AC 480/460 V AC V01)
415 V AC 500 V AC R0
500 V AC 600 V AC S0
For Japan
100 V AC 100 ... 110 V AC G62)
200 V AC 200 ... 220 V AC N62)
For USA and Canada
110 V AC 120 V AC K62)
220 V AC 240 V AC P62)
Solenoid coils for 50 and 60 Hz AC
50/60 Hz
24 V AC C2
42 V AC D2
110 V AC G2
115 V AC J2
120 V AC K2
220 V AC N2
230 V AC L2
240 V AC P2
440 V AC R2
1)
Operating range at 220 V or 380 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
2)
Operating range at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
2/96 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Contactor Relays
3TH4 Contactor Relays, 8-pole and 4-pole
Accessories for 3TH4 contactor relays

Version Rated control supply voltage SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
AC DC
V V d kg
Surge suppressors1) for 3TH4 contactor relays
Noise suppression diodes
With line spacer,
-- 24 ... 250 2 3TX7402-3A 1 1 unit 41B 0.014 2
for mounting onto the coil terminal
Diode assemblies -- 24 ... 250 2 3TX7402-3D 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
(Diode and Zener diode) with line
spacer,
DC operation,
3TX7402-3 . for mounting onto the coil terminal
Varistors2) 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 2 3TX7402-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
With line spacer, 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 2 3TX7402-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
for mounting onto the coil terminal 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 2 3TX7402-3J 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
240 ... 400 -- 20 3TX7402-3K 1 1 unit 41B 0.023
400 ... 600 -- 20 3TX7402-3L 1 1 unit 41B 0.023
RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 2 3TX7402-3R 1 1 unit 41B 0.025
With line spacer, 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 2 3TX7402-3S 1 1 unit 41B 0.024
for mounting onto the coil terminal 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 2 3TX7402-3T 1 1 unit 41B 0.021
240 ... 400 -- 5 3TX7402-3U 1 1 unit 41B 0.024
400 ... 600 -- 20 3TX7402-3V 1 1 unit 41B 0.024
Covers for switch position indicator -- -- X 3TX4210-0P 1 1 unit 41B 0.001
1) 2)
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks
(suppression diode 6x to 10x; diode assembly 2x to 6x,
varistor +2 to 5 ms).
For contactors Version Rated control Time setting SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
supply voltage range (UNIT, per PU
Us 50/60 Hz AC (minimum SET, approx.
times) M)
Article No.
Type V s d kg
ON-delay devices
3TH42, NTC 220 ... 230 0.1 5 3TX4180-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.012
3TH43 thermistors
Time tolerance
+100 %, -50 %
3TX4180-0A
Coupling links for control by PLC for 3TH4 contactor relays
3TH42, Operating range: 17 ... 30 V DC
3TH43 Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC
• for direct mounting on the contactor coil
- Without surge suppressor 15 3TX4090-0C 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
- With surge suppressor 2 3TX4090-0D 1 1 unit 41B 0.057
3TX4090
Mounted on contactor
1
For contactors Rated control supply OFF-delay SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us (minimum times) (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
50/60 Hz DC Article No.
AC
Type V V s d kg
OFF-delay devices for contactors with DC operation
Bridging of voltage interruptions up to 1.2 sec
3TH42. . -0BF4 110 -- 0.15 or 0.3 2 3TX4701-0AN1 1 1 unit 41B 0.168
3TH43 . . -0BF4
3TH42. .-0BM4 220 -- 0.6 or 1.2 2 3TX4701-0AN1 1 1 unit 41B 0.168
3TH43 . .-0BM4
3TH42 . .-0BP4 230 -- 0.6 or 1.2 2 3TX4701-0AN1 1 1 unit 41B 0.168
3TH43 . .-0BP4
3TH42. .-0BB4 -- 24 0.4 or 0.8 15 3TX4701-0BB4 1 1 unit 41B 0.180
3TX4701-0AN1 3TH43. .-0BB4

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/97
© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays
■ Overview
SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays in narrow design are used for
coupling control signals from and to a controller, and they are
available in different versions:
• Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in)
• Coupling relays with plug-in relays
2
• Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in)
Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in)
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1
The input and output coupling relays differ with regard to the
positioning of the terminals and the LEDs.
Coupling relays with plug-in relays
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947-1
SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays The coupling relays are plug-in, so the relay can be replaced
quickly at the end of its service life without detaching the wiring.
Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in)
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947-1, EN 60664-1 and EN 50005;
coupling relays with semiconductor output: EN 60747-5;
Programmable controllers: IEC 61131-2
The input and output coupling relays differ with regard to the
positioning of the terminals and the LEDs.
The coupling relays with semiconductor output have extremely
high contact reliability, so they are especially suitable for
electronic systems.
For test purposes, versions are available with
manual-0-automatic switches.
2/98 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays

Article No. scheme
Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in) 3RQ30 @ 8 – @ A @ 0 @
Design and type of output Output coupler, without manual/automatic switch 1
Input coupler 3
Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
115 V AC/DC
B
E
2
230 V AC/DC F
Material of switching e.g.
contacts 0 = AgSnO2 @
1 = AgSnO2 hard gold-plated @
Example 3RQ30 1 8 – 1 A B 0 1

Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in) 3RQ30 1 8 – 2 A @ 0 8 – 0 A A 0
Railway version with extended operating range 0.7 ... 1.2 x Us
Control supply voltage 24 V DC M
110 V DC N
Example 3RQ30 1 8 – 2 A M 0 8 – 0 A A 0

Coupling relays with plug-in relays 3RQ31 1 8 – @ A @ 0 @
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC B
115 V AC/DC E
230 V AC/DC F
24 V DC M
Material of switching AgSnO2 0
contacts AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 1
Example 3RQ31 1 8 – 1 A B 0 1

Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in) 3RQ30 @ @ – @ S @ @ 0
Current carrying capacity of the semiconductor Control supply Switching voltage of
output voltage the semiconductor
output
Output coupler
• Without manual/automatic 1 mA ... 0.5 A 3RQ30 5 0 – @ S M 5 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 60 V DC
switch
5 mA ... 2 A 3RQ30 5 2 – @ S M 3 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 30 V DC
1 mA ... 2 A 3RQ30 5 2 – @ S M 4 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 60 V DC
5 mA ... 2 A 3RQ30 5 2 – @ S M 5 0 11 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 264 V AC
1 mA ... 3 A 3RQ30 5 3 – @ S G 3 0 110 … 230 V AC/DC 10 ... 30 V DC
5 mA ... 5 A 3RQ30 5 5 – @ S M 3 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 30 V DC
• With manual/automatic 5 mA ... 5 A 3RQ30 6 5 – @ S M 3 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 30 V DC
switch
Input coupler 10 mA ... 0.5 A 3RQ30 7 0 – @ S B 3 0 11 ... 30 V AC/DC 10 ... 30 V DC
3RQ30 7 0 – @ S G 3 0 110 … 230 V AC/DC 10 ... 30 V DC
Example 3RQ30 7 0 – 1 S B 3 0
Note:
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/99

© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays
■ Benefits
General Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in)
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals (push-in • Permanently soldered relays for enhanced contact reliability
technology) • Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts, hence high
• TOP wiring with spring-type terminals (push-in) for quick and contact reliability at low currents
reliable wiring
2
• Reduced space requirement in the control cabinet thanks to a
consistent width of 6.2 mm • Fast replacement of the relays with existing wiring
• Reduced inventory due to fewer variants • Tested complete units → lower assembly time
• Clearly visible functional state of the coupling relay by green • Individual relays available as spare parts
LED • Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts, hence high
• Integrated reverse polarity protection and EMC contact reliability at low currents
arc-suppression diode Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in)
• Standardized accessories across the entire 3RQ3 series • Long service life since there is no mechanical wear
• Universal bridging option using connecting combs for all • High switching frequency thanks to short make-break times
terminals
• Vibration-resistant
• Galvanic isolation plate for isolating different voltages for
neighboring units • No contact bounce
• Clip-on labels available as set for individual labeling • Extremely high contact reliability
• Noise-free switching
• Low control power required
• Switching of DC and capacitive loads
■ Application
• Electrical separation between the input and output circuit
• Adjustment of different signal levels
• Signal amplification
I/O Electronic control

devices 110 V AC 110 V AC Actuators
Output
230 V AC
Input
24 V DC 24 V DC 230 V AC
M
Pushbutton Coupling Coupling Motor

Position link NSB0_00186a link contactor
switch
Application example motor controller
2/100 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays
More information
Technical specifications, see FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16198/faq
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16198/td
Operating instructions, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16198/man

Article number 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ3018- 3RQ3018-
2
.AB00 .AB01 .AE00 .AE01 .AF00 .AF01 2AM08-0AA0 2AN08-0AA0
General technical specifications:
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to V 300
IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3
Max. permissible voltage for protective separation V 300
between control circuit and auxiliary circuit
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60 -40 ... +70
IP degree of protection IP20
Version of the fuse link Fuse gG: 4 A
required for short-circuit protection of the auxiliary
switch
Operational current of the auxiliary contacts
• At AC-15
- At 24 V A 3
- At 250 V A 3
• At DC-13
- At 24 V A 1
- At 125 V A 0.2
- At 250 V A 0.1
Contact reliability of the auxiliary contacts 17 V, 5 V, 17 V, 1 5 V, 17 V, 1 5 V, 17 V,
(one contact failure per 100 million) 1 mA 1 mA mA 1 mA mA 1 mA 1 mA
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) typical 10 000 000
Electrical endurance (operating cycles) for AC-15 at 100 000
230 V typical
Operating range factor of the control supply
voltage, rated value
• At AC, at 50 Hz 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 --
• At DC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 0.7 ... 1.25
Active power input W 0.3 0.5 1 0.3 0.6
Thermal current A 6
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/101

© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays

Coupling relays with plug-in relay
Article number 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118-
.AB00 .AB01 .AE00 .AE01 .AF00 .AF01 .AM00 .AM01
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to V 300
Max. permissible voltage for protective separation V 300
between control circuit and auxiliary circuit
2 Ambient temperature
Version of the fuse link required for short-circuit Fuse gG: 4 A
protection of the auxiliary switch
Operational current of the auxiliary contacts
• At AC-15
- At 24 V A 3
- At 250 V A 3
• At DC-13
- At 24 V A 1
- At 125 V A 0.2
- At 250 V A 0.1
Contact reliability of the auxiliary contacts 17 V, 5 V, 17 V, 5 V, 17 V, 5 V, 17 V, 5 V,
(one contact failure per 100 million) 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) typical 10 000 000
Electrical endurance (operating cycles) for AC-15 at 100 000
230 V typical
• At AC, at 50 Hz 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 --
• At DC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25
Active power input W 0.3 0.5 1 0.3
Thermal current A 6
2/102 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays

Article number 3RQ3050- 3RQ3052- 3RQ3052- 3RQ3052- 3RQ3053- 3RQ30.5- 3RQ3070- 3RQ3070-
.SM50 .SM30 .SM40 .SM50 .SG30 .SM30 .SB30 .SG30
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to 50 V 300 V 50 V --
Ambient temperature
2
• During operation -25 ... +60 °C
• During storage -40 ... +85 °C
Switching voltage of the semiconductor output
• At AC -- 20 ... 264 V --
• At DC 10 ... 60 V 10 ... 30 V 10 ... 60 V -- 10 ... 30 V
Current carrying capacity of the
semiconductor output
• At AC -- 5 mA ... 2 A --
• At DC 1 mA ... 0.5 A 5 mA ... 2 A 1 mA ... 2 A -- 1 mA ... 3 A 5 mA ... 5 A 10 mA ... 0.5 A
• At AC, at 50 Hz -- 1 ... 1 -- 1 ... 1
• At DC 1 ... 1
Active power input 0.3 W 0.25 W 0.3 W 0.5 W
Thermal current 0.5 A 2A 3A 5A 0.5 A
Article number 3RQ3...-1.... 3RQ3...-2....

Type of electrical connection Screw terminals Spring-type terminals (push-in)
for auxiliary and control circuit
Type of connectable conductor cross-sections
• Solid 1x (0.25 ... 2.5) mm²
• Finely stranded
- Without end sleeves -- 1x (0.25 ... 2.5) mm²
- With end sleeves 1x (0.25 ... 1.5) mm²
• Solid for AWG cables 1x (20 ... 14)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/103

© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays

Type of Control supply voltage Number of Material of switching SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
voltage at AC at DC CO contacts (UNIT, per PU
contacts for SET, approx.
at 50 Hz at 60 Hz auxiliary M)
contacts
V V V d kg
2
Output coupling links
AC/DC 24 24 24 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3018-@AB00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3018-@AB01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
115 115 115 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3018-@AE00 1 5 units 41H 0.036
230 230 230 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3018-@AF00 1 5 units 41H 0.036
DC -- -- 24 1 AgSnO2 2 3RQ3018-2AM08-0AA0 1 5 units 41H 0.033
110 1 AgSnO2 2 3RQ3018-2AN08-0AA0 1 5 units 41H 0.033
Input coupling links
3RQ30.8- AC/DC 24 24 24 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3038-@AB00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
2....
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3038-@AE01 1 5 units 41H 0.034
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3038-@AF01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AC/DC 24 24 24 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3118-@AB00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3118-@AE01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3118-@AF01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
DC -- -- 24 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3118-@AM00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
3RQ3118- AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3118-@AM01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
2....
Type of electrical connection
• Screw terminals 1
• Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Type of Control supply voltage Current carrying capacity Operating SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
voltage of the semiconductor mode (UNIT, per PU
output selectable SET, approx.
at AC at DC at AC at DC via switch M)
position
at at
50 Hz 60 Hz
d kg
DC -- -- 11 ... -- 1 mA ... 0.5 A -- 3RQ3050-@SM50 1 5 units 41H 0.031
30 V 5 mA ... 2 A -- 3RQ3052-@SM30 1 5 units 41H 0.032
1 mA ... 2 A -- 3RQ3052-@SM40 1 5 units 41H 0.031
5 mA ... 2 A -- -- 3RQ3052-@SM50 1 5 units 41H 0.034
-- 5 mA ... 5 A -- 3RQ3055-@SM30 1 5 units 41H 0.032
Manual/ 3RQ3065-@SM30 1 5 units 41H 0.032
Off/
Automatic
3RQ3050-
2SM50 AC/DC 110 ... 110 ... 110 ... -- 1 mA ... 3 A -- 3RQ3053-@SG30 1 5 units 41H 0.033
230 V 230 V 230 V
Input coupling links
AC/DC 11 ... 11 ... 11 ... -- 10 mA ... 0.5 A -- 3RQ3070-@SB30 1 5 units 41H 0.031
30 V 30 V 30 V
110 ... 110 ... 110 ... -- 10 mA ... 0.5 A -- 3RQ3070-@SG30 1 5 units 41H 0.032
230 V 230 V 230 V

2/104 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays
■ Accessories
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Galvanic isolation plates
For electrical separation of different potentials
when devices of different types are installed side by side
2 3RQ3900-0A 1 10 units 41H 0.014
2
3RQ3900-0A
Connecting combs
For linking the same potentials,
current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A
• 2-pole 2 3RQ3901-0A 1 10 units 41H 0.001
3RQ3901-0B
• 4-pole 2 3RQ3901-0B 1 10 units 41H 0.001
• 8-pole 2 3RQ3901-0C 1 10 units 41H 0.002
• 16-pole 2 3RQ3901-0D 1 10 units 41H 0.004
Clip-on labels
For terminal marking and equipment labeling, white
• 5 x 5 mm 2 3RQ3902-0A 100 2000 units 41H 0.009
• 6 x 12 mm 2 3RQ3902-0B 100 1200 units 41H 0.020
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
Spring-type
terminals
(push-in)
Screwdrivers 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals,
3RA2908-1A 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black,
partially insulated
Coupling relays Control Material of switching Number SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
with plug-in supply contacts of CO (UNIT, per PU
relays voltage contacts SET, approx.
For M)
auxiliary
contacts
Type V d kg
Replacement modules for 3RQ3118 coupling relays with plug-in relay
3RQ3118-.AM00 24 DC AgSnO2 1 2 3TX7014-7BM00 1 15 units 41H 0.007
3RQ3118-.AM01 AgSnO2 hard 2 3TX7014-7BM02 1 15 units 41H 0.007
gold-plated
3RQ3118-.AB00 24 AC/DC AgSnO2 1 2 3TX7014-7BQ00 1 15 units 41H 0.007
3RQ3118-.AB01 AgSnO2 hard 2 3TX7014-7BQ02 1 15 units 41H 0.007
gold-plated
3RQ3118-.AE00 115 AC/DC AgSnO2 1 2 3TX7014-7BP00 1 15 units 41H 0.006
3RQ3118-.AF00 230 AC/DC AgSnO2 hard
gold-plated
3RQ3118-.AE01 115 AC/DC AgSnO2 1 2 3TX7014-7BP02 1 15 units 41H 0.006
3RQ3118-.AF01 230 AC/DC AgSnO2 hard
gold-plated

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/105
© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays
SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays with industrial enclosure
■ Overview
More information
Homepage, see https://www.siemens.com/relais
Industry Mall see www.siemens.com/product?3RQ2
Conversion tool, e.g. from 3RS181 to 3RQ3,
see http://www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
2 3RQ2 coupling relays in their 22.5 mm industrial enclosure serve

to couple control signals to and from a controller and replace the
3RS18 coupling relays. The 3RQ2 has an impressively high-
quality industrial enclosure finished in modern titanium gray so
that it fits in visually with the SIRIUS series of relays.
The series consists of devices with up to three changeover
contacts with screw or spring-type terminals (push-in) and, with
its wide voltage range from 24 to 240 V AC/DC, is a genuine
highlight in the coupling relay market.
Thanks to terminal assignment that is identical to the previous
version, existing products can easily be converted.
SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays, screw terminals, 3 changeover contacts The reduced variety of components simplifies product selection
and standardization.
Numerous accessories are available for the 3RQ2 coupling
relays, for example replacement terminals, push-in lugs for wall
mounting and coding pins.
Article No. scheme
Coupling relays, standard 3RQ2000 – @ @ @ 0 @
Connection method Screw terminals 1
Outputs 1 changeover contact A
2 changeover contacts B
3 changeover contacts C
Rated control supply voltage 24 ... 240 V AC/DC W
Material of switching contacts 0 = AgSnO2 0
1 = AgNi + Au 1
Example 3RQ2000 – 1 C W 0 1
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the se-
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. lection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
• Permanent wiring due to removable terminals in screw or • Reduced costs thanks to fewer versions
spring-type technology (push-in) • Especially high contact reliability even at low currents thanks
• Replacement of individual terminals minimizes wiring effort to versions with hard gold-plated contacts
• A product for all voltages from 24 to 240 V AC/DC • International standards and certifications including CE,
UL/CSA, EAC and confirmations for rail, and more
■ Application
• Galvanic isolation between input and output circuit • Signal amplification
• Adjustment of different signal levels • Contact multiplication
I/O Electronic control

devices 110 V AC 110 V AC Actuators
Output
230 V AC
Input
24 V DC 24 V DC 230 V AC
M
Pushbutton Coupling Coupling Motor

Position link NSB0_00186a link contactor
switch
Motor control application example
2/106 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays
More information
Technical specifications, see Operating instructions, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16203/td https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16203/man
Article number 3RQ2000-.AW00 3RQ2000-.CW01
2
3RQ2000-.BW00
3RQ2000-.CW00
General data
Width x Height x Depth mm 22.5 x 100 x 90
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III according to IEC V 300
60664 with degree of pollution 3
maximum permissible voltage for safe isolation between control V 300
and auxiliary circuit acc. to IEC 60947-1
Ambient temperature
• during operation °C -25 ... +60
• during storage °C -40 ... +80
Protection class IP IP20
Control circuit
Control supply voltage V AC/DC 24 ... 240 50/60 Hz
Operating range factor control supply voltage rated value 0.7 ... 1.1
Main circuit
Thermal current of the switching element with contacts maximum A 5
Ampacity of the output relay
• at AC-15 at 250 V A 3
• at DC-13 at 24 V A 1
• at DC-13 at 125 V A 0.2
• at DC-13 at 250 V A 0.1
Mechanical service life (switching cycles) typical 10 000 000
Electrical endurance (switching cycles) at AC-15 at 230 V typical 100 000
Material of switching contacts AgSnO2 AgNi + Au
Article number 3RQ2000-1 3RQ2000-2

Type of electrical connection screw-type terminals push-in terminals
Type of connectable conductor cross-sections

• solid mm2 1x (0.5 ... 4.0 mm²), 2x (0.5 ... 2.5 mm²) 0.5 ... 4 mm²
• finely stranded with core end processing mm2 1x (0.5 ... 4 mm²), 2x (0.5 ... 1.5 mm²) 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
• at AWG conductors solid AWG 1x (20 ... 12), 2x (20 ... 14) 20 ... 12
Tightening torque Nm 0.6 ... 0.8 --

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/107
© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 Control supply voltage Number of Material of SD screw-type terminals SD push-In terminals
PS* = 1 unit at AC at DC CO contacts switching
PG = 41H at 50 Hz for auxiliary contacts
contacts
Article number Article number
V V W d
2
Coupling relays in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm
24 ... 240 24 ... 240 1 AgSnO2 2 3RQ2000-1AW00 2 3RQ2000-2AW00
2 AgSnO2 2 3RQ2000-1BW00 2 3RQ2000-2BW00
3 AgSnO2 2 3RQ2000-1CW00 2 3RQ2000-2CW00
3 AgNi + Au 2 3RQ2000-1CW01 2 3RQ2000-2CW01
3RQ2000- 3RQ2000-
1CW00 2CW00
■ Accessories
More information
Operating instructions, see Conversion tool, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/25158/man http://www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Product designation SD Article No. PU PS* PG

(UNIT,
SET, M)
d
Terminals for SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail
enclosure
Removable terminals Screw terminals
• 2-pole, up to max. 2 x 2.5 mm² or 1 x 4 mm² 2 3ZY1122-1BA00 1 6 units 41L

Spring-type
terminals (push-in)
3ZY1122-1BA00 • 2-pole, up to max. 1 x 4 mm² or 2 x 1.5 mm² 2 3ZY1122-2BA00 1 6 units 41L
Accessories for enclosures
Push-in lugs 2 3ZY1311-0AA00 1 10 units 41L
For wall mounting
3ZY1311-0AA00
Coding pins 2 3ZY1440-1AA00 1 12 units 41L
For removable terminals of SIRIUS devices
in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure;
3ZY1440-1AA00 they enable mechanical coding of terminals
Screwdrivers Spring-type
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals terminals (push-in)
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black, 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 units 41B
partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
2/108 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Coupling Relays
■ More information
Code conversion table
SIRIUS 3RS18 coupling relays Comparison type SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays
Screw terminals Spring-type Version Contacts Screw terminals Spring-type Version Contacts
terminals terminals (push-in)
3RS1800-1AQ00 3RS1800-2AQ00 24 V AC/DC; 110 ... 120 V AC 1 change- 3RQ2000-1AW00 3RQ2000-2AW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 1 change-
24 V AC/DC; 220 ... 240 V AC over
2
3RS1800-1AP00 3RS1800-2AP00 over
contac contact
3RS1800-1BW00 3RS1800-2BW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 2 change- 3RQ2000-1BW00 3RQ2000-2BW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 2 change-
3RS1800-1BQ00 3RS1800-2BQ00 24 V AC/DC; 110 ... 120 V AC over over
contacs contacts
3RS1800-1BP00 3RS1800-2BP00 24 V AC/DC; 220 ... 240 V AC
3RS1800-1HW00 3RS1800-2HW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 change- 3RQ2000-1CW00 3RQ2000-2CW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 change-
3RS1800-1HQ00 3RS1800-2HQ00 24 V AC/DC; 110 ... 120 V AC over over
contacs contacts
3RS1800-1HP00 3RS1800-2HP00 24 V AC/DC; 220 ... 240 V AC
3RS1800-1HW01 3RS1800-2HW01 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 change- 3RQ2000-1CW01 3RQ2000-2CW01 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 change-
3RS1800-1HQ01 3RS1800-2HQ01 24 V AC/DC; 110 ... 120 V AC over con- over con-
tacts, hard tacts, hard
3RS1800-1HP01 3RS1800-2HP01 24 V AC/DC; 220 ... 240 V AC gold-plated gold-plated
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/109

© Siemens AG 2018
Switching Devices - Solid-State Switching Devices
Introduction
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Simulation Tool for Soft Starters (STS), see
Home page, see www.siemens.com/soft-starter https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/101494917
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RW
3RF21 3RF20 3RF23 3RF29

Article No. Page
SIRIUS solid-state switching devices for switching resistive/inductive loads
Solid-state relays
Solid-state relays • Widths of 22.5 mm and 45 mm 3RF21 2/116
• Compact and space-saving design 3RF20 2/121
• "Zero-point switching" version
• Mounting onto existing heat sinks
Solid-state contactors
Solid-state contactors • Complete units comprising a solid-state relay and an optimized heat sink, 3RF23 2/126
"ready to use" 3RF22 2/124
• Compact and space-saving design
• Versions for resistive loads "zero-point switching"
and for inductive loads "instantaneous switching"
• Special versions "low noise" and "short-circuit proof"
Function modules For extending the functionality of the 3RF21 solid-state relays and
the 3RF23 solid-state contactors for many different applications:
Converters • Converters used for converting an analog input 3RF2900-0EA18 2/140
signal into an on/off ratio;
can also be used on 3RF22 three-phase switching devices
Load monitoring • For load monitoring of one or more loads (partial loads) 3RF29..-0FA08, 2/140
3RF29.0-0GA..
Heating current monitoring • For load monitoring of one or more loads (partial loads); 3RF29..-0JA.. 2/140
remote teach
Power controllers • The power controller sets the current by means of a solid-state switching 3RF29..-0KA. 2/140
device, depending on a setpoint value.
There is a choice of full-wave control and generalized phase control.
Power regulators • The power regulator regulates the current by means of a solid-state 3RF29.0-0HA.. 2/140
switching device depending on a setpoint value.
Closed-loop control: full-wave control or generalized phase control.
Use of SIRIUS solid-state switching devices for switching

motors in conjunction with IE3/IE4 motors
Note:
When using SIRIUS solid-state switching devices for switching
motors in conjunction with highly energy-efficient IE3/IE4 motors,
please observe the information on dimensioning and
configuring, see "Configuration Manual for SIRIUS Controls with
IE3 Motors",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/94770820.
2/110 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Switching Devices - Solid-State Switching Devices
Introduction
SIRIUS 3RF solid-state switching devices by means of preassembled cables. This saves considerable
wiring outlay in the control circuit and shortens mounting time.
The HCS300I is a modular heating control system for the
optimization of plastic processing machines. It enables
individual solutions for many different heating control
applications. With each basic unit it is possible to use up to four
6-channel digital outputs to control solid-state switching devices
and four 4-channel temperature measuring modules. Current or
current-and-voltage measuring modules can be used to monitor
the loads. Communication with the higher-level control system is 2
performed via PROFIBUS DP.
Three-phase solid-state contactor and single-phase solid-state relay

The SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state switching devices reliably switch a
wide range of different loads with alternating voltages in 50 and
60 Hz systems.
SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state switching devices for resistive loads:
• Solid-state relays
• Solid-state contactors
• Function modules SIPLUS heating control system
SIRIUS 3RF3 solid-state switching devices for switching motors: Also for switching motors
• Solid-state contactors In order to achieve higher productivity, the switching frequency
• Solid-state reversing contactors is continuously increased. It is no problem for our SIRIUS solid-
state contactors to switch motors. With three-phase motors up to
SIRIUS 3RF2 – for almost unending activity 7.5 kW, they can reliably withstand even the highest switching
Conventional electromechanical controlgear is often overtaxed frequencies. Even a continuous change in the direction of
by the rise in the number of switching operations. A high rotation is possible with the solid-state reversing contactors.
switching frequency results in frequent failure and short Both versions can be perfectly combined with components from
replacement cycles. However, this does not have to be the case, the SIRIUS modular system. Connecting with SIRIUS motor
because with the latest generation of our SIRIUS 3RF2 starter protectors or SIRIUS overload relay can be implemented
solid-state switching devices we provide you with solid-state without any further steps.
relays and contactors with a particularly long endurance – for Always on the sunny side with SIRIUS
almost unending activity even under the toughest conditions and
under high mechanical load, but also in noise-sensitive areas. Because SIRIUS 3RF2 offers even more:
Proven time and again in service • The space-saving and compact side-by-side mounting ensure
reliable operation up to an ambient temperature of +60 °C.
SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state switching devices have firmly • Thanks to fast configuration and the ease of mounting and start
established in industrial applications. They are used above all in up, you save not only time but also expenses.
applications where loads are switched frequently – mainly with
resistive load controllers, with the control of electrical heat or the Connection methods
control of valves and motors in conveyor systems. In addition to
its use in areas with high switching frequencies, their silent The solid-state switching devices are available with screw
switching means that SIRIUS is also ideally suited for use in terminals (box terminals), spring-type terminals or ring terminal
noise-sensitive areas, such as offices or hospitals. lugs.
The most reliable solution for any application Screw terminals
Compared to mechanical controlgear, our SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-
state switching devices stand out due to their considerably
longer service life. Thanks to the high product quality, their Spring-type terminals
switching is extremely precise, reliable and, above all,
insusceptible to faults. With its variable connection methods and
a wide spread of control voltages, the SIRIUS 3RF2 family is Ring terminal lug connection
universally applicable. Depending on the individual
requirements of the application, our modular controlgear can The terminals are indicated in the corresponding
also be quite easily expanded by the addition of standardized tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.
function modules.
Ideal for operation with heating control systems
The 3RF2 solid-state switching devices can be used for example
in the SIPLUS HCS300I heating control system. They are
optimally connected to the digital output module of the HCS300I
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/111

© Siemens AG 2018
Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads
General data
■ Overview
Type Solid-state relays Solid-state contactors Function modules
Single-phase Three- Single- Three- Converters Load monitoring Heating Power Power
phase phase phase current controllers regulators
22.5 mm 45 mm 45 mm Basic Extended monitoring
Usage
Simple use of ❑ ✓ ❑ ❑ ❑ -- -- -- -- -- --
2 existing solid-state
relays
Complete unit ❑ ❑ ❑ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- --
"Ready to use"
Space-saving ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- --
1) 1)
Can be extended ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- -- --
with modular
function modules
Frequent switching -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
and monitoring of
loads and solid-state
relays/solid-state
contactors
Monitoring of up to 6 -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- ✓ ✓ --
partial loads
Monitoring of more -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
than 6 partial loads
Control of the -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- -- ✓ ✓
heating power
through an analog
input
Power control -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓
Startup
Easy setting of -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓
setpoint values with
"Teach" button
"Remote Teach" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- --
input for setting
setpoints
Mounting
Mounting onto -- -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- --
mounting rails or
mounting plates
Can be snapped -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
directly onto a solid-
state relay or
contactor
For use with ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
"Coolplate" heat sink
Cable routing
Connection of load ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
circuit as for
controlgear
Connection of load -- ✓ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
circuit from above
✓ Function available
❑ Function possible
-- Function not possible
1) The converter can also be used with three-phase devices.
2/112 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Article No. scheme
Solid-state switching devices Solid-state relays 3RF20 @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ Single-phase, 45-mm width
for resistive/inductive loads 3RF21 @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ Single-phase, 22.5-mm width
Solid-state contactors 3RF23 @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ Single-phase
Type current e.g. 10 = 10.5 A @@
Connection type Screw terminals
1
2 2
Ring terminal lug connection 3
Switching function Zero-point switching A

Instantaneous switching B
Zero-point switching C Low Noise
Zero-point switching D Short-circuit-proof with B MCB
Single-phase or number of Single-phase A
controlled phases Two-phase B
Three-phase C
Reversing contactor D
Rated control supply voltage Us 24 V DC 0
24 V AC/DC 1
110 ... 230 V AC 2
110 V AC 3
4 ... 30 V DC 4
230 V AC 5
Rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC 2
48 ... 460 V AC 4
48 ... 600 V AC 5
48 ... 600 V AC 6 Blocking voltage 1600 V
Example 3RF21 2 0 – 1 A A 0 5
Note:
■ Benefits ■ Application
Features Applications
• Considerable space savings thanks to a width of only 22.5 mm Example: Plastics processing industry
• Variety of connection methods: Screw terminal, spring-type Thanks to their high switching endurance SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-
connection or ring terminal lug, there is no problem – they are state switching devices are ideal for controlling electrical heat.
all finger-safe This is because the more precise the temperature regulation
• Flexible for all applications with function modules for retrofitting process has to be, the higher the switching frequency. The
• Possibility of fuseless short-circuit proof design accurate regulation of electrical heat is used for example in
many processes in the plastics processing industry:
Benefits • Band heaters heat the extrudate to the correct temperature in
• Saves time and costs with fast mounting and commissioning, plastic extruders
short start up times and easy wiring • Heat emitters heat plastic blanks to the correct temperature
• Extremely long life, low maintenance, rugged and reliable • Heat drums dry plastic granules
• Space-saving and safe thanks to side-by-side mounting up to • Heating channels keep molds at the correct temperature in
an ambient temperature of +60 °C order to manufacture different plastic parts without defects
• Modular design: Standardized function modules and heat
sinks can be used in conjunction with solid-state relays to The powerful SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state relays and contactors can
satisfy individual requirements be used for the simultaneous control of several heating loads. By
using a load monitoring module the individual partial loads can
• Safety due to lifelong, vibration-resistant and shock-resistant easily be monitored, and in the event of a failure a signal is
spring-type terminal connection method even under tough generated to be sent to the controller.
conditions
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/113

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Use in fuseless load feeders A special version of the solid-state contactors can be protected
against damage in the case of a short circuit with a miniature
Compared with the fused configuration of load feeders, short circuit breaker with type B tripping characteristic. This allows the
circuit and line protection using miniature circuit breakers is low-cost and simple design of fuseless load feeders with full
easy to achieve with SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state relays and protection of the switchgear.
contactors.

2 Inscription labels for 3RF2 series
Designation Labeling area Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(W x H) (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm x mm d kg
Blank labels
Unit labeling 10 x 7 Pastel turquoise 15 3RT1900-1SB10 100 816 units 41B 0.027
plates for SIRIUS1) 20 x 7 Pastel turquoise 20 3RT1900-1SB20 100 340 units 41B 0.062
Adhesive labels 19 x 6 Pastel turquoise 15 3RT1900-1SB60 100 3060 units 41B 15.300
for SIRIUS 19 x 6 Zinc yellow 15 3RT1900-1SD60 100 3060 units 41B 0.005
NSB0_01429b
3RT19 00-1SB20
(1 frame = 20 units)
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates are available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH, see www.siemens.com/ic10,
Chapter 16.
Notes on integration in the load feeders Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
The SIRIUS solid-state switching devices are very easy to The solid-state switching devices are suitable for interference-
integrate into the load feeders thanks to their industrial free operation in industrial networks without further measures.
connection method and design. If they are used in public networks, it may be necessary for
conducted interference to be reduced by means of filters.
Particular attention must however be paid to the circumstances
of the installation and ambient conditions, as the performance of This does not include the solid-state contactors for resistive
the solid-state switching devices is largely dependent on these. loads of the special type 3RF23..-.CA.. "Low Noise". These
Depending on the version, certain restrictions must be comply with the class B limit values up to a rated current of 16 A.
observed. Detailed information in relation to solid-state If other versions are used, and at currents of over 16 A, standard
contactors, e.g. on minimum spacing, and in relation to filters can be used in order to comply with the limit values.
solid-state relays on the choice of heat sink can be found in the The decisive factors when it comes to selecting the filters are
technical specifications and in the product data sheets, see essentially the current loading and the other parameters
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16222. (operational voltage, design type, etc.) in the load feeder.
Short-circuit and overload protection Suitable filters can be ordered from EPCOS AG.
For more information, see www.epcos.com.
Despite the rugged power semiconductors that are used,
solid-state switching devices respond more sensitively to short- Product information and technical specifications
circuits in the load feeder. Consequently, special precautions
have to be taken against destruction, depending on the type of For product data sheets with detailed technical specifications,
design. dimensional drawings and characteristic curves, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16222.
Siemens generally recommends using SITOR solid-state
protection fuses. These fuses also provide protection against For additional information, please enter the article number of the
destruction in the event of a short circuit even when the required device under the tab "Product List".
solid-state contactors and solid-state relays are fully utilized.
Alternatively, if there is lower loading, protection can also be
provided by standard fuses or miniature circuit breakers. This
protection is achieved by overdimensioning the solid-state
switching devices accordingly. The technical specifications and
the product data sheets contain details both about the
solid-state fuse protection itself and about use of the devices
with conventional protection equipment.

2/114 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays
General data
■ Overview
Solid-state relays (without heat sink) Three-phase solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm
SIRIUS solid-state relays are suitable for surface mounting on With its compact design and a width of just 45 m, which stays the
existing cooling surfaces. Mounting is quick and easy, involving same even at currents of up to 55 A, the 3RF22 solid-state relay
just two screws. The special technology of the power offers an ultra small footprint. The logical connection method,
semiconductor ensures there is excellent thermal contact with with the power infeed from above and load connection from
the heat sink. Depending on the nature of the heat sink, the below, ensures tidy installation in the control cabinet.
capacity reaches up to 88 A on resistive loads.
The three-phase solid-state relays are available with 2
The solid-state relays are available in three different versions: • Two-phase control (suitable in particular for circuits without
• 3RF21 single-phase solid-state relay with a width of 22.5 mm connection to the neutral conductor) and
• 3RF20 single-phase solid-state relay with a width of 45 mm • Three-phase control (suitable for star circuits with connection
• 3RF22 three-phase solid-state relay with a width of 45 mm to the neutral conductor or for applications in which the system
requires all phases to be switched)
The 3RF21 and 3RF22 solid-state relays can be expanded with
various function modules to adapt them to individual Selection notes
applications. When selecting solid-state relays, in addition to information
Version for resistive loads "zero-point switching" about the network, the load and the ambient conditions it is also
necessary to know details of the planned design. The solid-state
This standard version is often used for switching space heaters relays can only conform to their specific technical specifications
on and off. if they are mounted with appropriate care on an adequately
dimensioned heat sink.
Version for inductive loads "instantaneous switching"
Mounting solid-state relays directly on a mounting plate made of
In this version the solid-state relay is specifically matched to sheet steel is inadequate in terms of heat dissipation.
inductive loads. Whether it is a matter of frequent actuation of the
valves in a filling plant or starting and stopping small operating The following procedure is recommended:
mechanisms in packet distribution systems, operation is carried • Determine the rated current of the load and the mains voltage
out safely and noiselessly.
• Select the relay design and choose a solid-state relay with
Special "low noise" version higher rated current than the load
Thanks to a special control circuit, this special version can be • Determine the thermal resistance of the proposed heat sink
used in public networks up to 16 A without any additional • Check the correct relay size with the aid of the diagrams
measures such as interference suppressor filters. As a result, in
terms of emitted interference, it conforms to limit value curve
class B according to IEC 60947-4-3.
Single-phase solid-state relays with a width of 22.5 mm
With its compact design and a width of just 22.5 mm, which is
not exceeded even for currents of up to 88 A, the 3RF21 solid-
state relay offers an ultra-small footprint. The logical connection
method, with the power infeed from above and load connection
from below, ensures tidy installation in the control cabinet.
Single-phase solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm
The solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm provide for
connection of the power supply lead and the load from above.
This makes it easy to replace existing solid-state relays in
existing arrangements. The connection of the control cable is as
space-saving as the 22.5 mm design, as it is simply plugged on.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/115

© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase, 22.5 mm
■ Overview
Single-phase solid-state relays (without heat sink) with a width of 22.5 mm
With its compact design and a width of just 22.5 mm, which is method, with the power infeed from above and load connection
not exceeded even for currents of up to 88 A, the 3RF21 solid- from below, ensures tidy installation in the control cabinet.
state relay offers an ultra-small footprint. The logical connection
2 More information
System Manual and Manual, see FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16224/faq
Type 3RF21..-1.... 3RF21..-2.... 3RF21..-3....

General data
Ambient temperature
• During operation, derating from 40 °C °C -25 ... + 60
• During storage °C -55 ... + 80
Installation altitude m 0 ... 1 000; derating from 1 000
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 g/ms 15/11
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 g 2
Degree of protection IP20 IP00 (IP20 when using the
terminal cover 3RA2900-
3PA88)
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
• Emitted interference
- Conducted interference voltage Class A for industrial applications
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
- Emitted, high-frequency interference voltage Class B for residential, business and commercial applications
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
• Interference immunity
- Electrostatic discharge kV Contact discharge 4; air discharge 8; behavior criterion 2
acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
(corresponds to degree of severity 3)
- Induced RF fields MHz 0.15 ... 80; 140 dBµV; behavior criterion 1
acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
- Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 kV 2/5.0 kHz; behavior criterion 2
- Surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 kV Conductor - ground 2; conductor - conductor 1; behavior criterion 2
Mounting
• Screws (not included in the scope of supply) 2 x M4
• Tightening torque Nm 1.5
2/116 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays
Type Imax 1) Ie acc. to IEC 60947-4-3 Ie acc. to UL/CSA Power loss Minimum load Off-state current
at Rthha/Tu = 40 °C at Rthha/Tu = 40 °C at Rthha/Tu = 50 °C at Imax current
A K/W A K/W A K/W W A mA
Main circuit
3RF2120-..... 20 2.0 20 1.7 20 1.3 28.6 0.1 10
3RF2130-1.... 30 1.1 30 0.79 30 0.56 44.2 0.5 10
3RF2150-1.... 50 0.68 50 0.48 50 0.33 66 0.5 10
2
3RF2150-2.... 50 0.68 20 2.6 20 2.9 66 0.5 10
3RF2150-3.... 50 0.68 50 0.48 50 0.33 66 0.5 10
3RF2170-1.... 70 0.40 50 0.77 50 0.6 94 0.5 10
3RF2190-1.... 88 0.33 50 0.94 50 0.85 118 0.5 10
3RF2190-2.... 88 0.33 20 2.8 20 3.5 118 0.5 10
3RF2190-3.... 88 0.33 88 0.22 83 0.19 118 0.5 10
1)
The current Imax provides information about the performance of the solid- Note:
state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions. The required heat sinks for the corresponding load currents can
be determined from the characteristic curves, (see page 2/114,
"More Information"). The minimum thickness values for the
mounting surface must be observed.
Type Rated peak withstand current Itsm I2t value

A A 2s
Main circuit
3RF2120-..... 200 200
3RF2130-..A.2 300 450
3RF2130-..A.4 300 450
3RF2130-..A.5 300 450
3RF2130-..A.6 400 800
3RF2150-..... 600 1 800
3RF2170-..A.2 1 200 7 200
3RF2170-..A.4 1 200 7 200
3RF2170-..A.5 1 200 7 200
3RF2170-..A.6 1 150 6 600
3RF2190-..... 1 150 6 600
Type 3RF21..-....2 3RF21..-....4 3RF21..-....5 3RF21..-....6

Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 24 ... 230 48 ... 460
• Operating range V AC 20 ... 253 40 ... 506 40 ... 660
• Rated frequency Hz 50/60 ± 10 %
Blocking voltage V 800 1 200 1 600
Rate of voltage rise V/µs 1 000
Type 3RF21..-...0. 3RF21..-...1. 3RF21..-...2. 3RF21..-...4.

Control circuit
Method of operation DC operation AC/DC operation AC operation DC operation
Rated control supply voltage Us V 24 24 AC 24 DC 110 ... 230 4 ... 30
Rated frequency Hz -- 50/60 -- 50/60 ± 10 % --
of the control supply voltage ± 10 %
Control supply voltage, max. V 30 26.5 AC 30 DC 253 30
Typical actuating current mA 20 / Low Power: 6.51) 20 15 20
Response voltage V 15 14 AC 15 DC 90 4
Drop-out voltage V 5 5 AC 5 DC 40 1
Operating times
• ON-delay ms 1 + max. one 10 + max. one 40 + max. one 1 + max. one
half-wave2) half-wave2) half-wave2) half-wave2)
• OFF-delay ms 1 + max. one 15 + max. one 40 + max. one 1 + max. one
half-wave half-wave half-wave half-wave
1)
Applies to the "Low Power" version 3RF21..-.AA..-0KN0.
2)
Only for zero-point switching devices.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/117

© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays
Circuit diagrams
DC control supply voltage AC control supply voltage
1 L 1 L
A1 + A1
A2 - A2
NSB0_01463
NSB0_01462
2 T 2 T

Single-phase solid-state relays (without heat sink) with a width of 22.5 mm
Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals2) PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
20 24 DC 2 3RF2120-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
30 2 3RF2130-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
50 2 3RF2150-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.080
70 2 3RF2170-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
90 5 3RF2190-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
20 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2120-1AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
30 2 3RF2130-1AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
3RF2120-1AA02
20 24 DC 2 3RF2120-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
30 2 3RF2130-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
50 2 3RF2150-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.067
70 2 3RF2170-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.100
90 2 3RF2190-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.087
70 24 DC Low Power 5 3RF2170-1AA05-0KN0 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2120-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
30 5 3RF2130-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
50 5 3RF2150-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
70 2 3RF2170-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
90 5 3RF2190-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
Zero-point switching · Blocking voltage 1 600 V,
30 24 DC 2 3RF2130-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
50 2 3RF2150-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.114
70 5 3RF2170-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
90 5 3RF2190-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.063
Instantaneous switching,
20 24 DC 5 3RF2120-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.068
30 5 3RF2130-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.067
50 5 3RF2150-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.069
70 5 3RF2170-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
90 5 3RF2190-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.073
Instantaneous switching · Blocking voltage 1 600 V,
50 24 DC 5 3RF2150-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
Low Noise3) · Zero-point switching,

70 24 DC 5 3RF2170-1CA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
1) 3)
The type current provides information about the performance capacity of See page 2/115.
the solid-state relay.
The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be smaller Other rated control supply voltages on request.
depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.
2)
Please note that this version can only be used for a rated current of up to
approx. 50 A and a conductor cross-section of 10 mm2.
2/118 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays
Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Spring-type terminals2) PU PS* PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
20
50
24 DC 2
5
3RF2120-2AA02
3RF2150-2AA02
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
41C
41C
0.068
0.068
2
90 5 3RF2190-2AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.068
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2120-2AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.068
3RF2120-2AA02
20 24 DC 2 3RF2120-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.066
50 5 3RF2150-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
90 5 3RF2190-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.075
50 24 AC/DC 5 3RF2150-2AA14 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2120-2AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.075
Zero-point switching · Blocking voltage 1 600 V,

50 24 DC 5 3RF2150-2AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
90 5 3RF2190-2AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.067
1) 2)
The type current provides information about the performance capacity of Please note that the version with spring-type terminals can only be used for
the solid-state relay. a rated current of up to approx. 20 A and a conductor cross-section of
The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be smaller 2.5 mm2. Higher currents can be achieved by connecting two conductors
depending on the connection method and cooling conditions. per terminal.
Other rated control supply voltages on request.
Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Ring terminal lug PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us connection (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
20 24 DC 5 3RF2120-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.077
50 5 3RF2150-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.077
90 5 3RF2190-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
3RF2120-3AA02
20 24 DC 5 3RF2120-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
50 5 3RF2150-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
90 5 3RF2190-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
90 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2190-3AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.075
Zero-point switching · Blocking voltage 1600 V,
50 24 DC 5 3RF2150-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
90 5 3RF2190-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.088
1)
The type current provides information about the performance capacity of Other rated control supply voltages on request.
the solid-state relay.
The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be smaller
depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/119
© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays
■ Accessories
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Optional accessories
2 Spring-type terminals

For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
Length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
Ring terminal lug
connection
Terminal covers 2 3RF2900-3PA88 1 10 units 41C 0.004
For 3RF21 solid-state relays and 3RF23 solid-state
contactors with ring terminal lug connection
(With this terminal cover, degree of protection IP20 can be
achieved in the terminal compartment in the case of ring
terminal lug connections. It can also be used for screw
terminals after simple adaptation)
3RF2900-3PA88
Control connectors
Screw terminals
Replacement control connectors 5 3RF2900-1TA88 1 50 units 41C 0.004

For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Screw terminals

For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Control connectors 5 3RF2900-2TB88 1 10 units 41C 0.004
For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Spring-type terminals with two clamping points per contact

2/120 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF20 solid-state relays, single-phase, 45 mm
■ Overview
Single-phase solid-state relays (without heat sink) with a width of 45 mm
The solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm provide for The connection of the control cable is as space-saving as the
connection of the power supply lead and the load from above. 22.5 mm design, as it is simply plugged on.
This makes it easy to replace existing solid-state relays in
existing arrangements.
2
More information
Type 3RF20..-1.... 3RF20..-4....

General data
Ambient temperature
• During operation, derating from 40 °C °C -25 ... +60
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 g/ms 15 /11
Degree of protection IP20
- Conducted interference voltage Class A for industrial applications
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
- Emitted, high-frequency interference voltage Class B for residential, business and commercial applications
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
Mounting
• Screws (not included in the scope of supply) 2 x M4
• Tightening torque Nm 1.5
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/121

© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays
Type Imax1) Ie acc. to IEC 60947-4-3 Ie acc. to UL/CSA Power loss Minimum load Off-state current
at Rthha/Tu = 40 °C at Rthha/Tu = 40 °C at Rthha/Tu = 50 °C at Imax current
A K/W A K/W A K/W W A mA

Main circuit
3RF2020-1.A.. 20 2.0 20 1.7 20 1.3 28.6 0.1 10
3RF2030-1.A.. 30 1.1 30 0.79 30 0.56 44.2 0.5 10
2
3RF2050-1.A.. 50 0.68 50 0.48 50 0.33 66 0.5 10
3RF2070-1.A.. 70 0.40 50 0.77 50 0.6 94 0.5 10
3RF2090-1.A.. 88 0.33 50 0.94 50 0.85 118 0.5 10
1)
The current Imax provides information about the performance of the Note:
solid-state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions. The required heat sinks for the corresponding load currents can
be determined from the characteristic curves (see page 2/114,
"More Information"). The minimum thickness values for the
mounting surface must be observed.
Type Rated peak withstand current Itsm I2t value

A A²s
Main circuit
3RF2020-1.A.. 200 200
3RF2030-1.A.2 300 450
3RF2030-1.A.4 300 450
3RF2030-1.A.6 400 800
3RF2050-1.A.. 600 1 800
3RF2070-1.A.2 1 200 7 200
3RF2070-1.A.4 1 200 7 200
3RF2070-1.A.5 1 200 7 200
3RF2070-1.A.6 1 150 6 600
3RF2090-1.A.. 1 150 6 600
Type 3RF20.0-1.A.2 3RF20.0-1.A.4 3RF20.0-1.A.5 3RF20.0-1.A.6

Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 24 ... 230 48 ... 460 48 ... 600
Rate of voltage rise V/μs 1 000
Type 3RF20.0-1.A0. 3RF20.0-1.A2. 3RF20.0-1.A4.

Control circuit
Method of operation DC operation AC operation DC operation
Rated control supply voltage Us V 24 110 ... 230 4 … 30
Rated frequency of the control Hz -- 50/60 ± 10 % --
supply voltage
Control supply voltage, max. V 30 253 30
Typical actuating current mA 20 15 20
Response voltage V 15 90 4
Drop-out voltage V 5 40 1
Operating times
• ON-delay ms 1 + max. one half-wave1) 40 + max. one half-wave1) 1 + max. one half-wave1)
• OFF-delay ms 1 + max. one half-wave 40 + max. one half-wave 1 + max. one half-wave
1) Only for zero-point switching devices.
Circuit diagrams
1 L 1 L
A1 + A1
A2 - A2
NSB0_01463
NSB0_01462
2 T 2 T
2/122 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays

Single-phase solid-state relays (without heat sink) with a width of 45 mm
Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals2) PU PS* PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
2
20 24 DC 2 3RF2020-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.088
30 2 3RF2030-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.093
50 2 3RF2050-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.080
70 2 3RF2070-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
90 2 3RF2090-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.102
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2020-1AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.087
30 5 3RF2030-1AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.089
3RF2020-1AA02
20 24 DC 2 3RF2020-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.099
30 2 3RF2030-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.084
50 2 3RF2050-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
70 2 3RF2070-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.080
90 2 3RF2090-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.101
50 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2050-1AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2020-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.080
50 5 3RF2050-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.094
70 2 3RF2070-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
90 5 3RF2090-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
Zero-point switching · Blocking voltage 1600 V,
30 24 DC 5 3RF2030-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.090
50 5 3RF2050-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.090
70 5 3RF2070-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
90 5 3RF2090-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.090
Instantaneous switching,
30 24 DC 5 3RF2030-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
1) The type current provides information about the performance capacity of 2) Please note that this version can only be used for a rated current of up to
the solid-state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can approx. 50 A and a conductor cross-section of 10 mm2.
be smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.
Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals + PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us spring-type terminals (UNIT, per PU
(control current side) SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
50 24 DC 5 3RF2050-4AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.086
3RF2050-4AA02
1)
The type current provides information about the performance capacity of
the solid-state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can
be smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/123
© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF22 solid-state relays, three-phase, 45 mm
■ Overview
Circuit diagrams
Two-phase controlled, Three-phase controlled,
DC control supply voltage DC control supply voltage
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
2
A1 + A1 +
A2 - A2 -
NSB0_01694
NSB0_01696
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
2/124 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Solid-state Contactors
General data
■ Overview
Solid-state contactors (with integrated heat sink) The following miniature circuit breakers with a B characteristic
and 10 kA or 6 kA breaking capacity protect the 3RF23..-.DA..
The complete units consist of a solid-state relay plus optimized solid-state contactors in the event of short circuits on the load
heat sink, and are therefore ready to use. They offer defined and the specified conductor cross-sections and lengths:
rated currents to make selection as easy as possible.
Depending on the version, current intensities of up to 70 A are Rated current of the Example of Max. conductor Minimum cable
achieved. Like all of our solid-state switching devices, one of miniature circuit type1) cross section length from
their particular advantages is their compact and space-saving
design.
breaker contactor to
load 2
6A 5SY4106-6 1 mm2 5m
With their insulated mounting foot they can easily be snapped
10 A 5SY4110-6 1.5 mm2 8m
onto a standard mounting rail, or they can be mounted on
support plates with fixing screws. This insulation enables them 16 A 5SY4116-6 1.5 mm2 12 m
to be used in circuits with protective extra-low voltage (PELV) or 2.5 mm2 20 m
safety extra-low voltage (SELV) in building management 20 A 5SY4120-6 2.5 mm2 20 m
systems. For other applications, such as for extended personal 25 A 5SY4125-6 2.5 mm2 26 m
safety, the heat sink can be grounded through a screw terminal. 1) The miniature circuit breakers can be used up to a maximum rated voltage
The solid-state contactors are available in 2 different versions: of 480 V!
• 3RF23 single-phase solid-state contactors
3/N/PE 50 Hz 230/400 V 3/N/PE 50 Hz 230/400 V
Single-phase versions L1 L1
The 3RF23 solid-state contactors can be expanded with various L2 L2
function modules to adapt them to individual applications.
L3 L3
Version for resistive loads "zero-point switching" N N
This standard version is often used for switching space heaters
on and off. F1 F1 F2
Version for inductive loads "instantaneous switching" K1 K1
In this version the solid-state contactor is specifically matched to 1 L 1 L

inductive loads. Whether it is a matter of frequent actuation of the
valves in a filling plant or starting and stopping small operating
2 T 2 T
mechanisms in packet distribution systems, operation is carried
out safely and noiselessly.
line
line
line
I,A I,A
Special "low noise" version
NSB0_01473b
Thanks to a special control circuit, this special version can be

used in public networks up to 16 A without any additional
measures such as interference suppressor filters. As a result, in
terms of emitted interference, it conforms to limit value curve R1 R1
class B according to IEC 60947-4-3.
Special "short-circuit proof" version Solid-state contactor protection
Skillful matching of the power semiconductor with the The setup and installation above can also be used for the solid-
performance capacity of the solid-state contactor means that state relays with a I2t value of at least 6 600 A2s.
"short-circuit strength" can be achieved with a standard Three-phase versions
miniature circuit breaker. In combination with a B-type MCB or a
conventional line protection fuse, the result is a short-circuit The three-phase solid-state contactors for resistive loads up to
resistant feeder. 50 A are available with
In order to achieve problem-free short-circuit protection by • Two-phase control (suitable in particular for circuits without
means of miniature circuit breakers, however, certain boundary connection to the neutral conductor) and
conditions must be observed. As the magnitude and duration of • Three-phase control (suitable for star circuits with connection
the short-circuit current are determined not only by the short to the neutral conductor or for applications in which the system
circuit breaking response of the miniature circuit breaker but requires all phases to be switched)
also the properties of the wiring system, such as the internal
resistance of the input to the network and damping by controls The converter function module can be snapped onto both
and cables, particular attention must also be paid to these versions for the simple power control of AC loads by means of
parameters. The necessary cable lengths are therefore shown analog signals.
for the main factor, the line resistance, in the table below. • Check the correct contactor size with the aid of the rated
current diagram, taking account of the installation conditions
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/125

© Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase
More information
2
Type 3RF23..-.A... 3RF23..-.B... 3RF23..-.C... 3RF23..-.D...
Dimensions (W x H x D)
General data
Ambient temperature
Shock resistance g/ms 15/11
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27
Vibration resistance g 2
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
Degree of protection IP20 (for ring terminal lug connection when using the terminal cover 3RA2900-3PA88, otherwise IP00)
• Emitted interference according to
IEC 60947-4-3
- Conducted interference voltage Class A for industrial applications Class A for industrial Class A for industrial
applications; Class B for applications
residential, business and
commercial applications
up to 16 A, AC-51
Low Noise
- Emitted, high-frequency interference Class B for residential, business and commercial applications
voltage
- Electrostatic discharge acc. to kV Contact discharge 4; air discharge 8; behavior criterion 2
IEC 61000-4-2
acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
Type 3RF23..-1.... 3RF23..-2.... 3RF23..-3....

General data
Grounding stud
(not included in the scope of supply)
• Size (standard screw) M5
Permissible mounting position ±10° ±10°
NSB0_01701
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
Type 3RF23..-....2 3RF23..-....4 3RF23..-....5 3RF23..-....6

Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 24 ... 230 48 ... 460 48 ... 600
Rate of voltage rise V/µs 1 000
2/126 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Type 3RF23..-...0. 3RF23..-...1. 3RF23..-...2. 3RF23..-...4.

Control circuit
Method of operation DC operation AC/DC operation AC operation DC operation
Rated control supply voltage Us V 24 DC 24 AC 24 DC 110 ... 230 AC 4 ... 30 DC
Rated frequency Hz -- 50/60 -- 50/60 ± 10 % --
of the control supply voltage ± 10 %
2
Actuating voltage, max. V 30 26.5 AC 30 DC 253 30
Typical actuating current mA 20 / Low Power: <101) 20 20 15 20
Response voltage V 15 14 AC 15 DC 90 4
Drop-out voltage V 5 5 AC 55 DC 40 1
Operating times
• ON-delay ms 1 + max. one 10 + max. one 40 + max. one 1 + max. one
half-wave2) half-wave2) half-wave2) half-wave2)
• OFF-delay ms 1 + max. one 15 + max. one 40 + max. one 1 + max. one
half-wave half-wave half-wave half-wave
1)
Applies to the "Low Power" version 3RF23..-.AA..-0KN0.
2)
Only for zero-point switching devices.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/127

© Siemens AG 2018

Type Type current AC-51/performance capacity1) Power loss Minimum load Off-state Rated peak I2t value
at Imax acc. to acc. to at Imax current current withstand
IEC 60947-4-3 UL/CSA current Itsm
at 40 °C at 40 °C at 50 °C
A A A W A mA A A²s
Main circuit
3RF2310-.AA.2 10.5 7.5 9.6 11 0.1 10 200 200
3RF2310-.AA.4
2 3RF2310-.AA.5
3RF2310-.AA.6 400 800
3RF2320-.AA.2 20 13.2 17.6 20 0.5 10 600 1 800
3RF2320-.AA.4
3RF2320-.AA.5
3RF2320-.AA.6
3RF2320-.CA.2 25 600 1 800
3RF2320-.CA.4
3RF2320-.DA.2 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2320-.DA.4
3RF2330-.AA.2 30 22 27 33 0.5 10 600 1 800
3RF2330-.AA.4
3RF2330-.AA.5
3RF2330-.AA.6
3RF2330-.CA.2 25 600 1 800
3RF2330-.DA.4 18.5 26 33 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2340-.AA.2 40 33 36 44 0.5 10 1 200 7 200
3RF2340-.AA.4
3RF2340-.AA.5
3RF2340-.AA.6 1 150 6 600
3RF2350-.AA.2 50 36 45 54 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2350-.AA.4
3RF2350-.AA.5
3RF2350-.AA.6
3RF2370-.AA.2 70 70 62 83 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2370-.AA.4
3RF2370-.AA.5
3RF2370-.AA.6
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions.
Type Type current AC-51/performance Type current AC-15/ Power loss Minimum Off-state Rated peak I2t value
capacity1) performance capacity 1 at Imax load current current withstand
at Imax acc. to IEC acc. to 10 x Ie Parameters current Itsm
60947-4-3 UL/CSA for
at 40 °C at 40 °C at 50 °C 60 ms
A A A A W A mA A A²s
Main circuit
3RF2310-.BA.2 10.5 7.5 9.6 6 1 200 1/h 11 0.1 10 200 200
3RF2310-.BA.4 50%
3RF2310-.BA.6 ON period 400 800
3RF2320-.BA.2 20 13.2 17.6 12 1 200 1/h 20 0.5 10 600 1 800
3RF2320-.BA.4 50%
3RF2320-.BA.6 ON period
3RF2330-.BA.2 30 22 27 15 1 200 1/h 33 0.5 10 600 1 800
3RF2330-.BA.4 50%
3RF2340-.BA.2 40 33 36 20 1 200 1/h 44 0.5 10 1 200 7 200
3RF2340-.BA.4 50%
3RF2340-.BA.6 ON period 1 150 6 600
3RF2350-.BA.2 50 36 45 25 1 200 1/h 54 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2350-.BA.4 50%
3RF2370-.BA.2 70 70 62 27.5 1 200 1/h 83 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2370-.BA.4 50%
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
2/128 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Circuit diagrams
1 L 1 L
PE A1 + PE A1
A2 - A2
2
NSB0_01464
NSB0_01465
2 T 2 T

Selection notes
The solid-state contactors are selected on the basis of details of The following procedure is recommended:
the network, the load and the ambient conditions. As the solid- • Determine the rated current of the load and the mains voltage
state contactors are already equipped with an optimally
matched heat sink, the selection process is considerably • Select a solid-state contactor with the same or higher rated
simpler than that for solid-state relays. current than the load
Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Imax SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
10.5 24 DC 2 3RF2310-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.195
30 2 3RF2330-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 2 3RF2340-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 2 3RF2350-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
20 24 DC Low Power 2 3RF2320-1AA02-0KN0 1 1 unit 41C 0.225
10.5 24 AC/DC 2 3RF2310-1AA12 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
3RF2310-1
10.5 24 DC 2 3RF2310-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.200
30 2 3RF2330-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 2 3RF2340-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 2 3RF2350-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
10.5 24 DC Low Power 2 3RF2310-1AA04-0KN0 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
10.5 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2310-1AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-1AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 2 3RF2330-1AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.320
3RF2320-1
10.5 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2310-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 2 3RF2330-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 2 3RF2340-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
50 2 3RF2350-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid- Other rated control supply voltages on request.
For derating characteristic curves, see page 2/114, "More information".

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/129
© Siemens AG 2018

Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Imax SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
blocking voltage 1 600 V,
2 rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
10.5 24 DC 5 3RF2310-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.154
20 2 3RF2320-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.185
30 2 3RF2330-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 5 3RF2340-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
50 5 3RF2350-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
3RF2340-1
Low Noise2),
zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-1CA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.235
30 5 3RF2330-1CA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.407
3RF2320-1
Low Noise2),
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-1CA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.180
20 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2320-1CA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB ·
20 24 DC 2 3RF2320-1DA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.180
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB ·
20 24 DC 2 3RF2320-1DA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
20 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2320-1DA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 2 3RF2330-1DA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
3RF2320-1
1)
2)
See page 2/125.

2/130 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Type current/ Operational Rated SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight

performance current Ie/AC-152) control supply (UNIT, per PU
capacity1) voltage Us SET, approx.
Imax M)
Article No.
A A V d kg
Instantaneous switching · Integrated heat sink,
10.5
20
6
12
24 DC 2
2
3RF2310-1BA02
3RF2320-1BA02
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41C
41C
0.140
0.190
2
30 15 5 3RF2330-1BA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 20 5 3RF2340-1BA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
50 25 5 3RF2350-1BA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 27.5 5 3RF2370-1BA02 1 1 unit 41C 1.243
3RF2310-1
10.5 6 24 DC 2 3RF2310-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.159
20 12 2 3RF2320-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 15 2 3RF2330-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 20 5 3RF2340-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 25 5 3RF2350-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 27.5 5 3RF2370-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.690
20 12 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2320-1BA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.225
30 15 5 3RF2330-1BA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
50 25 5 3RF2350-1BA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
3RF2320-1
10.5 6 24 DC 5 3RF2310-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.167
20 12 2 3RF2320-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 15 5 3RF2330-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.445
40 20 5 3RF2340-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
50 25 5 3RF2350-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 27.5 5 3RF2370-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 1.250
3RF2340-1
1)
2)
Utilization category AC-15:
Electromagnetic loads, e.g. valves according to IEC 60947-5-1.
Parameters: max. 1 200 1/h, 50 % ON period, 10-times inrush current for
60 ms.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/131
© Siemens AG 2018

Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Imax SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
2 10.5
20
24 DC 5
2
3RF2310-2AA02
3RF2320-2AA02
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
41C
41C
0.140
0.180
3RF2320-2
10.5 24 DC 2 3RF2310-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.206
20 2 3RF2320-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
10.5 24 DC 5 3RF2310-2AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-2AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.180
Low Noise2),
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-2CA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.225
Low Noise2),
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-2CA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB,
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-2DA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
1) The type current provides information about the performance of the solid- Other rated control supply voltages on request.
2) See page 2/125.

2/132 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Ring terminal lug PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us connection (UNIT, per PU
Imax SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
10.5
20
24 DC 5
5
3RF2310-3AA02
3RF2320-3AA02
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41C
41C
0.167
0.225
2
30 5 3RF2330-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.405
40 5 3RF2340-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.589
50 5 3RF2350-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.564
70 2 3RF2370-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.680
3RF2350-3
10.5 24 DC 5 3RF2310-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.173
20 5 3RF2320-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 2 3RF2330-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 5 3RF2340-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 2 3RF2350-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
70 2 3RF2370-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.680
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2320-3AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.242
30 5 3RF2330-3AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.389
50 5 3RF2350-3AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
3RF2330-3,
covers optional
40 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2340-3AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
70 2 3RF2370-3AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.690
10.5 24 DC 5 3RF2310-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.175
20 5 3RF2320-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.195
30 5 3RF2330-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.389
40 5 3RF2340-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 5 3RF2350-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.460
70 5 3RF2370-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.680
1)

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/133
© Siemens AG 2018

Type current/ Operational Rated SD Ring terminal lug PU PS* PG Weight

performance current Ie/AC-152) control supply connection (UNIT, per PU
capacity1) voltage Us SET, approx.
Imax M)
Article No.
A A V d kg
2 70
27.5 24 DC 5 3RF2370-3BA02 1 1 unit 41C 1.230

70 27.5 24 DC 5 3RF2370-3BA04 1 1 unit 41C 1.251
70 27.5 24 DC 5 3RF2370-3BA06 1 1 unit 41C 1.236
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB
20 -- 24 DC 5 3RF2320-3DA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.239
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB
20 -- 24 DC 5 3RF2320-3DA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.243
1) 2)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid- Utilization category AC-15:
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be Electromagnetic loads, e.g. valves according to IEC 60947-5-1.
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions. Parameters: max. 1 200 1/h, 50 % ON period, 10-times inrush current for
For derating characteristic curves, see page 2/114, "More information". 60 ms.
Other rated control supply voltages on request.
■ Accessories
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg

Length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm
3RA2908-1A
Ring terminal lug
connection
Terminal covers 2 3RF2900-3PA88 1 10 units 41C 0.004
For 3RF21 solid-state relays and 3RF23 solid-state
contactors in ring terminal lug connection
(With this terminal cover, degree of protection IP20 can be
achieved in the terminal compartment in the case of ring
terminal lug connections. It can also be used for screw
terminals after simple adaptation)
3RF2900-3PA88
Control connectors
Screw terminals

For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Screw terminals

For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Control connectors 5 3RF2900-2TB88 1 10 units 41C 0.004
For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Spring-type terminals with two clamping points per contact

2/134 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
General data
■ Overview
Function modules for SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state switching devices
A great variety of applications demand an expanded range of The following function modules are available:
functionality. With our function modules, these requirements can • Converters
be met really easily. The modules are mounted simply by • Load monitoring
clicking them into place; straight away the necessary • Heating current monitoring
connections are made with the solid-state relay or contactor.
2
• Power controllers
The plug-in connection to control the solid-state switching • Power regulators
devices can simply remain in use. The external connections With the exception of the converter, the function modules can be
have screw terminals. used only with single-phase solid-state switching devices.
Recommended assignment of the function modules to the 3RF21 single-phase solid-state relays
Type Accessories
Converters Load monitoring Heating current Power controllers1) Power regulators1)
Basic Extended1) monitoring1)
Type current = 20 A
3RF2120-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2120-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2120-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- --
3RF2120-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- --
3RF2120-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2120-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.42 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2120-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2120-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2120-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
Type current = 30 A
3RF2130-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2130-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2130-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
Type current = 50 A
3RF2150-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2150-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2150-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2150-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2150-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.14 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2150-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2150-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
1)
For line voltages in the range from 110 to 230 V, the versions of the
3RF29..-0.A13 function modules can also be combined with more voltage-
resistant versions of the solid-state relays (3RF21..-....4 , -....5 or -....6).
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/135

© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
General data
Type Accessories
Type current = 70 A
2
3RF2170-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2170-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2170-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2170-1C.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
Type current = 90 A
3RF2190-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2190-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2190-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2190-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA33
3RF2190-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
3RF2190-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
1)
resistant versions of the solid-state relays (3RF21..-....4 , -....5 or -....6).
Recommended assignment of the function modules to the 3RF23 single-phase solid-state contactors
Type Accessories
Type current Ie = 10.5 A

3RF2310-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2310-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2310-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
1)
resistant versions of the solid-state contactors (3RF23..-....4 , -....5 or -....6).
2/136 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
General data
Type Accessories
Type current Ie = 10.5 A

2
3RF2310-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2310-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2310-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2310-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2310-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2310-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
Type current Ie = 20 A
3RF2320-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1B.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1C.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-1C.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-1C.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1D.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-1D.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1D.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-1D.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1D.44 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2C.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2C.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2C.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2C.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2D.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2D.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
1)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/137

© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
General data
Type Accessories
Basis1) Extended2) monitoring2)
3RF2320-3D.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-3D.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-3D.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
2
3RF2320-3D.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2330-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2330-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1A.25 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1B.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2330-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2330-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1C.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2330-1D.44 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2330-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2340-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2340-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2340-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2350-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
1)
The technical specifications must be taken into account when selecting the
function modules. More combinations may be possible if the solid-state
relays and contactors are not fully loaded, e.g. a load monitor for 20 A can
also be operated with a solid-state contactor for 30 A if the load current
during operation does not exceed 20 A.
2)
2/138 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
General data
Type Accessories
2
3RF2350-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2350-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2350-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2370-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2370-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2370-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2370-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA33
3RF2370-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
3RF2370-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
3RF2370-3B.22 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA33
3RF2370-3B.24 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
3RF2370-3B.26 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
1)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/139

© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
General data
More information
2
Type 3RF29..-0EA.. 3RF29..-0FA.. 3RF29..-0GA.. 3RF29..-0HA.. 3RF29..-0JA.. 3RF29..-0KA..
General data
Ambient temperature
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 g/ms 15/11
Degree of protection IP20
- Conducted interference voltage Class A for industrial applications1)
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
- Emitted, high-frequency interference Class B for residential, business and commercial applications
voltage according to IEC 60947-4-3
acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
- Induced RF fields MHz 0.15 ... 80; 140 dBμV; behavior criterion 1
acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
- Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV/5.0 kHz; behavior criterion 2
Type 3RF29..-0EA18 3RF29..-0FA08 3RF29..-0GA.3 3RF29..-0GA.6

Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC --1) 110 ... 230 400 ... 600
• Operating range V AC -- 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660
• Rated frequency Hz -- 50/60
Rated insulation voltage Ui V -- 600
Voltage measuring
• Measuring range V -- 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660
Mains voltage, fluctuation % -- 20
compensation
1)
Versions are independent of the main circuit.
Type 3RF29..-0HA.3 3RF29..-0HA.6 3RF29..-0JA.3 3RF29..-0JA.6

3RF29..-0KA.3 3RF29..-0KA.6
Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 110 ... 230 400 ... 600 110 ... 230 400 ... 600
• Operating range V AC 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660
• Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Voltage measuring
• Measuring range V 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660
Mains voltage, fluctuation % 20
compensation
Type 3RF29..-...0. 3RF29..-...1. 3RF29..-...3.

Control circuit
Method of operation DC operation AC/DC operation AC operation
Rated control supply voltage Us V 24 110
Rated control current mA 15
Rated frequency of the control supply voltage Hz -- 50/60
Actuating voltage, max. V 30 121
Rated control current mA 15
At maximum voltage
Response voltage V 15 90
• For operating current mA 2
Drop-out voltage V 5 15
2/140 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
General data
Type 3RF2906-0FA08 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA.. 3RF2950-0GA.. 3RF2990-0GA..

Current measurement
Rated operational current Ie A 6 20 50 90
Current measurement
• Teach range A 0.25 ... 6 0.65 ... 20 0.56 ... 20 1.62 ... 50 2.93 ... 90
• Measuring range A 0 ... 6.6 0 ... 22 0 … 55 0 … 99
• Minimum partial load current A 0.25 0.65 1.6 2.9
2
Number of partial loads 1 ... 6 1 ... 12
Type 3RF2920-0HA.. 3RF2950-0HA.. 3RF2990-0HA.. 3RF2916-0JA.. 3RF2932-0JA..

Current measurement
Rated operational current Ie A 20 50 90 16 32
Current measurement
• Teach range A 4 ... 20 10 ... 50 18 ... 90 0.42 ... 16 0.8 ... 32
• Measuring range A 0 ... 22 0 ... 55 4 ... 99 0 ... 16 0 ... 32
• Minimum partial load current A -- 0.42 0.8
Number of partial loads -- 1 ... 6
Type 3RF2904-0KA.. 3RF2920-0KA.. 3RF2950-0KA.. 3RF2990-0KA..

Current measurement
Rated operational current Ie A 4 20 50 90
Current measurement
• Teach range A 0.15 ... 4 0.65 ... 20 1.6 ... 50 2.9 ... 90
• Measuring range A 0 ... 4 0 ... 22 0 ... 55 0 ... 99
• Minimum partial load current A -- 0.65 1.6 2.9
Number of partial loads -- 1 ... 6
Circuit diagrams
Converters Extended load monitoring Heating current monitoring Power controller and regulator
3 3
1 A1 + A1+ IN1/ON A1+
1 1
A2 - A2 – A2 – A2 –
NSB0_01466
0V- IN A1+ IN/0 –

10 V + 14 IN2/Ref 10 V +
1 Internal connection 11 11 11
< < NC < NC
12 12 12
comp. comp. comp.
NSB0_01468a
NSB0_01469a
3
NSB0_01529
Basic load monitoring

2 L/N L/N 2 L/N
1 A1 +
A2 -
1 Internal connection 1 Internal connection 1 Internal connection
NSB0_01467
IN 2 Straight-through transformer
2 Straight-through transformer 2 Straight-through transformer
2 OUT 3 Voltage detection not 3 Voltage detection not 3 Voltage detection not
electrically isolated electrically isolated electrically isolated
(3 M per path) (3 M per path) (3 M per path)
1 Internal connection
2 Straight-through
transformer
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/141

© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
SIRIUS converters for 3RF2
■ Overview ■ Application
Converters for 3RF2 solid-state switching devices This function module is used for conversions from an analog
input signal to an on/off ratio with time basis 1 s. The module can
These modules are used to convert analog control signals, such only be used in conjunction with 3RF21 and 3RF23 single-phase
as those output from many temperature controllers for example, solid-state switching devices or 3RF22 three-phase devices. It
into a pulse-width-modulated digital signal. The connected can be used on versions with 24 V DC and 24 V AC/DC control
solid-state contactors and relays can therefore regulate the supply voltage.
output of a load as a percentage.
2 Note:
The use of single-pole solid-state switching devices with
converters, power controllers or power regulators on AC loads in
full-wave control mode is not recommended. As mutual
synchronization of the function modules is not possible,
fluctuations in the heating power are possible; there is no
optimum settling in particular with setpoint values < 50 %.

Rated operational current Ie Rated operational voltage Ue SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Converters
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
-- -- 2 3RF2900-0EA18 1 1 unit 41C 0.024
3RF2900-0EA18

2/142 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
SIRIUS load monitoring for 3RF2
Load monitoring for 3RF2 single-phase solid-state switching The device is used for monitoring one or more loads (partial
devices loads). The function module can only be used in conjunction with
a 3RF21 solid-state relay or a 3RF23 solid-state contactor. The
Many faults can be quickly detected by monitoring a load circuit devices with spring-type connections in the load circuit are not
connected to the solid-state switching device, as made possible suitable.
with this module. Examples include the failure of load elements
(up to 6 in the basic version or up to 12 in the extended version),
alloyed power semiconductors, a lack of voltage or a break in a
load circuit. A fault is indicated by one or more LEDs and
2
reported to the controller by way of a PLC-compatible output.
The principle of operation is based on permanent monitoring of
the current intensity. This figure is continuously compared with
the reference value stored once during commissioning by the
simple press of a button. In order to detect the failure of one of
several loads, the current difference must be 1/6 (in the basic
version) or 1/12 (in the extended version) of the reference value.
In the event of a fault, an output is actuated and one or more
LEDs indicate the fault.

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Basic load monitoring
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
6 -- 2 3RF2906-0FA08 1 1 unit 41C 0.047
20 -- 2 3RF2920-0FA08 1 1 unit 41C 0.047
• With mounted 3RF2900-0RA88 cover
6 -- 2 3RF2906-0FA08-0KH0 1 1 unit 41C 0.069
20 -- 2 3RF2920-0FA08-0KH0 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
3RF29
Extended load monitoring
20 110 ... 230 2 3RF2920-0GA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
20 400 … 600 2 3RF2920-0GA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
50 110 ... 230 2 3RF2950-0GA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
50 400 … 600 2 3RF2950-0GA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
90 110 ... 230 2 3RF2990-0GA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
90 400 … 600 2 3RF2990-0GA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
3RF29
■ Accessories
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Sealable covers 5 3RF2900-0RA88 1 10 units 41C 0.001
for function modules (not for converters)
3RF2900-0RA88

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/143
© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
SIRIUS heating current monitoring for 3RF2
■ Overview Special version:

Deviations from the standard version
Heating current monitoring for 3RF2 single-phase 3RF29..-0JA1.-1KK0
solid-state switching devices
If the current is below 50 % of the lower teach current during the
Many faults can be quickly detected by monitoring a load circuit teach routine, the device will go into "Standby" mode; the
connected to the solid-state switching device, as made possible LOAD LED will flicker. The device thus detects a non-connected
with this module. Examples include the failure of up to six load load, e.g. channels not required for tool heaters, and does not
elements, alloyed power semiconductors, a lack of voltage, or a signal a fault. This mode can be reset by re-teaching.
2 break in the load circuit. A fault is indicated by LEDs and
reported to the controller via relay output (NC).
■ Application
The principle of operation is based on permanent monitoring of
the current intensity. This figure is continuously compared with The device is used for monitoring one or more loads (partial
the reference value stored once during commissioning. In order loads). The function module can only be used in conjunction with
to detect the failure of one of several loads, the current difference a 3RF21 solid-state relay or a 3RF23 solid-state contactor. The
must be 1/6 of the reference value. In the event of a fault, an devices with spring-type connections in the load circuit are not
output is actuated and the LEDs indicate the fault. suitable.
The heating current monitoring has a teach input and therefore

differs from the load monitoring. This remote teaching function
enables simple adjustment to changing loads without manual
intervention.

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Heating current monitoring1)
16 110 ... 230 2 3RF2916-0JA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
16 110 ... 230 5 3RF2916-0JA13-1KK0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
16 400 … 600 2 3RF2916-0JA16-1KK0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
32 110 ... 230 2 3RF2932-0JA13-1KK0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
32 400 … 600 2 3RF2932-0JA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
32 400 … 600 2 3RF2932-0JA16-1KK0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
3RF29
1) Supplied without control connector. The control connector can be
purchased from Phoenix Contact by quoting Article No. 1982 790
(2.5 HC/6-ST-5.08).
■ Accessories
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
3RF2900-0RA88

2/144 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
SIRIUS power controllers for 3RF2
Power controllers for 3RF2 single-phase solid-state The power controller can be used for:
switching devices • Complex heating systems
The power controller is a function module for the autonomous • Inductive loads
power control of complex heating systems and inductive loads. • Loads with temperature-dependent resistor
• Loads with ageing after long-time service
The following functions have been integrated: • Simple indirect control of temperature
• Power controller for adjusting the power of the connected load.
The setpoint value is selected via a rotary knob on the module
Power control 2
as a percentage of the 100 % power value stored. The power controller adjusts the power in the connected load by
• Inrush current limitation: With the aid of an adjustable voltage means of a solid-state switching device depending on the
ramp, the inrush current is limited by means of phase control. setpoint selection. It does not compensate for changes in the
This is useful above all with loads such as lamps or infrared mains voltage or load resistance. The setpoint value can be
lamps which have an inrush transient current. predefined externally as a 0 to 10 V signal or internally by means
of a potentiometer. Depending on the setting of the
• Load circuit monitoring for detecting load failure, partial load potentiometer (tR), it is controlled according to the principle of
faults, alloyed power semiconductors, lack of voltage or a full-wave control or generalized phase control.
break in the load circuit.
Note:
Note:
In the case of resistive loads, the power is set linear to the
With the phase control operating mode, a partial load fault is setpoint value. During operation of inductive loads, the power
detected by cyclic "scanning" of the load; the exact mode of control is no longer proportional and linear due to the phase shift
operation is described in the data sheets! between current and voltage.
Special version: Full-wave control
Deviations from the standard version
In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required
3RF2904-0KA13-0KC0 setpoint value by changing the on-to-off period. The period
During the teach routine, the connected solid-state relay or duration is predefined at one second.
contactor is not activated; i.e. no current will flow. No current See note about AC loads on page 2/142.
reference value is stored. No partial-load monitoring!
Generalized phase control
3RF29..-0KA1.-0KT0
In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required
No partial-load monitoring! setpoint value by changing the current flow angle. In order to
observe the limit values of the conducted interference voltage
for industrial networks, the load circuit must include a reactor
with a rating of at least 200 µH.

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Power controllers
4 110 ... 230 2 3RF2904-0KA13-0KC0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
4 2 3RF2904-0KA13-0KT0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
20 2 3RF2920-0KA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 2 3RF2950-0KA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
90 2 3RF2990-0KA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
20 400 … 600 2 3RF2920-0KA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 2 3RF2950-0KA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 2 3RF2950-0KA16-0KT0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
3RF29 90 2 3RF2990-0KA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
■ Accessories
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
3RF2900-0RA88
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/145
© Siemens AG 2018

Function Modules
SIRIUS power regulators for 3RF2
■ Overview Power control

The power regulator adjusts the power in the connected load by
Power regulators for 3RF2 single-phase solid-state means of a solid-state switching device depending on the taught
switching devices power and the selected setpoint. Changes in the mains voltage
The power regulator is a function module for the autonomous or in the load resistance are thus compensated by the power
power control of complex heating systems. regulator. The setpoint value can be predefined externally as a
0 to 10 V signal or internally by means of a potentiometer.
The following functions have been integrated: Depending on the setting of the potentiometer (tR), the
2 • Power controller with proportional-action control for adjusting

the power of the connected load. The setpoint value is selected
adjustment is carried out according to the principle of full-wave
control or generalized phase control.
via a rotary knob on the module as a percentage of the 100 % Note:
power value stored. Changes in the mains voltage or in the
load resistance are compensated for in this case. In the case of resistive loads, the power is set linear to the
setpoint value. During operation of inductive loads, the power
• Inrush current limitation: With the aid of an adjustable voltage
control is no longer proportional and linear due to the phase shift
ramp, the inrush current is limited by means of phase control.
between current and voltage.
This is useful above all with loads such as lamps which have
an inrush transient current. Full-wave control
• Load circuit monitoring for detecting load failure, alloyed In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required
power semiconductors, lack of voltage or a break in the load setpoint value by changing the on-to-off period. The period
circuit. Partial load monitoring is not possible. Load fluctuations duration is predefined at one second.
are compensated.
See note about AC loads on page 2/142.
Generalized phase control
■ Application In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required
The power regulator can be used for: setpoint value by changing the current flow angle. In order to
observe the limit values of the conducted interference voltage
• Complex heating systems
for industrial networks, the load circuit must include a reactor
• Heating elements with temperature-dependent resistor with a rating of at least 200 µH.
• Heating elements with ageing after long-time service
• Simple indirect control of temperature

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Power regulators
20 110 ... 230 2 3RF2920-0HA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
20 400 … 600 2 3RF2920-0HA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 110 ... 230 2 3RF2950-0HA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 400 … 600 2 3RF2950-0HA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
90 110 ... 230 2 3RF2990-0HA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
90 400 … 600 2 3RF2990-0HA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
3RF29
■ Accessories
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
3RF2900-0RA88

2/146 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

Introduction
■ Overview
Type 3RV20 3RV21 3RV23 3RV24

SIRIUS 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers
Applications
• System protection ✓1) ✓1) -- --
• Motor protection ✓ -- -- --
• Motor protection with overload -- ✓ -- --
relay function
• Starter combinations -- -- ✓ --
• Transformer protection -- -- -- ✓
Size S00, S0, S2, S3 S00, S0, S2, S3 S00, S0, S2, S3 S00, S0, S2
Rated current In
• Size S00 A Up to 16 Up to 16 Up to 16 Up to 16
• Size S3 A Up to 100 Up to 100 Up to 100 --
Rated operational voltage Ue V 690 AC2) 690 AC2) 690 AC2) 690 AC2)
acc. to IEC
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Trip class CLASS 10 (S00 ... S3), CLASS 10 -- CLASS 10
CLASS 20 (S2, S3)
3)
Thermal overload releases A 0.11 ... 0.16 to 80 ... 100 0.11 ... 0.16 to 80 ... 100 None 0.11 ... 0.16 to
A 54 ... 65
Electronic releases
A multiple of the rated current 13 times 13 times 13 times 20 times
Short-circuit breaking kA 20/55/65/100 55/65/100 20/55/65/100 55/65/100
capacity Icu at 400 V AC
Pages 2/162 ... 2/165 2/166 2/168, 2/169 2/170
Accessories
For sizes S00 S0 S2 S3 S00 S0 S2 S3 S00 S0 S2 S3 S00 S0 S2
Auxiliary switches ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Signaling switches ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Undervoltage releases ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shunt releases ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Isolator modules ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓
Insulated three-phase busbar ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓
system
Busbar adapters ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Door-coupling rotary operating ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
mechanisms
Link modules ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enclosures for surface mounting ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓
Enclosure for flush mounting ✓ ✓ -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- ✓ ✓ --
Front plates ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Infeed system ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- ✓ ✓ --
Sealable scale covers for setting ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓
knobs
Remote motorized operating -- -- -- ✓ -- -- -- ✓ -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
mechanisms
Pages 2/171 ... 2/181
✓ Has this function or can use this accessory 3) For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be
-- Does not have this function or cannot use this accessory used.
1) For symmetrical loading of the three phases.

2)
With molded-plastic enclosure 500 V AC. For DC applications, see
"Technical Specifications" ➞ "DC Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity",
page 2/158.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/147

© Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Manual "SIRIUS Innovations – SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors", see
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60279172
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RV2 Reference Manual "Protection Equipment – Circuit Breakers · Molded Case Circuit
Breakers", see
Configuration manual for SIRIUS controls with IE3 motors, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/35681461
2
UL reports of the individual devices, see
System Manual "SIRIUS Innovations – System Overview", see www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals
Certificates, see
Manual "SIRIUS Innovations – SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors", see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16245/cert
The following illustration shows 3RV2 motor starter Accessories, see page 2/171 onwards.
protectors/circuit breakers with the accessories which can be
mounted for the sizes S00 to S3, see also "Introduction" ➞
"Overview", page 2/147.
7
Mountable accessories
1 Transverse auxiliary switch
2 Lateral auxiliary switch with 2 contacts
3 Lateral auxiliary switch with 4 contacts
8 4 Shunt release (can not be used with
8 3RV21 motor starter protectors)
5 Undervoltage release without/with
leading contacts (can not be used with
3RV21 motor starter protectors)
6 Signaling switch (can not be used with
3RV27 and 3RV28 circuit breakers)
7 Isolator module (can not be used
3 with 3RV2.4, 3RV27 and 3RV28 circuit
breakers)
IC01_00633
8 Terminal block type E or phase barriers
2
4
1 5
Mountable accessories for SIRIUS 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers

The SIRIUS 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are
compact, current limiting motor starter protectors/circuit
breakers which are optimized for load feeders. The motor starter
protectors/circuit breaker2/151s are used for switching and
protecting three-phase motors of up to 55/45 kW at 400 V AC
and for other loads with rated currents of up to 100 A.
The new 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are
usually approved according to IEC and UL/CSA. According to
UL 508/UL 60947-4-1, the 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit
breakers in sizes S00 to S3 are approved as:
• "Manual Motor Controllers"
• "Manual Motor Controllers" for "Group Installations"
• "Manual Motor Controllers Suitable for Tab Conductor
Protection in Group Installations"
• "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)"
Please note that for this approval the 3RV20 motor starter
protectors must be equipped with additional infeed terminals
or phase barriers. For more
SIRIUS motor starter protector with spring-type terminals, size S0 (left) information, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 7
and SIRIUS motor starter protector with screw terminals, size S00 (right) "Accessories".
Corresponding short-circuit values, see pages 2/151 to 2/154.
2/148 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
Type of construction Connection methods
The 3RV2 motor starter protectors are available in four sizes: The 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can be
• Size S00 – width 45 mm, supplied with screw terminals and spring-type terminals.
max. rated current 16 A,
Screw terminals
at 400 V AC suitable for three-phase motors up to 7.5 kW
• Size S0 – width 45 mm, Spring-type terminals
max. rated current 40 A,
2
at 400 V AC suitable for three-phase motors up to 18.5 kW The terminals are indicated in the corresponding
• Size S2 – width 55 mm, tables by the symbols shown on orange
max. rated current 80 A, backgrounds.
at 400 V AC suitable for three-phase motors up to 37 kW
• Size S3 – width 70 mm, Use in hazardous areas
max. rated current 100 A, The 3RV20 motor starter protectors for motor protection in sizes
at 400 V AC suitable for three-phase motors up to 45/55 kW S00, S0, S2 and S3 have certification in accordance with both
the European explosion protection directive ATEX and the
international explosion protection standard (IECEx).
In accordance with the European directive (ATEX), the 3RV20
are able to switch and protect explosion-proof motors of type of
protection "Increased Safety EEx e".
In accordance with the international guideline (IECEx), the
3RV20 are able to switch and protect motors of the types
"Increased Safety Ex e" or "Flameproof enclosure Ex d"
Article No. scheme

Motor starter protectors/circuit breakers 3RV2 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @
Type of motor starter protector/ e.g. 0 = for motor protection/system protection @
circuit breaker
Size e.g. 1 = 16 A (7.5 kW) for size S00 @
Breaking capacity e.g. 1 = standard switching capacity @
Setting range for overload release e.g. 1A = 1.1 ... 1.6 A @@
Trip class (CLASS) e.g. A = a (adjustable CLASS 10) / n (13 or 20 x In) @
Connection methods e.g. 1 = screw terminals @
With or without auxiliary switch e.g. 0 = without @
Special versions @@@@
Example 3RV2 0 1 1 – 1 A A 1 0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the selection and ordering data.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/149

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
■ Application
Operating conditions Possible uses
3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are suitable for The 3RV motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can be used:
use in any climate. They are intended for use in enclosed rooms • For short-circuit protection
in which no severe operating conditions (such as dust, caustic
vapors, hazardous gases) prevail. When installed in dusty and • For motor protection (also with overload relay function)
damp areas, suitable enclosures must be provided. • For system protection
2 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can optionally be • For short-circuit protection for starter combinations
fed from the top or from below. • For transformer protection
The permissible ambient temperatures, the maximum switching • As main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
capacities, the tripping currents and other boundary conditions • For operation in IT systems (IT networks)
can be found in the technical specifications and tripping
characteristics. • For switching of DC currents
• In areas subject to explosion hazard (ATEX)
3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are suitable for
operation in IT systems (IT networks). In this case, the different Special versions of 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit
short-circuit breaking capacity in the IT system must be taken breakers can be used for low ambient temperatures down to
into account, see page 2/153. -50°C or also for system protection. More detailed information is
available on request.
Since operational currents, starting currents and current peaks
are different even for motors with identical power ratings due to Use of SIRIUS protection devices in conjunction with
the inrush current, the motor ratings in the selection tables are IE3/IE4 motors
only guide values. The specific rated and startup data of the
motor to be protected is always paramount to the choice of the Note:
most suitable motor starter protector/circuit breaker. This also For the use of 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers in
applies to motor starter protectors for transformer protection. conjunction with highly energy-efficient IE3/IE4 motors, please
observe the information on dimensioning and configuring, see
"Configuration Manual for SIRIUS Controls with IE3 Motors"
2/150 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Reference Manual "Protection Equipment – Circuit Breakers · Molded Case Circuit
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Breakers", see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/35681461
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RV2 UL reports of the individual devices, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals
Short-circuit breaking capacity Icu, Ics according to

IEC 60947-2
table, a back-up fuse is required. It is also possible to install an
upstream motor starter protector/circuit breaker with a limiter 2
function.
The table shows the rated ultimate short-circuit breaking
capacity Icu and the rated service short-circuit breaking The maximum rated current of this back-up fuse is indicated in
capacity Ics of the 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers the tables. The rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
with different operational voltages dependent on the rated then applies as specified on the fuse.
current In of the motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.
Fuseless design
Power can be supplied to the motor starter protectors/circuit
breakers via the terminals at the top or at the bottom without Motor starter protector/contactor assemblies for short-circuit
restricting the rated data. If the short-circuit current at the place currents up to 150 kA can be ordered as fuseless load feeders,
of installation exceeds the rated short-circuit breaking capacity see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 8 "Load Feeders and
of the motor starter protector/circuit breaker as specified in the Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet".
Motor starter Rated current Up to 240 V AC1) Up to 400 V AC1)/ Up to 440 V AC1)/ Up to 500 V AC1)/ Up to 690 V AC1)
protectors/ In 415 V AC2) 460 V AC2) 525 V AC2)
circuit breakers Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse
(gG) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3)4)
Type A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A
Size S00
3RV2.11 0.16 ... 1.6 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 --
2; 2.5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 10 10 25
3.2 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 10 10 32
4; 5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 6 4 32
6.3 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 6 4 50
8 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 63 42 42 63 6 4 50
10 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 80 42 42 63 6 4 50
12.5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 80 42 42 80 6 4 63
16 100 100 -- 55 30 100 50 12.5 80 10 5 80 4 4 63
Size S0
3RV2.21 0.16 ... 1.6 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 --
2; 2.5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 10 10 25
3.2 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 10 10 32
4; 5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 6 4 32
6.3 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 6 4 50
8 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 63 42 42 63 6 4 50
10 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 80 42 42 63 6 4 50
12.5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 80 42 42 80 6 4 63
16 100 100 -- 55 25 100 50 12.5 80 10 5 80 4 2 63
20 100 100 -- 55 25 125 50 10 80 10 5 80 4 2 63
22; 25 100 100 -- 55 25 125 50 10 100 10 5 80 4 2 63
28; 32 100 100 -- 55 25 125 30 10 125 10 5 100 4 2 100
36; 40 100 100 -- 20 10 125 12 8 125 6 3 100 3 2 100
-- No back-up fuse required, since short-circuit resistant up to 100 kA
1)
10 % overvoltage.
2)
5 % overvoltage.
3) Back-up fuse only required if short-circuit current at the place of installation
is > Icu.
4)
Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations for 690 V AC can also be used.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/151

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
Motor starter Rated Up to 240 V AC1) Up to 400 V AC1)/ Up to 440 V AC1)/ Up to 500 V AC1)/ Up to 690 V AC1)
protectors/ current In 415 V AC2) 460 V AC2) 525 V AC2)
circuit breakers Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse
(gG) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3)4)
Type A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A
Size S2
3RV2.31 14; 17 100 100 -- 65 30 100 50 25 100 12 6 63 5 3 63
2
20 100 100 -- 65 30 100 50 25 100 12 6 80 5 3 80
25 100 100 -- 65 30 100 50 15 100 12 6 80 5 3 80
32; 36 100 100 -- 65 30 125 50 15 125 10 5 100 4 2 100
40; 45 100 100 -- 65 30 160 50 15 125 10 5 100 4 2 100
52 100 100 -- 65 30 160 50 15 125 10 5 125 4 2 125
59; 65 100 100 -- 65 30 160 50 15 160 8 4 125 4 2 125
73; 80 100 100 -- 65 30 200 50 15 200 8 4 160 4 2 125
Size S2, with increased
switching capacity
3RV2.32 14; 17 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 65 30 100 18 10 63 8 5 63
20; 25 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 65 30 100 18 10 80 8 5 80
32 ... 45 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 65 30 125 15 8 100 6 4 100
52 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 65 30 125 15 8 125 6 4 125
59; 65 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 50 15 160 10 5 125 6 4 125
73; 80 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 50 15 200 10 5 160 6 4 125
Size S3
3RV2.41 40 100 100 -- 65 30 125 65 30 125 12 6 100 6 3 63
50 100 100 -- 65 30 125 65 30 125 12 6 100 6 3 80
63 100 100 -- 65 30 160 65 30 160 12 6 100 6 3 80
75 100 100 -- 65 30 160 65 30 160 8 4 125 5 3 100
84 ... 100 100 100 -- 65 30 160 65 30 160 8 4 125 5 3 125
switching capacity
3RV2.42 40 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 100 50 -- 18 9 160 12 6 80
50 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 100 50 -- 15 7.5 160 10 5 100
63 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 70 50 200 15 7.5 160 7.5 4 100
75 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 70 50 200 10 5 160 6 3 125
84 ... 100 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 70 50 200 10 5 160 6 3 160
-- No back-up fuse required, since short-circuit resistant up to 100 kA
1)
10 % overvoltage.
2) 5 % overvoltage.
3)
Back-up fuse only required if short-circuit current at the place of installation
is > Icu.
4)
Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations for 690 V AC can also be used.
2/152 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
Short-circuit breaking capacity IcuIT in the IT system (IT network) according to IEC 60947-2
3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are suitable for If the short-circuit current at the place of installation exceeds the
use in IT systems. The values of Icu and Ics apply for the three- motor starter protector/circuit breaker's specified rated short-
pole short circuit. In the case of a double ground fault in different circuit breaking capacity, you will need to use a back-up fuse.
phases at the input and output side of a motor starter The maximum rated current of this back-up fuse is indicated in
protector/circuit breaker, the special short-circuit breaking the tables. The rated short-circuit breaking capacity then applies
capacity IcuIT applies. The specifications in the table below as specified on the fuse.
apply to 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.
Motor starter
protectors/
Rated current In Up to 240 V AC1) Up to 400 V AC1)/
415 V AC2)
Up to 440 V AC1)/
460 V AC2)
Up to 500 V AC1)/
525 V AC2)
Up to 690 V AC1)5) 2
circuit breakers
IcuIT Max. IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse
fuse (gG)3)4) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3)
(gG)3)
Type A kA A kA A kA A kA A kA A
Size S00
3RV2.11 0.16 ... 0.4 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 --
0.5 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 0.5 4
0.63; 0.8 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 0.5 6
1 100 -- 100 -- 2 10 2 10 1.5 10
1.25 100 -- 100 -- 2 16 2 16 1.5 16
1.6 100 -- 100 -- 2 20 2 20 1.5 16
2; 2.5 100 -- 8 25 2 25 2 25 1.5 20
3.2 100 -- 8 32 2 32 2 32 1.5 25
4; 5 100 -- 4 32 1.5 32 1.5 32 1.5 25
6.3; 8 100 -- 4 50 1 40 1 40 1 35
10 100 -- 4 50 1 40 1 40 1 40
12.5 100 -- 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 40
16 55 80 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 40
Size S0
3RV2.21 0.16 ... 0.4 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 --
0.5 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 0.5 4
0.63; 0.8 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 0.5 6
1 100 -- 100 -- 2 10 2 10 1.5 10
1.25 100 -- 100 -- 2 16 2 16 1.5 16
1.6 100 -- 100 -- 2 20 2 20 1.5 16
2; 2.5 100 -- 8 25 2 25 2 25 1.5 20
3.2 100 -- 8 32 2 32 2 32 1.5 25
4; 5 100 -- 4 32 1.5 32 1.5 32 1.5 25
6.3; 8 100 -- 4 50 1 40 1 40 1 35
10 100 -- 4 50 1 40 1 40 1 40
12.5 100 -- 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 40
16 55 80 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 40
20 ... 25 55 80 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 50
28; 32 55 80 2 63 1 63 1 63 1 63
36; 40 20 80 2 63 1 63 1 63 1 63
3)
-- No back-up fuse required, since short-circuit resistant up to 100 kA Back-up fuse only required if short-circuit current at installation location is
1)
5 % overvoltage. > IcuIT.
4)
2)
Without overvoltage. Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations for 690 V AC can also be used.
5) Overvoltage category II applies for applications in IT systems > 600 V.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/153

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
Motor starter Rated Up to 240 V AC1) Up to 400 V AC1)/ Up to 440 V AC1)/ Up to 500 V AC1)/ Up to 690 V AC1)5)
protectors/ current In 415 V AC2) 460 V AC2) 525 V AC2)
circuit breakers IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse
(gG)3) (gG)3)4) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3)
Type A kA A kA A kA A kA A kA A
Size S2
3RV2031, 3RV2131, 14 ... 25 100 -- 8 100 6 80 6 80 4 63
2
3RV2331 32 ... 45 100 -- 6 125 4 100 4 100 3 80
52 ... 80 100 -- 4 160 3 125 3 125 2 100
switching capacity
3RV2032, 3RV2332 14 ... 25 100 -- 8 100 6 80 6 80 4 63
32 ... 45 100 -- 6 125 6 100 6 100 4 80
52 100 -- 6 160 6 125 6 125 4 100
59 ... 80 100 -- 6 160 4 125 4 125 4 100
Size S3
3RV2.41 40 65 125 10 63 5 50 5 50 5 50
50 65 125 8 80 3 63 3 63 3 63
63 65 160 6 80 3 63 3 63 3 63
75 65 160 5 100 2 80 2 80 2 80
90; 100 65 160 5 125 2 100 2 100 2 100
switching capacity
3RV2.42 40 100 -- 12 80 6 63 6 63 6 63
50 100 -- 10 100 4 80 4 80 4 80
63 100 -- 7.5 100 4 80 4 80 4 80
75 100 -- 6 125 3 100 3 100 3 100
90; 100 100 -- 6 160 3 125 3 125 3 125
-- No back-up fuse required, since short-circuit resistant up to 100 kA 3) Back-up fuse only required if short-circuit current at installation location is
1) 10 % overvoltage. > IcuIT.
4)
2)
5 % overvoltage. Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations for 690 V AC can also be used.
5)
Overvoltage category II applies for applications in IT systems > 600 V.
Limiter function with standard devices for 500 V AC and 690 V AC according to IEC 60947-2
The table shows the rated ultimate short-circuit breaking protector/circuit breaker which is connected downstream must
capacity Icu and the rated service short-circuit breaking be set to the rated current of the load.
capacity Ics with an upstream standard motor starter
protector/circuit breaker that fulfills the limiter function at With motor starter protector/circuit breaker assemblies, note the
voltages 500 V AC and 690 V AC. clearance to grounded parts and between the motor starter
protectors/circuit breaker. Short-circuit proof wiring between the
The short-circuit breaking capacity can be increased motor starter protectors/circuit breaker must be ensured. The
significantly with an upstream standard motor starter motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can be mounted side by
protector/circuit breaker with limiter function. The motor starter side in a modular arrangement.
Standard motor starter protectors/circuit breakers Rated current In Up to 500 V AC1)/525 V AC2) Up to 690 V AC1)
With limiter
Rated current In Icu Ics Icu Ics
Type Type A kA kA kA kA
Size S00
3RV2011 Size S0: 2 ... 6.3 -- -- 50 25
3RV2321-4EC10 8 100 50 20 10
In = 32 A 10 ... 16 100 50 203) 103)
Size S2: 10 ... 16 -- -- 50 25
3RV2331-4WC10
In = 52 A
Size S0
3RV2021 Size S0: 16 ... 32 100 50 203) 103)
3RV2321-4EC10
In = 32 A
Size S2: 16 ... 32 -- -- 50 20
3RV2331-4WC10
In = 52 A
Size S2, with increased switching capacity
3RV2032 Size S2: 14... 80 100 50 70 35
3RV2332-4RC10
In = 80 A
3RV2042 Size S34): 40 ... 100 100 50 50 25
3RV2342-4MC10
In = 100 A
2)
-- No limiter required 5 % overvoltage.
1) 3)
10 % overvoltage. Infeed to the limiter is always on the side 1L1/3L2/5L3.
2/154 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
Permissible rated data of devices approved for North America (UL/CSA)
Motor starter protectors of the 3RV2 series are approved for These motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can be used as
UL/CSA, and according to UL508/UL 60947-4-1 and CSA C22.2 "Manual Motor Controllers" for "Group Installations", as "Manual
No. 14/CSA C22.2 No. 60947-4-1 they can be used on their own Motor Controllers Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection in Group
or as load feeders in combination with a contactor. Installations" and as "Self-Protected Combination Motor
Controllers" (Type E).
3RV2 motor starter protectors as "Manual Motor Controllers"

If used as a "Manual Motor Controller", the motor starter protector
is always operated in combination with an upstream short-circuit
The file numbers for the approval of the 3RV2 as a Manual Motor
Controller are as follows:
2
protection device. Approved fuses or a circuit breaker accord- • UL File No. 47705, CCN: NLRV
ing to UL 489/CSA C22.2 No. 5 may be used for this purpose.
These devices must be dimensioned according to the National • CSA Master Contract 165071, Product Class: 3211
Electrical Code (UL) or Canadian Electrical Code (CSA).
Motor starter protectors/ hp rating1) for FLA2) Rated 240 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
circuit breakers max. current In UL CSA UL CSA UL CSA
Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3)
Type V Single- 3-phase A kA kA kA kA kA kA
phase
Size S00
3RV2011, 3RV2111, 3RV2311, 3RV2411 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 65 65 30 30
16 65 65 65 65 -- --
2)
FLA max. 115/120 1 2
16 A, 480 V 200/208 2 3
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 2 5
460/480 -- 10
575/600 -- 10
3RV1611-0BD10 0.2 65 65 65 65 10 10
Size S0
3RV2021, 3RV2121, 3RV2321, 3RV2421 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 65 65 30 30
16 ... 25 65 65 65 65 --/(30)4) --/(30)4)
2)
FLA max. 115/120 3 5 28, 32 65 65 50 50 -- --
40 A, 480 V 200/208 5 10 36, 40 65 65 12 12 -- --
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 7 1/2 10
460/480 -- 30
575/600 -- --
Size S2
3RV2031, 3RV2331 14 ... 36 65 65 65 65 25 25
40 ... 52 65 65 65 65 22 22
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 65 65 65 655) 655 205 205
80 A, 600 V 200/208 15 25 73 ... 80 65 65 655) 655) 205 205
230/240 15 30
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75

3RV2032, 3RV2332 14 ... 36 100 100 100 100 25 25
40 ... 52 100 100 100 100 22 22
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 65 100 100 1005) 1005) 255) 255)
80 A, 600 V 200/208 15 25 73 ... 80 100 100 1005) 1005) 255) 255)
230/240 15 30
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75
Size S3
3RV2.41, 3RV2.42 40 ... 75 65 65 65 65 30 30
84 ... 100 65 65 65 65 10/306) 10/306)
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 15
100 A, 600 V 200/208 15 30
230/240 20 40
460/480 -- 75
575/600 -- 100
3)
-- No approval Corresponds to "short-circuit breaking capacity" according to UL/CSA.
1) 4)
hp rating = Power rating in horse power (maximum motor rating). Values in brackets only apply to 3RV2.23 motor starter protectors.
2) FLA = Full Load Amps/motor full load current. 5) With Class J fuse.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/155

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
3RV20 motor starter protectors (up to 100 A) as "Manual Motor Controllers Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection in Group
Installations"
The application as "Manual Motor Controllers Suitable for Tap The 3RV20 motor starter protectors are approved as "Manual
Conductor Protection in Group Installations" is only available for Motor Controllers Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection in Group
UL. Installations" under the following file number:
CSA does not recognize this approval! When the motor starter • UL File No. 47705, CCN: NLRV
protector is used as a "Manual Motor Controller Suitable for Tap
Conductor Protection in Group Installations", it must always be
2 combined with upstream short-circuit protection. Approved

fuses or a circuit breaker according to UL 489 can be used.
These devices must be dimensioned according to the National
Electrical Code.
Motor starter protectors/ hp rating1) for FLA2) Rated 240 V AC 480 Y/277 V AC 600 Y/347 V AC
circuit breakers max. current In UL UL UL
Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3)
Type V Single- 3-phase A kA kA kA
phase
Size S00
3RV2011 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 30
16 65 65 --
FLA2) max. 115/120 1 2
16 A, 480 V 200/208 2 3
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 2 5
460/480 -- 10
575/600 -- 10
Size S0
3RV2021 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 30
16 ... 25 65 65 --
2)
FLA max. 115/120 2 5 28; 32 50 50 --
32 A, 480 V 200/208 3 10
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 5 10
460/480 -- 20
575/600 -- --
Size S2
3RV2031 14 ... 36 65 65 25
40 ... 52 65 65 22
2)
FLA max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 65 65 30 --
80 A, 480 V 200/208 15 25 73 65 20 --
52 A, 600 V 230/240 15 30 80 65 10 --
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75
3RV2032 14 ... 36 100 100 25
40 ... 52 100 100 22
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 65 100 42 --
80 A, 480 V 200/208 15 25 73 100 30 --
52 A, 600 V 230/240 15 30 80 100 10 --
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75
Size S3
3RV204. 40 ... 75 65 65 30
84 ... 100 65 65 --
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 15
100 A, 480 V 200/208 15 30
75 A, 600 V 230/240 20 40
460/480 -- 75
575/600 -- 75
-- No approval 2) FLA = Full Load Amps/motor full load current.
1) 3)
hp rating = Power rating in horse power (maximum motor rating). Corresponds to "short-circuit breaking capacity" according to UL.
2/156 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
3RV20 motor starter protectors (up to 100 A) as "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)"
UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 approval demands 1-inch through air CSA does not require these extended clearances. According to
spacing and 2-inch over surface spacing at line side for "Self- CSA, these terminal blocks can be omitted when the device is
Protected Combination Motor Controllers". used as a "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller".
Therefore, 3RV20 motor starter protectors of sizes S00 to S3 are The 3RV20 motor starter protectors are approved as "Self-Pro-
approved according to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 in combination tected Combination Motor Controllers" under the following file
with the terminal blocks listed below. numbers:
2
• UL File No. E156943, CCN: NKJH
• CSA Master Contract 165071, Product Class: 3211 08
Motor starter protectors/ hp rating1) for FLA2) Rated Up to 240 V AC Up to 480 Y/277 V AC Up to 600 Y/347 V AC
circuit breakers max. current In UL CSA UL CSA UL CSA
Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3)
Type V Single- 3-phase A kA kA kA kA kA kA
phase
Size S00
3RV2011 + 3RV2928-1H4)5) 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 65 65 30 30
16 65 65 65 65 -- --
FLA2) max. 115/120 1 2
16 A, 480 V; 200/208 2 3
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 2 5
460/480 -- 10
575/600 -- 10
Size S0
3RV2021 + 3RV2928-1H4)5) 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 65 65 30 30
16 ... 25 65 65 65 65 -- --
FLA2) max. 115/120 2 5 28; 32 50 50 50 50 -- --
32 A, 480 V 200/208 3 10
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 5 10
460/480 -- 20
575/600 -- --
Size S2
3RV2031+ 3RV2938-1K4) 14 ... 36 65 65 65 65 25 25
40 ... 52 65 65 65 65 22 22
2)
FLA max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 73 65 65 20 20 -- --
73 A, 480 V 200/208 15 25
52 A, 600 V 230/240 15 30
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75
3RV2032 + 3RV2938-1K4) 14 ... 36 100 100 100 100 25 25
40 ... 52 100 100 100 100 22 22
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 73 100 100 30 30 -- --
73 A, 480 V 200/208 15 25
52 A, 600 V 230/240 15 30
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75
Size S3
3RV2041/2042 + 3RT2946-4GA074) 40 ... 75 65 65 65 65 30 30
84 ... 100 65 65 65 65 -- --
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 15
100 A, 480 V 200/208 15 30
75 A, 600 V 230/240 20 40
460/480 -- 75
575/600 -- 75
2)
-- No approval FLA = Full Load Amps/motor full load current.
1) 3) Corresponds to "short-circuit breaking capacity" according to UL/CSA.
hp rating = Power rating in horse power (maximum motor rating).
Alternatively phase barrier 3RV2928-1K can be used.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/157

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
General data
Type 3RV2.1. 3RV2.2. 3RV2.3. 3RV2.4.
Standards
• IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1 (VDE 0660 Part 100) Yes
• IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 (VDE 0660 Part 101) Yes
• IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102) Yes
• UL 508/UL 60947-4-1, CSA C22.2 No. 14/ Yes
CSA C22.2 No. 60947-4-1
2 Number of poles
Max. rated current In max A
3
16 40 80 100
(= max. rated operational current Ie)
• Storage/transport °C –50 ... +80
• Operation In: 0.16 ... 32 A °C –20 ... +70 -- --
(current reduction above +60 °C)
In: 36 ... 40 A °C -- –20 ... +40 (The -- --
devices must not be
mounted side-by-side
and they must not be
assembled with link
modules with
contactors. A lateral
clearance of 9 mm is
required.)
In: 14 ... 80 A °C -- –20 ... +70 --
(current reduction
above +60 °C)
In: 40 ... 100 A °C -- –20 ... +70
(current reduction
above +60 °C)
Permissible rated current at inside temperature of control
cabinet
• +60 °C % 100
• +70 °C % 87
Permissible rated current at ambient temperature of
enclosure (applies to motor starter protector/circuit breaker
inside enclosure: S0/S00 ≤ 32 A, S2 ≤ 52 A)
• +35 °C % 100 100 100
• +60 °C % 87 -- 87
Rated operational voltage Ue
• Acc. to IEC V AC 690 (when a molded-plastic enclosure is used only 500 V)
• Acc. to UL/CSA V AC 600
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 8
Utilization category
• IEC 60947-2 (motor starter protector/circuit breaker) A
• IEC 60947-4-1 (motor starter) AC-3
Trip class CLASS Acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 -- 10/20
DC short-circuit breaking capacity
(time constant t = 5 ms)
• 1 conducting path 150 V DC kA 10 On
• 2 conducting paths in series 300 V DC kA 10 request
• 3 conducting paths in series 450 V DC kA 10
Power loss Pv for each motor In: 0.16 ... 0.63 A W 5 --
starter protector/circuit breaker In: 0.8 ... 6.3 A W 6 --
Dependent on In: 8 ... 16 A W 7 --
rated current In In: 14 ... 16 A W -- 7 10 --
(upper setting range)
In: 17 ... 25 A W -- 8 12 --
P
R per conducting path = -------------- In: 28 ... 32 A W -- 11 14 --
Ι 2× 3 In: 36 ... 40 A W -- 14 15 --
In: 45 ... 52 A W -- -- 17 --
In: 59 ... 65 A W -- -- 19 --
In: 73 ... 80 A W -- -- 21 --
In: 40 ... 50 A W -- -- -- 21
In: 63 ... 75 A W -- -- -- 21
In: 84 ... 93 A W -- -- -- 32
In: 100 A W -- -- -- 38
Shock resistance Acc. to g/ms 25/11 (square and sine pulse)
IEC 60068-2-27
2/158 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
General data
Type 3RV2.1. 3RV2.2. 3RV2.3. 3RV2.4.
Degree of protection Acc. to IEC 60529 IP20 • IP20 on front side
• Terminal IP00 (use additional terminal
covers use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection Acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe Finger-safe, for vertical contact from the front
Temperature compensation Acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 °C –20 ... +60
2
Phase failure sensitivity Acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 Yes (not for 3RV23 motor starter protectors)
Protection of motors in hazardous environments Yes (only for 3RV20 motor starter protectors)
• EC type-examination certificate number according to DMT 02 ATEX F 001 II (2) GD
European Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX)
• According to international standard IECEx IECEx BVS14.0102 [Ex]
Isolating function Acc. to IEC 60947-2 Yes
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP Acc. to Yes
switch characteristics DIN EN 60204-1
(with corresponding accessories) VDE 0113
Protective separation between Acc. to IEC 60947-1
main and auxiliary circuits
required for PELV applications
• Up to 400 V +10 % Yes
• Up to 415 V +5 % (higher voltages on request) Yes
Permissible mounting position Any, acc. to IEC 60447 start command "I" right-hand side or top
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) 100 000 52 A: 50 000, 25 000
80 A: 20 000
Electrical endurance (operating cycles) 100 000 52 A: 50 000, 25 000
80 A: 20 000
Max. switching frequency per hour (motor starts) 1/h 15
Rated data of the auxiliary switches and signaling switches

Lateral auxiliary Signaling switch Transverse
switch with auxiliary switch with
1 NO + 1 NC, 1 CO 1 NO + 1 NC,
2 NO, 2 NC, 2 NO 2 NO
+ 2 NC
Max. rated voltage
• Acc. to NEMA (UL) V AC 600 250
• Acc. to NEMA (CSA) V AC 600 250
Uninterrupted current A 10 5 2.5
Switching capacity 1 NO + 1 NC, A600, Q300 B600, R300 C300, R300
2 NO, 2 NC:
A600, Q300;
2 NO + 2 NC:
A300, Q300
Front transverse auxiliary switches

Switching capacity for different voltages
1 CO 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO
Rated operational current Ie
• At AC-15, alternating voltage
- 24 V A 4 2
- 230 V A 3 0.5
• At AC-12 = Ith, alternating voltage
- 24 V A 10 2.5
- 230 V A 10 2.5
• At DC-13, direct voltage L/R 200 ms
- 24 V A 1 1
- 48 V A -- 0.3
- 60 V A -- 0.15
- 110 V A 0.22 --
- 220 V A 0.1 --
Minimum load capacity V 17
mA 1
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/159

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
Front transverse solid-state compatible auxiliary switches

Switching capacity for different voltages
1 CO
Rated operational voltage Ue Alternating voltage V 125
Rated operational current Ie /AC-14 At Ue = 125 V A 0.1
Rated operational voltage Ue Direct voltage L/R 200 ms V 60
Rated operational current Ie /DC-13 At Ue = 60 V A 0.3
2 Minimum load capacity V
mA
5
1
Lateral auxiliary switches with signaling switch

Switching capacity for different voltages:
Lateral auxiliary switch with 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO, 2 NC, 2 NO + 2 NC;
signaling switch
• At AC-15, alternating voltage
- 24 V A 6
- 230 V A 4
- 400 V A 3
- 690 V A 1
• At AC-12 = Ith, alternating voltage
- 24 V A 10
- 230 V A 10
- 400 V A 10
- 690 V A 10
• At DC-13, direct voltage L/R 200 ms
- 24 V A 2
- 110 V A 0.5
- 220 V A 0.25
- 440 V A 0.1
Minimum load capacity V 17
mA 1
Auxiliary releases
Undervoltage releases Shunt release
Power consumption
• During pick-up
- AC voltages VA/W 20.2/13 20.2/13
- DC voltages W 20 13 ... 80
• During uninterrupted duty
- AC voltages VA/W 7.2/2.4 --
- DC voltages W 2.1 --
Response voltage
• Tripping V 0.35 ... 0.7 x Us 0.7 ... 1.1 x Us
• Pick-up V 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us --
Opening time maximum ms 20
2/160 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

General data
Connection modules for motor starter protectors/circuit breakers

with screw terminals
Version Type 3RT1900-4RE01 3RT1926-4RD01
Connector S0 Adapter S0
General data
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV 6
2
Rated operational voltage Ue V 440
Rated frequency f Hz 50/60
For AC operation
Rated operational current Ie A 25
AC-3 at 400 V
Electrical endurance at Ie Operating cycles 1 million
Protective separation according to IEC 60947-1 V 400
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP20 on front side
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/161

© Siemens AG 2018

For motor protection

CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E
3RV2011-0AA10 3RV2011-0EA20 3RV2021-4AA10 3RV2021-4AA20
Rated Suitable for Setting Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
current three-phase range for overcurrent breaking terminals per PU
motors1) with thermal release capacity approx.
P overload at 400 V AC
release
In Icu Article No. Article No.
A kW A A kA d d kg
Size S00
0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 } 3RV2011-0AA10 } 3RV2011-0AA20 0.294
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 } 3RV2011-0BA10 } 3RV2011-0BA20 0.296
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 } 3RV2011-0CA10 } 3RV2011-0CA20 0.296
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 } 3RV2011-0DA10 } 3RV2011-0DA20 0.295
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 } 3RV2011-0EA10 } 3RV2011-0EA20 0.297
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 } 3RV2011-0FA10 } 3RV2011-0FA20 0.294
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 } 3RV2011-0GA10 } 3RV2011-0GA20 0.300
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 } 3RV2011-0HA10 } 3RV2011-0HA20 0.296
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 } 3RV2011-0JA10 } 3RV2011-0JA20 0.361
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 } 3RV2011-0KA10 } 3RV2011-0KA20 0.366
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 } 3RV2011-1AA10 } 3RV2011-1AA20 0.362
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 } 3RV2011-1BA10 } 3RV2011-1BA20 0.366
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 } 3RV2011-1CA10 } 3RV2011-1CA20 0.360
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 } 3RV2011-1DA10 } 3RV2011-1DA20 0.367
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 } 3RV2011-1EA10 } 3RV2011-1EA20 0.367
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 } 3RV2011-1FA10 } 3RV2011-1FA20 0.369
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 } 3RV2011-1GA10 } 3RV2011-1GA20 0.374
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 } 3RV2011-1HA10 } 3RV2011-1HA20 0.373
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 } 3RV2011-1JA10 } 3RV2011-1JA20 0.370
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 } 3RV2011-1KA10 } 3RV2011-1KA20 0.371
16 7.5 102) ... 16 208 55 } 3RV2011-4AA10 } 3RV2011-4AA20 0.398
Size S0
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 2 3RV2021-0GA10 2 3RV2021-0GA20 0.333
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 2 3RV2021-0HA10 2 3RV2021-0HA20 0.330
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 2 3RV2021-0JA10 2 3RV2021-0JA20 0.395
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 2 3RV2021-0KA10 2 3RV2021-0KA20 0.403
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 2 3RV2021-1AA10 2 3RV2021-1AA20 0.404
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 2 3RV2021-1BA10 2 3RV2021-1BA20 0.402
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 2 3RV2021-1CA10 2 3RV2021-1CA20 0.402
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 2 3RV2021-1DA10 2 3RV2021-1DA20 0.406
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 2 3RV2021-1EA10 2 3RV2021-1EA20 0.400
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 2 3RV2021-1FA10 2 3RV2021-1FA20 0.408
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 2 3RV2021-1GA10 2 3RV2021-1GA20 0.411
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 2 3RV2021-1HA10 2 3RV2021-1HA20 0.408
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 2 3RV2021-1JA10 2 3RV2021-1JA20 0.410
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 2 3RV2021-1KA10 2 3RV2021-1KA20 0.407
16 7.5 102) ... 16 208 55 } 3RV2021-4AA10 } 3RV2021-4AA20 0.417
20 7.5 132) ... 20 260 55 } 3RV2021-4BA10 } 3RV2021-4BA20 0.410
22 11 162) ... 22 286 55 } 3RV2021-4CA10 } 3RV2021-4CA20 0.413
25 11 182) ... 25 325 55 } 3RV2021-4DA10 } 3RV2021-4DA20 0.422
28 15 23 ... 28 364 55 } 3RV2021-4NA10 } 3RV2021-4NA20 0.453
323) 15 27 ... 32 400 55 } 3RV2021-4EA10 } 3RV2021-4EA20 0.430
364) 18.5 30 ... 36 432 20 } 3RV2021-4PA10 -- 0.383

404) 18.5 34 ... 40 480 20 } 3RV2021-4FA10 -- 0.384
1) 4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual The devices must not be mounted side-by-side and they must not be
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered assembled with link modules with contactors. A lateral clearance of 9 mm
when selecting the units. is required. For use with IE3 motors we recommend using 3RV2 motor
2)
The setting range of the thermal overload releases has been extended. starter protectors size S2.
3) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A. For higher
Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
starting currents we recommend using 3RV2 motor starter protectors
size S2.
separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).

2/162 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches
3RV2031-4SA10 3RV2032-4RA10 3RV2042-4MA10
Rated Suitable for Setting range for Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
current three-phase thermal overload overcurrent breaking capacity (UNIT, per PU
motors1) release release at 400 V AC SET, approx.
with P M)
In Icu Article No.
A kW A A kA d kg
Size S2
14 5.5 9.5 ... 14 208 65 } 3RV2031-4SA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.092
17 7.5 12 ... 17 260 65 } 3RV2031-4TA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.081
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 65 } 3RV2031-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.067
25 11 18 ... 25 325 65 } 3RV2031-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.054
32 15 22 ... 32 416 65 } 3RV2031-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.058
36 18.5 28 ... 36 520 65 } 3RV2031-4PA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.080
40 18.5 32 ... 40 585 65 } 3RV2031-4UA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.074
45 22 35 ... 45 650 65 } 3RV2031-4VA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.071
52 22 42 ... 52 741 65 } 3RV2031-4WA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.166
59 30 49 ... 59 845 65 } 3RV2031-4XA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.182
65 30 54 ... 65 845 65 } 3RV2031-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.178
73 37 62 ... 73 949 65 } 3RV2031-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.172
802) 37 70 ... 80 1 040 65 } 3RV2031-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.180
14 5.5 9.5 ... 14 208 100 } 3RV2032-4SA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.134
17 7.5 12 ... 17 260 100 } 3RV2032-4TA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.139
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 100 } 3RV2032-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.134
25 11 18 ... 25 325 100 } 3RV2032-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.114
32 15 22 ... 32 416 100 } 3RV2032-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.114
36 18.5 28 ... 36 520 100 } 3RV2032-4PA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.133
40 18.5 32 ... 40 585 100 } 3RV2032-4UA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.149
45 22 35 ... 45 650 100 } 3RV2032-4VA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.157
52 22 42 ... 52 741 100 } 3RV2032-4WA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.167
59 30 49 ... 59 845 100 } 3RV2032-4XA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.181
65 30 54 ... 65 845 100 } 3RV2032-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.179
73 37 62 ... 73 949 100 } 3RV2032-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.170
802) 37 70 ... 80 1 040 100 } 3RV2032-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.180
Size S3
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 65 1 3RV2041-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.190
50 22 36 ... 50 650 65 1 3RV2041-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.229
63 30 45 ... 63 819 65 1 3RV2041-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.234
75 37 57 ... 75 975 65 1 3RV2041-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.235
84 45 65 ... 84 1 170 65 } 3RV2031-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.180
93 45 75 ... 93 1 300 65 1 3RV2041-4YA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.280
1003) 45, 55 80 ... 100 1 300 65 1 3RV2041-4MA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.268
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 100 1 3RV2042-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.193
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 1 3RV2042-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.219
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 1 3RV2042-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.243
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 1 3RV2042-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.253
84 45 65 ... 84 1 170 100 1 3RV2042-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.263
93 45 75 ... 93 1 300 100 1 3RV2042-4YA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.279
1003) 45, 55 80 ... 100 1 300 100 1 3RV2042-4MA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.266
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).
when selecting the units.
starting currents we recommend using size S3 motor starter protectors.
3)
Suitable for use with IE3/IE4 motors up to a starting current of 780 A.
For higher starting currents we recommend using 3VA circuit breakers
(see Catalog LV 10).

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/163
© Siemens AG 2018

CLASS 10, with transverse auxiliary switch (1 NO + 1 NC)
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E
3RV2011-4AA15 3RV2011-0EA25 3RV2021-4AA15 3RV2021-4AA25

with integrated with integrated with integrated with integrated
transverse auxiliary switch transverse auxiliary switch transverse auxiliary switch transverse auxiliary switch
Rated Suitable for Setting Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
current three-phase range for overcurrent breaking terminals per PU
motors1) thermal release capacity at approx.
with P overload 400 V AC
release
A kW A A kA d d kg
Size S00
0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 } 3RV2011-0AA15 } 3RV2011-0AA25 0.310
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 } 3RV2011-0BA15 } 3RV2011-0BA25 0.311
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 } 3RV2011-0CA15 } 3RV2011-0CA25 0.307
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 } 3RV2011-0DA15 } 3RV2011-0DA25 0.314
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 } 3RV2011-0EA15 } 3RV2011-0EA25 0.310
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 } 3RV2011-0FA15 } 3RV2011-0FA25 0.311
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 } 3RV2011-0GA15 } 3RV2011-0GA25 0.311
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 } 3RV2011-0HA15 } 3RV2011-0HA25 0.308
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 } 3RV2011-0JA15 } 3RV2011-0JA25 0.375
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 } 3RV2011-0KA15 } 3RV2011-0KA25 0.382
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 } 3RV2011-1AA15 } 3RV2011-1AA25 0.382
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 } 3RV2011-1BA15 } 3RV2011-1BA25 0.400
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 } 3RV2011-1CA15 } 3RV2011-1CA25 0.403
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 } 3RV2011-1DA15 } 3RV2011-1DA25 0.384
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 } 3RV2011-1EA15 } 3RV2011-1EA25 0.380
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 } 3RV2011-1FA15 } 3RV2011-1FA25 0.387
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 } 3RV2011-1GA15 } 3RV2011-1GA25 0.386
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 } 3RV2011-1HA15 } 3RV2011-1HA25 0.387
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 } 3RV2011-1JA15 } 3RV2011-1JA25 0.390
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 } 3RV2011-1KA15 } 3RV2011-1KA25 0.384
16 7.5 102) ... 16 208 55 } 3RV2011-4AA15 } 3RV2011-4AA25 0.392
Size S0
16 7.5 102) ... 16 208 55 } 3RV2021-4AA15 } 3RV2021-4AA25 0.430
20 7.5 132) ... 20 260 55 } 3RV2021-4BA15 } 3RV2021-4BA25 0.450
22 11 162) ... 22 286 55 } 3RV2021-4CA15 } 3RV2021-4CA25 0.429
25 11 182) ... 25 325 55 } 3RV2021-4DA15 } 3RV2021-4DA25 0.437
28 15 23 ... 28 364 55 } 3RV2021-4NA15 } 3RV2021-4NA25 0.445
323) 15 27 ... 32 400 55 } 3RV2021-4EA15 } 3RV2021-4EA25 0.446
364) 18.5 30 ... 36 432 20 } 3RV2021-4PA15 -- 0.399
404) 18.5 34 ... 40 480 20 } 3RV2021-4FA15 -- 0.387
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
2)
The setting range of the thermal overload releases has been extended.
size S2.
4)
The devices must not be mounted side-by-side and they must not be
assembled with link modules with contactors. A lateral clearance of 9 mm
is required. For use with IE3 motors we recommend using 3RV2 motor
starter protectors size S2.

2/164 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

3RV2031-4SB10 3RV2031-4WB10 3RV2042-4FB10 3RV2042-4KB10
with P M)
In Icu Article No.
A kW A A kA d kg
Size S2
14 5.5 9.5 ... 14 208 65 2 3RV2031-4SB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.088
17 7.5 12 ... 17 260 65 2 3RV2031-4TB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.108
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 65 } 3RV2031-4BB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.082
25 11 18 ... 25 325 65 } 3RV2031-4DB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.080
32 15 22 ... 32 416 65 } 3RV2031-4EB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.084
36 18.5 28 ... 36 520 65 } 3RV2031-4PB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.105
40 18.5 32 ... 40 585 65 } 3RV2031-4UB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.114
45 22 35 ... 45 650 65 } 3RV2031-4VB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.112
52 22 42 ... 52 741 65 } 3RV2031-4WB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.212
59 30 49 ... 59 845 65 } 3RV2031-4XB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.214
65 30 54 ... 65 845 65 } 3RV2031-4JB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.220
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 100 2 3RV2042-4FB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.200
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 2 3RV2042-4HB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.229
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 2 3RV2042-4JB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.246
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 2 3RV2042-4KB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.268
84 45 65 ... 84 1 170 100 2 3RV2042-4RB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.300
93 45 75 ... 93 1300 100 2 3RV2042-4YB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.307
1002) 45, 55 80 ... 100 1300 100 2 3RV2042-4MB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.281
1) Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
2)

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/165
© Siemens AG 2018

For motor protection with overload relay function

CLASS 10, with overload relay function (automatic RESET), without auxiliary switches
3RV2111-4FA10 3RV2111-0BA10 3RV2131-4WB10 3RV2142-4FA10
with P M)
In Icu Article No.
A kW A A kA d kg
Size S002)
0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 2 3RV2111-0AA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.335
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 2 3RV2111-0BA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.337
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 2 3RV2111-0CA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.334
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 2 3RV2111-0DA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.337
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 2 3RV2111-0EA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.339
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 2 3RV2111-0FA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.341
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 2 3RV2111-0GA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.338
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 2 3RV2111-0HA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.338
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 2 3RV2111-0JA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.401
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 2 3RV2111-0KA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.404
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 2 3RV2111-1AA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.407
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 2 3RV2111-1BA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.407
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 2 3RV2111-1CA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.406
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 2 3RV2111-1DA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.407
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 2 3RV2111-1EA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.406
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 2 3RV2111-1FA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.411
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 2 3RV2111-1GA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.411
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 2 3RV2111-1HA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.410
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 2 3RV2111-1JA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.412
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 2 3RV2111-1KA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.409
16 7.5 103) ... 16 208 55 2 3RV2111-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.414
Size S02)
16 7.5 103) ... 16 208 55 2 3RV2121-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.424
20 7.5 133) ... 20 260 55 2 3RV2121-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.420
22 11 163) ... 22 286 55 2 3RV2121-4CA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.422
25 11 183) ... 25 325 55 2 3RV2121-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.429
28 15 23 ... 28 364 55 2 3RV2121-4NA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.439
324) 15 27 ... 32 400 55 2 3RV2121-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.436
Size S22)
14 5.5 9.5 ... 14 208 65 2 3RV2131-4SA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.143
17 7.5 12 ... 17 260 65 2 3RV2131-4TA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.142
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 65 2 3RV2131-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.135
25 11 18 ... 25 325 65 2 3RV2131-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.122
32 15 22 ... 32 416 65 2 3RV2131-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.122
36 18.5 28 ... 36 520 65 2 3RV2131-4PA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.131
40 18.5 32 ... 40 585 65 2 3RV2131-4UA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.129
45 22 35 ... 45 650 65 2 3RV2131-4VA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.124
52 32 42 ... 52 741 65 2 3RV2131-4WA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.220
59 30 49 ... 59 845 65 2 3RV2131-4XA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.247
65 30 54 ... 65 845 65 2 3RV2131-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.241
73 37 62 ... 73 949 65 2 3RV2131-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.235
805) 37 70 ... 80 1040 65 2 3RV2131-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.245
1) 5)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 720 A. For higher
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered starting currents we recommend using 3RV2 motor starter protectors
when selecting the units. size S3.
2) Accessories for mounting on the right and 3RV2915 three-phase busbars
cannot be used.
3)
The setting range of the thermal overload releases has been extended.
4)
Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A. For higher
size S2.

2/166 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

For motor protection with overload relay function
CLASS 10, with overload relay function (automatic RESET), without auxiliary switches (continued)
3RV2111-4FA10 3RV2111-0BA10 3RV2131-4WB10 3RV2142-4FA10
with P M)
In Icu Article No.
A kW A A kA d kg
Size S3, with increased switching capacity2)
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 100 2 3RV2142-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.260
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 2 3RV2142-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.301
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 2 3RV2142-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.293
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 2 3RV2142-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.301
84 45 65 ... 84 1 170 100 2 3RV2142-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.339
93 45 75 ... 93 1 300 100 2 3RV2142-4YA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.341
1003) 45, 55 80 ... 100 1 300 100 2 3RV2142-4MA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.325
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
2) Accessories for mounting on the right and 3RV2915 three-phase busbars
cannot be used.
3)

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/167
© Siemens AG 2018

For starter combinations

Without auxiliary switches
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E
3RV2311-4AC10 3RV2311-0JC20 3RV2321-4AC10 3RV2321-4AC20
Rated Suitable for Thermal Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
current three-phase overload overcurrent breaking terminals per PU
motors1) releases2) release capacity at approx.
with P 400 V AC
A kW A A kA d d kg
Size S00
0.16 0.04 Without 2.1 100 5 3RV2311-0AC10 5 3RV2311-0AC20 0.292
0.2 0.06 Without 2.6 100 5 3RV2311-0BC10 5 3RV2311-0BC20 0.293
0.25 0.06 Without 3.3 100 5 3RV2311-0CC10 5 3RV2311-0CC20 0.293
0.32 0.09 Without 4.2 100 5 3RV2311-0DC10 5 3RV2311-0DC20 0.293
0.4 0.09 Without 5.2 100 5 3RV2311-0EC10 5 3RV2311-0EC20 0.292
0.5 0.12 Without 6.5 100 5 3RV2311-0FC10 5 3RV2311-0FC20 0.293
0.63 0.18 Without 8.2 100 5 3RV2311-0GC10 5 3RV2311-0GC20 0.292
0.8 0.18 Without 10 100 5 3RV2311-0HC10 5 3RV2311-0HC20 0.293
1 0.25 Without 13 100 2 3RV2311-0JC10 5 3RV2311-0JC20 0.360
1.25 0.37 Without 16 100 2 3RV2311-0KC10 5 3RV2311-0KC20 0.360
1.6 0.55 Without 21 100 2 3RV2311-1AC10 5 3RV2311-1AC20 0.364
2 0.75 Without 26 100 2 3RV2311-1BC10 5 3RV2311-1BC20 0.363
2.5 0.75 Without 33 100 2 3RV2311-1CC10 5 3RV2311-1CC20 0.364
3.2 1.1 Without 42 100 2 3RV2311-1DC10 5 3RV2311-1DC20 0.364
4 1.5 Without 52 100 2 3RV2311-1EC10 5 3RV2311-1EC20 0.361
5 1.5 Without 65 100 2 3RV2311-1FC10 5 3RV2311-1FC20 0.367
6.3 2.2 Without 82 100 2 3RV2311-1GC10 5 3RV2311-1GC20 0.375
8 3 Without 104 100 2 3RV2311-1HC10 2 3RV2311-1HC20 0.368
10 4 Without 130 100 2 3RV2311-1JC10 2 3RV2311-1JC20 0.371
16 7.5 Without 208 55 2 3RV2311-4AC10 2 3RV2311-4AC20 0.375
Size S0
1.6 0.55 Without 21 100 5 3RV2321-1AC10 5 3RV2321-1AC20 0.408
2.5 0.75 Without 33 100 5 3RV2321-1CC10 5 3RV2321-1CC20 0.399
3.2 1.1 Without 42 100 5 3RV2321-1DC10 5 3RV2321-1DC20 0.403
4 1.5 Without 52 100 5 3RV2321-1EC10 5 3RV2321-1EC20 0.396
5 1.5 Without 65 100 5 3RV2321-1FC10 5 3RV2321-1FC20 0.404
6.3 2.2 Without 82 100 2 3RV2321-1GC10 5 3RV2321-1GC20 0.407
8 3 Without 104 100 2 3RV2321-1HC10 5 3RV2321-1HC20 0.403
10 4 Without 130 100 2 3RV2321-1JC10 5 3RV2321-1JC20 0.407
16 7.5 Without 208 55 2 3RV2321-4AC10 2 3RV2321-4AC20 0.412
22 11 Without 286 55 2 3RV2321-4CC10 5 3RV2321-4CC20 0.410
25 11 Without 325 55 2 3RV2321-4DC10 2 3RV2321-4DC20 0.414
28 15 Without 364 55 5 3RV2321-4NC10 5 3RV2321-4NC20 0.423
323) 15 Without 400 55 2 3RV2321-4EC10 2 3RV2321-4EC20 0.410
364) 18.5 Without 432 20 2 3RV2321-4PC10 -- 0.380

404) 18.5 Without 480 20 2 3RV2321-4FC10 -- 0.370
1) 4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual The devices must not be mounted side-by-side and they must not be
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered assembled with link modules with contactors. A lateral clearance of 9 mm
when selecting the units. is required. For use with IE3 motors we recommend using 3RV2 motor
2) For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be starter protectors size S2.
used.
3) Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A. For higher separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).
size S2.

2/168 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

For starter combinations
Without auxiliary switches (continued)
3RV2331-4SC10 3RV2331-4WC10 3RV2332-4SC10 3RV2332-4WC10 3RV2341-4FC10
Rated Suitable for Thermal overload Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
current three-phase releases2) overcurrent breaking capacity (UNIT, per PU
motors1) release at 400 V AC SET, approx.
with P M)
In Icu Article No.
A kW A A kA d kg
Size S2
14 5.5 Without 208 65 2 3RV2331-4SC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.056
17 7.5 Without 260 65 2 3RV2331-4TC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.070
20 7.5 Without 260 65 2 3RV2331-4BC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.061
25 11 Without 325 65 2 3RV2331-4DC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.044
32 15 Without 416 65 } 3RV2331-4EC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.040
36 18.5 Without 520 65 2 3RV2331-4PC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.052
40 18.5 Without 585 65 } 3RV2331-4UC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.052
45 22 Without 650 65 } 3RV2331-4VC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.050
52 22 Without 741 65 } 3RV2331-4WC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.152
59 30 Without 845 65 2 3RV2331-4XC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.173
65 30 Without 845 65 } 3RV2331-4JC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.165
73 37 Without 949 65 2 3RV2331-4KC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.162
803) 37 Without 1 040 65 2 3RV2331-4RC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.168
14 5.5 Without 208 100 2 3RV2332-4SC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.132
17 7.5 Without 260 100 2 3RV2332-4TC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.130
20 7.5 Without 260 100 2 3RV2332-4BC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.121
25 11 Without 325 100 2 3RV2332-4DC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.103
32 15 Without 416 100 2 3RV2332-4EC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.111
36 18.5 Without 520 100 2 3RV2332-4PC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.131
40 18.5 Without 585 100 2 3RV2332-4UC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.138
45 22 Without 650 100 2 3RV2332-4VC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.148
52 22 Without 741 100 2 3RV2332-4WC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.149
59 30 Without 845 100 2 3RV2332-4XC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.169
65 30 Without 845 100 2 3RV2332-4JC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.167
803) 37 Without 1 040 100 2 3RV2332-4RC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.167
Size S3
40 18.5 Without 520 65 2 3RV2341-4FC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.175
50 22 Without 650 65 2 3RV2341-4HC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.209
84 45 Without 1170 65 2 3RV2341-4RC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.248
93 45 Without 1300 65 2 3RV2341-4YC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.269
1004) 45, 55 Without 1300 65 2 3RV2341-4MC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.251
40 18.5 Without 520 100 2 3RV2342-4FC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.175
50 22 Without 650 100 2 3RV2342-4HC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.208
84 45 Without 1170 100 2 3RV2342-4RC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.240
93 45 Without 1300 100 2 3RV2342-4YC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.259
1004) 45, 55 Without 1300 100 2 3RV2342-4MC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.252
1) 4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Suitable for use with IE3/IE4 motors up to a starting current of 780 A.
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered For higher starting currents we recommend using 3VA circuit breakers
when selecting the units. (see Catalog LV 10).
2)
For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be
used.
3) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 720 A. For higher separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).
size S3.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/169
© Siemens AG 2018

For transformer protection

Motor starter protectors for the protection of transformers with high inrush current
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E
3RV2411-0AA10 3RV2411-0AA20 3RV2421-4AA10 3RV2421-4AA20 3RV2431-4WA10
Rated Setting range for Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
current thermal overload overcurrent release breaking capacity terminals per PU
release at 400 V AC approx.
A A A kA d d kg
Size S00
0.16 0.11 ... 0.16 3.3 100 } 3RV2411-0AA10 2 3RV2411-0AA20 0.297
0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 4.2 100 2 3RV2411-0BA10 2 3RV2411-0BA20 0.295
0.25 0.18 ... 0.25 5.2 100 2 3RV2411-0CA10 2 3RV2411-0CA20 0.298
0.32 0.22 ... 0.32 6.5 100 } 3RV2411-0DA10 2 3RV2411-0DA20 0.297
0.4 0.28 ... 0.4 8.2 100 } 3RV2411-0EA10 2 3RV2411-0EA20 0.299
0.5 0.35 ... 0.5 10 100 } 3RV2411-0FA10 2 3RV2411-0FA20 0.298
0.63 0.45 ... 0.63 13 100 } 3RV2411-0GA10 2 3RV2411-0GA20 0.363
0.8 0.55 ... 0.8 16 100 } 3RV2411-0HA10 2 3RV2411-0HA20 0.364
1 0.7 ... 1 21 100 } 3RV2411-0JA10 2 3RV2411-0JA20 0.366
1.25 0.9 ... 1.25 26 100 } 3RV2411-0KA10 2 3RV2411-0KA20 0.365
1.6 1.1 ... 1.6 33 100 } 3RV2411-1AA10 2 3RV2411-1AA20 0.366
2 1.4 ... 2 42 100 } 3RV2411-1BA10 2 3RV2411-1BA20 0.368
2.5 1.8 ... 2.5 52 100 } 3RV2411-1CA10 2 3RV2411-1CA20 0.364
3.2 2.2 ... 3.2 65 100 } 3RV2411-1DA10 2 3RV2411-1DA20 0.371
4 2.8 ... 4 82 100 } 3RV2411-1EA10 2 3RV2411-1EA20 0.366
5 3.5 ... 5 104 100 } 3RV2411-1FA10 2 3RV2411-1FA20 0.369
6.3 4.5 ... 6.3 130 100 } 3RV2411-1GA10 2 3RV2411-1GA20 0.373
8 5.5 ... 8 163 100 } 3RV2411-1HA10 2 3RV2411-1HA20 0.375
10 7 ... 10 208 100 } 3RV2411-1JA10 2 3RV2411-1JA20 0.378
12.5 9 ... 12.5 260 100 } 3RV2411-1KA10 2 3RV2411-1KA20 0.371
16 101) ... 16 286 55 } 3RV2411-4AA10 2 3RV2411-4AA20 0.377
Size S0
16 101) ... 16 286 55 } 3RV2421-4AA10 2 3RV2421-4AA20 0.413
20 131) ... 20 325 55 } 3RV2421-4BA10 } 3RV2421-4BA20 0.415
22 161) ... 22 364 55 } 3RV2421-4CA10 2 3RV2421-4CA20 0.425
25 181) ... 25 400 55 } 3RV2421-4DA10 2 3RV2421-4DA20 0.428
Size S2
14 9.5 ... 14 328 65 2 3RV2431-4SA10 -- 1.067
17 12 ... 17 410 65 2 3RV2431-4TA10 -- 1.058
20 14 ... 20 410 65 2 3RV2431-4BA10 -- 1.063
25 18 ... 25 512 65 2 3RV2431-4DA10 -- 1.072
32 22 ... 32 656 65 } 3RV2431-4EA10 -- 1.056
36 28 ... 36 820 65 2 3RV2431-4PA10 -- 1.054
40 32 ... 40 820 65 2 3RV2431-4UA10 -- 1.052
45 35 ... 45 922 65 2 3RV2431-4VA10 -- 1.162
52 42 ... 52 1 025 65 2 3RV2431-4WA10 -- 1.151
59 49 ... 59 1040 65 2 3RV2431-4XA10 -- 1.186
65 54 ... 65 1040 65 2 3RV2431-4JA10 -- 1.182
1) The setting range of the thermal overload releases has been extended. Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered

2/170 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
■ Overview
Mounting location and function
The 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers have three These components are easily fitted to the switches without the
main contact elements. In order to achieve maximum flexibility, use of any tools according to requirements.
auxiliary switches, signaling switches, auxiliary releases and
isolator modules can be supplied separately. Overview graphic, see page 2/148.
Front side
Note:
Transverse auxiliary
switches, solid-state
compatible transverse
An auxiliary switch block can be inserted transversely on the front. The
overall width of the motor starter protectors/circuit breakers remains
unchanged.
2
• A maximum of four auxiliary contacts with auxiliary switches
auxiliary switches can be mounted on each
motor starter protector/circuit breaker. 1 NO + 1 NC
or
2 NO
or
1 CO
Left-hand side Lateral auxiliary switches One of the three lateral auxiliary switches can be mounted on the left side
Notes: (2 contacts) per motor starter protector/circuit breaker. The contacts of the auxiliary
1 NO + 1 NC switch close and open together with the main contacts of the motor starter
• A maximum of four auxiliary contacts with protector/circuit breaker.
auxiliary switches can be mounted on each or
motor starter protector/circuit breaker. 2 NO The width of the lateral auxiliary switch with two contacts is 9 mm.
• Lateral auxiliary switches (two contacts) and or
signaling switches can be mounted separately 2 NC
or together. Lateral auxiliary switches One lateral auxiliary switch with four contacts can be mounted on the left
(4 contacts) side per motor starter protector/circuit breaker. The contacts of the auxiliary
2 NO + 2 NC switch close and open together with the main contacts of the motor starter
protector/circuit breaker.
The width of the lateral auxiliary switch with four contacts is 18 mm.
Signaling switches One signaling switch can be mounted on the left side of each motor starter
Tripping 1 NO + 1 NC protector.
Short circuit 1 NO + 1 NC The signaling switch has two contact systems.
One contact system always signals tripping irrespective of whether this was
caused by a short circuit, an overload or an auxiliary release. The other
contact system only switches in the event of a short circuit. There is no
signaling as a result of switching off with the actuator.
In order to be able to switch on the motor starter protector again after a short
circuit, the signaling switch must be reset manually after the error cause has
been eliminated.
The overall width of the signaling switch is 18 mm.
Right-hand side Auxiliary releases
Notes: Shunt releases For remote-controlled tripping of the motor starter protector/circuit breaker.
• One auxiliary release can be mounted per The release coil should only be energized for short periods (see circuit
motor starter protector/circuit breaker. diagrams).
• Accessories cannot be mounted at the right-
hand side of the 3RV21 motor starter protectors or
for motor protection with overload relay Undervoltage releases Trips the motor starter protector/circuit breaker when the voltage is
function. interrupted and prevents the motor from being restarted accidentally when
the voltage is restored. Used for remote-controlled tripping of the motor
starter protector/circuit breaker.
Particularly suitable for EMERGENCY-STOP disconnection by way of
corresponding EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons according to EN 60204-1.
or
Undervoltage releases with Function and use as for the undervoltage release without leading auxiliary
leading auxiliary contacts contacts, but with the following additional function: the auxiliary contacts will
2 NO open in switch position OFF to deenergize the coil of the undervoltage
release, thus interrupting energy consumption. In the "tripped" position,
these auxiliary contacts are not guaranteed to open. The leading contacts
permit the motor starter protector/circuit breaker to reclose.
The overall width of the auxiliary release is 18 mm.
Top Isolator modules Isolator modules can be mounted to the upper connection side of the motor
Notes: starter protectors.
• The isolator module for size S2 The supply cable is connected to the motor starter protector through the
- can only be used with 3RV2 motor starter isolator module.
protectors/circuit breakers up to max. 65 A The plug can only be unplugged when the motor starter protector is open
- cannot be used with the transverse auxiliary and isolates all 3 poles of the motor starter protector from the network. The
switch shock-protected isolation point is clearly visible and secured with a padlock
• The isolator module covers the terminal screws to prevent reinsertion of the plug.
of the transverse auxiliary switch. If the isolator
module is used, we therefore recommend that
either the lateral auxiliary switches be fitted or
that the isolator module not be mounted until
the auxiliary switch has been wired.
For a complete overview of which accessories can be used for

the various motor starter protectors/circuit breakers, see page 2/147.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/171

© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories

PS* = 1 unit (unless otherwise specified)
PG = 41E
Version For mo- SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
tor starter terminals per PU
protec- approx.
2 tors/
circuit
breakers
Size d d kg
Auxiliary switches1)
Transverse auxiliary
switches
For mounting on the
front
3RV2901-1E 1 CO S00 ... S3 } 3RV2901-1D -- 0.016
1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV2901-1E } 3RV2901-2E 0.017
2 NO } 3RV2901-1F } 3RV2901-2F 0.018
Solid-state
3RV2901-2E compatible
transverse auxiliary
switches
For mounting on the
front, for operation in
3RV2901-1G dusty atmospheres
and in solid-state
circuits with low
operating currents
1 CO S00 ... S3 2 3RV2901-1G -- 0.016
Covers for transverse S00 ... S3 2 3RV2901-0H -- 0.006
auxiliary switches
Auxiliary switches
(PS* = 10 units)
3RV2901-0H
Lateral auxiliary
switches
For mounting on the
left
1 NO + 1 NC S00 ... S3 } 3RV2901-1A } 3RV2901-2A 0.045
2 NO } 3RV2901-1B } 3RV2901-2B 0.045
2 NC } 3RV2901-1C } 3RV2901-2C 0.045
2 NO + 2 NC 2 3RV2901-1J -- 0.086
3RV2901-1A 3RV2901-2A
Signaling switches2)
Signaling switches S00 ... S3 } 3RV2921-1M } 3RV2921-2M 0.100
One signaling switch
can be mounted on
the left per motor
starter protector.
Separate tripped and
short-circuit alarms, 1
NO + 1 NC each
3RV2921-1M 3RV2921-2M
Isolator modules
Isolator modules2) S00, S0 } 3RV2928-1A -- 0.159
Visible isolating S23) } 3RV2938-1A -- 0.368
distance for isolating
individual motor starter
protectors from the
network, lockable in
disconnected position
3RV2928-1A 3RV2938-1A
1) 3)
Each motor starter protector/circuit breaker can be fitted with one The isolator module for size S2 can be used only with 3RV2 motor starter
transverse and one lateral auxiliary switch. The lateral auxiliary switch with protectors/circuit breakers up to max. 65 A. Similarly, it cannot be used
2 NO + 2 NC is used without a transverse auxiliary switch. with the transverse auxiliary switch.
2)
The isolator module for size S2 can be used only with 3RV2 motor starter
protectors/circuit breakers up to max. 65 A. Similarly, it cannot be used
with the transverse auxiliary switch.
2/172 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E
2
3RV2902-1AV0 3RV2902-2AV0 3RV2922-1CP0 3RV2902-2DB0
Rated control supply voltage Us For motor SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
AC AC AC AC/DC DC starter pro- terminals per PU
50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz, tectors/circuit approx.
DC breakers
100% ON 5 s ON
period1) period2)
V V V V V Size d d kg
Auxiliary releases3)
Undervoltage releases
-- -- -- -- 24 S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AB4 -- 0.142
24 -- -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AB0 -- 0.139
110 120 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AF0 -- 0.138
-- 208 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AM1 -- 0.135
230 240 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 } 3RV2902-1AP0 } 3RV2902-2AP0 0.133
400 440 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 } 3RV2902-1AV0 } 3RV2902-2AV0 0.132
415 480 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AV1 -- 0.135
500 600 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AS0 -- 0.131
Undervoltage releases with leading
auxiliary contacts 2 NO
24 24 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 5 3RV2922-1CB0 -- 0.149
230 240 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2922-1CP0 2 3RV2922-2CP0 0.136
400 440 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2922-1CV0 2 3RV2922-2CV0 0.138
415 480 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2922-1CV1 2 3RV2922-2CV1 0.139
Shunt releases
-- -- 20 ... 24 20 ... 70 -- S00 ... S3 } 3RV2902-1DB0 } 3RV2902-2DB0 0.136
-- -- 90 ... 110 70 ... 190 -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1DF0 2 3RV2902-2DF0 0.138
-- -- 210 ... 240 190 ... 330 -- S00 ... S3 } 3RV2902-1DP0 } 3RV2902-2DP0 0.134
-- -- 350 ... 415 330 ... 500 -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1DV0 -- 0.133
-- -- 500 500 -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1DS0 -- 0.132
1) 3)
The voltage range is valid for 100 % (infinite) ON period. The response One auxiliary release can be mounted on the right per motor starter
voltage lies at 0.9 of the lower limit of the voltage range. protector/circuit breaker (does not apply to 3RV21 motor starter protectors
2) The voltage range is valid for 5 s ON period at AC 50/60Hz and DC. with overload relay function).
The response voltage lies at 0.85 of the lower limit of the voltage range.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/173
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Busbar accessories
■ Overview
Insulated three-phase busbar system 8US busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
Three-phase busbar systems provide an easy, time-saving and The motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are mounted
clearly arranged means of feeding 3RV2 motor starter directly with the aid of busbar adapters on busbar systems with
protectors/circuit breakers with screw terminals. Different 60 mm center-to-center clearance in order to save space and to
versions are available for sizes S00 to S2 and can be used for reduce infeed times and costs.
the various different types of motor starter protectors/circuit
2 breakers (size S0 up to 32 A). The busbar adapters for busbar systems with 60 mm center-to-
center clearance are suitable for copper busbars with a width of
The 3RV1915 and 3RV1935 three-phase busbar systems are 12 mm to 30 mm. The busbars can be 5 mm or 10 mm thick.
generally unsuitable for the 3RV21 motor starter protectors for
motor protection with overload relay function according to The motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are snapped onto
UL 489/CSA C22.2 No. 5. the adapter and connected on the line side. This prepared unit
is then plugged directly onto the busbar system, and is thus
The busbars are suitable for between two and five motor starter connected both mechanically and electrically at the same time.
protectors/circuit breakers. However, any kind of extension is
possible by clamping the tags of an additional busbar (rotated For further busbar adapters for snap-mounting direct-on-line
by 180°) underneath the terminals of the respective last motor starters and reversing starters as well as additional accessories
starter protector/circuit breaker. such as line terminals
For outgoing terminals, flat copper profile, etc., see
A combination of motor starter protectors/circuit breakers of Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical
size S00 and S0 is possible. The motor starter protectors/circuit Installation Technology".
breakers are supplied by appropriate infeed terminals.
3RV2925-5AB
3RV1915-1CB
3RV2915-5B
NSB0_02079c
NSB0_02080a
3RV1915-6AB
SIRIUS three-phase busbar system size S00/S0 SIRIUS load feeders with busbar adapters snapped onto busbars
3RV2935-5A 3RV1935-1C
3RV1935-1A
NSB0_01074e
3RV1935-6A
SIRIUS three-phase busbar system size S2

The three-phase busbar systems are finger-safe. They are
designed for any short-circuit stress which can occur at the
output side of connected motor starter protectors/circuit
breakers.
The three-phase busbar systems can also be used to construct
"Type E Starters" according to UL/CSA. Special infeed terminals
must be used for this purpose, however (see "Selection and
Ordering Data", page 2/175).
2/174 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Busbar accessories

Modular Number of motor starter Rated For motor SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
spacing protectors that can be connected current In starter (UNIT, per PU
Without With lateral incl. at 690 V protectors SET, approx.
lateral auxiliary auxiliary M)
accessor switch releases
ies
2
mm A Size d kg
Three-phase busbars1)
For feeding several motor starter protectors with screw terminals,
mounted side by side on standard mounting rails, insulated, with touch
protection
3RV1915-1AB
453) 2 -- -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-1AB 1 1 unit 41E 0.044
3 -- -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-1BB 1 1 unit 41E 0.071
4 -- -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-1CB 1 1 unit 41E 0.097
5 -- -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-1DB 1 1 unit 41E 0.124
3RV1915-1BB 554) -- 2 -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-2AB 1 1 unit 41E 0.051
-- 3 -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-2BB 1 1 unit 41E 0.079
-- 4 -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-2CB 1 1 unit 41E 0.111
-- 5 -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-2DB 1 1 unit 41E 0.140
2 -- -- 108 S2 } 3RV1935-1A 1 1 unit 41E 0.134
3RV1915-1CB
3 -- -- 108 S2 } 3RV1935-1B 1 1 unit 41E 0.207
4 -- -- 108 S2 } 3RV1935-1C 1 1 unit 41E 0.291
635) -- -- 2 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-3AB 1 1 unit 41E 0.052
-- -- 4 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-3CB 1 1 unit 41E 0.121
3RV1915-1DB 75 5)
-- 2 2 108 S2 } 3RV1935-3A 1 1 unit 41E 0.155
-- 3 3 108 S2 } 3RV1935-3B 1 1 unit 41E 0.263
-- 4 4 108 S2 } 3RV1935-3C 1 1 unit 41E 0.369
1) 4)
Not suitable for 3RV21 motor starter protectors for motor protection with For 3RV2 motor starter protectors with auxiliary switches with 1 NO + 1 NC,
overload relay function. 2 NO and 2 NC mounted on the left (9 mm wide).
2) Approved for motor starter protectors size S0 with I ≤ 32 A. 5)
n For 3RV2 motor starter protectors with mounted accessories (18 mm wide).
3) For 3RV2 motor starter protectors without accessories mounted on the Auxiliary switches with 2 NO + 2 NC or signaling switch (mounted on the
side. left) or with auxiliary release (mounted on the right).
Conductor cross-section Tightening For motor SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

Solid or Finely AWG cables, torque starter (UNIT, per PU
stranded stranded solid or protectors/ SET, approx.
with end stranded circuit M)
sleeve breakers
mm² mm² AWG Nm Size d kg
Three-phase infeed terminals
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25 2.5 … 16 10 ... 4 3 ... 4 S00, S0 } 3RV2925-5AB 1 1 unit 41E 0.044
2x 2x 2x 4 ... 6 S2 } 3RV2935-5A 1 1 unit 41E 0.180
(2.5 ... 50)1), (2.5 ... 35)1), (10 ... 1/0)1),
3RV2925-5AB 1x 1x 1x
(2.5 ... 70)1) (2.5 ... 50)1) (10 ... 2/0)1)
3RV2935-5A
Connection from below
This terminal is connected in place of a switch; please take the
space requirement into account.
2.5 ... 25 2.5 … 16 10 ... 4 Input: 4, S00, S0 } 3RV2915-5B 1 1 unit 41E 0.109
Output:
2 ... 2.5
3RV2915-5B
Three-phase infeed terminals for constructing "Type E Starters"
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25 2.5 … 16 10 ... 4 3 ... 4 S00, S0 2 3RV2925-5EB 1 1 unit 41E 0.054
2x 2x 2x 4 ... 6 S2 } 3RV2935-5E 1 1 unit 41E 0.193
(2.5 ... 50)1), (2.5 ... 35)1), (10 ... 1/0)1),
3RV2925-5EB 1x 1x 1x
(2.5 ... 70)1) (2.5 ... 50)1) (10 ... 2/0)1)
3RV2935-5E
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must be in the range specified.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/175
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Busbar accessories
Version For motor starter SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

protectors/circuit breakers (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size d kg
Covers for connection tags
Touch protection for empty S00, S0 } 3RV1915-6AB 1 10 units 41E 0.003
positions
2
S2 } 3RV1935-6A 1 5 units 41E 0.006
3RV1915-6AB
Busbar adapters
8US1251-5DS10 8US1251-5DT11 8US1250-5AS10 8US1250-5AT10 8US1211-4RT00
For motor starter Rated Connecting Adapter Adapter Rated SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
protectors/circuit current cable length width voltage (UNIT, per PU
breakers SET, approx.
M)
Size A AWG mm mm V d kg
Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
For copper busbars according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 mm and 30 mm
Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm
Also for T and double-T special profiles
• For motor starter protectors/circuit breakers with screw terminals Screw terminals
S00, S02) 25 12 200 45 690 2 8US1251-5DS10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.308

S00, S0 25 12 260 45 690 2 8US1251-5DT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.331
S0 32 10 200 45 690 3 8US1251-5NS10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.319
S02) 32 10 260 45 690 2 8US1251-5NT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.334
S2 80 4 200 55 690 5 8US1261-5MS13 1 1 unit 1CU 0.508
S2 80 4 260 55 690 5 8US1261-6MT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.572
S21) 80 4 260 118 690 5 8US1211-6MT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.873
S3 100/703) 4 215 72 690/6003) 2 8US1211-4TR00 1 1 unit 1CU 0.620
• For motor starter protectors/circuit breakers with spring-type terminals Spring-type
terminals
S00, S02) 25 12 200 45 690 2 8US1251-5DS11 1 1 unit 1CU 0.316
S00, S02) 25 12 260 45 690 2 8US1251-5DT11 1 1 unit 1CU 0.330
S0 32 10 200 45 690 5 8US1251-5NS11 1 1 unit 1CU 0.319
S02) 32 10 260 45 690 2 8US1251-5NT11 1 1 unit 1CU 0.352
Accessories
Device holders -- -- 200 45 -- 2 8US1250-5AS10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.243
For lateral mounting to -- -- 260 45 -- 2 8US1250-5AT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.264
busbar adapters
Side modules -- -- 200 9 -- 2 8US1998-2BJ10 1 10 units 1CU 0.020
For widening of
busbar adapters
Vibration and shock
kits
For high vibration and
shock loads
S00/S0 -- -- -- -- -- 2 8US1998-1CA10 1 2 units 1CU 0.008
S2 -- -- -- -- -- 5 8US1998-1DA10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.097
1)
For the assembly of feeders for reversing starters comprising a motor For additional busbar adapters, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage
starter protector and two contactors. Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".
2)
Values according to UL/CSA
-Rated current: 70 A at 600 V AC;
-Short-circuit breaking capacity:
480 V AC: 65 kA, up to In = 30 A,
480 Y/277 V AC: 65 kA,
600 Y/347 V AC: 20 kA.

2/176 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Mounting accessories

Accessories
protectors/ (UNIT, per PU
circuit breakers SET, approx.
M)
Size d kg
Covers
Terminal covers S2 5 3RT1946-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B 0.036
2
For cable lug and busbar connection for
maintaining the required voltage clearances
and as touch protection if box terminal is
removed (2 units can be mounted per motor
starter protector/circuit breaker)
3RV2 (size S3) with

3RT1946-4EA1 (left)
Scale covers 3RV20, 3RV21, } 3RV2908-0P 100 10 units 41E 0.051
Sealable, 3RV24:
for covering the set current scale S00 ... S3
3RV2908-0P
Covers for devices with screw terminals Screw terminals
(box terminals)
Additional touch protection for fastening to
the box terminals
(2 units required per device)
3RT2936-4EA2 • Main current level S2 } 3RT2936-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
S3 } 3RT2946-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.018
Fixing accessories
Push-in lugs S00, S0 2 3RV2928-0B 100 10 units 41E 0.200
For screwing the motor starter protector onto
mounting plates
Two units are required for each motor starter
3RV2928-0B protector.

Screwdrivers Spring-type terminals
Length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm S00 ... S3 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RA2908-1A

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/177
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories

M)
Size d kg
Terminal blocks and phase barriers for "Self-Protected
Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)" according to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1
Note:
2 UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 approval demands 1-inch through air spacing and 2-inch over surface spacing for "Self-Protected Combination
Motor Controllers (Type E)". The following terminal blocks or phase barriers must be used for the 3RV20 motor starter protectors with
screw terminals. 3RV20 motor starter protectors with spring-type terminals must be assembled with the 3RV29 infeed system for
approval as "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)" according to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1.
The terminal block or phase barriers cannot be used in combination with the 3RV19.5 three-phase busbars.
3RV2928-1H
For construction with three-phase busbars, see "Busbar Accessories", from page 2/174 onwards.
Terminal blocks type E S00, S0 } 3RV2928-1H 1 1 unit 41E 0.083
For extended clearances S3 5 3RT2946-4GA07 1 1 unit 41B 0.151
(1 and 2 inch)
Phase barriers S00, S0 } 3RV2928-1K 1 1 unit 41E 0.010
3RT2946-4GA07 For extended clearances S2 } 3RV2938-1K 1 1 unit 41E 0.028
(1 and 2 inch)
3RV2928-1K
3RV2938-1K
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole
For connection of auxiliary and control S3 5 3RT2946-4F 1 1 unit 41B 0.033
cables to the main conductor connections
(for one side)
3RT2946-4F

2/178 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Link modules
Actuating voltage of Size SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
contactor 3RT2 contactors 3RV2 motor (UNIT, per PU
starter protectors/ SET, approx.
circuit breakers M)
d kg
Link modules for motor starter protector to contactor1)
2
For mechanical and electrical connection between motor Screw terminals
starter protector and contactor with screw terminals
Single-unit packaging
AC/DC S00 S00/S0 } 3RA1921-1DA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.030
AC S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.046
DC S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
3RA2921-1AA00 AC/DC S2 S2 } 3RA2931-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.104
AC/DC S3 S3 } 3RA1941-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.090
Multi-unit packaging
AC/DC S00 S00/S0 } 3RA1921-1D 1 10 units 41B 0.020
AC S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1A 1 10 units 41B 0.045
DC S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1B 1 10 units 41B 0.053
AC/DC S2 S2 } 3RA2931-1A 1 5 units 41B 0.071
3RA2931-1AA00
For mechanical and electrical connection between motor Spring-type terminals
starter protector and contactor with spring-type terminals
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA2911-2AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.058
AC2) S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.100
DC S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.100
3RA2911-2AA00 Multi-unit packaging
AC2) S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2A 1 10 units 41B 0.091
DC S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2A 1 10 units 41B 0.091
Spacers2)
For compensating the height on AC contactors
Single-unit packaging S0 S0 2 3RA2911-1CA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
Multi-unit packaging S0 S0 2 3RA2911-1C 1 5 units 41B 0.015
3RA2911-1CA00
1)
Note: The link modules from motor starter protector to contactor cannot be used
for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1.,
Link modules can be used in 3RV2.32-4K.1. and 3RV2.32-4R.1. motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.
2)
• Size S00 up to 16 A A spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 is optionally
available.
• Size S0 up to 32 A
• Size S2 up to 65 A

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/179
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Size SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

3RW30, 3RW40 soft starters 3RV2 motor starter (UNIT, per PU
protectors/circuit breakers SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Link modules for motor starter protector to soft starter1) and
motor starter protector to solid-state contactor
Connection between motor starter protector and soft starter / Screw terminals
2 solid-state contactor with screw terminals

S00 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
S22) S2 } 3RA2931-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.104
3RA2921-1BA00 S33) S33) } 3RA1941-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.090
S00 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1B 1 10 units 41B 0.053
S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1B 1 10 units 41B 0.053
S22) S2 } 3RA2931-1A 1 5 units 41B 0.071
S33) S33) } 3RA1941-1A 1 5 units 41B 0.073
3RA2931-1AA00
Connection between motor starter protector and soft starter Spring-type terminals
spring-type terminals
S00 S00 2 3RA2911-2GA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.057
S0 S0 2 3RA2921-2GA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.090
3RA2921-2GA00
1)
Note: The link modules from motor starter protector to soft starter and motor
starter protector to solid-state contactor cannot be used for the
Link modules can be used in 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1.,
3RV2.32-4K.1. and 3RV2.32-4R.1. motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.
• Size S00 up to 16 A 2)
To assemble the feeder between a motor starter protector and a soft starter
• Size S0 up to 32 A in size S2, the 3RA2932-1CA00 standard mounting rail adapter must be
used.
• Size S2 up to 65 A 3)
It is only permissible to assemble the feeder between the motor starter
protector and the soft starter in size S3 on a mounting plate.

2/180 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Actuating voltage of Size SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

contactor 3RT2 contactors 3RV2 motor starter (UNIT, per PU
protectors/ SET, approx.
circuit breakers M)
d kg
Hybrid link modules for motor starter protector to contactor1)
Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector with
screw terminals and contactor with spring-type terminals
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA2911-2FA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.047
2
AC2)/DC S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2FA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.074
3RA2911-2FA00 AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA2911-2F 1 10 units 41B 0.042
AC2)/DC S0 S0 2 3RA2921-2F 1 10 units 41B 0.070
3RA2921-2FA00
Spacers2)
For compensating the height on AC contactors
Single-unit packaging S0 S0 2 3RA2911-1CA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
Multi-unit packaging S0 S0 2 3RA2911-1C 1 5 units 41B 0.015
3RA2911-1CA00
1)
Note: The hybrid link modules for motor starter protector to contactor cannot be
used for 3RV2.21-4PA1. and 3RV2.21-4FA1. motor starter protectors/circuit
Hybrid link modules in size S00 can be used up to max. 16 A and breakers. They are only suitable for constructing direct-on-line starters.
in size S0 up to max. 32 A. 2)
A spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 is optionally
available.
For motor starter Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

M)
Type d kg
Connection modules for motor starter protectors/circuit breakers with
screw terminals
Adapters for motor starter protectors/ Screw terminals
circuit breakers
Ambient temperature Tu max. = 60 °C
3RV2.2 Size S0, 5 3RT1926-4RD01 1 1 unit 41B 0.036
rated operational current Ie at
AC-3/400 V: 25 A
3RT1926-4RD01
3RV2.2 Motor feeder connectors for motor starter 5 3RT1900-4RE01 1 1 unit 41B 0.042
protectors/circuit breakers
Size S0
3RT1900-4RE01

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/181
© Siemens AG 2018

3RV29 infeed system
■ Overview
The electrical connection between the three-phase busbars and
More information the motor starter protectors is implemented through plug-in
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components connectors. The complete system can be mounted on a TH 35
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 standard mounting rail to IEC 60715 and can be expanded as
required up to a maximum current carrying capacity of 63 A.
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RV2
Manual "SIRIUS Innovations – SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors", The system is mounted extremely quickly and easily thanks to
2
see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60279172 the simple plug-in technique. Thanks to the lateral infeed, the
system also saves space in the control cabinet. The additional
The 3RV29 infeed system is a convenient means of energy overall height required for the infeed unit is only 30 mm. The
supply and distribution for a group of several motor starter alternative infeed possibilities on each side offer a high degree
protectors or complete load feeders with a screw or spring-type of flexibility for configuring the control cabinet: Infeed on left-
connection in sizes S00 and S0 (exception: this system cannot hand or right-hand side as well as infeed on one side and
be used for 3RV21 motor starter protectors). outfeed on the other side to supply further loads are all possible.
Motor starter protectors or load feeders with a rated current of A terminal block with spring-type connections in combination
maximum 32 A each can be used. with a standard mounting rail enables the integration of not only
The system is based on a basic module complete with a lateral SIRIUS motor starter protectors but also single-phase, 2-phase
incoming unit (three-phase busbar with infeed). This infeed with and 3-phase components such as 5SY miniature circuit breakers
spring-type terminals is mounted on the right or left, depending or SIRIUS relay components.
on the version, and can be supplied with a maximum conductor The 3RV29 infeed system is approved in accordance with IEC to
cross-section of 25 mm2 (with end sleeve). A basic module has 500 V. It is also UL-approved and authorized for "Self-Protected
two sockets onto each of which a motor starter protector can be Combination Motor Controller" (Type E starter) as well as for
snapped. Type F starter (Type E starter + contactor).
Expansion modules (three-phase busbars for system
expansion) are available for extending the system. The
individual modules are connected through an expansion plug.
6
6
5
3b 3a
2
4
7
IC01_00634
1 3-phase busbar with infeed 5 Terminal block for device infeed

2 3-phase busbar for system expansion 6 Plug-in connector
3a Expansion plug 7 Contactor base
3b Extra-wide expansion plug 8 Terminal block
4 End cover
SIRIUS 3RV29 infeed system
2/182 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

3RV29 infeed system
$ Three-phase busbars with infeed + Contactor base
A three-phase busbar with infeed unit is required for connecting Load feeders can be assembled in the system using the S00
the incoming supply. These modules comprise one infeed and S0 contactor base. The contactor bases are suitable for
module and two sockets which each accept one motor starter contactors sizes S00 and S0 with spring-type and screw
protector. A choice of two versions with infeed on the left or right terminals and are simply snapped onto the three-phase
is available. The infeed is connected to spring-type terminals. busbars. Direct-on-line starters and reversing starters are
They permit an infeed with conductor cross-sections of up to possible. One contactor base is required for direct-on-line
25 mm2 with end sleeve. An end cover is supplied with each starters and two are required for reversing starters.
module.
To assemble load feeders for reversing starters, the contactor
bases can be arranged alongside each other (90 mm overall
2
% Three-phase busbars for system expansion
width). In this case the mechanical interlocking of the contactors
The three-phase busbars for system expansion allow the system is possible. The S0 contactor bases are also suitable for soft
to be expanded. There is a choice of modules with two or three starters size S00 and S0 with screw terminal.
sockets. The system can be expanded as required up to a
maximum current carrying capacity of 63 A. An expansion plug The infeed system is designed for mounting onto a TH 35
is supplied with each module. standard mounting rail with 7.5 mm overall depth. This standard
mounting rail gives the contactor base a stable mounting
&a Expansion plug surface to sit on. If standard mounting rails with a depth of
15 mm are used, the spacer connected to the bottom of the
The expansion plug is used for electrical connection of adjacent contactor base must be knocked out and plugged into the
three-phase busbars. The current carrying capacity of this plug mating piece that is also on the underside. Then the contactor
equals 63 A. One expansion plug is supplied with each three- base also has a stable mounting surface. When standard
phase busbar for system expansion. Additional expansion plugs mounting rails with a depth of 7.5 mm are used, the spacer has
are therefore only required as spare parts. no function and can be removed.
&b Extra-wide expansion plug The link modules are used for direct start load feeders, in which
The wide expansion plug makes the electrical connection case the use of a contactor base is not absolutely necessary.
between two three-phase busbars, thus performing the same Motor starter protector and contactor assemblies can then be
function as the 3RV2917-5BA00 expansion plug; the electrical directly snapped onto the sockets of the three-phase busbars.
characteristics (e.g. a current carrying capacity of 63 A) are For feeders of sizes S00 and S0, the corresponding
identical. 3RA1921-1...., 3RA2911-2...., 3RA2921-1.... or 3RA2921-2....
link modules should generally be used.
The 3RV2917-5E expansion plug is 10 mm wider than the
3RV2917-5BA00 expansion plug, hence in the plugged state , Terminal block
there is a distance of 10 mm between the connected three- The 3RV2917-5D terminal block enables the integration of not
phase busbars. This distance can be used to lay the auxiliary only SIRIUS motor starter protectors but also single-phase,
current and control current wiring ("wiring duct"). The motor 2-phase and 3-phase components. The three phases can be fed
starter protector and contactor can be wired from underneath, out of the system using the terminal block; which means that
which means that the complete cable duct above the system single-phase loads can also be integrated in the system. The
can be omitted. terminal block is plugged into the slot of the expansion plug and
thus enables outfeeding from the middle or end of the infeed
( End cover system. The terminal block can be rotated through 180° and be
The end cover is used to cover the three-phase busbar at the locked to the support modules of the infeed system. In addition,
open end of the system. This cover is therefore only required the 45 mm wide TH 35 3RV1917-7B standard mounting rail
once for each system. An end cover is supplied with each three- option for screwing onto the support plate facilitates plugging
phase busbar system with infeed. Further end covers are the single-phase, two-phase and three-phase components onto
therefore only required as spare parts. the infeed system.
)Terminal block for device infeed

A new addition to the system is a connector for outfeeding to a
device slot within a module. This offers the option not only of
connecting three-phase loads to the system, but also of
integrating single-phase loads into the infeed system.
* Plug-in connector
The plug-in connector is used for the electrical connection
between the three-phase busbar and the 3RV2 motor starter
protector. These plug-in connectors are available for screw or
spring-type terminals.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/183

© Siemens AG 2018

3RV29 infeed system
General data
Type 3RV29.7
Size S00, S0
Standards
• IEC 60947-2 ✓
2 • IEC 60947-4-1
• UL 508/UL 60947-4-1
✓
✓
Rated current In A 63
Permissible rated current at inside temperature of control cabinet
Motor starter Size Rated current Inside
protectors/ temperature of
circuit breakers control cabinet
• 3RV2.11 S00 ... 14 A 60 °C % 100
> 14 ... 16 A 40 °C % 100
60 °C % 87
• 3RV2.21 S0 ... 16 A 60 °C % 100
> 16 ... 25 A 40 °C % 100
60 °C % 87
> 25 ... 32 A 40 °C % 87
• Storage/transport °C –50 ... +80
• Operation °C –20 ... +60
• Acc. to IEC 10% overvoltage V AC 500
5% overvoltage V AC 525
• Acc. to UL/CSA V AC 600
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Short-circuit strength Corresponds to the mounted motor starter protector or load feeder
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP20
(In the terminal compartment of the infeed without connected
IP00 conductor)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe
✓ Yes
2/184 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

3RV29 infeed system

Type Version For SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
3RV20, (UNIT, per PU
3RV23, SET, approx.
3RV24 M)
motor
starter
protectors
Three-phase busbars with infeed

Size d kg
2
Three-phase busbars For 2 motor starter
with infeed protectors with screw or
incl. 3RV2917-6A end spring-type terminals
cover • With infeed on the left S00, S0 2 3RV2917-1A 1 1 unit 41E 0.435
• With infeed on the right S00, S0 2 3RV2917-1E 1 1 unit 41E 0.435
3RV2917-1A
Three-phase busbars for system expansion
Three-phase busbars For motor starter
incl. 3RV2917-5BA00 protectors with screw or
expansion plug spring-type terminals
• For 2 motor starter S00, S0 2 3RV2917-4A 1 1 unit 41E 0.435
protectors
• For 3 motor starter S00, S0 2 3RV2917-4B 1 1 unit 41E 0.435
protectors
3RV2917-4A
Plug-in connectors
Plug-in connectors • For spring-type terminals Spring-type
to make contact with terminals
motor starter - Single-unit packaging S001) 2 3RV2917-5AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.059
protectors S02) 2 3RV2927-5AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.065
- Multi-unit packaging S001) 2 3RV2917-5A 1 10 units 41E 0.053
2)
S0 2 3RV2927-5A 1 10 units 41E 0.065
3RV2917-5AA00
• For screw terminals Screw terminals
- Single-unit packaging S001) 2 3RV2917-5CA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.039

2)
S0 } 3RV1927-5AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.041
- Multi-unit packaging S001) 2 3RV2917-5C 1 10 units 41E 0.035
S02) } 3RV1927-5A 1 10 units 41E 0.037
3RV2917-5CA00
1) 2)
I > 14 A, please note derating. I > 16 A, please note derating.
Type Version For SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

contactors (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size d kg
Contactor bases
Contactor bases Single-unit packaging S00 2 3RV2917-7AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.067
for mounting direct- S00, S0 2 3RV2927-7AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.082
on-line or reversing
starters
3RV2927-7AA00

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/185
© Siemens AG 2018

3RV29 infeed system
Type Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Terminal blocks
Terminal blocks Single-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-5D 1 1 unit 41E 0.061
For integration of single-phase,
2 two-phase and three-phase

components
3RV2917-5D
TH 35 standard mounting rails, width 45 mm
TH 35 standard mounting Single-unit packaging 2 3RV1917-7B 1 1 unit 41E 0.014
rails
Acc. to IEC 60715, width
45 mm
For mounting onto three-phase
busbars
3RV1917-7B
Extra-wide expansion plugs
Extra-wide expansion plugs Single-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-5E 1 1 unit 41E 0.044
As accessory
3RV2917-5E
Expansion plugs
Expansion plugs1) Single-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-5BA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.035
As spare part
3RV2917-5BA00
End covers
End covers2) Multi-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-6A 100 10 units 41E 0.600
As spare part
3RV2917-6A
Terminal blocks for device infeed
Terminal blocks for Single-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-5FA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.010
device infeed
3RV2917-5FA00
1)
The expansion plug is included in the scope of supply of the 3RV2917-4.
three-phase busbars for system expansion.
2)
The end cover is included in the scope of supply of the 3RV2917-1.
three-phase busbars with infeed system.

2/186 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Monitoring and Control Devices
Introduction
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Home page, see www.siemens.com/relays
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RP
Type 3RP25
Timing relays
Enclosures:
• 17.5 mm industry and household ✓
equipment installation
• 22.5 mm industry ✓
• 45 mm industry --
• For contactor sizes S0 to S12 --
Monofunction ✓
Multifunction ✓
Monovoltage --
Combination voltage ✓
Wide voltage range ✓
Application: --
• Control systems and mechanical ✓
engineering
• Infrastructure --
• Mounting onto contactors --
Page 2/190
✓ Corresponds to or possible
-- Does not correspond to or not possible
Type 3UG451., 3UG463. 3UG4621, 3UG4641 3UG4625 3UG458. 3UG4651 Page

3UG461. 3UG4622 with 3UL23
Monitoring relays
Line monitoring ✓ -- -- -- -- -- -- 2/202
Voltage monitoring -- ✓ -- -- -- -- -- 2/208
Current monitoring -- -- ✓ -- -- -- -- 2/211
Active current monitoring -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- -- 2/213
Power factor monitoring -- -- -- ✓ -- -- -- 2/213
Residual current monitoring -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- 2/216
Insulation monitoring -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- 2/219
Speed monitoring -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ 2/226
✓ Available
-- Not available
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/187

© Siemens AG 2018
Monitoring and Control Devices
Introduction
Connection methods "Increased safety" type of protection EEx e/d according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
The monitoring and control devices are available with screw or
spring-type terminals. The communication-capable, modularly designed SIMOCODE
pro motor management system (SIRIUS Motor Management and
Screw terminals Control Devices) protects motors of types of protection EEx e
and EEx d in potentially explosive areas.
Spring-type terminals ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion
2
hazard
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables The SIRIUS 3RN2 thermistor motor protection relay for PTC
by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds. sensors is certified according to ATEX Ex II (2) G and D for
environments with explosive gas or dust loads.
The SIRIUS SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system is
certified for the protection of motors in areas subject to explosion
hazard according to
• ATEX Ex I (M2); equipment group I, category M2 (mining)
• ATEX Ex II (2) GD; equipment group II, category 2 in area GD.
2/188 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
Timing relays with ON-delay
• Interference pulse suppression (gating of interference pulses)
• Gradual startup of motors so as not to overload the power
supply
Timing relays with OFF-delay
• Generation of overtravel functions following removal of voltage
• Gradual, delayed shutdown, e.g. of motors or fans, to allow a
2
plant to be shut down selectively
Wye-delta timing relays
• Switching over motors from wye to delta with a dead interval
of 50 ms to prevent phase-to-phase short circuits
Multifunctional timing relays
• Maximum flexibility, with a device for every application
• Available with relay and semiconductor output
7PV15, SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays

Electronic timing relays are used in control, starting, and
protective circuits for all switching operations involving time
delays. Their fully developed concept and space-saving,
compact design make the SIRIUS 3RP timing relays ideal
modules for control cabinet, switchgear and control
manufacturers in the industry.
With their narrow design, the 7PV15 timing relays are ideal in
particular for use in heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
systems and in compressors. All 7PV15 timing relays in this
enclosure version are suitable for snap-on mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rails according to IEC 60175. The enclosure
complies with DIN 43880.
■ Benefits
• Clear-cut basic range with five basic units in the case of the
7PV15 timing relays, and seven basic units in the case of the
3RP timing relays
• Logistic advantages provided by versions with wide voltage
range and wire setting range
• No tools required for assembly or disassembly on standard
mounting rails
• Cadmium-free relay contacts
• Recyclable, halogen-free enclosure
• Optimum price/performance ratio
• Versions with logical separation
• Low variance: One design for distribution boards and for
control cabinets
• Compliance with EMC requirements for buildings
• Environmentally friendly laser inscription instead of printing
containing solvents
• Timing relays suitable for the 3RT miniature contactors allow
smaller tier spacing
• Versions with screw terminals or alternatively with spring-type
terminals
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/189

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10
LED for indicating Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RP25
"Timing relay
connected to voltage" Cover caps inscribed Conversion tool, e.g. from 3RP15 to 3RP25, see
2 LED for indicating
on inside www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
"Relay switched" Electronic timing relays for general use in control systems and
IC01_00291a mechanical engineering with:
Time setting range
selector switch • 1 or 2 CO, 1 NO (semiconductor) or 3 NO
Operating time
adjustment switch Data matrix code
• Monofunction or multifunction
Function selector • Combination voltage or wide voltage range
switch
• Single or selectable time setting ranges
• Switch position indication and voltage indication by LED
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays
Article No. scheme

Timing relays 3RP25 @ @ – @ @ @ @ 0
Product function/ Multifunction 0 5 7 time ranges 0.05 s ... 100 h
time setting ranges With ON-delay 1 1 1 time range 0.5 ... 10 s
1 2 1 time range 1 ... 30 s
1 3 1 time range 5 ... 100 s
2 5 7 time ranges 0.05 s ... 100 h
2 7 4 time ranges 0.05 s ... 240 s
OFF-delay with control signal 3 5 7 time ranges 0.05 s ... 100 h
OFF-delay without control signal, non-volatile, 4 0 7 time ranges 0.05 s... 600 h
passing make contact
Clock-pulse relay, flashing, asymmetrical 5 5 7 time ranges 0.05 s ... 100 h
Wye-delta function with coasting function 6 0 Wye-delta 1 ... 20 s, coasting time (idling)
(idling) 600 s
Wye-delta function 7 4 1 time range 1 ... 20 s
7 6 1 time range 3 ... 60 s
Connection type Screw terminals 1
Contacts 1 CO A
2 CO B
Semiconductors (transistor NPN) C
Semiconductors (thyristor), two-wire E
1 NO + 1 NO (wye-delta) N
2 CO positively driven R
3 NO N
O
Control supply 24 V AC/DC B 3
voltage 200 … 240 V/380 … 440 V AC M2
400 ... 440 V AC T 2
12 ... 240 V AC/DC or W3
24 ... 240 V AC/DC (3RP2505-.RW30)
Example 3RP25 0 5 – 1 A B 3 0
Note:
2/190 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
3RP2505 multifunctional timing relays
The timing relay can be clearly labeled with the selectable
Two setting options for implementing the
functions using a set of labels. This is included in the scope of
multifunctions (A-M):
supply of the multifunctional relay.
1 Determination of 13 functions by the
IC01_00353b
setting A to M, The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B.

with 1 CO, 1 NO, 2 CO that switch in Note:
parallel.
2
2 Extended function variance by selecting
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is permissible
the time range and determining, when using AC control voltage (see circuit diagram).
whether 2 CO switch in parallel or
whether 1 CO switches with delay + 1 CO L1
switches immediately (1 CO + 1 CO)
2 S1
1
A1 B1
K2 K1
A2
Setting the functions on the device N
IC01_00297
The functions of the 3RP2505 multifunctional timing relays can
be set by means of the function selector switch. Whether both
Circuit diagram
CO contacts are switched in parallel or one CO contact with a
delay and one instantaneously and the choice of time setting
range are set by means of the time setting range selector switch.
The exact operating time can be adjusted with the operating
time switch.
Overview of functions
Identifica- 13 functions 27 functions
tion letter
1 CO, 1 NO (semiconductor), 13 functions (A - M) 2 CO switched in parallel +
2 CO switched in parallel, or 13 functions (A - M) 1 CO delayed + 1 CO instantaneous (1 CO + 1 CO) and
2 CO positively driven and switched in parallel with delay wye-delta function
A With ON-delay ON-delay and instantaneous contact
B OFF-delay with control signal OFF-delay with control signal and instantaneous contact
C ON-delay/OFF-delay with control signal ON-delay/OFF-delay with control signal and instantaneous contact
D Flashing, symmetrical, starting with interval Flashing, symmetrical, starting with interval and instantaneous contact
E Passing make contact, interval relay Passing make contact, interval relay and instantaneous contact
F Retriggerable interval relay with deactivated control signal Retriggerable interval relay with deactivated control signal (passing break
(passing break contact with control signal) contact with control signal) and instantaneous contact
G Passing make contact, with control signal, not retriggerable Passing make contact, with control signal, not retriggerable (pulse-forming with
(pulse-forming with control signal) control signal) and instantaneous contact
H Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF with control signal and instantaneous
with control signal contact
I Additive ON-delay with control signal Additive ON-delay with control signal and instantaneous contact
J Flashing, symmetrical, starting with pulse Flashing, symmetrical, starting with pulse and instantaneous contact
K Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and
settable pulse delay) settable pulse delay) and instantaneous contact
L Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse delay)
settable pulse delay) and instantaneous contact
M Retriggerable interval relay with activated control signal Retriggerable interval relay with activated control signal and instantaneous
(watchdog) contact (watchdog)
-- -- Wye-delta function
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/191

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
■ Benefits
• Easy stock keeping and logistics thanks to low variance of Standards and approvals
devices • IEC 60721-3-3 "Classification of environmental conditions"
• Reduced space requirement in the control cabinet thanks to • IEC 61812-1/DIN VDE 0435 Part 2021 "Specified time relays
variants in width 17.5 mm and 22 mm for industrial use"
• Consistent for all functions thanks to wide voltage range from • IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-3 and IEC 61000-6-4
12 to 240 V AC/DC "Electromagnetic compatibility"
2 • Up to 27 functions according to IEC 61812 in the
multifunctional timing relay with wide voltage range
• IEC 60947-5-1 "Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear –
Electromechanical control circuit devices"
• Multifunctional timing relay with semiconductor output for high
switching frequencies, bounce-free and wear-free switching
■ Application
Timing relays are used in control, starting, and protective circuits
for all switching operations involving time delays. They
guarantee a high level of functionality and a high repeat
accuracy of timer settings.
Enclosure version
All timing relays are suitable for snap-on mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715 or for screw
fixing.
2/192 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
More information
Technical specifications, see Internal circuit diagrams, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16354/td https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/103532830
Manual, see FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16354/faq
Article number 3RP2505-.A, 3RP2505-.C, 3RP2505-.B, 3RP2505-.R,

2
3RP251., 3RP2525-.B,
3RP2525-.A, 3RP2527, 3RP254., 3RP256., 3RP257.
3RP253., 3RP255.
Width x height x depth mm 17.5 x 100 x 90 22.5 x 100 x 90
H
Article number 3RP25..-.AB30, 3RP25..-.BT20, 3RP25..-.CW30 3RP25..-.EW30 3RP25..-.RW30

3RP25..-.AW30, 3RP25..-.NM20
3RP25..-.BB30,
3RP25..-.BW30,
3RP25..-.NW30,
3RP25..-.SW30
Insulation voltage for overvoltage V AC 300 500 300 -- 300
category III to IEC 60664 for pollution
degree 3, rated value
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60 -40 ... +70
Operating range factor of the control
supply voltage, rated value
• At AC
- At 50 Hz 0.85 ... 1.1 0.7 ... 1.1
- At 60 Hz 0.85 ... 1.1 0.7 ... 1.1
• At DC 0.85 ... 1.1 -- 0.85 ... 1.1 0.85 ... 1.1 0.7 ... 1.1
Switching capacity current A 0.01 ... 3 0.01 ... 3 0.01 ... 1 0.01 ... 0.6 0.01 ... 3
with inductive load
Operational current of the auxiliary
contacts
• At AC-15
- At 24 V A 3 3 1 -- 3
- At 250 V A 3 3 1 -- 3
- At 400 V A -- 3 -- -- --
• At DC-12
- At 24 V A -- -- 1 -- --
- At 125 V A -- -- 1 -- --
- At 250 V A -- -- 1 -- --
• At DC-13
- At 24 V A 1 1 -- -- 1
- At 125 V A 0.2 0.2 -- -- 0.2
- At 250 V A 0.1 0.1 -- -- 0.1
Thermal current A 5 5 1 0.6 5
Mechanical endurance 10 000 000
operating cycles, typical
Electrical endurance (operating 100 000 300 000 100 000
cycles) for AC-15 at 230 V, typical
Article number 3RP25..-1.... 3RP25..-2....

Type of electrical connection for Screw terminals Spring-type terminals (push-in)
auxiliary and control circuits
Design of thread M3 --
of connection screw
Tightening torque 0.6 … 0.8 Nm --
Type of connectable conductor
cross-sections
• Solid 1x (0.5 ... 4 mm²), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5 mm²) 1x (0.5 ... 4 mm²)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve 1x (0.5 ... 4 mm²), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5 mm²) 1x (0.5 ... 2.5 mm²)
• For AWG cables
- Solid 1x (20 ... 12), 2x (20 ... 14) 1x (20 ... 12)
- Stranded 1x (20 ... 12), 2x (20 ... 14) --
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/193

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
3RP25 function diagrams
Multifunction 3RP2505-.A, 1 CO, 13 functions and 3RP2505-.C, 1 NO (semiconductor), 13 functions
A1/A2 A1/A2
> 35 ms A1/A2
IC01_00344
IC01_00341
A1/A2
IC01_00343
B1/A2
IC01_00342
B1/A2
15/18 15/18
15/18 15/16
2
15/16 15/18 15/16
t 15/16 t t
t t t
A B C D
With ON-delay OFF-delay with control signal ON-delay/OFF-delay with control Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
signal interval
A1/A2 A1/A2 A1/A2

> 35ms > 35ms t1 t2 t3
IC01_00345
A1/A2
B1/A2 IC01_00346
IC01_00412
B1/A2
IC01_00347
B1/A2
15/18
15/16 15/18 15/18 15/18
t 15/16 15/16 15/16
t t t
E F G H
Passing make contact, interval relay Retriggerable interval relay with Passing make contact with control Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
deactivated control signal (passing signal, not retriggerable (pulse- with control signal
break contact with control signal) forming with control signal)
A1/A2 A1/A2
t1 t2 t3
IC01_00349a
A1/A2
IC01_00341
A1/A2
IC01_00350a
B1/A2
IC01_00348
B1/A2
15/18 15/18
15/18 15/16 15/16 15/18
15/16 t t t 15/16
t t
I J K L
Additive ON-delay, with control signal Flashing, symmetrical, starting with Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s) Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed
pulse and settable pulse delay) pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse delay)
A1/A2
IC01_00351
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t <t t
M
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal (watchdog)
Legend
A ... M identification letters
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
2/194 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 13 functions, 2 CO positively driven and switched in parallel with delay
A1/A2 A1/A2
> 35 ms A1/A2
A1/A2 B1/A2
B1/A2 15/18
15/18 15/18 15/16
NSB0_00871
IC01_00313
15/18
NSB0_00876
15/16 15/16 t t
15/16
IC01_00310
25/28 25/28
t 25/28 25/26
25/26 25/26
25/28
t t
2
t 25/26 t t
t
A B C D
With ON-delay OFF-delay with control signal ON-delay/OFF-delay with control Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
signal interval
A1/A2 A1/A2 A1/A2

A1/A2 > 35ms > 35ms t1 t2 t3
B1/A2 B1/A2 B1/A2
15/18
NSB0_00880
15/16 15/18 15/18 15/18

NSB0_00882
NSB0_00884
IC01_00411
15/16 15/16 15/16
25/28
25/26 25/28 25/28 25/28
t 25/26 25/26 25/26
t t t
E F G H
Passing make contact, interval relay Retriggerable interval relay with Passing make contact with control Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
deactivated control signal (passing signal, not retriggerable (pulse- with control signal
break contact with control signal) forming with control signal)
A1/A2
A1/A2 A1/A2
t1 t3 A1/A2
t2 B1/A2
B1/A2 15/18 15/18
15/16 NSB0_00871 15/18
IC01_00476
15/16 15/16
IC01_00321a
15/18
IC01_00307a
15/16 25/28 25/28 t

25/26 25/26 25/28
25/28
t t t 25/26
25/26 t
t
I J K L
Additive ON-delay with control signal Flashing, symmetrical, starting with Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse at 1 s and Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed
pulse settable pulse delay) pulse at 1 s and settable pulse delay)
A1/A2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
IC01_00323
t <t t
25/28
25/26
t <t t
M
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal (watchdog)
Legend
A ... M identification letters
Contact closed
Contact open
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/195

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 27 functions, 2 CO
A B
2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed + 2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous 1 CO instantaneous
A1/A2
> 35 ms A1/A2
A1/A2 A1/A2 > 35ms
B1/A2
15/18 B1/A2
2
15/18
NSB0_00871
15/16 15/16 15/18

15/16 15/18
IC01_00309
IC01_00310
25/28 t t 15/16
IC01_00311
25/26 21/24 25/28 t
t 21/22 25/26 21/24
t 21/22
With ON-delay ON-delay and instantaneous contact OFF-delay with control signal OFF-delay with control signal and
instantaneous contact
C D
A1/A2 A1/A2 A1/A2

A1/A2
B1/A2 B1/A2 15/18
15/16 15/18
15/18
IC01_00313
15/18 15/16
NSB0_00876
IC01_00314
15/16 15/16 t t
t t
IC01_00312
25/28
25/28 t t 25/26 21/24
25/26 21/24 21/22
21/22 t t
t t
ON-delay/OFF-delay with control ON-delay/OFF-delay with control Flashing, symmetrical, starting with Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
signal signal and instantaneous contact interval interval and instantaneous contact
E F
A1/A2 A1/A2
A1/A2 > 35ms >35ms
A1/A2
B1/A2 B1/A2
15/18 15/18
NSB0_00880
15/16 15/16 15/18 15/18

NSB0_00882
IC01_00315
15/16 15/16
t
IC01_00316
25/28
25/26 21/24 t
25/28
21/22 25/26 21/24
t 21/22
t
Passing make contact, interval relay Passing make contact, interval relay Retriggerable interval relay with Retriggerable interval relay with
and instantaneous contact deactivated control signal (passing deactivated control signal (passing
break contact with control signal) break contact with control signal) and
G H
A1/A2 A1/A2
A1/A2 t1 t3 A1/A2
> 35ms >35ms t2 t1 t3
t2
B1/A2 B1/A2
B1/A2 B1/A2
15/18 15/18
15/18 15/18
NSB0_00884
IC01_00411
15/16 15/16
15/16 15/16
IC01_00317
IC01_00318
25/28 t 25/28 t
25/26 21/24 25/26 21/24
t 21/22 t 21/22
Passing make contact with control Passing make contact with control Additive ON-delay, instantaneous Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
signal, not retriggerable (pulse- signal, not retriggerable (pulse- OFF with control signal with control signal and instantaneous
forming with control signal) forming with control signal) and contact
Legend
A ... H identification letters
Contact closed
Contact open
2/196 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 27 functions, 2 CO (continued)
I J
A1/A2 A1/A2
t1 t3 t1 t3 A1/A2
t2 t2 A1/A2
B1/A2 B1/A2 15/18
2
15/18
IC01_00476
15/16
15/18 15/18 15/16
IC01_00319
IC01_00307a
15/16 15/16 25/28 t t
IC01_00306
t 25/26 21/24
25/28
25/26 21/24 t t 21/22
21/22
t
Additive ON-delay with control signal Additive ON-delay with control signal Flashing, symmetrical, starting with Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
and instantaneous contact pulse pulse and instantaneous contact
K L
A1/A2
A1/A2
A1/A2 A1/A2
B1/A2
B1/A2
15/18 15/18
NSB0_00871
15/16 15/16 15/18

15/16 15/18
IC01_00321a
IC01_00320
t 15/16
IC01_00322
25/28 t
25/26 21/24 25/28 t
21/22 21/24
t 25/26
21/22
t
Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse at 1 s and Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse at 1 s and Pulse-delayed with control signal Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed
settable pulse delay) settable pulse delay) and (fixed pulse at 1 s and settable pulse pulse at 1 s and settable pulse delay)
instantaneous contact delay) and instantaneous contact
M *Δ
2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed + 2 CO switched in parallel or 1 CO
1 CO instantaneous delayed +
1 CO instantaneous
A1/A2
A1/A2
B1/A2 A1/A2
B1/A2
IC01_00325
15/18 15/18
15/16 15/18
IC01_00323
15/16 25/28
IC01_00324
t <t t
25/28 t <t t t 50ms
25/26 21/24
21/22
t <t t
Retriggerable interval relay with Retriggerable interval relay with Wye-delta function
activated control signal (watchdog) activated control signal and
instantaneous contact (watchdog)
Legend
I ... M identification letters
Contact closed
Contact open
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/197

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
Monofunctions 3RP251. to 3RP257.1)
NSB0_00859
A1/A2 A1/A2
NSB0_00869a
NSB0_00858
A1/A2 >35 ms
15/18
NSB0_00871
15/16 A1/A2 B1/A2
15/18
15/16 25/28 t 15/18
t 25/26 15/16
t
2
t
3RP251.-.AW30, 1 CO, ON-delay 3RP2525-..W30, 2 CO, ON-delay 3RP2527-.EW30, 1 NO 3RP2535-.AW30, 1 CO, OFF-delay with
(semiconductor), ON-delay control signal
250 ms 250 ms
> 250ms 250 ms A1/A2 A1/A2
IC01_00327
A1/A2 A1/A2
IC01_00354
15/18 15/18
15/16 15/16
IC01_00355
IC01_00326
15/18 15/18
15/16 15/16 t t
25/28 25/28
t t 25/26 25/26
t t
3RP2540-.A.30, 1 CO, OFF-delay 3RP2540-.A.30, 1 CO, positive 3RP2540-.B.30, 2 CO, OFF-delay 3RP2540-.B.30, 2 CO, positive passing
(N)1) passing make contact (O)1) (N)1) make contact (O)1)
A1/A2
NSB0_00863
A1/A2 B1/A2
A./A2 A1/A2
IC01_00407a
15/18
17/18
15/16 17/18 17/18
IC01_00328a
50 ms
17/28 27/28 27/28
Interval Pulse period t t Idling
t 50 ms t 50 ms
17/38
3RP2555-.AW30, 1 CO, flashing, 3RP2560-.SW30, 3 NO, wye-delta 3RP257.-.NM20, 2 NO, wye-delta 3RP257.-.NM30, 2 NO, wye-delta
asymmetrical, starting with interval function with overtravel function function function
(clock-pulse relay) (idling)
Legend
Contact closed
Contact open
1) 3RP2540 has a double function:
Function N = OFF-delay
Function O = Positive passing make contact.
2/198 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
Possibilities of operation of the 3RP2560-.SW30 timing relay
Operation 1: Start contact B./A2 is open when control supply Operation 4: Start contact B./A2 opens while delta time is
voltage A./A2 is applied running and is applied again
The control supply voltage is applied to A./A2 and there is no If the control signal on B./A2 is applied and switched off again
control signal on B./A2. This starts the *Δ timing. The idling time during the delta time, although the idling time has not yet
(coasting time) is started by applying a control signal to B./A2. elapsed, the idling time (coasting time) is reset to zero. If the
When the set time tIdling (30 ... 600 s) has elapsed, the output control signal is re-applied to B./A2, the idling time is restarted.
relays (17/38 and 17/28) are reset. If the control signal on B./A2
is switched off (minimum OFF period 270 ms), a new timing is
started. A./A2 2
Note: B./A2
Observe response time (dead time) of 400 ms on energizing
17/18
control supply voltage until contacts 17/18 and 17/16 close. Y
NSB0_00894e
17/28
A./A2
17/38
B./A2
tY 50 ms tIdling tIdling tIdling
17/18
Y Operation 4
NSB0_00891d
17/28 Legend
17/38
Contact closed
tY 50 ms tIdling tIdling50 ms tIdling 300 ms Contact open
tY = Star time 1 ... 20 s
Operation 1
tIdling = Idling time (coasting time) 30 ... 600 s
Operation 2: Start contact B./A2 is closed when control supply
voltage A./A2 is applied
Note:
if the control signal B./A2 is already present when the control
The following applies to all operations: The pressure switch
supply voltage A./A2 is applied, no timing is started. The timing
controls the timing via B./A2.
is only started when the control signal B./A2 is switched off.
A./A2 Application example based on standard operation

(Operation 1): For example, use of 3RP2560 for compressor
B./A2 control
Frequent starting of compressors strains the network, the
17/18 machine, and the increased costs for the operator. The new
Y
timing relay prevents frequent starting at times when there is
NSB0_00892d
17/28 high demand for compressed air. A special control circuit

prevents the compressor from being switched off immediately
17/38 when the required air pressure in the tank has been reached.
Instead, the valve in the intake tube is closed and the
tY 50 ms tIdling compressor runs in "Idling" mode, i.e. in no-load operation for a
specific time which can be set from 30 ... 600 s.
Operation 2
If the pressure falls within this time, the motor does not have to
Operation 3: Start contact B./A2 closes while star time is running be restarted again, but can return to nominal load operation from
If the control signal B./A2 is applied again during the star time, no-load operation.
the idling time starts and the timing is terminated normally. If the pressure does not fall within this idling time, the motor is
switched off.
A./A2 The pressure switch controls the timing via B./A2.
B./A2 The control supply voltage is applied to A./A2 and the start
contact B./A2 is open, i.e. there is no control signal on B./A2
17/18 when the control supply voltage is applied. The pressure switch
Y signals "too little pressure in system" and starts the timing by way
of terminal B./A2. The compressor is started, enters *Δ
NSB0_00893d
17/28
operation, and fills the pressure tank.
17/38 When the pressure switch signals "sufficient pressure", the
control signal B./A2 is applied, the idling time (coasting time) is
tY 50 ms started, and the compressor enters no-load operation for the set
tIdling period of time from 30 ... 600 s. The compressor is then switched
off. The compressor is only restarted if the pressure switch
Operation 3 responds again (low pressure).
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/199

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
2
3RP2525-2AW30 3RP2540-2AW30 3RP2555-2AW30 3RP2576-2NW30
Number of NO Number of CO Semi- Adjustable time Control supply voltage SD Spring-type PU PS* PG Weight
contacts contacts conduct terminals (push-in) (UNIT, per PU
or SET, approx.
output M)
Instan- De- Instan- De- At AC At DC Article No.
tane- layed tane- layed 50/60 Hz
ous switch- ous switch-
switching switching
ing ing
V V d kg
13 functions
0 0 0 1 No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2505-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.140
0 1 0 0 Yes 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2505-2CW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.141
13 functions, suitable for railway applications

0 0 -- 21) No 0.05 s ... 100 h 24 ... 240 24 ... 240 2 3RP2505-2RW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.173
27 functions
0 0 -- 22) No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2505-2BW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.172
ON-delay
0 0 0 1 No 0.5 ... 10 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2511-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.129
1 ... 30 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2512-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.130
5 … 100 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2513-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.131
0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2525-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.130
0 0 0 2 No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2525-2BW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.160
0 1 0 0 Yes 0.05 s... 240 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2527-2EW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.113
OFF-delay with control signal
0 0 0 1 No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2535-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.138
OFF-delay without control signal, non-volatile, passing make contact
0 0 0 1 No 0.05 s ... 600 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2540-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.161
0 0 0 2 No 0.05 s ... 600 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2540-2BW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.168
Clock-pulse relay, flashing, asymmetrical

0 0 0 1 No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2555-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.130
Wye-delta function with coasting function (idling)

1 2 0 0 No 1 ... 20 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2560-2SW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.175
Wye-delta function
1 1 0 0 No 1 ... 20 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2574-2NW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.150
1 1 0 0 No 3 ... 60 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2576-2NW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.152
• Screw terminals
• Spring-type terminals (push-in)
1) Positively-driven contacts. Notes:
2) Optionally 1 CO delayed + 1 CO instantaneous.
In the case of 3RP2505, the functions can be adjusted by means
of function selector switches on the device. The timing relay can
be clearly labeled with the selectable functions using a set of
labels. This is included in the scope of supply. The same
potential must be applied to terminals A. and B.
For functions, see the overview of functions on page 2/191.

2/200 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Timing Relays
■ Accessories
More information
You can find information on configuring and dimensioning the accessories in
the manual, see
2
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Sealing covers
• 17.5 mm 2 3ZY1321-1AA00 1 5 units 41L 0.002
3ZY1321-1AA00
• 22.5 mm 2 3ZY1321-2AA00 1 5 units 41L 0.003
3ZY1321-2AA00
Push-in lugs 2 3ZY1311-0AA00 1 10 units 41L 0.001
For wall mounting
3ZY1311-0AA00
Coding pins 2 3ZY1440-1AA00 1 12 units 41L 0.001
they enable mechanical coding of terminals
3ZY1440-0AA00
enclosure
• 2-pole, 1 x 4 mm² 2 3ZY1122-1BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.010
3ZY1122-1BA00
(push-in)
• 2-pole, 1 x 4 mm² 2 3ZY1122-2BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.050
3ZY1122-2BA00
Screwdrivers Spring-type terminals
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals; (push-In)
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm, titanium
gray/black, partially insulated 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RA2908-1A

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/201
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
General data
■ Overview
Thanks to adjustable delay times the monitoring relays can
respond very flexibly to brief faults such as voltage dips or load
changes. This avoids unnecessary alarms and disconnections
while enhancing plant availability.
The individual 3UG4 monitoring relays offer the following
functions in various combinations:
2 • Undershooting and/or overshooting of liquid levels
• Phase sequence
• Phase failure, neutral conductor failure
• Phase asymmetry
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for voltage
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for current
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for power
factor
• Monitoring of the active current or the apparent current
• Monitoring of the residual current
SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relay
• Monitoring of the insulation resistance
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for speed
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3UG45
Conversion tool, e.g. from 3UG3 to 3UG4, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
The field-proven SIRIUS monitoring relays for electrical and

mechanical variables enable constant monitoring of all
important characteristic quantities that provide information
about the functional capability of a plant. Both sudden
disturbances and gradual changes, which may indicate the
need for maintenance, are detected. Thanks to their relay
outputs, the monitoring relays permit direct disconnection of the
affected system components as well as alerting (e.g. by
switching a warning lamp).
Article No. scheme
Monitoring relays 3UG4 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ 0
Type of setting e.g. analogically adjustable 5
Functions e.g. line monitoring 4 5
Contacts e.g. 1 CO contact A
Supply voltage 160 ... 260 V AC N 2
Example 3UG4 5 1 1 - 1 A N 2 0
Note:
2/202 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Line monitoring
■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Can be used without auxiliary voltage in any network from
160 to 630 V AC worldwide thanks to wide voltage range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Permanent display of actual value and network fault type on
the digital versions
2
• Automatic correction of the direction of rotation by
distinguishing between power system faults and wrong phase
sequence
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
The relays are used above all for mobile equipment, e.g. air
SIRIUS 3UG4615 monitoring relay conditioning compressors, refrigerating containers, building site
compressors and cranes.
Solid-state line monitoring relays provide maximum protection
for mobile machines and plants or for unstable networks. Function Application
Network and voltage faults can be detected early and rectified Phase sequence • Direction of rotation of the drive
before far greater damage ensues.
Phase failure • A fuse has tripped
Depending on the version, the relays monitor phase sequence, • Failure of the control supply voltage
phase failure with and without N conductor monitoring, phase
• Broken cable
unbalance, undervoltage or overvoltage.
Phase asymmetry • Overheating of the motor due to asymmetrical
Phase asymmetry is evaluated as the difference between the voltage
greatest and the smallest phase voltage relative to the greatest • Detection of asymmetrically loaded networks
phase voltage. Undervoltage or overvoltage exists when at least
one phase voltage deviates by 20 % from the set rated system Undervoltage • Increased current on a motor with
voltage or the directly set limit values are overshot or undershot. corresponding overheating
The rms value of the voltage is measured. • Unintentional resetting of a device
• Network collapse, particularly with battery power
With the 3UG4617 or 3UG4618 relay, a wrong direction of
rotation can also be corrected automatically. Overvoltage • Protection of a plant against destruction due to
overvoltage
3UG4511 monitoring relays Correct phase sequence
The 3UG4511 phase sequenced relay monitors the phase
sequence in a three-phase network. No adjustments are
required for operation. The device has an internal power supply L1-L2-L3
and works using the closed-circuit principle. If the phase
sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct, the output relay 11/14
picks up after the delay time has elapsed and the LED is lit. If the ON 11/12
phase sequence is wrong, the output relay remains in its rest
position.
NSB0_01565a
Note: 21/24
21/22
When one phase fails, connected loads (motor windings, lamps,
transformers, coils, etc.) create a feedback voltage at the
terminal of the failed phase due to the network coupling.
Because the 3UG4511 relays are not resistant to voltage Wrong phase sequence
feedback, such a phase failure is not detected. Should this be
required, then the 3UG4512 monitoring relay must be used.
L3-L2-L1
11/14
OFF 11/12
NSB0_01566a
21/24
21/22
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/203

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Line monitoring
3UG4512 monitoring relays 3UG4513 monitoring relays
The 3UG4512 line monitoring relay monitors three-phase The 3UG4513 line monitoring relay monitors three-phase
networks with regard to phase sequence, phase failure and networks with regard to phase sequence, phase failure, phase
phase unbalance of 10%. Thanks to a special measuring asymmetry and undervoltage of 20%. The device has an internal
method, a phase failure is reliably detected in spite of the wide power supply and works using the closed-circuit principle. The
voltage range from 160 to 690 V and feedback through the load hysteresis is 5%. The integrated response delay time is
of up to 90%. The device has an internal power supply and adjustable from 0 to 20 s and responds to undervoltage. If the
works using the closed-circuit principle. No adjustments are direction is incorrect, the device switches off immediately.
2 required. If the line voltage is switched on, the green LED will
light up. If the phase sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is
Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure is reliably
detected in spite of the wide voltage range from 160 to 690 V
correct, the output relay picks up. If the phase sequence is and feedback through the load of up to 80%. If the line voltage
wrong, the red LED flashes and the output relay remains in its is switched on, the green LED will light up. If the phase
rest position. If a phase fails, the red LED is permanently lit and sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct, the output relay
the output relay drops. picks up. If the phase sequence is wrong, the red LED flashes
and the output relay remains in its rest position. If a phase fails,
Note: the red LED is permanently lit and the output relay drops.
The red LED is a fault diagnostic indicator and does not show the Note:
current relay status. The 3UG4512 monitoring relay is suitable for
line frequencies of 50/60 Hz. The red LED is a fault diagnostic indicator and does not show the
current relay status. The 3UG4513 monitoring relay is suitable for
Phase failure line frequencies of 50/60 Hz.
Phase failure and undervoltage
L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 Hysteresis

-20 % 5%
3~ n
11/14
11/12
11/14
11/12
NSB0_01567a
21/24
21/22
21/24
LED rd
21/22
LED rd NSB0_01569b
OFF ON OFF
Phase failure
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
Wrong phase sequence Phase failure Delay
Wrong phase sequence

L3-L2-L1
11/14 L3-L2-L1
11/12
11/14
11/12
NSB0_01568a
21/24
NSB0_01570a
21/22
21/24
LED rd
21/22
LED rd
OFF FLASH OFF
Phase sequence
OFF FLASH OFF
Phase sequence
2/204 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Line monitoring
3UG4614 monitoring relays 3UG4615/3UG4616 monitoring relays
The 3UG4614 line monitoring relay has a wide voltage range The 3UG4615/3UG4616 line monitoring relay has a wide voltage
input and an internal power supply. The device is equipped with range input and an internal power supply. The device is
a display and is parameterized using three buttons. The unit equipped with a display and is parameterized using three
monitors three-phase networks with regard to phase asymmetry buttons. The 3UG4615 device monitors three-phase networks
from 5 to 20%, phase failure, undervoltage and phase with regard to phase failure, undervoltage, overvoltage and
sequence. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V. In addition phase sequence. The 3UG4616 monitoring relay monitors the
the device has a response delay and ON-delay from 0 to 20 s in neutral conductor as well. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to
each case. The integrated response delay time responds to
phase asymmetry and undervoltage. If the direction is incorrect,
20 V. In addition the device has two separately adjustable delay
times for overvoltage and undervoltage from 0 to 20 s in each 2
the device switches off immediately. Thanks to a special case. If the direction is incorrect, the device switches off
measuring method, a phase failure is reliably detected in spite immediately. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase
of the wide voltage range from 160 to 690 V and feedback failure is reliably detected in spite of the wide voltage range from
through the load of up to 80%. 160 to 690 V and feedback through the load of up to 80%.
The 3UG4614 monitoring relay can be operated on the basis of The 3UG4615/3UG4616 monitoring relay can be operated on
either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and with the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and
manual or Auto RESET. with manual or Auto RESET.
With the closed-circuit principle selected With the closed-circuit principle selected
Wrong phase sequence Wrong phase sequence
L3-L2-L1 L3-L2-L1
11/14 11/14
11/12 11/12
NSB0_01571a
NSB0_01571a
21/24 21/24
21/22 21/22
Phase failure Phase failure
L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3

L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01576a
21/24
NSB0_01572a
21/24
21/22
21/22
Undervoltage
Undervoltage
< Hysteresis
x-y Hysteresis
U x-y <
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01577a
NSB0_01573a
21/24 21/24
21/22 21/22
Delay Delay
onDelay
Asymmetry Overvoltage
Hysteresis
> Asy 2% < Hysteresis
0% x-y
11/14 11/14
11/12 11/12
NSB0_01578a
NSB0_01574a
21/24 21/24
21/22 21/22
Delay Delay
onDelay
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/205

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Line monitoring
3UG4617/3UG4618 monitoring relays Undervoltage
The 3UG4617/3UG4618 line monitoring relay has an internal Hysteresis
power supply and can automatically correct a wrong direction of x-y <
rotation. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure
is reliably detected in spite of the wide voltage range from 160 11/14
to 690 V AC and feedback through the load of up to 80%. The
11/12
device is equipped with a display and is parameterized using
three buttons. The 3UG4617 line monitoring relay unit monitors 50 ms
NSB0_01588a
2 three-phase networks with regard to phase sequence, phase
failure, phase unbalance, undervoltage and overvoltage. The
21/24
21/22
3UG4618 monitoring relay monitors the neutral conductor as Delay
well. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V. In addition the
device has delay times from 0 to 20 s in each case for Overvoltage
overvoltage, undervoltage, phase failure and phase unbalance.
The 3UG4617/3UG4618 monitoring relay can be operated on > Hysteresis
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and x-y
with manual or Auto RESET.
The one changeover contact is used for warning or
disconnection in the event of power system faults (voltage, 11/14
asymmetry), the other responds only to a wrong phase 11/12
sequence. In conjunction with a contactor reversing assembly it 50 ms
NSB0_01589a
is thus possible to change the direction automatically. 21/24
With the closed-circuit principle selected 21/22
Phase failure Delay
Asymmetry
Hysteresis
L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 > Asy 2%
L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N 0%
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
50 ms
NSB0_01587a
50 ms
NSB0_01590a
21/24 21/24
21/22 21/22
Delay
Type 3UG4511 ... 3UG4513, 3UG4614 ... 3UG4618

General data
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
Control circuit
Load capacity of the output relay
• Thermal current Ith A 5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC mA 5
Electrical endurance AC-15 Million 0.1
oper-
ating
cycles
Mechanical endurance Million 10
oper-
ating
cycles
2/206 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Line monitoring

PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41H
3UG4511-2BP20 3UG4512-2BR20
Adjustable Under- Over- Stabilization Tripping Version of Measurable line SD Spring-type Weight
hysteresis voltage voltage time adjustable delay time auxiliary voltage1) terminals per PU
detection detection stDEL adjustable contacts approx.
Del
s s CO contact V d Article No. kg
Monitoring of phase sequence
Auto RESET
-- -- -- -- -- 1 160 … 260 AC 2 3UG4511-2AN20 0.112
2 2 3UG4511-2BN20 0.126
1 320 … 500 AC 2 3UG4511-2AP20 0.114
2 2 3UG4511-2BP20 0.127
1 420 … 690 AC 5 3UG4511-2AQ20 0.119
2 5 3UG4511-2BQ20 0.133
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure and phase unbalance
Auto RESET, closed-circuit principle, asymmetry threshold permanently 10%
-- -- -- -- -- 1 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4512-2AR20 0.114
2 2 3UG4512-2BR20 0.135
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry and undervoltage
Analogically adjustable, Auto RESET, closed-circuit principle, asymmetry and undervoltage threshold
permanently 20%
5% of ✓ -- -- 0.1 … 20 2 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4513-2BR20 0.137
set value
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
Asymmetry threshold 0 or 5 ... 20%
Adjustable ✓ -- 0.1 ... 20 0.1 … 20 2 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4614-2BR20 0.138
1 ... 20 V
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, overvoltage and undervoltage
Adjustable ✓ ✓ -- 0.1 … 202) 22) 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4615-2CR20 0.140
1 ... 20 V
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase and N conductor failure, overvoltage and undervoltage
Adjustable ✓ ✓ -- 0.1 … 202) 22) 90… 400 AC 2 3UG4616-2CR20 0.150
1 ... 20 V against N
Automatic correction of the direction of rotation in case of wrong phase sequence, phase failure,
asymmetry, overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
asymmetry threshold 0 or 5 ... 20%
Adjustable ✓ ✓ -- 0.1 … 20 23) 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4617-2CR20 0.140
1 ... 20 V
Automatic correction of the direction of rotation in case of wrong phase sequence, phase and N
conductor failure, asymmetry, overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
asymmetry threshold 0 or 5 ... 20%
Adjustable ✓ ✓ -- 0.1 … 20 23) 90 … 400 AC 2 3UG4618-2CR20 0.149
1 ... 20 V against N
✓ Function available
-- Function not available
1)
Absolute limit values.
2)
1 CO contact each and one tripping delay time each for Umin and Umax.
3)
1 CO contact each for power system fault and phase sequence correction.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/207
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Voltage monitoring
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET
response
• Width 22.5 mm
2 • Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
■ Application
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to overvoltage
• Switch-on of a plant at a defined voltage and higher
• Protection from undervoltage due to overloaded control
supply voltages, particularly with battery power
• Threshold switch for analog signals from 0.1 to 10 V
The relays monitor single-phase AC voltages (rms value) and
DC voltages against the set threshold value for overshoot and
undershoot. The devices differ with regard to their power supply
(internal or external).
3UG4631/3UG4632 monitoring relays Undervoltage
The 3UG4631/3UG4632 voltage monitoring relay is supplied
with an auxiliary voltage of 24 V AC/DC or 24 to 240 V AC/DC A1-A2
and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
voltage depending on parameterization. The device is equipped <
with a display and is parameterized using three buttons.
Hysteresis
The measuring range extends from 0.1 to 60 V or 10 to =0
600 V AC/DC. The threshold values for overshoot or undershoot
NSB0_01582a
can be freely configured within this range. If one of these 11/14
threshold values is reached, the output relay responds
11/12
according to the set principle of operation as soon as the delay
time has elapsed. This delay time UDel can be adjusted between Delay
0.1 s and 20 s.
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 30 V or 0.1 to 300 V. The
device can be operated on the basis of either the open-circuit or Range monitoring
closed-circuit principle and with Manual or Auto RESET. One
output changeover contact is available as signaling contact.
A1-A2
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Overvoltage
> <
A1-A2
Hysteresis
>
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
NSB0_01583b
=0
11/14
NSB0_01581a
11/14 11/12
11/12 Delay Delay
Delay Delay = Delay
2/208 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Voltage monitoring
3UG4633 monitoring relays Undervoltage
The 3UG4633 voltage monitoring relay has an internal power
supply and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring
of the voltage depending on parameterization. The device is
equipped with a display and is parameterized using three A1-A2 = <
buttons. Hysteresis
The operating and measuring range extends from
=0
17 to 275 V AC/DC. The threshold values for overshoot or
2
NSB0_01585a
undershoot can be freely configured within this range. If one of 11/14
these threshold values is reached, the output relay responds 11/12
according to the set principle of operation as soon as the
tripping delay time has elapsed. This delay time UDel can also be onDelay Delay
adjusted, just like the ON-delay time onDel, from 0.1 to 20 s.
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 150 V. The device can be Range monitoring
operated on the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit
principle and with Manual or Auto RESET. One output
changeover contact is available as signaling contact.
A1-A2 = > <
Overvoltage
Hysteresis
A1-A2 = > Hysteresis

=0
NSB0_01586a
11/14
Hysteresis
=0 11/12
NSB0_01584a
11/14 onDelay
Delay Delay
11/12 Delay = Delay
onDelay Delay
Type 3UG4631 3UG4632 3UG4633

General data
Pollution degree 3
Measuring circuit
Permissible measuring range single-phase AC/DC voltage V 0.1 … 68 10 … 650 17 … 275
Measuring frequency Hz 40 ... 500
Setting range single-phase voltage V 0.1 ... 60 10 ... 600 17 ... 275
Control circuit
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/209

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Voltage monitoring

• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact
3UG4633-2AL30
Measuring range Adjustable hysteresis Rated control supply SD Spring-type PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us terminals (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
V V V d Article No. kg
Internal power supply, without auxiliary voltage,
separately adjustable ON-delay and tripping delay 0.1 ... 20 s
17 … 275 AC/DC 0.1 ... 150 17 ... 275 AC/DC1) 2 3UG4633-2AL30 1 1 unit 41H 0.130
Supplied from an external auxiliary voltage,

tripping delay adjustable 0.1 ... 20 s
0.1 … 60 AC/DC 0.1 … 30 24 ... 240 AC/DC 2 3UG4631-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.139
10 ... 600 AC/DC 0.1 ... 300 2 3UG4632-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.135
1)
Absolute limit values.

2/210 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Current monitoring
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET
response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages 2
■ Application
• Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring
• Monitoring the functionality of electrical
loads
• Open-circuit monitoring
• Threshold switch for analog signals from 4 to 20 mA
The relays monitor single-phase AC currents (rms value) and DC
currents against the set threshold value for overshoot and
undershoot. They differ with regard to their measuring ranges
and control supply voltage types.
3UG4621/3UG4622 monitoring relays
The 3UG4621 or 3UG4622 current monitoring relay is supplied Current undershoot
with an auxiliary voltage of 24 V AC/DC or 24 to 240 V AC/DC
and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
current depending on parameterization. The device is equipped A1-A2
with a display and is parameterized using three buttons.
The measuring range extends from 3 to 500 mA or 0.05 to 10 A. <
The rms value of the current is measured. The threshold values
for overshoot or undershoot can be freely configured within this Hysteresis
range. If one of these threshold values is reached, the output
relay responds according to the set principle of operation as =0
soon as the tripping delay time IDel has elapsed. This time and
the ON-delay time onDel are adjustable from 0.1 to 20 s.
NSB0_01580a
11/14
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 250 mA or 0.01 to 5 A.
The device can be operated with Manual or Auto RESET and on 11/12
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle.
The following options are available: response of the output relay onDelay Delay
when the control supply voltage Us = ON is applied or not until
the lower measuring range limit of the measuring current
(I > 3 mA/50 mA) is reached. One output changeover contact is Range monitoring
available as signaling contact.
With the closed-circuit principle selected A1-A2
upon application of the control supply voltage
Current overshoot
> <
A1-A2
Hysteresis
> Hysteresis
=0
NSB0_01626a
Hysteresis 11/14
=0 11/12
onDelay Delay
NSB0_01579a
11/14 Delay
Delay = Delay
11/12
onDelay Delay
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/211

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Current monitoring
Type 3UG4621-.AA 3UG4621-.AW 3UG4622-.AA 3UG4622-.AW

General data
Pollution degree 3; overvoltage category III according to VDE 0110
Measuring circuit
Measuring range for single-phase AC/DC current A 0.003 … 0.6 0.05 … 15
2 Measuring frequency
Setting range for single-phase current
Hz
A
40 ... 500
0.003 ... 0.5 0.05 ... 10
Load supply voltage V 24 max. 3001) 24 max. 3001)
max. 5002) max. 5002)
Control circuit
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1
1)
With protective separation.
2)
With simple separation.

• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact
3UG4622-2AW30
Measuring range Adjustable hysteresis Rated control supply SD Spring-type PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us terminals (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
V d Article No. kg
Monitoring of undercurrent and overcurrent,
separately adjustable ON-delay and tripping delay 0.1 ... 20 s
3 … 500 mA AC/DC 0.1 ... 250 mA 24 ... 240 AC/DC 2) 2 3UG4621-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.138
0.05 … 10 A AC/DC 0.01 ... 5 A 2 3UG4622-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.140
1)
No electrical separation. Load supply voltage 24 V.
2)
Electrical separation between control circuit and measuring circuit.
Load supply voltage for protective separation max. 300 V, for simple
isolation max. 500 V.
With AC currents I > 10 A it is possible to use 4NC current
transformers as an accessory, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage
Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".

2/212 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Power factor and active current monitoring
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
90 to 690 V (absolute limit values)
• Monitoring of even small single-phase motors with a no-load
supply current below 0.5 A
• Simple determination of threshold values by the direct
collection of measured variables on motor loading
• Range monitoring and active current measurement enable
detection of cable breaks between control cabinets and
2
motors, as well as phase failures
• P.f. or Ires (active current) can be selected as the
measurement principle
• Width 22.5 mm
■ Application
• No-load monitoring and load shedding, such as in the event of
a V-belt tear
• Underload monitoring in the low-end performance range,
The 3UG4641 power factor and active current monitoring device e.g. in the event of pump no-load operation
enables the load monitoring of motors. • Monitoring of overload, e.g. due to a dirty
Whereas power factor (p.f.) monitoring is used above all for filter system
monitoring no-load operation, the active current monitoring • Simple power factor monitoring in power systems for control of
option can be used to observe and evaluate the load factor over compensation equipment
the entire torque range. • Broken cable between control cabinet and motor
3UG4641 monitoring relays
The 3UG4641 monitoring relay is self-powered and serves the With the closed-circuit principle selected
single-phase monitoring of the power factor or performs
overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the active current Response in the event of undershooting the measuring range
depending on how it is parameterized. The load to be monitored limit
is connected upstream of the IN terminal. The load current flows • With activated monitoring of Ires▼
through the terminals IN and Ly/N. The setting range for the
power factor is 0.1 to 0.99 and for the active current Ires it is Lx-Ly/N
0.2 to 10 A. If the control supply voltage is switched on and no
load current flows, the display will show I < 0.2 and a symbol for
I < 0,2 A
overrange, underrange or range monitoring. If the motor is now
I = 0,2 A
switched on and the current exceeds 0.2 A, the set ON-delay
time begins. During this time, if the set limit values are undershot
or exceeded, this does not lead to a relay reaction of the I=0
changeover contact. If the operational flowing active current Ires
and/or the power factor value falls below or exceeds the 11/14
respective set threshold value, the spike delay begins. When
this time has expired, the relay changes its switch position. The 11/12
relevant measured variables for overshooting and
NSB0_01658b
undershooting in the display flash. If monitoring for active 21/24

current undershoot is switched off (Ires▼= OFF), and if the load
21/22
current undershoots the lower measuring range threshold
(0.2 A), the CO contacts remain unchanged. If a threshold value onDelay onDelay
is set for the monitoring of active current undershooting, then • With deactivated monitoring of active current undershooting
undershooting of the measuring range threshold (0.2 A) will
result in a response of the CO contacts.
Lx-Ly/N
The relay operates either according to the open-circuit or
closed-circuit principle. If the device is set to Auto RESET
(Memory = No), depending on the set principle of operation, the < 0,2 A
switching relay returns to its initial state and the flashing ends = 0,2 A
when the hysteresis threshold is reached.
=0
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes), the
switching relay remains in its current switching state and the res = off
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and 11/14
overshooting continue to flash, even when the measured 11/12
variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault
status can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or
NSB0_01917b
21/24
DOWN▼ keys for 2 seconds, or by switching the supply voltage
off and back on again. 21/22
onDelay onDelay
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/213

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Overshooting of active current Overshooting of power factor
> cos φ
> res
cos φ
res
Hysteresis
2
cos φ = 0 Hysteresis 0,10
=0
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01662c
21/24
NSB0_01659a
21/24
21/22
21/22
onDelay Delay
onDelay Delay
Undershooting of active current Undershooting of power factor
< cos φ
< res
Hysteresis 0,10
res
Hysteresis cos φ
cos φ = 0
=0
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01663c
NSB0_01660a
21/24
21/24
21/22
21/22
onDelay Delay
onDelay Delay
Range monitoring of active current Range monitoring of power factor
> cos φ < cos φ

> res < res
cos φ
res
Hysteresis Hysteresis
0,10
Hysteresis cos φ
res
cos φ = 0
=0
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01664c
NSB0_01661a
21/24
21/24
21/22
21/22
onDelay Delay Delay
onDelay Delay Delay
2/214 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Type 3UG4641
General data
Pollution degree 3
Control circuit
2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts 2
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1

• For monitoring the power factor and the active current Ires PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
(p.f. x I) PS* = 1 unit
• Suitable for single- and three-phase currents PG = 41H
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Upper and lower threshold value can be adjusted separately
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 changeover contact each for undershoot/overshoot
Measuring range Hysteresis ON- Tripping Rated SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
adjustable delay delay control terminals per PU
time time supply approx.
adjust- adjust- voltage
able able Us1)
For For For For onDel I▲Del/ 50 AC/
power active power active I▼Del, 60 Hz
factor current factor current ϕ ▲Del/
Ires Ires ϕ ▼Del
P.f. A P.f. A s s V d Article No. d Article No. kg
0.10 ... 0.2 ... 0.1 0.1 ... 2.0 0 ... 99 0.1 ... 90 ... 690 2 3UG4641-1CS20 2 3UG4641-2CS20 0.151
0.99 10.0 20.0
1) Absolute limit values.
With AC active currents Ires > 10 A it is possible to use 4NC
current transformers as an accessory, see Catalog LV 10
"Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation
Technology".

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/215
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Residual Current Monitoring
Residual-current monitoring relays
• Worldwide use thanks to wide voltage range from
24 to 240 V AC/DC
• High measuring accuracy ± 7.5 %
• Permanent self-monitoring
• Variable threshold values for warning and disconnection
2
• Permanent display of the actual value and fault diagnostics via
the display
• High level of flexibility and space saving through installation of
the transformer inside or outside the control cabinet
• Width 22.5 mm
■ Application
Monitoring of plants in which residual currents can occur,
SIRIUS 3UG4625 monitoring relay e.g. due to dust deposits or moisture, porous cables and leads,
The 3UG4625 residual-current monitoring relays are used in or capacitive residual currents.
conjunction with the 3UL23 residual-current transformers for
monitoring plants in which higher residual currents are
increasingly expected due to ambient conditions. Monitoring
encompasses pure AC residual currents or AC residual currents
with a pulsating DC fault current component (transformer type A
in accordance with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
3UG4625 monitoring relays With the closed-circuit principle selected
The main conductor, and any neutral conductor to which a load Residual current monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
is connected, are routed through the opening of the annular ring
core of a residual-current transformer. A secondary winding is
placed around this annular strip-wound core to which the A1-A2
monitoring relay is connected. >
> !
If operation of a plant is fault-free, the sum of the inflowing and
outward currents equals zero. No current is then induced in the Hysteresis
secondary winding of the residual-current transformer. !
Hysteresis = 5 %
However, if an insulation fault occurs downstream of the residual
= 0,02 A
current operated circuit breaker, the sum of the inflowing =0
currents is greater than that of the outward currents. The
differential current – the residual current – induces a secondary 11/14
current in the secondary winding of the transformer. This current 11/12
is evaluated in the monitoring relay and is used on the one hand 21/24
IC01_00225
to display the actual residual current and on the other, to switch

the relay if the set warning or tripping threshold is overshot. 21/22
If the measured residual current exceeds the set warning value, Init
Delay onDelay
the associated changeover contact instantly changes the onDelay
switching state and an indication appears on the display.
If the measured residual current exceeds the set tripping value, If the device is set to Auto RESET, the relay switches back to the
the set delay time begins and the associated relay symbol OK state for the tripping value once the value falls below the set
flashes. On expiry of this time, the associated changeover hysteresis threshold and the display stops flashing.
contact changes the switching state. The associated relay changes its switching state if the value falls
ON-delay time for motor start below the fixed hysteresis value of 5 % of the set warning value.
To be able to start a drive when a residual current is detected, Any overshoots are therefore not stored.
the output relays switch to the OK state for an adjustable
ON-delay time depending on the selected open-circuit principle
or closed-circuit principle.
The changeover contacts do not react if the set threshold values
are overshot during this period.
2/216 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Residual-current monitoring relays
Residual current monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes) If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relays
remain in their current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting continues to flash, even
A1-A2 t > 2,5 s when the measured residual current returns to a permissible
Reset
value. This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the UP▲
> or DOWN▼ keys simultaneously for > 2 seconds, or by
> ! switching the supply voltage off and back on again.
Hysteresis
Note:
2
!
Hysteresis = 5 % Do not ground the neutral conductor downstream of the residual-
= 0,02 A current transformer as otherwise residual current monitoring
=0 functions can no longer be ensured.
11/14
11/12
21/24
IC01_00226
21/22
Init
Delay onDelay onDelay
onDelay
Type 3UG4625-1CW30,
3UG4625-2CW30
General data
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to IEC 60664 for V 300
pollution degree 3, rated value
Impulse withstand voltage, rated value Uimp kV 4
Control circuit
Thermal current of the non-solid-state contact blocks, maximum A 5
Current carrying capacity of the output relay
• At AC-15 at 250 V at 50/60 Hz A 3
• At DC-13
- At 24 V A 1
- At 125 V A 0.2
- At 250 V A 0.1
Operational current at 17 V, minimum mA 5

• For monitoring residual currents from 0.03 to 40 A, • Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
from 16 to 400 Hz • Separately adjustable limit value and warning threshold
• For 3UL23 residual-current transformers with feed-through • 1 changeover contact each for warning threshold and tripping
opening from 35 to 210 mm threshold
• Permanent self-monitoring
• Certified in accordance with IEC 60947, functionality PS* = 1 unit
corresponds to IEC 62020 PG = 41H
3UG4625-1CW30 3UG4625-2CW30
Measura Adjust- Switch- Adjust- Control supply voltage SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
ble able ing able terminals per PU
current response hystere- ON-delay approx.
value sis time
current At AC At AC At DC Article No. Article No.
At 50 Hz At 60 Hz rated
rated rated value
value value
A A % s V V V d d kg
0.01 ... 0.03 ... 0 ... 50 0 ... 20 24 ... 240 24 ... 240 24 ... 240 2 3UG4625-1CW30 2 3UG4625-2CW30 0.151
43 40
Accessories, see page 2/229. 3UL23 residual-current transformers, see page 2/218.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/217
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
3UL23 residual-current transformers
■ Overview
The 3UL23 residual-current transformers detect residual
currents in machines and plants. They are suitable for pure
AC residual currents or AC residual currents with a pulsating
DC fault current component (transformer type A in accordance
with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
Together with the 3UG4625, 3UG4825 residual-current
2 monitoring relays for IO-Link or the SIMOCODE 3UF motor
management and control device they enable residual-current
and ground-fault monitoring.
The 3UL2302-1A and 3UL2303-1A residual-current transformers
with a feed-through opening from 35 to 55 mm can be mounted
in conjunction with the 3UL2900 accessories on a TH 35
standard mounting rail according to IEC 60715.
SIRIUS 3UL23 residual-current transformer

Diameter of the bushing opening Connectable cross-section of the SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
connecting terminal (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm mm2 d Article No. kg
Residual-current transformers
(essential accessory for 3UG4625, 3UG4825 or SIMOCODE 3UF)
35 2.5 2 3UL2302-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.131
55 2.5 2 3UL2303-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.207
80 2.5 2 3UL2304-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.340
110 2.5 2 3UL2305-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.480

140 2.5 2 3UL2306-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.808
210 4 2 3UL2307-1A 1 1 unit 41H 1.720
■ Accessories
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Adapters
Adapters 2 3UL2900 1 2 units 41H 0.005
For mounting onto standard rail
for 3UL23 to diameter 55 mm
3UL2900

2/218 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Insulation Monitoring
General data
• Devices for AC and DC systems
• All devices have a wide control supply voltage range
• Direct connection to networks with mains voltages of up to
690 V AC and 1 000 V DC by means of a voltage reducer
module
• For AC supply systems: Frequency range 15 to 400 Hz
• Monitoring of broken conductors 2
• Monitoring of setting errors
• Safety in use thanks to integrated system test after startup
• Option of resetting and testing (by means of button on front or
using control contact)
• New predictive measurement principle allows very fast
response times
■ Application
IT networks are used, for example:
SIRIUS 3UG458. insulation monitor • In emergency power supplies
Insulation monitoring relays are used for monitoring the • In safety lighting systems
insulation resistance between ungrounded single or three-phase • In industrial production facilities with high availability
AC supplies and a protective conductor. requirements (chemical industry, automobile manufacturing,
Ungrounded, i.e. isolated networks (IT networks) are always printing plants)
used where high demands are placed on the reliability of the • In shipping and railways
power supply, e.g. emergency lighting systems. IT systems are • For mobile generators (aircraft)
supplied via an isolating transformer or by power supply sources
such as batteries or a generator. While an initial insulation fault • For renewable energies, such as wind energy and
between a phase conductor and the ground effectively grounds photovoltaic power plants
the conductor, as a result no circuit has been closed, so it is • In the mining industry
possible to continue work in safety (single-fault safety). However,
the fault must be rectified as quickly as possible before a second
insulation fault occurs (e.g. according to DIN VDE 0100-410).
For this purpose insulation monitoring relays are used, which
constantly measure the resistance to ground of the phase
conductor and the neutral conductor, reporting a fault
immediately if insulation resistance falls below the set value so
that either a controlled shutdown can be performed or the fault
can be rectified without interrupting the power supply.
Two device series
• 3UG4581 insulation monitoring relays for ungrounded AC
networks
• 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relays for
ungrounded DC and AC networks
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/219

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
General data
More information
Manuals, see
2
Type 3UG4581-1AW30 3UG4582-1AW30 3UG4583-1CW30
General data
Setting range for the setpoint response values
• 1 ... 100 kΩ ✓ ✓ ✓
• 2 ... 200 kΩ -- -- ✓
Rated voltage of the network being monitored
• 0 ... 250 V AC -- ✓ --
• 0 ... 440 V AC ✓ -- ✓
• 0 ... 690 V AC -- -- ✓ 1)
• 0 … 300 V DC -- ✓ --
• 0 … 600 V DC -- -- ✓
• 0 ... 1 000 V DC -- -- ✓ 1)
Max. leakage capacitance of the system
• 10 μF ✓ ✓ --
• 20 μF -- -- ✓
Output contacts
• 1 CO ✓ ✓ --
• 2 CO or 1 CO + 1 CO, adjustable -- -- ✓
Number of limit values
•1 ✓ ✓ --
• 1 or 2, adjustable -- -- ✓
Principle of operation Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle Open-circuit/closed-
circuit principle,
adjustable
Rated control supply voltage
• 24 ... 240 V AC/DC ✓ ✓ ✓
Rated frequency
• 15 ... 400 Hz -- ✓ ✓
• 50/60 Hz ✓ -- --
Auto or Manual RESET ✓ ✓ ✓
Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable
Remote RESET ✓ ✓ ✓
Via control input Via control input Via control input
Non-volatile error memory -- -- ✓
Adjustable
Broken wire detection -- -- ✓
Adjustable
Replacement for
Rated control supply Voltage range of the
voltage Us network being monitored
3UG3081-1AK20
110 ... 130/220 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 x 230/400 V AC ✓ -- --
3UG3081-1AW30
24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 x 230/400 V AC ✓ -- --
3UG3082-1AW30
24 ... 240 V AC/DC 24 ... 240 V DC -- ✓ --
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
With voltage reducer module.
2/220 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
For ungrounded AC networks
■ Overview
The 3UG4581 insulation monitoring relays are used to monitor
insulation resistance according to IEC 61557-8 in ungrounded
AC networks with rated voltages of up to 400 V.
These devices can monitor control circuits (single-phase) and
main circuits (three-phase).
2
They measure insulation resistances between system cables
and system ground. If the value falls below the threshold value,
the output relays are switched to fault status.
In the case of 3UG4581 a higher-level DC measuring signal is
used. The higher-level DC measuring signal and the resulting
current are used to determine the value of the insulation
resistance of the network which is to be measured.
SIRIUS 3UG4581 insulation monitor
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage, with Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Auto RESET Manual RESET
A1+/A2- A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3 Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3 Y2-Y3
Measured value Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value Hysteresis
ts Threshold value
ts
Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
11-14 11-14
11-12 11-12
: green LED : green LED
IC01_00074
IC01_00075
F : red LED F : red LED
: yellow LED : yellow LED
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/221

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
For ungrounded AC networks
Type 3UG4581
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 400 supply circuit/measuring circuit
Pollution degree 3 300 supply circuit/output circuit
Overvoltage category III acc. to IEC 60664
Rated control supply voltage V 24 ... 240 AC/DC
2 Rated frequency
Measuring circuit
Hz 15 ... 400
Rated line voltage of the network being monitored V 0 ... 400

Rated frequency of the network being monitored Hz 50 ... 60
Setting range for insulation resistance kΩ 1 ... 100
Control circuit
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 2

• Closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact
• Fault memory adjustable using control input (Y2-Y3)
• Reset by means of button on front or using control input
(Y2-Y3)
• Test by means of button on front or using control input
(Y1-Y3)
Rated line Measuring Rated control System SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Un range Ue supply voltage Us leakage (UNIT, per PU
capacitance SET, approx.
M)
V AC kΩ V μF d Article No. kg
Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC networks
0 ... 400 1 ... 100 24 ... 240 AC/DC Max. 10 5 3UG4581-1AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.153
3UG4581-1AW30

2/222 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
For ungrounded DC and AC networks
■ Overview
They measure insulation resistances between system cables
and system ground. If the value falls below the threshold value,
the output relays are switched to fault status. With these devices,
which are suitable for both AC and DC networks, a pulsed test
signal is fed into the network to be monitored and the isolation
resistance is determined.
The pulsed test signal changes its form according to insulation
resistance and network loss capacitance. The changed form is 2
used to predict the changed insulation resistance.
If the predicted insulation resistance matches the insulation
resistance calculated in the next measurement cycle, and is
lower than the threshold value, the output relays are activated or
deactivated, depending on the device configuration. This
measurement principle is also suitable for identifying
symmetrical insulation faults.
3UG4983 voltage reducer module
The 3UG4983 passive voltage reducer module can be used to
SIRIUS 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitors allow the 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relay to be used for
insulation monitoring of IT networks with rated voltages of up to
The 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relays are 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC.
used to monitor insulation resistance in ungrounded IT AC or DC
networks according to IEC 61557-8.
A1+/A2- A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3 Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3 Y2-Y3
Measured value Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value Hysteresis
ts Threshold value
ts
Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
11-14 11-14
11-12 11-12
: green LED : green LED
IC01_00074
IC01_00075
F : red LED F : red LED
: yellow LED : yellow LED
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/223

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
A1+/A2- A1+/A2-
2
Y1-Y3 Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3 Y2-Y3
Measured Value Measured Value
Prewarning Prewarning
Final switch-off Final switch-off
Open-circuit ts Open-circuit ts ts
principle open principle open
11-14 11-14
11-12 11-12
21-24 21-24
21-22 21-22
LED LED
LED F LED F
LED LED
Closed-circuit closed Closed-circuit closed
principle principle
11-14 11-14
11-12 11-12
21-24 21-24
21-24 21-24
LED LED
IC01_00084a
IC01_00083
LED F LED F
LED LED
Type 3UG4582 3UG4583

General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 400 supply circuit/measuring 400 supply circuit/measuring circuit
Pollution degree 3 circuit, 300 supply circuit/output 300 supply circuit/output circuit
Overvoltage category III acc. to IEC 60664 circuit 300 output circuit 1/output circuit 2
Rated control supply voltage V AC/DC 24 ... 240
Rated frequency Hz 15 ... 400
Measuring circuit
Rated line voltage of the network being monitored V 0 ... 250 AC 0 ... 300 AC, 0 ... 690 AC with 3UG49 83
V 0 ... 300 DC 0 ... 600 DC, 0 ... 1 000 DC with 3UG49 83
Rated frequency of the network being monitored Hz DC or 15 ... 400
Setting range for insulation resistance kΩ 1 ... 100 1 ... 100
2 ... 200 for 2nd limit value
(disconnectable)
Control circuit
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts 1 2 or 1 + 1, adjustable
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 2
2/224 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays

• Auto or Manual RESET Note:
• Rated control supply voltage Us 24 ... 240 V AC/DC
• 3UG4582: Closed-circuit principle With the 3UG4983-1A coupling unit, connection to networks with
3UG4583: Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle, adjustable voltages of up to 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC is possible, see
• 1 or 2 CO contacts below.
• Fault memory adjustable using control input (Y2-Y3)
• Reset by means of button on front or using control input
(Y2-Y3)
• Test by means of button on front or using control input
2
(Y1-Y3)
• 3UG4583: Non-volatile fault storage can be configured
• 3UG4583: 2 separate limit values (e.g. for warning and
disconnection) or 2 CO contacts for one limit value (e.g. for a
local alarm and signaling to the PLC via separate circuits) can
be configured
Rated line System Output Measuring Broken SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Un leakage relays range Ue wire (UNIT, per PU
capaci- detection SET, approx.
tance in the M)
measuring
range
V μF kΩ d Article No. kg
3UG4582 insulation monitors
0 ... 250 AC, Max. 10 1 CO 1 ... 100 ✓ 5 3UG4582-1AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.160
0 ... 300 DC
3UG4582-1AW30
3UG4583 insulation monitors
0 ... 400 AC, Max. 20 2 CO or 1 ... 100, ✓ 5 3UG4583-1CW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.269
0 ... 600 DC1) 1 CO + 2 ... 200 Adjustable
1 CO for 2nd
adjustable limit value,
adjustable
3UG4583-1CW30
Voltage reducer modules for 3UG4583
For extending the line voltage range to 5 3UG4983-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.208
max. 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC
3UG4983-1A
✓ Available
1)
With 3UG4983-1A voltage reducer module suitable also for the insulation
monitoring of IT networks of up to 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/225
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Speed monitoring
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
24 to 240 V (absolute limit values)
monitoring
• Permanent display of actual value and fault type
2 • Use of up to 10 sensors per rotation for extremely slowly
rotating motors
• 2- or 3-wire sensors and sensors with a mechanical switching
output or semiconductor output can be connected
• Auxiliary voltage for sensor integrated
■ Application
• Slip or tear of a belt drive
SIRIUS 3UG4651 monitoring relay • Overload monitoring
The 3UG4651 monitoring relay is used in combination with a • Transport monitoring for completeness
sensor to monitor motor drives for overspeed and/or
underspeed.
Furthermore, the monitoring relay is ideal for all functions where
a continuous pulse signal needs to be monitored (e.g. belt travel
monitoring, completeness monitoring, passing monitoring,
clock-time monitoring).
The speed monitoring relay operates according to the principle Speed monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
of period duration measurement.
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the output relay switches to
In the monitoring relay, the time between two successive rising the GO state, once the adjustable hysteresis threshold is
edges of the pulse encoder is measured and compared to the reached in the range of 0.1 to 99.9 rpm and the flashing stops.
minimum and/or maximum permissible period duration Any overshoots or undershoots are therefore not stored.
calculated from the set limit values for the speed.
Speed monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
Thus, the period duration measurement recognizes any
deviation in speed after just two pulses, even at very low speeds If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relay
or in the case of extended pulse gaps. remains in its current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting/undershooting continue
By using up to ten pulse encoders evenly distributed around the to flash, even when the speed returns to a permissible value.
circumference, it is possible to shorten the period duration, and This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the UP▲ or
in turn the response time. By taking into account the number of DOWN▼ keys simultaneously for > 2 s, by connecting the
sensors in the monitoring relay, the speed continues to be RESET device terminal to 24 V DC or by switching the control
indicated in rpm. supply voltage off and back on again.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a motor drive, and depending on whether the
open-circuit or closed-circuit principle is selected, the output
relay switches to the GO state during the ON-delay time, even if
the speed is still below the set value.
The ON-delay time is started by either switching on the auxiliary
voltage or, if the auxiliary voltage is already applied, by actuating
the respective NC contact (e.g. auxiliary contact).
2/226 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Speed monitoring
Range monitoring without enable input Range monitoring with enable input
A1/A2
A1/A2
EN
rpm
> RPM < RPM
> RPM < RPM
2
Hysteresis
rpm
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
rpm
rpm Hysteresis
RPM = 0
RPM = 0
NSB0_01803b
11/14
NSB0_01804a
11/12 11/14
onDelay Delay Delay 11/12

onDelay Delay Delay
Type 3UG4651
General data
Pollution degree 3
Measuring circuit
Sensor supply
• For three-wire sensor (24 V/0 V) mA Max. 50
• For 2-wire NAMUR sensor (8V2) mA Max. 8.2
Signal input
• IN1 kΩ 16, 3-wire sensor, pnp operation
• IN2 kΩ 1, floating contact, 2-wire NAMUR sensor
Voltage level
• For level 1 at IN1 V 4.5 ... 30
• For level 0 at IN1 V 0 ... 1
Current level
• For level 1 at IN2 mA > 2.1
• For level 0 at IN2 mA < 1.2
Minimum pulse duration of signal ms 5
Minimum interval between 2 pulses ms 5
Control circuit
Thermal current Ith A 5
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/227

© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Speed monitoring

• For speed monitoring in revolutions per minute (rpm) PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
• Two- or three-wire sensor with mechanical or electronic PS* = 1 unit
switching output can be connected PG = 41H
• Two-wire NAMUR sensor can be connected
• Sensor supply 24 V DC/50 mA integrated
• Input frequency 0.1 to 2 200 pulses rpm
(0.0017 to 36.7 Hz)
2 • With or without enable signal for the drive to be monitored
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Number of pulses per revolution can be adjusted
• Upper and lower threshold value can be adjusted separately
• Auto, manual or remote RESET options after tripping
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 CO contact
Measuring range Hysteresis ON-delay Tripping Pulses per Rated SD Spring-type Weight
time time revolution control supply terminals per PU
voltage Us approx.
AC/DC
rpm rpm s s V d Article No. kg
0.1 ... 2 200 OFF 0 ... 900 0.1 ... 99.9 1 ... 10 24 ... 240 2 3UG4651-2AW30 0.145
0.1 ... 99.9

2/228 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Relays
Accessories

Use Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Blank labels
For 3UG4 Unit labeling plates
For SIRIUS devices 2
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1) 20 3RT1900-1SB20 100 340 units 41B 0.062
For 3UG4 Adhesive labels for SIRIUS devices
NSB0_01429b
• 19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise 15 3RT1900-1SB60 100 3060 units 41B 15.300

• 19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow 15 3RT1900-1SD60 100 3060 units 41B 0.005
3RT1900-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
For 3UG4 Push-in lugs 5 3RP1903 1 10 units 41H 0.002
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
3RP1903
For 3UG4 Sealable covers 5 3RP1902 1 5 units 41H 0.003
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
For 3UG45 Sealing foil 2 3TK2820-0AA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.003
3RP1902
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
Covers for insulation monitoring relays
Sealable, transparent covers
For 3UG4581 5 3UG4981-0C 1 1 unit 41H 0.007
and 3UG4582
3UG4981-0C
For 3UG4583 5 3UG4983-0C 1 1 unit 41H 0.010
3UG4983-0C
For auxiliary Screwdrivers Spring-type terminals
circuit For all SIRIUS devices with spring-
connections type terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm, titanium 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
gray/black, partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
1) PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16.
Notes:
For products for mechanical bearing monitoring,
e.g. condition monitoring systems,
see www.siemens.com/siplus-cms.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/229
© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Technology
Introduction
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3SK
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Conversion tool e.g. from 3TK28 to 3SK, see
Home page, see www.siemens.com/safety-relays www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
2 SIRIUS Safety Integrated

Article No. Page
3SK safety relays

• Key modules of a consistent and cost-effective safety chain
• Can be used for all safety applications thanks to compliance with the highest safety
requirements (PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1 or SIL 3 according to IEC 61508)
• Suitable for use all over the world through compliance with all globally established
certifications
SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units 3SK111 2/238
3SK111. • Simple, compact devices for all important requirements for monitoring safety sensors and
actuators
SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units 3SK112 2/239
• Multifunctional series of safety relays with safe relay outputs, semiconductor outputs or
time-delayed outputs for:
- EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring
- Protective door monitoring
- Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.
3SK112. - Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles
- Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors
• Setting by means of DIP switch
SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units 3SK2 2/240
• Series of safety relays that can be parameterized by software, with semiconductor outputs and
independent output functions for:
- EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring
- Protective door monitoring
- Protective door monitoring with tumbler
3SK2
- Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.
- Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles
- Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors
- Muting
Expansion units 3SK121, 2/241,
• 3RO and 4RO output expansions for SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units, 3SK122, 2/242
SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units and SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units 3SK123
• Input expansion for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
3SK121.
• Power supply for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
• Integration of 3RM1 motor starters possible and simple integration of a main circuit component
in a system configuration of the safety relays.
There is no need for complex wiring between the safety evaluation unit and the actuator.
• Expansion of the Standard device series by means of wiring
• Expansion of the SIRIUS 3SK1 and SIRIUS 3SK2 Advanced device series by means of wiring
or without wiring outlay by means of 3ZY12 device connectors
Connection methods
The 3SK safety relays are available with screw or spring-type 3SK safety relays: Spring-type terminals (push-in)
terminals (push-in).
Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing
The 3TK2810 safety relays and the 3RK3 Modular Safety System fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors
are available with screw or spring-type terminals. equipped with end sleeves.
As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with
Screw terminals 3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor.
The same tool can also be used to wire finely-stranded or
Spring-type terminals (push-in) stranded conductors with no end finishing.
The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly
by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds. and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the
checking and tightening required with screw terminals.
2/230 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
General data
■ Overview
3SK1 Advanced basic units
The 3SK1 Advanced basic units also offer:
• Universal application opportunities thanks to multifunctionality
• Time-delayed outputs
• Expansion of inputs and outputs
3SK2 basic units 2
The 3SK2 basic units also offer:
• Up to six fail-safe, independent shutdown functions
• Flexible application thanks to software parameterization
• Powerful semiconductor outputs
• User-friendly diagnostics using diagnostics display and
configuring software
In the case of 3SK1 Advanced basic units or 3SK2 basic units,
the 3ZY12 device connector allows safety functions involving
several sensors and actuators to be constructed very quickly.
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are the key elements of a consistent,
cost-effective safety chain. Whether you need EMERGENCY-
STOP functionality, protective door monitoring, light arrays, laser
scanners or the protection of presses or punches – slimline
SIRIUS safety relays enable all safety applications to be
implemented in the best possible way in terms of engineering
and price. 1
IC 01_0 03
The following safety-related functions are available: 36 b
• Monitoring the safety functions of sensors

• Monitoring the sensor leads 2 2 2 3
• Monitoring the correct device function of the safety relay
• Monitoring the actuators in the shutdown circuit
• Safety-related disconnection when dangers arise
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are approved for applications up to
SIL 3 (IEC 61508/IEC 62061) or PL e (EN ISO 13849-1).
Device series
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays stand out due to their flexibility for both
parameterization and system designs with several evaluation
units. Optimized solutions when selecting components are
facilitated by a clearly structured component range: 7
6
• 3SK1 Standard basic units 5
1 Standard mounting rail 4
• 3SK1 Advanced basic units
• 3SK2 basic units 2 Device connector
• 3SK output expansions 3 Device termination connector
• 3SK1 input expansions 4 SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starter
• Accessories 5 SIRIUS 3SK1211 output expansion
3SK1 Standard basic units 6 SIRIUS 3SK1121 Advanced basic unit
The 3SK1 Standard basic units are characterized by the 7 SIRIUS 3SK1220 sensor expansion
following features:
• Compact design System configuration example
• Simple operation
The 3SK1 and 3SK2 Standard and Advanced series are a
• Relay and semiconductor outputs high-quality replacement for the 3TK28 safety relays. In their
• Economical solution narrower design, and equipped with greater functionality, they
can replace every 3TK28 device. The only exception to this are
the 3TK2810 devices.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/231

© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
General data
Overview of functions of the 3SK series
Type 3SK1 Standard basic units 3SK1 Advanced basic units 3SK2 basic units
22.5 mm 45 mm
Safe relay outputs Safe semiconductor Safe relay outputs Safe semiconductor Safe semiconductor Safe semiconductor
outputs outputs outputs outputs
Sensors
2 •
•
Mechanical
Non-floating
✓
✓1)
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
• Antivalent -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
• Expandable -- ✓ by means of ✓ ✓ -- --
cascading
Inputs
• Freely parameterizable -- -- -- -- 10 single-channel, 20 single-channel,
5 two-channel 10 two-channel
Parameters
• Start ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ A variety of functions can be set for each
(auto/monitored) input/output by means of software
• Sensor connection ✓ by means of ✓ ✓ ✓ parameterization.
2 x 1-channel/ wiring
1 x 2-channel
• Cross-circuit detection ✓ by means of ✓ ✓ ✓
wiring
• Start test ON/OFF -- ✓ ✓ ✓
• Monitoring of two-hand -- -- ✓ ✓
operation consoles
according to EN 574
• Pressure-sensitive mat -- -- ✓ ✓
Safe outputs
• Instantaneous ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Parameterizable Parameterizable
• Time-delayed -- -- ✓ ✓ Parameterizable Parameterizable
• Expandable with safe relay ✓ by means of ✓ by means of ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
outputs wiring wiring
• Independent -- -- -- -- ✓4) ✓5)
• Device connectors -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Options
• External memory module -- -- -- -- -- ✓
• Display on the device -- -- -- -- -- ✓
• External diagnostics -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓
module can be connected
Control supply voltage
• 24 V DC ✓2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC ✓ ✓6) ✓3) ✓3) -- --
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
24 V basic units only.
2)
24 V AC/DC.
3) Possible using 3SK1230 power supply via device connector.
4)
Up to 4 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connectors.
5)
Up to 6 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connectors.
6) Possible using 3SK1230 power supply by means of wiring.
2/232 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
General data
Parameter assignment
3SK112 and 3SK1112 with DIP switch 3SK2 with software
The 3SK112 and 3SK1112 safety relays are configurable safety The 3SK2 safety relays are configured with the SIRIUS Safety ES
relays. They are used as evaluation units for typical safety chains software. The behavior of a 3SK2 device as well as the
(detect, evaluate, respond). A number of functions can be set functioning of the individual safe outputs can thus be
using the DIP switches on the front. 3SK112 and 3SK1112 are parameterized simply and conveniently in the logic diagram. In
therefore universally applicable. addition, the configuration can be printed out for documentation
purposes. The software also supports the user during
DIP switch
No.
OFF ON Schematic commissioning and troubleshooting by means of online
diagnostics and the option of being able to "force" signals in the
2
1 Autostart sensor Sensor input logic plan. The 3SK2 safety relays thus offer maximum flexibility
input Monitored start
ON and universal application options.
2 Without crossover With crossover
monitoring monitoring 1
2 Note:
3 2 x single-channel 1 x 2-channel
sensor connection sensor connection 3 For SIRIUS Safety ES, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 14
IC01_00196
4 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS".
4 With start test Without start test
Enclosure concept
3
2
7 7
9
4
10
5
2
6
8
1
1 Connecting terminals 4 DIP switches 7 Device interface 10 Device display

2 Labeled terminal covers 5 SET/RESET button 8 Data matrix code
3 LED status display 6 Sealable cover 9 Memory module IC01_00431b
Innovative enclosure concept for SIRIUS 3SK safety relays

Connection methods
The 3SK safety relays are available with screw or spring-type
terminals (push-in).
Spring-type terminals (push-in)
Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing
fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors
equipped with end sleeves.
As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with
3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor.
The same tool can also be used to wire finely-stranded or
stranded conductors with no end finishing.
The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all
spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly
and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the
checking and tightening required with screw terminals.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/233

© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
General data
Expansion option by adding the 3RM1 motor starter
With previous safety relay and motor feeder configurations, a
huge amount of wiring was required to monitor motor feeders in
Safety relays
safety applications.
With the integration of the SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starter into the
SIRIUS 3SK safety relay system family, this wiring has been
minimized for the first time. Motor starters up to 3 kW can easily
be integrated into the safety relay system using SIRIUS 3ZY12
2 device connectors, without additional wiring between the
evaluation unit and the motor starter.
3SK safety relay 3RM1 motor starter
Motor
starters
IC01_00178a
IC01_00177
Motor
Motor
System design using 3SK and 3RM1

Conventional system configuration
Article No. scheme
3SK1 safety relays 3SK1 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @
Device variant Basic unit 1
Expansion unit 2
Device version, 3SK11: Standard; 3SK12: Output expansion 1
e.g. 3SK11: Advanced; 3SK12: Input expansion 2
Type of outputs Relay outputs 1
Semiconductor outputs 2
Power outputs 3
Control circuit/actuation, 3SK11: 3 enabling circuits A
e.g. 3SK11: 2 enabling circuits B
3SK11: 4 enabling circuits C
Type of control supply voltage 3SK1213: 24 V AC, 50/60 Hz B 0
e.g. 3SK1: 24 V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz B 3
3SK1: 24 V DC B 4
3SK1213: 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz J 2
3SK1213: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz L 2
3SK1: 110 ... 240 V AC/DC; 50/60 Hz W2
Time delay None 0
0.05 ... 3 s 1
0.5 ... 30 s 2
5 ... 300 s 4
Example 3SK1 1 1 1 – 1 A B 3 0
1

3SK2 safety relays 3SK2 1 @ 2 – @ A A 1 0
Device version 10 F-DI, 2 F-DQ, width 22.5 mm 1
20 F-DI, 4 F-DQ, width 45 mm 2
Example 3SK2 1 1 2 – 1 A A 1 0
Note:
2/234 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
General data
■ Benefits
General This makes collective shutdown very easy in assemblies. The
• Approved for all safety applications because of its compliance wiring, and ultimately the shutting down of the control supply
with the highest safety requirements (SIL 3 and PL e) voltage for the expansion components in EMERGENCY-STOP
situations, is performed via the device connector. There is no
• Universally usable thanks to adjustable parameters further need for complex looping of the connecting cables
• Usable worldwide thanks to globally valid certificates between the safety relay and the motor starters.
• Compact SIRIUS design
• Device connectors with standard rail mounting for flexible
The 3RM1 motor starter combines the benefits of semiconductor
technology and relay technology. This combination is also
2
connectability and expandability known as hybrid technology.
• Removable terminals for greater plant availability The hybrid technology in the motor starter is characterized by
• Yellow terminal covers clearly identify the device as a safety the following features:
component • The inrush current in the case of motorized loads is conducted
• Sensor cable up to 2 000 m long allows it to be used in briefly via the semiconductors. Advantages include protection
extensive plants of the relay contacts and a long service life due to low wear.
• The uninterrupted current is conducted via relay contacts.
Relay outputs Advantages include lower heat losses compared with the
• Different voltages can be switched through the floating semiconductor.
contacts. • Shutdown is implemented again via the semiconductor. The
• The power relay contacts allow currents of up to 5 A contacts are only slightly exposed to arcs, and this results in a
at AC-15/DC-13 to be connected. longer service life.
Semiconductor outputs • Integrated overload protection
• Wear-free Note:
• Suitable for operation in frequently switching applications For SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters, see www.siemens.com/ic10,
• Insensitive to vibrations and dirt Chapter 8.
• Good electrical endurance 3ZY12 device connectors
Power outputs (3SK1213 output expansion) Using 3ZY12 device connectors to combine devices reduces
• Different voltages can be switched through the floating the time required to configure and wire the components. At the
contacts. same time errors are avoided during wiring, and this
considerably reduces the testing required for the fully-
• The power relay contacts allow currents of up to assembled application.
10 A AC-15/6 A DC-13 to be switched.
• High mechanical and electrical endurance Configuration and stock keeping
• Protective separation between safe outputs and electronics Variable setting options by means of DIP switches or software, a
wide voltage range (3SK1111) and a special power supply unit
Expansion option by adding the 3RM1 motor starter (3SK1 only) reduce the cost of keeping stocks and the
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are ideal for combining with the considerations involved in configuration where the evaluation
SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters. units to be selected are concerned.
Combinations are made by means of
• SIRIUS 3ZY12 device connectors (in combination with
3SK1 Advanced/3SK2) or
• Conventional wiring (for all 3SK1 and 3SK2 basic units)
■ Application
3SK1 safety relays 3SK2 safety relays
SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays are used mainly in autonomous safety SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays are used primarily in autonomous,
applications which are not connected to a safety-related bus more complex safety applications for which the functional scope
system. Their function here is to evaluate the sensors and the of the 3SK1 devices is no longer sufficient, such as in the
safety-related shutdown of hazards. Also they check and implementation of independent shutdown functions. Their
monitor the sensors, actuators and safety-related functions of function here is to evaluate the sensors and the safety-related
the safety relay. shutdown of hazards. Also they check and monitor the sensors,
actuators and safety-related functions of the safety relay.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/235

© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
General data
More information
3SK1 manual, see 3SK2 manual, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/67585885 https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109444336
3SK1230 technical specifications, see FAQs, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16389/td https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16382/faq
2 SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays

Article number 3SK1111- 3SK1111- 3SK1112 3SK1120 3SK1122 3SK1213 3SK1220
.AB30, .AW20,
3SK1211- 3SK1121,
.BB00, 3SK1211-
3SK1211- .BW20
.BB40
General data:
Ambient temperature
Installation altitude m 2 000
at height above sea level
maximum
Air pressure kPa 90 … 106
according to
SN 31205
Shock resistance 10 g /11 ms 5 g /10 ms 10 g /11 ms
Vibration resistance 5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm
according to IEC 60068-2-6
IP degree of protection of the IP20
enclosure
Touch protection against Finger-safe
electric shock
Rated insulation voltage V 300 50 300 50
Impulse withstand voltage rated V 4 000 500 4 000 800
value
Safety integrity level (SIL) SIL 3
according to IEC 61508
Performance Level (PL) e
according to EN ISO 13849-1
T1 value for proof test interval or y 20
service duration
EMC emitted interference IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1,
class B class A class B class A
Certificate of suitability
• UL certification Yes
• TÜV approval Yes
Article number 3SK1111, 3SK1112, 3SK1120 3SK1121-.CB4. 3SK1213

3SK1121-.AB40, 3SK1122
3SK1211
Switching capacity current
of the NO contacts of the
relay outputs
• At AC-15 at 230 V A 5 -- 3 10
• At DC-13 at 24 V A 5 -- 3 6
Switching capacity current A -- 2 0.5 --
of the semiconductor outputs
at DC-13 at 24 V
Article number 3SK1111- 3SK1111- 3SK1112, 3SK1120, 3SK1121- 3SK1121- 3SK1122- 3SK1213
.AB30, .AW20 3SK1220 3SK1122- .AB40 .CB4. .CB4.
3SK1211 .AB40
PFHD with high demand rate 1/h 1.7 x 10-9 1.5 x 10-9 1.0 x 10-9 1.3 x 10-9 2.5 x 10-9 3.7 x 10-9 1.5 x 10-9 1.0 x 10-9
according to EN 62061
PFDavg at low demand rate 1.0 x 10-6 7.0 x 10-6 1.0 x 10-6
2/236 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
General data
SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays
Article number 3SK2112- 3SK2122-
.AA10 .AA10
General data:
Ambient temperature
Installation altitude m 2 000
at height above sea level maximum
Air pressure kPa 90 ... 106
2
according to SN 31205
Shock resistance 15 g /11 ms
Vibration resistance 5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm
according to IEC 60068-2-6
IP degree of protection of the IP20
enclosure
Touch protection against Finger-safe
electric shock
Insulation voltage V 50
Rated value
Impulse withstand voltage V 800
Rated value
Safety integrity level (SIL) SIL 3
Performance Level (PL) e
according to EN ISO 13849-1
T1 value for proof test interval y 20
or service duration
EMC emitted interference Class A
according to IEC 60947-1
• UL certification Yes
• TÜV approval Yes
Switching capacity current 4
of the semiconductor outputs
at DC-13 at 24 V
PFHD with high demand rate 1/h 1.0 x 10-8 1.2 x 10-8
according to EN 62061
PFDavg at low demand rate according 1.5 x 10-5 1.8 x 10-5
to IEC 61508
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/237

© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
Basic Units
SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units
■ Overview
The 3SK111 Standard basic units are characterized by simple,
variable functionality. These devices are recommended for
safety functions requiring only a few sensors and a small number
of outputs on the safety relay.
Note:
2
Use of device connectors not possible.
3SK111 Standard basic units
3SK1111-1AB30 3SK1111-1AW20 3SK1112-1BB40
Control supply voltage Number of outputs SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

At AC At DC As contacting contact block As contactless (UNIT, per PU
At 50 Hz semiconductor contact SET, approx.
block M)
As NO As NO For Instan- De- For
contact, contact, signaling tane- layed signaling
instanta- delayed function, ous switch- function,
neous switching instanta- switch- ing instanta-
switching neous ing neous
switching switching
V V d kg
Standard basic units
24 24 3 0 1 0 0 0 } 3SK1111-@AB30 1 1 unit 41L 0.275
110 … 240 110 … 240 3 0 1 0 0 0 3SK1111-@AW20 1 1 unit 41L 0.288
-- 24 0 0 0 2 0 1 3SK1112-@BB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.200

2/238 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
Basic Units
SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
■ Overview
The 3SK112 Advanced basic units form an innovative system
landscape that allows even complex safety functions with large
numbers of sensors and outputs to be built up using the device
connectors. It is possible to increase both the number of inputs
for sensors and the number of safe outputs of the basic unit
without the need for wiring outlay between the devices.
Note:
Use of device connectors possible.
2
3SK112 Advanced basic units
3SK1121-1AB40 3SK1120-1AB40 3SK1122-1AB40 3SK1122-1CB41
Control Number of outputs Adjustabl SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

supply As contacting As contactless semiconductor e OFF- (UNIT, per PU
voltage at contact block contact block delay time SET, approx.
DC M)
As NO As NO As NC Instanta- De- For signal-
contact, contact, contact for neous layed ing func-
instanta- delayed signaling switch- switch- tion,
neous switching function, ing ing instanta-
switching instantaneous
neous switching
switching
V s d kg
Advanced basic units
24 3 0 1 0 0 0 -- } 3SK1121-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.283
2 2 0 0 0 0 0.05 ... 3 3SK1121-@CB41 1 1 unit 41L 0.263
0.5 … 30 3SK1121-@CB42 1 1 unit 41L 0.270
5 … 300 3SK1121-@CB44 1 1 unit 41L 0.293
24 0 0 0 1 0 0 -- 3SK1120-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.193
3 0 1 -- 3SK1122-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.210
2 2 0 0.05 ... 3 3SK1122-@CB41 1 1 unit 41L 0.210
0.5 … 30 3SK1122-@CB42 1 1 unit 41L 0.216
5 … 300 3SK1122-@CB44 1 1 unit 41L 0.215

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/239
© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
Basic Units
SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units
■ Overview
3SK2 basic units Starter Kit

The 3SK2 basic units have a large number of inputs and outputs Starter Kit
within a narrow width. In addition, demanding safety
The Starter Kit is a favorably-priced complete package for the
applications can be implemented simply with several
simple creation of complex safety applications and comprises:
independent safety functions. Flexible application options are
enabled by powerful semiconductor outputs, as well as by • 3SK2112-2AA10 basic unit, 22.5 mm wide, with spring-loaded
expandability with additional 3SK output expansions and 3RM1 terminal (push-in)
Failsafe motor starters. Flexible time functions and diagnostics • SIRIUS Safety ES Standard software for configuring,
options are available. commissioning, operating and diagnosing
• USB PC cable for easy transmission of the configuration to the
device by means of USB
3SK2112 3SK2122
Control Number of outputs Number of outputs Number of Width SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
supply as contactless as contactless outputs to the (UNIT, per PU
voltage semiconductor contact semiconductor contact device SET, approx.
at DC block, safety-related block, non-safety-related, connector, M)
2-channel 2-channel safety-related
V mm d kg
3SK2 basic units
24 2 1 2 22.5 3SK2112-@AA10 1 1 unit 41L 0.230
4 2 2 45 3SK2122-@AA10 1 1 unit 41L 0.406
Control Number of outputs Number of outputs Number of Width SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
supply as contactless as contactless outputs to the (push-in) (UNIT, per PU
voltage semiconductor contact semiconductor contact device SET, approx.
at DC block safety-related block, non-safety-related, connector, Article No. M)
2-channel 2-channel safety-related
V mm d kg
3SK2 starter kits
Contains 3SK2112-2AA10 basic unit, SIRIUS Safety ES Standard and
USB PC cable 3UF7941-0AA00-0
24 2 1 2 22.5 2 3SK2941-2AA10 1 1 unit 4N1 0.638

2/240 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
Expansion Units
Output expansions
■ Overview
3SK1211 output expansion
The 3SK1211 output expansion is used to expand the safe
outputs of a basic unit by adding another four safe outputs.
These outputs have a switching capacity of AC-15 5 A at a
switching voltage of 230 V. The devices can be connected to any
3SK basic unit by means of wiring. In addition, the devices with
a 24 V DC control supply voltage can also be connected to
3SK1 Advanced and 3SK2 basic units by means of the 3ZY12 2
device connectors.
The 3SK1213 output expansion is used to expand the safe
outputs of a basic unit by adding three safe outputs with high
switching capacity. These outputs have a switching capacity of
AC-15 10 A at a switching voltage of 230 V. The devices can be
connected to any 3SK basic unit by means of wiring. As with the
3SK1211, the devices with a 24 V DC control supply voltage can
also be connected to 3SK1 Advanced and 3SK2 basic units by
means of the 3ZY12 device connectors.
Note:
The 3SK121 output expansions can be used to expand all 3SK
basic units. It is only possible to expand the Standard basic units by means
of wiring. Advanced basic units and 3SK2 basic units can be
expanded using the 3ZY12 device connector.
■ Benefits
• Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs • Expansion with power contacts for high AC-15/DC-13 currents
• Simple expansion of instantaneous and time-delayed safe in the control circuit
outputs of the Advanced basic units using device connectors • No wiring of the feedback circuit to the basic units is required
• When using the device connector the outputs on the terminals when using device connectors
of the basic device can still be used • Shorter installation times
• Another two freely parameterizable shutdown functions on • Less configuring and testing required
3SK2 basic units when using device connectors
3SK1211-1BB40 3SK1213-1AB40
Control supply voltage Number of outputs 3ZY12 SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
As contacting contact block device (UNIT, per PU
At AC At DC As NO As NO As NC contact for connec- SET, approx.
At 50 Hz contact, contact, signaling function, tors M)
instantaneous delayed instantaneous
switching switching switching
V V d kg
Output expansions
24 -- 4 0 0 No 3SK1211-@BB00 1 1 unit 41L 0.248
-- 24 4 0 0 Yes 3SK1211-@BB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.231
110 ... 240 110 ... 240 4 0 0 No 3SK1211-@BW20 1 1 unit 41L 0.247
-- 24 3 0 0 Yes 3SK1213-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 1.000
115 -- 3 0 0 No 3SK1213-@AJ20 1 1 unit 41L 1.000
230 -- 3 0 0 No 3SK1213-@AL20 1 1 unit 41L 1.000

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/241
© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
Expansion Units
Input expansions
■ Overview
3SK1220 sensor expansion
The 3SK1220 input expansion allows additional sensors to be
integrated easily and flexibly. The device monitors two 1-channel
sensors or one 2-channel sensor, whatever their output
technology (floating/single-ended).
2
Note:
The 3SK1220 sensor expansion can only be connected to the
3SK1 Advanced basic units by means of the 3ZY12 device
connector, see page 2/243.
3SK1230 power supply
The 3SK1230 power supply makes the 3SK1 devices universally
usable, whatever control supply voltage is to be used.
Note:
Alongside the 3ZY12 device connector, the 3SK1230 power
supply can also be wired to act as a power supply for 3SK1
devices.
3SK1220 sensor expansion
With the input expansions
• 3SK1220 sensor expansion
• 3SK1230 power supply
the 3SK1 Advanced basic units can be made more flexible.
■ Benefits
• A wide voltage range of 110 ... 240 V AC/DC allows the • Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs to suit the
devices to be used worldwide application
• Low stock keeping due to little variance • Universal use thanks to the wide range of adjustable
• Flexible expansion of the number of sensors without the need parameters for sensor expansion (parameters as for
for additional wiring between the devices 3SK1 Advanced basic units)
3SK1220-1AB40 3SK1230-1AW20

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Input expansions
Sensor expansion 3SK1220-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.166
For safety-related expansion of the 3SK1 Advanced basic units by adding a further
2-channel sensor or two 1-channel sensors
Power supply 3SK1230-@AW20 1 1 unit 41L 0.195
For supplying 3SK1 Advanced basic units via 3ZY12 device connectors at voltages of
110 ... 240 V AC/DC

2/242 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
Accessories
■ Overview
Numerous accessories are available for 3SK, such as device Removable terminals for 3SK
connectors, terminals, cables, adapters, covers, memory and
diagnostics modules or software. The following removable terminals are available for the 3SK
safety relays for pre-wiring of the terminals in the control cabinet,
Device connectors for 3SK112., 3SK12.. and 3SK2 or for replacing terminals:
The device connector can be used to connect devices of the For type Removable terminals
3SK/3RM1 system together, with the last device in a system
configuration being placed on a device termination connector.
Screw terminals Spring-type terminals
(push-in) 2
Use of device connectors not possible with 3SK1 standard. 2-pole 3-pole 2-pole 3-pole
3ZY1121- 3ZY1131- 3ZY1121- 3ZY1131-
Device connectors are available in various versions specifically 1BA00 1BA00 2BA00 2BA00
for the 3SK safety relays:
3SK1 basic units
For type Device connectors Device termination 3SK1111 -- ✓ -- ✓
connectors 3SK1112 ✓ -- ✓ --
3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3SK1120 -- ✓ -- ✓
1BA00 2BA00 2GA00 4GA01 2DA00 0FA01
(for 3SK1, (for 3SK1, (for 3SK2, (for 3SK2, (for 3SK1, (for 3SK1, 3SK1121 -- ✓ -- ✓
width width width width width set for 3SK1122 ✓ bottom ✓ top ✓ bottom ✓ top
17.5 mm) 22.5 mm) 22.5 mm) 45 mm) 22.5 mm) enclo-
sures 3SK2 basic units
> 45 mm) 3SK2112 -- ✓ -- ✓
3SK1 Advanced basic units 3SK2122 -- ✓1) -- ✓1)
3SK1120 ✓ -- -- -- -- -- Output expansions
3SK1121 -- ✓ -- -- ✓ -- 3SK1211 ✓ -- ✓ --
3SK1122 -- ✓ -- -- ✓ -- 3SK1213 -- -- -- --
3SK2 basic units Input expansions
3SK2112 -- -- ✓ -- -- -- 3SK1220 -- ✓ top -- ✓ top
3SK2122 -- -- -- ✓ -- -- 3SK1230 ✓ bottom -- ✓ bottom --
Output expansions ✓ Available
3SK1211 -- ✓ -- -- ✓ -- -- Not available
3SK1213 -- -- -- -- -- ✓ 1) Two sets of terminals are required for 3SK2122.
Input expansions
3SK1220 ✓ -- -- -- -- --
3SK1230 -- ✓ -- -- -- --
✓ Available
-- Not available

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Device connectors for the electrical connection of SIRIUS devices
in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure
Device connectors for 3SK1
• Width 17.5 mm 2 3ZY1212-1BA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
• Width 22.5 mm 2 3ZY1212-2BA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
Device connectors for 3SK2
• Width 22.5 mm 2 3ZY1212-2GA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.678
• Width 45 mm 2 3ZY1212-4GA01 1 1 unit 41L 0.678
Device termination connectors 2 3ZY1212-2DA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
For 3SK1, width 22.5 mm
3ZY1212 3ZY1212 Note:
-1BA00 -2DA00 Observe positions of the slide switch, see
Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/
cs/ww/en/view/67585885
Device daisy chain connectors
For 3RM1 and 3SK, 24 V DC, 22.5 mm, for implementation 2 3ZY1212-2AB00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
of distances between devices according to the installation
guidelines
Device connectors
For height adjustment for devices without electrical 2 3ZY1210-2AA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
connection via device connector, with a width of 22.5 mm
or greater
Device termination connector sets 2 3ZY1212-0FA01 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
For 3SK1213, width > 45 mm,
comprising 3ZY1212-2FA00 and 3ZY1210-2AA00

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/243
© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
Accessories

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
enclosure
2 • 2-pole, up to 2 x 1.5 mm² or 1 x 2.5 mm² 2 3ZY1121-1BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.013

• 3-pole, up to 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm² 1) 2 3ZY1131-1BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.013
(push-in)
3ZY1121-1BA00 • 2-pole, up to 2 x 1.5 mm² 2 3ZY1121-2BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.007
• 3-pole, up to 2 x 1.5 mm² 1) 2 3ZY1131-2BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.010
PC cables and adapters for 3SK2 (essential accessories)
USB PC cables } 3UF7941-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.093
For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG,
for communication with 3SK2 through the system interface,
3UF7941-0AA00-0 recommended for use in connection with 3SK2
USB/serial adapters 5 3UF7946-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.210
For connecting an RS 232 PC cable
to the USB interface of a PC
Connecting cables for 3SK2 (essential accessory for diagnostics module)
Connecting cables
For connecting diagnostics module to 3SK2 basic unit
• Length 0.1 m (flat) } 3UF7931-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.012
• Length 0.5 m (round) } 3UF7932-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.035
3UF7932-0AA00-0 • Length 1.0 m (round) } 3UF7937-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.059
• Length 2.5 m (round) } 3UF7933-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.121
Operating and monitoring modules for 3SK2
Diagnostics modules 2 3SK2611-3AA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.107
For direct display of errors, e.g. of cross-circuits

Note:
The 3RK3611-3AA00 diagnostics module cannot be
3SK2611-3AA00 operated on the 3SK2 devices.
Door adapters for 3SK2
Door adapters } 3UF7920-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.014
For external connection of the system interface,
e.g. outside a control cabinet
3UF7920-0AA00-0
Interface covers for 3SK2
Interface covers } 3UF7950-0AA00-0 1 5 units 42J 0.001
For system interface
3UF7950-0AA00-0
Memory modules for 3SK2
Memory modules 2 3RK3931-0AA00 1 1 unit 42C 0.004
For backing up the complete parameterization of the 3SK2
safety system without a PC/PG through the system
interface
3RK3931-0AA00
Software for 3SK2
SIRIUS Safety ES
Software for configuring, commissioning, operating and
diagnosing of 3SK2 and 3RK3,
""Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization with
SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
3ZS1316-.C.10-0Y.5

2/244 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Safety Relays
Accessories

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Sealing covers
• 17.5 mm 2 3ZY1321-1AA00 1 5 units 41L 0.002
(for 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)
• 22.5 mm 2 3ZY1321-2AA00 1 5 units 41L 0.003
2
(for all 3SK1 devices except 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)
3ZY1321-2AA00
Push-in lugs 2 3ZY1311-0AA00 1 10 units 41L 0.001
For wall mounting
3ZY1311-0AA00
Coding pins 2 3ZY1440-1AA00 1 12 units 41L 0.001
enable mechanical coding of terminals,
see Manual "3SK1 safety relays",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/
cs/ww/en/view/67585885
3ZY1440-0AA00
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates 20 3RT2900-1SB20 100 340 41B 0.062
For SIRIUS devices units
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)
IC01_00181
3RT2900-1SB20
(push-in)
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals;
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm,
3RA2908-1A titanium gray/black, partially insulated
1) PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16 Partners"

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/245
© Siemens AG 2018
Position and Safety Switches
Introduction
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 System Manual, see
Home page, see www.siemens.com/sirius-detecting https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/43920150
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3SE Conversion tool, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
3SE523. 3SE524., 3SE513., 3SE512. 3SE516. 3SE5413, 3SE5250

3SE521. 3SE511. 3SE5423
Position switches, standard Compact Open-type

design
Enclosure
Plastic ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- ✓
Metal ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Degree of protection IP65, IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP10 or IP20
IP66/IP67
Standards Mounting and Operating Mounting and Operating Operating -- Mounting and
IEC 60947-5-1 operating points acc. to operating points acc. to points acc. to operating
points acc. to EN 50047 points acc. to EN 50041 EN 50047 points acc. to
EN 50047 EN 50041 EN 50047
Approvals CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC, CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC CE, UL, CSA, CE, TÜV, UL,
CCC CSA, CCC
Contact blocks
2 slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NC 2× -- 1 NO + 1 NC
(1 NO + 1 NC)
2 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2× 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
(1 NO + 1 NC)
• Short stroke 1 NO + 1 NC ✓ -- -- ✓
• With 2 × 2 mm contact gap 1 NO + 1 NC ✓ -- -- ✓
3 slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC; 2 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 2 NC; 2 NO + 1 NC -- -- 1 NO + 2 NC;
2 NO + 1 NC
• With make-before-break 1 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NC 2× -- 1 NO + 2 NC
(1 NO + 2 NC)
3 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NC -- -- 1 NO + 2 NC
Special features
LED status display ✓ ✓ -- -- --
Increased corrosion protection ✓ ✓ ✓ -- --
ASIsafe integrated ✓ ✓ -- -- --
Electrical specifications
Insulation voltage Ui 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V
Conventional thermal current Ithe 6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole) 6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole) 6A 6A
Connections
Cable entry 1 × M20 × 1.5 2 × M20 × 1.5 1 × M20 × 1.5 3 × M20 × 1.5 3 × M20 × 1.5 -- --
M12 connector socket, 4-, 5- or 8-pole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Connector socket, 6-pole + PE -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- --
Molded cables -- -- -- -- -- ✓ --
Actuators
Rounded plungers and roller plungers ✓ ✓ ✓ -- --
Roller levers and angular roller levers ✓ ✓ ✓ -- --
Spring rod ✓ ✓ -- -- --
Twist levers and rod actuators ✓ ✓ ✓ -- --
Fork lever -- ✓ -- -- --
Hinge switches -- -- -- -- --
Plungers, twist levers -- -- ✓ ✓
Page
Ambient temperature –40 °C 2/261, 2/268 2/264 2/267, 2/270 2/271 2/271 -- --
✓ Available
-- Not available
2/246 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Position and Safety Switches
Introduction
3SE5232, 3SE5132, 3SE5232, 3SE5112, 3SE5322

3SE5212 3SE5112 3SE5242 3SE5122
Safety switches Safety switches
Safety hinge switches
with separate actuator with tumbler
Enclosure
Plastic ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Metal ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Degree of protection IP65, IP66/IP67 IP65, IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67,
IP66/IP67 IP69K
Standards Mounting and Mounting and Mounting Mounting EN ISO 14119
IEC 60947-5-1 operating points operating points acc. to EN 50047 acc. to EN 50041,
acc. to EN 50047 acc. to EN 50041
Approvals CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC
Contact blocks/outputs
2 slow-action contacts -- 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NC --
2 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- --
• Short stroke --
• With 2 × 2 mm contact gap --
3 slow-action contacts -- 1 NO + 2 NC 2 × (1 NO + 2 NC)
• With make-before-break --
3 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- --
Electron. safety outputs -- -- --
Special features
LED status display ✓ ✓ ✓
Increased corrosion protection ✓ ✓ ✓
ASIsafe integrated ✓ ✓ ✓
Electrical specifications
Insulation voltage Ui 400 V 400 V 400 V
Conventional thermal current Ithe 6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole) 6A 6A
Connections
Cable entry 1 × M20 × 1.5 1 × M20 × 1.5 1 × M20 × 1.5, 1 × M20 × 1.5, 3 × M20 × 1.5
2 × M20 × 1.5 3 × M20 × 1.5
M12 connector socket, 4-, 5- or ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
8-pole
Molded cables -- -- -- --
AS-Interface -- ✓ ✓ ✓
Actuators
Plungers, twist levers -- -- -- --
Separate actuators -- ✓ ✓ ✓
Hinge switches ✓ -- -- --
Page
Complete units 2/263 -- -- -- --
Modular system -- -- -- -- --
Ambient temperature –40 °C 2/273 -- 2/273 -- 2/274
✓ Available
-- Not available
Note:
Safety characteristics, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/247

© Siemens AG 2018
SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Position Switches
General data
■ Overview
The innovative SIRIUS 3SE5 position switches are modern in Design
design, compact, modular and simple to connect. They save
time and increase flexibility during installation of a whole range All enclosure variants have an integrated chlorinated rubber
of switch variants. In principle it is possible to combine any diaphragm for high functional safety in cold and aggressive
enclosure with any operating mechanism, paying due environments.
consideration to the EN 50041 and EN 50047 standards where Enclosure sizes
2
necessary.
The 3SE5 switches are available in five different enclosure sizes
Complete units with 2 or 3 contacts and with the XL enclosure:
Popular versions of the position switches in standard enclosures • Open-type position switch IP20 or IP10
are available as complete units. • Plastic enclosures according to EN 50047, 31 mm wide, IP65,
1 cable entry
• Metal enclosures according to EN 50047, 31 mm wide,
IP66/IP67, 1 cable entry
• Plastic and metal enclosures according to EN 50041,
40 mm wide, IP66/IP67, 1 cable entry
• Plastic enclosures, 50 mm wide, IP66/IP67, 2 cable entries
• Metal enclosures, 56 mm wide, IP66/IP67, 3 cable entries
• XL metal enclosures with 4 to 6 contacts, 56 mm wide,
IP66/IP67, 3 cable entries
Enclosure versions
Various basic switches can be selected for the enclosures of the
3SE5 series:
• With contact blocks with two or three contacts (screw
terminals) designed as slow-action or snap-action contacts;
the slow-action contacts also with make-before-break
3SE5 position switches with plastic and metal enclosures • Optional LED status display
Modular system • With mounted four- or five-pole M12 connector socket
(available for the wide enclosures as an accessory for
The 3SE5 series is the modular system comprising different self-assembly)
sizes of the basic switch and an actuator which must be ordered
separately. Thanks to the modular design of the switch the user • With 6-pole connector socket + PE on the metal enclosures
can select the right solution for his application from numerous • Versions with increased corrosion protection
versions and install it himself in a very short time. • Versions for operating temperature down to –40 °C
Simple plug-in mounting enables fast replacement of the • AS-Interface version with integrated ASIsafe electronics for all
actuator heads. enclosure designs (see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 12)
Actuator variants
All operating mechanisms can be rotated around the axis in
increments of 22.5°. The following actuator variants are
available:
• Standard, rounded and roller plungers
• Roller levers and angular roller levers
• Spring rod
• Twist levers and rod actuators with twist lever actuator
• Fork levers with twist lever actuator
The actuator rollers are available with various materials and
diameters.
Examples of selection options in the modular system
NSC0_00829a
Twist actuators for twist levers and rod levers,

with setting of switching direction to right, left, or right/left
(standard for all twist lever actuators except fork levers)
2/248 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Cover design Mounting
The mechanical position switches have a turquoise cover, and Simple plug-in mounting
the mechanical safety switches have a yellow cover. for fast replacement of the actuator heads
2 70
_00
IC01
On request the switches can be delivered ex works with a yellow Open the cover (1)
cover. The cover does not have any effect on the way the switch Actuate the locking lever (2)
works. Both versions can be used in safety applications. Replace the head (rotatable by 16 x 22.5°) (3)
Lock and close the cover (4)
Diverse contact types
Quick-connect technology
Exchangeable two and three-pole contact blocks
for all enclosure sizes For plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm
The three-pole contact block with snap-action or slow-action

contacts is regularly available for all enclosure forms. The same These position switches can be wired quickly and easily as an
installation space is required as for a two-pole block. The version added customer benefit. The connecting cable is first
with 1 NO + 2 NC offers for example more safety through connected to the terminals of the contact block and then guided
redundant shutdowns (2 NC contacts) with simultaneous through a slit into the cable gland opening. The time saved
signaling (NO contact). The three-pole blocks are also available through this new connection method is approx. 20 to 25 %.
with make-before-break and with 2 NO + 1 NC.
A cable gland with seal must be used with the quick-connect
Contact reliability method.
The contact blocks ensure an extremely high contact stability. Optional LED indicators
This applies even when the devices are switching low voltages
and currents, e.g. 1 mA at 5 V DC. LED indicators are available for all enclosure sizes except for XL.
The enclosures are supplied with an LED signaling indicator
Positive opening q (1 × green + 1 × yellow). This is the first time that optical
signaling equipment is also available for small standard
The NC contacts of the switch are forced open mechanically, enclosures according to EN 50047. The LEDs are implemented
positively-driven and reliably by the plunger. This is referred to in 24 V DC and 230 V AC.
as "positive opening".
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/249

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Article No. scheme
Product versions
SIRIUS position and safety switches 3SE @ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @
Series 5
Standard EN 50041 1
EN 50047 2
With tumbler 3
2
Enclosure material and width e.g. 1 = metal, narrow @
Connection Cable entry, connector sockets 2
4/5
LEDs None 0
24 V DC 1
115 V AC 2
230 V AC 3
Version of contacts e.g. C = snap-action 1 NO + 1 NC @
Version of operating mechanism e.g. C02 = rounded plunger @ @ @
Example 3SE 5 1 1 2 – 0 C C 0 2
Note:
■ Benefits
The 3SE5 position switches differ from the previous series • Elements with 1 NO + 2 NC slow-action contacts with
through the following new characteristics: make-before-break and 2 NO + 1 NC.
• The modular design of the product range allows a number of • The short-stroke contact block 1 NO + 1 NC improves the
versions with a smaller number of bearing types for precision of the switching operation through a reduced
enclosures and operating mechanisms. actuation path.
• All actuators can be turned around the axis in increments of • The contact block with 1 NO + 1 NC snap-action contacts with
22.5° (see picture, page 2/249). 2 x 2 mm contact opening is suitable for simultaneous
• Rounded and roller plungers according to EN 50041 with disconnection and signaling, particularly in the elevator
3 mm overtravel (total travel 9 mm) for greater tolerance when industry.
switching. • XL metal enclosures for accommodating two 2 or 3-pole
• All enclosure sizes – now also including the small enclosure contact blocks.
31 mm wide – are optionally available with an LED signaling • The plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm has simple and
indicator (see picture, page 2/249). fast wiring equipment which saves approx. 20 to 25 % of the
• All enclosure variants have an integrated chlorinated rubber time when connecting (see picture, page 2/249).
diaphragm for high functional safety in cold and aggressive • The ASIsafe electronic component is integrated in the
environments. enclosure for the versions with AS-Interface connection (see
• All contact blocks are replaceable. www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 12); an additional adapter is
not required.
• The three-pole contact blocks are available for all enclosure
sizes (see picture, page 2/249).
■ Application
With the standard position switches, mechanical positions of Safety position switches
moving machine parts are converted into electrical signals.
Through their modular and uniform design and large number of For controls according to IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1 the
variants, the devices can comply with practically all devices can be used as a safety position switch. They comply
requirements in industry. with the standard EN ISO 14119. A TÜV certificate is available.
To secure position switches against changes in their position,
Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the keyed techniques must be employed on installation.
particular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be
performed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular Safety circuits
purpose. And many different actuator variants are available to Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1 require positive
match the mechanical configuration of the moving machined opening of the NC contacts. In other words, for the purposes of
parts. Dimensions, fixing points and characteristics are largely in personal safety, the assured opening of NC contacts is
accordance with the EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards. expressly stipulated for the electrical equipment of machines in
The devices are suitable for use in any climate. all safety circuits and marked in accordance with the IEC
standard 60947-5-1 with the symbol q.
Standards
Category 2 according to EN ISO 13849-1 can be attained with
IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1 3SE5 position switches with q, and category 3 or 4 when using
an additional position switch, if the corresponding fail-safe
The protective measure of "total insulation" by the molded-plastic evaluation units are selected and correctly connected. Example:
enclosure is guaranteed by the use of molded-plastic screw 3SK or 3TK28 safety relays or the corresponding devices from
glands. the ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK programs. The operating
mechanisms (actuators) must also be connected to the
enclosure by keyed techniques. The corresponding operating
mechanisms are marked in the catalog with q.
2/250 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Contacts for every application Spring rod
• Snap-action contacts: NC and NO contacts switch • Can be used for undefined actuations and changing starting
simultaneously – regardless of the actuating speed conditions
(vmin = 0.01 m/s) and contact erosion. • Starting from any direction is possible
• Slow-action contacts: Difference in travel between Twist levers and rod actuators
"NC contact opens" and "NO contact closes"; the switching
speed is the same as or proportional to the actuating speed • For a high starting speed (v = 1.5 m/s)
(vmin = 0.4 m/s). • Variety of starting options
2
• Insensitive to oil, grinding dust and coarse-grained material
• Slow-action contacts with make-before-break: e.g. suitable for • Adjustment of the lever in increments of 10°
adding a second function to a sequence control. • Can be adjusted with left or right switching
Operating mechanisms for every application Fork lever
Standard, rounded and roller plungers • Switchable in two directions
• Operation in direction of the plunger axis or in case of roller • Latching actuator
plunger with bar at right angles to the plunger axis. • For reciprocating movements
• The roller plunger is recommended for lateral actuation and
relatively long overtravel.
Roller levers and angular roller levers
• For actuators made of finely ground steel in the form of cams,
straight-edges (approach angle 30°) or cam disks.
Monitoring with fail-safe evaluation units from the 3SK and 3RK3 series
Safe evaluation units Maximum achievable safety level according to type of switch
Compact Standard Hinge Separate Tumbler
actuator
3SE54 3SE51 / 3SE52 3SE51 / 3SE52 3SE51 / 3SE52 3SE53

3SK 3RK3 q q q q q
Use of only one
position switch/safety switch
Monitoring with 1 contact:
SIL 1 / PL c
1 x NC contact
Monitoring with 2 contacts:
2 x NC contact or 1 x NC contact + SIL 1 / PL c SIL 2 / PL d
1 x NO contact
Use of a second
position switch/safety switch
Standard switch 3SE51 / 3SE52
Safety switch / hinge switch 3SE51 / 3SE52
SIL 3 / PLe
Safety switch with separate actuator 3SE51 / 3SE52
Safety switches with tumbler 3SE53
Note:
Taking account of certain fault exclusions (e.g. actuator For more information, see
breakage), use of just one hinge switch or a switch with separate https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/35443942.
actuator with or without tumbler up to SIL 2 or PL d is possible as The maximum achievable SIL or PL always depends on other
described in the table. assumptions as well. Factors to be taken into account include
Since the machine manufacturer must provide proof of fault the DC (declaration), the CCF, and the number of actuations.
exclusion, the component manufacturer is unable to carry out a For information on the safe evaluation units and an introduction
definitive assessment of the measures taken. to safety systems, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 11.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/251

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Type 3SE51.., 3SE52.. 3SE541. 3SE542.
General data
Standards IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, EN ISO 14119
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 4001) 400
Degree of pollution according to IEC 60664-1 Class 3 Class 3
2 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

kV
V
6
400 AC;
4
300 AC
over 300 V AC
Same potential only2)
Conventional thermal current Ith A 10 10
Rated operational current Ie 2-pole 3-pole 2-pole
• With alternating current 50/60 Hz Ie / AC-15 Ie / AC-15 Ie / AC-15
- At 24 V A 6 6 6
- At 120 V A 6 3 6
- At 240 V A 3 1.5 3
• For direct current Ie / DC-13 Ie / DC-13 Ie / DC-13
- At 24 V A 3 3 3
- At 125 V A 0.55 0.55 0.55
- At 250 V A 0.27 0.27 0.27
• Basic switch 15 ×106 operating cycles 30 ×106 operating cycles 30 ×106 operating cycles
• With spring rod, 3SE5...-..R.. 10 ×106 operating cycles -- --
• With fork lever, 3SE51..-..T.. 1 ×106 operating cycles -- --
Electrical endurance
• With 3RH.1, 3RT contactors in size S00, S0 10 ×106 operating cycles 10 ×106 operating cycles 5 ×106 operating cycles
• For utilization category AC-15 when 100 000 operating cycles -- --
switching off Ie / AC-15 at 240 V
• With utilization category DC-12/DC-13 For direct current depending on the loading of the switch
1) 2)
For slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC with make-before-break ("M") and For slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC with make-before-break ("M") and
2 NO + 1 NC ("P") the following applies: 250 V. 2 NO + 1 NC ("P") the following applies: Over 250 V AC same potential only.
Type 3SE523. 3SE513. 3SE524. 3SE521. 3SE511. 3SE512., 3SE54.. 3SE525.

3SE516.
Enclosure
Enclosure
• Material Ultramid A3X2G7 Zinc diecasting GD Zn Al4 Cu1 Zn/Al --
• Width mm 31 40 50 31 40 56 30 / 40 30
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP65 IP66/IP671) IP67 IP20, IP10
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C –25 ... +85 –25 ... +85 –25 ... +85
• In operation, switch with LEDs °C –25 ... +60 -- --
• Storage, transport °C –40 ... +90 –40 ... +90 –40 ... +90
Mounting position Any
Connection
Cable entry 1x 2x 1x 3× -- --
(M20 x 1.5) (M20 x 1.5) (M20 x 1.5) (M20 x 1.5)
Tightening torque, contact block Nm 0.8 ... 1.0
Protective conductor connection inside enclosure -- M3.5 -- --
1)
For twist actuators with spring rod and rod actuators: IP65/IP67.
2/252 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Dimensions of the basic switches
Enclosure width 31 mm, EN 50047, Enclosure width 31 mm, EN 50047, Mounting plate
with connecting thread M20 × 1.5 rear side with fixing drill holes for 3SE5232, 3SE5212 position switches
3SE5232, 3SE5212 7,7 3SE5232, 3SE5212 3SX5100-1A
Contact block Contact block 37,4 10

4,5
Ø4,3 Ø7 (replaceable) (integrated)
6,9
0
13
13
13
2
8
12,5
20
4
22
40
22
42,8
68
35,9
Ø7x3 Ø7x3 Ø4x5
NSC0_00751
IC01_00239
NSC0_00906
3
3
4
4
31 M20x1,5 15 40
33 5 22 Ø4x6 5 22 Ø4x6
12,7
Ø3 Ø3
Enclosure width 50 mm, Enclosure width 50 mm,
with connecting thread M20 × 1.5 rear side with fixing drill holes
3SE5242 3SE5242
7,7
12
Ø4,3 Ø7
4,4
6,9
4
0
13
12,5
20
53
22
NSC0_00752
22
18,5
M20x1,5
Ø4x5
NSC0_00907
40 15
42 33
50 5,5
Enclosure width 40 mm, EN 50041, Enclosure width 56 mm, XL enclosures, width 56 mm,
with connecting thread M20 × 1.5 with connecting thread M20 × 1.5 with connecting thread M20 × 1.5
3SE5112, 3SE5132 3SE5122 3SE5162
7,7
7,7
7,7
13,5
12,5
13,5
Ø7 Ø7 Ø7
Ø5,3 Ø5,4 Ø5,4
0 0 0
16,3 16,3 16,3
6
6
30
40 40
78
60
78
100
NSC0_00753a
NSC0_00754
M20x1,5
2
20
NSC0_00939
M20x1,5
30 15,3 56 5,5 15,3
20
40,5 M20x1,5 37,3 37,8
56 5,5 15,3
37
Enclosure width 31 mm, EN 50047, Enclosure width 40 mm, EN 50041,

with M12 connector socket with plug connector, 6-pole
3SE5234, 3SE5214 3SE5115
7,7

40,5
12,5
Ø7 Ø7
Ø5,3
0

16,3

30

78
60
16&B
NSC0_00804a
2

0[
M12x1 M20x1,5
26

M26x1,5 15,3
37,3
30
Operating mechanisms for basic switches, see pages 2/254 and 2/255.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/253

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Operating mechanisms for enclosure width 31 mm and 50 mm
Roller plungers, type C, acc. to EN 50047 Roller plungers with central fixing Roller levers, type E, acc. to EN 50047
Ø10 4,8 Ø10 4,8 14,7
8,5
NSC0_00786
7
18
SW24 Ø13
42,4
0 4
R1
35,9
26,5
NSC0_00785
NSC0_00787
11,5
Ø23
2
0 0
8,5
Ø23
Angular roller levers Twist levers, type A, acc. to EN 50047 Twist levers, roller 30 mm
30 32
R1
Ø13 7 7,2 Ø30 7,2

7
Ø19 23,65 23,65

22,5
NSC0_00788
0
20,8
20,8
8,5
8,5
Ø23
NSC0_00789a
NSC0_00792a
24
24
30,4 13
13
0 0
Ø24 34 Ø24 37
Operating mechanisms for enclosure width 40 mm and 56 mm
Plain plungers Rounded plungers, type B, acc. to EN 50041 Roller plungers, type C, acc. to EN 50041
Ø8,5 Ø10 Ø13 5
25,5
NSC0_00755
15,5
NSC0_00940
38,5
0
28,5
NSC0_00756
0
11,5
5,5
Ø23
Ø23 0
Ø23
Roller levers Angular roller levers Twist levers, type A, acc. to EN 50041
19,8 Ø22 9 Ø22 9 43
Ø19 39
0
R2 3
R3 23,65
40
41
NSC0_00758
NSC0_00757
12,5
49,5
12
12
7,2
0 0
NSC0_00760a
24
13
11 Ø23 11 Ø23 0
50,5
Ø24
Twist levers, 2 rollers 19 mm Fork levers, roller 19 mm Twist levers, roller 30 mm

52,4 45 39
NSC0_00761a
Ø19 39 Ø30 7,2

Ø19 47
39
23,65 23,65 23,65
49,5
27
27
7,2
24
NSC0_00820a
NSC0_00765a
24
24
13
13
13
0
0 7,2 0
Ø24 41
Ø24 Ø24 44,4
Twist levers, roller 50 mm Twist levers, rubber roller 50 mm

Ø50 39 Ø50 40
23,65 23,65
27
27
NSC0_00825a
24
NSC0_00766a
24
13
13
0 0
7,2 8,6
Ø24 44,4 Ø24 46,4
2/254 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Operating mechanisms for all enclosure widths
Twist levers, adjustable length, Twist levers, adjustable length, Twist levers, adjustable length,
roller 19 mm with grid hole, roller 19 mm roller 30 mm
Ø19 7,2 Ø19 7,2 Ø30 7,2
0
16
44 ... 114
55 ... 119
32 32
44 ... 114
2
NSC0_00764a
37 21,5 25,65
16 37
29,8
25,65 25,65 16 32
114,5
38
109
109
37
NSC0_00762a
45,3
NSC0_00819a
53
24
24
13
60,7
24
13
13
0 68,4
0 0
76,1
Ø24
83,8 Ø24
Ø24
91,5
12 12
12
Twist levers, adjustable length, Twist levers, adjustable length, Twist levers, adjustable length,
roller 50 mm rubber roller, 50 mm with grid hole, rubber roller 50 mm
Ø50 7,2 Ø50 8,6 Ø50 8,6
76 ... 129,5
75 ... 129
75 ... 129
25,65 25,65 25,65

16 16
124,5
124,5
124,5
32 33 16 33
37 39 39
NSC0_00793a
NSC0_00826a
NSC0_00827
24
24
24
13
13
13
0 0 0
Ø24 Ø24
Ø24
12 12 12
Rod actuator Spring rod, length 142.5 mm Spring rod, length 242.5 mm
Ø7 Ø7
50
50
113 ... 203
Ø6
242,3
142,3
200
150
50
33,5
11 28,5
NSC0_00763
24
13
42,3
42,3
NSC0_00759
NSC0_00791
Ø24
Ø24 Ø24
Spring rod, length 76 mm
Ø7
10
23,5
75,8
42,3
NSC0_00790
Ø24
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/255

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Dimensions of the switches in compact design
Rounded plungers, enclosure width 30 mm, Rounded plungers, enclosure width 40 mm, Rounded plungers, enclosure width 30 mm,
with connecting cable with connecting cable with M12 connector socket
3SE5413-0CC20-1EA2 3SE5423-0CC20-1EA2 3SE5413-0CC20-1EB1
Ø8 Ø12 Ø8 Ø12 Ø8 Ø12
3,6
3,6
3,6
10
10
10
9,8
9,8
9,8
20 25 20
Ø4,3
Ø4,3
Ø5,1
Ø8
Ø8
50
50
50
Ø10,2
IC01_00252
IC01_00253
IC01_00268
30 16,2 30 18 16,2
6
6
M12x1
40 16
Rounded plungers, enclosure width 40 mm, Rounded plungers, enclosure width 30 mm, Rounded plungers, enclosure width 30 mm,
with M12 connector socket with central fixing with external seal
3SE5423-0CC20-1EB1 3SE5413-0CC21-1EA2 3SE5413-0CC22-1EA2
Ø8 Ø12 Ø8 M12x1 Ø7,1 Ø13
3,6
10
19,8
24
10
16
10
9,8
25
Ø5,1
Ø10,2
50
IC01_00254
20
Ø4,3
20
Ø8
50
Ø4,3
Ø8
IC01_00256
50
IC01_00255
18
16,2
6
M12x1 30
16 16,2
6
30
40
Roller plungers, enclosure width 30 mm, Roller plungers, enclosure width 40 mm, Roller plungers, enclosure width 30 mm,
with connecting cable with connecting cable with central fixing
3SE5413-0CD20-1EA2 3SE5423-0CD20-1EA2 3SE5413-0CD21-1EA2
Ø12 ØM12x1
Ø12 Ø12,5 4 Ø12,5
10,5
Ø12,5 4
4
10,5
20,3
20,3
10
35
10
26,6
17
10
25
Ø5,1
20
Ø10,2
50
Ø4,3
Ø8
IC01_00258
50
20
IC01_00257
Ø4,3
Ø8
50
IC01_00259
16,2
6
30 40 16
16,2
6
30
Twist levers, enclosure width 30 mm, Twist levers, enclosure width 40 mm,
with connecting cable with connecting cable
3SE5413-0CN20-1EA2 3SE5423-0CN20-1EA2
35,4 35,3
Ø17 31,9 Ø17 31,8
44
7
9
7
16,5
10
10
20 25
Ø5,1
Ø4,3
Ø8
Ø10,2
50
IC01_00260
IC01_00261
16,2
6
30
40 16
2/256 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Circuit diagrams
Enclosure widths 31, 40, 50 and 56 mm
Slow-action contacts Slow-action contacts Snap-action contacts
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
3SE5...-.B..., -.R... 3SE5...-.P... 3SE5...-.C..., -.F..., -.G..., -.H..., -.N...
22 14 22 34 14 14 22
21 13 21 33 13 13 21 2
Slow-action contacts Slow-action contacts Snap-action contacts
1 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NC with make-before- 1 NO + 2 NC
3SE5...-.K..., -.Q... break, 3SE5...-.M... 3SE5...-.L...
22 32 14 22 36 18 14 32 22
21 31 13 21 35 17 13 31 21
XL enclosures, width 56 mm
Slow-action contacts Slow-action contacts Slow-action contacts Snap-action contacts
2 × (1 NO + 1 NC) 2 x (1 NO + 2 NC) with make- 1 NO + 2 NC with make-before- 2 × (1 NO + 1 NC)
3SE5162-0B... before-break, break, 3SE5162-0C...
3SE5162-0D... 1 NO + 1 NC
3SE5162-0E...
22 14 52 44 22 36 18 52 66 48 22 36 18 52 44 14 22 34 42
NSC0_00941
NSC0_00941
21 13 51 43 21 35 17 51 65 47 21 35 17 51 43 13 21 33 41
3SE5 connector assignment

M12 connector socket, 4-pole M12 connector sockets, 5-pole M12 connector sockets, 8-pole Connector sockets, 6-pole + PE
3SY3127 3SY3128 3SY3134 3SY3131
NSC0_00929
PE
2 1 2 1
2 1 2 1
5 3 7
3 4 3 4 8 3 6
4 6
NSC0_00821 NSC0_00822
5 4 5
NSC0_00823
Article No. Connector Contacts LEDs Connections

sockets
Type Version Version Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 PE
M12 connector sockets, 4-, 5- or 8-pole
3SE5..4-0....-1AC4 3SY3127 1 NO + 1 NC -- 21 22 13 14 -- -- -- -- --
3SE5..4-0....-1AC5 3SY3128 1 NO + 1 NC -- 21 22 13 14 PE -- -- -- --
3SE5..4-0....-1AE0 3SY3127 2 NC -- 21 22 31 32 -- -- -- -- --
3SE5..4-0....-1AE1 3SY3128 2 NC -- 21 22 31 32 PE -- -- -- --
3SE5..4-1C...-1AF3 3SY3128 1 NO + 1 NC 2 LEDs 21 22 13 / 14 / Ground -- -- -- --
snap-action LED gn LED ye LED
3SE5..4-1B...-1AF3 3SY3128 1 NO + 1 NC 2 LEDs 21 22 14 / 13/ Ground -- -- -- --
slow-action LED gn LED ye LED
3SE5..4-1L...-1AD4 3SY3134 1 NO + 2 NC 2 LEDs 21 22 13 / 14 / 31 32 Ground PE --
3SE5..4-1K...-1AD4 3SY3134 1 NO + 2 NC 2 LEDs 21 22 14 / 13/ 31 32 Ground PE --
Connector sockets, 6-pole + PE
3SE5..5-0....-1AD0 3SY3131 1 NO + 1 NC -- 21 22 13 14 -- -- -- -- ✓
3SE5..5-0....-1AD1 3SY3131 1 NO + 2 NC -- 21 22 13 14 31 32 -- -- ✓
3SE5..5-.C...-1AF2 3SY3131 1 NO + 1 NC 2 LEDs 21 22 13 / 14 / -- Ground -- -- ✓
3SE5..5-.B...-1AF2 3SY3131 1 NO + 1 NC 2 LEDs 21 22 14 / 13 / -- Ground -- -- ✓
3SE5..5-.L...-1AD2 3SY3131 2 NC 2 LEDs 21 22 31 32 13 / Ground -- -- ✓
snap-action LED gn LED
3SE5..5-.K...-1AD2 3SY3131 2 NC 2 LEDs 21 22 31 32 14 / Ground -- -- ✓
slow-action LED gn LED
gn Green ✓ Connected
ye Yellow -- Not available
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/257

© Siemens AG 2018

3SE5, Metal Enclosures
Compact design
• Very compact yet with the same rating as the 3SE51 standard
switches, for notable space savings in confined installation
conditions
• Various actuator versions available
• Roller plungers can be rotated through 90°
• Twist levers, can be rotated through 180°;
2 twist lever can be adjusted in 15° increments
• Time is saved when mounting the fully assembled unit
• With metal enclosure of degree of protection IP67, ideal for
use in rough industrial environments
• Insensitive to electromagnetic interference
Compact design in width 30 mm

Particularly in harsh environments or on equipment with limited
space, the small 3SE54 position switches in compact design
with a depth of 16 mm and a weight of only 80 g (without cable)
are ideal. Above all the versions with molded cable can be
mounted in the most confined spaces.
3SE54 compact position switches are available in two different
widths as complete units:
• The 3SE5413 series complies with the EU standard and
features a 30 mm wide enclosure with drilled holes at a
distance of 20 mm.
• The 3SE5423 series meets the requirements of the US market
and features a 40-mm-wide enclosure with drilled holes at a
spacing of 25 mm.
Both the enclosure and the actuator head are made of metal and
comply with the high IP67 degree of protection. The following
actuators are available:
• Rounded plungers
• Rounded plungers with central fixing
• Rounded plungers with external seal
• Roller plungers
• Roller plungers with central fixing
• Twist levers
The contact block is designed with snap-action contacts
1 NO + 1 NC. The NC contact complies with the requirements for
positive opening acc. to IEC 60947-5-1.
Use in safety circuits up to Category 4 according to
EN ISO 13849-1.
Connection:
• With molded cable, 2 m or 5 m long
• With M12 connector socket
2/258 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

3SE5, Metal Enclosures
Compact design

2 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC · Degree of protection IP67 · With connecting cable or M12 connector socket
Operating mechanism Enclosure width SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm d kg
Complete units • Enclosure width 30 or 40 mm
Rounded plungers
2
• Standard mounting
- With 2 m cable 5 x 0.75 mm2 30 q 2 3SE5413-0CC20-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.284
40 q 2 3SE5423-0CC20-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.290
- With M12 connector socket, 5-pole 30 q 2 3SE5413-0CC20-1EB1 1 1 unit 41K 0.091
40 q 5 3SE5423-0CC20-1EB1 1 1 unit 41K 0.113
3SE5413-0CC20-1EA2
• With central fixing M12 x 1
40 q 5 3SE5423-0CC21-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.324
3SE5413-0CC21-1EA2
• With external seal
40 q 5 3SE5423-0CC22-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.299
3SE5413-0CC22-1EA2
Roller plungers
- With 2 m cable 5 x 0.75 mm2 30 q 2 3SE5413-0CD20-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.298
40 q 2 3SE5423-0CD20-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.319
- With M12 connector socket, 5-pole 30 q 2 3SE5413-0CD20-1EB1 1 1 unit 41K 0.099
3SE5413-0CD20-1EA2 40 q 2 3SE5423-0CD20-1EB1 1 1 unit 41K 0.116
• With central fixing M12 x 1
40 q 5 3SE5423-0CD21-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.318
• Actuator head rotated 90°
3SE5413-0CD23-1EA2
Twist levers
- With 2 m cable 5 x 0.75 mm2 30 q 2 3SE5413-0CN20-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.316
40 q 5 3SE5423-0CN20-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.353
- With 5 m cable 5 x 0.75 mm2 30 q 2 3SE5413-0CN20-1EA5 1 1 unit 41K 0.580
- With M12 connector socket, 5-pole 30 q 2 3SE5413-0CN20-1EB1 1 1 unit 41K 0.126
40 q 5 3SE5423-0CN20-1EB1 1 1 unit 41K 0.140
• Twist levers with a smaller mounting
3SE5413-0CN20-1EA2 depth and lower height
- With 2 m cable 5 x 0.75 mm2 30 q 5 3SE5413-0CP20-1EA2 1 1 unit 41K 0.314
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/259
© Siemens AG 2018
SIRIUS 3SE5, 3SE2 Mechanical Safety Hinge Switches

3SE2, Plastic Enclosures
With integrated hinge

3 contacts · Degree of protection IP65 · Cable entry 2 × (M20 × 1.5)
Version Slow-action SD Complete units PU PS* PG Weight
contacts (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
2 Plastic enclosures with integrated hinge

With integrated hinge
(Scope of supply includes additional hinge
and fixing accessories)
• Aluminum hinge
- 4° actuating angle 1 NO + 2 NC q 15 3SE2283-0GA43 1 1 unit 41K 0.426
- 4° actuating angle 3 NC q 5 3SE2283-6GA43 1 1 unit 41K 0.386
3SE2283
- 8° actuating angle 3 NC q 15 3SE2283-6GA53 1 1 unit 41K 0.450
• High-grade steel hinge
Accessories/spare parts
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Accessories
Additional hinges
(Scope of supply includes fixing accessories)
• Made of aluminum q 10 3SX3225 1 1 unit 41K 0.155
3SX3225

2/260 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Position Switches for Ambient Temperatures of -40 °C

Shock and Vibration Test
SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Safety Switches
3SE5, plastic enclosures

Complete units
2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP65 or IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5, with enhanced corrosion protection
Version Contacts LEDs SD Complete units PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Complete units1) • Enclosure width 31 mm

d Article No. kg 2
Twist levers, 21 mm long, according to EN 50047
With plastic roller 19 mm,
with M20 connector socket
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- 5 3SE5232-0LK21-1AY0 1 1 unit 41K 0.110
SE5232-0LK21-1AY0
Roller levers, according to EN 50047 5 3SE5232-0LE10-1AY0 1 1 unit 41K 0.086
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC --
3SE5232-0LE10-1AY0
Rod actuators, according to EN 50047 30 3SE5232-0HK82-1AY0 1 1 unit 41K 0.114
Plastic rod, length 200 mm
3SE5232-0HK82-1AY0
Spring rods, according to EN 50047 30 3SE5232-0HR01-1AY0 1 1 unit 41K 0.117
3SE5232-0HR01-1AY0
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or
positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.
1)
Popular versions.
2)
Subsequent replacement of contact blocks is not possible.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/261
© Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Safety Switches with Tumbler

6 slow-action contacts · 5 directions of approach · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry 3 × M20 × 1.5 · Locking force 1 300 N
Tumbler1) LED Solenoid, SD Complete units PU PS* PG Weight
rated Position monitoring: (UNIT, per PU
operational Actuators: 1 NO + 2 NC SET, approx.
voltage Solenoid: 1 NO + 2 NC M)
Article No.
2
V d kg
1 300 N locking force · Enclosure width 54 mm
Spring-actuated
locks
• With front auxiliary 24 DC q 5 3SE5322-0SD21-1AY0 1 1 unit 41K 0.503
release
3SE5322-0SD21-1AY0
1)
Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Accessories
Standard actuators } 3SE5000-0AV01 1 1 unit 41K 0.034
• Length 75.6 mm
3SE5000-0AV01
High-grade steel actuators1)
• Length 75.6 mm 5 3SE5000-0AW51 1 1 unit 41K 0.046
3SE5000-0AW51
1)
With optimized geometry and suitable for extreme environmental
conditions -40 °C

2/262 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3SE5 Safety Switches and Hinge Switches

With enhanced corrosion protection.
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
Hinge switches, according to EN 50047
2
With hollow shaft D = 8 mm, operating angle 10 degrees,
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 30 3SE5232-0HU21-1AY0 1 1 unit 41K 0.117
3SE5232-0HU21-1AY0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/263
© Siemens AG 2018

Shock and Vibration Test According to Railway Standard

Complete units
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
2 Complete units1) • Enclosure width 31 mm
d Article No. kg
Roller plungers, type C, acc. to EN 50047

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole (250 V, 4 A)
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5234-0CD03-1AJ1 1 1 unit 41K 0.084
3SE5234-0CD03-1AJ1
Roller plungers with central fixing
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5232-0CD10-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.101
3SE5232-0CD10-1AJ0
Twist levers, type A, acc. to EN 50047
With high-grade steel lever 21 mm and plastic roller 19 mm
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 2 3SE5232-0CK31-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.104
3SE5232-0CK31-1AJ0
Twist levers, adjustable length
With high-grade steel lever with grid hole and
plastic roller 19mm
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5232-0CK62-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.126
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q 5 3SE5232-0LK62-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.130
3SE5232-0CK62-1AJ0
Twist levers
With metal lever 21 mm and plastic roller 19 mm
Snap-action contacts, 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5242-0HK21-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.120
integrated2)
plastic roller 19mm
Snap-action contacts, 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5242-0HK62-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.134
2)
3SE5242-0HK21-1AJ0 integrated
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or Note:
1)
Popular versions.
If the device you require is not available as a complete unit,
2)
see Modular system, page 2/265.

2/264 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Modular system
Version Contacts LEDs SD Modular system PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
Basic switches • Enclosure width 31 mm (with rounded plunger1))
With teflon plunger
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5232-0CC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.072
2
Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q 5 3SE5232-0KC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.068
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q 5 3SE5232-0LC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.080
3SE5232-0CC05-1AJ0
With teflon plunger
Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5242-0BC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.088
Snap-action contacts, integrated2) 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5242-0HC05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.089
3SE5242-0BC05-1AJ0
1)
For enclosures with widths of 31 and 50 mm, the basic switch is a
complete unit with rounded plungers.
2)

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/265
© Siemens AG 2018

Version Diameter SD Modular system PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
mm
Operating mechanisms
2 Plastic roller
Roller levers, type E, acc. to EN 50047
10 q 5 3SE5000-0AD03-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.011
3SE5000-0AD03
Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q 5 3SE5000-0AE10-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.019
High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q 5 3SE5000-0AE12-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.014
Angular roller levers
Metal lever, plastic roller 13 q 5 3SE5000-0AF10-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.019
High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 13 q 5 3SE5000-0AF12-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.015
3SE5000-0AF10-1AJ0
Twist actuators
Twist actuators, for 31/50 mm, EN 50047
Switching right and/or left, adjustable q 5 3SE5000-0AK00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.026
3SE5000-0AK00-1AJ0
Levers
Twist levers straight, 21 mm, type A acc. to EN 50047
Metal lever, plastic roller 19 q 5 3SE5000-0AA21-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.015
High-grade steel lever, plastic roller 19 q 5 3SE5000-0AA31-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.015
Twist lever
Twist levers, adjustable length, with grid hole
3SE5000-0AA60-1AJ0
q Positively driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

2/266 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Modular system
2 or 3 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5, with enhanced corrosion protection
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
Basic switches • Enclosure width 40 mm
With connecting thread M20 × 1.5
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5132-0CA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.093
2
Slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q 5 3SE5132-0KA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.091
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q 5 3SE5132-0LA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.092
3SE5132-0CA00-1AJ0
Version Diame- SD Modular system PU PS* PG Weight

ter (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
mm
Rounded plungers, type B, acc. to EN 50041
Plastic plungers 10 q 5 3SE5000-0AC03-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.011
3SE5000-0AC03-1AJ0
Plastic plunger, plastic roller 13 q 5 3SE5000-0AD05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.014
3SE5000-0AD05-1AJ0
Roller levers
Metal lever with plastic roller, plastic base 22 q 5 3SE5000-0AE05-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.026
3SE5000-0AE05-1AJ0
Twist actuators
• For twist levers and rod levers, q 5 3SE5000-0AJ00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.026
Switching right and/or left, adjustable
3SE5000-0AK00-1AJ0
Levers
Twist lever
3SE5000-0AA60-1AJ0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/267
© Siemens AG 2018

3SE5, metal enclosures

Complete units
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
2 Complete units • Enclosure width 31 mm

d Article No. kg
Rounded plungers, type B, acc. to EN 50047

3SE5212-0CC05-1AJ0
With metal lever 21 mm and high-grade steel roller
19 mm, twist actuator in metal version
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- q 5 3SE5212-0CH22-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.283
3SE5212-0CH22-1AJ0
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or Note:
If the device you require is not available as a complete unit, see
“Modular system” on page 2/267.

2/268 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Modular system
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
With plunger
2
3SE5212-0CC05-1AJ0
1)
For enclosures with widths of 31 mm, the basic switch is a complete unit
with rounded plungers.
Version Diame- SD Modular system PU PS* PG Weight

ter (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
mm
Plastic roller 10 q 5 3SE5000-0AD03-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.011
3SE5000-0AD03-1AJ0
Roller levers, type E, acc. to EN 50047
3SE5000-0AE10-1AJ0
3SE5000-0AF10-1AJ0
Twist actuators
Switching right and/or left, adjustable q 5 3SE5000-0AK00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.026
3SE5000-0AK00-1AJ0
Levers
Twist levers straight, 21 mm, type A acc. to EN 50047
3SE5000-0AK00-1AJ0
3SE5000-0AA60-1AJ0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/269
© Siemens AG 2018

Complete units
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
Complete units • Enclosure width 40 mm
2 Rounded plungers, type B, acc. to EN 50041
With high-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm overtravel
3SE5112-0CC02-1AJ0
With high-grade steel lever 27 mm and plastic roller
19 mm
Snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- q 5 3SE5112-0LH11-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.347
3SE5112-0LH11-1AJ0
plastic roller 19mm
3SE5112-0CH62-1AJ0
Complete units • Enclosure width 56 mm, XL
With metal lever with grid hole and
plastic roller 19mm
3SE5162-0CH60-1AJ0
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K or positively Note:
driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.
If the device you require is not available as a complete unit, see
“Modular system” on page 2/271.

2/270 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Modular system
2, 3 or 4 contacts · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry M20 × 1.5, with enhanced corrosion protection
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
With connecting thread M20 × 1.5
2
3SE5112-0CA00-1AJ0
With 3 x connecting thread M20 × 1.5
3SE5122-0CA00-1AJ0
Basic switches • Enclosure width 56 mm, XL
With 3 × connection thread M20 × 1.5
Slow-action contacts 2× -- q 5 3SE5162-0BA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.450
(1 NO + 1 NC)
Snap-action contacts 2× -- q 5 3SE5162-0CA00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.451
(1 NO + 1 NC)
3SE5162-0BA00-1AJ0
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K or positively
driven actuator, necessary in safety circuits.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/271
© Siemens AG 2018

Version Diameter SD Modular system PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
mm d kg
Rounded plungers, type B,
2 acc. to EN 50041
High-grade steel plungers, with 3 mm 10 q 5 3SE5000-0AC02-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.031
overtravel
3SE5000-0AC02-1AJ0
High-grade steel roller, with 3 mm overtravel 10 q 5 3SE5000-0AD02-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.054
3SE5000-0AD02-1AJ0
Roller levers
3SE5000-0AE01-1AJ0
3SE5000-0AF01-1AJ0
Twist actuators
Twist actuators, for 40/56/56 XL mm EN 50041
Switching right and/or left, adjustable q 5 3SE5000-0AH00-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.027
3SE5000-0AH00-1AJ0
Levers
3SE5000-0AA01-1AJ0
3SE5000-0AA60-1AJ0

2/272 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Safety Switches with Separate Actuator

Complete units
2 or 3 contacts · 5 directions of approach · Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm) · Cable entry M20 × 1.5
Version1) Contacts LEDs SD Complete units PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg 2
Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047
Ambient temperature down to -40° C
With increased corrosion protection
Slow-action contacts 1 NO + -- q 5 3SE5232-0RV40-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.124
1 NC
3SE5232-0RV40-1AJ0
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Accessories
Standard actuators
• With transverse fixing, plastic 5 3SE5000-0AW11 1 1 unit 41K 0.012
Length 40 mm
3SE5000-0AW11
3SE5000-0AW51
1)
With optimized geometry and suitable for extreme environmental
conditions -40 °C

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/273
© Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Safety Switches with Tumbler

6 slow-action contacts · 5 directions of approach · Degree of protection IP66/IP67 · Cable entry 3 × M20 × 1.5 · Locking force 1 300 N
Tumbler1) Solenoid, SD Complete units PU PS* PG Weight
rated operational Position monitoring: (UNIT, per PU
voltage Actuators: 1 NO + 2 NC SET, approx.
Solenoid: 1 NO + 2 NC M)
Article No.
2
V d kg
1 300 N locking force · Enclosure width 54 mm
Spring-actuated locks
• With escape release from the front 24 DC q 5 3SE5322-0SL21-1AJ0 1 1 unit 41K 0.761
and emergency release from the back
3SE5322-0SL21-1AJ0
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K. 1) Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Accessories
Standard actuators } 3SE5000-0AV01 1 1 unit 41K 0.034
• Length 75.6 mm
3SE5000-0AV01
3SE5000-0AW51
1) With optimized geometry and suitable for extreme environmental
conditions -40 °C

2/274 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
SIRIUS ACT Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights
Introduction
■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius-act/configurator
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Conversion tool, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Home page, see www.siemens.com/sirius-act Manual, see
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3SU1 https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/107542462
3SU1. 3SU1.6
Pushbuttons and indicator lights
Designs
Nominal diameter 22 mm 30 mm
Version Plastic with metal front ring, matte Metal, matte, flat
Actuating / Actuating /
signaling elements signaling elements
Actuators
Pushbuttons ✓ see page 2/289 ✓ see page 2/301
Illuminated pushbuttons ✓ see page 2/290 ✓ see page 2/301
Mushroom pushbuttons ✓ see page 2/291 --
EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons ✓ see page 2/292 --
Selector switches ✓ see page 2/294 ✓ see page 2/302
Key-operated switches ✓ see page 2/296 ✓ see page 2/303
Toggle switches ✓ see page 2/293 --
Coordinate switches ✓ see page 2/299 --
Pushbuttons with -- --
extended stroke
Potentiometers -- --
Indicators
Indicator lights ✓ see page 2/299 ✓ see page 2/303
Contact modules
Single-pole ✓ see page 2/307
LED modules
Wedge bases -- --
Module with integrated LED ✓ see page 2/310
Connections
--
Plug-in connection -- --
Screw terminals ✓ ✓
Spring-type terminals ✓ ✓
Solder pins ✓ ✓
AS-Interface ✓ ✓
IO-Link ✓ ✓
✓ Available
-- Not available
Note:
Safety characteristics, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16.
AS-Interface solutions AS-Interface enclosures
Pushbuttons and indicator lights of the SIRIUS ACT series can Enclosures with standard fittings are listed in this catalog. For
be connected to the AS-Interface communication system customized enclosures, use the SIRIUS ACT Configurator to
quickly and easily with the help of various solutions. select the elements for equipping (see page 2/315).
For AS-Interface solutions, see Catalog IK PI PROFINET solutions
"Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET".
SIRIUS ACT devices will be equipped in future with a direct
AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP according to ISO 13850 communication interface to PROFINET and PROFIsafe.
Using special modules, EMERGENCY STOP devices according RFID authentication solutions
to ISO 13850 can be directly connected through the standard
AS-Interface with safety-related communication Groups of employees or individuals can be authenticated by
(see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 13). means of the ID key-operated switch. Color-coded keys for easy
distinction between users and flexible in application thanks to
four function stages.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/275

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
3SU18
Enclosures
Enclosures
Plastic ✓
Metal ✓
Actuators
Pushbuttons ✓
Illuminated pushbuttons ✓
Mushroom pushbuttons ✓
EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons ✓
Selector switches ✓
Key-operated switches ✓
Palm pushbutton ✓
Bowden wires --
Indicators
Indicator lights ✓
Acoustic signaling devices ✓
Contact modules
Single-pole ✓
Connections
Screw terminals ✓
Spring-type terminals ✓
AS-Interface ✓
Pages See p. 2/312
✓ Available -- Not available
2/276 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
■ Overview
SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights

SIRIUS ACT – commanding and signaling Configurator
SIRIUS ACT is a modular system of pushbuttons and indicator
lights for front plate mounting and rear-mounted electrical
modules.
Extensive portfolio
• Customized variants, e.g. special tumbler arrangements,
labeling, equipped enclosures
• Communication-enabled thanks to direct interfacing
to AS-Interface, IO-Link or PROFINET
Diverse possible applications
• National and international approvals
• Many trade approvals
• Short delivery times thanks to global availability
Standards
• IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1
• IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1
• IEC 60947-5-5, EN 60947-5-5 for EMERGENCY STOP devices
• Fast, simple selection by intuitive navigation through clearly-
organized menus using drag & drop
• Image preview of selected components
• Inscription of pushbuttons and labeling plates using the
interactive inscription tool
• Once created, a configuration can be ordered as often as
required using the customer-specific article number and the
CIN (Configuration Identification Number)
• Everything at a glance: Product data sheets, certificates,
dimensional drawings, list prices, inscription tool
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/277

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
■ Benefits
Design Communication
plastic plastic
black metal ring
2 Ø 22 mm matte
Ø 22 mm
metal metal matte

shiny flat
Ø 22 mm Ø 30 mm
Color selection
IC01_00478
SIRIUS ACT is available in four design lines. • Direct connection of the enclosure to AS-Interface or IO-Link
• Direct connection in the control cabinet to PROFINET, IO-Link
or AS-Interface
• Can be integrated easily via the TIA Portal
Ruggedness Easy handling
• Degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP69 (IP69K) • Self-holding function of the actuator when mounting
IP66 • Twist prevention integrated into patented holder design
• Stackable contact modules
6 = Protection against the 6 = Protection against powerful • Self-explanatory and fast installation using one hand
ingress of dust splashwater
• Components can be mounted with holder removed
IP67 • No special tools required,
6 = Protection against the 7 = Protection against temporary
simple size 2 screwdriver (cross-tip
ingress of dust immersion ISO 87641PZD1, flat-head ISO 2380-1 A/B 1x4.5) is sufficient
IP69 (IP69K)
6 = Protection against the 9/9K = Protection against water in high-

ingress of dust pressure cleaning (approx. 80 bar) and
high water jet temperatures (approx.
80°C)
• Service life of 100 000 hours thanks to use of LEDs

• Media resistance (chemicals) thanks to solid stainless steel
and high-grade plastics
• Mechanical endurance of 10 x 106 switching cycles
• Suitable for use in extreme environments
• Reliable, friction-locked fixing with just one screw
• Design stability according to use
• Simple geometry for mounting holes
2/278 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Mounting dimensions Versions
c
SIRIUS ACT is a modular system of pushbuttons and indicator
lights with which customized variants can be configured flexibly.
One command point comprises:
• An actuating or signaling element in front of the control panel
• A holder for securing behind the control panel
• Up to six contact modules and/or one LED module (mounted
onto the holder), single-pole contacts can be stacked 2
b
• A comprehensive range of accessories for inscription/marking

Compact units
Signaling devices, sensor switches, and pushbuttons with
extended stroke are available as compact units. The electronic
circuitry is already integrated in these devices, i.e. it is not
IC01_00610
necessary to snap on a contact or LED module.

a a
Minimum clearance
a b c
mm mm mm
22 mm, plastic with metal front ring, matte
for front plate thickness 1 ... 6 mm
3-slot holder 30 40 22.3+0.4
4-slot holder 40 40 22.3+0.4
30 mm, metal, matte
for front plate thickness 1 ... 4 mm
3-slot holder 40 45 30.5+0.5
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/279

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Actuating and signaling elements
14
2 15
16
17
4 5 6 7
9
10
18
11
12
19
13
20
21
22 IC01_0042
4c
Actuating and signaling elements Modules for front plate mounting

$ Pushbuttons, illuminated pushbuttons 3 Contact modules
% Mushroom pushbuttons 4 LED modules
& Selector switches 5 AS-Interface modules
() Key-operated switches, coordinate switches, Enclosures
*+ potentiometers, indicator lights 6 Enclosures
,- EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons, backing plates Modules for base mounting
./ ID key-operated switches, ID keys, electronic modules 7 Contact modules
0 Twin pushbuttons, label holders, labeling plates 8 LED modules
Holders and labels 9 IO-Link modules
1 Label holders, labeling plates : AS-Interface modules
2 Holder
System overview of SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights
from the plastic design line.
Pushbuttons and indicator lights available in 4 design lines,
see Catalog IC 10 www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 13
2/280 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Article No. scheme
Device types
2
3SU10 3SU11 3SU12 3SU14 3SU15 3SU18 3SU19
Device types
Actuating and Complete units Compact units Modules for Holders with Enclosures Accessories
signaling elements actuators and module
indicators
Actuating and signaling elements

SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights 3SU1 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @
Device type Actuating and signaling elements 0
Material (front ring) Plastic, black 0
Metal, matte (front ring)/ 3
plastic, black (rosette)
Metal, shiny 5
Metal, matte 6
Illumination Non-illuminated 0
Illuminated/transparent 1
Illuminated/non-illuminated 2
Type of actuator/indicator Pushbutton 0
Mushroompushbutton/ 1
EMERGENCY STOP mushroom
pushbutton/sensor switch
Selector switch 2
Twin pushbutton, toggle switch 3
Key-operated switch 4/5
Indicator light/acoustic signaling device 6
Coordinate switch 7
Design of the actuator/ e.g. A = Flat @
acoustic signaling device
Function e.g. B = Momentary contact @
Color/key removal position e.g. 10 = Black, 20 = Red @ @
Connection type 0 = None @
Module/holder equipment e.g. @
A = Without module, without holder
Y = Without module, with holder
Marking e.g. A = None, C = "I", D = "O", R = "R" @
Ambient condition Standard, 0
ATEX 1
Example 3SU1 0 0 0 – 0 A B 1 0 – 0 A A 0
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers.
selection and ordering data.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/281

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Complete units

Device type Complete units 1
Metal, shiny 5
2 Illumination
Metal, matte
Non-illuminated
6
0
Illuminated (with/without LED, 1...8
various voltages)
Mushroom pushbutton/ 1
EMERGENCY STOP mushroom
pushbutton/sensor switch
Selector switch 2
Twin pushbutton, toggle switch 3
Key-operated switch 4/5
Coordinate switch 7
Function e.g. B = Momentary contact @
Color/key removal position e.g. 10 = Black, 20 = Red @ @
Module/holder equipment incl. e.g. @
contact material A = Without module, with holder
B = 1 NO contact with holder
C = 1 NC contact with holder
Marking e.g. A = None, C = "I", D = "O", R = "R" @
Ambient condition Standard 0
ATEX 1
Example 3SU1 1 0 0 – 0 A A 1 0 – 1 B A 0
Compact units

Device type Compact units 2
Metal, shiny 5
Metal, matte 6
Illuminated/non-illuminated 1
Sensor switch 1
Potentiometer 2
Function (voltage/resistance) e.g. B = 24 V AC/DC @
Color e.g. 10 = Black, 20 = Red @ @
Connection type None 0
Screw terminals 1
M12 connection, 4-pole 2
Module/holder equipment incl. e.g. @
contact material A = Without module, without holder
B = 1 NO contact with holder
C = 1 NC contact with holder
Marking e.g. A = None @
ATEX 1
Example 3SU1 2 0 1 – 6 A B 0 0 – 1 A A 0
Note:
2/282 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Modules for actuators and indicators

Device type Modules for actuators and indicators 4
Illuminated 1
Fastening method Front plate mounting
Base mounting
1
2 2
Printed circuit board 3
Module type Contact module A
LED module B
LED test module C
Support terminal D
AS-Interface module E
Electronic module for ID key-operated G
switches
Function/voltage e.g. B = 24 V AC/DC @
Screw terminals + 2
Insulation piercing method
Spring-type terminals + 4
Insulation piercing method
Socket terminals 5
Module equipment incl. contact e.g. @
material A = None
B = 1 NO contact, silver
C = 1 NC contact, silver
Marking None A
ATEX 1
Example 3SU1 4 0 0 – 1 A A 1 0 – 1 B A 0
Holders

Device type Holder 5
Metal, shiny 5
Illuminated 1
Fastening method None 0
Front plate mounting 1
Holder type 3x A A
4x B B
Function/voltage Without A
6 ... 24 V AC/DC G
Connection type None 0
Screw terminals 1
Module equipment incl. contact e.g. @
material and slot A = None
B = 1 NO contact, silver
C = 1 NC contact, silver
Marking None A

ATEX 1
Example 3SU1 5 0 0 – 0 A A 1 0 – 0 A A 0
Note:
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/283

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Enclosures

Device type 8 = Enclosure 8
Material (enclosure/front ring) Plastic, black plastic 0
Metal, shiny metal 5
Number of command points 1 command point 1
2 ...
6 command points
...
6
Type of enclosure Configuration 0
4-position selector switch and coordinate 1
switch
Palm pushbutton 2
Two-hand operation console 3
Command point e.g. command point, inscription, module @ @
Communication capability None 0
AS-i 1
ATEX 1
Mounting/connection of None 0
modules Front plate mounting, screw terminals 1
Base mounting, screw terminals 2
Base mounting, spring-type terminals 3
Cable exit from enclosure None A
Direct entry of AS-i flat cable at top/on right G
AS-i insulation piercing method at top/on
right H
Design of enclosure top Center command point A
With recess for labeling plate B
With protective collar
4 additional holes C
(two-hand operation console) D
8 additional premachined breaking points
(two-hand operation console) E
Color of enclosure top Gray 8
Yellow
Example 3SU1 8 0 1 – 0 A A 0 0 – 0 A A 2
Accessories

Device type Accessories 9
Material Plastic, black 0
Metal/plastic 3
Metal, shiny 5
Metal, matte 6
Illuminated 1
Type of accessory (labels, e.g. @ @ @
protection, actuator, enclosure) 0AB = Insert label
Marking e.g. @ @ @
0AA = None
0AB = ON
0AT = EMERGENCY STOP
ATEX 1
Example 3SU1 9 0 0 0 A B 7 1 0 A B 0
Note:
2/284 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
■ Application
Environmental conditions Safety circuits
The pushbuttons and indicator lights are climate-proof (KTW 24) IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1 require positive opening. This
and suitable for standard industrial applications and operation in means that for the purpose of personal safety, the reliable
marine applications. opening of NC contacts in all safety circuits is expressly
prescribed for the electrical equipment of machines and is
designated according to IEC 60947-5-1 with the symbol ( ).
Safety EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons according to
ISO 13850
Category 4 according to EN ISO 13849-1 can be attained with 2
the EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons if the
For controls according to IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1, the corresponding fail-safe evaluation units are selected and
SIRIUS ACT mushroom pushbuttons are suitable for use as correctly installed, e.g. the 3SK11 safety relays
safety EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons. or the 3RK3 Modular Safety System (see
www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 11) or matching units from the
ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK product ranges.
The SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights can be
connected to the AS-Interface communication system quickly
and safely.
The following solutions are available:
• AS-Interface modules
• AS-Interface module in safety-related version for
EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbutton
• Ready-fitted AS-Interface enclosures with 1 to 6 command
points
IO-Link
The SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights can be
connected to IO-Link quickly and safely. The connection is made
via a special IO-Link-module.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/285

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
More information
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3SU1 Configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius-act/configurator
Conversion tool, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Manual, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/107542462
2
Type 3SU1..0-.AA 3SU1..1-.AA 3SU1..0-.AB 3SU1..1-.AB
3SU1..0-.JA 3SU1..1-.JA 3SU1..0-.BB 3SU1..1-.BB
3SU1..0-.CB 3SU1..1-.JB
3SU1..0-.DB
3SU1..0-.JB
Product version Pushbuttons
Operating principle of the actuating element Latching Momentary contact
Optional expansion of product by light source No Yes No Yes
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) 500 000 10 000 000 3 000 000
typical
Switching frequency maximum 1/h 1 800 3 600
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 Half-sine wave 50 g / 11 ms
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 10 ... 500 Hz: 5 g
IP degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP69 (IP69K)
Environmental category during operation 3M6, 3S2, 3B2, 3C3, 3K6 (with a relative air humidity of 10 ... 95%)
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 … +70
• During storage °C -40 … +80
Type 3SU1.00-.AA 3SU1.50-.EA 3SU1.01-.AA 3SU1.00-.AD 3SU1.50-.ED 3SU1.01-.AD

3SU1.00-.BA 3SU1.01-.BA 3SU1.00-.BD 3SU1.01-.BD
3SU1.00-.CA 3SU1.51-.AA 3SU1.00-.CD 3SU1.31-.AD
3SU1.30-.AA 3SU1.51-.BA 3SU1.30-.AD 3SU1.31-.BD
3SU1.30-.BA 3SU1.51-.CA 3SU1.30-.BD
3SU1.50-.AA 3SU1.50-.AD
3SU1.50-.BA 3SU1.50-.BD
3SU1.50-.CA 3SU1.50-.CD
Product version Mushroom pushbutton
Operating principle of the actuating element Latching Momentary
contact
Optional expansion of product by light source No Yes No Yes
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) 500 000 300 000 500 000 10 000 000 300 000 3 000 000
typical
Switching frequency maximum 1/h 1 800 3 600 1 800 3 600
IP degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP69 IP65, IP67, IP69 IP66, IP67, IP69 (IP69K) IP65, IP67, IP69 IP66, IP67, IP69
(IP69K) (IP69K) (IP69K) (IP69K)
Ambient temperature
Type 3SU1...-.J
3SU1...-.H
3SU1...-.G
Product version EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) 300 000
Switching frequency maximum 1/h 600
IP degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP69 (IP69K)
acc. to EN 60721
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... 70
• During storage °C -40 ... 80
2/286 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Type 3SU1.5.-2A 3SU1.0.-2A 3SU1.0.-3E 3SU1.0.-4B 3SU1...-4B 3SU1.0.-7A

3SU1.5.-2B 3SU1.0.-2B 3SU1.3.-3E 3SU1.0.-4C 3SU1...-4C 3SU1.0.-7B
3SU1.5.-2C 3SU1.0.-2C 3SU1.5.-3E 3SU1.0.-4D 3SU1...-4D 3SU1.3.-7A
3SU1.5.-2D 3SU1.3.-2A 3SU1.0.-4F 3SU1...-4F 3SU1.3.-7B
3SU1.5.-2E 3SU1.3.-2B 3SU1.0.-4G 3SU1...-4G 3SU1.5.-7A
3SU1.3.-2C 3SU1.0.-4H 3SU1...-4H 3SU1.5.-7B
3SU1.0.-4J 3SU1...-4J
3SU1.0.-4L 3SU1...-4L
3SU1.0.-5B 3SU1...-5B
2
3SU1.0.-5H 3SU1...-5H
3SU1.0.-5P 3SU1...-5K
3SU1.0.-5Q 3SU1...-5L
3SU1.0.-5R 3SU1...-5P
3SU1.0.-5S 3SU1...-5Q
3SU1.0.-5T 3SU1...-5R
3SU1.0.-5X 3SU1...-5S
3SU1...-5T
3SU1...-5X
Product version Selector switches Toggle switches Key-operated switches Coordinate
switches
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) 300 000 1 000 000 300 000 250 000
Switching frequency maximum 1/h 1 800 3 600
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 10 ... 500 Hz: 5
g
IP degree of protection IP66, IP67, IP69 (IP69K) IP66, IP67, IP69K IP66, IP67, IP69 (IP69K) IP65, IP67
Ambient temperature
Type 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400-

.AA101-.A0 1AA101- 1AA101-HA0 .AA103-.A0 1AA103- 1AA103-HA0 3AA105-.A0
GA0, GA0,
3SU1400- 3SU1400-
1AA101-RA0 1AA103-RA0
Product version Contact modules
Rated insulation voltage V 500
Pollution degree 3
Impulse withstand voltage kV 6
Rated value
Operational voltage type AC/DC
Operational voltage, rated value
• At AC at 50 Hz V 5 ... 500
• At DC V 5 ... 500
Thermal current A 10
Operational current, rated value
• At AC-12
- At 24 V A 10
- At 230 V A 8
• At AC-15
- At 24 V A 6
- At 230 V A 6 4 6 4 6
- At 400 V A 3
- At 500 V A 1.4
• At DC-12
- At 24 V A 10
- At 48 V A 5
- At 110 V A 2.5
- At 230 V A 1 0.3 1 0.3 1
- At 400 V A 0.3
- At 500 V A 0.3 0.2 0.3
• At DC-13
- At 24 V A 3
- At 48 V A 1.5
- At 110 V A 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.7
- At 230 V A 0.3
- At 400 V A 0.1
- At 500 V A 0.1
Contact reliability One contact failure per 100 million switching operations (17 V, 5 mA), one contact failure per 10 million
switching operations (5 V, 1 mA)
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) 10 000 000
typical
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/287

© Siemens AG 2018
General data
Type 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400- 3SU1400-

.AA101-.A0 1AA101- 1AA101-HA0 .AA103-.A0 1AA103- 1AA103-HA0 3AA105-.A0
GA0, GA0,
3SU1400- 3SU1400-
1AA101-RA0 1AA103-RA0
Product version Contact modules
Switching frequency maximum 1/s 3600
Fuse link version required for short-circuit gG / Dz 10 A, quick-response / Dz 10 A
2
protection of the auxiliary switch with type of
coordination 1
Continuous current of miniature circuit breaker A 10
C characteristic
Climate class during operation 3M6, 3S2, 3B2, 3C3, 3K6
acc. to EN 60721 (with a relative air humidity of 10 ... 95 %, no condensation permitted in operation)
Ambient temperature
IP degree of protection
• Of enclosure IP40
• Of the terminal IP20
Type of electrical Screw terminals Spring-type terminals Socket
connection termi-
nals
(THT)
Type of connectable conductor cross-
sections
• Solid with end sleeve 2 x (0.5 ... 0.75 mm²) --
• Solid without end sleeve 2 x (1.0 ... 1.5 mm²) 2 x (0.25 ... 1.5 mm²) --
• Finely stranded with end sleeve 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5 mm²) 2 x (0.25 ... 0.75 mm²) --
• Finely stranded without end sleeve 2 x (1.0 ... 1.5 mm²) 2 x (0.25 ... 1.5 mm²) --
• For AWG cables 2 x (18 ... 14) 2 x (24 ... 16) --
Tightening torque for screw terminals Nm 0.8 ... 0.9 --
Type 3SU1401-.....-1 3SU1401-.....-3 3SU1401-.....-5

Product version LED modules
Light source integrated in product Yes
Type of light source LED
Rated insulation voltage V 320
Pollution degree 3
Impulse withstand voltage rated value kV 4
Relative positive tolerance of the operational % 20
voltage
Relative negative tolerance of the operational % 20
voltage
Operating time typical h 100 000
Environmental category during operation 3M6, 3S2, 3B2, 3K6 (with a relative air humidity of 10 ... 95 %,
according to IEC 60721 no condensation permitted in operation)
Ambient temperature
IP degree of protection of the terminal IP20
Type of electrical connection Screw terminals Spring-type terminals Socket terminals
(THT)
For further information in the Manual, see
2/288 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Actuators and Indicators, 22 mm, Plastic with Metal Front Ring, Matte
Actuating and Signaling Elements
Pushbuttons

Version of actuating Operating principle Color, SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
element Unlatching marking (UNIT, per PU
Front ring version method SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons with flat
button
Momentary contact Black
Black, "O"
}
}
3SU1030-0AB10-0AA0
3SU1030-0AB10-0AD0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41J
41J
0.027
0.027 2
Standard Red } 3SU1030-0AB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
Red, "O" } 3SU1030-0AB20-0AD0 1 1 unit 41J 0.028
Red, "AUTO" 5 3SU1030-0AB20-0AQ0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
Yellow } 3SU1030-0AB30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
Green } 3SU1030-0AB40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
Green, "I" } 3SU1030-0AB40-0AC0 1 1 unit 41J 0.028
Blue } 3SU1030-0AB50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
Blue, "R" 5 3SU1030-0AB50-0AR0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
3SU1030-0AB50-0AR0 White } 3SU1030-0AB60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
White, "I" } 3SU1030-0AB60-0AC0 1 1 unit 41J 0.028
Clear } 3SU1030-0AB70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
Gray } 3SU1030-0AB80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.028
Latching Black } 3SU1030-0AA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.026
Push to unlatch Red } 3SU1030-0AA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
Yellow } 3SU1030-0AA30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
Green } 3SU1030-0AA40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
Blue } 3SU1030-0AA50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
White } 3SU1030-0AA60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
3SU1030-0AA40-0AA0
Pushbuttons with raised Momentary contact Black } 3SU1030-0BB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
button Red } 3SU1030-0BB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.028
Standard Yellow } 3SU1030-0BB30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
Green } 3SU1030-0BB40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.028
Blue } 3SU1030-0BB50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.028
White } 3SU1030-0BB60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.029
3SU1030-0BB20-0AA0
Pushbuttons with flat Momentary contact Black 5 3SU1030-0CB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.038
button Red 5 3SU1030-0CB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.039
Raised Yellow 5 3SU1030-0CB30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
Green 5 3SU1030-0CB40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
Blue 5 3SU1030-0CB50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
White 5 3SU1030-0CB60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.038
3SU1030-0CB30-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/289
© Siemens AG 2018

Illuminated pushbuttons
Version of actuating Operating principle Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

element Unlatching method (UNIT, per PU
Front ring version SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Illuminated pushbuttons
Illuminated pushbuttons Momentary contact Amber 5 3SU1031-0AB00-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
with flat button Red } 3SU1031-0AB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.026
2 Standard Yellow
Green
Blue
}
}
}
3SU1031-0AB30-0AA0
3SU1031-0AB40-0AA0
3SU1031-0AB50-0AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41J
41J
41J
0.026
0.026
0.026
White } 3SU1031-0AB60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.026
Clear } 3SU1031-0AB70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.026
3SU1031-0AB20-0AA0
Latching Red } 3SU1031-0AA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
Push to unlatch Yellow } 3SU1031-0AA30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
Clear } 3SU1031-0AA70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
3SU1031-0AA50-0AA0
Illuminated pushbuttons Momentary contact Red } 3SU1031-0BB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
with raised button Yellow } 3SU1031-0BB30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
Standard Green } 3SU1031-0BB40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.028
Clear 3 3SU1031-0BB70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
3SU1031-0BB40-0AA0

2/290 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Mushroom pushbuttons

Version of Operating principle Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
actuating element Unlatching method (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Mushroom pushbuttons
Mushroom
pushbuttons
Momentary contact Black
Red
}
}
3SU1030-1AD10-0AA0
3SU1030-1AD20-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41J
41J
0.033
0.034 2
30 mm diameter, Yellow } 3SU1030-1AD30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.033
2 positions Green } 3SU1030-1AD40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.032
Latching Black } 3SU1030-1AA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.039
Pull to unlatch Red } 3SU1030-1AA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.039
3SU1030-1AD20-0AA0
Mushroom Momentary contact Black 3 3SU1030-1BD10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
pushbuttons Red 3 3SU1030-1BD20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.034
40 mm diameter, Yellow 3 3SU1030-1BD30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.033
2 positions Green 3 3SU1030-1BD40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
Latching Black } 3SU1030-1BA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.041
Pull to unlatch Red } 3SU1030-1BA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.040
Red, "O" 5 3SU1030-1BA20-0AD0 1 1 unit 41J 0.041
3SU1030-1BD40-0AA0
Mushroom Momentary contact Yellow 5 3SU1031-1AD30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.030
pushbuttons Green 3 3SU1031-1AD40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.031
30 mm diameter, White 3 3SU1031-1AD60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.046
2 positions, Clear 5 3SU1031-1AD70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.032
illuminated
Latching Red 3 3SU1031-1AA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.039
Pull to unlatch Yellow 5 3SU1031-1AA30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
3SU1031-1AD30-0AA0
Mushroom Momentary contact Yellow 5 3SU1031-1BD30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.040
pushbuttons Green 5 3SU1031-1BD40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
40 mm diameter, White 3 3SU1031-1BD60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.034
2 positions, Clear 5 3SU1031-1BD70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.034
illuminated
Latching Red 3 3SU1031-1BA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.042
Pull to unlatch Yellow 3 3SU1031-1BA30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.041
3SU1031-1BD60-0AA0
Mushroom With positive latching, Black } 3SU1000-1HB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.047
pushbuttons tamper-proof Blue 3 3SU1000-1HB50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.046
40 mm diameter, Rotate to unlatch
2 positions
3SU1000-1HB50-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/291
© Siemens AG 2018

EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons

Version of Outer diameter Make of lock Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
actuating element of mushroom (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm d kg
2 With pull-to-unlatch mechanism

Tamper-proof, 40 -- Red } 3SU1000-1HA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.053
2 positions
3SU1000-1HA20-0AA0
With rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
Tamper-proof, 33.8 -- Red } 3SU1000-1GB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.042
2 positions
3SU1000-1GB20-0AA0
40 -- Red } 3SU1000-1HB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.047
3SU1000-1HB20-0AA0
60 -- Red } 3SU1000-1JB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.059
3SU1000-1JB20-0AA0
With rotate-to-unlatch mechanism, can be illuminated
Tamper-proof, 33.8 -- Red } 3SU1001-1GB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.048
2 positions 40 -- Red } 3SU1001-1HB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.049
60 -- Red } 3SU1001-1JB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.060
3SU1001-1HB20-0AA0

2/292 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons / toggle switches
Version of Outer Make of lock Color Number SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
actuating diameter of keys (UNIT, per PU
element of mushroom SET, approx.
M)
mm d kg
With key-operated release
Tamper-proof, 40 RONIS SB30 Red 2 } 3SU1000-1HF20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.076
2 positions RONIS 455 Red 2 3 3SU1000-1HG20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.075
2
3SU1000-1HF20-0AA0
BKS S1 Red 2 } 3SU1000-1HK20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.105
BKS E7 Red 0 3 3SU1000-1HM20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
BKS E9 Red 0 3 3SU1000-1HN20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
3SU1000-1HK20-0AA0
O.M.R. Red 2 } 3SU1000-1HQ20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.114
73037
3SU1000-1HQ20-0AA0
CES SSG10 Red 2 } 3SU1000-1HR20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.109
CES SSP9 Red 2 } 3SU1000-1HS20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.111
CES SMS1 Red 2 3 3SU1000-1HT20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.105
3SU1000-1HR20-0AA0

Number of Number of Color of Operating principle of SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
switching command actuat- the actuating element (UNIT, per PU
positions points ing SET, approx.
element M)
d kg
Toggle switches
2 1 Black Latching 3 3SU1030-3EA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.027
Momentary contact 5 3SU1030-3EC10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.026

Reset from above
3SU1030-3EA10-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/293
© Siemens AG 2018

Selector switches

Version Operating principle Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
of actuator (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Selector switches
2 2 switch positions, can be illuminated

Selector, short black Momentary contact, 45° Black 3 3SU1032-2BC10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
actuator (10:30/12 o'clock), reset Red } 3SU1032-2BC20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
from center to left Yellow } 3SU1032-2BC30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
Green } 3SU1032-2BC40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
Blue } 3SU1032-2BC50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
White } 3SU1032-2BC60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
3SU1032--2BC40-0AA0
Latching, 90° Black } 3SU1032-2BF10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
(10:30/1:30 o'clock) Red } 3SU1032-2BF20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
Yellow } 3SU1032-2BF30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
Green } 3SU1032-2BF40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
Blue } 3SU1032-2BF50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
White } 3SU1032-2BF60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
3SU1032-2BF30-0AA0
Selector, long black Latching, 90° Black 3 3SU1032-2CF10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
actuator (10:30/1:30 o'clock) Red 3 3SU1032-2CF20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
White 3 3SU1032-2CF60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
3SU1032-2CF60-0AA0
Rotary knob Latching, 90° Red 3 3SU1032-2AF20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.040
(10:30/1:30 o'clock) White } 3SU1032-2AF60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.040
3SU1032-2AF20-0AA0

2/294 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Selector switches

of actuator (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Selector switches
3 switch positions, can be illuminated
Selector, short black Momentary contact, Black } 3SU1032-2BM10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
actuator 2x45° (10:30/12/1:30
o'clock),
Red
Yellow
}
}
3SU1032-2BM20-0AA0
3SU1032-2BM30-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41J
41J
0.036
0.037 2
reset from right + left Green } 3SU1032-2BM40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
Blue } 3SU1032-2BM50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
White } 3SU1032-2BM60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
3SU1032-2BM60-0AA0
Latching, 2x45° Black } 3SU1032-2BL10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
(10:30/12/1:30 o'clock) Red } 3SU1032-2BL20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
Yellow } 3SU1032-2BL30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
Green } 3SU1032-2BL40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
Blue } 3SU1032-2BL50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
White } 3SU1032-2BL60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.038
3SU1032-2BL20-0AA0
Momentary Black } 3SU1032-2BP10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
contact/latching, 2x45° Red 5 3SU1032-2BP20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
(10:30/12/1:30 o'clock), Yellow } 3SU1032-2BP30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
reset from left, Green } 3SU1032-2BP40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
latching to right Blue 5 3SU1032-2BP50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
White } 3SU1032-2BP60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
3SU1032-2BP40-0AA0
Latching/momentary Black 3 3SU1032-2BN10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
contact, 2x45° Red } 3SU1032-2BN20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
(10:30/12/1:30 o'clock), Yellow } 3SU1032-2BN30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
reset from right, Green } 3SU1032-2BN40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
latching to left Blue } 3SU1032-2BN50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
White } 3SU1032-2BN60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
3SU1032-2BN30-0AA0
4 switch positions
Rotary knobs Latching, 4x90° White 3 3SU1030-2AS60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.038
(0-position: 3/6/9/12
o'clock)
3SU1002-2AS60-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/295
© Siemens AG 2018

Key-operated switches

Operating Make of lock Switch Number of SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
principle position keys (UNIT, per PU
for key SET, approx.
removal M)
d kg
2 2 switch positions
Momentary RONIS, SB30 O 2 } 3SU1030-4BC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.061
contact, 45° RONIS, 455 O 2 5 3SU1030-4CC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.060
(10:30/12 o'clock),
O.M.R. 73037, O 2 3 3SU1030-4FC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.097
reset from center
red
to left
O.M.R. 73038, O 2 5 3SU1030-4GC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.096
light blue
O.M.R. 73034, O 2 5 3SU1030-4HC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.100
black
O.M.R. 73033, O 2 3 3SU1030-4JC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
3SU1030-4BC01-0AA0
yellow
CES, SSG10 O 2 } 3SU1030-5BC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.140
CES, LSG1 O 2 3 3SU1030-5HC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.140
BKS, S1 O 2 } 3SU1030-5PC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.136
IKON, 360012K1 O 2 3 3SU1030-5XC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.131
Latching, 90° RONIS, SB30 O 2 } 3SU1030-4BF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.062
(10:30/1:30 O+I 2 } 3SU1030-4BF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.062
o'clock) I 2 3 3SU1030-4BF21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.061
RONIS, 455 O 2 3 3SU1030-4CF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.062
O+I 2 5 3SU1030-4CF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.061
3SU1030-4BF01-0AA0
O.M.R. 73037, O 2 3 3SU1030-4FF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
red O+I 2 3 3SU1030-4FF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.099
O.M.R. 73038, O 2 3 3SU1030-4GF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.093
light blue O+I 2 3 3SU1030-4GF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.101
O.M.R. 73034, O 2 3 3SU1030-4HF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
black O+I 2 3 3SU1030-4HF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.096
I 2 5 3SU1030-4HF21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.099
O.M.R. 73033, O 2 3 3SU1030-4JF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
yellow O+I 2 5 3SU1030-4JF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
3SU1030-4FF01-0AA0
CES, SSG10 O 2 } 3SU1030-5BF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.142
O+I 2 } 3SU1030-5BF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.137
I 2 3 3SU1030-5BF21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.139

CES, LSG1 O 2 3 3SU1030-5HF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.142
O+I 2 3 3SU1030-5HF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.135
3SU1030-5BF01-0AA0
BKS, S1 O 2 3 3SU1030-5PF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.135
O+I 2 3 3SU1030-5PF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.133
I 2 5 3SU1030-5PF21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.135
BKS, E1 O 0 3 3SU1030-5QF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.125
O+I 0 5 3SU1030-5QF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.128
BKS, E2 O 0 } 3SU1030-5RF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.122

O+I 0 3 3SU1030-5RF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.122
BKS, E7 O 0 } 3SU1030-5SF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.126

3SU1030-5PF01-0AA0 O+I 0 } 3SU1030-5SF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.121
BKS, E9 O 0 3 3SU1030-5TF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.129

O+I 0 3 3SU1030-5TF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.125
IKON, 360012K1 O 2 } 3SU1030-5XF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.133

O+I 2 3 3SU1030-5XF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.133

2/296 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018


removal M)
d kg
3 switch positions
Momentary RONIS, SB30 O 2 3 3SU1030-4BM01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.060
contact, 2x45°
(10:30/12/1:30
o'clock), reset from
O.M.R. 73037,
red
O 2 5 3SU1030-4FM01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
2
O.M.R. 73034, O 2 5 3SU1030-4HM01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.096
left + right
black
CES, SSG10 O 2 } 3SU1030-5BM01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.139
BKS, S1 O 2 3 3SU1030-5PM01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.134
IKON, 360012K1 O 2 5 3SU1030-5XM01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.135
3SU1030-4BM01-0AA0
Latching, 2x45° RONIS, SB30 O 2 3 3SU1030-4BL01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.061
(10:30/12/1:30 I+O+II 2 } 3SU1030-4BL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.061
o'clock) I 2 5 3SU1030-4BL21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.063
II 2 3 3SU1030-4BL31-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.060
I+II 2 5 3SU1030-4BL41-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.062
O+I 2 3 3SU1030-4BL51-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.061
RONIS, 455 O 2 5 3SU1030-4CL01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.063
I+O+II 2 5 3SU1030-4CL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.064
O.M.R. 73037, O 2 5 3SU1030-4FL01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.103
red O+I 2 5 3SU1030-4FL51-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.090
O.M.R. 73038, O 2 5 3SU1030-4GL01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.100
light blue I+O+II 2 3 3SU1030-4GL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.093
O.M.R. 73034, O 2 5 3SU1030-4HL01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.100
black I+O+II 2 3 3SU1030-4HL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
O.M.R. 73033, I+O+II 2 5 3SU1030-4JL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.096
yellow
3SU1030-4JL11-0AA0
CES, SSG10 O 2 3 3SU1030-5BL01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.138
I+O+II 2 } 3SU1030-5BL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.135
I 2 3 3SU1030-5BL21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.138
II 2 3 3SU1030-5BL31-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.138
I+II 2 3 3SU1030-5BL41-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.138
O+I 2 5 3SU1030-5BL51-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.140
3SU1030-5BL41-0AA0
BKS, S1 O 2 5 3SU1030-5PL01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.140
I+O+II 2 3 3SU1030-5PL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.130
I 2 3 3SU1030-5PL21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.135
II 2 5 3SU1030-5PL31-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.138
I+II 2 5 3SU1030-5PL41-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.136
BKS, E2 I+O+II 0 5 3SU1030-5RL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.120
BKS, E9 I+O+II 0 5 3SU1030-5TL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.120
3SU1030-5PL01-0AA0
IKON, 360012K1 O 2 5 3SU1030-5XL01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.136
I+O+II 2 5 3SU1030-5XL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.133

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/297
© Siemens AG 2018

Key-operated switches / ID key-operated switches

removal M)
d kg
3 switch positions
Momentary RONIS, SB30 O 2 5 3SU1030-4BP01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.062
2 contact/latching,
2x45°
(10:30/12/1:30
II
O+II
2
2
5
5
3SU1030-4BP31-0AA0
3SU1030-4BP61-0AA0
1
1
1 unit 41J
1 unit 41J
0.060
0.062
o'clock), reset from CES, SSG10 O 2 3 3SU1030-5BP01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.140
left, latching to the II 2 5 3SU1030-5BP31-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.180
right O+II 2 3 3SU1030-5BP61-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.140
3SU1030-4BP01-0AA0
BKS, S1 O 2 3 3SU1030-5PP01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.141
Latching/ RONIS, SB30 O 2 5 3SU1030-4BN01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.064
momentary I 2 5 3SU1030-4BN21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.061
contact, 2x45° O+I 2 5 3SU1030-4BN51-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.062
(10:30/12/1:30
o'clock), reset from O.M.R. 73038, O 2 5 3SU1030-4GN01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
right, latching to light blue
the left O.M.R. 73034, I 2 5 3SU1030-4HN21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.095
black
CES, SSG10 O 2 3 3SU1030-5BN01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.138

I 2 3 3SU1030-5BN21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.140
O+I 2 3 3SU1030-5BN51-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.143
3SU1030-5BN01-0AA0
BKS, S1 I 2 5 3SU1030-5PN21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.137
O+I 2 5 3SU1030-5PN51-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.132
IKON, 360012K1 O+I 2 5 3SU1030-5XN51-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.135

Operating Operating Switch position for Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
angle principle key removal (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
ID key-operated switches
4 switch positions
45° Latching Key removal Black } 3SU1030-4WS10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.041
possible in all 4
positions
3SU1030-4WS10-0AA0
For ID key-operated switches, see www.siemens.com/ic10,

Chapter 13.
For electronic modules for ID key-operated switches, see
www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 13.

2/298 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Coordinate switches / indicator lights

Product function Number of Operating Direction of SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
Locking in zero switching principle actuation (UNIT, per PU
position positions SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Coordinate switches
No 2 Momentary
contact
Horizontal } 3SU1030-7AC10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.054
2
Vertical } 3SU1030-7AD10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.052
4 Momentary Horizontal / } 3SU1030-7AF10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.054
contact vertical
3SU1030-7AC10-0AA0
Yes 2 Momentary Horizontal } 3SU1030-7BC10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.056
contact
Vertical } 3SU1030-7BD10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.059
4 Momentary Horizontal / } 3SU1030-7BF10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.058
contact vertical
3SU1030-7BD10-0AA0

Version Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
of product (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Indicator lights
With smooth lens Amber 3 3SU1001-6AA00-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Red } 3SU1001-6AA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Clear } 3SU1001-6AA70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
3SU1001-6AA20-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/299
© Siemens AG 2018

Actuators and Indicators, 22 mm, Metal, Shiny
Compact Units/Actuating and Signaling Elements
Potentiometers/indicator lights

Version of actuating Operating principle Adjustable SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
element resistance (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
kΩ d Article No. kg
Potentiometers
2 Rotary knob Stepless 1

4.7
}
}
3SU1250-2PQ10-1AA0
3SU1250-2PR10-1AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41J
41J
0.105
0.107
10 } 3SU1250-2PS10-1AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.107
47 } 3SU1250-2PT10-1AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.104
100 } 3SU1250-2PU10-1AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.106
470 } 3SU1250-2PV10-1AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.105
3SU1250-2PQ10-1AA0

of product (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Indicator lights
With smooth lens Amber 3 3SU1051-6AA00-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.031
Red } 3SU1051-6AA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.031
Blue 3 3SU1051-6AA50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.031
Clear 3 3SU1051-6AA70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.031
3SU1051-6AA40-0AA0

2/300 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Actuators and Indicators, Flat, 30 mm, Metal, Matte
Pushbuttons
■ Overview
IC01_00477
2
1 Actuator
1 2 Adapter
Actuators and indicators, flat, 30 mm, metal, matte, including adapter

(adapter included in the scope of supply)

Version Operating Unlatching Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
principle method (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons Momentary -- Black 3 3SU1060-0JB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.077
With flat contact Red 3 3SU1060-0JB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.075
button Yellow 3 3SU1060-0JB30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.074
Green 3 3SU1060-0JB40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.076
Blue 3 3SU1060-0JB50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.075
White 3 3SU1060-0JB60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.075
3SU1060-0JB50-0AA0
Latching Push to Black 5 3SU1060-0JA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
unlatch Red 5 3SU1060-0JA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.073
Yellow 5 3SU1060-0JA30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.075
Green 5 3SU1060-0JA40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.070
Blue 5 3SU1060-0JA50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.073
White 5 3SU1060-0JA60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
3SU1060-0JA20-0AA0
Illuminated Momentary -- Red 3 3SU1061-0JB20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.070
pushbuttons contact Yellow 3 3SU1061-0JB30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.073
With flat Green 3 3SU1061-0JB40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.076
button Blue 3 3SU1061-0JB50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.073
Clear 3 3SU1061-0JB70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.073
3SU1061-0JB40-0AA0
Latching Push to Red 5 3SU1061-0JA20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
unlatch Yellow 5 3SU1061-0JA30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.073
Green 5 3SU1061-0JA40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.073
Blue 5 3SU1061-0JA50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.070
Clear 5 3SU1061-0JA70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
3SU1061-0JA30-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/301
© Siemens AG 2018

Selector switches

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Selector switches
2 2 switch positions, can be illuminated

Selector, short black Momentary contact, 45° Black 5 3SU1062-2DC10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
actuator and front ring for (10:30/12 o'clock), reset Red 5 3SU1062-2DC20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.083
flat mounting from center to left Green 5 3SU1062-2DC40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
White 5 3SU1062-2DC60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.080
Latching, 90° Black 3 3SU1062-2DF10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.063

(10:30/1:30 o'clock) Red 5 3SU1062-2DF20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.082
Green 5 3SU1062-2DF40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.080
Blue 5 3SU1062-2DF50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.080
3SU1062-2DC40-0AA0 White 3 3SU1062-2DF60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.083
Selector, long black Momentary contact, 45° Black 5 3SU1062-2EC10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.085
actuator and front ring for (10:30/12 o'clock), reset Red 5 3SU1062-2EC20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.086
flat mounting from center to left Green 5 3SU1062-2EC40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.085
White 5 3SU1062-2EC60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
Latching, 90° Black 3 3SU1062-2EF10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.085

(10:30/1:30 o'clock) Red 5 3SU1062-2EF20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
Green 5 3SU1062-2EF40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.085
White 3 3SU1062-2EF60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.085
3SU1062-2EC20-0AA0
3 switch positions (I+O+II), can be illuminated
Selector, short black Momentary contact, Black 3 3SU1062-2DM10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.083
actuator and front ring for 2x45° (10:30/12/1:30 Red 5 3SU1062-2DM20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.083
flat mounting o'clock), Green 5 3SU1062-2DM40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.083
reset from right + left White 3 3SU1062-2DM60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
Latching, 2x45° Black 3 3SU1062-2DL10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084

(10:30/12/1:30 o'clock) Red 5 3SU1062-2DL20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.083
3SU1062-2DL60-0AA0 Yellow 5 3SU1062-2DL30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.080
Green 5 3SU1062-2DL40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
White 3 3SU1062-2DL60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.081
Selector, long black Momentary contact, Black 3 3SU1062-2EM10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.085
actuator and front ring for 2x45° (10:30/12/1:30 Red 5 3SU1062-2EM20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
flat mounting o'clock), Green 5 3SU1062-2EM40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
reset from right + left White 3 3SU1062-2EM60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.085
Latching, 2x45° Black 3 3SU1062-2EL10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.082

(10:30/12/1:30 o'clock) Red 5 3SU1062-2EL20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
Green 5 3SU1062-2EL40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
3SU1062-2EL20-0AA0 White 3 3SU1062-2EL60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084

2/302 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Key-operated switches / indicator lights

Make of lock Operating principle Switch position SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
for key removal (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
2 switch positions
RONIS, SB30 Momentary contact, 45° O 5 3SU1060-4LC01-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.108
2
and front ring for (10:30/12 o'clock),
flat mounting reset from center to left
Latching, 90° O+I 3 3SU1060-4LF11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.108

(10:30/1:30 o'clock) I 3 3SU1060-4LF21-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.106
3SU1060-4LF11-0AA0
3 switch positions
RONIS, SB30 Latching, 2x45° O+I+II 5 3SU1060-4LL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.110
and front ring for (10:30/12/1:30 o'clock)
flat mounting
3SU1060-4LL11-0AA0

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Indicator lights
With flat lens Red 3 3SU1061-0JD20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
Yellow 3 3SU1061-0JD30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
Green 3 3SU1061-0JD40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.073
Blue 3 3SU1061-0JD50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
Clear 3 3SU1061-0JD70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.070
3SU1061-0JD40-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/303
© Siemens AG 2018

Actuators and Indicators, Customized Designs
Special locks
■ Options
Special locks for key-operated switches Master and master-pass key systems
The plastic and metal key-operated switches of type RONIS, The following key systems can be supplied with BKS, CES or
BKS, CES and IKON can be optionally ordered with additional IKON key-operated switches:
locks. • Central lock systems
In this case "–Z", the order code "Y01" and the required lock • Master key systems
2 number must be added to the Article No. of the relevant key-
operated switch for standard locking.
• Central master key systems
• Master-pass key systems
Order code Y01
When placing an order you must supplement the Article No. of
Standard delivery time 25 working days the matching key-operated switches with "-Z" and quote the
Ordering example 3SU1000–5BF01–0AA0-Z order code "Y03".
Y01
Z = SSG18 Delivery time on request.
Ordering notes
• The order code "Y01" must be quoted in accordance with the
above table. Automated processing of the order with a
defined delivery time can be guaranteed only for correctly
submitted orders.
• For applications in which access security is important and
several lock numbers are used, we recommend the use of
BKS or CES key-operated switches.
• Special locks for VW (E1, E2, ...) will be delivered without keys,
all others with 2 keys.
Sub
• With RONIS, the special locks SB31, 421 and 455 are group
possible. key
Master
pass key
Main
group key
NSD0_00075
Example of master-pass key system
2/304 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Actuators and Indicators, Customized Designs
Laser inscriptions
■ Options
Inscription of actuating and signaling elements Ordering notes
Actuating and signaling elements of plastic as well as metal can To order, the inscribed actuating and signaling elements can be
be optionally inscribed with a laser. selected via the SIRIUS ACT Configurator. An electronic order
form is then generated.
For configurator, see
• www.siemens.com/sirius-act/configurator
• Electronic Catalog CA 01 on DVD or 2
• Industry Mall: www.siemens.com/industrymall
When ordering, add –Z and an order code to the Article No. of
the actuator or the indicator light:
• Y10: Text line in upper/lower case, all lines begin with upper
case letters (e.g. Lift / Off)
• Y11: Text in upper case (e.g. LIFT)
• Y12: Text in lower case (e.g. lift / off / lower)
• Y15: Text in upper/lower case, all words begin with upper
case letters (e.g. On / Off)
• Y13: Symbol with number according to ISO 7000 or
IEC 60417
• Y19: Inscription of choice, text or symbol, can only be ordered
via SIRIUS ACT Configurator with a Configuration
Example of laser inscription Identification Number (CIN)
The actuators of the pushbuttons, illuminated pushbuttons, twin When ordering, specify the required inscription in plain text
pushbuttons, mushroom pushbuttons, illuminated mushroom without spaces, in addition to the Article No. and order code. In
pushbuttons, EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons the case of special inscriptions with words in languages other
(without lock), the lenses of the indicator lights, and the acoustic than German, give the exact spelling and specify the language.
signaling devices can all be inscribed. In the case of symbols with number, quote the corresponding
Version standard (see ordering example 1).
Text inscriptions have centered alignment and a font height of In the case of multi-line inscriptions, the text must be assigned
4 mm as standard. to the respective line, e.g. Z1=Lift, Z2=Lower. For long words
you can also specify the end-of-line division.
The typeface used is Arial. Other letter heights and typefaces
are possible, but must be specified when ordering. Symbols can also be ordered with numbers according to
ISO 7000 or IEC 60417 (see ordering examples 2 and 3).
The maximum possible number of characters per line is:
The SIRIUS ACT Configurator must be used to select special
• 10 characters for one line of text inscriptions and symbols (order code Y19). In this case a CIN
• 8 characters for 2 lines of text (Configuration Identification Number) is generated for
• 6 characters for 3 lines of text, but 10 characters in the middle placement of future orders. It is then possible to place an order
line. directly using the CIN and the SIRIUS ACT Configurator
(Mall shopping cart) or via the standard ordering channels.
Note:
Ordering example 1
Selected pushbuttons and twin pushbuttons can be supplied as
standard with inscribed letters or symbols. A round pushbutton with the inscription Reset is required:
3SU1030–0AB20–0AA0-Z
Y10
Selector switches, key-operated switches and toggle switches Z=Reset (English)
can be inscribed on the front ring only if they are made of plastic
(only one text line and the supplement Y19). Ordering example 2
Assignment of the positions on the actuator A square pushbutton inscribed with

symbol No. 5389 according to IEC 60417 is required:
Z1 3SU1030–0AB20–0AA0-Z
Y13
Z2
Z=IEC5389
8
Z7 Z
Ordering example 3
Z3
A selector switch with 2 switch positions and multi-line

inscription on the front ring is required:
3SU1002-2BF10-0AA0-Z
Z4
Z6
Z8=0
2
Z2=I
52
Z5
00
_
01
IC
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/305

© Siemens AG 2018

Holders
Holders without module/holders with module
■ Overview
Holders made of plastic can only be attached to actuators and
indicators made of plastic (3SU100) or plastic with metal front
ring (3SU103).
Metal holders can be attached to all versions of actuators and
indicators. Metal holders are automatically grounded by their
fastening screw, but a grounding stud can also be fitted.
2 ■ Selection and ordering data

Version Holder material SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Holders without module
3x without module Metal } 3SU1550-0AA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.044
3SU1550-0AA10-0AA0
4x without module Metal } 3SU1550-0BA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.064
For selector switch with
4 switch positions and
for coordinate switches
3SU1550-0BA10-0AA0

Number of SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Contact modules NO contacts NC contacts (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No.
kg
Holders with module
3x with module, metal
1 1 0 3 3SU1550-1AA10-1BA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.051

0 1 3 3SU1550-1AA10-1CA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.052
2 2 0 3 3SU1550-1AA10-1NA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.060
0 2 3 3SU1550-1AA10-1PA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.060
3SU1550-1AA10-1BA0
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Annex K.
Can be used with 3SK11 safety relays or the 3RK3 Modular Safety System,
Certificate:

2/306 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Modules for Actuators and Indicators
Contact modules
■ Overview
Contact modules and LED modules Mounting the modules
The contact modules are fitted with slow-action contacts With SIRIUS ACT, the modules are mounted on the holder
(NO contacts or NC contacts). These ensure a high switching without any further accessories. Holders in plastic or metal
reliability even with small voltages and currents, such as versions are available for mounting three modules.
5 V/1 mA. They are suitable for use in electronic systems as well
as conventional controls. The contact pieces of the NC contacts Connection methods
are positively driven.
Only LED modules with permanently integrated LEDs are
The modules are available with:
• Screw terminals
2
available for illumination. • Spring-type terminals or
Contact modules and LED modules bear terminal designations • Solder pin connection (0.8 mm × 0.8 mm solder pins)
acc. to EN 50013 for assembly on printed circuit boards

Contact Number of SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
version NO NC (UNIT, per PU
contact contacts SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
Contact modules for front plate mounting
Silver alloy 1 0 .3 IC01_00448 } 3SU1400-1AA10-3BA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.010
3-4
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.4 2,5
0 1 .1 IC01_00449 } 3SU1400-1AA10-3CA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.011

1-2
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.2 1,2
3SU1400-1AA10-3BA0
0 1 with .1 IC01_00449 } 3SU1400-1AA10-3HA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.019
installation 1-2
monitor- 0 1 2 3 4
mm
ing1) .2 1,2
3SU1400-1AA10-3HA0
1) The contact module has 1 NO internal contact + 1 NC internal contact.
The NO contact is connected in series with the NC contact and brought out
at terminal 1-2. When the module is snapped onto the holder, the NO
contact closes. It opens when the module is detached from the holder
again (the NC contact remains closed). The NC contact opens when the
EMERGENCY STOP device is actuated (the NO contact remains closed).
The contact is closed only when both the NC and NO contacts are closed.
Unsuitable for mounting in 3SU18 enclosure.

Certificate:

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/307
© Siemens AG 2018

Contact modules
Contact Number of SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG

version NO NC (UNIT,
contacts contacts SET,
M)
Article No. Price
d per PU
Silver alloy 1 0 .3 IC01_00448 } 3SU1400-1AA10-3BA0 1 1 unit 41J
2
3-4
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.4 2,5
0 1 .1 IC01_00449 } 3SU1400-1AA10-3CA0 1 1 unit 41J

1-2
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.2 1,2
3SU1400-1AA10-3BA0
0 1 with .1 IC01_00449 } 3SU1400-1AA10-3HA0 1 1 unit 41J
installation 1-2
monitoring1) 0 1
mm
2 3 4
.2 1,2
3SU1400-1AA10-3HA0
2 0 NSD0_00039a } 3SU1400-1AA10-3DA0 1 1 unit 41J
.3 .3 3-4
3-4
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.4 .4 2,5
0 2 .1 .1 NSD0_00040a } 3SU1400-1AA10-3EA0 1 1 unit 41J

1-2
1-2
0 1 2 3 4
.2 .2 mm
1,2
3SU1400-1AA10-3DA0
1 1 NSD0_00038a } 3SU1400-1AA10-3FA0 1 1 unit 41J
.3 .1 3-4
1-2
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.4 .2 1,2 2,5
1 1 NSD0_00037b 5 3SU1400-1AA10-3GA0 1 1 unit 41J

leading lagging .7 .5 7-8
5-6
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.8 .6 1,3 2,2
3SU1400-1AA10-3FA0
1)
The contact module has 1 NO internal contact + 1 NC internal contact. The
NO contact is connected in series with the NC contact and brought out at
terminal 1-2. When the module is snapped onto the holder, the NO contact
closes. It opens when the module is detached from the holder again
(the NC contact remains closed). The NC contact opens when the
EMERGENCY STOP device is actuated (the NO contact remains closed).
The contact is closed only when both the NC and NO contacts are closed.
Not suitable for installation in 3SU18 enclosure.

see page 11/1 onwards.
Certificate:

2/308 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Contact modules
Contact Number of SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG

M)
Article No. Price
d per PU
Gold-plated 1 0 .3 IC01_00448 5 3SU1400-1AA10-3LA0 1 1 unit 41J
2
3-4
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.4 2,5
0 1 .1 IC01_00449 5 3SU1400-1AA10-3MA0 1 1 unit 41J

1-2
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.2 1,2
3SU1400-1AA10-3LA0
2 0 .3 .3 NSD0_00039a 5 3SU1400-1AA10-3NA0 1 1 unit 41J
3-4
3-4
0 1 2 3 4
.4 .4 mm
2,5
0 2 .1 .1 NSD0_00040a 5 3SU1400-1AA10-3PA0 1 1 unit 41J

1-2
1-2
0 1 2 3 4
.2 .2 mm
1,2
1 1 .3 .1 NSD0_00038a 5 3SU1400-1AA10-3QA0 1 1 unit 41J

3-4
1-2
0 1 2 3 4
.4 .2 mm
1,2 2,5
1 1 .7 .5 NSD0_00037b 5 3SU1400-1AA10-3RA0 1 1 unit 41J

leading lagging 7-8
5-6
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.8 .6
1,3 2,2

Can be used with 3SK11 safety relays or the 3RK3 Modular Safety
System, see page 11/1 onwards.
Certificate:
Contact Number of SD Socket terminals (THT) PU PS* PG

M)
Article No. Price
d per PU
Contact modules for mounting on printed-circuit boards
Silver alloy 1 0 } 3SU1400-3AA10-5BA0 1 1 unit 41J
Gold-plated 0 1 3 3SU1400-3AA10-5CA0 1 1 unit 41J
3SU1400-3AA10-5BA0
Can be used with 3SK11 safety relays or the 3RK3 Modular Safety
System, see page 11/1 onwards.
Certificate:

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/309
© Siemens AG 2018

LED modules

Operational voltage Operational voltage Color SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
at AC at DC (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
V V d Article No. kg
LED modules1) for front plate mounting
2 24 24 Amber
Red
3
}
3SU1401-1BB00-3AA0
3SU1401-1BB20-3AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41J
41J
0.012
0.012
Yellow 3 3SU1401-1BB30-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Green } 3SU1401-1BB40-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
White } 3SU1401-1BB60-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
110 -- Amber 5 3SU1401-1BC00-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.010
Red } 3SU1401-1BC20-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
Yellow 5 3SU1401-1BC30-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
Green } 3SU1401-1BC40-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
3SU1401-1BB30-3AA0 Blue } 3SU1401-1BC50-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
White } 3SU1401-1BC60-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
230 -- Amber 5 3SU1401-1BF00-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Red } 3SU1401-1BF20-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Yellow 5 3SU1401-1BF30-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Green } 3SU1401-1BF40-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Blue } 3SU1401-1BF50-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
White } 3SU1401-1BF60-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
6 ... 24 6 ... 24 Amber 3 3SU1401-1BG00-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.009
Red } 3SU1401-1BG20-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Yellow 5 3SU1401-1BG30-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Green } 3SU1401-1BG40-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Blue } 3SU1401-1BG50-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
White } 3SU1401-1BG60-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
24 ... 240 24 ... 240 Amber 5 3SU1401-1BH00-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
Red } 3SU1401-1BH20-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Yellow 5 3SU1401-1BH30-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
Green } 3SU1401-1BH40-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
3SU1401-1BG30-3AA0 Blue } 3SU1401-1BH50-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
White } 3SU1401-1BH60-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
1)
Only for use with SIRIUS commanding and signaling devices.
Operational voltage Operational voltage SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
LED test modules1) for front plate mounting
12 … 240 12 … 240 3 3SU1400-1CK10-1AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.011
3SU1401-1CK10-1AA0
Operational voltage Operational voltage Color SD Socket terminals (THT) PU PS* PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
LED modules1) for mounting on printed-circuit boards
-- 5 Amber 5 3SU1401-3BA00-5AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.004
Red 5 3SU1401-3BA20-5AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.004
Yellow 5 3SU1401-3BA30-5AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.004
Green 3 3SU1401-3BA40-5AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.003
Blue 5 3SU1401-3BA50-5AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.004
White 3 3SU1401-3BA60-5AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.004
3SU1401-3BA20-5AA0
1)

2/310 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Enclosures
General data
■ Overview
Design Enclosures with standard fittings
IC0
1_0
048
0
7 2
5
4
3
Enclosures with standard fittings 1 Pushbutton 6 Contact modules for base

mounting
Enclosed SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights are used 2 Indicator light
7 LED module for base
as hand-operated control devices for separately allocated 3 Labeling plates mounting
control units and cabinets. The devices are suitable for use in 4 Enclosure top 8 Enclosure lower part
any climate and all have IP66, IP67, IP69 (IP69K) degree of
protection, including those with cable glands. 5 Holder
Standards
Pushbuttons and indicator lights in the enclosure
IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1
Customized enclosures
Versions The fittings and labeling of the command point can be chosen
The enclosed pushbuttons and indicator lights are available with using the configurator on the Internet.
conventional controls as well as for connection to AS-Interface.
The following versions are available:
• Empty enclosures with 1 to 6 command points (the installed
components must be ordered separately; modules for floor
mounting or 1-pole contact and LED modules can be used)
• Enclosures with standard fittings with 1 to 3 command points,
e.g. EMERGENCY STOP enclosure with EMERGENCY STOP
mushroom pushbutton
• Enclosures with customized fittings with 1 to 6 command
points
• Enclosure for 4-position selector switches, coordinate
switches, ID key-operated switches and sensor switches
Color of the enclosures
Top:
• Gray, RAL 7035
• Yellow, RAL 1004 for EMERGENCY STOP
Base:
• Black, RAL 9005
■ Application
The enclosures are climate-proof (KTW 24) according to
EN ISO 6270-2 and suitable for stationary use, and for use in
marine applications.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/311
© Siemens AG 2018

Enclosures
Empty enclosures

Color Number Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
of enclosure of command of enclosure (UNIT, per PU
top points SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Enclosures for surface mounting
2 Metal
Yellow 1 Center command point } 3SU1851-0AA00-0AA2 1 1 unit 41J 0.488
With protective collar 3 3SU1851-0AA00-0AC2 1 1 unit 41J 0.569
With recess for labeling plate } 3SU1851-0AA00-0AB2 1 1 unit 41J 0.477
3SU1851-0AA00-0AC2
Gray 1 With recess for labeling plate } 3SU1851-0AA00-0AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.479
With protective collar 5 3SU1851-0AA00-0AC1 1 1 unit 41J 0.564
2 With recess for labeling plate } 3SU1852-0AA00-0AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.560

3SU1853-0AA00-0AB1
3SU1854-0AA00-0AB1
Enclosure for 4-position selector switches, coordinate switches, ID key-operated
switches and sensor switches
Metal, front plate mounting
Gray 1 Center command point 5 3SU1851-1AA00-1AA1 1 1 unit 41J 0.487

2/312 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Enclosures

Color of Number Enclosure version Color of actuat- Number of SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
enclo- of com- Command point ing element NC NO (UNIT, per PU
sure top mand fittings Marking con- con- SET, approx.
points tact tacts M)
d kg
Enclosures with standard fittings
Metal
Yellow 1 Center command Red 1 0 3 3SU1851-0NA00-2AA2 1 1 unit 41J 0.613
2
point
A = EMERGENCY
STOP mushroom 2 0 5 3SU1851-0NB00-2AA2 1 1 unit 41J 0.625
pushbuttons,
40 mm, with
positive latching
function according
3SU1851-0NA00-2AA2 to ISO 13850,
rotate to unlatch
With protective Red 1 0 } 3SU1851-0NA00-2AC2 1 1 unit 41J 0.714
collar
A = EMERGENCY
STOP mushroom 2 0 3 3SU1851-0NB00-2AC2 1 1 unit 41J 0.720
pushbuttons,
40 mm, with
positive latching 2 1 5 3SU1851-0ND00-2AC2 1 1 unit 41J 0.731
function according
3SU1851-0NA00-2AC2 to ISO 13850,
rotate to unlatch
1 Center command Red 1 1 3 3SU18512NG002AA2 1 1 unit 41J 0.655
point
A = Palm
pushbutton
3SU1801-2NG00-2AA2
Gray 1 With recess for Green A=I 0 1 5 3SU1851-0AB00-2AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.570
labeling plate Red A=O 1 0 5 3SU1851-0AC00-2AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.600
A = Pushbutton White A=I 0 1 5 3SU1851-0AD00-2AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.590
Black A=O 1 0 5 3SU1851-0AE00-2AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.562
3SU1851-0AC00-2AB1
2 With recess for A = Red / 1 1 5 3SU1852-0AB00-2AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.725
labeling plate B = Green
A = Pushbutton / A=O/
B = Pushbutton B=I
A = Black / 1 1 5 3SU1852-0AC00-2AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.729
B = White
A=O/
B=I
3SU1852-0AB00-2AB1
3 With recess for A = Red / 1 1 5 3SU1853-0AB00-2AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.931
labeling plate B = Green /
A = Pushbutton / C = Clear
B = Pushbutton / A = O /
C = Indicator light B = I /
C = "Without
inscription"
With recess for A = Red / 1 2 5 3SU1853-0AD00-2AB1 1 1 unit 41J 0.990
labeling plate B = Black /
A = Pushbutton / C = Black
3SU1853-0AB00-2AB1 B = Pushbutton / A=O/
C = Pushbutton B=I/
C = II
1 Center command Green 0 1 3 3SU1851-2GA00-2AA1 1 1 unit 41J 0.642
point
A = Palm
pushbutton
3SU1801-2GA00-2AA1

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/313
© Siemens AG 2018

Enclosures
No. of command points Product function / SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

EMERGENCY STOP function (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Customized enclosures1)
Metal
1 No 10 3SU1851-0AZ00 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 0.589
2 2
Yes
No
10
10
3SU1851-0NZ00 K0Y
3SU1852-0AZ00 K0Y
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41J
41J
0.646
0.840
Yes 10 3SU1852-0NZ00 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 0.890
3 No 10 3SU1853-0AZ00K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.132
Yes 10 3SU1853-0NZ00 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.182
4 No 10 3SU1854-0AZ00 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.342
Yes 10 3SU1854-0NZ00 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.392
6 No 10 3SU1856-0AZ00 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.742
Yes 10 3SU1856-0NZ00 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.792
1) The fittings and labeling of the command points
can be chosen using the Configurator on the Internet.

2/314 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Enclosures
Pushbuttons and indicator lights in the enclosure for AS-Interface
■ Overview
With AS-Interface enclosures, distributed SIRIUS ACT Connection
pushbuttons and indicator lights can be quickly connected to
the AS-Interface communication system. Using suitable One set of links is required in each case to connect a slave to
components you can make your own enclosures with integrated contact modules, LED modules, and the connection element.
AS-Interface or flexibly modify existing enclosures. The connection elements are mounted in the front-end cable
glands and are used to connect the AS-Interface or bring
2
unused inputs or outputs out of the enclosure.
For connection to AS-Interface, the following options are
available:
• Terminal for shaped AS-Interface cable. The cable is
contacted by the insulation piercing method and routed past
the enclosure on the outside (possible only with plastic
enclosure).
• Cable gland for the shaped AS-Interface cable or round
cable. The cable is routed into the enclosure (preferable for
metal enclosure).
• Connection using M12 plug.
If less than all inputs/outputs of the installed slaves in an
enclosure are used for connecting the command devices, free
inputs and outputs can be routed on request to the outside
through an M12 socket on the top or bottom side of the
enclosure.
Enclosures for AS-Interface To supply inputs with power, the S+ connection of the slave must
be assigned to the socket, for outputs the OUT– connection
Enclosures must be assigned. Addressing is performed using the
Color of enclosure top: AS-Interface connections or the integrated addressing socket.
An external power supply is not required.
• Gray, RAL 7035
• Yellow, RAL 1004 for EMERGENCY-STOP Enclosures with standard fittings
Color of enclosure base: Enclosures with standard fittings are available with:
• Black, RAL 9005 • 1 to 3 command points
• Operational voltage through AS-Interface (approx. 30 V)
Equipping with AS-Interface slaves
• Vertical mounting type
The following slaves are available for connecting the command • Plastic enclosure with plastic actuators and indicators,
points: metal enclosure with metal actuators and indicators
• Slave in A/B technology with 4 digital inputs and 3 digital
outputs (4 DI/3 DQ) The enclosures without EMERGENCY STOP each have one
module with 4I/3O; the enclosures with EMERGENCY STOP
• Slave with 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs (4 DI/4 DQ) mushroom pushbuttons have a safe AS-Interface slave
• F slave with 2 safe inputs for EMERGENCY STOP mushroom integrated in the enclosure. Enclosures with EMERGENCY STOP
pushbutton (2 F-DI), also with integrated red LED for the mushroom pushbuttons are fitted with two NC contact modules,
illuminated EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbutton. which are wired to the safe F slave.
The following table shows the maximum number of slaves The contact modules and LED modules (with spring-type
possible: terminals) of the command devices and the AS-Interface slaves
are mounted in the base of the enclosure and connected using
Number Number of slaves Number of slaves cables. The plastic enclosures are designed with a connection
of command for enclosures for enclosures
points without EMERGENCY STOP with EMERGENCY STOP
for the AS-Interface flat cable (the cable is run along the outside
of the enclosure). With metal enclosures, the AS-Interface cable
1 -- 1 x F slave 2 F-DI
is run inside the enclosure.
2 1 x slave 4 DI/4 DQ or --
4 DI/3 DQ The enclosures with EMERGENCY STOP mushroom
3 1 x slave 4 DI/4 DQ or 1 x slave 4 DI/4 DQ or pushbuttons are also available with an M12 connector.
4 DI/3 DQ 4 DI/3 DQ + 1 x F slave
Customized enclosures (selection by configurator)
4 2 x slave 4 DI/4 DQ or 2 x slave 4 DI/4 DQ or
4 DI/3 DQ 4 DI/3 DQ + 1 x F slave To order customized 3SU18 AS-Interface enclosures with
6 2 x slave 4 DI/4 DQ or 2 x slave 4 DI/4 DQ or pushbuttons and indicator lights, the configurator must be used
4 DI/3 DQ 4 DI/3 DQ + 1 x F slave to select the fittings. An electronic order form will be generated
for the options.
For the configurator, see
www.siemens.com/sirius-act/configurator.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/315

© Siemens AG 2018

Enclosures
Pushbuttons and indicator lights in the enclosure for AS-Interface/modules for enclosures

No. of command points Product function / SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
EMERGENCY STOP function (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Customized enclosures for AS-Interface1)
2 Metal
1 No 10 3SU1851-0NZ10 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 0.667
2 No 10 3SU1852-0AZ10 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 0.831
Yes 10 3SU1852-0NZ10 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 0.831
3 No 10 3SU1853-0AZ10K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.182
Yes 10 3SU1853-0NZ10 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.182
4 No 10 3SU1854-0AZ10 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.342
Yes 10 3SU1854-0NZ10 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.342
6 No 10 3SU1856-0AZ10 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.792
Yes 10 3SU1856-0NZ10 K0Y 1 1 unit 41J 1.792
1)
The fittings and labeling of the command points
can be chosen using the Configurator on the Internet.

Contact Number of Number of SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
version NO NC (UNIT, per PU
contacts contacts SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
Contact modules for base mounting
Silver alloy 1 0 .3 IC01_00448 } 3SU1400-2AA10-3BA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.010
3-4
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.4 2,5
0 1 .1 IC01_00449 } 3SU1400-2AA10-3CA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.010

1-2
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.2 1,2
3SU1400-2AA10-3BA0
Gold- 1 0 .3 IC01_00448 5 3SU1400-2AA10-3LA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.010
plated 3-4
0 1 2 3 4
mm
.4 2,5
3SU1400-2AA10-3LA0
Certificate:

2/316 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Enclosures
Modules for enclosures
Operational voltage Operational voltage Color SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
LED modules1) for base mounting • Wide voltage range
6 ... 24 6 ... 24 Amber 5 3SU1401-2BG00-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
Red } 3SU1401-2BG20-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
Yellow
Green
Blue
5
}
}
3SU1401-2BG30-3AA0
3SU1401-2BG40-3AA0
3SU1401-2BG50-3AA0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41J
41J
41J
0.010
0.008
0.008
2
White } 3SU1401-2BG60-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
24 ... 240 24 ... 240 Amber 5 3SU1401-2BH00-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.011
Red } 3SU1401-2BH20-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
Yellow 5 3SU1401-2BH30-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
Green } 3SU1401-2BH40-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
3SU1401-2BG20-3AA0 Blue } 3SU1401-2BH50-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
White } 3SU1401-2BH60-3AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
1)
Operational voltage Operational voltage SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
LED test modules1) for base mounting
12 … 240 12 … 240 } 3SU1400-2CK10-1AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.010
3SU1401-1CK10-1AA0
1)

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/317
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Insert labels
■ Overview
Labels can be inserted for identification purposes in Inscription
pushbuttons (clear) and in illuminated pushbuttons with a flat
button. These insert labels are made of transparent plastic with The inscription is in upper/lower case, all words begin with
black inscription; they can be fitted in any 90° angle. upper case letters. Graphic symbols, including those not listed
in the catalog, are according to ISO 7000 or IEC 60417.
The insert labels without inscription are suitable for user marking
2
with permanent pen.
For customized inscriptions, see "Options", page 2/319.

Color Marking SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Insert labels
For self-inscription
Clear/Black Without } 3SU1900-0AB71-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.042
(label/lettering)
With customized inscription
Inscription or symbol, 10 3SU1900-0AB71-0AZ0 1 1 unit 41J 0.042
see "Options", page 2/319.
3SU1900-0AB71-0AA0

2/318 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Insert labels
■ Options
Customized inscriptions Ordering notes
The labels can be inscribed with text and symbols not listed in Append the following order codes to the Article No.:
the ordering data. • Q0Y: Text line(s) in upper/lower case, all lines begin with
Text inscriptions have centered alignment and a font height of upper case (e.g. Lift / Off)
4 mm as standard (for a single line of text) or 3 mm (for two or • Q1Y: Text line(s) in upper case (e.g. LIFT)
three lines of text).
The typeface used is Arial. Other letter heights and typefaces
• Q2Y: Text line(s) in lower case (e.g. lift / off / lower)
• Q5Y: Text line(s) in upper/lower case, all words begin with
2
are possible, but must be specified when ordering. upper case letters (e.g. On Off)
For round insert labels, the maximum possible number of • Q3Y: Symbol with number according to ISO 7000 or
characters per line is: IEC 60417
• 10 characters for one line of text • Q9Y: Inscription of choice, text or symbol, can only be ordered
• 8 characters for two lines of text via SIRIUS ACT Configurator with a Configuration
Identification Number (CIN)
• 6 characters for three lines of text, but 10 characters in the
middle line. When ordering, specify the required inscription in plain text
without spaces, in addition to the Article No. and order code. In
Examples for customized inscription the case of special inscriptions with words in languages other
than German, give the exact spelling and specify the language.
In the case of multi-line inscriptions, the text must be assigned
to the respective line, e.g. Z1=Lift, Z2=Lower. For long words
NSD0_01122a
Lift you can also specify the end-of-line division (hyphenation),

Off see ordering example 1.
Symbols can also be ordered with numbers according to
ISO 7000 or IEC 60417, see ordering examples 2 and 3.
Two-line inscription in upper/lower case lettering (Q0Y) The SIRIUS ACT Configurator must be used to select special
inscriptions and symbols (order code Q9Y). In this case a CIN
(Configuration Identification Number) is generated for
placement of future orders. It is then possible to place an order
NSD0_01123a
directly using the CIN and the SIRIUS ACT Configurator

LIFT (Mall shopping cart) or via the standard ordering channels.
Standard ordering channels:
• Configurator: www.siemens.com/sirius-act/configurator
Single-line inscription in upper case lettering (Q1Y)
• Electronic Catalog CA 01 on DVD
lift Ordering example 1

NSD0_01121a
off A label with 2 lines of text is required:

lower 3SU1900-0AB71-0AZ0
Q1Y
Three-line inscription in lower case letters (Q2Y) Z1=LIFT
Z2=LOWER
Ordering example 2
NSD0_01125a
A label inscribed with symbol No. 5011 according to IEC 60417

is required:
3SU1900-0AB71-0AZ0
Q3Y
Z=IEC5011
Symbol number 5011 according to IEC 60417 (Q3Y)
Ordering example 3
A label inscribed with symbol No. 1118 according to ISO 7000 is
required:
NSD0_01124a
3SU1900-0AB71-0AZ0
Q3Y
Z=ISO1118
Any symbol according to order form supplement (Q9Y)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/319

© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Label holders for labeling plates

Label Color Fastening Labeling plate size SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
holder holder method Height Width (UNIT, per PU
shape shape method SET, approx.
M)
mm mm d kg
Label holders for labeling plates
2 With
rounded
Black Self-
adhesive
12.5 27 } 3SU1900-0AG10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.200
bottom 17.5 27 } 3SU1900-0AH10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.200

27 27 } 3SU1900-0AJ10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.300
Snap-on 12.5 27 } 3SU1900-0AR10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.200
17.5 27 } 3SU1900-0AS10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.200
27 27 } 3SU1900-0AT10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.300
3SU1900-0AG10-0AA0
With square Black Self- 12.5 27 3 3SU1900-0AN10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.200
bottom adhesive
17.5 27 } 3SU1900-0AP10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.200
27 27 5 3SU1900-0AQ10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.300
3SU1900-0AN10-0AA0
Label holders for labeling plates, coordinate switches
With square Black Self- 27 27 } 3SU1900-0AL10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.006
bottom adhesive
3SU1900-0AL10-0AA0
Cross Black Self- 27 27 } 3SU1900-0AM10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
adhesive
3SU1900-0AM10-0AA0
Label holders for labeling plates, twin pushbuttons
Rectangular Black Self- 12.5 27 } 3SU1900-0AK10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.300
adhesive
3SU1900-0AK10-0AA0
Single frames
Square -- -- 29.8 29.8 } 3SU1900-0AX10-0AA0 1 10 units 41J 0.001
3SU1900-0AX10-0AA0

2/320 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Labeling plates
■ Overview
Label holders of black plastic, and labeling plates (black with For customized inscriptions, see "Options", page 2/323.
white print or silver-colored with black print) for sticking or
snapping in place, are available for labeling. They are not Labeling plates for sticking/snapping in place
suitable for EMERGENCY STOP buttons. Note mounting The labels are available in three sizes:
dimensions!
The label holders cannot be used in conjunction with protective • 12.5 mm × 27 mm
• 17.5 mm × 27 mm
2
caps, protective collars and locking devices.
Inscription • 27 mm × 27 mm
The inscription is in upper/lower case, all words begin with For mounting the labeling plates, you can choose between label
upper case letters. Graphic symbols, including those not listed holders for stick-on or snap-on mounting.

Color Marking Symbol No. SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Labeling plate 12.5 mm x 27 mm
Black/White None -- } 3SU1900-0AC16-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.056
(label/lettering)
For inscriptions or symbols, see "Options", 10 3SU1900-0AC16-0AZ0 1 1 unit 41J 0.056
page 2/323.
3SU1900-0AC16-0AA0
Silver/Black Without } 3SU1900-0AC81-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.052
(label/lettering)
For inscriptions or symbols, see "Options", 10 3SU1900-0AC81-0AZ0 1 1 unit 41J 0.055
page 2/323 onwards.
3SU1900-0AC81-0AA0
Labeling plates 17.5 mm x 27 mm
Black/White None -- } 3SU1900-0AD16-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.066
(label/lettering)
For inscriptions or symbols, see "Options", 10 3SU1900-0AD16-0AZ0 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
page 2/323 onwards.
3SU1900-0AD16-0AA0
Silver/Black None -- } 3SU1900-0AD81-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.068
(label/lettering)
3SU1900-0AD81-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/321
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Labeling plates

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Labeling plates 27 mm x 27 mm
Black/White None -- } 3SU1900-0AE16-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.091
2 (label/lettering)
Silver/Black -- } 3SU1900-0AE81-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.092
(label/lettering)
For inscriptions or symbols, see "Options",
page 2/323 onwards.
Black/White 10 3SU1900-0AE16-0AZ0 1 1 units 41J 0.091
(label/lettering)
3SU1900-0AE16-0AA0 Silver/Black 10 3SU1900-0AE81-0AZ0 1 1 units 41J 0.092
(label/lettering)
3SU1900-0AE81-0AA0

2/322 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Labeling plates
■ Options
Text inscriptions have centered alignment and the font heights upper case (e.g. Lift / Off)
specified below as standard: • Q1Y: Text line(s) in upper case (e.g. LIFT)
• Label size 12.5 mm × 27 mm, max. 3 lines:
Letter height 4 mm (1-line), 3.5 mm (2-line) or
2
2.5 mm (3-line) upper case letters (e.g. On Off)
• Label size 17.5 mm × 27 mm, max. 3 lines: • Q3Y: Symbol with number according to ISO 7000 or
Letter height 4 mm (1- to 2-line) or 3 mm (3-line) IEC 60417
• Label size 27 mm × 27 mm, max. 5 lines: • Q9Y: Inscription of choice, text or symbol, can only be ordered
Letter height 4 mm (1- to 5-line) via SIRIUS ACT Configurator with a Configuration
Up to 11 characters per line are possible. The typeface used is Identification Number (CIN)
Arial. Other letter heights and typefaces are possible, but must When ordering, specify the required inscription in plain text
be specified when ordering. without spaces, in addition to the Article No. and order code. In
Examples for customized inscription the case of special inscriptions with words in languages other
In the case of multi-line inscriptions, the text must be assigned
to the respective line, e.g. Z1=Lift, Z2=Lower.
For long words you can also specify the end-of-line division
(hyphenation), see ordering example 1.
Two-line inscription in upper/lower case lettering (Q0Y) ISO 7000 or IEC 60417, (see ordering examples 2 and 3).
Single-line inscription in upper case lettering (Q1Y)
Ordering example 1
A label with 2 lines of text is required:
Three-line inscription in lower case letters (Q2Y)
3SU1900–0AC16-0AZ0
Q1Y
Z1=LIFT
Z2=LOWER
Ordering example 2
Symbol number 5011 according to IEC 60417 (Q3Y) is required:
3SU1900–0AC16-0AZ0
Q3Y
Z=IEC5011
Ordering example 3
Any symbol according to order form supplement (Q9Y) required:
3SU1900–0AC16-0AZ0
Q3Y
Z=ISO1118
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/323

© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Labeling plates for enclosures
■ Overview
The labeling plates in size 22 mm x 22 mm can be attached to Inscription
enclosures with cutouts for labels. There are versions in black
with white print or silver-colored with black print. The inscription is in upper/lower case, all words begin with
upper case letters. Graphic symbols, including those not listed
For customized inscriptions, see "Options", page 2/325.
2 ■ Selection and ordering data

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Labeling plates 22 mm x 22 mm
Black/White None -- } 3SU1900-0AF16-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.068
(label/lettering)
For inscriptions or symbols, see "Options", 10 3SU1900-0AF16-0AZ0 1 1 units 41J 0.068
page 2/325 onwards.
3SU1900-0AF16-0AA0
Silver/Black None -- } 3SU1900-0AF81-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.068
(label/lettering)
For inscriptions or symbols, see "Options", 10 3SU1900-0AF81-0AZ0 1 1 units 41J 0.068
page 2/325 onwards.
3SU1900-0AF81-0AA0

2/324 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Labeling plates for enclosures
■ Options
The labels can be inscribed with texts and symbols not listed in Append the following order codes to the Article No.:
Text inscriptions have centered alignment and font height 4 mm upper case (e.g. Lift / Off)
(1 to 3 lines): • Q1Y: Text line(s) in upper case (e.g. LIFT)
Up to 11 characters per line are possible. The typeface used is
Arial. Other letter heights and typefaces are possible, but must
2
be specified when ordering. upper case letters (e.g. "On Off")
Examples for customized inscription • Q3Y: Symbol with number according to ISO 7000 or
IEC 60417
• Q9Y: Inscription of choice, text or symbol, can only be ordered
via SIRIUS ACT Configurator with a Configuration
Identification Number (CIN)
When ordering, specify the required inscription in plain text
the case of special inscriptions with words in languages other
Two-line inscription in upper/lower case lettering (Q0Y) In the case of multi-line inscriptions, the text must be assigned
to the respective line, e.g. Z1=Lift, Z2=Lower. For long words
you can also specify the end-of-line division (see ordering
example 1)
ISO 7000 or IEC 60417 (see ordering examples 2 and 3).
Single-line inscription in upper case lettering (Q1Y) directly using the CIN and the SIRIUS ACT Configurator
Ordering example 1
A label with 2 lines of text is required:
3SB39 backing plate for enclosures, customized inscription (Q2Y) 3SU1900–0AF16-0AZ0
Q1Y
Z1=LIFT
Z2=LOWER
Ordering example 2
is required:
3SU1900–0AF16–0AZ0
Q3Y
Symbol number 5011 according to IEC 60417 (Q3Y) Z=IEC5011
Ordering example 3
required:
3SU1900–0AF16–0AZ0
Q3Y
Z=ISO1118
Any symbol according to order form supplement (Q9Y)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/325

© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Labels for laser printers
■ Overview
Label inscriptions
Using the Label Designer software, which can be downloaded The labels are suitable for inscription with one to three lines of
from the Internet, and the labeling plates for laser inscription you text or symbols.
can create your own customized labels with a standard laser
printer. The self-adhesive or snap-on labels can be stuck or For applications with more exacting requirements we
snapped onto the corresponding label holders. Round labels recommend factory-printed labeling plates and insert labels
2 are provided for inserting in illuminated pushbuttons and

switches.
(laser-printed or engraved depending on the type).
For Label Designer software, see
www.siemens.com/sirius-label-designer.

Type of mounting Height Width SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm mm d kg
Labels for printing - insert labels
Insert -- -- 3 3SU1900-0BH60-0AA0 100 490 units 41J 0.029
3SU1900-0BH60-0AA0
Labels for printing - labeling plates
Self-adhesive 12.5 27.5 } 3SU1900-0BJ61-0AA0 100 480 units 41J 0.033
17.5 27 } 3SU1900-0BK61-0AA0 100 720 units 41J 0.034
27 27 } 3SU1900-0BL61-0AA0 100 480 units 41J 0.050
22 22 } 3SU1900-0BM61-0AA0 100 700 units 41J 0.034
3SU1900-0BJ61-0AA0

2/326 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Other labels

Color Fasten- Outer Marking SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
ing diame- (UNIT, per PU
method ter SET, approx.
M)
mm d kg
EMERGENCY STOP backing plates
Yellow/Black
(label/lettering)
None 45
75
Without
Without
}
}
3SU1900-0BA31-0AA0
3SU1900-0BB31-0AA0
1
1
10 units
10 units
41J
41J
0.002
0.007 2
EMERGENCY OFF 3 3SU1900-0BB31-0AS0 1 10 units 41J 0.008
EMERGENCY-STOP 3 3SU1900-0BB31-0AT0 1 10 units 41J 0.007
For inscriptions or symbols, see “Options” on page 2/328
45 10 3SU1900-0BA31-0AZ0 1 10 units 41J 0.004
3SU1900-0BB31-0AT0 75 10 3SU1900-0BB31-0AZ0 1 10 units 41J 0.011
EMERGENCY STOP backing plates
Yellow/Black Self- 75 Without } 3SU1900-0BC31-0AA0 1 10 units 41J 0.002
(label/lettering) adhesive
EMERGENCY OFF 3 3SU1900-0BC31-0AS0 1 10 units 41J 0.001
EMERGENCY-STOP } 3SU1900-0BC31-0AT0 1 10 units 41J 0.002
EMERGENCY STOP } 3SU1900-0BC31-0DA0 1 10 units 41J 0.001
Arrêt d'urgence 3 3SU1900-0BC31-0GQ0 1 10 units 41J 0.001
EMERGENZA 3 3SU1900-0BC31-0JA0 1 10 units 41J 0.002
3SU1900-0BC31-0AT0 NODSTOP 5 3SU1900-0BC31-0LA0 1 10 units 41J 0.002
EMERGENCY STOP 5 3SU1900-0BC31-0MA0 1 10 units 41J 0.002
in Chinese
NOT-HALT, EMERGENCY } 3SU1900-0BC31-0NB0 1 10 units 41J 0.002
STOP, EMERGENZA,
EMERGENCIA
(de, en, it, sp)
60 NOT-HALT, EMERGENCY 5 3SU1900-0BN31-0NC0 1 10 units 41J 0.005
STOP, Arrêt d'urgence,
parada de emergencia
(de, en, fr, it)
3SU1900-0BC31-0NB0 For inscriptions or symbols, see “Options” on page 2/328
75 10 3SU1900-0BC31-0AZ0 1 1 unit 41J 0.004
Labeling plates for potentiometers
Black/White None 40 -- } 3SU1900-0BG16-0AA0 1 10 units 41J 0.002
(label/lettering) SYMBOL: 0 ... 9 } 3SU1900-0BG16-0RT0 1 10 units 41J 0.002
SYMBOL: 0 ... 10 3 3SU1900-0BG16-0SA0 1 10 units 41J 0.001
SYMBOL: } 3SU1900-0BG16-0RU0 1 10 units 41J 0.001
Startup
3SU1900-0BG16-0RU0
Color Label Height Width Marking SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

fastening (UNIT, per PU
method SET, approx.
M) kg
mm mm d
Labeling plates for enclosures with EMERGENCY STOP
Yellow/Black Self- 38 150 Without } 3SU1900-0BE31-0AA0 1 10 units 41J 0.002
EMERGENCY 3 3SU1900-0BE31-0AS0 1 10 units 41J 0.001
OFF
3SU1900-0BE31-0AS0
Labeling plates for enclosures with EMERGENCY STOP with recess
Yellow/Black Self- 38 150 None 3 3SU1900-0BF31-0AA0 1 10 units 41J 0.001
3SU1900-0BF31-0AA0
Unit labeling plates
White/Black Insert 9.5 10.5 None 5 3SU1900-0AY61-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.032
(label/lettering)
3SU1900-0BY61-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/327
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Labels
Other labels
■ Options
The EMERGENCY STOP backing plates can be divided into as upper case letters (e.g. Text)
many as 4 radial segments. Each segment can be custom- • Q1Y: Text line(s) in upper case (e.g. TEXT)
2 labeled.
Example: 4 radial segments for customized inscription
• Q2Y: Text line(s) in lower case (e.g. text)
upper case letters (e.g. Text / Text)
• Q9Y: Inscription of choice, text or symbol, can only be ordered
via SIRIUS ACT Configurator can be ordered with a
Configuration Identification Number (CIN)
When ordering, specify the required inscription in plain text
the case of special inscriptions with words in languages other
In the case of customer-specific labeling with as many as
4 radial segments, the text must be assigned to the respective
radial segment (Z1-Z4), e.g. Z1=Text 1, Z2=Text 2.
For long words you can also specify the end-of-line division
(see ordering examples 1 and 2)
Ordering example 1
A label with two radial segments is required:
3SU1900-0BB31-0AZ0
Q1Y
Z1=Text 1
Z2=Text 2
Ordering example 2
A label with four radial segments is required:
3SU1900-0BB31-0AZ0
Q1Y
Z1=Text 1
Z2=Text 2
Z3=Text 3
Z4=Text 4
2/328 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Protection/access protection
■ Overview
• Protection and access protection are for actuators and • The protective collars cannot be used in conjunction with label
indicators with diameter 22 mm. holders or single frames.

Product Material Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
version (UNIT,
SET,
M)
per PU
approx. 2
d kg
Protective caps
Sealable caps for Plastic Black 3 3SU1900-0DA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.006
pushbuttons, flat and raised Clear 3 3SU1900-0DA70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
3SU1900-0DA10-0AA0
Sealable caps for: Plastic Black 3 3SU1900-0EL10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
• Pushbuttons, raised Clear 3 3SU1900-0EL70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
• Pushbuttons with front ring,
raised
• Pushbuttons with front ring,
raised, castellated
3SU1900-0EL70-0AA0
Silicone protective caps for Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0DB70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.006
pushbuttons, flat
Silicone-free protective caps Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0ED70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.007
for pushbuttons, flat
3SU1900-0DB70-0AA0
Silicone protective caps for Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0DC70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.007
pushbuttons, raised
Silicone-free protective caps Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0EE70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.006
for pushbuttons, raised
3SU1900-0DC70-0AA0
Silicone protective caps for Plastic Clear 3 3SU1900-0DD70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.009
selectors, short
Silicone-free protective caps Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0EF70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.007
for selectors, short
3SU1900-0DD70-0AA0
Silicone protective caps for Plastic Clear 5 3SU1900-0DE70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.012
mushroom pushbuttons
40 mm
Silicone-free protective caps Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0EG70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
for mushroom pushbuttons
40 mm
3SU1900-0DE70-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/329
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories

version (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Protective caps
Silicone protective caps for Plastic Clear 5 3SU1900-0DF70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.019
EMERGENCY STOP, 40 mm
3SU1900-0DF70-0AA0
Silicone protective caps for Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0DG70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.013
twin pushbuttons, flat
Silicone protective caps for Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0DH70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.016
twin pushbuttons, raised
Silicone-free protective caps Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0EK70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.013
for twin pushbuttons, raised
3SU1900-0DG70-0AA0
Dust caps for key-operated Plastic Clear } 3SU1900-0EB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.006
switches
3SU1900-0EB10-0AA0
Dust caps for Plastic Clear 5 3SU1900-0EM70-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.004
ID key-operated switches
3SU1900-0EM70-0AA0
Protective collars
Sun collars for illuminated Plastic Black 5 3SU1900-0DJ10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.004
pushbuttons
3SU1900-0DJ10-0AA0
360° protective collars for Plastic Black 3 3SU1900-0DW10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
pushbuttons and selectors,
short
3SU1900-0DW10-0AA0

2/330 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Protective collars
360° protective collars for Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DK80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.023
pushbuttons,
visibility from the side
2
3SU1950-0DK80-0AA0
360° protective collars for Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DL80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.042
mushroom pushbuttons,
40 mm
visibility from the side
3SU1950-0DL80-0AA0
Protective collars for Plastic Yellow } 3SU1900-0DY30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.034
EMERGENCY STOP Silver } 3SU1900-0DY80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.035
3SU1900-0DY30-0AA0
Protective collars for Metal Yellow 3 3SU1950-0DX30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.156
EMERGENCY STOP Silver 5 3SU1950-0DX80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.153
mushroom pushbuttons
40 mm
For 5 padlocks
3SU1950-0DX30-0AA0
360° protective collars for Plastic Yellow 5 3SU1900-0EA30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.043
EMERGENCY STOP,
SEMI-Industry
3SU1900-0EA30-0AA0
Protection for sensor Plastic Black } 3SU1900-0EC10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.115
switches
3SU1900-0EC10-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/331
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Locking devices
Locking devices for Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DM80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.040
pushbuttons
2 flat, for raised front ring and

raised front ring, castellated
Locking devices for Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DN80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.047
pushbuttons,
raised
Locking devices for Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DP80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.048
mushroom pushbuttons D30, D40
3SU1950-0DM80-0AA0
Locking devices for selectors Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DQ80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.057
short/long actuator, in the left
position
3SU1950-0DQ80-0AA0
Locking devices for selectors Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DR80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.064
short/long actuator, in the center
position
3SU1950-0DR80-0AA0
Locking devices for selectors Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DS80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.060
short/long actuator, in the right
position
3SU1950-0DS80-0AA0
Locking devices for selectors Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DT80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.060
short/long actuator, window from
center to right, blocked on left
3SU1950-0DT80-0AA0
Locking devices for selectors Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DU80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.059
short/long actuator, window from
center to left, blocked on right
3SU1950-0DU80-0AA0
Covers for Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0DV80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.040
locking device
3SU1950-0DV80-0AA0

2/332 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Actuators

Material Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Sealing plugs1), mounting diameter 22 mm
Plastic Black } 3SU1900-0FA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.011
2
3SU1900-0FA10-0AA0
Metal, matte Sand gray } 3SU1930-0FA80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.045
Metal, shiny Silver } 3SU1950-0FA80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.043
3SU1950-0FA80-0AA0
1)
The sealing plug is mounted with a holder.
Modules might already be mounted on the holder.
Type of Outer diame- Accessory Accessory SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight

product ter of the actu- color material (UNIT, per PU
ating element SET, approx.
M)
mm d Article No. kg
USB port
USB 3.0 22 Black Plastic 3 3SU1900-0GA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.020
Sand gray Metal/plastic 3 3SU1930-0GA80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.037
Silver Metal, shiny 3 3SU1950-0GA80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.052
30 Sand gray Metal, matte 3 3SU1960-0GA80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.120
3SU1930-0GA80-0AA0
3SU1960-0GA80-0AA0
RJ45 connection
RJ-45 Cat. 6 22 Black Plastic 3 3SU1900-0GB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.023
Sand gray Metal/plastic 3 3SU1930-0GB80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.032
Silver Metal, shiny 3 3SU1950-0GB80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.046
30 Sand gray Metal, matte 3 3SU1960-0GB80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.080
3SU1900-0GB10-0AA0
3SU1950-0GB80-0AA0
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/333
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Actuators
Material Key number Version Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

of RFID (UNIT, per PU
coding SET, approx.
M)
d kg
RONIS keys
Metal SB301) -- Silver } 3SU1950-0FB80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
455 5 3SU1950-0FC80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
3SSU1950-0FB80-0AA0
BKS keys
Metal S11) -- Silver 5 3SU1950-0FD80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
3SSU1950-0FD80-0AA0
OMR keys
Metal 73038 -- Blue 3 3SU1950-0FJ50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.013
73037 Red 5 3SU1950-0FK20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.013
73034 Black 5 3SU1950-0FL10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.013
73033 Yellow 5 3SU1950-0FM30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.013
3SSU1950-0FJ50-0AA0
CES keys
Metal LSG1 -- Silver 5 3SU1950-0FN80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.010
SSG101) } 3SU1950-0FP80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.010
VL5 5 3SU1950-0FQ80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
3SSU1950-0FP80-0AA0
IKON keys
Metal 360012K11) -- Silver 5 3SU1950-0FR80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.009
3SU1950-0FR80-0AA0
ID keys ID group individual
Plastic -- Individually White } 3SU1900-0FU60-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.005
coded, pro-
grammable
3SU1900-0FU60-0AA0 several times
ID keys
Plastic -- ID group 1 Green } 3SU1900-0FV40-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.004
ID group 2 Yellow } 3SU1900-0FW30-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.005
ID group 3 Red } 3SU1900-0FX20-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.005
3SU1900-0FV40-0AA0
ID group 4 Blue } 3SU1900-0FY50-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.005
1) Also available with special lock. Supplement Article No. with "-Z" and the
code "Y04" and specify the required lock in plain language.

2/334 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Enclosures

Product version Material Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Cable glands
Metric M20 cable glands
for enclosures
Plastic Black } 3SU1900-0HG10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.016
2
Metric M25 cable glands 5 3SU1900-0HH10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.022
for enclosures
3SU1900-0HG10-0AA0
Cable glands for AS-i
Metric M20 cable glands Plastic Black 3 3SU1900-0JA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.025
for enclosures
Metric M25 cable glands 3 3SU1900-0JB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.020
for enclosures
3SU1900-0HG10-0AA0
Connection pieces
For metal enclosures
M20/M20 connection pieces Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0HJ10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.060
for connecting 2 enclosures
M20/M25 connection pieces 5 3SU1950-0HK10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.075
M25/M25 connection pieces 5 3SU1950-0HL10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.077
3SU1950-0HJ10-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/335
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Enclosures
Product version Material Color SD Insulation piercing PU PS* PG Weight

method (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d Article No. kg
Adapters for AS-i shaped cable
Insulation piercing method Plastic Black 3 1 1 unit 41J 0.036
M20 3SU1900-0HX10-0AA0
2 M25 3 3SU1900-0HY10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.045
3SU1900-0HX10-0AA0
Adapters for tab connection
For metal enclosures
Adapter, M12 socket, 4-pole Metal Black 5 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
M20 cable entry 3SU1950-0HA10-0AA0
M25 cable entry 5 3SU1950-0HB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.080
Adapter, M12 connector, 4-pole 5 1 1 unit 41J 0.072
M20 cable entry 3SU1950-0HC10-0AA0
M25 cable entry 5 3SU1950-0HD10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.080
M20 cable entry 3SU1950-0HP10-0AA0
M25 cable entry 5 3SU1950-0HQ10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.084
3SU1950-0HA10-0AA0 M20 cable entry 3SU1950-0HR10-0AA0
M25 cable entry 5 3SU1950-0HS10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.082
M20 cable entry 3SU1950-0HT10-0AA0
M25 cable entry 5 3SU1950-0HU10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.090
M20 cable entry 3SU1950-0HV10-0AA0
M25 cable entry 5 3SU1950-0HW10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.085
Enclosure cover monitoring
Enclosure cover monitoring Plastic Black 3 3SU1900-0HM10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.006
(module with extension plunger)
3SU1900-0HM10-0AA0

2/336 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Miscellaneous accessories

Product version Material Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Accessories
PCB carriers Plastic Black 5 3SU1900-0KA10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.600
2
3SU1900-0KA10-0AA0
Pressure plates for selectors and Plastic White } 3SU1900-0KC10-0AA0 100 10 units 41J 0.039
locks
3SU1900-0CK10-0AA0
Adapters for 30.5 mm to 22.5 mm Metal, Sand gray } 3SU1960-0KB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.033
mounting hole matte
3SU1950-0KB10-0AA0
Extension plungers Plastic Gray } 3SU1900-0KG10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.008
For compensation of the distance
between the pushbutton and the
unlatching button of an overload
relay
3SU1900-0KG10-0AA0
Adapters for standard rail Plastic Black } 3SU1900-0KH80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.048
mounting
3SU1900-0KH80-0AA0
Adapters for actuators and Metal Silver } 3SU1950-0KJ80-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.023
indicators with front ring for flat
mounting
Adapters for 30.5 mm to 22.5 mm Metal Silver } 3SU1950-0KB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.034
mounting hole
3SU1950-0KJ80-0AA0
Grounding stud Metal Silver 5 3SU1950-0KK80-0AA0 100 50 units 41J 0.060
3SU1950-0KK80-0AA0
Connectors for sensor switches, Metal Black } 3SU1900-0KL10-0AA0 1 1 unit 41J 0.018
angled socket with screw
terminal connection
3SU1900-0KL10-0AA0

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/337
© Siemens AG 2018
Notes
2/338 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

3
© Siemens AG 2018
SIPLUS RAIL and SIDOOR
3/2 SIPLUS RAIL 3/96 SIPLUS extreme RAIL failsafe I/O modules
3/96 SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital F input
3/2 SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
modules
3/2 SIPLUS extreme RAIL standard CPUs
3/99 SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital F output
3/2 SIPLUS S7-1200 CPU 1212C RAIL
modules
3/4 SIPLUS S7-1200 CPU 1214C RAIL
3/102 SIPLUS extreme RAIL BaseUnits
3/6 SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital modules
3/106 SIPLUS extreme RAIL BusAdapter
3/6 SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1221 RAIL
3/8 SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1222 RAIL 3/108 SIPLUS ET 200MP RAIL
3/11 SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1223 RAIL 3/108 SIPLUS extreme RAIL interface modules
3/15 SIPLUS S7-1200 SB 1223 RAIL 3/108 SIPLUS ET 200MP IM 155-5 PN ST TX RAIL
3/17 SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog modules
3/112 SIPLUS extreme RAIL gateways
3/17 SIPLUS extreme S7-1200 SM 1231 RTD
3/112 SIPLUS NET PN/PN Coupler T1 RAIL
RAIL
3/114 SIPLUS PN/CAN LINK T1 RAIL
3/19 SIPLUS extreme S7-1200 SM 1232 RAIL
3/21 SIPLUS extreme S7-1200 SM 1234 RAIL 3/116 SIPLUS extreme RAIL
3/23 SIPLUS extreme RAIL communication operator control and monitoring devices
3/23 SIPLUS S7-1200 CB 1241 RS485 RAIL 3/116 SIPLUS extreme RAIL Basic Panels
3/25 SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1242-5 RAIL (1st Generation)
3/25 SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1243-5 RAIL 3/119 SIPLUS HMI Comfort Panels Outdoor RAIL
3/26 SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL 3/123 SIPLUS Power supplies
3/26 SIPLUS extreme RAIL standard CPUs 3/123 1-phase, 24 V DC (for S7-300 and ET200M)
3/26 SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1511-1 PN T1
RAIL 3/125 SIDOOR
3/30 SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1516-3 PN/DP
3/125 SIDOOR automatic door controls
RAIL
for railway applications
3/34 SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital modules
3/125 Controller
3/34 SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital input modules
3/125 Platform screen door drive
3/36 SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital output modules
3/128 Control unit for gap filler
3/40 SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog modules
3/129 Interior railway door drives
3/40 SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog input modules
3/131 Additional units
3/45 SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog output
3/131 • SIDOOR Software kit
modules
3/131 • SIDOOR Service tool
3/47 SIPLUS extreme RAIL communication
3/132 Geared motors
3/47 SIPLUS CM PtP
3/134 Direct drives
3/49 SIPLUS ET 200SP RAIL 3/135 Accessories
3/49 SIPLUS extreme RAIL fail-safe CPUs
3/49 SIPLUS CPU 1510SP F-1 PN T1 RAIL
3/52 SIPLUS CPU 1512SP F-1 PN T1 RAIL
3/55 SIPLUS extreme RAIL interface modules
3/60 SIPLUS extreme RAIL I/O modules
3/60 SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital inputs
3/65 SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital outputs
3/70 SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog inputs
3/80 SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog outputs
3/83 SIPLUS extreme RAIL technology modules
3/83 • SIPLUS extreme RAIL
TM COUNT 1X24 V T1 counter module
3/87 • SIPLUS ET 200SP TM Pulse 2x24 V T1
RAIL pulse output module
3/90 SIPLUS extreme RAIL communication
3/90 • SIPLUS extreme RAIL CM PtP T1 serial
interface
3/93 • SIPLUS extreme RAIL CM 4x IO-Link
© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL standard CPUs
SIPLUS S7-1200 CPU 1212C RAIL
■ Overview
• The superior compact solution
• Approved in accordance with the railway standards
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for
use in rail traffic
• With 14 integral input/outputs
• Expandable by:
- 1 signal board (SB) or communication board (CB)
- 2 signal modules (SM)
- Max. 3 communication modules (CM)
3
Article number 6AG2212-1AE40-1XB0 Article number 6AG2212-1AE40-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 CPU 1212C SIPLUS S7-1200 CPU 1212C
DC/DC/DC RAIL DC/DC/DC RAIL
General information Digital inputs
Product type designation CPU 1212C DC/DC/DC Number of digital inputs 8; Integrated
Supply voltage • of which inputs usable for techno- 6; HSC (High Speed Counting)
Rated value (DC) logical functions
• 24 V DC Yes Digital outputs
Encoder supply Number of digital outputs 6
24 V encoder supply • of which high-speed outputs 4; 100 kHz Pulse Train Output
• 24 V Permissible range: 20.4V to 28.8V Analog inputs
Power loss Number of analog inputs 2
Power loss, typ. 9W Input ranges
Memory • Voltage Yes
Work memory Analog outputs
• integrated 50 kbyte Number of analog outputs 0
Load memory 1. Interface
• integrated 1 Mbyte Interface type PROFINET
• Plug-in (SIMATIC Memory Card), 2 Gbyte; with SIMATIC memory card Physics Ethernet
max. Functionality
Backup • PROFINET IO Controller Yes
• without battery Yes • PROFINET IO Device Yes
CPU processing times • Open IE communication Yes
for bit operations, typ. 0.085 µs; / Operation • Web server Yes
for word operations, typ. 1.7 µs; / Operation Protocols
for floating point arithmetic, typ. 2.3 µs; / Operation Open IE communication
Data areas and their retentivity • TCP/IP Yes
Flag • ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Yes
• Number, max. 4 kbyte; Size of bit memory address • UDP Yes
area Communication functions
Address area S7 communication
I/O address area • supported Yes
• Inputs 1 024 byte Web server
• Outputs 1 024 byte • supported Yes
Process image Number of connections
• Inputs, adjustable 1 kbyte • overall 16; dynamically
• Outputs, adjustable 1 kbyte
Time of day
Clock
• Hardware clock (real-time) Yes
3/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
Article number 6AG2212-1AE40-1XB0 Article number 6AG2212-1AE40-1XB0
Integrated Functions Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
Number of counters 4 special-purpose vehicles
Counting frequency (counter) max. 100 kHz - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of
Frequency measurement Yes fauna); Class 5B3 on request
controlled positioning Yes - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
Number of position-controlled 8 according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
positioning axes, max. - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
Number of positioning axes via 4; With integrated DO according to EN 60721-3-5
pulse-direction interface from supply voltage 1L+
PID controller Yes - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
Number of alarm inputs 4 environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
Number of pulse outputs 4
Configuration
Limit frequency (pulse) 100 kHz
Programming
3
Isolation
Programming language
Isolation tested with According to EN 50155 (routine test)
- LAD Yes
Standards, approvals, certificates
- FBD Yes
Railway application
- SCL Yes
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
Dimensions
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu-
nications systems Width 90 mm
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - Height 100 mm
overvoltage category OV2; pollution Depth 75 mm
degree PD2; rated surge voltage UNi
= 0.5 kV; UNm = 24 V DC Weights
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient Weight, approx. 370 g
conditions Other
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - Note: For use in railway applications, also
see ambient conditions observe the product information
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
systems - see ambient conditions; A5E37661960A Online Support
vibrations and shocks: Application article 109736776
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m
■ Ordering data
away from track)
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Article No.
T1, horizontal mounting position, salt
spray Class ST2 SIPLUS S7-1200 CPU 1212C RAIL
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and Approved in accordance with the
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
request standards for use in rail traffic
Altitude during operation relating to Integrated program/data memory
sea level 75 KB,
load memory 1 MB;
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
Supply voltage 24 V DC;
max.
Boolean execution times 0.1 μs per
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa operation;
pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) 8 digital inputs, 6 digital outputs,
Relative humidity 2 analog inputs;
Expandable by up to
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 3 communication modules,
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden- 2 signal modules, and
max. sation conditions) 1 signal board/communication
Resistance board;
Digital inputs can be used as HSC
Coolants and lubricants
at 100 kHz, 24 V DC digital outputs
- Resistant to commercially Yes can be used as pulse outputs (PTO)
available coolants and lubricants or pulse-width modulated outputs
Use in stationary industrial systems (PWM) at 100 kHz
• For areas with extreme exposure 6AG2212-1AE40-1XB0
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry to environmental substances
according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of (conformal coating);
fauna); Class 3B3 on request ambient temperature
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt -25 ... +70 °C
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
(severity degree 3); *
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
according to EN 60721-3-3
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/3

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
■ Overview
• The compact high-performance CPU
use in rail traffic
• With 24 integrated I/Os
• Expandable by:
- 1 signal board (SB) or communication board (CB)
- 8 signal modules (SM)
- Max. 3 communication modules (CM)
3
Article number 6AG2214-1AG40-1XB0 Article number 6AG2214-1AG40-1XB0
General information Digital outputs
Product type designation CPU 1214C DC/DC/DC Number of digital outputs 10
Supply voltage • of which high-speed outputs 4; 100 kHz Pulse Train Output
Rated value (DC) Analog inputs
• 24 V DC Yes Number of analog inputs 2
Encoder supply Input ranges
24 V encoder supply • Voltage Yes
• 24 V L+ minus 4 V DC min. Analog outputs
Power loss Number of analog outputs 0
Power loss, typ. 12 W 1. Interface
Memory Interface type PROFINET
Work memory Physics Ethernet
• integrated 100 kbyte Functionality
Load memory • PROFINET IO Controller Yes
• integrated 4 Mbyte • PROFINET IO Device Yes
• Plug-in (SIMATIC Memory Card), with SIMATIC memory card • Open IE communication Yes
max. • Web server Yes
Backup Protocols
• without battery Yes Open IE communication
CPU processing times • TCP/IP Yes
for bit operations, typ. 0.085 µs; / instruction • ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Yes
for word operations, typ. 1.7 µs; / instruction • UDP Yes
for floating point arithmetic, typ. 2.3 µs; / instruction Communication functions
Data areas and their retentivity S7 communication
Flag • supported Yes
• Number, max. 8 kbyte; Size of bit memory address Web server
area
• supported Yes
Process image
Number of connections
• Inputs, adjustable 1 kbyte
• overall 16; dynamically
• Outputs, adjustable 1 kbyte
Time of day
Clock
• Hardware clock (real-time) Yes
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 14; Integrated
• of which inputs usable for techno- 6; HSC (High Speed Counting)
logical functions
3/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
Article number 6AG2214-1AG40-1XB0 Article number 6AG2214-1AG40-1XB0
Integrated Functions Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
Number of counters 6 special-purpose vehicles
Counting frequency (counter) max. 100 kHz - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
Frequency measurement Yes fauna); Class 5B3 on request
controlled positioning Yes - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
Number of position-controlled 8 according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
positioning axes, max. - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
Number of positioning axes via pulse- 4; With integrated DO according to EN 60721-3-5
direction interface from supply voltage 1L+
PID controller Yes - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
Number of alarm inputs 4 environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
Number of pulse outputs 4
Configuration
Limit frequency (pulse) 100 kHz
Programming
3
Isolation
Isolation tested with According to EN 50155 (routine test)
- LAD Yes
- FBD Yes
Railway application
- SCL Yes
Dimensions
nications systems Width 110 mm
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - Height 100 mm
overvoltage category OV2; Depth 75 mm
pollution degree PD2;
rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV; Weights
UNm = 24 V DC Weight, approx. 415 g
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient Other
conditions Note: For use in railway applications, also
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - observe the product information
see ambient conditions "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications A5E37661960A Online Support
systems - see ambient conditions; article 109736776
vibrations and shocks:
■ Ordering data
Application point outside of tracks
(1 m to 3 m away from track) Article No.
• EN 50155 Yes;
Rail vehicles - temperature class T1, SIPLUS S7-1200 CPU 1214C RAIL
horizontal mounting position,
salt spray Class ST2 Approved in accordance with the
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
• EN 61373 Yes; EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
Rail vehicles - vibrations and shocks: standards for use in rail traffic
Category 1 Class A/B
Integrated program/data memory
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; 100 KB,
Rail vehicles - verification on request load memory 2 MB;
Altitude during operation relating to Supply voltage 24 V DC;
sea level Boolean execution times 0.1 μs per
operation;
14 digital inputs, 10 digital outputs,
max.
2 analog inputs;
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa Expandable by up to
pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) 3 communication modules,
Relative humidity 8 signal modules, and
1 signal board/communication
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost board;
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. (no commissioning under conden- Digital inputs can be used as HSC
sation conditions) at 100 kHz, 24 V DC digital outputs
Resistance can be used as pulse outputs (PTO)
or pulse-width modulated outputs
(PWM) at 100 kHz
- Resistant to commercially Yes • For areas with extreme exposure 6AG2214-1AG40-1XB0
available coolants and lubricants to environmental substances
Use in stationary industrial systems (conformal coating);
ambient temperature
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry -25 ... +70 °C
fauna); Class 3B3 on request
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/5

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital modules
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1221 RAIL
■ Overview
• Digital inputs as supplement to the integral I/O of the CPUs
use in rail traffic
• For flexible adaptation of the controller to the corresponding
task
• For subsequent expansion of the system with additional inputs
3
Article number 6AG2221-1BF32-1XB0 Article number 6AG2221-1BF32-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1221 8DI RAIL SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1221 8DI RAIL
General information Input delay (for rated value of input
Product type designation SM 1221, DI 8x24 V DC voltage)
Supply voltage for standard inputs
Rated value (DC) - parameterizable Yes; 0.2 ms, 0.4 ms, 0.8 ms, 1.6 ms,
3.2 ms, 6.4 ms and 12.8 ms,
• 24 V DC Yes selectable in groups of four
Input current for interrupt inputs
from backplane bus 5 V DC, max. 105 mA - parameterizable Yes
Digital inputs Cable length
• from load voltage L+ (without load), 4 mA; per channel • shielded, max. 500 m
max.
• unshielded, max. 300 m
Output voltage
Interrupts/diagnostics/
Power supply to the transmitters status information
• present Yes Alarms Yes
Power loss Diagnostic functions Yes
Power loss, typ. 1.5 W Alarms
Digital inputs • Diagnostic alarm Yes
Number of digital inputs 8 Diagnostic messages
• in groups of 2 • Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
Input characteristic curve in Yes Diagnostics indication LED
accordance with IEC 61131, type 1
• for status of the inputs Yes
Number of simultaneously
controllable inputs • for maintenance Yes
all mounting positions Potential separation
- up to 40 °C, max. 8 Potential separation digital inputs
horizontal installation • between the channels, in groups of 2
- up to 40 °C, max. 8 Isolation
- up to 50 °C, max. 8 Isolation tested with According to EN 50155 (routine test)
vertical installation Degree and class of protection
- up to 40 °C, max. 8 Degree of protection acc. to
EN 60529
Input voltage
• IP20 Yes
• Type of input voltage DC
• Rated value (DC) 24 V
Railway application
• for signal "0" 5 V DC at 1 mA
• for signal "1" 15 V DC at 2.5 mA
Input current nications systems
• for signal "0", max. (permissible 1 mA • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
quiescent current) overvoltage category OV2;
• for signal "1", min. 2.5 mA pollution degree PD2;
rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
• for signal "1", typ. 4 mA UNm = 24 V DC
3/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
Article number 6AG2221-1BF32-1XB0 Article number 6AG2221-1BF32-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1221 8DI RAIL SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1221 8DI RAIL
Railway application Connection method
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient required front connector Yes
conditions Mechanics/material
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - Enclosure material (front)
see ambient conditions
• Plastic Yes
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
systems - see ambient conditions; Dimensions
vibrations and shocks: Width 45 mm
Application point outside of tracks
(1 m to 3 m away from track) Height 100 mm
• EN 50155 Yes; Depth 75 mm
Rail vehicles - temperature class T1, Weights
horizontal mounting position,
Weight, approx. 170 g
salt spray Class ST2
Other
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B Note: For use in railway applications, also
observe the product information
3
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on
"SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
request
A5E37661960A Online Support
Ambient conditions article 109736776
Free fall
• Fall height, max.
Ambient temperature during
0.3 m; five times, in product package
■ Ordering data Article No.
operation
SIPLUS SM 1221 RAIL
• min. -25 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C digital input module
• max. 60 °C; = Tmax; Approved in accordance with the
+70 °C for 10 minutes (T1 acc. to EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
EN 50155) for horizontal mounting EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
position standards for use in rail traffic
Altitude during operation relating to
sea level 8 inputs, 24 V DC, isolated,
current sourcing/sinking
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m • For areas with extreme exposure 6AG2221-1BF32-1XB0
max. to environmental substances
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa (conformal coating);
pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) ambient temperature
Relative humidity -25 ... +70 °C
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden-
max. sation conditions)
Resistance
- Resistant to commercially Yes
available coolants and lubricants
Use in stationary industrial systems
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
special-purpose vehicles
according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
from supply voltage 1L+
- Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/7

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
■ Overview
• Digital outputs as a supplement to the integral I/O of the CPUs
use in rail traffic
task
• For subsequent expansion of the system with additional
outputs
3
Article number 6AG2222-1BF32-1XB0 6AG2222-1HF32-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1222 8DQ RAIL SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1222 8DQ RLY RAIL
General information
Product type designation SM 1222, DQ 8x24 V DC/0.5 A SM 1222, DQ 8x relay/2 A
Input current
from backplane bus 5 V DC, max. 120 mA 120 mA
Digital outputs
• from load voltage L+, max. 11 mA/relay coil
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 1.5 W 4.5 W
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 8 8
• in groups of 1 2
Short-circuit protection No; to be provided externally No; to be provided externally
Limitation of inductive shutdown typ. (L+) -48 V
voltage to
Switching capacity of the outputs
• with resistive load, max. 0.5 A 2A
• on lamp load, max. 5W 30 W with DC, 200 W with AC
Output voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 5 V DC to 30 V DC
• Rated value (AC) 5 V AC to 250 V AC
• for signal "0", max. 0.1 V; with 10 kOhm load
• for signal "1", min. 20 V DC
Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 2A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 10 µA
Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", max. 50 µs 10 ms
• "1" to "0", max. 200 µs 10 ms
Total current of the outputs
(per group)
horizontal installation
- up to 50 °C, max. 4 A; Current per mass 10 A; Current per mass
Relay outputs
• Number of relay outputs 8
• Rated supply voltage of relay coil L+ 24 V
(DC)
• Number of operating cycles, max. mechanically 10 million, at rated load voltage 100 000
Switching capacity of contacts
- with inductive load, max. 0.5 A 2A
- on lamp load, max. 5W 30 W with DC, 200 W with AC
- with resistive load, max. 0.5 A 2A
3/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
Cable length
• shielded, max. 500 m 500 m
• unshielded, max. 150 m 150 m
status information
Alarms Yes
Diagnostic functions Yes
Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes
Diagnostic messages
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
Diagnostics indication LED
• for status of the outputs Yes Yes
• for maintenance Yes
Potential separation
Potential separation digital outputs
3
• between the channels Relays
• between the channels, in groups of 1 2
• between the channels and 500 V AC 1500 V AC for 1 minute
backplane bus
Permissible potential difference
between different circuits 750 V AC for 1 minute
Isolation
Isolation tested with According to EN 50155 (routine test) According to EN 50155 (routine test)
Degree and class of protection
Degree of protection acc. to
EN 60529
• IP20 Yes Yes
CE mark Yes
Railway application
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommunications systems Yes; EMC for signal and telecommunications systems
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - overvoltage category OV2; Yes; Railway applications - overvoltage category OV2;
pollution degree PD2; rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV; pollution degree PD2; rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC UNm = 24 V DC
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient conditions Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient conditions
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
see ambient conditions see ambient conditions
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications systems - see ambient Yes; Signal and telecommunications systems - see ambient
conditions; conditions;
vibrations and shocks: Application point outside of tracks vibrations and shocks: Application point outside of tracks
(1 m to 3 m away from track) (1 m to 3 m away from track)
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class T1, Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class T1,
horizontal mounting position, salt spray Class ST2 horizontal mounting position, salt spray Class ST2
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and shocks: Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and shocks:
Category 1 Class A/B Category 1 Class A/B
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on request Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on request
Ambient conditions
Free fall
• Fall height, max. 0.3 m; five times, in product package 0.3 m; five times, in product package
operation
• min. -25 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C -25 °C
• max. 70 °C; = Tmax; Tmax > +60 °C number of simultaneously 60 °C; = Tmax;
activated outputs 4 (no adjacent points) for horizontal +70 °C for 10 minutes (T1 acc. to EN 50155) for horizontal
mounting position; +70 °C for 10 minutes (T1 acc. to mounting position
EN 50155) 8 outputs for horizontal mounting position
sea level
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m 2 000 m
max.
• Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
barometric pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. (no commissioning under condensation conditions) (no commissioning under condensation conditions)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/9

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
Resistance
- Resistant to commercially Yes Yes
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry rot spores Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry rot spores
according to EN 60721-3-3 (with the exception of fauna); Class 3B3 on request (with the exception of fauna); Class 3B3 on request
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt spray acc. to Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt spray acc. to
according to EN 60721-3-3 EN 60068-2-52 (severity degree 3); * EN 60068-2-52 (severity degree 3); *
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, * Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry rot spores (with the Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry rot spores (with the
according to EN 60721-3-5 exception of fauna); Class 5B3 on request exception of fauna); Class 5B3 on request
3 - to chemically active substances

Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt spray acc. to
EN 50155 (ST2); *
EN 50155 (ST2); *
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; * Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
- Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must remain in place over the * The supplied plug covers must remain in place over the
environmental conditions acc. to unused interfaces during operation! unused interfaces during operation!
EN 60721
Connection method
required front connector Yes Yes
Mechanics/material
Enclosure material (front)
• Plastic Yes Yes
Dimensions
Width 45 mm 45 mm
Height 100 mm 100 mm
Depth 75 mm 75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 180 g 190 g
Other
Note: For use in railway applications, also observe the product For use in railway applications, also observe the product
information "SIPLUS extreme RAIL" A5E37661960A information "SIPLUS extreme RAIL" A5E37661960A
Online Support article 109736776 Online Support article 109736776
■ Ordering data Article No. Article No.
SIPLUS signal module 8 outputs, 5 ... 30 V DC / 5 ... 250 V

SM 1222 RAIL digital output AC, relay 2 A, 30 W DC / 200 W AC
module
For areas subject to exceptional 6AG2222-1HF32-1XB0
Approved in accordance with the medial exposure
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, (conformal coating);
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway ambient temperature -25 ... +60 °C
standards for use in rail traffic
8 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A, 5 W,
isolated
• For areas subject to exceptional 6AG2222-1BF32-1XB0
medial exposure
(conformal coating);
ambient temperature range
-25 ... +70 °C
3/10 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
■ Overview
• Digital inputs and outputs as supplement to the integral I/O of
the CPUs
use in rail traffic
task
and outputs
Article number 6AG2223-1BH32-1XB0 6AG2223-1PL32-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1223 8DI/8DQ RAIL SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1223 16DI/16DQ RAIL
General information
Product type designation SM 1223, DI 8x24 V DC, DQ 8x24 V DC SM 1223, DI 16x24 V DC, DQ 16x relay
Supply voltage
Rated value (DC)
• 24 V DC Yes Yes
Input current
from backplane bus 5 V DC, max. 145 mA 180 mA
Digital inputs
• from load voltage L+ (without load), 4 mA; per channel 4 mA/input 11 mA/relay
max.
Output voltage
Power supply to the transmitters
• present Yes Yes
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 2.5 W 10 W
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8 16
Input characteristic curve in Yes Yes
accordance with IEC 61131, type 1
Number of simultaneously
controllable inputs
all mounting positions
- up to 40 °C, max. 8 16
- up to 40 °C, max. 8 16
- up to 50 °C, max. 8 16
vertical installation
- up to 40 °C, max. 8 16
Input voltage
• Type of input voltage DC DC
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
• for signal "0" 5 V DC at 1 mA 5 V DC at 1 mA
• for signal "1" 15 V DC at 2.5 mA 15 V DC at 2.5 mA
Input current
• for signal "0", max. (permissible 1 mA 1 mA
quiescent current)
• for signal "1", min. 2.5 mA 2.5 mA
• for signal "1", typ. 4 mA 4 mA
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/11

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
Input delay (for rated value of
input voltage)
for standard inputs
- parameterizable Yes; 0.2 ms, 0.4 ms, 0.8 ms, 1.6 ms, 3.2 ms, 6.4 ms and Yes; 0.2 ms, 0.4 ms, 0.8 ms, 1.6 ms, 3.2 ms, 6.4 ms and
12.8 ms, selectable in groups of four 12.8 ms, selectable in groups of four
for interrupt inputs
- parameterizable Yes Yes
Cable length
Digital outputs
Short-circuit protection No; to be provided externally No; to be provided externally
3 Limitation of inductive shutdown

voltage to
L+ (-48 V)

• with resistive load, max. 0.5 A 2A
• on lamp load, max. 5W 30 W with DC, 200 W with AC
Output voltage
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 5 V DC to 30 V DC
• Rated value (AC) 5 V AC to 250 V AC
• for signal "0", max. 0.1 V; with 10 kOhm load
• for signal "1", min. 20 V DC
Output current
• for signal "1" permissible range, 0.5 A 2A
max.
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 10 µA
• "0" to "1", max. 50 µs 10 ms
• "1" to "0", max. 200 µs 10 ms
(per group)
- up to 50 °C, max. 4 A; Current per mass 8 A; Current per mass
Relay outputs
(DC)
• Number of operating cycles, max. mechanically 10 million, at rated load voltage 100 000
- with inductive load, max. 0.5 A 2A
- on lamp load, max. 5W 30 W with DC, 200 W with AC
- with resistive load, max. 0.5 A 2A
Cable length
status information
Alarms Yes Yes
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes
Alarms
Diagnostic messages
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes Yes
• for status of the inputs Yes Yes
• for status of the outputs Yes Yes
• for maintenance Yes Yes
3/12 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
Potential separation digital inputs
Potential separation digital outputs
• between the channels Relays
• between the channels and 500 V AC 1500 V AC for 1 minute
backplane bus
Permissible potential difference
between different circuits 750 V AC for 1 minute
Isolation
Isolation tested with According to EN 50155 (routine test) According to EN 50155 (routine test)
EN 60529
• IP20 Yes Yes
3
Railway application
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - see ambient condi- Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - see ambient condi-
tions tions
conditions; vibrations and shocks: Application point conditions; vibrations and shocks: Application point
outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m away from track) outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m away from track)
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class T1, horizontal Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class T1, horizontal
mounting position, salt spray Class ST2 mounting position, salt spray Class ST2
Ambient conditions
Free fall
• Fall height, max. 0.3 m; five times, in product package 0.3 m; five times, in product package
operation
• min. -25 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C -25 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C
• max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 minutes (T1 acc. to 60 °C; Number of simultaneously activated outputs: 8 (no
EN 50155) for horizontal mounting position adjacent points) at 60 °C horizontal, 16 at 55 °C horizontal;
+70 °C for 10 minutes (T1 acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
max.
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
Resistance
* The supplied plug covers must remain in place over the * The supplied plug covers must remain in place over the
unused interfaces during operation! unused interfaces during operation!
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/13

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
Resistance
according to EN 60721-3-5 EN 50155 (ST2); * EN 50155 (ST2); *
EN 60721
Connection method
required front connector Yes Yes
3 Mechanics/material
• Plastic Yes Yes
Dimensions
Width 45 mm 70 mm
Depth 75 mm 75 mm
Weights
Other
SIPLUS SM 1223 RAIL 16 inputs, 24 V DC, IEC type 1

digital input/output signal module current sinking;
16 relay outputs,
Approved in accordance with the 5 ... 30 V DC / 5 ... 250 V AC, 2 A,
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, 30 W DC / 200 W AC
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
standards for use in rail traffic • For areas with extreme exposure 6AG2223-1PL32-1XB0
to environmental substances
8 inputs, 24 V DC, IEC type 1 (conformal coating);
current sinking; ambient temperature
8 transistor outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A, -25 ... +70 °C
5W
• For areas with extreme exposure 6AG2223-1BH32-1XB0
to environmental substances
ambient temperature
-25 ... +70 °C
3/14 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS S7-1200 SB 1223 RAIL
■ Overview
• Digital inputs and outputs as supplement to the integral I/O of
the SIPLUS S7-1200-CPUs
use in rail traffic
• Can be plugged directly into the CPU
3
Article number 6AG2223-0BD30-1XB0 Article number 6AG2223-0BD30-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 SB 1223 2DI/2DQ SIPLUS S7-1200 SB 1223 2DI/2DQ
RAIL RAIL
General information Cable length
Product type designation SB 1223, • shielded, max. 500 m
DI 2x24 V DC/DQ 2x24 V DC • unshielded, max. 300 m
Input current Digital outputs
from backplane bus 5 V DC, typ. 50 mA Number of digital outputs 2; MOSFET, solid-state
Output voltage (current-sinking/current-sourcing)
Power supply to the transmitters • in groups of 1
• Supply current, max. 4 mA; per channel Short-circuit protection No
Power loss Switching capacity of the outputs
Power loss, typ. 1W • with resistive load, max. 0.5 A
Digital inputs • on lamp load, max. 5W
Number of digital inputs 2; Current-sinking Load resistance range
• in groups of 1 • upper limit 0.6 Ω
Input characteristic curve in accor- Yes Output voltage
dance with IEC 61131, type 1 • Rated value (DC) 24 V
Number of simultaneously • for signal "0", max. 0.1 V; with 10 kOhm load
controllable inputs
• for signal "1", min. 20 V
all mounting positions
Output current
- up to 40 °C, max. 2
• for signal "1" permissible range, 0.5 A
Input voltage max.
• Type of input voltage DC • for signal "0" residual current, max. 10 µA
• Rated value (DC) 24 V Cable length
• for signal "0" 0 to 5 V • shielded, max. 500 m
• for signal "1" +15 to +30V • unshielded, max. 150 m
Input current Interrupts/diagnostics/
• for signal "0", max. (permissible 1 mA status information
quiescent current) Alarms Yes
• for signal "1", typ. 0.5 A Diagnostic functions Yes
Input delay (for rated value of input Diagnostics indication LED
voltage)
• for status of the inputs Yes
for standard inputs
• for status of the outputs Yes
- parameterizable Yes; 0.2 ms, 0.4 ms, 0.8 ms, 1.6 ms,
3.2 ms, 6.4 ms and 12.8 ms, Isolation
selectable in groups of four Isolation tested with According to EN 50155 (routine test)
- at "0" to "1", max. 2 µs Degree and class of protection
- at "1" to "0", max. 10 µs Degree of protection acc. to
for interrupt inputs EN 60529
- parameterizable Yes • IP20 Yes
for counter/technological functions
- parameterizable Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/15

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS S7-1200 SB 1223 RAIL
Article number 6AG2223-0BD30-1XB0 Article number 6AG2223-0BD30-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 SB 1223 2DI/2DQ SIPLUS S7-1200 SB 1223 2DI/2DQ
RAIL RAIL
Standards, approvals, certificates Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
Railway application special-purpose vehicles
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- fauna); Class 5B3 on request
nications systems
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
overvoltage category OV2;
pollution degree PD2; - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV; according to EN 60721-3-5
UNm = 24 V DC from supply voltage 1L+
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
conditions environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
see ambient conditions Mechanics/material
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications Enclosure material (front)
3 systems - see ambient conditions;

vibrations and shocks: Application
• Plastic
Dimensions
Yes
away from track) Width 38 mm

• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Height 62 mm
T1, horizontal mounting position,
salt spray Class ST2 Depth 21 mm
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and Weights
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B Weight, approx. 40 g
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on Other
request
Note: For use in railway applications, also
Ambient conditions observe the product information
Free fall "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
A5E37661960A
• Fall height, max. 0.3 m; five times, in product package Online Support article 109736776
operation
• min. -25 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C ■ Ordering data Article No.
• max. 55 °C; = Tmax;
+70 °C for 10 minutes (T1 acc. to SIPLUS SB 1223 RAIL
EN 50155) for horizontal mounting digital input/output signal board
position Approved in accordance with the
Altitude during operation relating to EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
sea level EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m standards for use in rail traffic
max. 2 inputs, 24 V DC, IEC type 1
• Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa current sinking;
barometric pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) 2 transistor outputs 24 V DC, 0.5 A,
5 W;
Relative humidity can be used as HSC at up to
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 30 kHz
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. (no commissioning under conden- • For areas with extreme exposure 6AG2223-0BD30-1XB0
sation conditions) to environmental substances
Resistance (conformal coating);
ambient temperature
Coolants and lubricants -25 ... +70 °C
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl.
according to EN 60721-3-3 salt spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
3/16 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog modules
SIPLUS extreme S7-1200 SM 1231 RTD RAIL
■ Overview
• For the convenient recording of temperatures with great
accuracy
• Approved in accordance with the EN 50155, EN 15121,
EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway standards for use
in rail traffic
• 4 inputs
• Most popular resistance temperature detectors can be used
• Can easily be retrofitted to existing plant
Article number 6AG2231-5PD32-1XB0 Article number 6AG2231-5PD32-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1231 RTD RAIL SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1231 RTD RAIL
General information Errors/accuracies
Product type designation
Supply voltage
SM 1231 RTD 4x16bit Temperature error (relative to input
range), (+/-)
25 °C ±0.1%, to 55 °C ±0.2% total
measurement range 3
Rated value (DC) Repeat accuracy in steady state at 0.05 %
25 °C (relative to output range), (+/-)
• 24 V DC Yes
Input current status information
Current consumption, typ. 40 mA Alarms Yes
from backplane bus 5 V DC, typ. 80 mA Diagnostic functions Yes; Can be read out
Power loss Alarms
Power loss, typ. 1.5 W • Diagnostic alarm Yes
Analog inputs Diagnostic messages
Number of analog inputs 4; Resistance thermometer • Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
permissible input voltage for current ± 35 V • Wire-break Yes
input (destruction limit), max.
Technical unit for temperature Degrees Celsius/degrees Fahrenheit
measurement adjustable Degree of protection acc. to
EN 60529
Input ranges
• IP20 Yes
• Voltage No
• Current No
CE mark Yes
• Thermocouple No
Railway application
• Resistance thermometer Yes; Resistance-type transmitter:
Pt10, Pt50, Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, • EN 50121-3-2 Yes
Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500, • EN 50121-4 Yes
Ni1000, Cu10, Cu50, Cu100, LG- • EN 50124-1 Yes; OVC II, PD2
Ni1000
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Class Ax up to 2 000 m above
• Resistance Yes; 150 Ω, 300 Ω, 600 Ω sea level
Input ranges (rated values), • EN 50125-2 Yes; Class Ax up to 2 000 m above
resistance thermometer sea level
• Cu 10 Yes • EN 50125-3 Yes; track-side use 1 - 3 m next to
• Ni 100 Yes track bed
• Ni 1000 Yes • EN 50155 Yes; T1 Category 1 Class A/B ST2
• LG-Ni 1000 Yes horizontal mounting position
• Ni 120 Yes • EN 61373 Yes; Category 1 Class B
• Ni 200 Yes • Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Verification on request
• Ni 500 Yes Ambient conditions
• Pt 100 Yes Free fall
• Pt 1000 Yes • Fall height, max. 0.3 m; five times, in product package
• Pt 200 Yes Ambient temperature during
operation
• Pt 500 Yes
• min. -25 °C
Input ranges (rated values),
resistors • max. 60 °C; = Tmax;
+70 °C for 10 minutes (T1 acc. to
• 0 to 150 ohms Yes EN 50155) for horizontal mounting
• 0 to 300 ohms Yes position
• 0 to 600 ohms Yes Altitude during operation relating to
sea level
Thermocouple (TC)
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at 1 080 hPa ... 795 hPa
Temperature compensation pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
- parameterizable No
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/17

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme S7-1200 SM 1231 RTD RAIL
■ Technical specifications (continued) ■ Ordering data Article No.

Article number 6AG2231-5PD32-1XB0 SIPLUS RTD signal module
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1231 RTD RAIL SM 1231 RAIL
Relative humidity Approved in accordance with the
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden- EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
max. sation conditions) standards for use in rail traffic
Use in stationary industrial systems 4 inputs for resistance temperature
detectors Pt10/50/100/200/500/
1000, Ni100/120/200/500/1000,
Cu10/50/100, LG-Ni1000;
resistance 150/300/600 Ohm,
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75%) incl. salt resolution 15 bits + sign
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray according to EN 60068-2-52 • For areas subject to exceptional 6AG2231-5PD32-1XB0
(degree of severity 3). The supplied medial exposure
connector covers must remain on the (conformal coating);
unused interfaces during operation! ambient temperature range
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust. The -25 ... +60 °C
3
according to EN 60721-3-3 supplied connector covers must
remain on the unused interfaces
during operation!
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75%) including
according to EN 60721-3-5 salt spray according to EN 50155
(ST2). The supplied plug covers
must remain in place over the
unused interfaces during operation!
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 including sand and
according to EN 60721-3-5 dust. The supplied plug covers must
remain in place over the unused
interfaces during operation!
Connection method
required front connector Yes
Mechanics/material
• Plastic Yes
Dimensions
Width 45 mm
Height 100 mm
Depth 75 mm
Other
A5E37661960A
Online Support article 109736776
3/18 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme S7-1200 SM 1232 RAIL
■ Overview
• Analog outputs for SIPLUS S7-1200
in rail traffic
• With extremely short conversion times
• For connecting analog actuators without additional amplifiers
• Even solves more complex automation tasks
3
Article number 6AG2232-4HD32-1XB0 Article number 6AG2232-4HD32-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1232 4AQ RAIL SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1232 4AQ RAIL
General information Interrupts/diagnostics/
Product type designation SM 1232, AQ 4x14 bit status information
Supply voltage Alarms Yes
Rated value (DC) Diagnostic functions Yes
• 24 V DC Yes Alarms
Input current • Diagnostic alarm Yes
Current consumption, typ. 45 mA Diagnostic messages
from backplane bus 5 V DC, typ. 80 mA • Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
Power loss • Wire-break Yes
Power loss, typ. 1.5 W • Short-circuit Yes
Analog outputs Diagnostics indication LED
Number of analog outputs 4; Current or voltage • for status of the outputs Yes
Output ranges, voltage • for maintenance Yes
• -10 V to +10 V Yes Degree and class of protection
Output ranges, current Degree of protection acc. to
EN 60529
• 0 to 20 mA Yes
• IP20 Yes
Load impedance (in rated range of
output) Standards, approvals, certificates
• with voltage outputs, min. 1 000 Ω CE mark Yes
• with current outputs, max. 600 Ω Railway application
Analog value generation for the • EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
outputs • EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu-
Integration and conversion time/ nications systems
resolution per channel • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
• Resolution (incl. overrange) Voltage: 14 bits; Current : 13 bits overvoltage category OV2;
Errors/accuracies rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
Temperature error (relative to output 25 °C ±0.3%, to 55 °C ±0.6% UNm = 24 V DC
range), (+/-) total measurement range • EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient
Basic error limit (operational limit at conditions
25 °C) • EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
• Voltage, relative to output range, 0.3 % see ambient conditions
(+/-) • EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
• Current, relative to output range, 0.3 % systems - see ambient conditions;
(+/-) vibrations and shocks: Application
Interference voltage suppression for away from track)
f = n x (f1 +/- 1 %),
f1 = interference frequency • EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class
• Common mode voltage, max. 12 V spray Class ST2
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
request
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/19

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL

Article number 6AG2232-4HD32-1XB0 Analog output SIPLUS
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1232 4AQ RAIL signal module SM 1232 RAIL
Ambient conditions Approved in accordance with the
Free fall EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
• Fall height, max. 0.3 m; five times, in product package standards for use in rail traffic
4 analog outputs, ±10 V with 14 bits
operation
or 0 ... 20 mA with 13 bits
• min. -25 °C
For areas subject to exceptional 6AG2232-4HD32-1XB0
• max. 60 °C; = Tmax; medial exposure (conformal coat-
+70 °C for 10 minutes (T1 acc. to ing); ambient temperature range
EN 50155) for horizontal mounting -25 ... +60 °C
position
sea level
3
max.
• Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
barometric pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. (no commissioning under conden-
sation conditions)
Resistance
Connection method
required front connector Yes
Mechanics/material
• Plastic Yes
Dimensions
Width 45 mm
Height 100 mm
Depth 75 mm
Weights
Other
A5E37661960A
3/20 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
■ Overview
• Analog inputs and outputs for SIPLUS S7-1200
in rail traffic
• With extremely short conversion times
• For connecting analog actuators and sensors without
additional amplifiers
• From +60 °C to +70 °C, max. 50% of the inputs and outputs
can be controlled simultaneously
Article number 6AG2234-4HE32-1XB1 Article number 6AG2234-4HE32-1XB1
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1234 4AI/2AQ
RAIL
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1234 4AI/2AQ
RAIL 3
General information Integration and conversion time/
Product type designation SM 1234 A I4x13 bit AQ 2x14 bit resolution per channel
Supply voltage • Resolution with overrange (bit 12 bit; + sign
including sign), max.
Rated value (DC)
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes
• 24 V DC Yes
• Interference voltage suppression for 40 dB, DC to 60 V for interference
Input current interference frequency f1 in Hz frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Current consumption, typ. 60 mA Smoothing of measured values
from backplane bus 5 V DC, typ. 80 mA • parameterizable Yes
Power loss • Step: None Yes
Power loss, typ. 2W • Step: low Yes
Analog inputs • Step: Medium Yes
Number of analog inputs 4; Current or voltage differential • Step: High Yes
inputs
Analog value generation for the
permissible input voltage for ± 35 V outputs
current input (destruction limit), max.
Integration and conversion time/
permissible input voltage for 35 V resolution per channel
voltage input (destruction limit), max.
• Resolution (incl. overrange) Voltage: 14 bits; Current : 13 bits
permissible input current for 40 mA
voltage input (destruction limit), max. Errors/accuracies
permissible input current for 40 mA Temperature error (relative to input 25 °C ±0.1%, to 55 °C ±0.2% total
current input (destruction limit), max. range), (+/-) measurement range
Cycle time (all channels) max. 625 µs Temperature error (relative to output 25 °C ±0.3%, to 55 °C ±0.6% total
range), (+/-) measurement range
Input ranges
Basic error limit (operational limit at
• Voltage Yes; ±10V, ±5V, ±2.5V 25 °C)
• Current Yes; 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA • Voltage, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.1 %
Input ranges (rated values), • Current, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.1 %
voltages
• Voltage, relative to output range, (+/-) 0.3 %
• -10 V to +10 V Yes
• Current, relative to output range, (+/-) 0.3 %
• -2.5 V to +2.5 V Yes
Interference voltage suppression for
• -5 V to +5 V Yes f = n x (f1 +/- 1 %),
Input ranges (rated values), currents f1 = interference frequency
• 0 to 20 mA Yes • Common mode voltage, max. 12 V
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes Interrupts/diagnostics/
status information
Analog outputs
Alarms Yes
Number of analog outputs 2; Current or voltage
Output ranges, voltage
Alarms
• -10 V to +10 V Yes
• Diagnostic alarm Yes
Output ranges, current
Diagnostic messages
• 0 to 20 mA Yes
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes
• Wire-break Yes
Load impedance (in rated range of
output) • Short-circuit Yes
• with voltage outputs, min. 1 000 Ω Diagnostics indication LED
• with current outputs, max. 600 Ω • for status of the inputs Yes
Analog value generation for the • for status of the outputs Yes
inputs • for maintenance Yes
Measurement principle Differential
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/21

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
Article number 6AG2234-4HE32-1XB1 Article number 6AG2234-4HE32-1XB1
SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1234 4AI/2AQ SIPLUS S7-1200 SM 1234 4AI/2AQ
RAIL RAIL
Potential separation analog outputs Use in stationary industrial systems
• between the channels and the No - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
power supply of the electronics according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of
Isolation fauna); Class 3B3 on request
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
to EN 50155 (routine test) according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
Degree of protection acc. to according to EN 60721-3-3
EN 60529
• IP20 Yes special-purpose vehicles
Standards, approvals, certificates - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
CE mark Yes according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of
Railway application
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles - 24 V
3
supply of assembly:
Cable length <3 m or with upstream - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
filter for supply cable according to EN 60721-3-5
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- from supply voltage 1L+
nications systems - 24 V supply of - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
the assembly: environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
with upstream filter for supply cable EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - Connection method
pollution degree PD2; required front connector Yes
rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV; Mechanics/material
UNm = 24 V DC Enclosure material (front)
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient • Plastic Yes
conditions
Dimensions
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
see ambient conditions Width 45 mm
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications Height 100 mm
systems - see ambient conditions; Depth 75 mm
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m Weights
away from track) Weight, approx. 220 g
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Other
spray Class ST2
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B A5E37661960A
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on Online Support article 109736776
request
Ambient conditions
Free fall
• Fall height, max. 0.3 m; five times, in product package Analog input/output
Ambient temperature during SIPLUS signal module SM 1234
operation RAIL
• min. -25 °C; = Tmin Approved in accordance with the
• max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
(T1 acc. to EN 50155) EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
sea level Ambient temperature range
-25 ... +70 °C
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m incl. +15 °C/K temperature rise for
max. 10 minutes
pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) 4 analog inputs, ±10 V, ±5 V, 6AG2234-4HE32-1XB1
±2.5 V, or 0 ... 20 mA,
Relative humidity 12 bits + sign;
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 2 analog outputs, ±10 V with 14 bits
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden- or 0 ... 20 mA with 13 bits
Resistance
3/22 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL communication
SIPLUS S7-1200 CB 1241 RS485 RAIL
■ Overview
• For fast, high-performance serial data exchange via point-to-
point connection
in rail traffic
• Implemented protocols: ASCII, USS drive protocol, Modbus
RTU
• Additional protocols can be loaded later
• Simple parameterization with STEP 7 Basic
• Can be plugged directly into the CPU
Article number 6AG2241-1CH30-1XB0 Article number 6AG2241-1CH30-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 CB 1241 RS485 T1
RAIL
SIPLUS S7-1200 CB 1241 RS485 T1
RAIL 3
General information Interrupts/diagnostics/
Product type designation CB 1241 RS485 status information
Input current Diagnostic functions Yes
from backplane bus 5 V DC, typ. 50 mA Isolation
Power loss Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according
to EN 50155 (routine test)
Power loss, typ. 1.5 W
Interfaces
Point-to-point EN 60529
• Cable length, max. 1 000 m • IP20 Yes
Integrated protocol driver Standards, approvals, certificates
- Freeport Yes CE mark Yes
- ASCII Yes; Available as library function Railway application
- Modbus Yes • EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
- Modbus RTU master Yes • EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu-
- MODBUS RTU slave Yes nications systems
- USS Yes; Available as library function • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
Protocols pollution degree PD2;
Integrated protocols rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC
Freeport
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient
- Telegram length, max. 1 kbyte
conditions
- Bits per character 7 or 8
- Number of stop bits 1 (Standard), 2 see ambient conditions
- Parity No parity (standard); • EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
even, uneven, mark systems - see ambient conditions;
(parity bit always 1); vibrations and shocks: Application
space (parity bit always 0) point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m
3964 (R) away from track)
- Telegram length, max. 1 kbyte • EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class
- Bits per character 7 or 8 spray Class ST2
- Number of stop bits 1 (Standard), 2 • EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
- Parity No parity (standard); shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
even, uneven, mark • Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on
(parity bit always 1); request
space (parity bit always 0)
Ambient conditions
Modbus RTU master
Free fall
- Address area 1 through 49 999
(Standard Modbus addressing) • Fall height, max. 0.3 m; five times, in product package
- Number of slaves, max. 247; slave numbers 1 through 247, Ambient temperature during
per MODBUS network segment operation
maximum 32 devices, additional • min. -25 °C; = Tmin
repeaters needed to expand the
• max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min
network to maximum configuration
(T1 acc. to EN 50155)
MODBUS RTU slave
- Address area 1 through 49 999 (Standard Modbus sea level
addressing)
max.
pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/23

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS S7-1200 CB 1241 RS485 RAIL

Article number 6AG2241-1CH30-1XB0 SIPLUS CB 1241 6AG2241-1CH30-1XB0
SIPLUS S7-1200 CB 1241 RS485 T1 communication board RS 485
RAIL RAIL
Resistance for point-to-point connection,
with 1 RS 485 interface
3
Mechanics/material
• Plastic Yes
Dimensions
Width 38 mm
Height 62 mm
Depth 21 mm
Weights
Other
A5E37661960A
3/24 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1242-5 RAIL, SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1243-5 RAIL
■ Overview SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1242-5 RAIL ■ Overview SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1243-5 RAIL
3
DP-M DP-S FMS PG/OP S7 DP-M DP-S FMS PG/OP S7
G_IK10_XX_10322
G_IK10_XX_10323
The SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1242-5 RAIL communication module is The SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1243-5 RAIL communication module is
used to connect a SIPLUS extreme RAIL S7-1200 to PROFIBUS used to connect a SIPLUS extreme RAIL S7-1200 to PROFIBUS
as a DP slave and has the following characteristics: as a DP master and has the following characteristics:
• Approved in accordance with the railway standards • Approved in accordance with the railway standards
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for
use in rail traffic use in rail traffic
• PROFIBUS DPV1 slave in accordance with IEC 61158 • PROFIBUS DPV1 master in accordance with IEC 61158
• Module replacement without PG supported • Support of up to 16 PROFIBUS DP slaves
• Power is supplied via the backplane bus so that no extra • Communication with other S7 controllers based on S7 commu-
cabling is required nication
• Support of all standard baud rates from 9.6 Kbps to 12 Mbps • Allows the connection of programming devices and operator
• Compact industry-standard enclosure in S7-1200 design for panels with a PROFIBUS interface to the S7-1200
mounting on a DIN rail • Module replacement without PG supported
• Fast commissioning thanks to easy configuration using • Support of all standard baud rates from 9.6 Kbps to 12 Mbps
STEP 7 without additional programming overhead • Compact industry-standard enclosure in S7-1200 design for
The SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1242-5 RAIL is intended for use in rail mounting on a DIN rail
traffic. Low-cost PROFIBUS-based automation solutions can be • Fast commissioning thanks to easy configuration using
created on the basis of the S7-1200. STEP 7 without additional programming overhead
The SIPLUS S7-1200 CM 1243-5 RAIL is intended for use in rail
traffic. Low-cost PROFIBUS-based automation solutions can be
created on the basis of the S7-1200 for optimal production.
■ Ordering data Article No. ■ Ordering data Article No.
SIPLUS CM 1242-5 RAIL SIPLUS CM 1243-5 RAIL

communication module communication module
Approved in accordance with the Approved in accordance with the
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
standards for use in rail traffic standards for use in rail traffic
Communication module for electri- Communication module for electrical
cal connection of SIPLUS S7-1200 connection of SIPLUS S7-1200 RAIL
RAIL to PROFIBUS as a DPV1 slave to PROFIBUS as a DPV1 master
• For areas with extreme exposure 6AG2242-5DX30-1XE0 • For areas with extreme exposure 6AG2242-5DX30-1XE0
to environmental substances to environmental substances
(conformal coating); (conformal coating);
ambient temperature ambient temperature -
-25 ... +70 °C 25 ... +70 °C
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/25

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1511-1 PN RAIL
■ Overview
• Entry-level CPU in the SIPLUS extreme RAIL S7-1500
controller product range
use in rail traffic
• Suitable for applications with medium requirements for
program scope and processing speed
• PROFINET IO IRT interface with 2-port switch
• PROFINET IO Controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
• PROFINET I-Device for connecting the CPU as an intelligent
PROFINET device under a SIMATIC or non-Siemens
PROFINET IO Controller
• Isochronous mode
3 • SIMATIC memory card required for operation of the CPU
Article number 6AG2511-1AK01-1AB0 6AG2511-1AK01-4AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1511-1 PN T1 RAIL SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1511-1 PN TX RAIL
General information
Product type designation CPU 1511-1 PN CPU 1511-1 PN
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Power loss
Memory
Work memory
• integrated (for program) 150 kbyte 150 kbyte
• integrated (for data) 1 Mbyte 1 Mbyte
Load memory
• Plug-in (SIMATIC Memory Card), 32 Gbyte 32 Gbyte
max.
CPU processing times
for bit operations, typ. 60 ns 60 ns
for word operations, typ. 72 ns 72 ns
for fixed point arithmetic, typ. 96 ns 96 ns
for floating point arithmetic, typ. 384 ns 384 ns
Counters, timers and their reten-
tivity
S7 counter
• Number 2 048 2 048
IEC counter
• Number Any (only limited by the main memory) Any (only limited by the main memory)
S7 times
• Number 2 048 2 048
IEC timer
• Number Any (only limited by the main memory) Any (only limited by the main memory)
Data areas and their retentivity
Flag
• Number, max. 16 kbyte 16 kbyte
Address area
I/O address area
• Inputs 32 kbyte; All inputs are in the process image 32 kbyte; All inputs are in the process image
• Outputs 32 kbyte; All outputs are in the process image 32 kbyte; All outputs are in the process image
Time of day
Clock
• Type Hardware clock Hardware clock
3/26 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
1. Interface
Interface types
• Number of ports 2 2
• integrated switch Yes Yes
• RJ 45 (Ethernet) Yes; X1 Yes; X1
Functionality
• PROFINET IO Controller Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO Device Yes Yes
• SIMATIC communication Yes Yes
• Open IE communication Yes Yes
• Web server Yes Yes
• Media redundancy Yes Yes
Protocols
3
Number of connections
• Number of connections, max. 96; via integrated interfaces of the CPU and connected 96; via integrated interfaces of the CPU and connected
CPs / CMs CPs / CMs
Services
- Number of connectable 128; In total, up to 256 distributed I/O devices can be 128; In total, up to 256 distributed I/O devices can be
IO Devices, max. connected via AS-i, PROFIBUS or PROFINET connected via PROFIBUS or PROFINET
- Of which IO devices with IRT, max. 64 64
- Number of connectable 128 128
IO Devices for RT, max.
OPC UA
• OPC UA Server Yes; for data access
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application Yes; With minimum OB 6x cycle of 625 µs Yes; With minimum OB 6x cycle of 625 µs
synchronized up to terminal)
Supported technology objects
Motion Control Yes; Note: The number of axes affects the cycle time of the Yes
PLC program; selection guide via the TIA Selection Tool or
SIZER
• Number of available Motion Control 1 600
resources for technology objects
(except cam disks)
• Required Motion Control resources
- per speed-controlled axis 80; per axis
- per positioning axis 160; per axis
- per synchronous axis 160; per axis
- per external encoder 80; per external encoder
- per output cam 20; per cam
- per cam track 160; per cam track
- per probe 40; per probe
• Speed-controlled axis
- Number of speed-controlled axes, 6; Requirement: There must be no other motion technology
max. objects created;
note: The number of axes affects the cycle time of the PLC
program; selection guide via the TIA Selection Tool
• Positioning axis
- Number of positioning axes, max. 6; Requirement: There must be no other motion technology
objects created;
• Synchronized axes (relative gear
synchronization)
- Number of axes, max. 3; Requirement: There must be no other motion technology
objects created;
• External encoders
- Number of external encoders, 6; Requirement: There must be no other motion technology
max. objects created;
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/27

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
Controller
• PID_Compact Yes; Universal PID controller with integrated optimization Yes; Universal PID controller with integrated optimization
• PID_3Step Yes; PID controller with integrated optimization for valves Yes; PID controller with integrated optimization for valves
• PID-Temp Yes; PID controller with integrated optimization for Yes; PID controller with integrated optimization for
temperature temperature
Counting and measuring
• High-speed counter Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according to EN 50155 (routine 707 V DC (type test) and according to EN 50155 (routine
test) test)
Railway application
3 • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - overvoltage category OV2;

pollution degree PD2; rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC
Yes; Railway applications - overvoltage category OV2;
pollution degree PD2; rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - see ambient Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - see ambient
conditions conditions
conditions; conditions;
vibrations and shocks: Application point outside of tracks vibrations and shocks: Application point outside of tracks
(1 m to 3 m away from track) (1 m to 3 m away from track)
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class T1, Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Tx,
horizontal mounting position, salt spray Class ST2 horizontal mounting position, salt spray Class ST2
Ambient conditions
operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin
• horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min (T1 acc. to EN 50155) 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
max.
Relative humidity
Resistance
* The supplied plug covers must remain in place over the * The supplied plug covers must remain in place over the
unused interfaces during operation! unused interfaces during operation!
3/28 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
EN 60721
Configuration
Programming
- LAD Yes Yes
- FBD Yes Yes
- STL Yes Yes
- SCL Yes Yes
- GRAPH Yes Yes
Know-how protection
• User program protection/password Yes Yes
3
protection
• Copy protection Yes Yes
• Block protection Yes Yes
Access protection
• Password for display Yes Yes
• Protection level: Write protection Yes Yes
• Protection level: Read/write Yes Yes
protection
• Protection level: Complete Yes Yes
protection
Dimensions
Width 35 mm 70 mm
Depth 129 mm 129 mm
Weights
Other
SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1511-1 PN 6AG2511-1AK01-1AB0 Accessories

T1 RAIL
SIMATIC Memory Card
Approved in accordance with the
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, 4 MB 6ES7954-8LC02-0AA0
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway 12 MB 6ES7954-8LE02-0AA0
24 MB 6ES7954-8LF02-0AA0
Work memory 150 KB for program,
1 MB for data, PROFINET IO IRT 256 MB 6ES7954-8LL02-0AA0
interface;
2 GB 6ES7954-8LP02-0AA0
SIMATIC memory card required
32 GB 6ES7954-8LT03-0AA0
For areas with extreme exposure to
environmental substances
ambient temperature -25 ... +55 °C
(+70 °C for 10 min.)
SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1511-1 PN 6AG2511-1AK01-4AB0
TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
Without display; 150 KB RAM for
program, 1 MB for data, PROFINET
IO IRT interface;
SIMATIC Memory Card required
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/29

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1516-3 PN/DP RAIL
■ Overview
• The CPU with large program and data memory in the SIPLUS
extreme RAIL S7-1500 controller product range for applica-
tions with high program scope requirements
in rail traffic
• High processing speed for binary and floating-point arithmetic
• PROFINET IO IRT interface with 2-port switch
• Additional PROFINET interface with separate IP address
• PROFINET IO Controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
PROFINET device under a SIMATIC or non-Siemens
3 • PROFIBUS DP master interface
• Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS and PROFINET
• SIMATIC memory card required for operation of the CPU
Article number 6AG2516-3AN01-4AB0 Article number 6AG2516-3AN01-4AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1516-3 PN/DP SIPLUS S7-1500 CPU 1516-3 PN/DP
TX RAIL TX RAIL
General information Time of day
Product type designation CPU 1516-3 PN/DP Clock
Supply voltage • Type Hardware clock
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC 1. Interface
Power loss Interface types
Power loss, typ. 7W • Number of ports 2
Memory • integrated switch Yes
Work memory • RJ 45 (Ethernet) Yes; X1
• integrated (for program) 1 Mbyte Functionality
• integrated (for data) 5 Mbyte • PROFINET IO Controller Yes
Load memory • PROFINET IO Device Yes
• Plug-in (SIMATIC Memory Card), 32 Gbyte • SIMATIC communication Yes
max. • Open IE communication Yes
CPU processing times • Web server Yes
for bit operations, typ. 10 ns • Media redundancy Yes
for word operations, typ. 12 ns PROFINET IO Controller
for fixed point arithmetic, typ. 16 ns Services
for floating point arithmetic, typ. 64 ns - PG/OP communication Yes
Counters, timers and their reten- - S7 routing Yes
tivity
- Isochronous mode Yes
S7 counter
- Open IE communication Yes
• Number 2 048
- IRT Yes
IEC counter
- MRP Yes; As MRP redundancy manager
• Number Any (only limited by the main and/or MRP client;
memory) max. number of devices in the ring:
S7 times 50
• Number 2 048 - MRPD Yes; Requirement: IRT
IEC timer - PROFIenergy Yes
• Number Any (only limited by the main - Prioritized startup Yes; Max. 32 PROFINET devices
memory) - Number of connectable IO 256;
Data areas and their retentivity Devices, max. In total, up to 1 000 distributed I/O
Flag devices can be connected via AS-i,
PROFIBUS or PROFINET
• Number, max. 16 kbyte
- Of which IO devices with IRT, max. 64
Address area
- Number of connectable IO 256
I/O address area Devices for RT, max.
• Inputs 32 kbyte; All inputs are in the - of which in line, max. 256
process image
- Number of IO Devices that can be 8; in total across all interfaces
• Outputs 32 kbyte; All outputs are in the simultaneously activated/deacti-
process image vated, max.
3/30 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
TX RAIL TX RAIL
Services Services
- Number of IO Devices per tool, 8 - Number of connectable IO 32;
max. Devices, max. In total, up to 1 000 distributed I/O
- Updating times The minimum value of the update devices can be connected via AS-i,
time also depends on communi- PROFIBUS or PROFINET
cation share set for PROFINET IO, - Number of connectable IO 32
on the number of IO devices, and on Devices for RT, max.
the quantity of configured user data - of which in line, max. 32
Update time for IRT - Number of IO Devices that can be 8; in total across all interfaces
- for send cycle of 250 µs 250 μs to 4 ms; Note: In the case of simultaneously activated/deacti-
IRT with isochronous mode, the vated, max.
minimum update time of 500 µs of - Number of IO Devices per tool, 8
the isochronous OB is decisive max.
- for send cycle of 500 µs 500 µs to 8 ms - Updating times The minimum value of the update
- for send cycle of 1 ms 1 ms to 16 ms time also depends on communi-
3
- for send cycle of 2 ms 2 ms to 32 ms cation share set for PROFINET IO,
on the number of IO devices, and on
- for send cycle of 4 ms 4 ms to 64 ms the quantity of configured user data
- With IRT and parameterization of Update time = set "odd" send clock Update time for RT
"odd" send cycles (any multiple of 125 µs: 375 µs,
625 µs ... 3 875 µs) - for send cycle of 1 ms 1 ms to 512 ms
Update time for RT PROFINET IO Device
- for send cycle of 250 µs 250 µs to 128 ms Services
- for send cycle of 500 µs 500 µs to 256 ms - PG/OP communication Yes
- for send cycle of 1 ms 1 ms to 512 ms - S7 routing Yes
- for send cycle of 2 ms 2 ms to 512 ms - Isochronous mode No
- for send cycle of 4 ms 4 ms to 512 ms - Open IE communication Yes
PROFINET IO Device - IRT No
Services - MRP No
- PG/OP communication Yes - MRPD No
- S7 routing Yes - PROFIenergy Yes
- Isochronous mode No - Prioritized startup No
- Open IE communication Yes - Shared device Yes
- IRT Yes - Number of IO Controllers with 4
shared device, max.
- MRP Yes
3. Interface
- MRPD Yes; Requirement: IRT
Interface types
- PROFIenergy Yes
• Number of ports 1
- Shared device Yes
• RS 485 Yes
- Number of IO Controllers with 4
shared device, max. Functionality
2. Interface • PROFIBUS DP master Yes
Interface types • PROFIBUS DP slave No
• Number of ports 1 • SIMATIC communication Yes
• integrated switch No Protocols
• RJ 45 (Ethernet) Yes; X2 Number of connections
Functionality • Number of connections, max. 256; via integrated interfaces of the
CPU and connected CPs / CMs
• PROFINET IO Controller Yes
PROFIBUS DP master
• PROFINET IO Device Yes
Services
• SIMATIC communication Yes
- Number of DP slaves 125;
• Open IE communication Yes In total, up to 1 000 distributed I/O
• Web server Yes devices can be connected via AS-i,
• Media redundancy No
OPC UA
• OPC UA Server Yes; for data access
Services
Isochronous mode
- PG/OP communication Yes
Isochronous operation (application Yes; With minimum OB 6x cycle of
- S7 routing Yes synchronized up to terminal) 375 µs
- Isochronous mode No
- Open IE communication Yes
- IRT No
- MRP No
- PROFIenergy Yes
- Prioritized startup No
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/31

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
TX RAIL TX RAIL
Supported technology objects Relative humidity
Motion Control Yes; Note: The number of axes • With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
affects the cycle time of the PLC dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. (no commissioning under conden-
program; selection guide via the sation conditions)
TIA Selection Tool or SIZER Resistance
• Number of available Motion Control 4 800 Coolants and lubricants
resources for technology objects
(except cam disks) - Resistant to commercially Yes
• Required Motion Control resources
- per speed-controlled axis 80; per axis
- per positioning axis 160; per axis according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of
- per synchronous axis 160; per axis fauna); Class 3B3 on request
- per external encoder 80; per external encoder - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
- per output cam 20; per cam according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
3 - per cam track

- per probe
160; per cam track
40; per probe
Controller Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
• PID_Compact Yes; Universal PID controller with special-purpose vehicles
integrated optimization - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
• PID_3Step Yes; PID controller with integrated according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of
optimization for valves fauna); Class 5B3 on request
• PID-Temp Yes; PID controller with integrated - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
optimization for temperature according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
Counting and measuring - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
• High-speed counter Yes
Isolation
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
to EN 50155 (routine test) EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
Standards, approvals, certificates Configuration
Railway application Programming
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Programming language
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- - LAD Yes
nications systems
- FBD Yes
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
overvoltage category OV2; - STL Yes
pollution degree PD2; - SCL Yes
UNm = 24 V DC - GRAPH Yes
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient Know-how protection
conditions • User program protection/password Yes
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - protection
see ambient conditions • Copy protection Yes
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications • Block protection Yes
systems - see ambient conditions; Access protection
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m • Protection level: Write protection Yes
away from track) • Protection level: Read/write Yes
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class protection
Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt • Protection level: Complete Yes
spray Class ST2 protection
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and Dimensions
Width 105 mm
request Height 147 mm
Ambient conditions Depth 129 mm
Ambient temperature during Weights
operation Weight, approx. 1 109 g
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin Other
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min Note: For use in railway applications, also
(Tx acc. to EN 50155) observe the product information
Altitude during operation relating to "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
sea level A5E37661960A
max.
3/32 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL

SIPLUS S7-1500 6AG2516-3AN01-4AB0 Accessories
CPU 1516-3 PN/DP TX RAIL
SIMATIC Memory Card
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, 4 MB 6ES7954-8LC02-0AA0
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway 12 MB 6ES7954-8LE02-0AA0
24 MB 6ES7954-8LF02-0AA0
Without display;
1 MB RAM for program, 256 MB 6ES7954-8LL02-0AA0
5 MB for data,
2 GB 6ES7954-8LP02-0AA0
PROFINET IO IRT interface,
PROFINET/PROFIBUS interface; 32 GB 6ES7954-8LT03-0AA0
SIMATIC Memory Card required
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/33

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital input modules
■ Overview
• 16-channel digital input module
use in rail traffic
task
3
Article number 6AG2521-1BH00-4AB0 Article number 6AG2521-1BH00-4AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 DI 16x24VDC HF SIPLUS S7-1500 DI 16x24VDC HF
TX RAIL TX RAIL
General information for interrupt inputs
Product type designation DI 16x24VDC HF - parameterizable Yes
Product function for counter/technological functions
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 - parameterizable Yes
Operating mode Cable length
• DI Yes • shielded, max. 1 000 m
• Counter Yes • unshielded, max. 600 m
• MSI Yes Encoder
Supply voltage Connectable encoders
Type of supply voltage DC • 2-wire sensor Yes
Rated value (DC) 24 V - permissible quiescent current 1.5 mA
Reverse polarity protection Yes (2-wire sensor), max.
Digital inputs Isochronous mode
Number of digital inputs 16 Isochronous operation (application Yes
Digital inputs, parameterizable Yes
Filtering and processing time (TCI), 80 µs; At 50 μs filter time
Source/sink input P-reading min.
Input characteristic curve in accor- Yes Bus cycle time (TDP), min. 250 µs
dance with IEC 61131, type 3
Digital input functions, status information
parameterizable
Diagnostics function Yes
• Gate start/stop Yes
Alarms
• Freely usable digital input Yes
• Counter
• Hardware interrupt Yes
- Number, max. 2
Diagnostic messages
- Counting frequency, max. 1 kHz
- Counting width 32 bit
• Wire-break Yes; to I < 350 µA
- Counting direction up/down Up
• Short-circuit No
Input voltage
• Fuse blown No
• RUN LED Yes; Green LED
• for signal "0" -30 to +5V
• ERROR LED Yes; Red LED
• for signal "1" +11 to +30V
• Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; Green LED
Input current (PWR-LED)
• for signal "1", typ. 2.5 mA • Channel status display Yes; Green LED
Input delay (for rated value of input • for channel diagnostics Yes; Red LED
voltage)
• for module diagnostics Yes; Red LED
for standard inputs
- parameterizable Yes; 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.4 / 1.6 / 3.2 / 12.8 /
20 ms
3/34 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital input modules
Article number 6AG2521-1BH00-4AB0 Article number 6AG2521-1BH00-4AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 DI 16x24VDC HF SIPLUS S7-1500 DI 16x24VDC HF
TX RAIL TX RAIL
Potential separation Relative humidity
Potential separation channels • With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
• between the channels and Yes dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. (no commissioning under conden-
backplane bus sation conditions)
Isolation Resistance
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according Coolants and lubricants
to EN 50155 (routine test) - Resistant to commercially Yes
Standards, approvals, certificates available coolants and lubricants
Suitable for safety functions No Use in stationary industrial systems
Railway application - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles fauna); Class 3B3 on request
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
nications systems according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - (severity degree 3); *
according to EN 60721-3-3 3
UNm = 24 V DC Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
conditions - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - fauna); Class 5B3 on request
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
systems - see ambient conditions;
vibrations and shocks: Application - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m according to EN 60721-3-5
away from track) from supply voltage 1L+
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
spray Class ST2 EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and Decentralized operation
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B Prioritized startup Yes
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on Dimensions
request
Width 35 mm
Ambient conditions
Height 147 mm
operation Depth 129 mm
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin Weights
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min Weight, approx. 240 g
(Tx acc. to EN 50155) Other
Altitude during operation relating to Note: For use in railway applications, also
sea level observe the product information
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
max. A5E37661960A
SIPLUS extreme SM 521 RAIL

digital input modules
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
SIPLUS S7-1500 DI 16 x 24 V DC 6AG2521-1BH00-4AB0
HF TX RAIL
16 inputs, 24 V DC, isolated,
configurable diagnostics and
hardware interrupts;
for areas with extreme exposure to
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/35

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital output modules
■ Overview
• 8 and 16-channel digital output modules
use in rail traffic
task
• For subsequent expansion of the system with additional
outputs
Article number 6AG2522-1BH01-4AB0 6AG2522-5HF00-1AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 DQ 16x24VDC HF TX RAIL SIPLUS S7-1500 DQ 8x230VAC ST 5A T1 RAIL
General information
Product type designation DQ 16x24VDC/0.5A HF DQ 8x230 V AC/5 A ST (relay)
Product function
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 Yes; I&M0 to I&M3
Operating mode
• MSO Yes
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage DC DC
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes; through internal protection with 7 A per group
Digital outputs
Type of digital output Transistor Relays
Current-sourcing Yes
Digital outputs, parameterizable Yes Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes; Clocked electronically
Open-circuit detection Yes
Limitation of inductive shutdown L+ (-53 V)
voltage to
Controlling a digital input Yes possible
• with resistive load, max. 0.5 A
• on lamp load, max. 5W 1 500 W; 10 000 operating cycles
• Low energy/fluorescent lamps with 10x 58 W (25 000 operating cycles)
electronic control gear
• Fluorescent tubes, conventionally 1x 58 W (25 000 operating cycles)
compensated
• Fluorescent tubes, uncompensated 10x 58 W (25 000 operating cycles)
Load resistance range
• lower limit 48 Ω
• upper limit 12 kΩ
Output voltage
• Type of output voltage DC
• for signal "1", min. L+ (-0.8 V)
Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 5A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA 0A
• "0" to "1", max. 100 µs
• "1" to "0", max. 100 µs; at rated load
3/36 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
Parallel switching of two outputs
• for logic links Yes Yes
• for uprating Yes No
• for redundant control of a load Yes Yes
Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 2 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz; According to IEC 60947-5-1, DC-13 0.5 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 2 Hz
• Current per channel, max. 0.5 A; see additional description in the manual 8 A; see additional description in the manual
• Current per group, max. 4 A; see additional description in the manual 8 A; see additional description in the manual
• Current per module, max. 8 A; see additional description in the manual 64 A; see additional description in the manual
Relay outputs
3
(DC)
• Current consumption of relays 80 mA
(coil current of all relays), max.
• external protection for relay outputs With miniature circuit breaker with characteristic B for:
cos ϕ 1.0: 600 A
cos ϕ 0.5 ... 0.7: 900 A
with 8 A Diazed fuse: 1000 A
• Contact connection (internal) No
• Size of motor starters according to 5
NEMA, max.
• Number of operating cycles, max. 4 000 000; see additional description in the manual
• Relay approved acc. to UL 508 Yes; 250 V AC/5 A g.p.; 120 V AC TV-4 tungsten; A300,
R300
- with inductive load, max. see additional description in the manual
- with resistive load, max. see additional description in the manual
Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application Yes No
Execution and activation time (TCO), 70 µs
min.
Bus cycle time (TDP), min. 250 µs
status information
Diagnostics function Yes Yes
Substitute values connectable Yes Yes
Alarms
Diagnostic messages
• Wire-break Yes No
• Short-circuit Yes No
• Fuse blown No
• RUN LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
• ERROR LED Yes; Red LED Yes; Red LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
(PWR-LED)
• Channel status display Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
• for channel diagnostics Yes; Red LED No
• for module diagnostics Yes; Red LED Yes; Red LED
Potential separation channels
• between the channels and Yes Yes
backplane bus
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/37

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
Isolation
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according to EN 50155 (routine Between the channels: 2 500 V DC;
test) between the channels and backplane bus: 2 500 V DC;
between L+ and backplane bus 707 V DC (type test) and
according to EN 50155 (routine test)
Suitable for safety functions No No
Suitable for safety-oriented group No
deactivation
Railway application
3 • EN 50125-1
• EN 50125-2
Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient conditions
Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient conditions
Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Tx, horizontal Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class T1, horizontal
Ambient conditions
operation
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min (T1 acc. to EN 50155)
> +60 °C number of simultaneously controllable outputs
max. 8x 0.5 A,
max. total current per group 2 A; +85 °C for 10 minutes
(Tx acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
max.
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost (no commissioning 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost (no commissioning
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. under condensation conditions) under condensation conditions)
Resistance
EN 60721
3/38 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
Decentralized operation
Fast Startup supported Yes; 500 ms
Prioritized startup Yes
Dimensions
Width 35 mm 35 mm
Depth 129 mm 129 mm
Weights
Other
■ Ordering data Article No. 3

SIPLUS extreme SM 522 RAIL
digital output modules
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
SIPLUS S7-1500 6AG2522-1BH01-4AB0
DQ 16x24 V DC HF TX RAIL
16 outputs, 24 V DC; 0.5 A,
isolated;
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
SIPLUS S7-1500 6AG2522-5HF00-1AB0
DQ 8x230VAC ST 5A T1 RAIL
8 relay outputs, 230 V AC; 5 A;
(+70 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/39

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog input modules
■ Overview
• 8-channel analog input modules
use in rail traffic
• Optionally with extremely short conversion times
• For the connection of analog sensors without additional ampli-
fiers
3
Article number 6AG2531-7NF10-4AB0 6AG2531-7KF00-4AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 AI 8xU/I HS TX RAIL SIPLUS S7-1500 AI 8xU/I/RTD/TC TX RAIL
General information
Product type designation AI 8xU/I HS AI 8xU/I/RTD/TC ST
Product function
• Measuring range scalable No No
• Scalable measured values No No
• Adjustment of measuring range No No
Operating mode
• Oversampling Yes No
• MSI Yes Yes
CiR – Configuration in RUN
Reparameterization possible in RUN Yes Yes
Calibration possible in RUN Yes Yes
Supply voltage
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 8; > +60 °C max. 4x ±20 mA or 4x ±10 V permissible 8; > +60 °C max. 2x ±20 mA or 4x ±10 V or 4x RTD permis-
sible
• For current measurement 8 8
• For voltage measurement 8 8
• For resistance/resistance 4
thermometer measurement
• For thermocouple measurement 8
permissible input voltage for voltage 28.8 V 28.8 V
permissible input current for current 40 mA 40 mA
Technical unit for temperature Yes; °C/°F/K
measurement adjustable
voltages
• 0 to +5 V No No
• 0 to +10 V No No
• 1 V to 5 V Yes Yes
• -1 V to +1 V Yes
• -10 V to +10 V Yes Yes
• -2.5 V to +2.5 V No Yes
• -25 mV to +25 mV No No
• -250 mV to +250 mV No Yes
3/40 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
voltages
• -5 V to +5 V Yes Yes
Input ranges (rated values), currents
• 0 to 20 mA Yes Yes
• -20 mA to +20 mA Yes Yes
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes Yes
thermocouples
• Type B No Yes
• Type C No No
• Type E
• Type J
No
No
Yes
Yes
3
• Type K No Yes
• Type L No No
• Type N No Yes
• Type R No Yes
• Type S No Yes
• Type T No Yes
• Type TXK/TXK(L) to GOST No No
resistance thermometer
• Cu 10 No No
• Cu 10 according to GOST No No
• Cu 50 No No
• Cu 100 No No
• Ni 10 No No
• Ni 10 according to GOST No No
• Ni 100 No Yes; Standard/climate
• Ni 1000 No Yes; Standard/climate
• LG-Ni 1000 No Yes; Standard/climate
• Ni 120 No No
• Ni 200 No
• Ni 500 No No
• Pt 10 No No
• Pt 10 according to GOST No No
• Pt 50 No No
• Pt 100 No Yes; Standard/climate
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/41

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
resistors
• 0 to 150 ohms No Yes
• 0 to 3000 ohms No No
• PTC No Yes
Thermocouple (TC)
Temperature compensation
Cable length
• shielded, max. 800 m 800 m; for U/I, 200 m for R/RTD, 50 m for TC
3 inputs
resolution per channel
• Resolution with overrange (bit 16 bit 16 bit
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes
• Integration time (ms) 2,5 / 16,67 / 20 / 100 ms
• Basic conversion time, including 9 / 23 / 27 / 107 ms
integration time (ms)
- additional conversion time for wire- 9 ms (to be considered in R/RTD/TC measurement)
break monitoring
- additional conversion time for 150 ohm, 300 ohm, 600 ohm, Pt100, Pt200, Ni100: 2 ms,
resistance measurement 6000 ohm, Pt500, Pt1000, Ni1000, LG-Ni1000, PTC: 4 ms
• Interference voltage suppression for 400 / 60 / 50 / 10 Hz
interference frequency f1 in Hz
• Basic execution time of the module 62.5 µs; independent of number of activated channels
(all channels released)
Smoothing of measured values
• parameterizable Yes Yes
Encoder
Connection of signal encoders
• for voltage measurement Yes Yes
• for current measurement as 2-wire Yes Yes
transducer
- Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 820 Ω 820 Ω
• for current measurement as 4-wire Yes Yes
transducer
• for resistance measurement with No Yes; Only for PTC
two-wire connection
• for resistance measurement with No Yes; All measuring ranges except PTC;
three-wire connection internal compensation of the cable resistances
• for resistance measurement with No Yes; All measuring ranges except PTC
four-wire connection
Errors/accuracies
Basic error limit
(operational limit at 25 °C)
• Voltage, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.2 % 0.1 %
• Current, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.2 % 0.1 %
• Resistance, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.1 %
• Resistance thermometer, relative to Ptxxx standard: ±0.7 K,
input range, (+/-) Ptxxx climate: ±0.2 K,
Nixxx standard: ±0.3 K,
Nixxx climate: ±0.15 K
• Thermocouple, relative to input Type B: > 600 °C ±1.7 K,
range, (+/-) type E: > -200 °C ±0.7 K,
type J: > -210 °C ±0.8 K,
type K: > -200 °C ±1.2 K,
type N: > -200 °C ±1.2 K,
type R: > 0 °C ±1.9 K,
type S: > 0 °C ±1.9 K,
type T: > -200 °C ±0.8 K
3/42 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
f = n x (f1 +/- 1 %),
f1 = interference frequency
• Series mode interference 40 dB
(peak value of interference <
rated value of input range), min.
• Common mode voltage, max. 10 V 10 V
• Common mode interference, min. 50 dB at 400 Hz; 60 dB at 60 / 50 / 10 Hz 60 dB
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application Yes No
Filtering and processing time (TCI), 80 µs
min.
3
status information
Alarms
• Limit value alarm Yes; two upper and two lower limit values in each case Yes; two upper and two lower limit values in each case
Diagnostic messages
• Wire-break Yes; only for 1 ... 5 V and 4 ... 20 mA Yes; Only for 1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA, TC, R, and RTD
• Overflow/underflow Yes Yes
• Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
(PWR-LED)
• for channel diagnostics Yes; Red LED Yes; Red LED
• for module diagnostics Yes; Red LED Yes; Red LED
• between the channels and Yes Yes
backplane bus
Isolation
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according to EN 50155 707 V DC (type test) and according to EN 50155
(routine test) (routine test)
Railway application
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Tx, horizontal Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Tx, horizontal
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; For proof of conformity, see Service & Support Yes; For proof of conformity, see Service & Support
Ambient conditions
operation
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155) 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/43

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
sea level
max.
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; incl. condensation / frost permitted 100 %; incl. condensation / frost permitted
Resistance
3 according to EN 60721-3-3
- to chemically active substances
exception of fauna); Class 3B3 on request
exception of fauna); Class 3B3 on request
EN 60721
Prioritized startup Yes No
Dimensions
Width 35 mm 35 mm
Depth 129 mm 129 mm
Weights
Other
SIPLUS extreme SM 531 RAIL SIPLUS S7-1500 AI 8xU/I/RTD/TC

analog input modules T1 RAIL
Approved in accordance with the 8 analog inputs
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN ±10 V, ±5 V, ±2.5 V, ±1 V, ±500 mV,
50125 and EN 45545 railway stan- ±250 mV, ±80 mV, ±50 mV, 1 ... 5 V,
dards for use in rail traffic 0/4 ... 20 mA, ±20 mA,
thermocouples type B, E, J, K, N, R,
SIPLUS S7-1500 AI 8xU/I HS T1 S, T, resistance thermometers
RAIL Ni 100, Ni 1000, LG-Ni 1000,
8 analog inputs, ±10 V, ±5 V, Pt 100, Pt 1000, Pt 250, Pt 500,
1 ... 5 V or 0/4 ... 20 mA, ±20 mA, resistors 0...150/300/600/
16-bit + sign; incl. infeed element, 6000 ohms,
shield clamp, shield terminal, label- 16-bit;
ing strips, U connector, printed front for areas with extreme exposure to
door; environmental substances
for areas with extreme exposure to (conformal coating);
environmental substances ambient temperature -25 ... +55 °C
(conformal coating) (+70 °C for 10 min.)
Ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C 6AG2531-7NF10-4AB0 Ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C 6AG2531-7KF00-4AB0
(+85 °C for 10 min.) (+85 °C for 10 min.)
3/44 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog output modules
■ Overview
• 4-channel analog output module
use in rail traffic
• Optionally with extremely short conversion times
• For connecting analog actuators without additional amplifiers
3
Article number 6AG2532-5HD00-4AB0 Article number 6AG2532-5HD00-4AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 AQ 4xU/I ST TX SIPLUS S7-1500 AQ 4xU/I ST TX
RAIL RAIL
General information Load impedance (in rated range of
Product type designation AQ 4xU/I ST output)
Product function • with voltage outputs, min. 1 kΩ; 0.5 kOhm at 1 to 5 V
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 • with voltage outputs, capacitive 1 µF
load, max.
• Output range scalable No
• with current outputs, max. 750 Ω
Operating mode
• with current outputs, inductive load, 10 mH
• Oversampling No max.
• MSO Yes Cable length
CiR – Configuration in RUN • shielded, max. 800 m; for current, 200 m for voltage
Reparameterization possible in RUN Yes Analog value generation for the
Calibration possible in RUN Yes outputs
Supply voltage Integration and conversion time/
Type of supply voltage DC
• Resolution with overrange 16 bit
Rated value (DC) 24 V (bit including sign), max.
Reverse polarity protection Yes • Conversion time (per channel) 0.5 ms
Analog outputs Settling time
Number of analog outputs 4; > +60 °C max. 4x ±10 V permis- • for resistive load 1.5 ms
sible
• for capacitive load 2.5 ms
Cycle time (all channels), min. 3.2 ms; independent of number of
activated channels • for inductive load 2.5 ms
Output ranges, voltage Errors/accuracies
• 0 to 10 V Yes Basic error limit
• 1 V to 5 V Yes
• -5 V to +5 V No
• -10 V to +10 V Yes
Isochronous mode
Output ranges, current
Isochronous operation (application No
• 0 to 20 mA Yes synchronized up to terminal)
• -20 mA to +20 mA Yes Interrupts/diagnostics/
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes status information
Connection of actuators Diagnostics function Yes
• for voltage output two-wire Yes Substitute values connectable Yes
connection Alarms
• for voltage output four-wire Yes • Diagnostic alarm Yes
connection
Diagnostic messages
• for current output two-wire Yes
connection • Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
• Wire-break Yes; Only for output type "current"
• Short-circuit Yes; Only for output type "voltage"
• Overflow/underflow Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/45

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog output modules
Article number 6AG2532-5HD00-4AB0 Article number 6AG2532-5HD00-4AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 AQ 4xU/I ST TX SIPLUS S7-1500 AQ 4xU/I ST TX
RAIL RAIL
Diagnostics indication LED Altitude during operation relating to
• RUN LED Yes; Green LED sea level
• ERROR LED Yes; Red LED • Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
max.
• Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; Green LED
(PWR-LED) • Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
• Channel status display Yes; Green LED
Relative humidity
• for channel diagnostics Yes; Red LED
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; incl. condensation / frost
• for module diagnostics Yes; Red LED dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. permitted (no commissioning under
Potential separation condensation conditions)
Potential separation channels Resistance
• between the channels and Yes Coolants and lubricants
backplane bus - Resistant to commercially Yes
Isolation available coolants and lubricants
3
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according Use in stationary industrial systems
to EN 50155 (routine test) - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
Standards, approvals, certificates according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of
Railway application
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- (severity degree 3); *
nications systems - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - according to EN 60721-3-3
overvoltage category OV2; Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
pollution degree PD2; special-purpose vehicles
UNm = 24 V DC - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient fauna); Class 5B3 on request
conditions
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications according to EN 60721-3-5
vibrations and shocks: Application from supply voltage 1L+
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
away from track) environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt Decentralized operation
spray Class ST2
Prioritized startup No
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B Dimensions
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; For proof of conformity, see Width 35 mm
Service & Support Height 147 mm
Ambient conditions Depth 129 mm
Ambient temperature during Weights
operation Weight, approx. 310 g
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin Other
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min Note: For use in railway applications, also
(Tx acc. to EN 50155) observe the product information
article 109736776
SIPLUS extreme RAIL SM 532 SIPLUS S7-1500 AQ 4xU/I ST TX

analog output modules RAIL
Approved in accordance with the 4 analog outputs, ±10 V, 1 ... 5 V, 6AG2532-5HD00-4AB0
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, 0 ... 10 V or ±20 mA, 0/4 ... 20 mA,
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway 16-bit;
standards for use in rail traffic for areas with extreme exposure to
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
3/46 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS CM PtP
■ Overview
• Module for serial communication connections
• Approved in accordance with EN 50155, EN 15121,
in rail traffic
• Physical transmission media:
- RS 232C, max. 115.2 Kbps
• Protocols supported
- Freeport: User-parameterizable frame format for universal
communication
- 3964(R) for improved transmission reliability
- Modbus RTU Master
- Modbus RTU Slave
- USS, implemented through instructions
3
Article number 6AG2541-1AD00-4AB0 Article number 6AG2541-1AD00-4AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 CM PtP RS232 HF SIPLUS S7-1500 CM PtP RS232 HF
TX RAIL TX RAIL
General information Telegram buffer
Product type designation CM PtP RS232 HF • Buffer memory for telegrams 8 kbyte
Product function • Number of telegrams which can be 255
• I&M data Yes; I&M 0 buffered
Installation type/mounting Interrupts/diagnostics/
status information
Rail mounting Yes; S7-1500 mounting rail
Diagnostics function Yes
Supply voltage
Alarms
Type of supply voltage system power supply
Input current
• Hardware interrupt No
Current consumption (rated value) 35 mA; From the backplane bus
Diagnostic messages
Power
• Wire-break Yes
Power available from the backplane 0.65 W
bus Diagnostics indication LED
Power loss • RUN LED Yes; Green LED
Power loss, typ. 0.6 W • ERROR LED Yes; Red LED
Interface types • Receive RxD Yes; yellow LED
RS 232 • Transmit TxD Yes; yellow LED
• Transmission rate, max. 115.2 kbit/s Potential separation
• Cable length, max. 15 m between backplane bus and interface Yes
• RS 232 auxiliary signals RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, RI, DCD Isolation
Protocols Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according
Integrated protocols
Freeport
Railway application
- Telegram length, max. 4 kbyte
- Bits per character 7 or 8
- Number of stop bits 1 or 2 bit nications systems
- Parity None, even, odd, always 1, always 0, • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
any overvoltage category OV2;
3964 (R) pollution degree PD2;
- Telegram length, max. 4 kbyte UNm = 24 V DC
- Bits per character 7 or 8 • EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient
- Number of stop bits 1 or 2 bit conditions
- Parity None, even, odd, always 1, always 0, • EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
any see ambient conditions
Modbus RTU master • EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
- Address area 1 to 247, extended 1 to 65535
- Number of slaves, max. 1 point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m
MODBUS RTU slave away from track)
- Address area 1 to 247, extended 1 to 65535
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/47

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS S7-1500 RAIL
SIPLUS CM PtP
Article number 6AG2541-1AD00-4AB0 Article number 6AG2541-1AD00-4AB0
SIPLUS S7-1500 CM PtP RS232 HF SIPLUS S7-1500 CM PtP RS232 HF
TX RAIL TX RAIL
Railway application Decentralized operation
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class to SIMATIC S7-300 Yes
Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt to SIMATIC S7-400 Yes
spray Class ST2
to SIMATIC S7-1500 Yes
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B to standard PROFINET controller Yes
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on Fast Startup supported Yes
request Dimensions
Ambient conditions Width 35 mm
Ambient temperature during Height 147 mm
operation
Depth 127 mm
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin
Weights
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min
(Tx acc. to EN 50155) Weight, approx. 0.22 kg
Other
3
sea level Note: For use in railway applications, also
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m observe the product information
max. "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
• Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa article 109736776
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost ■ Ordering data Article No.
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. (no commissioning under conden-
sation conditions) SIPLUS S7-1500CM PtP RS 232 6AG2541-1AD00-4AB0
Resistance HF T1 RAIL communications
module
- Resistant to commercially Yes Approved in accordance with
available coolants and lubricants EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
Use in stationary industrial systems standards for use in rail traffic
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry High Feature communications
according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of module with 1 RS 232 interface,
fauna); Class 3B3 on request and Freeport, 3964(R), USS and
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt Modbus RTU protocols,
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 9-pin D-sub connector,
(severity degree 3); * max. 115.2 Kbps;
Use on land craft, rail vehicles and ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
special-purpose vehicles (+85 °C for 10 min.)
3/48 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL fail-safe CPUs
SIPLUS CPU 1510SP F-1 PN T1 RAIL
■ Overview
• SIPLUS ET 200SP CPU 1510SP F-1 PN T1 RAIL for
SIPLUS extreme RAIL ET 200SP based on S7-1500
CPU 1511F-1 PN
in rail traffic
• For high-performance control solutions using ET 200SP
• Increase in availability of systems and machines
• Supports PROFIsafe in centralized and distributed configura-
tions
• PROFINET IO controller for up to 64 IO devices
PROFINET device with a SIMATIC or third-party PROFINET IO
controller
• PROFINET shared I-device for 4 controllers
• PROFINET IO IRT interface with integrated 3-port switch
3
• Isochronous mode on PROFINET
• With multiple communication options:
PG/OP communication, PROFINET IO, open IE communi-
cation (TCP, ISO-on-TCP and UDP), web server and
S7 communication (with loadable FBs)
• Configuration control (option handling)
• Integrated motion control functions for controlling speed-
controlled and positioning axes, support for external encoders
Article number 6AG2510-1SJ01-1AB0 Article number 6AG2510-1SJ01-1AB0
SIPLUS ET 200SP CPU 1510 F-1 PN SIPLUS ET 200SP CPU 1510 F-1 PN
RAIL RAIL
General information Address area
Product type designation CPU 1510SP F-1 PN I/O address area
Supply voltage • Inputs 32 kbyte; All inputs are in the
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC process image
Memory • Outputs 32 kbyte; All outputs are in the
process image
Work memory
Address space per module
• integrated (for program) 150 kbyte
• Address space per module, max. 32 byte; For input and output data
• integrated (for data) 750 kbyte respectively
Load memory Address space per station
• Plug-in (SIMATIC Memory Card), 32 Gbyte • Address space per station, max. 1 280 byte; for central inputs and
max. outputs; depending on configuration
CPU processing times Time of day
for bit operations, typ. 72 ns Clock
for word operations, typ. 86 ns • Type Hardware clock
for fixed point arithmetic, typ. 115 ns 1. Interface
for floating point arithmetic, typ. 461 ns Interface types
Counters, timers and their • Number of ports 3
retentivity
• integrated switch Yes
S7 counter
• RJ 45 (Ethernet) 1. integr. +
• Number 2 048 2. via BusAdapter BA 2x RJ45
IEC counter Functionality
• Number Any (only limited by the main • PROFINET IO Controller Yes
memory)
S7 times
• Number 2 048
• Open IE communication Yes
IEC timer
• Web server Yes
• Number Any (only limited by the main
memory) • Media redundancy Yes
Data areas and their retentivity 2. Interface
Flag Interface types
• Number, max. 16 kbyte • Number of ports 1
• RS 485 Yes; Via CM DP module
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/49

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2510-1SJ01-1AB0 Article number 6AG2510-1SJ01-1AB0
RAIL RAIL
Functionality Standards, approvals, certificates
• PROFIBUS DP master Yes Railway application
• PROFIBUS DP slave Yes • EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
• SIMATIC communication Yes • EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu-
Protocols nications systems
Number of connections • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
• Number of connections, max. 64 pollution degree PD2;
PROFINET IO Controller rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC
Services
- Number of connectable IO 64; In total, up to 189 distributed I/O conditions
Devices, max. devices can be connected via
PROFIBUS or PROFINET • EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
3
- Number of connectable IO 64 systems - see ambient conditions;
Devices for RT, max. vibrations and shocks: Application
PROFIBUS DP master point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m
away from track)
Services
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class
- Number of DP slaves 125
Isochronous mode spray Class ST2
Isochronous operation (application Yes; For PROFINET only • EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
synchronized up to terminal) shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
Supported technology objects • Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on
Motion Control Yes request
• Speed-controlled axis Highest safety class achievable in
safety mode
- Number of speed-controlled axes, 6; Max. number of speed-controlled
max. axes (requirement: there must be no • SIL in accordance with EN 50126, SIL 2; a higher safety integrity level is
other motion technology objects 50128, 50129 possible if tested and approved for
created) the specific application under
consideration of all local regulations.
Probability of failure
- Number of positioning axes, max. 6; Max. number of positioning axes (for service life of 20 years and
(requirement: there must be no other repair time of 100 hours)
motion technology objects created)
- Low demand mode: PFDavg in < 2.00E-05
• Synchronized axes (relative gear accordance with SIL3
synchronization)
- High demand/continuous mode: < 1.00E-09 1/h
- Number of axes, max. 3; Max. number of synchronous axes PFH in accordance with SIL3
(requirement: there must be no other
motion technology objects created) Ambient conditions
• External encoders Ambient temperature during
operation
- Number of external encoders, 6; Max. number of external encoders
max. (requirement: there must be no other • horizontal installation, min. -25 °C; = Tmin
motion technology objects created) • horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min
Controller (T1 acc. to EN 50155)
• PID_Compact Yes; Universal PID controller with Altitude during operation relating to
integrated optimization sea level
• PID_3Step Yes; PID controller with integrated • Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
optimization for valves max.
• PID-Temp Yes; PID controller with integrated • Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
optimization for temperature barometric pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Counting and measuring Relative humidity
• High-speed counter Yes • With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
Isolation max. sation conditions)
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according Resistance
3/50 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018


Article number 6AG2510-1SJ01-1AB0 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2510-1SJ01-1AB0
SIPLUS ET 200SP CPU 1510 F-1 PN CPU 1510SP F-1 PN T1 RAIL
RAIL
(extended temperature range and
Use in stationary industrial systems exposure to environmental sub-
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry stances)
according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of Work memory 150 KB for program,
fauna); Class 3B3 on request 750 KB for data,
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt PROFINET IO IRT interface;
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 SIMATIC Memory Card required;
(severity degree 3); * for areas with extreme exposure to
Use on land craft, rail vehicles and (+70 °C for 10 min.)
Accessories
according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of SIPLUS extreme RAIL
3
fauna); Class 5B3 on request BusAdapter
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6AR00-4AA0
according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); * BA 2XRJ45 TX RAIL
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; * For PROFINET interface modules in
according to EN 60721-3-5 Standard function class or above;
from supply voltage 1L+ max. cable length 50 m;
Configuration (+85 °C for 10 min.)
Programming SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6AF00-4AA0
Programming language BA 2XFC TX RAIL
- LAD Yes; incl. failsafe For PROFINET interface modules in
- FBD Yes; incl. failsafe Standard function class or above;
for increased vibration and EMC
- STL Yes load rating; max. cable length 50 m;
- SCL Yes for areas with extreme exposure to
- GRAPH Yes (conformal coating);
Know-how protection ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
• User program protection/password Yes (+85 °C for 10 min.)
protection
• Copy protection Yes
• Block protection Yes
Access protection
• Protection level: Write protection Yes
• Protection level: Read/write Yes
protection
• Protection level: Complete Yes
protection
Dimensions
Width 100 mm
Height 117 mm
Depth 75 mm
Weights
Other
A5E37661960A
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/51

© Siemens AG 2018

■ Overview
• SIPLUS ET 200SP CPU 1512SP F-1 PN T1 RAIL for SIPLUS
extreme RAIL ET 200SP based on S7-1500 CPU 1513F-1 PN
in rail traffic
• For applications with average requirements regarding the
program scope and processing speed, for distributed setup
via PROFINET IO or PROFIBUS DP
• Increase in availability of systems and machines
• Supports PROFIsafe in centralized and distributed configura-
tions
• PROFINET IO controller for up to 128 IO devices
PROFINET device with a SIMATIC or third-party PROFINET IO
3 controller
• PROFINET shared I-device for 4 controllers
• PROFINET IO IRT interface with integrated 3-port switch
• Isochronous mode on PROFINET
• With multiple communication options:
PG/OP communication, PROFINET IO, open IE communi-
cation (TCP, ISO-on-TCP and UDP), web server and
S7 communication (with loadable FBs)
• Configuration control (option handling)
• Integrated motion control functions for controlling speed-
controlled and positioning axes, support for external encoders
Article number 6AG2512-1SK01-1AB0 Article number 6AG2512-1SK01-1AB0
RAIL RAIL
General information Address area
Product type designation CPU 1512SP F-1 PN I/O address area
Supply voltage • Inputs 32 kbyte; All inputs are in the
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC process image
Memory • Outputs 32 kbyte; All outputs are in the
process image
Work memory
Address space per module
• integrated (for program) 300 kbyte
• Address space per module, max. 32 byte; For input and output data
• integrated (for data) 1 Mbyte respectively
Load memory Address space per station
• Plug-in (SIMATIC Memory Card), 32 Gbyte • Address space per station, max. 1 280 byte; for central inputs and
max. outputs; depending on configuration
CPU processing times Time of day
for bit operations, typ. 48 ns Clock
for word operations, typ. 58 ns • Type Hardware clock
for fixed point arithmetic, typ. 77 ns 1. Interface
for floating point arithmetic, typ. 307 ns Interface types
Counters, timers and their • Number of ports 3; 1. integr. + 2. via BusAdapter
retentivity
• integrated switch Yes
S7 counter
• RJ 45 (Ethernet) Yes; X1
• Number 2 048
• BusAdapter (PROFINET) Yes; Applicable BusAdapter: BA 2x
IEC counter RJ45, BA 2x FC
• Number Any (only limited by the main Functionality
memory)
• PROFINET IO Controller Yes
S7 times
• Number 2 048
IEC timer
• Open IE communication Yes
• Number Any (only limited by the main
memory) • Web server Yes
Data areas and their retentivity • Media redundancy Yes
Flag
• Number, max. 16 kbyte
3/52 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2512-1SK01-1AB0 Article number 6AG2512-1SK01-1AB0
RAIL RAIL
2. Interface Standards, approvals, certificates
Interface types Railway application
• Number of ports 1 • EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
• RS 485 Yes; Via CM DP module • EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu-
Functionality nications systems
• PROFIBUS DP master Yes • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
• PROFIBUS DP slave Yes pollution degree PD2;
• SIMATIC communication Yes rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC
Protocols
Number of connections conditions
• Number of connections, max. 88 • EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
PROFINET IO Controller see ambient conditions
Services • EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
- Number of connectable IO
Devices, max.
128; In total, up to 253 distributed I/O
devices can be connected via
3
away from track)
- Number of connectable IO 128 T1, horizontal mounting position, salt
Devices for RT, max. spray Class ST2
PROFIBUS DP master • EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
Services shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
- Number of DP slaves 125 • Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on
request
Isochronous mode
Highest safety class achievable in
Isochronous operation (application Yes; Only with PROFINET; with safety mode
synchronized up to terminal) minimum OB 6x cycle of 625 µs
• SIL in accordance with EN 50126, SIL 2; a higher safety integrity level is
Supported technology objects 50128, 50129 possible if tested and approved for
Motion Control Yes the specific application under
consideration of all local regulations.
• Speed-controlled axis
Probability of failure
- Number of speed-controlled axes, 6; Max. number of speed-controlled (for service life of 20 years and
max. axes (requirement: there must be no repair time of 100 hours)
other motion technology objects
created) - Low demand mode: PFDavg in < 2.00E-05
accordance with SIL3
- High demand/continuous mode: < 1.00E-09 1/h
- Number of positioning axes, max. 6; Max. number of positioning axes PFH in accordance with SIL3
(requirement: there must be no other
motion technology objects created) Ambient conditions
• Synchronized axes (relative gear Ambient temperature during
synchronization) operation
- Number of axes, max. 3; Max. number of synchronous axes • horizontal installation, min. -25 °C; = Tmin
(requirement: there must be no other • horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min
motion technology objects created) (T1 acc. to EN 50155)
• External encoders Altitude during operation relating to
- Number of external encoders, 6; Max. number of external encoders sea level
max. (requirement: there must be no other • Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
motion technology objects created) max.
Controller • Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
• PID_Compact Yes; Universal PID controller with barometric pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
integrated optimization Relative humidity
• PID_3Step Yes; PID controller with integrated • With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
optimization for valves accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden-
• PID-Temp Yes; PID controller with integrated max. sation conditions)
optimization for temperature Resistance
Counting and measuring Coolants and lubricants
• High-speed counter Yes - Resistant to commercially Yes
Isolation available coolants and lubricants
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/53

© Siemens AG 2018


Article number 6AG2512-1SK01-1AB0 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2512-1SK01-1AB0
SIPLUS ET 200SP CPU 1512 F-1 PN CPU 1512SP F-1 PN T1 RAIL
RAIL
Use in stationary industrial systems railway standards EN 50155,
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125
according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of and EN 45545 for use in rail traffic
fauna); Class 3B3 on request Work memory 300 KB for program,
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt 1 MB for data,
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 PROFINET IO IRT interface;
(severity degree 3); * SIMATIC Memory Card required;
Use on land craft, rail vehicles and ambient temperature -25 ... +60 °C
special-purpose vehicles (+70 °C for 10 min.)
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry Accessories
3
fauna); Class 5B3 on request SIPLUS extreme RAIL
BusAdapter
according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); * SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6AR00-4AA0
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; * BA 2XRJ45 TX RAIL
according to EN 60721-3-5 For PROFINET interface modules in
from supply voltage 1L+ Standard function class or above;
max. cable length 50 m;
Configuration ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
Programming (+85 °C for 10 min.)
Programming language SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6AF00-4AA0
BA 2XFC TX RAIL
- LAD Yes; incl. failsafe
- FBD Yes; incl. failsafe For PROFINET interface modules in
Standard function class or above;
- STL Yes for increased vibration and EMC
- SCL Yes load rating; max. cable length 50 m;
- GRAPH Yes environmental substances
Know-how protection (conformal coating);
• User program protection/password Yes ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
protection (+85 °C for 10 min.)
• Copy protection Yes
• Block protection Yes
Access protection
• Protection level: Write protection Yes
• Protection level: Read/write Yes
protection
• Protection level: Complete Yes
protection
Dimensions
Width 100 mm
Height 117 mm
Depth 75 mm
Weights
Other
A5E37661960A
3/54 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL interface modules
■ Overview
When using PROFINET interface modules, the following basic
functions are also included:
• Media redundancy (MRP) integrated 2-port switch
• Freely selectable connection method via SIMATIC
BusAdapter
• Reset button for simple return to factory settings without the
need for programming device
• Replacement without programming device even in case of
non-topological configuration with subsequent automatic
launching
• Automatic synchronization of the backplane bus to the
PROFINET cycle to minimize the response time fluctuations
(jitter)
SIPLUS ET 200SP IM 155-6PN ST (BA) TX RAIL with
PROFINET interface
• Max. 32 I/O modules, also PROFIsafe modules, with complete
3
diagnostic support
Thanks to their wide scope of functions, the interface modules of • Expansion option with max. 16 modules from the ET 200AL
the scalable SIPLUS extreme RAIL ET 200SP I/O system, even series using the BU-Send BaseUnit and the BA-Send
in their basic versions, cover a wide range of applications. The BusAdapter
basic functions of the interface modules include: • Max. 256 bytes in each case for input and output data per
• Approved in accordance with the railway standards module and max. 512 bytes per station
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for (depending on configuration)
use in rail traffic • Data update time: typ. 1 ms
• Short data update times of typically 1 ms • Choice of connection type of the PROFINET by means of
• Single Hot Swap (withdrawing and insertion of an I/O module SIMATIC BusAdapter (BusAdapter for copper cables only)
during operation without impairing the communication with the • Two types of delivery:
remaining modules) - As package with SIPLUS ET 200SP IM 155-6PN ST BA TX
• Operation with gaps (empty BaseUnits) RAIL, with pre-assembled BA 2xRJ45 BusAdapter, including
• Complete diagnostic support, extending to channel-by- server module
channel diagnostics - As package with SIPLUS ET 200SP IM 155-6PN ST TX RAIL,
without BusAdapter, including server module
• Configuration control / option handling (adaptation of the
actual configuration via user software) SIPLUS ET 200SP IM 155-6PN HF T1 RAIL with
• Device replacement without PG I&M data 0 to 3 (electronic PROFINET interface
rating plate with non-volatile storage of plant data) • Max. 64 I/O modules, also PROFIsafe modules, with complete
• Firmware update diagnostic support
• Pluggable 24 V DC supply connection • Expansion option with max. 16 modules from the ET 200AL
series using the BU-Send BaseUnit and the BA-Send
• Network / power failure bridging time of 5 ms BusAdapter
• Labeling option via optional labeling strips and equipment • Max. 288 bytes in each case for input and output data per
labeling plates module and max. 1440 bytes per station (depending on
configuration)
• Fast data refresh time: isochronous mode from 250 µs
• S2 system redundancy
• Choice of connection type and physical connection of the
PROFINET by means of SIMATIC BusAdapter. All
BusAdapters with a connection for copper and/or fiber-optic
cables can be used; BusAdapter must be ordered separately
• Package inclusive of server module
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/55

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2155-6AA01-4BN0 6AG2155-6AU01-4BN0 6AG2155-6AU00-1CN0
SIPLUS ET 200SP IM155-6PN ST BA SIPLUS ET 200SP IM155-6PN ST TX SIPLUS ET 200SP IM155-6PN HF T1
TX RAIL RAIL RAIL
General information
Product type designation IM 155-6 PN ST IM 155-6 PN ST IM 155-6 PN HF
Product function
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 Yes; I&M0 to I&M4
• Module swapping during operation Yes; Single hot swapping Yes; Single hot swapping
(hot swapping)
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes
3 Mains buffering
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy 10 ms 10 ms 5 ms
time
Power loss
Power loss, typ. 1.9 W 1.9 W 2.4 W
Hardware configuration
Rack
• Modules per rack, max. 32; + 16 ET 200AL modules 32; + 16 ET 200AL modules 64; + 16 ET 200AL modules
Submodules
• Number of submodules per station, 256 256 256
max.
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1; 2 ports (switch) 1; 2 ports (switch) 1; 2 ports (switch)
1. Interface
Interface types
• Number of ports 2 2 2
• integrated switch Yes Yes Yes
• RJ 45 (Ethernet) Yes;
Pre-assembled BusAdapter BA 2x RJ45
• BusAdapter (PROFINET) Yes; Yes; Yes;
Applicable BusAdapter: BA 2x RJ45, Applicable BusAdapter: BA 2x RJ45, Compatible BusAdapter:
BA 2x FC BA 2x FC BA 2x RJ45, BA 2x FC,
BA 2x SCRJ (from FS03, V2.2),
BA SCRJ / RJ45 (from FS03, V3.1),
BA SCRJ / FC (from FS03, V3.1),
BA 2x LC (from FS03, V3.3),
BA LC / RJ45 (from FS03, V3.3),
BA LC / FC (from FS03, V3.3)
Functionality
• PROFINET IO Device Yes Yes Yes
• Open IE communication Yes Yes Yes
• Media redundancy Yes; PROFINET MRP Yes; PROFINET MRP Yes; PROFINET MRP
Interface types
RJ 45 (Ethernet)
• Transmission procedure PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex
(100BASE-TX) (100BASE-TX) (100BASE-TX)
• 10 Mbps Yes; for Ethernet services Yes; for Ethernet services No
• 100 Mbps Yes; PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full Yes; PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full Yes; PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full
duplex (100BASE-TX) duplex (100BASE-TX) duplex (100BASE-TX)
• Autonegotiation Yes Yes Yes
• Autocrossing Yes Yes Yes
3/56 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

TX RAIL RAIL RAIL
PROFINET IO Device
Services
- Isochronous mode No No Yes; Bus cycle time: min. 250 µs
- Open IE communication Yes Yes Yes
- IRT Yes; Yes; Yes;
with send cycles of between 250 µs with send cycles of between 250 µs 250 μs, 500 μs, 1 ms, 2 ms, 4 ms
and 4 ms in increments of 125 µs and 4 ms in increments of 125 µs additionally with IRT with high perfor-
mance: 250 µs to 4 ms in 125 µs frame
- PROFIenergy Yes Yes Yes
- Prioritized startup Yes Yes Yes
- Shared device Yes Yes Yes
- Number of IO Controllers with 2 2 4
shared device, max.
Redundancy mode
- MRP
- MRPD
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
3
- PROFINET system redundancy No No Yes; NAP S2
(S2)
Open IE communication
• TCP/IP Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application No No Yes
Equidistance Yes
shortest clock pulse 250 µs
max. cycle 4 ms
status information
Status indicator Yes Yes Yes
Alarms Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes Yes
• RUN LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
• ERROR LED Yes; Red LED Yes; Red LED Yes; Red LED
• MAINT LED Yes; yellow LED Yes; yellow LED Yes; yellow LED
• Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; green PWR LED Yes; green PWR LED Yes; green PWR LED
(PWR-LED)
• Connection display LINK TX/RX Yes; 2x green link LEDs on BusAdapter
• Connection to network LINK (green) Yes; 2x green link LEDs on BusAdapter Yes; 2x green link LEDs on BusAdapter
Isolation
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according to 707 V DC (type test) and according to 707 V DC (type test) and according to
EN 50155 (routine test) EN 50155 (routine test) EN 50155 (routine test)
Network loading class 2 2 3
Security level According to Security Level 1 According to Security Level 1 According to Security Level 1
Test Cases V1.1.1 Test Cases V1.1.1 Test Cases V1.1.1
Railway application
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommuni- Yes; EMC for signal and telecommuni- Yes; EMC for signal and telecommuni-
cations systems cations systems cations systems
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - overvoltage Yes; Railway applications - overvoltage Yes; Railway applications - overvoltage
category OV2; category OV2; category OV2;
pollution degree PD2; pollution degree PD2; pollution degree PD2;
rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV; rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV; rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC UNm = 24 V DC UNm = 24 V DC
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient condi- Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient condi- Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient condi-
tions tions tions
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
see ambient conditions see ambient conditions see ambient conditions
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/57

© Siemens AG 2018

TX RAIL RAIL RAIL
Railway application
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications Yes; Signal and telecommunications Yes; Signal and telecommunications
systems - see ambient conditions; systems - see ambient conditions; systems - see ambient conditions;
vibrations and shocks: Application vibrations and shocks: Application vibrations and shocks: Application
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m
away from track) away from track) away from track)
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class
Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt
spray Class ST2 spray Class ST2 spray Class ST2
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B shocks: Category 1 Class A/B shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on
request request request
Ambient conditions
3
operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min
(Tx acc. to EN 50155) (Tx acc. to EN 50155) (T1 acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m 2 000 m 2 000 m
max.
• Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
barometric pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden- (no commissioning under conden- (no commissioning under conden-
max. sation conditions) sation conditions) sation conditions)
Resistance
- Resistant to commercially Yes Yes Yes
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of rot spores (with the exception of rot spores (with the exception of
fauna); Class 3B3 on request fauna); Class 3B3 on request fauna); Class 3B3 on request
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 (severity spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 (severity spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 (severity
degree 3); * degree 3); * degree 3); *
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, * Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, * Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); * spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); * spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; * Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; * Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
- Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must * The supplied plug covers must * The supplied plug covers must
environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused remain in place over the unused remain in place over the unused
EN 60721 interfaces during operation! interfaces during operation! interfaces during operation!
Conformal coating
• Coatings for printed circuit board Yes Yes
assemblies acc. to EN 61086
• Protection against fouling acc. to Yes Yes
EN 60664-3
• Electronic equipment on rolling Yes Yes
stock acc. to EN 50155
• Acceptance criteria for electronic Yes Yes
modules In accordance with IPC-A-
610
• Qualification and Performance of Yes Yes
Electrical Insulating Compound for
Printed Board Assemblies
according to IPC-CC-830A
3/58 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

TX RAIL RAIL RAIL
Dimensions
Width 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm
Height 117 mm 117 mm 117 mm
Depth 74 mm 74 mm 74 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 190 g; IM 155-6 PN BA with 2x RJ45 147 g; without BusAdapter 147 g; without BusAdapter
ports and server module
Other
Note: For use in railway applications, also For use in railway applications, also For use in railway applications, also
observe the product information observe the product information observe the product information
"SIPLUS extreme RAIL" A5E37661960A "SIPLUS extreme RAIL" A5E37661960A "SIPLUS extreme RAIL" A5E37661960A
Online Support article 109736776 Online Support article 109736776 Online Support article 109736776
■ Ordering data
3
SIPLUS extreme RAIL Accessories

SIPLUS IM155-6PN Standard
PROFINET interface module SIPLUS extreme RAIL
BusAdapter
with server module
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6AR00-4AA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP BA 2XRJ45 TX RAIL
IM155-6PN ST BA TX RAIL
For PROFINET interface modules in
• With server module and installed 6AG2155-6AA01-4BN0 Standard function class or above;
SIMATIC BusAdapter BA 2xRJ45; max. cable length 50 m;
for areas with extreme exposure to for areas with extreme exposure to
environmental substances environmental substances
ambient temperature ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
-40 ... +70 °C (+85 °C for 10 min.); (+85 °C for 10 min.)
extended power failure backup
time SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6AF00-4AA0
BA 2XFC TX RAIL
SIPLUS ET 200SP
IM155-6PN ST TX RAIL For PROFINET interface modules in
• With server module, without 6AG2155-6AU01-4BN0 Standard function class or above;
SIMATIC BusAdapter; for increased vibration and EMC
for areas with extreme exposure to load rating; max. cable length 50 m;
environmental substances for areas with extreme exposure to
(conformal coating); environmental substances
ambient temperature (conformal coating);
-40 ... +70 °C (+85 °C for 10 min.); ambient temperature
extended power failure backup -40 ... +70 °C (+85 °C for 10 min.)
time
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2155-6AU00-1CN0
IM155-6PN HF TX RAIL
• with server module, without SI-
MATIC BusAdapter;
ambient temperature
-25 ... +55 °C (+70 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/59

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL I/O modules
SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital inputs
■ Overview
For different requirements, the digital input modules offer:
• Function classes Standard and High Feature
• BaseUnits for single or multiple-conductor connection with
automatic slot coding
• Individual system-integrated load group formation with self-
assembling voltage distribution bars (a separate power
module is no longer required for ET 200SP)
• Connection option of sensors compliant with IEC 61131
Type 1, 2 or 3 (module-dependent) for rated voltages of up to
24 V DC or 230 V AC
• Clear labeling on front of module
• LEDs for diagnostics, status, supply voltage and faults
• Electronically readable and non-volatile writable rating plate
(I&M data 0 to 3)
3 • Optional accessories
- Labeling strips (film or card)
- Reference identification label
• 4, 8 and 16-channel digital input (DI) modules - Color-coded label with module-specific CC Code
- Shielding terminal
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for A quick and clear comparison of the functions of the different DI
use in rail traffic modules is offered by the TIA Selection Tool.
Overview of digital input modules

Digital input PU Article No. CC code BU type
DI 16 x 24 V DC ST 1 6AG2131-6BH00-4BA0 CC00 A0
DI 8 x NAMUR HF 1 6AG2131-6TF00-4CA0 CC01 A0
DI 4 x 120 ... 230 V AC ST 1 6AG2131-6FD00-4BB1 CC41 B1
Overview of BaseUnits
BaseUnit PU Article No. CC codes for process termi- CC codes for AUX terminals
nals
BU type A0 1 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0 CC01 to CC05 CC71 to CC73
• New load group (light)
• 16 process terminals
• With 10 AUX terminals
BU type A0 1 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 CC01 to CC05 --
• Without AUX terminals
BU type A0 1 6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0 CC01 to CC05 CC71 to CC73
• Forwarding of load group
(dark)
BU type A0 1 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0 CC01 to CC05 --
(dark)
Article number 6AG2131-6BH00-4BA0 6AG2131-6TF00-4CA0 6AG2131-6FD00-4BB1
SIPLUS ET 200SP DI 16X24VDC ST TX SIPLUS ET 200SP DI 8xNAMUR HF TX SIPLUS ET 200SP DI 4X120/230VAC
RAIL RAIL TX RAIL
General information
Product type designation DI 16x24 VDC ST DI 8xNAMUR HF DI 4x120 ... 230 V AC ST
Product function
Operating mode
• DI Yes Yes Yes
• Counter No No No
• Oversampling No No No
• MSI No No No
3/60 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

RAIL RAIL TX RAIL
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage DC 24 V DC 100 - 240 V AC
Rated value (AC) 230 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes No
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 8 4
Short-circuit protection No Yes No; when using BU type B1, a fuse
with 10 A tripping current must be
provided
Output current
• up to 60 °C, max. 10 A
24 V encoder supply
3
• 24 V No No No
• Short-circuit protection No No No
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 16; > +60 °C, number of simultane- 8; > +60 °C number of simultaneously 4
ously controllable inputs max. 4 controllable inputs max. 4 (no adjacent
points)
Source/sink input P-reading No
Input characteristic curve in accor- Yes
Input characteristic curve in accor- No
Input characteristic curve in accor- Yes Yes
Pulse extension No Yes; 0.5 s, 1 s, 2 s No
Edge evaluation Yes; rising edge, falling edge, edge
change
Signal change flutter Yes; 2 to 32 signal changes
Flutter observation window Yes; 0.5 s, 1 s to 100 s in 1-s steps
Input voltage
• Type of input voltage DC DC 120/230 V AC (47 Hz to 63 Hz)
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 8.2 V
• Rated value (AC) 230 V
• for signal "0" -30 to +5V 0V AC to 40V AC
• for signal "1" +11 to +30V 74 V AC to 264 V AC
Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 2.5 mA 10.8 mA
for 10 k switched contact
- for signal "0" 0.35 to 1.2 mA
- for signal "1" 2.1 to 7 mA
for unswitched contact
- for signal "0", max. (permissible 0.5 mA
quiescent current)
- for signal "1" typ. 8 mA
for NAMUR encoders
- for signal "0" 0.35 to 1.2 mA
- for signal "1" 2.1 to 7 mA
Input delay (for rated value of input
voltage)
• tolerated changeover time for 300 ms
changeover contacts
for standard inputs
- parameterizable Yes; 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.4 / 0.8 / 1.6 / 3.2 / No No
12.8 / 20 ms (in each case + delay of
30 to 500 µs, depending on line length)
for interrupt inputs
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/61

© Siemens AG 2018

RAIL RAIL TX RAIL
for NAMUR inputs
- at "0" to "1", max. 12 ms
- at "1" to "0", max. 12 ms
Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 200 m 1 000 m
Encoder
Connectable encoders
• NAMUR encoder/changeover Yes
contact according to EN 60947
• Single contact / changeover contact Yes
3
unconnected
• Single contact / changeover contact Yes
connected with 10 kΩ
• 2-wire sensor Yes Yes
- permissible quiescent current 1.5 mA
(2-wire sensor), max.
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application No No No
status information
Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes; channel by channel No
• Hardware interrupt Yes; Parameterizable, channels 0 to 7 No
Diagnostic messages
• Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes
- parameterizable Yes Yes
• Monitoring of encoder power supply No Yes; channel by channel
• Wire-break Yes; Module-wise Yes; channel by channel No
• Short-circuit No Yes; channel by channel No
• Group error Yes Yes Yes
(PWR-LED)
• Channel status display Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
• for channel diagnostics No Yes; Red LED No
• for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED
• between the channels and Yes Yes Yes
backplane bus
Isolation
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according to 707 V DC (type test) and according to 2 300 V AC for 1 minute (type test) and
EN 50155 (routine test) EN 50155 (routine test) according to EN 50155 (routine test)
Suitable for safety functions No No No
Railway application
tions tions tions
3/62 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

RAIL RAIL TX RAIL
Railway application
3
Ambient conditions
operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin
(Tx acc. to EN 50155) (Tx acc. to EN 50155) (Tx acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
max.
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 100 %; incl. condensation / frost
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. (no commissioning under conden- (no commissioning under conden- permitted (no commissioning under
sation conditions) sation conditions) condensation conditions)
Resistance
Dimensions
Weights
Weight, approx. 28 g 32 g 36 g
Other
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/63

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0

digital inputs BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2131-6BH00-4BA0 BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with
DI 16X24 V DC ST TX RAIL, 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
BU type A0, color code CC00; module and additional 10 internally
for areas with extreme exposure to bridged AUX terminals (1 A to
environmental substances 10 A); for starting a new load group
(conformal coating); (max. 10 A);
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C for areas with extreme exposure to
(+85 °C for 10 min.) environmental substances
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2131-6TF00-4CA0 ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
DI 8xNAMUR HF TX RAIL, (+85 °C for 10 min.)
BU type A0, color code CC01;
3 for areas with extreme exposure to

SIPLUS ET 200SP
BU15-P16+A10+2B TX RAIL
6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C Approved in accordance with the

(+85 °C for 10 min.) EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2131-6FD00-4BB1 standards for use in rail traffic
DI 4X120/230 V AC TX RAIL,
BU type B1, color code CC41; BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with
for areas with extreme exposure to 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
environmental substances module and additionally 10 inter-
(conformal coating); nally bridged AUX terminals
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C (1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
(+85 °C for 10 min.) group;
Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL environmental substances
BaseUnits (conformal coating);
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 (+85 °C for 10 min.)
BU15-P16+A0+2D TX RAIL
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4BB1
Approved in accordance with the BU20-P12+A0+4B TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway Approved in accordance with the
standards for use in rail traffic EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with standards for use in rail traffic
16 process terminals to the module;
for starting a new load group BU type B1; BaseUnit (dark) with
(max. 10 A); 12 process terminals to the module;
for areas with extreme exposure to for continuing the load group; 1 unit
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with
for continuing the load group;
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
3/64 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital outputs
■ Overview
For different requirements, the digital output modules offer:
• Function classes Basic and High Feature
• Option of connecting actuators with rated load voltages of up
to 120 V DC or 230 V AC and load currents of up to 5 A
(depending on module)
(I&M data 0 to 3)
• Optional accessories
3
• 4, 8 and 16-channel digital output (DQ) modules - Color-coded label with module-specific CC Code
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for A quick and clear comparison of the functions of the different DQ
use in rail traffic modules is offered by the TIA Selection Tool.
Overview of digital output modules

Digital output PU Article No. CC code BU type
DQ 16 x 24 V DC/0.5 A ST 1 6AG2132-6BH00-4BA0 CC00 A0
DQ 8 x 24 V DC/0.5 A HF 1 6AG2132-6BF00-4CA0 CC02 A0
DQ 4 x 24 V DC/2 A ST 1 6AG2132-6BD20-4BA0 CC02 A0
nals
(dark)
(dark)
Article number 6AG2132-6BH00-4BA0 6AG2132-6BF00-4CA0 6AG2132-6BD20-4BA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP DQ 16X24VDC/0.5A SIPLUS ET 200SP DQ 8X24VDC/0.5A SIPLUS ET 200SP DQ 4X24VDC/2A ST
TX RAIL TX RAIL TX RAIL
General information
Product type designation DQ 16x24 VDC/0.5 A ST DQ 8x24 VDC/0.5 A ST DQ 4x24 V DC/2 A ST
Product function
Operating mode
• DQ Yes Yes Yes
• DQ with energy-saving function No No No
• PWM No No No
• Oversampling No No No
• MSO No Yes No
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/65

© Siemens AG 2018

Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC DC DC
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes
Digital outputs
Type of digital output Source output (PNP, current-sourcing) Source output (PNP, current-sourcing)
Number of digital outputs 16; > +60 °C max. total current 1.0 A 8; > +60 °C max. total current 1.0 A 4;
> +60 °C number of simultaneously
controllable outputs max. 2 x 0.25 A or
max. 4 x 0.125 A,
max. total current 0.5 A
Current-sinking No No No
Current-sourcing Yes Yes Yes
Digital outputs, parameterizable Yes Yes Yes
3 Short-circuit protection
Limitation of inductive shutdown
Yes
Typ. L+ (-50 V)
Yes
Typ. L+ (-50 V)
Yes
Typ. L+ (-50 V)
voltage to
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes Yes
• with resistive load, max. 0.5 A 0.5 A 2A
• on lamp load, max. 5W 5W 10 W
• lower limit 48 Ω 48 Ω 12 Ω
• upper limit 12 kΩ 12 kΩ 3 400 Ω
Output voltage
• Type of output voltage DC DC DC
Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 0.5 A 2A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.1 mA 0.1 mA 0.1 mA
• "0" to "1", typ. 50 µs 50 µs 50 µs
• "0" to "1", max. 50 µs
• "1" to "0", typ. 100 µs 100 µs 100 µs
• "1" to "0", max. 100 µs
• for uprating No No No
• for redundant control of a load Yes Yes Yes
Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
• Current per channel, max. 0.5 A 0.5 A 2A
• Current per module, max. 8A 4A 8A
Total current of the outputs (per
module)
- up to 30 °C, max. 8A 8A
- up to 60 °C, max. 4A 4A 4A
- up to 70 °C, max. 1A 0.5 A
vertical installation
- up to 30 °C, max. 8A
- up to 50 °C, max. 4 A; in all other mounting positions 4A
3/66 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m
• unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application No Yes No
Execution and activation time (TCO), 48 µs
min.
status information
Diagnostics function Yes Yes Yes
Substitute values connectable Yes Yes Yes
Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm
Diagnostic messages
Yes Yes Yes 3
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes Yes Yes
• Wire-break Yes; Module-wise Yes; channel by channel Yes; Module-wise
• Short-circuit Yes; Module-wise Yes; channel by channel Yes; Module-wise
• Group error Yes Yes Yes
(PWR-LED)
• Channel status display Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
• for channel diagnostics No Yes; Red LED No
• for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED
• between the channels and Yes Yes Yes
backplane bus
Isolation
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according to 707 V DC (type test) and according to 707 V DC (type test) and according to
EN 50155 (routine test) EN 50155 (routine test) EN 50155 (routine test)
Suitable for safety functions No No No
Railway application
tions tions tions
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/67

© Siemens AG 2018

Ambient conditions
operation
sea level
max.
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
pressure-altitude (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost (no 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost (no 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost (no
3
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. commissioning under condensation commissioning under condensation commissioning under condensation
conditions) conditions) conditions)
Resistance
Dimensions
Weights
Other
3/68 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0

digital outputs BU15-P16+A0+2B TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2132-6BH00-4BA0 BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with
DQ 16X24 V DC/0.5 A TX RAIL, 16 process terminals to the module;
BU type A0, color code CC00; for continuing the load group;
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
(+85 °C for 10 min.) (+85 °C for 10 min.)
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2132-6BF00-4CA0 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0
DQ 8X24 V DC/0.5 A TX RAIL, BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
BU type A0, color code CC02;
3
for areas with extreme exposure to Approved in accordance with the
environmental substances EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
(conformal coating); EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C standards for use in rail traffic
(+85 °C for 10 min.) BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2132-6BD20-4BA0 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
DQ 4X24 V DC/2 A ST TX RAIL, module and additional 10 internally
BU type A0, color code CC02; bridged AUX terminals
for areas with extreme exposure to (1 A to 10 A); for starting a new load
environmental substances group (max. 10 A);
(conformal coating); for areas with extreme exposure to
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C environmental substances
(+85 °C for 10 min.) (conformal coating);
Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL (+85 °C for 10 min.)
BaseUnits
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 BU15-P16+A10+2B TX RAIL
Approved in accordance with the EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway standards for use in rail traffic
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
16 process terminals to the module; module and additionally 10 inter-
for starting a new load group nally bridged AUX terminals
(max. 10 A); (1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
for areas with extreme exposure to group;
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C (conformal coating);
(+85 °C for 10 min.) ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/69

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog inputs
■ Overview
For different requirements, the analog output modules offer:
• Function classes Basic and High Feature
• Option of connecting current, voltage and resistance sensors,
as well as thermocouples
• Energy Meter for recording up to 200 electrical variables
3
(I&M data 0 to 3)
• Extended functions and additional operating modes in some
cases
- Scalable measuring range (adaptation of measuring range,
• 2, 4 and 8-channel analog input (AI) modules increase of the 16-bit resolution by adapting the measuring
• Approved in accordance with the railway standards range to a limited section)
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for • Optional accessories
use in rail traffic - Labeling strips (film or card)
- Color-coded label with module-specific CC Code
A quick and clear comparison of the functions of the AI modules
is offered by the TIA Selection Tool.
Overview of analog input modules

Analog input PU Article No. CC code BU type
AI 4 x I 2-/4-wire ST 1 6AG2134-6GD00-4BA1 CC03 A0, A1
AI 4 x U/I 2-wire ST 1 6AG2134-6HD00-4BA1 CC03 A0, A1
AI 2 x U/I 2/4-wire HF 1 6AG2134-6HB00-1CA1 CC05 A0, A1
AI 8 x RTD/TC 2-wire HF 1 6AG2134-6JF00-1CA1 CC00 A0, A1
AI Energy Meter ST 1 6AG2134-6PA00-4BD0 CC00 D0
AI Energy Meter 480 V AC ST 1 6AG2134-6PA20-4BD0 CC00 D0
nals
(dark)
(dark)
BU type D0 1 6AG2193-6BP00-4BD0 -- --
(dark)
3/70 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2134-6GD00-4BA1 6AG2134-6HD00-4BA1 6AG2134-6HB00-1CA1 6AG2134-6JF00-1CA1
SIPLUS ET 200SP AI 4XI 2-/ SIPLUS ET 200SP AI 4XU/I SIPLUS ET 200SP AI 2XU/I 2/ SIPLUS ET 200SP AI 8XRTD/
4-WIRE TX RAIL 2-WIRE TX RAIL 4W HF T1 RAIL TC T1 RAIL
General information
Product type designation AI 4xI 2-/4-wire ST AI 4xU/I 2-wire ST AI 2xU/I 2-4-wire HF ET 200SP, AI 8x RTD/TC 2-
wire HF, PU 1
Product function
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 Yes; I&M0 to I&M3
• Measuring range scalable No No No
Operating mode
• Oversampling No No No No
• MSI No No Yes No
Supply voltage
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
Reverse polarity protection
Analog inputs
Yes Yes Yes Yes
3
Number of analog inputs 4; > 60 °C max. 1x ±20 mA 4; > 60 °C max. 1x ±20 mA 2; Differential inputs 8
permissible or 4x ±10 V permissible
permissible input voltage for voltage 30 V 30 V 30 V
permissible input current for current 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA
Constant measurement current for 2 mA
resistance-type transmitter, typ.
Cycle time (all channels), min. Sum of the basic conversion Sum of the basic conversion Sum of the basic conversion
times and additional times and additional times and additional
processing times processing times processing times
(depending on the parame- (depending on the parame- (depending on the parame-
terization of the active terization of the active terization of the active
channels) channels) channels)
Technical unit for temperature Yes; °C/°F/K
measurement adjustable
Analog input with oversampling No
Standardization of measured values Yes
voltages
• 0 to +10 V Yes; 15 bit Yes; 15 bit
• 1 V to 5 V Yes; 15 bit Yes; 15 bit
• -1 V to +1 V Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• -10 V to +10 V Yes; 16 bit incl. sign Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• -250 mV to +250 mV Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• -5 V to +5 V Yes; 16 bit incl. sign Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
Input ranges (rated values), currents
• 0 to 20 mA Yes Yes; 15 bit Yes; 15 bit
• -20 mA to +20 mA Yes Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes Yes; 15 bit Yes; 15 bit
thermocouples
• Type B Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type C Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type E Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type J Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type K Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type L Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type N Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type R Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type S Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type T Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type U Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Type TXK/TXK(L) to GOST Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/71

© Siemens AG 2018

resistance thermometer
• Ni 100 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• LG-Ni 1000 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
• Pt 100 Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
3
resistors
• 0 to 150 ohms Yes; 15 bit
• PTC Yes; 15 bit
Thermocouple (TC)
Temperature compensation
Cable length
• shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m; 200 m for voltage 1 000 m; 200 m for voltage 200 m; 50 m with thermo-
measurement measurement couples
inputs
Measurement principle integrating (Sigma-Delta) integrating (Sigma-Delta) Sigma Delta integrating (Sigma-Delta)
• Resolution with overrange (bit 16 bit 16 bit 16 bit 16 bit
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Basic conversion time, including
integration time (ms)
- additional processing time for 2 ms; In the ranges resis-
wire-break check tance thermometers,
resistors and thermocouples
• Interference voltage suppression for 16.6 / 50 / 60 Hz 16.6 / 50 / 60 Hz 16.6 / 50 / 60 / 300 / 600 / 1 16.6 / 50 / 60 Hz
interference frequency f1 in Hz 200 / 2 400 / 4 800
• Conversion time (per channel) 180 / 60 / 50 ms 180 / 60 / 50 ms 180 / 60 / 50 ms
• Basic execution time of the module 1 ms
(all channels released)
Smoothing of measured values
• Number of smoothing levels 4; None; 4/8/16 times 4; None; 4/8/16 times 6; none; 2-/4-/8-/16-/32-fold 4; None; 4/8/16 times
• parameterizable Yes Yes Yes Yes
Encoder
Connection of signal encoders
• for voltage measurement No Yes Yes Yes
• for current measurement as 2-wire Yes Yes Yes
transducer
- Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 650 Ω 650 Ω 650 Ω
• for current measurement as 4-wire Yes No Yes
transducer
• for resistance measurement with Yes
two-wire connection
• for resistance measurement with No
three-wire connection
• for resistance measurement with No
four-wire connection
3/72 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Errors/accuracies
Basic error limit
• Voltage, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.3 % 0.05 %; 0.1 % at SFU 4.8 0.05 %
kHz
• Current, relative to input range, (+/-) 0.3 % 0.3 % 0.05 %; 0.1 % at SFU 4.8
kHz
• Resistance, relative to input range, 0.05 %
(+/-)
f = n x (f1 +/- 1 %),
f1 = interference frequency
• Series mode interference ( 70 dB 70 dB 70 dB
peak value of interference <
rated value of input range), min.
• Common mode voltage, max.
• Common mode interference, min.
10 V
90 dB
10 V
90 dB
35 V
90 dB
10 V
90 dB 3
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application No No Yes No
Filtering and processing time (TCI), 800 µs
min.
Bus cycle time (TDP), min. 1 ms
status information
Diagnostics function Yes Yes Yes
Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Limit value alarm No No Yes; two upper and two Yes; two upper and two
lower limit values in each lower limit values in each
case case
Diagnostic messages
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Wire-break Yes; at 4 to 20 mA Yes; at 4 to 20 mA Yes; Measuring range 4 to 20 Yes; channel by channel
mA only
• Short-circuit Yes; 2-wire mode: Short- Yes; with 1 to 5 V or 2-wire Yes; channel-by-channel, at
circuit of the encoder supply mode: Short-circuit of the 1 to 5 V or for short-circuit in
to ground or of an input to encoder supply to ground or encoder supply
the encoder supply of an input to the encoder
supply
• Group error Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Overflow/underflow Yes Yes Yes Yes; channel by channel
• Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; green PWR LED Yes; green PWR LED
(PWR-LED)
• Channel status display Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED Yes; Green LED
• for channel diagnostics No No Yes; Red LED Yes; Red LED
• for module diagnostics Yes; Green/red LED Yes; Green/red LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED
• between the channels and Yes Yes Yes Yes
backplane bus
Isolation
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and 707 V DC (type test) and 707 V DC (type test) and 707 V DC (type test) and
according to EN 50155 according to EN 50155 according to EN 50155 according to EN 50155
(routine test) (routine test) (routine test) (routine test)
Suitable for safety functions No No No No
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/73

© Siemens AG 2018

Railway application
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and Yes; EMC for signal and Yes; EMC for signal and Yes; EMC for signal and
telecommunications systems telecommunications systems telecommunications systems telecommunications systems
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - Yes; Railway applications - Yes; Railway applications - Yes; Railway applications -
overvoltage category OV2; overvoltage category OV2; overvoltage category OV2; overvoltage category OV2;
pollution degree PD2; pollution degree PD2; pollution degree PD2; pollution degree PD2;
rated surge voltage UNi = rated surge voltage UNi = rated surge voltage UNi = rated surge voltage UNi =
0.5 kV; 0.5 kV; 0.5 kV; 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC UNm = 24 V DC UNm = 24 V DC UNm = 24 V DC
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see Yes; Rail vehicles - see Yes; Rail vehicles - see Yes; Rail vehicles - see
ambient conditions ambient conditions ambient conditions ambient conditions
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical Yes; Stationary electrical Yes; Stationary electrical Yes; Stationary electrical
equipment - see ambient equipment - see ambient equipment - see ambient equipment - see ambient
conditions conditions conditions conditions
3
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommu- Yes; Signal and telecommu- Yes; Signal and telecommu- Yes; Signal and telecommu-
nications systems - see nications systems - see nications systems - see nications systems - see
ambient conditions; vibra- ambient conditions; vibra- ambient conditions; vibra- ambient conditions; vibra-
tions and shocks: Appli- tions and shocks: Appli- tions and shocks: Appli- tions and shocks: Appli-
cation point outside of tracks cation point outside of tracks cation point outside of tracks cation point outside of tracks
(1 m to 3 m away from track) (1 m to 3 m away from track) (1 m to 3 m away from track) (1 m to 3 m away from track)
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - Yes; Rail vehicles - Yes; Rail vehicles - Yes; Rail vehicles -
temperature class Tx, temperature class Tx, temperature class Tx, temperature class T1,
horizontal mounting position, horizontal mounting position, horizontal mounting position, horizontal mounting position,
salt spray Class ST2 salt spray Class ST2 salt spray Class ST2 salt spray Class ST2
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations
and shocks: Category 1 and shocks: Category 1 and shocks: Category 1 and shocks: Category 1
Class A/B Class A/B Class A/B Class A/B
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - Yes; Rail vehicles - Yes; Rail vehicles - Yes; Rail vehicles -
verification on request verification on request verification on request verification on request
Ambient conditions
operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ - -40 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -
25 °C 25 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for
10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155) 10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155) 10 min (T1 acc. to EN 50155) 10 min (T1 acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m 2 000 m 2 000 m 2 000 m
max.
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at Tmin ... Tmax at Tmin ... Tmax at Tmin ... Tmax at
pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
(-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. conden- 100 %; RH incl. conden- 100 %; RH incl. conden- 100 %; RH incl. conden-
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. sation/frost (no commis- sation/frost (no commis- sation/frost (no commis- sation/frost (no commis-
sioning under condensation sioning under condensation sioning under condensation sioning under condensation
conditions) conditions) conditions) conditions)
Resistance
- Resistant to commercially Yes Yes Yes Yes
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus
according to EN 60721-3-3 and dry rot spores (with the and dry rot spores (with the and dry rot spores (with the and dry rot spores (with the
exception of fauna); Class exception of fauna); Class exception of fauna); Class exception of fauna); Class
3B3 on request 3B3 on request 3B3 on request 3B3 on request
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %)
according to EN 60721-3-3 incl. salt spray acc. to EN incl. salt spray acc. to EN incl. salt spray acc. to EN incl. salt spray acc. to EN
60068-2-52 (severity degree 60068-2-52 (severity degree 60068-2-52 (severity degree 60068-2-52 (severity degree
3); * 3); * 3); * 3); *
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand,
according to EN 60721-3-3 dust, * dust, * dust, * dust, *
* The supplied plug covers * The supplied plug covers * The supplied plug covers * The supplied plug covers
must remain in place over must remain in place over must remain in place over must remain in place over
the unused interfaces the unused interfaces the unused interfaces the unused interfaces
during operation! during operation! during operation! during operation!
3/74 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

according to EN 60721-3-5 incl. salt spray acc. to EN incl. salt spray acc. to EN incl. salt spray acc. to EN incl. salt spray acc. to EN
50155 (ST2); * 50155 (ST2); * 50155 (ST2); * 50155 (ST2); *
according to EN 60721-3-5 dust; * dust; * dust; * dust; *
- Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers * The supplied plug covers * The supplied plug covers * The supplied plug covers
environmental conditions acc. to must remain in place over must remain in place over must remain in place over must remain in place over
EN 60721 the unused interfaces the unused interfaces the unused interfaces the unused interfaces
Dimensions
Width 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
3
Height 73 mm 73 mm 73 mm 73 mm
Depth 58 mm 58 mm 58 mm 58 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 31 g 31 g 32 g 32 g
Other
Note: For use in railway applica- For use in railway applica- For use in railway applica- For use in railway applica-
tions, also observe the tions, also observe the tions, also observe the tions, also observe the
product information "SIPLUS product information "SIPLUS product information "SIPLUS product information "SIPLUS
extreme RAIL" extreme RAIL" extreme RAIL" extreme RAIL"
A5E37661960A A5E37661960A Online A5E37661960A A5E37661960A
Online Support article Support article 109736776 Online Support article Online Support article
109736776 109736776 109736776
Article number 6AG2134-6PA00-4BD0 6AG2134-6PA20-4BD0

SIPLUS ET 200SP AI ENERGY METER TX RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP AI EMETER 480VAC TX RAIL
General information
Product type designation AI energy meter 400VAC ST ET 200SP, AI Energy Meter 480 V AC ST, PU 1
Product function
• Voltage measurement Yes Yes
- with voltage transformer No Yes
• Current measurement Yes Yes
- without current transformer No No
- with current transformer Yes Yes
• Energy measurement Yes Yes
• Frequency measurement Yes Yes
• Power measurement Yes Yes
• Active power measurement Yes Yes
• Reactive power measurement Yes Yes
• Isochronous mode No No
Operating mode
• cyclic measurement Yes Yes
• acyclic measurement Yes Yes
• Acyclic measured value access Yes Yes
• Fixed measured value sets Yes Yes
• Freely definable measured value No Yes
sets
Installation type/mounting
Mounting position Horizontal Any
Supply voltage
Design of the power supply Supply via voltage measurement channel L1 Supply via voltage measurement channel L1
Type of supply voltage 100 - 240 V AC AC 100 - 277 V
Line frequency
• permissible range, lower limit 47 Hz 47 Hz
• permissible range, upper limit 63 Hz 63 Hz
Analog inputs
Cycle time (all channels), typ. 50 ms; Time for consistent update of all measured and 50 ms; Time for consistent update of all measured and
calculated values (cyclic und acyclic data) calculated values (cyclic und acyclic data)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/75

© Siemens AG 2018

Interrupts/diagnostics/status infor-
mation
Alarms
• Limit value alarm No Yes
• Hardware interrupt No Yes; Monitoring of up to 16 freely selectable process values
(exceeding or undershooting of value)
• Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes Yes
(PWR-LED)
• for channel diagnostics Yes; red Fn LED Yes; red Fn LED
• for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED Yes; green/red DIAG LED
Integrated Functions
3
Measuring functions
• Measuring procedure for voltage TRMS TRMS
measurement
• Measuring procedure for current TRMS TRMS
measurement
• Type of measured value acquisition seamless seamless
• Curve shape of voltage Sinusoidal or distorted Sinusoidal or distorted
• Buffering of measured variables No Yes
• Parameter length 38 byte 74 byte
• Bandwidth of measured value acqui- 2 kHz; Harmonics: 39 / 50 Hz, 32 / 60 Hz 2 kHz; Harmonics: 39 / 50 Hz, 32 / 60 Hz
sition
Measuring range
- Frequency measurement, min. 45 Hz 45 Hz
- Frequency measurement, max. 65 Hz 65 Hz
Measuring inputs for voltage
- Measurable line voltage between 230 V 277 V
phase and neutral conductor
the line conductors
phase and neutral conductor, min.
phase and neutral conductor,
max.
the line conductors, min.
the line conductors, max.
- Measurement category for voltage CAT II; CAT III in case of guaranteed protection level of 1.5 CAT II; CAT III in case of guaranteed protection level of 1.5
measurement in accordance with kV kV
IEC 61010-2-030
- Internal resistance line conductor 3.4 MΩ 3.4 MΩ
and neutral conductor
- Power consumption per phase 20 mW 20 mW
- Impulse voltage resistance 1 kV 1 kV
1,2/50µs
Measuring inputs for current
- measurable relative current (AC), 5 %; Relative to the secondary rated current; 1 A, 5 A 1 %; Relative to the secondary rated current 5 A
min.
- measurable relative current (AC), 100 %; Relative to the secondary rated current; 1 A, 5 A 100 %; Relative to the secondary rated current 5 A
max.
- Continuous current with AC, 5 A; at > +60 °C max. permissible current 1 A per phase 5 A; at > +60 °C max. permissible current 1 A per phase
maximum permissible
- Apparent power consumption per 0.6 V·A 0.6 V·A
phase for measuring range 5 A
- Rated value short-time withstand 100 A 100 A
current restricted to 1 s
3/76 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Measuring inputs for current
- Input resistance measuring range 25 mΩ 25 mΩ; At the terminal
0 to 5 A
- Zero point suppression Parameterizable: 20 ... 250 mA, default 50 mA Parameterizable: 2 ... 250 mA, default 50 mA
- Surge strength 10 A; for 1 minute 10 A; for 1 minute
Accuracy class according to
IEC 61557-12
- Measured variable voltage 0.5 0,2
- Measured variable current 0.5 0,2
- Measured variable apparent 1 0.5
power
- Measured variable active power 1 0.5
- Measured variable reactive power 1 1
- Measured variable power factor 0.5 0.5
3
- Measured variable active energy 1 0.5
- Measured variable reactive energy 2 1
- Measured variable neutral current 0.5; calculated
- Measured variable phase angle ±1 °; not covered by IEC 61557-12 ±1 °; not covered by IEC 61557-12
- Measured variable frequency 0.05 0.05
• between the channels and Yes; 3 700V AC (type test) CAT III Yes; 3 700V AC (type test) CAT III
backplane bus
Isolation
Isolation tested with 2 300 V AC for 1 minute (type test) and according to 2 300 V AC for 1 minute (type test) and according to
EN 50155 (routine test) EN 50155 (routine test)
Railway application
pollution degree PD2; rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV; pollution degree PD2; UNm = 277/480 V AC
UNm = 24 V DC
tions tions
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and shocks: Category 1 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and shocks: Category 1
Class A/B Class A/B
Ambient conditions
operation
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155) 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
max.
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost (no commissioning 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost (no commissioning
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, under condensation conditions) under condensation conditions)
max.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/77

© Siemens AG 2018

Resistance
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt spray acc. to EN Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt spray acc. to EN
according to EN 60721-3-3 60068-2-52 (severity degree 3); * 60068-2-52 (severity degree 3); *
3 - to chemically active substances

Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt spray acc. to EN
50155 (ST2); *
Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt spray acc. to EN
50155 (ST2); *
EN 60721
Dimensions
Width 20 mm 20 mm
Height 73 mm
Depth 58 mm
Weights
Weight (without packaging) 45 g 45 g
Other
Data for selecting a current trans-
former
• Burden power current transformer As a function of cable length and cross section, see device As a function of cable length and cross section, see device
x/1A, min. manual manual
• Burden power current transformer As a function of cable length and cross section, see device As a function of cable length and cross section, see device
x/5A, min. manual manual
3/78 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0

analog inputs BU15-P16+A0+2B TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2134-6GD00-4BA1 BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with
AI 4xI 2/4-wire TX RAIL, 16 process terminals to the module;
BU type A0 or A1, for continuing the load group;
color code CC03; 16-bit, ±0.3 %; for areas with extreme exposure to
for areas with extreme exposure to environmental substances
environmental substances (conformal coating);
(conformal coating); ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C (+85 °C for 10 min.)
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2134-6HD00-4BA1 BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
AI 4XU/I 2 W ST TX RAIL,
3
BU type A0 or A1, Approved in accordance with the
color code CC03; 16-bit, ±0.1%; EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
for areas with extreme exposure to EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
environmental substances standards for use in rail traffic
(conformal coating); BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
(+85 °C for 10 min.) module and additional 10 internally
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2134-6HB00-1CA1 bridged AUX terminals
AI 2XU/I 2/4 W HF T1 RAIL, (1 A to 10 A); for starting a new load
BU type A0 or A1, color code group (max. 10 A);
CC05; for areas with extreme exposure to
(+70 °C for 10 min.) SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2134-6JF00-1CA1 BU15-P16+A10+2B TX RAIL
AI 8xRTD/TC HF T1 RAIL, Approved in accordance with the
BU type A0 or A1, EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
color code CC00; 16-bit, ±0.1%, EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
scalable measuring range, standards for use in rail traffic
environmental substances BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with
(conformal coating); 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
ambient temperature -25 ... +60 °C module and additionally 10 inter-
(+70 °C for 10 min.) nally bridged AUX terminals
(1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2134-6PA00-4BD0 group;
AI Energy Meter 400 V AC TX RAIL, for areas with extreme exposure to
BU type D0; environmental substances
for areas with extreme exposure to (conformal coating);
environmental substances ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
(conformal coating); (+85 °C for 10 min.)
(+85 °C for 10 min.) Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL
BaseUnits, type D0
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2134-6PA20-4BD0
AI Energy Meter 480 V AC TX RAIL, SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4BD0
BU type D0; BU20-P12+A0+0B TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
BU type D0; BaseUnit with 12 push-
Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL
in terminals, without AUX terminals,
BaseUnits, type A0
bridged to the left;
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 for areas with extreme exposure to
BU15-P16+A0+2D TX RAIL environmental substances
Approved in accordance with the ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, (+85 °C for 10 min.)
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with
for starting a new load group
(max. 10 A);
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/79

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL analog outputs
■ Overview
For different requirements, the analog output modules offer:
• Option for connecting current and voltage actuators
(I&M data 0 to 3)
• Optional accessories
3 - Color-coded label with module-specific CC Code
A quick and clear comparison of the functions of the AQ
• 4-channel analog output (AQ) modules modules is offered by the TIA Selection Tool.
• Approved in accordance with the railway standards Overview of analog output modules
use in rail traffic
Analog output PU Article No. CC code BU type
AQ 4 x U/I ST 1 6AG2135-6HD00-4BA1 CC00 A0, A1
nals
(dark)
(dark)
Article number 6AG2135-6HD00-4BA1 Article number 6AG2135-6HD00-4BA1
SIPLUS ET 200SP AQ 4XU/I ST TX SIPLUS ET 200SP AQ 4XU/I ST TX
RAIL RAIL
General information Analog outputs
Product type designation AQ 4xU/I ST Number of analog outputs 4; > +60 °C max. 2x ±10 V permis-
Product function sible
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 Cycle time (all channels), min. 5 ms
• Output range scalable No Analog output with oversampling No
Operating mode Output ranges, voltage
• Oversampling No • 0 to 10 V Yes; 15 bit
• MSO No • 1 V to 5 V Yes; 13 bit
Supply voltage • -5 V to +5 V Yes; 15 bit incl. sign
Rated value (DC) 24 V • -10 V to +10 V Yes; 16 bit incl. sign
Reverse polarity protection Yes
3/80 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

RAIL RAIL
Output ranges, current Potential separation
• 0 to 20 mA Yes; 15 bit Potential separation channels
• -20 mA to +20 mA Yes; 16 bit incl. sign • between the channels and Yes
• 4 mA to 20 mA Yes; 14 bit backplane bus
Connection of actuators Isolation
• for voltage output two-wire Yes Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according
connection to EN 50155 (routine test)
• for voltage output four-wire Yes Standards, approvals, certificates
connection Railway application
• for current output two-wire Yes • EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
connection • EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu-
Load impedance (in rated range of nications systems
output) • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
• with voltage outputs, min. 2 kΩ overvoltage category OV2;
• with voltage outputs, capacitive
load, max.
1 µF pollution degree PD2;
UNm = 24 V DC
3
• with current outputs, max. 500 Ω
• with current outputs, inductive load, 1 mH conditions
max.
Cable length see ambient conditions
• shielded, max. 1 000 m; 200 m for voltage output • EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
Analog value generation for the systems - see ambient conditions;
outputs vibrations and shocks: Application
Integration and conversion time/ away from track)
• Resolution with overrange (bit 16 bit Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt
including sign), max. spray Class ST2
Settling time • EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
• for resistive load 0.1 ms shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
• for capacitive load 1 ms • Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on
request
• for inductive load 0.5 ms
Ambient conditions
Errors/accuracies
Basic error limit (operational limit at
operation
25 °C)
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min
(Tx acc. to EN 50155)
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application No sea level
Interrupts/diagnostics/ max.
status information
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at
Diagnostics function Yes pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
Substitute values connectable Yes (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Alarms Relative humidity
• Diagnostic alarm Yes • With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
Diagnostic messages max. sation conditions)
• Monitoring the supply voltage Yes Resistance
• Wire-break Yes Coolants and lubricants
• Short-circuit Yes - Resistant to commercially Yes
• Group error Yes available coolants and lubricants
• Overflow/underflow Yes
• Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; green PWR LED
(PWR-LED)
• for channel diagnostics No
• for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/81

© Siemens AG 2018

RAIL RAIL
Use in stationary industrial systems from supply voltage 1L+
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
fauna); Class 3B3 on request EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt Dimensions
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 Width 15 mm
Height 73 mm
according to EN 60721-3-3 Depth 58 mm
Use on land craft, rail vehicles and Weights
special-purpose vehicles Weight, approx. 31 g
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry Other
fauna); Class 5B3 on request Note: For use in railway applications, also
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
3
according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); * A5E37661960A
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; * Online Support article 109736776
SIPLUS extreme RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0

analog outputs BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2135-6HD00-4BA1 BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with
AQ 4XU/I ST TX RAIL, 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
BU type A0 or A1, module and additional 10 internally
color code CC03; bridged AUX terminals
for areas with extreme exposure to (1 A to 10 A); for starting a new load
environmental substances group (max. 10 A);
Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL (+85 °C for 10 min.)
BaseUnits, type A0
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 BU15-P16+A10+2B TX RAIL
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
16 process terminals to the module; module and additional 10 internally
for starting a new load group bridged AUX terminals
(max. 10 A); (1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
for areas with extreme exposure to group;
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0 (+85 °C for 10 min.)
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
3/82 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL technology modules > SIPLUS extreme RAIL TM COUNT 1X24 V T1 counter module
■ Overview
• Counting frequency 200 kHz (800 kHz with quadruple
evaluation)
• Counting range: +/- 31 bits
• Measurement function
• Parameterizable hardware interrupts
• Parameterizable input filters for suppressing interferences at
sensor and digital inputs
Supported types of encoders/signals
• 24 V incremental encoder with and without signal N
• 24 V pulse encoder with direction signal
• 24 V pulse encoder without direction signal
• 24 V pulse encoder for pulse up and down respectively
Supported system functions
• Isochronous mode
3
Technical properties • Firmware update
• Counter module for ET 200SP • Identification data I&M
• Interfaces:
- 24 V encoder signals A, B and N from P, M or push-pull-
switching encoders and sensors
- 24 V encoder supply output, short-circuit proof
- 3 digital inputs for controlling the count operation, for saving
or for setting the count value
- 2 digital outputs for fast reactions regardless of the counter
status or measured value
Article number 6AG2138-6AA00-1BA0 Article number 6AG2138-6AA00-1BA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP TM COUNT 1X24V SIPLUS ET 200SP TM COUNT 1X24V
T1 RAIL T1 RAIL
General information Input current
Product type designation TM Count 1x24V • for signal "1", typ. 2.5 mA
Product function Input delay (for rated value of input
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 voltage)
Load voltage L+ - parameterizable Yes; none / 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.4 / 0.8 / 1.6 /
3.2 / 12.8 / 20 ms
- at "0" to "1", min. 6 µs; for parameterization "none"
• Reverse polarity protection Yes
- at "1" to "0", min. 6 µs; for parameterization "none"
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 1
24 V encoder supply
Cable length
• 24 V Yes; L+ (-0.8 V)
• shielded, max. 1 000 m
• Short-circuit protection Yes
• unshielded, max. 600 m
• Output current, max. 300 mA
Digital outputs
Digital inputs
Type of digital output Transistor
Number of digital inputs 3
Number of digital outputs 2
Digital outputs, parameterizable Yes
Input characteristic curve in accor- Yes
dance with IEC 61131, type 3 Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic/thermal
Digital input functions, Limitation of inductive shutdown L+ (-33 V)
parameterizable voltage to
• Gate start/stop Yes Controlling a digital input Yes
• Capture Yes Digital output functions,
parameterizable
• Synchronization Yes
• Switching tripped by comparison Yes
• Freely usable digital input Yes values
Input voltage • Freely usable digital output Yes
• Rated value (DC) 24 V Switching capacity of the outputs
• for signal "0" -30 to +5V • with resistive load, max. 0.5 A; Per digital output
• for signal "1" +11 to +30V • on lamp load, max. 5W
• permissible voltage at input, min. -30 V
• permissible voltage at input, max. 30 V
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/83

© Siemens AG 2018

T1 RAIL T1 RAIL
Load resistance range Interrupts/diagnostics/
• lower limit 48 Ω status information
• upper limit 12 kΩ Substitute values connectable Yes; Parameterizable
Output voltage Alarms
• for signal "1", min. 23.2 V; L+ (-0.8 V) • Diagnostic alarm Yes
Output current • Hardware interrupt Yes
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A; Per digital output Diagnostic messages
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA • Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
Output delay with resistive load • Wire-break Yes
• "0" to "1", max. 50 µs • Short-circuit Yes
• "1" to "0", max. 50 µs • A/B transition error at incremental Yes
encoder
Switching frequency
• Group error Yes
• with resistive load, max. 10 kHz
3
• with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz; Acc. to IEC 60947-5-1,
DC-13; observe derating curve • Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; green PWR LED
(PWR-LED)
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz
• Status indicator backward counting Yes
• Current per module, max. 1A (green)
Cable length • Status indicator forward counting Yes
• shielded, max. 1 000 m (green)
• unshielded, max. 600 m Integrated Functions
Encoder Number of counters 1
Connectable encoders Counting frequency (counter) max. 800 kHz; with quadruple evaluation
• 2-wire sensor Yes Counting functions
- permissible quiescent current 1.5 mA • Can be used with Yes
(2-wire sensor), max. TO High_Speed_Counter
Encoder signals, incremental • Continuous counting Yes
encoder (asymmetrical) • Counter response parameterizable Yes
• Input voltage 24 V • Hardware gate via digital input Yes
• Input frequency, max. 200 kHz • Software gate Yes
• Counting frequency, max. 800 kHz; with quadruple evaluation • Event-controlled stop Yes
• Cable length, shielded, max. 600 m; depending on input • Synchronization via digital input Yes
frequency, encoder and cable
quality; max. 50 m at 200 kHz • Counting range, parameterizable Yes
• Signal filter, parameterizable Yes Comparator
• Incremental encoder with A/B Yes - Number of comparators 2
tracks, 90° phase offset - Direction dependency Yes
• Incremental encoder with A/B Yes - Can be changed from user Yes
tracks, 90° phase offset and zero program
track Position detection
• Pulse encoder Yes • Incremental acquisition Yes
• Pulse encoder with direction Yes • Suitable for S7-1500 Motion Control Yes
• Pulse encoder with one impulse Yes Measuring functions
signal per count direction
• Measuring time, parameterizable Yes
Encoder signal 24 V
• Dynamic measurement period Yes
- permissible voltage at input, min. -30 V adjustment
- permissible voltage at input, max. 30 V • Number of thresholds, 2
Interface types parameterizable
• Source/sink input Yes Measuring range
• Input characteristic curve in accor- Yes - Frequency measurement, min. 0.04 Hz
dance with IEC 61131, type 3 - Frequency measurement, max. 800 kHz
Isochronous mode - Cycle duration measurement, min. 1.25 µs
Isochronous operation (application Yes - Cycle duration measurement, 25 s
synchronized up to terminal) max.
Accuracy
- Frequency measurement 100 ppm; depending on measuring
interval and signal evaluation
- Cycle duration measurement 100 ppm; depending on measuring
- Velocity measurement 100 ppm; depending on measuring
3/84 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

T1 RAIL T1 RAIL
Potential separation Resistance
Potential separation channels Coolants and lubricants
• between the channels and Yes - Resistant to commercially Yes
backplane bus available coolants and lubricants
Isolation Use in stationary industrial systems
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
to EN 50155 (routine test) according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of
Standards, approvals, certificates fauna); Class 3B3 on request
Railway application - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles (severity degree 3); *
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
nications systems according to EN 60721-3-3
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
overvoltage category OV2; special-purpose vehicles
UNm = 24 V DC
- to biologically active substances
Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
rot spores (with the exception of 3
conditions - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
see ambient conditions - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
systems - see ambient conditions; from supply voltage 1L+
vibrations and shocks: Application - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
away from track) EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Dimensions
Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt Width 15 mm
spray Class ST2
Height 73 mm
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B Depth 58 mm
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on Weights
request Weight, approx. 45 g
Ambient conditions Other
Ambient temperature during Note: For use in railway applications, also
operation observe the product information
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
A5E37661960A
• horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min Online Support article 109736776
(T1 acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
max.
• Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at
barometric pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
(-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/85

© Siemens AG 2018

Serial interface 6AG2137-6AA00-1BA0 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0

SIPLUS extreme RAIL BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
CM PtP T1 RAIL
for serial communication connec- 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
tions with the interfaces RS 232, module and additional 10 internally
RS 422, RS 485, BU type A0, bridged AUX terminals
color code CC00; (1 A to 10 A);
for areas with extreme exposure to for starting a new load group
environmental substances (max. 10 A);
Accessories (+85 °C for 10 min.)
3 Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL
BaseUnits, type A0
SIPLUS ET 200SP
6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 Approved in accordance with the

BU15-P16+A0+2D TX RAIL EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
Approved in accordance with the EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, standards for use in rail traffic
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with
standards for use in rail traffic 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with module and additionally 10 inter-
16 process terminals to the module; nally bridged AUX terminals
for starting a new load group (1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
(max. 10 A); group;
(+85 °C for 10 min.) (+85 °C for 10 min.)
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
3/86 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL technology modules > SIPLUS ET 200SP TM Pulse 2x24 V T1 RAIL pulse output module
■ Overview
• Hardware:
- 2 24V channels, 2A output current can be switched in
parallel to boost performance to 4A of output current
- Switching frequencies to 10 kHz; at reduced output current
to 0.1 A up to 100 kHz
- Push/pull output driver for especially steep edges at the
outputs
- Polarity change in DC motor operation for direction reversal
- 1 high-speed 24 V digital input per channel with parameter-
izable input delay from 4 µs
• Channel functions:
- HW enable;
Start of signal output with the onboard digital input
- Parameterizable ON delay;
for precise deceleration between the HW enable and the
start of output
- Current measurement in the operating modes pulse-width
modulation and pulse chain;
3
enables control of the output current mean value over a
period. Temperature influences can thus be balanced to the
• 2-channel pulse output module for SIPLUS ET 200SP resistance of the actuator.
• Approved in accordance with the EN 50155, EN 15121, - Cyclic control of the respective main setpoint from the PLC
EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway standards for use in every operating mode;
in rail traffic other values can be modified flexibly from the user program.
• Operating modes: • Supported system functions:
- Single pulse with defined length - Isochronous mode;
- Pulse chain with defined number of pulses enables precision-timed connection of the setpoint output to
- Pulse width modulation (with flexible ON period, optional a higher-level controller
current control and dither function) - Firmware update
- PWM signal for controlling a DC motor - Identification data I&M
- On and OFF delay; rising and falling edge can be delayed
separately to the microsecond
- Frequency output with defined output frequency
Article number 6AG2138-6DB00-1BB1 Article number 6AG2138-6DB00-1BB1
SIPLUS ET 200SP TM PULSE 2x24V SIPLUS ET 200SP TM PULSE 2x24V
T1 RAIL T1 RAIL
General information Input voltage
Product type designation TM Pulse 2x24 V • Type of input voltage DC
Product function • Rated value (DC) 24 V
• I&M data Yes; I&M 0 • for signal "0" -30 to +5V
• Isochronous mode Yes • for signal "1" +11 to +30V
Supply voltage • permissible voltage at input, min. -30 V
Load voltage L+ • permissible voltage at input, max. 30 V
• Rated value (DC) 24 V Input current
• Short-circuit protection Yes • for signal "1", typ. 2.5 mA
• Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction Input delay (for rated value of input
Encoder supply voltage)
Number of outputs 2; A common 24V encoder supply for for standard inputs
both channels - parameterizable Yes; none / 0.05 / 0.1 / 0.4 / 0.8 / 1.6 /
24 V encoder supply 3.2 / 12.8 / 20 ms
• 24 V Yes; L+ (-0.8 V) - at "0" to "1", min. 4 µs; for parameterization "none"
• Short-circuit protection Yes; per module, electronic - at "1" to "0", min. 4 µs; for parameterization "none"
• Output current, max. 300 mA Digital outputs
Digital inputs Type of digital output P- and M-switching
Number of digital inputs 2; 1 per channel Number of digital outputs 2; 1 per channel
Digital inputs, parameterizable Yes Current-sinking Yes
Input characteristic curve in accor- Yes Current-sourcing Yes
dance with IEC 61131, type 3 Digital outputs, parameterizable Yes
Digital input functions, Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic/thermal
parameterizable Limitation of inductive shutdown -0.8 V
• Freely usable digital input Yes voltage to
• HW enable for digital output Yes Controlling a digital input Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/87

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2138-6DB00-1BB1 Article number 6AG2138-6DB00-1BB1
SIPLUS ET 200SP TM PULSE 2x24V SIPLUS ET 200SP TM PULSE 2x24V
T1 RAIL T1 RAIL
Digital output functions, Interrupts/diagnostics/
parameterizable status information
• Freely usable digital output Yes Diagnostics function Yes
• PWM output Yes Substitute values connectable Yes; Parameterizable
- Number, max. 2; 1 per channel Alarms
- Cycle duration, parameterizable Yes; Max. 85 s • Diagnostic alarm Yes
• Connection of a proportional valve Yes Diagnostic messages
• Dithering Yes • Monitoring the supply voltage Yes
• Current measurement Yes • Short-circuit Yes
• Current control Yes Diagnostics indication LED
• Connection of a DC motor Yes • Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; green PWR LED
• ON-delay Yes (PWR-LED)
• OFF-delay Yes • Channel status display Yes
3 • Frequency output Yes • for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED
• Pulse train Yes Potential separation
• Pulse output Yes Potential separation channels
Switching capacity of the outputs • between the channels No
• with resistive load, max. 2A • between the channels and Yes
backplane bus
• on lamp load, max. 10 W; 1 W with High Speed output
Isolation
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according
• lower limit 12 Ω; 240 ohm with High Speed to EN 50155 (routine test)
output
• upper limit 12 kΩ
Railway application
Output voltage
• Type of output voltage DC
• for signal "0", max. 1V nications systems
• for signal "1", min. 23.2 V; L+ (-0.8 V) • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
Output current overvoltage category OV2;
• for signal "1" rated value 2 A; 0.1 A with High Speed output, rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
observe derating UNm = 24 V DC
Output delay with resistive load • EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient
• "0" to "1", typ. 0 µs; With High Speed output, conditions
4.5 µs with Standard output • EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
• "0" to "1", max. 0.8 µs; With High Speed output, see ambient conditions
9 µs with Standard output • EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
• "1" to "0", typ. 0 µs; With High Speed output, systems - see ambient conditions;
4.5 µs with Standard output vibrations and shocks: Application
• "1" to "0", max. 0.8 µs; With High Speed output,
away from track)
9 µs with Standard output
• for uprating Yes spray Class ST2
Switching frequency • EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
• with resistive load, max. 100 kHz; With High Speed output, shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
10 kHz with standard output • Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on
• with inductive load, max. 100 kHz; With High Speed output, request
10 kHz with standard output Ambient conditions
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz Ambient temperature during
Total current of the outputs operation
• Current per channel, max. 2A • horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C
• Current per group, max. 4A • horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min
(T1 acc. to EN 50155)
• Current per module, max. 4A
Isochronous mode sea level
Isochronous operation (application Yes • Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
synchronized up to terminal) max.
Bus cycle time (TDP), min. 250 µs; with 1 channel configuration, • Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at
375 µs with 2 channel configuration barometric pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
(-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
3/88 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

■ Technical specifications (continued) ■ Selection and ordering data

Article number 6AG2138-6DB00-1BB1 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2138-6DB00-1BB1
SIPLUS ET 200SP TM PULSE 2x24V TM Pulse 2x24 V T1 RAIL
T1 RAIL pulse output module
Resistance PWM and pulse output, 2 channels
2 A for proportional valves and DC
motors;
- Resistant to commercially Yes For areas with extreme exposure to
available coolants and lubricants environmental substances
Use in stationary industrial systems (conformal coating);
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry (+70 °C for 10 min.)
fauna); Class 3B3 on request Accessories
3
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 BaseUnits, type B1
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, * BU20-P12+A0+4B TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry standards for use in rail traffic
fauna); Class 5B3 on request BU type B1; BaseUnit (dark) with
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt for continuing the load group; 1 unit
to standard PROFIBUS master Yes
to standard PROFINET controller Yes
Dimensions
Width 20 mm
Height 73 mm
Depth 58 mm
Weights
Other
A5E37661960A
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/89

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL communication > SIPLUS extreme RAIL CM PtP T1 serial interface
■ Overview
• Protocols supported
- Freeport: User-parameterizable frame format for universal
communication
- 3964(R) for improved transmission reliability
- Modbus RTU master (requires instructions in SIMATIC S7)
- Modbus RTU slave (requires instructions in SIMATIC S7)
- USS, implemented through instructions
• Interface properties
- RS232 with auxiliary signals
- RS422 for full-duplex connections
- RS485 for half-duplex and multi-point connections
- Transmission rates from 300 to 115200 bit/s
• Can be plugged into Type A0 BaseUnits (BU) with automatic
coding
• LED display for errors, operation, and supply voltage
3 • Communication display for sending and receiving
- Plain text identification of the module type and function class
• CM PtP communication module; - 2D matrix code (order and serial number)
module for serial communication connections with RS232 and - Connection diagram
RS422 interfaces. RS485 for the Freeport, 3964(R), Modbus - Color coding of the CM module type: Silver
RTU, and USS protocols, max. 115.2 kbit/s, 2 KB frame length, - Hardware and firmware version
4 KB receive buffer. - Complete Article No.
• Optional labeling accessories
- Labeling strips
• Optional system-integrated shield connection
SIPLUS ET 200SP CM PTP T1 RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP CM PTP T1 RAIL
General information 3964 (R)
Product type designation CM PtP - Telegram length, max. 2 kbyte
Product function - Bits per character 7 or 8
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 - Number of stop bits 1 or 2 bit
Supply voltage - Parity None, even, odd, always 1, always 0,
Rated value (DC) 24 V any
Reverse polarity protection Yes Modbus RTU master
1. Interface - Address area 1 to 247, extended 1 to 65535
Interface types - Number of slaves, max. 32
• RS 485 Yes MODBUS RTU slave
• RS 422 Yes - Address area 1 to 247, extended 1 to 65535
• RS 232 Yes Telegram buffer
RS 232 • Buffer memory for telegrams 4 kbyte
• Transmission rate, max. 115.2 kbit/s • Number of telegrams which can be 255
buffered
• Cable length, max. 15 m
• RS 232 auxiliary signals RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, RI, DCD status information
RS 485 Diagnostics function Yes
• Transmission rate, max. 115.2 kbit/s Alarms
• Cable length, max. 1 200 m • Diagnostic alarm Yes
RS 422 • Hardware interrupt No
• Transmission rate, max. 115.2 kbit/s Diagnostic messages
• Cable length, max. 1 200 m • Wire-break Yes
• 4-wire full duplex connection Yes Diagnostics indication LED
• 4-wire multipoint connection Yes • Monitoring of the supply voltage Yes; green PWR LED
Integrated protocols (PWR-LED)
Freeport • for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED
- Telegram length, max. 2 kbyte • Receive RxD Yes; Green LED
- Bits per character 7 or 8 • Transmit TxD Yes; Green LED
- Number of stop bits 1 or 2 bit Potential separation
- Parity None, even, odd, always 1, always 0, between backplane bus and interface Yes
any
3/90 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS ET 200SP CM PTP T1 RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP CM PTP T1 RAIL
Isolation Resistance
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according Coolants and lubricants
to EN 50155 (routine test) - Resistant to commercially Yes
Standards, approvals, certificates available coolants and lubricants
Railway application Use in stationary industrial systems
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of
nications systems fauna); Class 3B3 on request
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
overvoltage category OV2; according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
pollution degree PD2; (severity degree 3); *
rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV; - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
UNm = 24 V DC according to EN 60721-3-3
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
conditions special-purpose vehicles
3
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
see ambient conditions according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications fauna); Class 5B3 on request
systems - see ambient conditions; - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
vibrations and shocks: Application according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
away from track) according to EN 60721-3-5
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class from supply voltage 1L+
Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt
spray Class ST2 - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
request to SIMATIC S7-300 Yes
Ambient conditions to SIMATIC S7-400 Yes
Ambient temperature during to SIMATIC S7-1200 Yes
operation to SIMATIC S7-1500 Yes
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C to standard PROFINET controller Yes
• horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min Dimensions
(T1 acc. to EN 50155)
Width 15 mm
sea level Height 73 mm
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m Depth 58 mm
max. Weights
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at Weight, approx. 30 g
pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
Other
(-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden- A5E37661960A
max. sation conditions) Online Support article 109736776
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/91

© Siemens AG 2018

Serial interface 6AG2137-6AA00-1BA0 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0

SIPLUS extreme RAIL BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
CM PtP T1 RAIL
for serial communication connec- 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
tions with the interfaces RS 232, module and additional 10 internally
RS 422, RS 485, BU type A0, bridged AUX terminals
color code CC00; (1 A to 10 A);
for areas with extreme exposure to for starting a new load group
environmental substances (max. 10 A);
Accessories (+85 °C for 10 min.)
3 Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL
BaseUnits, type A0
SIPLUS ET 200SP
6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0

Approved in accordance with the EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, standards for use in rail traffic
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with module and additionally 10 inter-
16 process terminals to the module; nally bridged AUX terminals
for starting a new load group (1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
(max. 10 A); group;
(+85 °C for 10 min.) (+85 °C for 10 min.)
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
3/92 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL communication > SIPLUS extreme RAIL CM 4x IO-Link
■ Overview
• Expansion limits
- Length of cable: Max. 20 m
- Max. 32 bytes of input and output data per port
- Max. 144 bytes of input data and 128 bytes of output data
per module
• Supported ET 200SP system functions
- Replacement without PG with automatic backup without the
engineering tool of the IO Link Device Parameter (V1.1
devices only) and the IO-Link master parameters by means
of redundant saving of parameters on the e-coding element
- Re-parameterization during operation
- Identification data I&M
- Firmware update
- PROFIenergy
• Can be plugged into Type A0 BaseUnits (BU) with automatic
3
e-coding
• LED indicators
- DIAG: Operating state indicator (green/red) of the module
- C1..C4: Port status indicator (green) for Port 1, 2, 3 and 4
• SIPLUS ET 200SP CM 4XIO-LINK ST T1 RAIL communication - Q1..Q4: Channel status indicator (green) for Port 1, 2, 3 and
module: 4
Serial communication module for connecting up to 4 IO-Link - F1..F4: Port fault indicator (red) for Port 1, 2, 3 and 4
devices in accordance with IO-Link specification V1.0 and - PWR: Supply voltage indicator (green)
V1.1. The IO-Link parameters are configured using the Port • Clear labeling on front of module
Configuration Tool (PCT), version V3.0 and higher. - Plain text identification of the module type and function class
• Approved in accordance with the railway standards - 2D matrix code (order and serial number)
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for - Connection diagram
use in rail traffic - Color-coding of the module class CM: Silver
• Time-based IO - Hardware and firmware version
Time-based IO ensures that signals are output with a precisely - Complete Article No.
defined response time. By combining inputs and outputs, for • Optional accessories
example, passing products can be accurately measured or - Labeling strips
fluids dosed in precise quantities. - Reference identification label
• Supported data transfer rates - Color-coding plate with color code CC04
- COM1 (4.8 kbps) • Optional system-integrated shield connection
- COM2 (38.4 kbps)
- COM3 (230.4 kbps)
Overview of CM 4xIO-Link
Communication module Article No. CC code BU type PU
CM 4xIO-Link 6AG2137-6BD00-1BA0 CC04 A0 1
BaseUnit Article No. CC codes for process termi- CC codes for AUX terminals PU
nals
BU type A0 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0 CC01 to CC05 CC71 to CC73 1
BU type A0 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 CC01 to CC05 -- 1
BU type A0 6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0 CC01 to CC05 CC71 to CC73 1
(dark)
BU type A0 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0 CC01 to CC05 -- 1
(dark)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/93

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2137-6BD00-1BA0 Article number 6AG2137-6BD00-1BA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP CM 4XIO-LINK ST SIPLUS ET 200SP CM 4XIO-LINK ST
T1 RAIL T1 RAIL
General information Potential separation
Product type designation CM 4 x IO-Link ST Potential separation channels
Product function • between the channels No
• I&M data Yes • between the channels and Yes
Supply voltage backplane bus
Rated value (DC) 24 V Isolation
Reverse polarity protection Yes Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 4
Railway application
Output current
• Rated value 200 mA
3
IO-Link nications systems
Number of ports 4 • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
• of which simultaneously controllable 4 overvoltage category OV2;
IO-Link protocol 1.0 Yes rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
IO-Link protocol 1.1 Yes UNm = 24 V DC
Transmission rate 4.8 kBaud (COM1); 38.4 kBaud • EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient
(COM2), 230.4 kBaud (COM3) conditions
Cycle time, min. 2 ms; dynamic, depending on user • EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
data length see ambient conditions
Size of process data, input per port 32 byte; max. • EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
Size of process data, input per 32 byte; max.
module
Size of process data, output per port 32 byte; max. away from track)
Size of process data, output per 32 byte; max. • EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class
module T1, horizontal mounting position, salt
Memory size for device parameter 2 kbyte; for each port spray Class ST2
Cable length unshielded, max. 20 m; max. • EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
Operating modes
• IO-Link Yes request
• DI Yes Ambient conditions
• DQ Yes; max. 100 mA Ambient temperature during
Time Based IO operation
- TIO IO-Link IN Yes • horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C
- TIO IO-Link OUT Yes • horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min
(T1 acc. to EN 50155)
- TIO IO-Link IN/OUT Yes
- TIO Jitter 36 µs; typically ± sea level
Connection of IO-Link devices • Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
• Port type A Yes max.
• Port type B Yes; 24 V DC via external terminal • Ambient air temperature- Tmin ... Tmax at
Isochronous mode barometric pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
(-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Equidistance Yes
Relative humidity
status information • With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
Diagnostics function Yes max. sation conditions)
Alarms Resistance
• Diagnostic alarm Yes; The port diagnosis is available Coolants and lubricants
in the IO-Link mode only.
Diagnostic messages available coolants and lubricants
(PWR-LED)
• Channel status display Yes; one green LED for channel
status Qn (SIO mode) and port
status Cn (IO-Link mode) per
channel
• for channel diagnostics Yes; red Fn LED
3/94 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2137-6BD00-1BA0 Article number 6AG2137-6BD00-1BA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP CM 4XIO-LINK ST SIPLUS ET 200SP CM 4XIO-LINK ST
T1 RAIL T1 RAIL
Use in stationary industrial systems from supply voltage 1L+
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
fauna); Class 3B3 on request EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt Dimensions
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 Width 15 mm
Weights
according to EN 60721-3-3 Weight, approx. 30 g
Use on land craft, rail vehicles and Other
special-purpose vehicles Note: For use in railway applications, also
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry observe the product information
according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
fauna); Class 5B3 on request A5E37661960A
3
SIPLUS extreme RAIL 6AG2137-6BD00-1BA0 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0

CM communication module BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
4x IO-Link
Serial communication module for 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
connecting up to 4 IO-Link devices, module and additional 10 internally
time-based IO, BU type A0, bridged AUX terminals
color code CC04; (1 A to 10 A); for starting a new load
for areas with extreme exposure to group (max. 10 A);
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Accessories
Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL BU15-P16+A10+2B TX RAIL
BaseUnits, type A0
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
BU15-P16+A0+2D TX RAIL EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
Approved in accordance with the standards for use in rail traffic
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
standards for use in rail traffic module and additionally 10 inter-
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with nally bridged AUX terminals
16 process terminals to the module; (1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
for starting a new load group group;
(max. 10 A); for areas with extreme exposure to
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/95

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL failsafe I/O modules > SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital F input modules
■ Overview
• For fail-safe reading of sensor information (1 or 2 channels)
• Provides integral discrepancy evaluation for 2-out-of-2 signals
• 8 internal sensor supplies (incl. test function) onboard
• Certified up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508), PL e (ISO 13849)
• Can be plugged into type A0 BaseUnits (BU) with automatic
coding
• LED display for error, operation, supply voltage and status
- 2D matrix code (order and serial number)
- Connection diagram
- Color coding of the DI module type: White
- Hardware and firmware version
- CC color code for module-specific color coding of the poten-
3 tials at the terminals of the BU
- Complete Article No.
- Labeling strips
Digital fail-safe input module: - Reference identification label
SIPLUS ET 200SP F-DI 4/8X24VDC RAIL for BU type A0,
color code CC01 • Optional module-specific color identification of the terminals
according to the color code CC
Other properties: • Optional system-integrated shield connection
• 8-channel digital fail-safe input module for SIPLUS extreme • The modules support PROFIsafe in both PROFIBUS and
ET 200SP RAIL PROFINET configurations. They can be used with all fail-safe
• Approved in accordance with railway standards EN 50155, SIMATIC S7 CPUs
EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for use in rail
traffic
Article number 6AG2136-6BA00-1CA0 Article number 6AG2136-6BA00-1CA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP
F-DI 4/8X24VDC RAIL F-DI 4/8X24VDC RAIL
General information Input current
Product type designation F-DI 8x24VDC HF • for signal "1", typ. 3.7 mA
Product function Input delay (for rated value of input
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 voltage)
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC - parameterizable Yes
Rated value (DC) 24 V for counter/technological functions
Reverse polarity protection Yes - parameterizable No
Encoder supply Cable length
Number of outputs 8 • shielded, max. 1 000 m
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic (response threshold • unshielded, max. 500 m
0.7 A to 1.8 A) Interrupts/diagnostics/
Output current status information
• up to 60 °C, max. 0.3 A Diagnostics function Yes, "Alarms/diagnostic messages"
section in the manual
24 V encoder supply
Alarms
• 24 V Yes; min. L+ (-1.5 V)
• Short-circuit protection Yes
• Hardware interrupt No
• Output current, max. 800 mA; Total current of all encoders
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8
Source/sink input Yes; P-reading
Input characteristic curve in accor- Yes (PWR-LED)
Input voltage
• for channel diagnostics Yes; Red LED
• for signal "0" -30 to +5V
• for signal "1" +15 to +30V
3/96 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2136-6BA00-1CA0 Article number 6AG2136-6BA00-1CA0
F-DI 4/8X24VDC RAIL F-DI 4/8X24VDC RAIL
Potential separation Ambient conditions
Potential separation channels Ambient temperature during
• between the channels and Yes operation
backplane bus • horizontal installation, min. -25 °C; = Tmin
Isolation • horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according (T1 acc. to EN 50155)
to EN 50155 (routine test) Altitude during operation relating to
Standards, approvals, certificates sea level
Suitable for safety functions Yes • Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
max.
Railway application
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
nications systems Relative humidity
3
overvoltage category OV2; accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden-
pollution degree PD2; max. sation conditions)
UNm = 24 V DC Resistance
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient Coolants and lubricants
conditions - Resistant to commercially Yes
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - available coolants and lubricants
see ambient conditions Use in stationary industrial systems
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
systems - see ambient conditions; according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of
vibrations and shocks: Application fauna); Class 3B3 on request
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
away from track) according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class (severity degree 3); *
T1, horizontal mounting position, salt - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
spray Class ST2 according to EN 60721-3-3
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B special-purpose vehicles
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
request according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of
Highest safety class achievable in fauna); Class 5B3 on request
safety mode - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
• Performance level according to PLe according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
ISO 13849-1 - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
• SIL acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3 according to EN 60721-3-5
• SIL in accordance with EN 50126, SIL 2; a higher safety integrity level is from supply voltage 1L+
50128, 50129 possible if tested and approved for - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
the specific application under environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
consideration of all local regulations. EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
Probability of failure Dimensions
(for service life of 20 years and
repair time of 100 hours) Width 15 mm
- Low demand mode: PFDavg in < 2.00E-05 1/h Weights
accordance with SIL3 Weight, approx. 49 g
- High demand/continuous mode: < 1.00E-09 1/h Other
PFH in accordance with SIL3
A5E37661960A
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/97

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2136-6BA00-1CA0 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0

F-DI 8x24VDC High Feature T1 BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
RAIL
Approved in accordance with
Approved in accordance with EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
BU type A0, color code CC01; 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
for areas with extreme exposure to module and additional 10 internally
environmental substances bridged AUX terminals
(conformal coating); (1 A to 10 A); for starting a new load
ambient temperature -25 ... +60 °C group (max. 10 A);
(+70 °C for 10 min.) for areas with extreme exposure to
Usable BaseUnits (conformal coating);
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
BU15-P16+A0+2D TX RAIL (+85 °C for 10 min.)
3 Approved in accordance with

EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
SIPLUS ET 200SP
6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0

BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
16 process terminals to the module; standards for use in rail traffic
for starting a new load group BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with
(max. 10 A); 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
(conformal coating); (1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C group;
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0 environmental substances
BU15-P16+A0+2B TX RAIL (conformal coating);
Approved in accordance with (+85 °C for 10 min.)
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
3/98 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL failsafe I/O modules > SIPLUS extreme RAIL digital F output modules
■ Overview
• Fail-safe 2-channel activation (sink/source output) by
actuators
• Actuators can be controlled up to 2 A
• Certified up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508), PL e (ISO 13849)
• Can be plugged into type A0 BaseUnits (BU) with automatic
coding
• LED display for error, operation, supply voltage and status
- 2D matrix code (order and serial number)
- Connection diagram
- Color coding of the DI module type: White
- Hardware and firmware version
- CC color code for module-specific color coding of the poten-
3
tials at the terminals of the BU
- Complete Article No.
- Labeling strips
Digital fail-safe output module: - Reference identification label
SIPLUS ET 200SP F-DQ 4x24VDC High Feature RAIL, • Optional module-specific color identification of the terminals
BU type A0, color code CC01 according to the color code CC
Other properties: • Optional system-integrated shield connection
• 4-channel digital fail-safe output module for SIPLUS extreme • The modules support PROFIsafe in both PROFIBUS and
ET 200SP RAIL PROFINET configurations
• Approved in accordance with EN 50155, EN 15121, • They can be used with all fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs
in rail traffic
Article number 6AG2136-6DB00-1CA0 Article number 6AG2136-6DB00-1CA0
F-DQ 4X24VDC/2A PM RAIL F-DQ 4X24VDC/2A PM RAIL
General information Switching frequency
Product type designation F-DQ 4x24VDC HF • with resistive load, max. 30 Hz; Symmetrical
Product function • with inductive load, max. 0.1 Hz; according to IEC 60947-5-1,
• I&M data Yes; I&M0 to I&M3 DC-13, symmetrical
Supply voltage • on lamp load, max. 10 Hz; Symmetrical
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC Total current of the outputs
Rated value (DC) 24 V • Current per channel, max. 2 A; Note derating data in the manual
Reverse polarity protection Yes • Current per module, max. 6 A; Note derating data in the manual
Digital outputs Cable length
Number of digital outputs 4 • shielded, max. 1 000 m
Digital outputs, parameterizable Yes • unshielded, max. 500 m
Short-circuit protection Yes Interrupts/diagnostics/
status information
Open-circuit detection Yes
Diagnostics function Yes, "Alarms/diagnostic messages"
Overload protection Yes section in the manual
Limitation of inductive shutdown typ. 2*47V Substitute values connectable No
voltage to
Alarms
• with resistive load, max. 2A
• on lamp load, max. 10 W
• lower limit 12 Ω
• upper limit 2 000 Ω (PWR-LED)
Output voltage • Channel status display Yes; Green LED
• Type of output voltage DC • for channel diagnostics Yes; Red LED
• for signal "1", min. 24 V; L+ (-0.5 V) • for module diagnostics Yes; green/red DIAG LED
Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 2A
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/99

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2136-6DB00-1CA0 Article number 6AG2136-6DB00-1CA0
F-DQ 4X24VDC/2A PM RAIL F-DQ 4X24VDC/2A PM RAIL
Potential separation Ambient conditions
Potential separation channels Ambient temperature during
• between the channels and Yes operation
backplane bus • horizontal installation, min. -25 °C; = Tmin
Isolation • horizontal installation, max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min
Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according (T1 acc. to EN 50155)
to EN 50155 (routine test) Altitude during operation relating to
Standards, approvals, certificates sea level
Suitable for safety functions Yes • Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
max.
Railway application
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles barometric pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
nications systems Relative humidity
3
overvoltage category OV2; accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden-
pollution degree PD2; max. sation conditions)
UNm = 24 V DC Resistance
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient Coolants and lubricants
conditions - Resistant to commercially Yes
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - available coolants and lubricants
see ambient conditions Use in stationary industrial systems
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
systems - see ambient conditions; according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of
vibrations and shocks: Application fauna); Class 3B3 on request
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
away from track) according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class (severity degree 3); *
T1, horizontal mounting position, salt - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
spray Class ST2 according to EN 60721-3-3
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
shocks: Category 1 Class A/B special-purpose vehicles
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
request according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of
Highest safety class achievable in fauna); Class 5B3 on request
safety mode - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
• Performance level according to PLe according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
ISO 13849-1 - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
• SIL acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3 according to EN 60721-3-5
• SIL in accordance with EN 50126, SIL 2; a higher safety integrity level is from supply voltage 1L+
50128, 50129 possible if tested and approved for - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
the specific application under environmental conditions acc. to remain in place over the unused
consideration of all local regulations. EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
Probability of failure Dimensions
(for service life of 20 years and
repair time of 100 hours) Width 15 mm
- Low demand mode: PFDavg in < 2.00E-05 1/h Weights
accordance with SIL3 Weight, approx. 57 g
- High demand/continuous mode: < 1.00E-09 1/h Other
PFH in accordance with SIL3
A5E37661960A
3/100 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2136-6DB00-1CA0 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0

F-DQ 4x24VDC High Feature T1 BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
RAIL
Approved in accordance with EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
BU type A0, color code CC01; 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
(conformal coating); (1 A to 10 A); for starting a new load
ambient temperature -25 ... +60 °C group (max. 10 A);
Usable BaseUnits (conformal coating);
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
BU15-P16+A0+2D TX RAIL (+85 °C for 10 min.)

EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
SIPLUS ET 200SP
6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0
3
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
16 process terminals to the module; standards for use in rail traffic
for starting a new load group BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with
(max. 10 A); 16 process terminals (1...16) to the
(conformal coating); (1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C group;
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0 environmental substances
BU15-P16+A0+2B TX RAIL (conformal coating);
Approved in accordance with (+85 °C for 10 min.)
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway BU20-P12+A4+0B 6AG1193-6BP20-7BB0
standards for use in rail traffic (extended temperature range and
BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with exposure to environmental sub-
16 process terminals to the module; stances)
for continuing the load group; BU type B0; BaseUnit (dark) with
for areas with extreme exposure to 12 process terminals (1...12) to the
environmental substances module and an additional
(conformal coating); 4 internally jumpered AUX terminals
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C (1 A to 4 A);
(+85 °C for 10 min.) for continuing the load group; 1 unit
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/101

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL BaseUnits
■ Overview
• Fault-proof color coding of the spring NC contacts for better
orientation in the terminal panel
• Replacement of I/O modules during operation without
affecting the wiring
• Operation with module gaps (gaps without I/O module)
• Automatic coding of the I/O modules prevents destruction of
the electronics if a module is accidentally inserted in the
wrong slot during replacement
• High EMC interference immunity:
- Self-assembling shielded backplane bus
- multi-layer conductor plate with shield levels for inter-
ference-free signal transmission from the terminal to the I/O
module,
- System-integrated, space-saving shield connection for
quick installation
3 • Self-assembling potential groups without external wiring or
jumpers
• Replaceable terminal box
With the BaseUnits (BUs), the SIPLUS extreme RAIL ET 200SP • Side-by-side latching of the BUs for high mechanical and
offers a rugged and service-friendly design with permanent EMC loads
wiring:
• Optional module-specific color identification of the terminals
• Approved in accordance with the railway standards according to the color code CC
use in rail traffic • Optional equipment marking using slide-in equipment
labeling plates
• No tools needed for one-handed wiring using push-in
terminals
• Actuation of the spring NC contacts with a standard screw-
driver, with a blade width up to 3.5 mm
• Outstanding access due to arrangement of measuring tap,
spring NC contacts and cable entry in columns, while at the
same time reducing the space required by 64%
Article number 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP
BU15-P16+A0+2B TX RAIL BU15-P16+A0+2D TX RAIL BU15-P16+A10+2B TX RAIL BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
General information
Product type designation Type A0 Type A0 Type A0 Type A0
Railway application
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Yes; EMC for rail vehicles Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and Yes; EMC for signal and Yes; EMC for signal and Yes; EMC for signal and
telecommunications systems telecommunications systems telecommunications systems telecommunications systems
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - Yes; Railway applications - Yes; Railway applications - Yes; Railway applications -
overvoltage category OV2; overvoltage category OV2; overvoltage category OV2; overvoltage category OV2;
pollution degree PD2; pollution degree PD2; pollution degree PD2; pollution degree PD2;
rated surge voltage UNi = rated surge voltage UNi = rated surge voltage UNi = rated surge voltage UNi =
0.5 kV; 0.5 kV; 0.5 kV; 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC UNm = 24 V DC UNm = 24 V DC UNm = 24 V DC
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see Yes; Rail vehicles - see Yes; Rail vehicles - see Yes; Rail vehicles - see
ambient conditions ambient conditions ambient conditions ambient conditions
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical Yes; Stationary electrical Yes; Stationary electrical Yes; Stationary electrical
equipment - see ambient equipment - see ambient equipment - see ambient equipment - see ambient
conditions conditions conditions conditions
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommu- Yes; Signal and telecommu- Yes; Signal and telecommu- Yes; Signal and telecommu-
nications systems - see nications systems - see nications systems - see nications systems - see
ambient conditions; vibra- ambient conditions; vibra- ambient conditions; vibra- ambient conditions; vibra-
tions and shocks: Appli- tions and shocks: Appli- tions and shocks: Appli- tions and shocks: Appli-
cation point outside of tracks cation point outside of tracks cation point outside of tracks cation point outside of tracks
(1 m to 3 m away from track) (1 m to 3 m away from track) (1 m to 3 m away from track) (1 m to 3 m away from track)
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - Yes; Rail vehicles - Yes; Rail vehicles - Yes; Rail vehicles -
temperature class Tx, temperature class Tx, temperature class Tx, temperature class Tx,
horizontal mounting position, horizontal mounting position, horizontal mounting position, horizontal mounting position,
salt spray Class ST2 salt spray Class ST2 salt spray Class ST2 salt spray Class ST2
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations
and shocks: Category 1 and shocks: Category 1 and shocks: Category 1 and shocks: Category 1
Class A/B Class A/B Class A/B Class A/B
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verifi- Yes; Rail vehicles - verifi- Yes; Rail vehicles - verifi- Yes; Rail vehicles - verifi-
cation on request cation on request cation on request cation on request
3/102 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA0 6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP
BU15-P16+A0+2B TX RAIL BU15-P16+A0+2D TX RAIL BU15-P16+A10+2B TX RAIL BU15-P16+A10+2D TX RAIL
Ambient conditions
operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for
10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155) 10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155) 10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155) 10 min (Tx acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m 2 000 m 2 000 m 2 000 m
max.
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at Tmin ... Tmax at Tmin ... Tmax at Tmin ... Tmax at
pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
(-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
3
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH 100 %; RH 100 %; RH 100 %; RH
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, incl. condensation/frost incl. condensation/frost incl. condensation/frost incl. condensation/frost
max. (no commissioning under (no commissioning under (no commissioning under (no commissioning under
condensation conditions) condensation conditions) condensation conditions) condensation conditions)
Resistance
- Resistant to commercially Yes Yes Yes Yes
according to EN 60721-3-3 incl. salt spray acc. to incl. salt spray acc. to incl. salt spray acc. to incl. salt spray acc. to
EN 60068-2-52 EN 60068-2-52 EN 60068-2-52 EN 60068-2-52
(severity degree 3); * (severity degree 3); * (severity degree 3); * (severity degree 3); *
according to EN 60721-3-3 dust, * dust, * dust, * dust, *
exception of fauna); exception of fauna); exception of fauna); exception of fauna);
Class 5B3 on request Class 5B3 on request Class 5B3 on request Class 5B3 on request
according to EN 60721-3-5 incl. salt spray acc. to incl. salt spray acc. to incl. salt spray acc. to incl. salt spray acc. to
EN 50155 (ST2); * EN 50155 (ST2); * EN 50155 (ST2); * EN 50155 (ST2); *
according to EN 60721-3-5 dust; * dust; * dust; * dust; *
- Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers * The supplied plug covers * The supplied plug covers * The supplied plug covers
environmental conditions acc. to must remain in place over must remain in place over must remain in place over must remain in place over
EN 60721 the unused interfaces the unused interfaces the unused interfaces the unused interfaces
Dimensions
Weights
Weight, approx. 40 g 40 g 50 g 50 g
Other
Note: For use in railway applica- For use in railway applica- For use in railway applica- For use in railway applica-
tions, also observe the tions, also observe the tions, also observe the tions, also observe the
product information "SIPLUS product information "SIPLUS product information "SIPLUS product information "SIPLUS
extreme RAIL" extreme RAIL" extreme RAIL" extreme RAIL"
A5E37661960A A5E37661960A A5E37661960A A5E37661960A
Online Support article Online Support article Online Support article Online Support article
109736776 109736776 109736776 109736776
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/103

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2193-6BP20-4BB1 6AG2193-6BP00-4BD0 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA1
SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP
BU20-P12+A0+4B TX RAIL BU20-P12+A0+0B TX RAIL BU15-P16+A0+2D/T TX RAIL
General information
Product type designation Type A1 Type D0 Type A1
Railway application
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommunications systems
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - overvoltage category OV2;
UNm = 24 V DC
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient conditions
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - see ambient conditions
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications systems - see ambient conditions; vibrations and shocks: Application point outside
of tracks (1 m to 3 m away from track)
3 • EN 50155
• EN 61373
Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Tx, horizontal mounting position, salt spray Class ST2
Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
• Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on request
Ambient conditions
operation
sea level
max.
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden- (no commissioning under conden- (no commissioning under conden-
max. sation conditions) sation conditions) sation conditions)
Resistance
Dimensions
Depth 35 mm 35 mm
3/104 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2193-6BP20-4BB1 6AG2193-6BP00-4BD0 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA1
SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP SIPLUS ET 200SP
BU20-P12+A0+4B TX RAIL BU20-P12+A0+0B TX RAIL BU15-P16+A0+2D/T TX RAIL
Weights
Other
Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP20-4BA0

BaseUnits, type A0 BU15-P16+A10+2B TX RAIL
3
Approved in accordance with the standards for use in rail traffic
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
module and additionally 10 inter-
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with nally bridged AUX terminals
16 process terminals to the module; (1 A to 10 A); for continuing the load
for starting a new load group group;
(max. 10 A); for areas with extreme exposure to
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4BA0 BaseUnits, type B1
Approved in accordance with the BU20-P12+A0+4B TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway Approved in accordance with the
BU type A0; BaseUnit (dark) with standards for use in rail traffic
for continuing the load group; BU type B1; BaseUnit (dark) with
for areas with extreme exposure to 12 process terminals to the module;
environmental substances for continuing the load group; 1 unit
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C Suitable SIPLUS extreme RAIL
(+85 °C for 10 min.) BaseUnits, type D0
SIPLUS ET 200SP BU15- 6AG2193-6BP20-4DA0 SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4BD0

P16+A10+2D TX RAIL BU20-P12+A0+0B TX RAIL

EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
BU type A0; BaseUnit (light) with BU type D0; BaseUnit with

16 process terminals (1...16) to the 12 push-in terminals, without AUX
module and additional 10 internally terminals, bridged to the left;
bridged AUX terminals for areas with extreme exposure to
(1 A to 10 A); for starting a new load environmental substances
group (max. 10 A); (conformal coating);
for areas with extreme exposure to ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
environmental substances (+85 °C for 10 min.)
(conformal coating); Suitable SIPLUS extreme type A1
ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C RAIL BaseUnits (with tempera-
(+85 °C for 10 min.) ture detection)
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6BP00-4DA1
BU15-P16+A0+2D/T TX RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
for starting a new load group
(max. 10 A)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/105

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL BusAdapter
■ Overview
BusAdapters (BA) are available for the SIPLUS extreme RAIL
ET 200SP:
• SIPLUS extreme RAIL BusAdapter for the free selection of the
connection system (pluggable or direct connection) of
PROFINET to devices with a SIPLUS extreme RAIL
BusAdapter interface. Another benefit of the SIPLUS extreme
RAIL BusAdapter: only the adapter needs to be replaced for
subsequent conversion to the rugged FastConnect
technology or to repair defective RJ45 sockets.
Article number 6AG2193-6AR00-4AA0 6AG2193-6AF00-4AA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP BA 2XRJ45 TX RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP BA 2XFC TX RAIL
General information
Product type designation BA 2xRJ45 BA 2xFC
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1 1
PROFINET IO
• Number of RJ45 ports 2
• Number of FC (FastConnect) 2
connections
Cable length
- Cu conductors 100 m 100 m
Railway application
tions tions
Class A/B Class A/B
sea level
max.
Relative humidity
• With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost (no commissioning 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost (no commissioning
dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. under condensation conditions) under condensation conditions)
3/106 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL BusAdapter
Article number 6AG2193-6AR00-4AA0 6AG2193-6AF00-4AA0
SIPLUS ET 200SP BA 2XRJ45 TX RAIL SIPLUS ET 200SP BA 2XFC TX RAIL
Resistance
EN 50155 (ST2); *
EN 50155 (ST2); * 3
EN 60721
Dimensions
Width 20 mm 20 mm
Height 69.5 mm 69.5 mm
Depth 59 mm 59 mm
Weights
Other
SIPLUS extreme RAIL Accessories

BusAdapter
Equipment labeling plate 6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6AR00-4AA0
BA 2XRJ45 TX RAIL 10 sheets of 16 labels,
for printing with thermal transfer
For PROFINET interface modules in card printer or plotter
max. cable length 50 m;
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
SIPLUS ET 200SP 6AG2193-6AF00-4AA0
BA 2XFC TX RAIL
For PROFINET interface modules in
for increased vibration and EMC
load rating; max. cable length 50 m;
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/107

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS ET 200MP RAIL
SIPLUS ET 200MP IM 155-5 PN ST TX RAIL
■ Overview
• Linking to the isochronous task of the CPU
• Prioritized fast startup (FSU) with 500 ms (max. 12 I/O
modules)
• Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP)
• Shared device on up to 2 I/O controllers (when configuring
using GSD file; depends on the respective configuration tool)
• Omission of SIMATIC memory card (SMC); IM replacement
without PG using LLDP
• Operation of F-modules and PROFIsafe
As of firmware version 2.0.0, the SIPLUS ET 200MP interface
module IM 155-5 PN ST TX RAIL offers the following new func-
tions:
• Submodule-granular shared device with up to two IO
controllers
3 • Configuration control (option handling)
• Module shared input and module shared output (MSI/MSO),
i.e. the inputs or outputs of a module can be made available
• Interface modules for linking the ET 200MP to PROFINET simultaneously to up to two IO controllers
• Approved in accordance with the railway standards SIPLUS ET 200MP interface module IM155-5 PN HF T1 RAIL
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for features the following additional functions:
use in rail traffic
• Shared device on up to 4 IO controllers
• They handle data exchange with the PROFINET IO Controller
in the PLC • Module internal shared input and module shared output
(MSI/MSO) on up to four IO controllers
• Integrated 2-port switch for line topology
• Operation on a high-availability SIMATIC S7-400H
• Max. 30 I/O modules
• Support for the MRPD function (media redundancy with
• Shortest bus cycle 250 µs planned duplication)
IM 155-5 PN ST TX RAIL IM155-5 PN HF T1 RAIL

Article No. 6AG2155-5AA00-4AB0 6AG2155-5AA00-1AC0
Quantity structures
IO modules All All
Max. number IO modules / IM 30 30
Max. number of bytes / slot 256 inputs 256 inputs
256 outputs 256 outputs
Max. number bytes / station 512 inputs 512 inputs
512 outputs 512 outputs
Update time 250 µs 250 µs
Configuration
GSDML Yes Yes
STEP 7 GSDML GSDML
TIA Portal Yes Yes
PCS 7 No No
General functions
Reset to factory settings TIA Portal TIA Portal
Device replacement without programming device LLDP LLDP
Configuration management (option handling) Yes Yes
I&M data IM 0 … 3 IM 0 … 3
Isochronous mode Yes Yes
PROFIsafe Yes Yes
3/108 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

■ Overview (continued)
IM 155-5 PN ST TX RAIL IM155-5 PN HF T1 RAIL
PROFINET functions
RT Yes Yes
IRT Yes Yes
MRP Yes Yes
MRPD No No
S2 redundancy No Yes
Fast startup Yes Yes
Shared device Yes; up to 2 ctrls. Yes; up to 4 ctrls.
MSI / MSO Yes Yes
Submodules Yes Yes
■ Technical specifications 3
Article number 6AG2155-5AA00-4AB0 6AG2155-5AA00-1AC0
SIPLUS ET 200MP IM 155-5 PN ST TX RAIL SIPLUS ET 200MP IM 155-5 PN HF T1 RAIL
General information
Product type designation IM 155-5 PN ST IM 155-5 PN HF
Product function
Supply voltage
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes
Mains buffering
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy 5 ms 5 ms
time
Power loss
Hardware configuration
Integrated power supply Yes
Rack
• Modules per rack, max. 30; I/O modules 30; I/O modules
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces 1 1
1. Interface
Interface types
• Number of ports 2 2
• integrated switch Yes Yes
• RJ 45 (Ethernet) Yes Yes
Functionality
• PROFINET IO Device Yes Yes
• Media redundancy Yes Yes; PROFINET MRP
Interface types
RJ 45 (Ethernet)
• Transmission procedure PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex (100BASE-TX) PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex (100BASE-TX)
• 100 Mbps Yes Yes
• Autonegotiation Yes Yes
• Autocrossing Yes Yes
PROFINET IO Device
Services
- Isochronous mode Yes Yes
- IRT Yes Yes
- PROFIenergy No
- Prioritized startup Yes Yes
- Shared device Yes Yes
- Number of IO Controllers with 2 4
shared device, max.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/109

© Siemens AG 2018

Redundancy mode
- MRP Yes Yes
- MRPD No
- PROFINET system redundancy Yes
(S2)
Open IE communication
• TCP/IP Yes Yes
• SNMP Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application Yes Yes
Equidistance Yes Yes
shortest clock pulse 250 µs 250 µs
3 max. cycle
4 ms 4 ms
status information
Status indicator Yes Yes
Alarms Yes Yes
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes
• MAINT LED Yes; yellow LED Yes; yellow LED
• Connection display LINK TX/RX Yes; yellow LED Yes; yellow LED
Isolation
Railway application
tions tions
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Tx, horizontal Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class T1, horizontal
Class A/B Class A/B
Ambient conditions
operation
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin -40 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; from > +60 °C no module permissible left of 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min (T1 acc. to EN 50155)
the IM; +85 °C for 10 min. (Tx acc. to EN 50155)
sea level
max.
Relative humidity
3/110 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Resistance
EN 50155 (ST2); *
EN 50155 (ST2); * 3
EN 60721
Dimensions
Width 35 mm 35 mm
Depth 129 mm 129 mm
Weights
Other
SIPLUS ET 200MP 6AG2155-5AA00-4AB0 SIPLUS ET 200MP 6AG2155-5AA00-1AC0

interface module interface module
IM 155-5 PN ST TX RAIL IM 155-5 PN HF T1 RAIL
Approved in accordance with Approved in accordance with
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
IP 20 degree of protection, module IP 20 degree of protection, module
width 35 mm, mounted on S7-1500 width 35 mm, mounted on S7-1500
mounting rail; standard functions; mounting rail; High Feature version
for areas with extreme exposure to with additional functions
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/111

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL gateways
SIPLUS NET PN/PN Coupler T1 RAIL
■ Overview
• Maximum data exchange of 256-bytes input data and
256-bytes output data between two PROFINET networks
• Maximum of 16 input/output ranges for the exchange of data
• Electrical isolation between the two PROFINET IO subnets
• Supported Ethernet services
- ping
- arp
- Network diagnostics (SNMP/MIB-2)
• Diagnostic interrupts
• ReturnOfSubmodule interrupts
3
Article number 6AG2158-3AD01-1XA0 Article number 6AG2158-3AD01-1XA0
SIPLUS NET SIPLUS NET
PN/PN COUPLER T1 RAIL PN/PN COUPLER T1 RAIL
Installation type/mounting Diagnostics indication LED
Mounting Mounting rail 7.5 mm and 15 mm • Bus fault BF (red) Yes; for each side
Supply voltage • Group error SF (red) Yes; for each side
Rated value (DC) 24 V • Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON Yes; for each side
permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V (green)
permissible range, upper limit (DC) 28.8 V • Connection to network LINK (green) Yes; for each port
Reverse polarity protection Yes Isolation
Mains buffering Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy 20 ms
time Standards, approvals, certificates
Input current Railway application
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 400 mA • EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
Power loss • EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu-
nications systems
Power loss, typ. 6W
Interfaces overvoltage category OV2;
PROFINET IO pollution degree PD2;
• automatic detection of transmission Yes UNm = 24 V DC
rate
• Transmission rate, max. 100 Mbit/s conditions
• Number of RJ45 ports 4; 2 for each side • EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
Protocols see ambient conditions
Supports protocol for PROFINET IO Yes • EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
Protocols (Ethernet)
• SNMP Yes point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m
• ping Yes away from track)
• ARP Yes • EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class
Isochronous mode spray Class ST2
Isochronous operation (application No; For operation on isochronous • EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
synchronized up to terminal) bus shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
Interrupts/diagnostics/ • Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on
status information request
Status indicator Yes
Alarms Yes
3/112 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018


Article number 6AG2158-3AD01-1XA0 SIPLUS NET 6AG2158-3AD01-1XA0
PN/PN COUPLER T1 RAIL
Ambient conditions EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
Ambient temperature during EN 50125 and EN 45545 railway
operation standards for use in rail traffic
• min. -40 °C; = Tmin; Startup @ -25 °C for connecting two PROFINET
networks;
• max. 60 °C; = Tmax; +70 °C for 10 min
Suitable for areas with extreme
(T1 acc. to EN 50155)
exposure to environmental
Altitude during operation relating to substances (conformal coating)
sea level Ambient temperature -25 ... +55 °C
• Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m (+70 °C for 10 min.)
max.
barometric pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
(-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
Relative humidity
3
Resistance
Dimensions
Width 120 mm; Minimized with good
handling
Height 119.5 mm
Depth 75 mm; with mounting rail
Weights
Other
A5E37661960A
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/113

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS PN/CAN LINK TX RAIL
■ Overview
• For data exchange between PROFINET and CAN Bus 2.0A/B
or CANopen Manager or Slave (according to CiA 301 & 302)
use in rail traffic
• CANopen features:
- Node / lifeguarding
- Heartbeat
- SYNC (producer / consumer)
• Integrated in TIA via HSP, TIA Portal V14 or higher
• PROFINET switch and 9-pin D-sub plug integrated for CAN
• Up to 126 CAN nodes
• 512 receiver/transmitter PDOs
• Electrical isolation between the two networks
3 • Diagnostic interrupts
• Controllers supported: S7-1200, S7-1500, ET 200SP,
Open Controller
Article number 6AG2620-0AA00-4AA0 Article number 6AG2620-0AA00-4AA0
SIPLUS PN/CAN LINK TX RAIL SIPLUS PN/CAN LINK TX RAIL
General information CAN
Product type designation PN/CAN LINK • CAN operating modes CAN Standard CAN 2.0A/B;
Firmware version CANopen Manager / Slave acc. to
CiA
• FW update possible Yes
• Specification acc. to CiA CiA 301 & CiA 302
Vendor identification (VendorID) ID 09 00 00 53h acc. to CiA
• Transmission rate, min. 50 kbit/s
• Transmission rate, max. 1 000 kbit/s
Mounting DIN rail, wall mounting, portrait
mounting • Number of slaves, max. 126
Mounting position Any • Number of SDOs in parallel 16; Parallel
Recommended mounting position Horizontal • Number of PDOs 512; Send / receive
Supply voltage Services
Type of supply voltage 24 V DC - Node/life-guarding Yes
Rated value (DC) 24 V - Heartbeat Yes
permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V - SYNC Yes
permissible range, upper limit (DC) 28.8 V 1. Interface
Reverse polarity protection Yes Interface type CAN according to CiA 303-1
Overvoltage protection Yes Physics 9-pin sub D socket
Short-circuit protection Yes Isolated Yes; 500 V AC or 707 V DC
Mains buffering Interface types
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy 10 ms • Number of ports 1
time 2. Interface
Input current Interface type PROFINET
Current consumption (rated value) 0.09 A Physics Ethernet, 2-port switch, 2*RJ45
Current consumption, max. 0.11 A Isolated Yes; 1 500 V AC or 2 250 V DC
Power loss Interface types
Power loss, typ. 2.2 W • Number of ports 2
Interfaces • integrated switch Yes
Interfaces/bus type 2x Ethernet (RJ45), 1x Sub-D (9-pin) Protocols
Supports protocol for PROFINET IO • PROFINET IO Device Yes
• automatic detection of transmission No Interrupts/diagnostics/status infor-
rate mation
• Transmission rate, max. 100 Mbit/s Status indicator Yes
• Number of RJ45 ports 2 Alarms Yes
• Number of FC (FastConnect) 2 Diagnostic functions Yes
connections Diagnostics indication LED
PROFINET functions • RUN LED Yes
• Assignment of the IP address, Yes • ERROR LED Yes
supported
• MAINT LED Yes
• Assignment of the device name, Yes
supported • LINK LED Yes
• RX/TX LED Yes
3/114 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Switch Disconnectors
SIPLUS PN/CAN LINK TX RAIL
Article number 6AG2620-0AA00-4AA0 Article number 6AG2620-0AA00-4AA0
SIPLUS PN/CAN LINK TX RAIL SIPLUS PN/CAN LINK TX RAIL
Potential separation Relative humidity
Potential separation exists Yes • With condensation, tested in accor- 100 %; incl. condensation / frost
Degree and class of protection dance with IEC 60068-2-38, max. permitted (no commissioning under
condensation conditions)
Degree of protection acc. to IP20
EN 60529 Resistance
Standards, approvals, certificates Coolants and lubricants
CE mark Yes - Resistant to commercially Yes; Incl. diesel and oil droplets in
available coolants and lubricants the air
EAC (formerly Gost-R) Yes
RoHS conformity Yes
Railway application according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of
• EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles fauna); Class 3B3 on request
• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu- - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
nications systems according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52
3
overvoltage category OV3; pollution - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
degree PD2; UNm = 277/480 V AC according to EN 60721-3-3
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
conditions special-purpose vehicles
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
see ambient conditions according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of
systems - see ambient conditions; - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
vibrations and shocks: Application according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m - to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
away from track) according to EN 60721-3-5
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class Remark
spray Class ST2 - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
Dimensions
request Width 70 mm
Ambient conditions Height 112 mm
Ambient temperature during Depth 75 mm
operation Weights
• horizontal installation, min. -40 °C; = Tmin Weight, approx. 212 g
• horizontal installation, max. 70 °C; = Tmax; +85 °C for 10 min Other
(Tx acc. to EN 50155) Note: For use in railway applications, also
Ambient temperature during observe the product information
storage/transportation "SIPLUS extreme RAIL"
• min. -40 °C A5E37661960A
• max. 85 °C
sea level
max.
• Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at 1
pressure-altitude 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
(-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
SIPLUS PN/CAN LINK TX RAIL 6AG2620-0AA00-4AA0

EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124,
PROFINET network transition
according to CAN Bus 2.0A/B,
CANopen Manager according to
CiA301/302, CANopen Slave
according to CiA301/302; IP20
Ambient temperature -40 ... +70 °C
(+85 °C for 10 min.)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/115

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS extreme RAIL operator control and monitoring devices
SIPLUS extreme RAIL Basic Panels (1st Generation)
■ Overview
• Basic Panel 3.6 inches for operating and monitoring compact
machines and systems
use in rail traffic
• Clear process representation through the use of full-graphic
displays
• Intuitive operation via touch and tactile function keys
• Equipped with all the necessary basic functions such as
reporting, recipe management, curve representation, vector
graphics, and language selection
• Easy connection to the controller via integrated Ethernet
interface
3
Article number 6AG2647-0AH11-1AX0 Article number 6AG2647-0AH11-1AX0
SIPLUS HMI SIPLUS HMI
KP300 BASIC MONO 3,6" T1 RAIL KP300 BASIC MONO 3,6" T1 RAIL
General information Protocols
Product type designation KP300 Basic mono PN PROFINET Yes
Display IRT No
Design of display FSTN PROFIBUS No
Screen diagonal 3.6 in MPI No
Number of colors 4; Backlit display only (white, red, Isolation
green, yellow) Isolation tested with 707 V DC (type test) and according
Resolution (pixels) to EN 50155 (routine test)
• Horizontal image resolution 240 Pixel Degree and class of protection
• Vertical image resolution 80 Pixel IP (at the front) IP65
Backlighting Enclosure Type 4x at the front Yes
• MTBF backlighting (at 25 °C) 50 000 h IP (rear) IP20
• Backlight dimmable No Standards, approvals, certificates
Keyboard fonts Railway application
• Function keys • EN 50121-3-2 Yes; EMC for rail vehicles
- Number of function keys 10 • EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommu-
Touch operation nications systems
• Design as touch screen No • EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications -
Installation type/mounting pollution degree PD2;
Mounting in portrait format possible No rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC
Supply voltage
Type of supply voltage DC conditions
Rated value (DC) 24 V • EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment -
Memory see ambient conditions
Memory available for user data 1 Mbyte • EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications
Type of output
Acoustics point outside of tracks (1 m to 3 m
• Buzzer No away from track)
Time of day • EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class
Clock spray Class ST2
• Software clock Yes • EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and
• retentive No shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
• synchronizable Yes • Fire protection acc. to EN 45545-2 Yes; Rail vehicles - verification on
request
Interfaces
Number of industrial Ethernet inter- 1 sea level
faces
Number of RS 485 interfaces 0 max.
Number of USB interfaces 0 • Ambient air temperature-barometric Tmin ... Tmax at 1 140 hPa ... 795
Number of SD card slots 0 pressure-altitude hPa (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m)
3/116 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Article number 6AG2647-0AH11-1AX0 Article number 6AG2647-0AH11-1AX0
SIPLUS HMI SIPLUS HMI
KP300 BASIC MONO 3,6" T1 RAIL KP300 BASIC MONO 3,6" T1 RAIL
Relative humidity Recipe management
• With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost • Number of recipes 5
accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden- • Size of internal recipe memory 40 kbyte
• Recipe memory expandable No
Resistance
Variables
• Number of variables per device 250
available coolants and lubricants • Number of variables per screen 30
Use in stationary industrial systems Images
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry • Number of configurable images 50
according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of Archiving
• Number of archives per device 0
according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 Security
(severity degree 3); * • Number of user groups 50
• Number of users
• SIMATIC Logon
50
No
3
Transfer (upload/download)
• MPI/PROFIBUS DP No
according to EN 60721-3-5 rot spores (with the exception of • Ethernet Yes
fauna); Class 5B3 on request Process coupling
- to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt • S7-1200 Yes
• S7-1500 Yes
according to EN 60721-3-5 • S7-200 Yes
Use on ships/at sea • S7-300/400 Yes
- to biologically active substances Yes; Class 6B2 mold and fungal • LOGO! Yes
according to EN 60721-3-6 spores (excluding fauna); Class 6B3 • WinAC Yes
on request
• SIMOTION No
according to EN 60721-3-6 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 • Allen Bradley (EtherNet/IP) Yes
(severity degree 3); * • Allen Bradley (DF1) No
- to mechanically active substances Yes; Class 6S4 incl. sand, dust; * • Mitsubishi (MC TCP/IP) Yes
according to EN 60721-3-6 • Mitsubishi (FX) No
from supply voltage 1L+ • OMRON (FINS TCP) No
- Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must • OMRON (LINK/Multilink) No
EN 60721 interfaces during operation! • Modicon (Modbus TCP/IP) Yes
Configuration • Modicon (Modbus) No
Configuration software Peripherals/Options
• STEP 7 Basic (TIA Portal) Yes; via integrated WinCC Basic Peripherals
(TIA Portal) • Printer No
• WinCC flexible Compact No • SIMATIC HMI MM memory card: No
• WinCC Basic (TIA Portal) Yes Multi Media Card
Languages • SIMATIC HMI SD memory card: No
Secure Digital memory card
Online languages
• USB memory No
• Number of online/runtime languages 5
Mechanics/material
Functionality under WinCC
(TIA Portal) Enclosure material (front)
Task planner • Plastic Yes
• time-controlled No • Aluminum No
• task-controlled Yes • Stainless steel No
Message system
• Bit messages
- Number of bit messages 200
• Analog messages
- Number of analog messages 15
• Message buffer
- Number of entries 256
- Circulating buffer Yes
- retentive Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/117

© Siemens AG 2018


Article number 6AG2647-0AH11-1AX0 SIPLUS HMI 6AG2647-0AH11-1AX0
SIPLUS HMI KP300 Basic mono PN T1 RAIL
KP300 BASIC MONO 3,6" T1 RAIL
Dimensions railway standards EN 50155,
Width of the housing front 165 mm EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125
and EN 45545 for use in rail traffic
Height of housing front 97 mm
Key operation; 3" FSTN LCD
Mounting cutout, width 149 mm
display, black and white, PROFINET
Mounting cutout, height 82 mm interface
Overall depth 30 mm For areas with extreme exposure to
Weights environmental substances
Weight without packaging 0.25 kg ambient temperature -25 ... +55 °C
Other (+70 °C for 10 min.)
3 A5E37661960A
3/118 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS HMI Comfort Panels Outdoor RAIL
■ Overview
SIPLUS HMI Comfort Panels Outdoor RAIL • Panel front 100% UV protected
Special HMI Panels have been developed which are designed • Front resistant to salt mist
to withstand outdoor environments. • Front IP66 and Nema4 x (indoor/outdoor)
It's not only extreme temperatures which call for robust hard- • Extended operating temperature range: from -30 °C to +60 °C
ware. Direct sunlight, too, must not be allowed to impair display at 3 000 m installation altitude
readability and the panel front must be protected from UV radia- • TIA Portal central engineering tool (WinCC V13 SP1&HSP or
tion. The specially-bonded Outdoor fronts and the rugged hard- higher)
ware of the Outdoor Panels make the SIMATIC HMI Comfort
Panels Outdoor a reliable partner in this environment. • Comfort Panel functionality and performance
• Approved in accordance with the railway standards Notice:
EN 50155, EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 and EN 45545 for The 7" Comfort Panel corresponds to a 7" Comfort Panel
use in rail traffic Standard, the 15" Comfort Panel Outdoor corresponds to a
• For outdoor operation without additional measures 12" Comfort Panel Standard in respect of performance, function-
• 7" and 15" daylight-readable display, widescreen ality and quantity structure.
• Automatic, central or manual dimming of the backlight, with
integrated sensor
3
Article number 6AG2124-0GC13-1AX0 6AG2124-0QC13-1AX0
SIPLUS HMI TP700 OUTDOOR T1 RAIL SIPLUS HMI TP1500 OUTDOOR T1 RAIL
General information
Product type designation SIPLUS HMI TP700 Comfort Outdoor SIPLUS HMI TP1500 Comfort Outdoor RAIL
Display
Design of display TFT, bonded, daylight-readable TFT, bonded, daylight-readable
Screen diagonal 7 in 15.4 in
Number of colors 16 777 216 16 777 216
Resolution (pixels)
• Horizontal image resolution 800 Pixel 1 280 Pixel
• Vertical image resolution 480 Pixel 800 Pixel
Backlighting
• MTBF backlighting (at 25 °C) 50 000 h 50 000 h
• Backlight dimmable Yes; LED, can be dimmed manually or automatically Yes; LED, can be dimmed manually or automatically
Keyboard fonts
• Function keys
- Number of function keys 0 0
Touch operation
• Design as touch screen Yes; analog, resistive Yes; analog, resistive
Mounting in portrait format possible Yes Yes
Supply voltage
Memory
Memory available for user data 12 Mbyte 12 Mbyte
Type of output
Acoustics
• Speaker Yes Yes
Time of day
Clock
• Hardware clock (real-time) Yes Yes
• retentive Yes; Back-up duration typically 6 weeks Yes; Back-up duration typically 6 weeks
• synchronizable Yes Yes
Interfaces
Number of industrial Ethernet inter- 2 2
faces
Number of RS 485 interfaces 1; RS 422/485 combined 1; RS 422/485 combined
Number of USB interfaces 2; USB 2.0 2; USB 2.0
• USB Mini B 1; 5-pole 1; 5-pole
Number of SD card slots 2 2
Industrial Ethernet
• Number of ports of the integrated 2 2
switch
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/119

© Siemens AG 2018

Protocols
PROFINET Yes Yes
IRT Yes Yes
MRP Yes Yes
PROFIBUS Yes Yes
MPI Yes Yes
Isolation
IP (at the front) IP66 IP66
Enclosure Type 4x at the front Yes Yes
IP (rear) IP20 IP20
3 CE mark
Railway application
Yes Yes

• EN 50121-4 Yes; EMC for signal and telecommunications systems
• EN 50124-1 Yes; Railway applications - overvoltage category OV2; pollution degree PD2; rated surge voltage UNi = 0.5 kV;
UNm = 24 V DC
• EN 50125-1 Yes; Rail vehicles - see ambient conditions
• EN 50125-2 Yes; Stationary electrical equipment - see ambient conditions
• EN 50125-3 Yes; Signal and telecommunications systems - see ambient conditions; vibrations and shocks: Application point outside
of tracks (1 m to 3 m away from track)
• EN 50155 Yes; Rail vehicles - temperature class T1, horizontal and vertical mounting position, salt spray class ST2
• EN 61373 Yes; Rail vehicles - vibrations and shocks: Category 1 Class A/B
Ambient conditions
operation
• Operation (vertical installation)
- For vertical installation, min. -30 °C -30 °C
- For vertical installation, max. 60 °C; (55 °C, see entry ID: 64847814) 60 °C; (55 °C, see entry ID: 64847814)
sea level
max.
Relative humidity
Resistance
EN 60721
3/120 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Configuration
Configuration software
• WinCC Comfort (TIA Portal) Yes Yes
Languages
Online languages
• Number of online/runtime languages 32 32
Functionality under WinCC
(TIA Portal)
Applications/options
• Web browser Yes Yes
• Pocket Word Yes Yes
• Pocket Excel Yes Yes
• PDF Viewer Yes Yes
• Media Player Yes Yes
• SIMATIC WinCC Sm@rtServer
• SIMATIC WinCC Audit
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3
Number of Visual Basic Scripts Yes Yes
Task planner
• time-controlled Yes Yes
• task-controlled Yes Yes
Message system
• Bit messages
- Number of bit messages 4 000 4 000
• Analog messages
- Number of analog messages 200 200
• Message buffer
- Number of entries 1 024 1 024
- Circulating buffer Yes Yes
- retentive Yes Yes
Recipe management
• Number of recipes 300 300
• Size of internal recipe memory 2 Mbyte 2 Mbyte
• Recipe memory expandable Yes Yes
Variables
• Number of variables per device 2 048 2 048
• Number of variables per screen 400 400
Images
• Number of configurable images 500 500
Archiving
• Number of archives per device 50 50
Security
• Number of user groups 50 50
• Number of users 50 50
• SIMATIC Logon Yes Yes
Logging through printer
• Alarms Yes Yes
• Report (shift log) Yes Yes
• Hardcopy Yes Yes
• Electronic print to file Yes; PDF, HTML Yes; PDF, HTML
Transfer (upload/download)
• MPI/PROFIBUS DP Yes Yes
• Ethernet Yes Yes
Process coupling
• S7-1200 Yes Yes
• S7-1500 Yes Yes
• S7-200 Yes Yes
• S7-300/400 Yes Yes
• LOGO! Yes Yes
• WinAC Yes Yes
• SIMOTION Yes Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/121

© Siemens AG 2018

Process coupling
• Allen Bradley (EtherNet/IP) Yes Yes
• Allen Bradley (DF1) Yes Yes
• Mitsubishi (MC TCP/IP) Yes Yes
• Mitsubishi (FX) Yes Yes
• OMRON (FINS TCP) No No
• OMRON (LINK/Multilink) Yes Yes
• Modicon (Modbus TCP/IP) Yes Yes
• Modicon (Modbus) Yes Yes
• OPC UA Client Yes Yes
• OPC UA Server Yes Yes
Peripherals/Options
Peripherals
3
• Printer Yes Yes
• SIMATIC HMI MM memory card: Yes Yes
Multi Media Card
• SIMATIC HMI SD memory card: Yes Yes
Secure Digital memory card
• USB memory Yes Yes
• Network camera Yes Yes; See FAQ Entry ID: 62383298 and entry ID: 65647473
Mechanics/material
• Plastic No No
• Aluminum Yes; Powder-coated, UV resistant Yes; Powder-coated, UV resistant
• Stainless steel No No
Dimensions
Width of the housing front 214 mm 415 mm
Height of housing front 158 mm 310 mm
Mounting cutout, width 197 mm 396 mm
Mounting cutout, height 141 mm 291 mm
Overall depth 67 mm 77 mm
Weights
Weight without packaging 1.5 kg 4 kg
Other
SIPLUS HMI SIPLUS HMI 6AG2124-0QC13-1AX0

Comfort Outdoor Panels RAIL TP1500 Comfort Panel Outdoor
RAIL
SIPLUS HMI 6AG2124-0GC13-1AX0
TP700 Comfort Panel Outdoor Approved in accordance with the
RAIL railway standards EN 50155,
EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125
Approved in accordance with the and EN 45545 for use in rail traffic
railway standards EN 50155,
EN 15121, EN 50124, EN 50125 Touch operation, 15" widescreen
and EN 45545 for use in rail traffic TFT display, 16 million colors,
PROFINET interface,
Touch operation, 7" widescreen MPI/PROFIBUS DP interface,
TFT display, 16 million colors, 12 MB configuration memory,
PROFINET interface, Windows CE 6.0, configurable as
MPI/PROFIBUS DP interface, from WinCC Comfort V13, SP1, HSP
12 MB configuration memory,
Windows CE 6.0, configurable as For areas with extreme exposure to
from WinCC Comfort V13, SP1, HSP environmental substances
For areas with extreme exposure to ambient temperature -25 ... +70 °C
environmental substances (+85 °C for 10 min.)
ambient temperature -25 ... +60 °C Accessories See catalog ST 80/ST PC
(+70 °C for 10 min.)
3/122 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS Power supplies
1-phase, 24 V DC (for S7-300 and ET200M)
■ Overview
SIPLUS PS 305, PS 307
Article No. 6AG1305-1BA80-2AA0
Article number based on 6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +70 °C
Conformal coating Coating of the printed circuit boards
and the electronic components
Technical specifications The technical specifications of the
standard product apply, except for the
ambient conditions.
Ambient conditions
Extended range of environmental
conditions
• with reference to ambient Tmin ... Tmax at
temperature, air pressure and 1080 hPa ... 795 hPa
3
altitude (-1000 m ... +2000 m) //
Tmin ... (Tmax - 10K) at
795 hPa ... 658 hPa
(+2000 m ... +3500 m) //
Tmin ... (Tmax - 20K) at
The design and functionality of the SIMATIC PS 305 and 307 658 hPa ... 540 hPa
single-phase load power supplies (system and load current (+3500 m ... +5000 m)
supply) with automatic range switchover of the input voltage are Relative humidity
an optimal match for the SIMATIC S7-300 PLC. By means of the • with condensation, max. 100 %; RH incl. bedewing/frost
connecting comb that is supplied with the system and load (no commissioning in bedewed state)
current supply, the supply to the CPU is quickly established. It is Resistance
also possible to provide a 24 V supply to other S7-300 system • to biologically active substances/ Yes; Class 3B2 mold and fungal spores
components, input/output circuits of the input/output modules compliance with EN 60721-3-3 (except fauna); the supplied plug c
and, if necessary, the sensors and actuators. Comprehensive overs must remain in place on the
certifications, such as UL, ATEX or GL facilitate universal use unused interfaces during operation.
(does not apply to outdoor use). • to chemically active substances/ Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75%)
compliance with EN 60721-3-3 incl. salt spray in accordance with
Note EN 60068-2-52 (severity 3);
the supplied plug covers must remain in
SIPLUS extreme products are based on Siemens standard place on the unused interfaces during
products. The contents listed here were taken from the respec- operation.
tive standard products. SIPLUS extreme specific information • to mechanically active Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust;
substances, the supplied plug covers must remain in
was added. compliance with EN 60721-3-3 place on unused interfaces during
operation.
Article number 6AG1305-1BA80-2AA0 Article number 6AG1305-1BA80-2AA0
SIPLUS PS S7-300 PS305 (EN50155) SIPLUS PS S7-300 PS305 (EN50155)
Supply voltage Input current
Rated value (DC) Rated value at 24 V DC 2.7 A
• 24 V DC Yes Rated value at 48 V DC 1.3 A
• 120 V DC Yes; Rated value 110 V DC Rated value at 120 V AC
permissible range, lower limit (DC) 16.8 V Rated value at 230 V AC
permissible range, upper limit (DC) 138 V Inrush current, max. 20 A
Rated value (AC) I²t 5 A²·s
• 120 V AC Leakage current, typ. 0.7 mA
• 230 V AC Leakage current, max. 3.5 mA
Overvoltage strength Overcurrent overload capability 270 ms on short circuit during startup
Line frequency and operation
• permissible range, lower limit Output voltage
• permissible range, upper limit Rated value (DC) 24 V
Mains buffering permissible range, lower limit (DC) 23.27 V
• Mains/voltage failure stored energy 10 ms; Corresponds to S2 and C1 of permissible range, upper limit (DC) 24.72 V
time EN 50155 Power up time, max. 3s
• Repeat rate, min. 1s Voltage rise time, typ.
Overvoltage protection
Short-circuit strength
Residual ripple, typ. 30 mV; Peak - peak
Residual ripple, max. 150 mV; Peak - peak
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/123

© Siemens AG 2018

SIPLUS Power supplies
1-phase, 24 V DC (for S7-300 and ET200M)
Article number 6AG1305-1BA80-2AA0 Article number 6AG1305-1BA80-2AA0
SIPLUS PS S7-300 PS305 (EN50155) SIPLUS PS S7-300 PS305 (EN50155)
Output current Altitude during operation relating to
Current output (rated value) 2 A; 2 for connection in parallel sea level
Short-circuit protection Yes; Electronic • Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
max.
Continuous short-circuit current, max.
Power barometric pressure-altitude 1 140 hPa ... 795 hPa
Active power input, typ. 64 W (-1 000 m ... +2 000 m) //
Tmin ... (Tmax - 10 K) at
Efficiency 75 % 795 hPa ... 658 hPa
Power loss (+2 000 m ... +3 500 m) //
Tmin ... (Tmax - 20 K) at
Power loss, typ. 16 W
658 hPa ... 540 hPa
Interrupts/diagnostics/ (+3 500 m ... +5 000 m);
status information above 2 000 m max. 75 V DC
Diagnostics indication LED Relative humidity
• Output voltage 24 V DC (green) Yes; OK for 24 V • With condensation, tested in 100 %; RH incl. condensation/frost
Potential separation accordance with IEC 60068-2-38, (no commissioning under conden-
3
primary/secondary Yes; SELV output voltage Ua
according to EN 60950-1 and Resistance
EN 50178 Use in stationary industrial systems
SELV - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 3B2 mold, fungus and dry
Isolation according to EN 60721-3-3 rot spores (with the exception of
Isolation tested with Rated insulation voltage (24 V against
input): - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 3C4 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
150 V AC tested with: 2800 V DC according to EN 60721-3-3 spray acc. to EN 60068-2-52 (severity
degree 3); *
EMC
- to mechanically active Yes; Class 3S4 incl. sand, dust, *
EMC interference immunity EN 61000-6-2 substances
EMC interference emission EN 55011 Class A according to EN 60721-3-3
Degree and class of protection Use on land craft, rail vehicles and
Degree of protection acc. to IP20
EN 60529 - to biologically active substances Yes; Class 5B2 mold, fungus and dry
Equipment protection class I fauna); Class 5B3 on request
Standards, approvals, certificates - to chemically active substances Yes; Class 5C3 (RH < 75 %) incl. salt
CE mark Yes according to EN 60721-3-5 spray acc. to EN 50155 (ST2); *
Standard for line harmonics limit - to mechanically active Yes; Class 5S3 incl. sand, dust; *
Railway application substances
• EN 50155 Yes; Sections 4, 5 and 12; no further
agreements apply; T1, Category 1, Use on ships/at sea
Class A/B, EN 50155:2007 - to biologically active substances
Ambient conditions according to EN 60721-3-6
Ambient temperature during - to chemically active substances
operation according to EN 60721-3-6
• min. -25 °C; = Tmin - to mechanically active
substances
• max. 70 °C; = Tmax; according to EN 60721-3-6
for use on railway vehicles according
to EN 50155, the rated temperature from supply voltage 1L+
range -25 ... +55 °C (T1) or 60 °C @ - Note regarding classification of * The supplied plug covers must
UL/UL hazardous use applies environmental conditions remain in place over the unused
acc. to EN 60721 interfaces during operation!
Dimensions
Width 80 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
SIPLUS S7-300 PS 305 6AG1305-1BA80-2AA0

(Extended temperature range and
exposure to media)
Conforms to EN 50155
Input: 24 … 110 V DC
Output: 24 V DC/2 A
3/124 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

SIDOOR automatic door controls
Controller > Platform screen door drive
■ Overview
1a 6
7
2
8
3
4
1b
5
9
1a 1b Input signal connection 6 Fan (only for SIDOOR ATE531S) 3
G_SP01_XX_00071
2 PROFINET modul (2PN incl. status LEDs) 7 Connection
3 SIDOOR EC direct drive connection - software kit or
- service tool
4 Power supply connection (SIDOOR Transformer or SITOP)
8 24 V DC / 400 mA output
5 Output signal connection
9 Display status and push button service
SIDOOR ATE530S/531S wiring diagram

The SIDOOR ATE53xS door controller is an “intelligent” door • Application example:
drive which can be used for safety-oriented operation of platform Safety-oriented automation of platform screen doors with
screen doors (PSD) according to individual requirements. SIDOOR ATE530S PROFINET EC door drive and S7-1500
Siemens has once again shown just how easy integration can be CPU via TIA Portal
with the innovative SIDOOR ATE53xS platform screen door drive https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/
in conjunction with SIDOOR MED280 or MEG251 motors. 109477186
The PROFINET module integrated in the SIDOOR ATE53xS • Read-in of two safe signals (two-channel, antivalent)
enables standardized, certified connection to PROFINET IO
systems. • High level of system safety thanks to safe torque off
(e.g. self-release in the event of a fault)
• Use of standard automation components
• Firmware update for all SIDOOR controllers on an entire
• Full integration into TIA Portal and STEP 7 thanks to PROFINET platform possible centrally via TCP/IP
connection
• SIL 2 according to IEC 62061
• Parameter assignment and monitoring of door control
parameters via the PROFINET interface (function blocks
available as example applications in SIOS).
• Application example:
Synchronization of two-panel and independent platform
screen doors with SIDOOR ATE530S PROFINET EC door drive
and S7-1500 CPU via TIA Portal
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/
109480495
Article number 6FB1231-3BM10-7AT0 6FB1231-3BM12-7AT0 6FB1231-3BM11-7AT0
SIDOOR ATE530S SIDOOR ATE530S COATED SIDOOR ATE531S
General information
Product brand name SIDOOR
Product version With PROFINET interface With PROFINET interface and With PROFINET interface, protective
protective coating coating, and temperature extension
Optional product expansion Standard mounting rail holder 6FB1144-0AT00-3AS0
Manufacturer's article no. of the 6FB1203-0AT12-7DA0
usable motor
Manufacturer's article no. of the 6FB1112-0AT20-2TR0
usable power supply unit
Installation and mounting instructions No direct exposure to the sun
Supply voltage
Rated value (DC) 36 V; With MED280: At 24 V DC max. door speed of 500 mm/s, at 28.8 V DC max. door speed of 800 mm/s.
With MEG251: At 24 V DC max. door speed of 500 mm/s, at 28.8 V DC max. door speed of 750 mm/s
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/125

© Siemens AG 2018

Power
Active power input (standby mode) 7W
Digital inputs
Control inputs isolated Yes
Control inputs p-switching Yes
Protection in case of DC supply Use of a circuit breaker in the supply path according to 60898-1, 8A, C-characteristic type SIEMENS: 5SY4108-7 or
5SY4108-7KK11
Input voltage
• per DC input, min. 10 V; Observe polarity !
• per DC input, max. 28 V; Observe polarity !
Input current
• per DC input, min. 3 mA
• per DC input, max. 15 mA
Digital outputs
3 short-circuit proof
Overload-proof
Yes
Yes
Remark Ensure correct polarity! CAUTION: Do not supply with external voltage!
Output voltage
• Output voltage (DC) 24 V
Output current
• For output (24 V DC), max. 400 mA
Relay outputs
- at 30 V DC, min. 0.01 A
- at 30 V DC, max. 0.5 A
Mechanical data
Opening width of door, min. 0.35 m
Opening width of door, max. 5m
Weight of door, max. 280 kg
Operating cycle frequency of door, 180 1/h
max.
Kinetic energy, max. 75 J
Interfaces
Interfaces/bus type PROFINET according to Conformance Class A, B, C; integrated switch for linear and ring structure
Isolation
Overvoltage category 2
CE mark Yes No
UL approval No
TÜV Inspectorate approval Yes
Standard for EMC EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4 / EN 61326-3-1 / EN 50121-3-2 / EN50121-4 / EN50121-5
Standard for safety EN 60950-1 / EN 60335-1 / EN 14752 / EN ISO 13849-1 Cat. 2 PL d / IEC 62061: SIL 2
Ambient conditions
operation
• min. -25 °C
• max. 50 °C 70 °C
• Remark Screw control device thermally conductive onto a metallic mounting surface or To ensure compliance with MTBF
standard rail mounting, otherwise the maximum operating temperature is only value, ensure that the ambient
40 °C temperature is less than 50 °C for 90 %
of operating time and screw the control
unit onto a metallic mounting surface in
a manner that ensures thermal
conductivity or use standard rail
mounting. At operating temperatures
above 50 °C, the maximum output
current of the 24 V DC output is a
maximum of 0.1 A and the maximum
number of cycles is 60/h.
3/126 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

storage/transportation
• Storage, min. -40 °C
• Storage, max. 85 °C
Air pressure acc. to IEC 60068-2-13
max.
Relative humidity
• No condensation, min. 10 %
• No condensation, max. 93 %
Mechanics/material
Service life
• Mean time between failures (MTBF) 13 y
Dimensions
Width
Height
320 mm
60 mm
3
Depth 80 mm
SIDOOR ATE530S Platform

Screen Door Drive
SIDOOR ATE530S 6FB1231-3BM10-7AT0
SIDOOR ATE530S coated, 6FB1231-3BM12-7AT0
version with protective coating
SIDOOR ATE531S Platform
Screen Door Drive
SIDOOR ATE531S, version with pro- 6FB1231-3BM11-7AT0
tective coating and extended tem-
perature range
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/127

© Siemens AG 2018

Controller > Control unit for gap filler
■ Overview Article No. 6FB1221-5SM10-7BP0

SIDOOR ATE530G COATED
Input voltage
• Per DC input, min. 10 V; ensure correct polarity!
• Per DC input, max. 28 V; ensure correct polarity!
Digital outputs
Short-circuit proof Yes
Overload-proof Yes
Note Ensure correct polarity! CAUTION:
Do not supply with external voltage!
Output voltage
• Output voltage (DC) 24 V
Output current
The SIDOOR ATE530G drive control is designed for controlling • For output (24 V DC), max. 400 mA
gap fillers between external train doors and the platform edge. Relay outputs
3 The gap filler facilitates easy access for passengers. The

innovative SIDOOR ATE530G drive solution enables operation of
• At 30 V DC, min. 0.01 A
a gap filler with adjustable speed, acceleration and motor
• At 30 V DC, max. 0.5 A
currents. Depending on the application, a project-specific motor
is used. In this case the firmware of the controller might be Isolation
adapted to the specific project. Overvoltage category 2
The SIDOOR ATE530G is activated by digital signals from a Degree of protection and protection
higher-level door control, and reports information about its class
current state via digital signals back to the door control. IP degree of protection IP20
The following drive functions are supported: Standards, approvals, certificates
• System start-up after power failure CE mark Yes
• "Extend", "Retract" command UL approval No
• Gap filler is moved by a travel curve profile China RoHS compliance Yes
• Obstruction detection Standard for EMC EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4 /
EN 61326-3-1 / EN 50121- 3-2
• Ice-breaker function
Icing can be shifted broken by repeated extension and Ambient conditions
retraction of the gap filler with increased force. Ambient temperature during
• Reversing at the platform edge operation
• Min. -25 °C
The SIDOOR ATE530G control unit fulfills Basic Integrity in • Max. 50 °C
accordance with EN 50657:2017 • Note Screw the control unit thermally con-
ductive to a metal mounting surface
■ Technical specifications or use standard rail mounting, other-
wise maximum operating temperature
is only 40 °C
Article No. 6FB1221-5SM10-7BP0
SIDOOR ATE530G COATED storage/transport
General information • Storage, min. -40 °C
Air pressure acc. to IEC 60068-2-13
Product category Controller
Type of product ATE530G with protective coating max.
Area of application For gap filling in railway vehicles Relative humidity
• No condensation, min. 10%
• No condensation, max. 93%
Installation and mounting note Do not expose to direct sunlight
Mechanics/material
Supply voltage
Dimensions
Rated value (DC) 36 V
Width 320 mm
Permissible range, lower limit (DC) 19.2 V
Height 60 mm
Permissible range, upper limit (DC) 37.1 V
Depth 80 mm
DC supply protection Use of a miniature circuit breaker in
the supply branch
Digital inputs ■ Ordering data Article No.
Control inputs isolated Yes
Control unit for gap filler
Control inputs p-switching Yes SIDOOR ATE530G
DC supply protection Use of a miniature circuit breaker in SIDOOR ATE530G coated, 6FB1221-5SM10-7BP0
the supply branch 230/400 V 10 kA, controlling gap fillers between
1-pin, C, 8A for railway applications, external train doors and the plat-
5SY5108-7KK11 form edge
3/128 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Controller > Interior railway door drives
■ Overview
1
2
3
SP01_00040a
3
6
5
1 Emergency RELAY module connection 5 Input signal connection

2 Terminal module 6 Control panel
3 Output voltage 24 V DC/400 mA connection 7 16.8 to 36 V DC input voltage connection
4 Connection 8 Motor connection
- service tool or
- software kit
SIDOOR ATD400T interior railway door drive

1)
The SIDOOR ATD400T interior railway door drive is an "intelli- Note:
gent" door drive which enables gangway doors to be opened • Maximum output current at 24 V DC:
and closed at adjustable speeds and accelerations. - 0.4 A at ≤ 55 °C ambient temperature during operation
• Relay module design - 0.1 A from 55 °C to 70 °C ambient temperature during
• For dynamic door weights up to 180 kg operation, with restrictions at operating temperatures
> 55 °C
• Automatic door weight detection
• Maximum ambient temperature during operation:
• Operating temperature -20 to +70 °C 1) - 55 °C
• Flexible motor management (two different motor types), - 70 °C with restrictions at operating temperatures > 55 °C
automatic detection • Restrictions at operating temperatures > 55 °C:
• Opening width 0.25 to 4 m - Use the 24 V output voltage only for operating the control
• Door can be operated with and without closing springs inputs (max. 0.1 A)
(60 to 80 N) - Use a sufficiently large (at least 350 x 350 mm), unpainted,
metal mounting plate
• With two identical door leaves, can be used up to a train incli- - The maximum drive parameters are restricted to the default
nation of 0 to 10% values
• Forces and energies are limited in accordance with EN 14752 - If temperature class T3 according to EN 50155 is used, the
• EMC according to EN 50121-3-2 maximum air temperature of 85 °C must not be exceeded
near the printed-circuit board
• Fulfills HL3 according to fire protection standard EN 45545-2
(Railway applications – Fire protection on rail vehicles)
• Vandal-proof
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/129

© Siemens AG 2018

Controller > Interior railway door drives
Article number 6FB1121-0BM13-3AT2 Article number 6FB1121-0BM13-3AT2
SIDOOR ATD400T RELAY SIDOOR ATD400T RELAY
General information Counterweight
Product brand name SIDOOR • with SIDOOR M3 geared motor, 6 kg
Product version With relay outputs max.
Manufacturer's article no. of the 6FB1103-0AT10-4MB0, Interfaces
usable motor 6FB1103-0AT11-4MB0, Interfaces/bus type without
6FB1103-0AT15-4MB0, Isolation
6FB1103-0AT16-4MB0
Overvoltage category 2
Installation and mounting instructions At operating temperatures > 55 °C
a sufficiently large (at least 350 mm x IP degree of protection IP20
350 mm), unpainted, metal mounting Standards, approvals, certificates
plate must be used
CE mark Yes
Supply voltage
UL approval No
3
Rated value (DC) 24 V
Standard for EMC EN 50121-3-2
Input current
Ambient conditions
Current consumption, max. 15 A
Ambient temperature class according T3
Digital inputs to EN 50155
Control inputs isolated Yes Ambient temperature during
Control inputs p-switching Yes operation
Input voltage • min. -25 °C
• per DC input, min. 10 V; Observe polarity ! • max. 70 °C;
At operating temperatures > 55 °C
• per DC input, max. 28 V; Observe polarity ! the operating parameters are limited
Input current to default values
• per DC input, min. 9 mA • Remark At operating temperatures > 55 °C,
• per DC input, max. 27 mA the maximum air temperature of
85 °C must not be exceeded near
Digital outputs the printed-circuit board if
short-circuit proof Yes Temperature class T3 according to
EN 50155 is used
Overload-proof Yes
Remark Ensure correct polarity! storage/transportation
CAUTION: Do not supply with
external voltage! • Storage, min. -40 °C
Output voltage • Storage, max. 50 °C
• Output voltage (DC) 24 V Air pressure acc. to IEC 60068-2-13
Output current • Installation altitude above sea level, 2 000 m
max.
• For output (24 V DC), max. 400 mA
Relative humidity
• For output (24 V DC) at 55 to 70 °C, 100 mA
max. • No condensation, min. 10 %
Relay outputs • No condensation, max. 93 %
Switching capacity of contacts Fire resistance
- at 50 V DC, min. 0.01 A; 50 V DC switching voltage • Behavior in fire complies with EN 45545-2
not released for NFPA-relevant Hazard Level HL3
countries Dimensions
- at 50 V DC, max. 1 A; 50 V DC switching voltage not Width 320 mm
released for NFPA-relevant countries
Height 60 mm
- at 230 V AC, min. 0.01 A
Depth 80 mm
- at 230 V AC, max. 1A
Mechanical data
Opening width of door, min. 0.25 m
Opening width of door, max. 4m
Operating cycle frequency of door, 180 1/h
max.
Counterforce, max. 80 N
SIDOOR ATD400T
Controller for interior railway doors, 6FB1121-0BM13-3AT2
relay module design
3/130 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Additional units > SIDOOR Software kit, SIDOOR Service tool
■ Overview SIDOOR Software kit ■ Overview SIDOOR Service tool
The Service Tool can be used to input run commands, change

run parameters and read out learned parameters, door states,
input/output signals and service data.
The Service Tool is connected to the various controllers by the
respective cable.
3
• SIDOOR AT12, SIDOOR AT40 and SIDOOR ATD400V elevator
door drives
• SIDOOR ATD400K cold room gate drive, SIDOOR ATD4xxW
SIDOOR Software Kit machine tool door drives
• SIDOOR ATD400S and SIDOOR ATE250S platform screen
The scope of delivery of the SIDOOR Software Kit includes an door drives
installation CD
You do not need to open the cover of the controller to do this.
which includes the following functionalities:
Note:
SIDOOR The component that enables the door control system
User Software to be configured, parameters to be assigned, and If the Service Tool is in the "Quick adjustment" or "Total adjust-
analyzed. ment" menu, the run commands of the controller are blocked via
Siemens HCS12 This component is used to update the operating the command inputs.
Firmware Loader software of the door controller.
SIDOOR USB to This driver is essential for operation of the USB ■ Ordering data Article No.
UART Bridge Driver adapter.
SIDOOR Service Tool 6FB1105-0AT01-6ST0
Note:
Hand-held terminal for parameter
Some firmware updates are offered as free downloads in the assignment of controllers
Siemens Industry Online Support (SIOS Service & Support
Portal). For information on the availability and acquisition of more
firmware, please contact Technical Support.
SIDOOR Software Kit 6FB1105-0AT01-6SW0
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/131

© Siemens AG 2018

Geared motors
■ Overview
SIDOOR motors are speed controlled, taking set force and Motors for interior railway door drives
speed limits into account. The gear outlet direction is defined as (for controllers ATD400T)
left or right when viewing the gear unit from the front. Force trans-
mission is via a toothed belt. The toothed belt passes over a The following DC geared motors are available for interior rail-
deflector pulley and can be fitted with two door clutch holders. way door drives. They should be selected according to the
This enables it to drive both single-side and centrally opening dynamic door weight.
doors. • SIDOOR MDG180 geared motors, compliance with fire
protection standard EN 45545-2 (max. door weight 180 kg)
SIDOOR geared motors are available in two technological - SIDOOR MDG180 L EN 45545-2 (pinion left)
versions. 6FB1103-0AT16-4MB0
• 1. DC technology in version - SIDOOR MDG180 R EN 45545-2 (pinion right)
(area of application: interior railway doors) 6FB1103-0AT15-4MB0
- DC geared motor • SIDOOR M3 geared motors (max. door weight 180 kg)
SIDOOR geared motors are a combination of gear unit, - SIDOOR M3 L (pinion left) 6FB1103-0AT10-4MB0
motor, and encoder. They are easy to connect to the - SIDOOR M3 R (pinion right) 6FB1103-0AT11-4MB0
controller via the interface provided and are automatically
3 detected during commissioning. The variable speed drive

unit comprises a speed-controlled DC motor with non-self-
Motors for platform screen door drives
(for controllers ATE530S, ATE531S)
locking gearing.
EC technology:
• 2. EC technology in version
(area of application: platform screen doors) • SIDOOR MEG251 geared motors (max. door weight 250 kg)
- EC direct drive - SIDOOR MEG251 L (pinion left), 6FB1203-5AT00-7MP0
SIDOOR direct drives are a combination of motor and - SIDOOR MEG251 R (pinion right), 6FB1203-5AT01-7MP0
sensor. They are easy to connect to the controller via the
interface provided and are automatically detected during
commissioning. The maintenance-free drive unit consists of
a gearless, speed-controlled, electronically commutated
motor. The EC direct drive can be fitted in various mounting
orientations, facilitating reduced inventory management and
minimizing assets.
- EC geared motors
EC geared motors are electronically commutated DC motors
with non-self-locking gearing and are speed-controlled.
They are easy to connect to the controller via the interface
provided and are automatically detected during commis-
sioning. Due to the brushless drive technology, EC geared
motors are subject to less abrasion compared with DC
geared motors and thus have a longer service life. On
account of the brushless drive technology, no commutation
noises come from this motor, so it generates less noise than Photo: DC geared motor SIDOOR M3 L, 6FB1103-0AT10-4MB0 or
the DC geared motors. SIDOOR MDG180 L, 6FB1103-0AT16-4MB0. (version with pinion left)
Photo: EC geared motor SIDOOR MEG251 L, 6FB1203-5AT00-7MP0.

(version with pinion left)
3/132 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Geared motors
Article number 6FB1103-0AT16- 6FB1103-0AT15- 6FB1103-0AT10- 6FB1103-0AT11- 6FB1203-5AT00- 6FB1203-5AT01-
4MB0 4MB0 4MB0 4MB0 7MP0 7MP0
SIDOOR SIDOOR SIDOOR SIDOOR SIDOOR SIDOOR
MDG180 L MDG180 R M3 L M3 R MEG251 L MEG251 R
DIN EN 45545-2 DIN EN 45545-2
General information
Product version With driven gear With driven gear With driven gear With driven gear With driven gear With driven gear
on the left on the right on the left on the right on the left on the right
Input current
Operational current (rated value) 4A 6.8 A
Mechanical data
Torque of the rotary operating 3 N·m 4.1 N·m
mechanism (rated value)
Speed, max. 0.65 m/s
Gear ratio 15
Number of pulses per revolution, max. 100
3
Weight of door, max. 180 kg 250 kg
• of the motor IP54 IP40
• of the gear unit IP40
Ambient conditions
operation
• min. -20 °C
• max. 50 °C 70 °C
storage/transportation
• Storage, min. -40 °C
Fire resistance
• Behavior in fire complies with EN 45545-2
Hazard Level HL3
Dimensions
Height of motor 98 mm 100 mm
Length of motor 236 mm 249 mm
Diameter of motor 63 mm 62 mm
Width of gear unit, including drive 85 mm 86 mm
pinion
Motors for interior railway door Motors for platform screen doors
drives
SIDOOR MEG251
SIDOOR MDG180 geared motors EC technology geared motor
MDG180 L, EN 45545-2 6FB1103-0AT16-4MB0 MEG251 L 6FB1203-5AT00-7MP0
MDG180 R, EN 45545-2 6FB1103-0AT15-4MB0 MEG251 R 6FB1203-5AT01-7MP0
SIDOOR M3 geared motors
M3 L 6FB1103-0AT10-4MB0
M3 R 6FB1103-0AT11-4MB0
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/133

© Siemens AG 2018

Direct drives
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Article number 6FB1203-0AT12-7DA0
SIDOOR MED280
General information
Product designation Motor for door control
Product version MED280
Input current
Operational current (rated value) 9.7 A
Mechanical data
Torque of the rotary operating 4.7 N·m
mechanism (rated value)
Speed, max. 0.8 m/s
Number of pulses per revolution, max. 1 024
3 Degree and class of protection

SIDOOR MED280 direct drive
• of the motor IP54
SIDOOR direct drives are a combination of motor and sensor. Ambient conditions
They are easy to connect to the controller via the interface
provided and are automatically detected during commissioning. operation
The maintenance-free drive unit consists of a gearless, speed- • min. -25 °C
controlled, electronically commutated motor with non-self- • max. 70 °C
locking gearing. Ambient temperature during
Direct drives are designed for certain maximum dynamic door storage/transportation
weights and can control both drive directions. • Storage, min. -40 °C
• SIDOOR MED280 direct drive for dynamic door weights up to • Storage, max. 85 °C
280 kg (6FB1203-0AT12-7DA0) Dimensions
Width of motor 160 mm
Height of motor 140 mm
Length of motor 56 mm
• including drive pinion 91 mm
SIDOOR MED280 direct drive 6FB1203-0AT12-7DA0

Motor for door control
3/134 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
■ Overview
A comprehensive range of accessories is available for the Door clutch holder
SIDOOR systems. This is necessary to ensure low-noise opera-
tion of the door by the controller. The door clutch holder 6FB1104-0AT01-0CP0 serves to connect
the respective door leaf by means of a toothed belt while also
Accessories for SIDOOR DC and EC geared motors functioning as a toothed-belt lock. One door clutch holder per
door leaf is required. The toothed-belt lock can accommodate
Rubber-metal anti-vibration mount both open ends of the toothed belt.
To ensure low-noise door operation, the SIDOOR geared motors
are integrated in the door system using rubber-metal anti-vibra-
tion mounts.
• Rubber-metal anti-vibration mount 6FB1104-0AT02-0AD0 for
SIDOOR M3 and SIDOOR MDG180 DC geared motors (also
for EN 45545-2) and SIDOOR MEG251 EC geared motors
(door weights up to 250 kg)
• Rubber-metal anti-vibration mount 6FB1104-0AT01-0AD0 for
SIDOOR M4 DC geared motors (door weights up to 400 kg) Door clutch holder 6FB1104-0AT01-0CP0 (packaging size = 1 unit)
Deflector unit 3
The deflector unit 6FB1104-0AT03-0AS0 contains an embedded
belt pulley which can be mounted on the door system.
The STS toothed belt is redirected via this deflector unit.
Rubber-metal anti-vibration mount 6FB1104-0AT02-0AD0
Rubber-metal anti-vibration mount 6FB1104-0AT01-0AD0

Mounting bracket
Two different mounting brackets are available with elongated
Deflector unit 6FB1104-0AT03-0AS0
holes:
• Mounting bracket 6FB1104-0AT01-0AS0 for SIDOOR M3 and STS toothed belt
SIDOOR MDG180 DC geared motors (also for EN 45545-2) The door system is moved between the end positions of the door
and SIDOOR MEG251 EC geared motors for flexible accom- using the STS toothed belt 6FB1104-0AT0.-0AB0. Two different
modation of the rubber-bonded metal. toothed belt lengths are available.
• Mounting bracket 6FB1104-0AT02-0AS0 for the deflector unit,
this enables the toothed belt to be set to the required belt
tension.
Mounting bracket 6FB1104-0AT01-0AS0 for mounting the geared motor

Toothed belt 6FB1104-0AT01-0AB0, length 4 m
Mounting bracket 6FB1104-0AT02-0AS0 for the deflector unit
Toothed belt 6FB1104-0AT02-0AB0, length 45 m
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/135

© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Accessories for the SIDOOR MED280 EC direct drive, for the
controller for the SIDOOR ATE530S/ATE531S platform
screen door drive
Motor holder
• Motor holder 6FB1104-0AT03-0AD0 for accommodation of the
SIDOOR MED280 direct drive.
SIDOOR door clutch holder

Deflector unit
• For attaching the SIDOOR toothed belt and fixing to the door
6FB1104-0AT07-0AS0
3 SIDOOR motor holder

Mounting bracket
• For mounting the SIDOOR motor holder 6FB1104-0AT01-0AS0
Identical to the mounting bracket 6FB1104-0AT01-0AS0 for
DC geared motors.
SIDOOR deflector unit

STD toothed belt
• As a connection between the door system and the end
positions of the door, toothed belt width 20 mm. Length 4 m,
Mounting bracket for geared motor
6FB1104-0AT05-0AB0
• With tensioning device for mounting the deflector unit and
setting the toothed belt to the required tension (large)
6FB1104-0AT05-0AS4
SIDOOR toothed belt, small

• Toothed belt width 20 mm. Length 45 m
SIDOOR mounting bracket, large 6FB1104-0AT06-0AB1
• With tensioning device for mounting the deflector unit and
setting the toothed belt to the required tension (small)
6FB1104-0AT05-0AS5
SIDOOR toothed belt, large
SIDOOR mounting bracket, small

Door clutch holder
• For attaching both ends of the toothed belt and connecting the
respective door panel to the toothed belt,
width 20 mm, 6FB1104-0AT05-0AS1
3/136 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories
Accessories for SIDOOR DC and

EC geared motors
Rubber-metal anti-vibration
mounts for geared motors
• SIDOOR rubber-metal anti-vibra- 6FB1104-0AT02-0AD0
tion mount for geared motors for
door weights up to 300 kg
• SIDOOR rubber-metal anti-vibra- 6FB1104-0AT01-0AD0
tion mount for geared motors for
door weights from 300 kg
Mounting bracket
• SIDOOR mounting bracket for 6FB1104-0AT01-0AS0
geared motor
• SIDOOR mounting bracket with 6FB1104-0AT02-0AS0
tensioning device for deflector
pulley
• For toothed belt, width 12 mm 6FB1104-0AT01-0CP0 3
SIDOOR deflector unit 6FB1104-0AT03-0AS0
SIDOOR toothed belt STS
Width 12 mm
•4m 6FB1104-0AT01-0AB0
• 45 m 6FB1104-0AT02-0AB0
Accessories for the SIDOOR
MED280 EC direct drive, for the
controller for the SIDOOR ATE530S/
ATE531S platform screen door
drive
Motor holder for SIDOOR MED280 6FB1104-0AT03-0AD0
direct drive
Mounting bracket for mounting 6FB1104-0AT01-0AS0
the motor holder
Mounting bracket with tensioning
device for mounting the deflector
unit
• Large 6FB1104-0AT05-0AS4
• Small 6FB1104-0AT05-0AS5
• For toothed belt, width 20 mm 6FB1104-0AT05-0AS1
SIDOOR deflector unit 6FB1104-0AT07-0AS0
SIDOOR toothed belt STD
Width 20 mm
•4m 6FB1104-0AT05-0AB0
• 45 m 6FB1104-0AT06-0AB1
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3/137

© Siemens AG 2018
Notes
3/138 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

4
© Siemens AG 2018
SENTRON · ALPHA FIX · DELTA
SENTRON
Miniature circuit breakers
5SY Miniature Circuit Breakers
4/2 Introduction
4/4 5SY4, 10 000 A
4/6 5SY5, universal current, 10 000 A
4/7 5SY7, 15000 A
Additional Components
4/10 Electrical components
4/13 Mechanical components
Residual current protective devices
4/14 5SV RCCBs
4/21 SIQUENCE 5SV3
universal current-sensitive RCCBs,
type B and type B+
4/23 Additional components
4/25 5SU1 RCBOs
Fuse systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
4/30 Introduction
4/31 MINIZED switch disconnectors
LV HRC Fuse Systems
4/32 LV HRC fuse links
4/35 LV HRC signal detectors
4/36 LV HRC fuse bases and accessories
4/39 SITOR Semiconductor Fuses
4/39 LV HRC design
Switch disconnectors
3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors
up to 630 A
4/40 With fuse monitoring
Switching devices
4/43 5TT4 remote control switches
ALPHA FIX terminal blocks

8WH6 iPo plug-in terminals
4/46 General data
4/47 8WH6 through-type terminals
4/50 8WH6 isolating terminals
4/51 Accessories for 8WH Terminal Blocks
4/51 Standard labeling system
4/52 Mounting accessories
DELTA
DELTA profil
4/54 Socket outlets
© Siemens AG 2018
Miniature Circuit Breakers

Introduction
■ Overview
MCBs are used to protect systems and installations in buildings shunt trips, undervoltage releases, remote controlled
and for industrial applications. mechanisms, RC units, and arc fault detection devices.
Used in industrial applications and plant engineering, miniature The devices are approved for worldwide use according to
circuit breakers can be supplemented with additional IEC standards for power supply systems up to 250/440 V AC.
components, such as auxiliary switches, fault signal contacts, 72 V DC per pole is permitted in DC systems.
■ Benefits
• Optional top or bottom infeed as the terminals are identical • Quick and easy manual removal of MCBs from the busbar
• Clear and visible conductor connection in front of the rear assembly, for example if connections need to be changed
busbar facilitates controls • Time-saving replacement of parts as busbars no longer need
• The conductor is easily inserted into the terminal thanks to the to be freed from adjacent devices
large and easily accessible wiring space
• Double terminal chambers permit accommodation of 2 wires • The 5SY miniature circuit breakers are ideal for the quick and
of different cross-sections. easy mounting of auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts.
Captive metal brackets on the additional components ensure
the quick and easy mounting of devices on the miniature
circuit breakers without the need for tools.
4/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Introduction
5SY4 5SY5 5SY7
Standards EN 60898-1 EN 60898-2 EN 60898-1
Approvals See chapter "Appendix"
Rated voltage Un V AC 230/400 230/400 230/400
V DC -- 220/440 --
Operational voltage
Min. V AC/DC/pole 24 24 24
Acc. to EN 60898-1/-2 and EN 60947-2 Max. V DC/pole 723) 250 723)
Max. V AC 250/440 250/440 250/440
Acc. to UL 1077 and CSA C22.2 No.235 Max. V AC 480/277 -- 480/277
Max. V DC 60 -- 60
Breaking capacity1)
• Icn acc. to IEC/EN 60898-1 kA AC 10 10 15
• Icn acc. to IEC/EN 60898-2 kA DC 10 10 15
• Icu acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2 kA AC 35 ... 101) -- 50 ... 151)
kA DC 15 15 15
• Acc. to UL1077 and CSA C22.2 No.235 kA AC 5 -- 5
Insulation coordination
• Rated insulation voltage V AC 250/440
V DC/pole -- 250 --
Pollution degree for overvoltage category 3/III
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 Yes
Handle end position, sealable Yes
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20 with connected conductors,
IP40 in the area of the handle with distribution cover 4
CFC and silicone-free Yes
Mounting
• Snap-on fixing system Yes
• Standard mounting rail and screw fixing --
Terminals ± screw (Pozidriv) 2
• Tunnel terminals at both ends --
• Combined terminals at both ends Yes
• Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.5 ... 3
lbs/in. 22 ... 26
Conductor cross-sections
• Solid and stranded mm2 0.75 ... 35
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25
• AWG cables AWG 14 ... 4
(Cu 60/75 °C In ≤ 40 A; 60 °C In > 40 A)
Mains connection
• AC Any
• DC Any 2) Any
Endurance Actuations 20 000
On average, with rated load Actuations 10000, for 5SY5 at 40 A, 50 A and 63 A
Ambient temperature °C -40 ... +70
Storage temperature °C -40 ... +75
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 Cycles 28
Vibration and shock resistant According to EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
1)
For further information see Configuration Manual "Miniature Circuit Breakers" at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals.
2)
Ensure compliance with the specified polarity when connecting DC.
3)
Exempt: C/D 0.3 A ... 0.5 A
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/3

© Siemens AG 2018

5SY4, 10 000 A

10 000 Characteristic B Characteristic C
3 In Mount- SD Article No. Price PG SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
ing per PU per PU P. unit per PU
width approx.
A MW1) d d kg
MCBs 10 000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3 1 -- 30 5SY4114-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.167
0.5 -- 15 5SY4105-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.165
1 -- 5 5SY4101-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.155
1.6 -- 15 5SY4115-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.169
2 -- } 5SY4102-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.165
3 -- 5 5SY4103-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.152
4 -- } 5SY4104-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.152
6 } 5SY4106-6 1AB } 5SY4106-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.159
8 -- 15 5SY4108-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.165
10 } 5SY4110-6 1AB } 5SY4110-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.159
13 15 5SY4113-6 1AB 15 5SY4113-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.154
16 } 5SY4116-6 1AB } 5SY4116-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.149
20 15 5SY4120-6 1AB 15 5SY4120-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.152
25 15 5SY4125-6 1AB 15 5SY4125-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.168
32 15 5SY4132-6 1AB 15 5SY4132-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.154
40 15 5SY4140-6 1AB 15 5SY4140-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.154
50 30 5SY4150-6 1AB 30 5SY4150-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.168
63 30 5SY4163-6 1AB 15 5SY4163-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.173
2P, 400 V AC
4
0.3 2 -- 30 5SY4214-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.325
0.5 -- 15 5SY4205-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.322
1 -- 15 5SY4201-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.327
1.6 -- 15 5SY4215-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.323
2 -- } 5SY4202-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.316
3 -- 15 5SY4203-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.319
4 -- 2 5SY4204-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.306
6 15 5SY4206-6 1AB } 5SY4206-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.301
8 -- 15 5SY4208-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.314
10 5 5SY4210-6 1AB } 5SY4210-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.302
13 30 5SY4213-6 1AB 15 5SY4213-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.323
16 15 5SY4216-6 1AB } 5SY4216-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.302
20 15 5SY4220-6 1AB 15 5SY4220-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.323
25 15 5SY4225-6 1AB 15 5SY4225-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.309
32 15 5SY4232-6 1AB 15 5SY4232-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.323
40 15 5SY4240-6 1AB 15 5SY4240-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.316
50 30 5SY4250-6 1AB 30 5SY4250-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.327
63 30 5SY4263-6 1AB 15 5SY4263-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.339
3P, 400 V AC
0.3 3 -- 30 5SY4314-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.482
0.5 -- 15 5SY4305-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.481
1 -- 15 5SY4301-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.482
1.6 -- 30 5SY4315-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.468
2 -- 5 5SY4302-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.484
3 -- 15 5SY4303-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.471
4 -- 15 5SY4304-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.472
6 15 5SY4306-6 1AB 2 5SY4306-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.463
8 -- 15 5SY4308-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.466
10 5 5SY4310-6 1AB } 5SY4310-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.458
13 15 5SY4313-6 1AB 15 5SY4313-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.476
16 } 5SY4316-6 1AB } 5SY4316-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.451
20 15 5SY4320-6 1AB 15 5SY4220-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.323
25 15 5SY4325-6 1AB 5 5SY4325-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.477
32 2 5SY4332-6 1AB } 5SY4332-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.473
40 15 5SY4340-6 1AB 15 5SY4340-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.470
50 15 5SY4350-6 1AB 15 5SY4350-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.493
63 15 5SY4363-6 1AB 15 5SY4363-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.512
1) 1 MW (modular width) = 18 mm.

4/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

5SY4, 10 000 A

width approx.
A MW1) d d kg
4P, 400 V AC
0.3 4 -- 30 5SY4414-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.662
0.5 -- 30 5SY4405-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.635
1 -- 30 5SY4401-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.627
1.6 -- 30 5SY4415-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.624
2 -- 15 5SY4402-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.642
3 -- 30 5SY4403-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.621
4 -- 30 5SY4404-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.623
6 30 5SY4406-6 1AB 15 5SY4406-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.606
8 -- 30 5SY4408-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.608
10 30 5SY4410-6 1AB 15 5SY4410-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.614
13 30 5SY4413-6 1AB 30 5SY4413-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.625
16 15 5SY4416-6 1AB 5 5SY4416-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.604
20 15 5SY4420-6 1AB 15 5SY4420-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.630
25 15 5SY4425-6 1AB 5 5SY4425-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.625
32 15 5SY4432-6 1AB 15 5SY4432-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.620
40 30 5SY4440-6 1AB 15 5SY4440-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.627
50 30 5SY4450-6 1AB 15 5SY4450-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.655
63 30 5SY4463-6 1AB 15 5SY4463-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.677
1)
1 MW (modular width) = 18 mm.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/5
© Siemens AG 2018

5SY5, universal current, 10 000 A

width approx.
A MW1) d d kg
MCBs 10 000 A
Universal current
1P, 230/400 V AC,
220 V DC
0.3 1 -- 30 5SY5114-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.171
0.5 -- 30 5SY5105-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.171
1 -- 15 5SY5101-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.168
1.6 -- 30 5SY5115-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.167
2 -- 15 5SY5102-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.170
3 -- 15 5SY5103-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.165
4 -- 15 5SY5104-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.166
6 15 5SY5106-6 1AB 5 5SY5106-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.165
8 -- 30 5SY5108-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.163
10 15 5SY5110-6 1AB 15 5SY5110-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.164
13 30 5SY5113-6 1AB 30 5SY5113-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.168
16 15 5SY5116-6 1AB 15 5SY5116-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.164
20 30 5SY5120-6 1AB 30 5SY5120-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.167
25 30 5SY5125-6 1AB 15 5SY5125-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.166
32 30 5SY5132-6 1AB 30 5SY5132-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.168
40 30 5SY5140-6 1AB 30 5SY5140-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.167
50 30 5SY5150-6 1AB 30 5SY5150-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.172
63 30 5SY5163-6 1AB 30 5SY5163-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.177
4 2P, 400 V AC,
220 V DC
0.3 2 -- 30 5SY5214-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.330
0.5 -- 15 5SY5205-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.329
1 -- 15 5SY5201-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.325
1.6 -- 15 5SY5215-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.322
2 -- 2 5SY5202-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.328
3 -- 5 5SY5203-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.318
4 -- 2 5SY5204-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.318
6 5 5SY5206-6 1AB } 5SY5206-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.309
8 -- 15 5SY5208-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.314
10 15 5SY5210-6 1AB 2 5SY5210-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.315
13 30 5SY5213-6 1AB 15 5SY5213-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.321
16 15 5SY5216-6 1AB 5 5SY5216-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.314
20 30 5SY5220-6 1AB 15 5SY5220-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.320
25 30 5SY5225-6 1AB 15 5SY5225-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.320
32 30 5SY5232-6 1AB 15 5SY5232-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.321
40 30 5SY5240-6 1AB 15 5SY5240-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.322
50 30 5SY5250-6 1AB 15 5SY5250-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.333
63 30 5SY5263-6 1AB 15 5SY5263-7 1 1 unit 1AC 0.342

4/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

5SY7, 15000 A

15000 Characteristic B
In Mounting width SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG
www.siemens.com/ per PU P. unit
product?Article No.
A MW1) d
Miniature circuit breakers 15 000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
6 1 15 5SY7106-6 1 1 unit 1AB
10 15 5SY7110-6 1 1 unit 1AB
13 30 5SY7113-6 1 1 unit 1AB
16 15 5SY7116-6 1 1 unit 1AB
20 30 5SY7120-6 1 1 unit 1AB
25 15 5SY7125-6 1 1 unit 1AB
32 30 5SY7132-6 1 1 unit 1AB
40 30 5SY7140-6 1 1 unit 1AB
50 30 5SY7150-6 1 1 unit 1AB
63 30 5SY7163-6 1 1 unit 1AB
1P+N, 230 V AC
6 2 30 5SY7506-6 1 1 unit 1AB
10 30 5SY7510-6 1 1 unit 1AB
13 30 5SY7513-6 1 1 unit 1AB
16 30 5SY7516-6 1 1 unit 1AB
20 30 5SY7520-6 1 1 unit 1AB
25 30 5SY7525-6 1 1 unit 1AB
32 30 5SY7532-6 1 1 unit 1AB
40 30 5SY7540-6 1 1 unit 1AB
50
63
30
30
5SY7550-6
5SY7563-6
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1AB
1AB 4
2P, 400 V AC
6 2 15 5SY7206-6 1 1 unit 1AB
10 30 5SY7210-6 1 1 unit 1AB
13 30 5SY7213-6 1 1 unit 1AB
16 30 5SY7216-6 1 1 unit 1AB
20 30 5SY7220-6 1 1 unit 1AB
25 30 5SY7225-6 1 1 unit 1AB
32 30 5SY7232-6 1 1 unit 1AB
40 30 5SY7240-6 1 1 unit 1AB
50 30 5SY7250-6 1 1 unit 1AB
63 30 5SY7263-6 1 1 unit 1AB
3P, 400 V AC
6 3 30 5SY7306-6 1 1 unit 1AB
10 30 5SY7310-6 1 1 unit 1AB
13 30 5SY7313-6 1 1 unit 1AB
16 15 5SY7316-6 1 1 unit 1AB
20 30 5SY7320-6 1 1 unit 1AB
25 30 5SY7325-6 1 1 unit 1AB
32 30 5SY7332-6 1 1 unit 1AB
40 30 5SY7340-6 1 1 unit 1AB
50 30 5SY7350-6 1 1 unit 1AB
63 30 5SY7363-6 1 1 unit 1AB
3P+N, 400 V AC
6 4 30 5SY7606-6 1 1 unit 1AB
10 30 5SY7610-6 1 1 unit 1AB
13 30 5SY7613-6 1 1 unit 1AB
16 30 5SY7616-6 1 1 unit 1AB
20 30 5SY7620-6 1 1 unit 1AB
25 30 5SY7625-6 1 1 unit 1AB
32 30 5SY7632-6 1 1 unit 1AB
40 30 5SY7640-6 1 1 unit 1AB
50 30 5SY7650-6 1 1 unit 1AB
63 30 5SY7663-6 1 1 unit 1AB
4P, 400 V AC
6 4 30 5SY7406-6 1 1 unit 1AB
10 30 5SY7410-6 1 1 unit 1AB
13 30 5SY7413-6 1 1 unit 1AB
16 30 5SY7416-6 1 1 unit 1AB
20 30 5SY7420-6 1 1 unit 1AB
25 30 5SY7425-6 1 1 unit 1AB
32 30 5SY7432-6 1 1 unit 1AB
40 30 5SY7440-6 1 1 unit 1AB
50 30 5SY7450-6 1 1 unit 1AB
63 30 5SY7463-6 1 1 unit 1AB
1)

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/7
© Siemens AG 2018

5SY7, 15000 A
15000 Characteristic C Characteristic D

In Mount- SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG
ing www.siemens.com/ per PU P. unit www.siemens.com/ per PU P. unit
width product?Article No. product?Article No.
A MW1) d d
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3 1 30 5SY7114-7 1AC 1 unit 1AC 30 5SY7114-8 1 1 unit 1AA
0.5 30 5SY7105-7 1AC 1 unit 1AC 30 5SY7105-8 1 1 unit 1AA
1 15 5SY7101-7 1AC 1 unit 1AC 30 5SY7101-8 1 1 unit 1AA
1P+N, 230 V AC
4
2P, 400 V AC

4/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

5SY7, 15000 A
15000 Characteristic C Characteristic D

In Mount- SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG
ing www.siemens.com/ per PU P. unit www.siemens.com/ per PU P. unit
width product?Article No. product?Article No.
A MW1) d d
3P, 400 V AC
3P+N, 400 V AC
4
4P, 400 V AC
1)1 MW (modular width) = 18 mm.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/9
© Siemens AG 2018

Electrical components
The Siemens mounting concept supports the combination Can be universally retrofitted with all additional components
of all 5ST3 additional components with Siemens 5SY and
5SP miniature circuit breakers and with 5SU1 RCBOs.
Auxiliary switches (AS)
The auxiliary switch (AS) always signals the contact position of
the miniature circuit breaker, regardless of whether the miniature
circuit breaker was tripped manually or as the result of a fault.
An additional version is also available for the switching of small
currents and voltages for the control of programmable control
systems (PLCs) acc. to EN 61131-2. The auxiliary switch with
test button enables the testing of control circuits without the
need to switch the miniature circuit breaker.
Fault signal contacts (FC)
The fault signal contact (FC) signals the automatic tripping of the
miniature circuit breaker in the event of a fault, such as an • The 5SY and 5SP miniature circuit breakers are ideal for the
overload or a short circuit. If the fault signal contact is activated, quick and easy mounting of auxiliary switches and fault signal
the contact position does not change if the miniature circuit contacts.
breaker is tripped manually. Fault signal contacts with TEST and Captive metal brackets on the additional components ensure
RESET buttons enable the testing of control circuits without the the quick and easy mounting of devices on the miniature
need to trip the miniature circuit breaker. The red RESET button circuit breakers without the need for tools.
integrated in the handle also indicates the automatic tripping of
the MCB. The signal can be acknowledged manually using the
RESET button.
• Fault signal contacts with TEST and RESET button enable the
simple testing of auxiliary circuits and, in the event of a fault,
acknowledgement of the fault over the RESET button, without
the need to switch the miniature circuit breakers.
4/10 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Auxiliary switches (AS) Fault signal contacts (FC)
5ST3010 5ST3020
Standards EN 62019; IEC/EN 60947-5-1; UL 1077; CSA C22.2 No. 235
Short-circuit protection Miniature circuit breakers or gG 6 A fuse
Contact load
• Min. 50 mA, 24 V
• 400 V AC, AC-14, NO A 2
• 230 V AC, AC-14, NO A 6
• 400 V AC, AC-13, NC A 2
• 230 V AC, AC-13, NC A 6
• 220 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 1
• 110 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 1
• 60 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 3
• 24 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 6
Service life, on average, with rated load 20 000 actuations
Conductor cross-sections mm2 0.5 ... 2.5
AWG 22 ... 14
Terminals
• Terminal tightening torque Nm 0.5
lbs/in. 4.5
Resistance to climate
Vibration and shock resistant
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 Cycles 28
According to EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
4
Remote controlled mechanisms NEW
Remote controlled mechanism ARD (with automatic restart)
5ST3070
Standards EN 50557 (VDE 0640-20)
Rated power dissipation VA ≤ 1 in standby
Module width mm 27 (1.5 MW) 36 (2 MW)
Ambient and storage temperature °C -40 ... +70
Safety class IP20
AWG 14 … 30
Terminal tightening torque Nm 0.2 ... 0.25
lb-in 2.0
Cable length in the control circuit m ≤ 1500
Number of remote switching operations/min. 2
Number of automatic -- 3
reclose attempts
Sliding selector with locking device -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Integrated auxiliary switches -- 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 A, 250 V
Integrated fault signal contact -- 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 A, 250 V
Possible device combinations MCBs up to 4 MW, MCBs, RCCBs up to 4P,
RCBOs up to 3 MW RCBOs up to 3 MW, RC unit + MCB,
on/off switches: 5TL1, 5TE2
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/11

© Siemens AG 2018


Rated voltage Mount- SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
ing per PU P. unit per PU
width approx.
Un
V MW1) d kg
For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers,
5SU1 RCBOs and 5TE8 switches
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3010 1 1 unit 1AD 0.055
2 NO 2 5ST3011 1 1 unit 1AD 0.066
2 NC 2 5ST3012 1 1 unit 1AD 0.066
Fault signal contacts (FC)

For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers
and 5SU1 RCBOs
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3020 1 1 unit 1AD 0.066
2 NO 2 5ST3021 1 1 unit 1AD 0.065
2 NC 2 5ST3022 1 1 unit 1AD 0.065
Remote controlled mechanisms (RC mech.) NEW
4 • Remote controlled mechanisms with

extended function NEW
12 ... 30 V AC 2 5 5ST3070 1 1 unit 1AD 0.229
12 ... 48 V DC
Note
Matching adapters must
be ordered separately.
Accessories for remote controlled

mechanisms NEW
• Adapters for 5SY MCBs 3 5ST3820-1 1 1 unit 1AD 0.013
1-2-pole
3-4-pole
• Adapters for 5SM2 RC 3 5ST3820-3 1 1 unit 1AD 0.013
units
• Adapters for 5SU1 RC- 3 5ST3820-5 1 1 unit 1AD 0.010
BOs
• Adapters for 5SL MCBs 3 5ST3820-6 1 1 unit 1AD 0.009
1-2-pole, 5SV3 residual
current switches
• Adapters for 5SL MCBs, 3 5ST3820-7 1 1 unit 1AD 0.011
3-4-pole
• Adapters for 5TL1 3 5ST3820-8 1 1 unit 1AD 0.009
ON/OFF switches
1-2-pole
• Adapters for 5TL1 3 5ST3821-1 1 1 unit 1AD 0.011
ON/OFF switches
3-4-pole
1)

4/12 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Mechanical components

Version Mount- SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width approx.
MW d kg
Spacers
Can be placed on either side of the standard 0.5 2 5TG8240 1 2 units 1BK 0.017
mounting rail. Two spacers allow for convenient
cable routing

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/13
© Siemens AG 2018
Residual Current Protective Devices
5SV RCCBs
RCCBs are used in all systems up to 240/415 V AC. Devices of • Instantaneous residual current operated circuit breakers with
type AC trip in the event of sinusoidal AC residual currents, type the N connection on the left or right-hand side enable simple
A also trips in the event of pulsating DC residual currents. bus mounting with standard pin busbars with miniature circuit
breakers installed on the right-hand side.
In addition, RCCBs type F also detect residual currents with
mixed frequencies up to 1 kHz. • Instantaneous type A devices have a surge current withstand
capability with current waveform 8/20 μs of more than 1 kA,
RCCBs with a rated residual current of maximum 30 mA are super resistant devices of more than 3 kA and selective
used for personnel, material and fire protection, as well as for devices of more than 5 kA. This ensures safe operation.
protection against direct contact. RCCBs with a rated residual
• SIGRES has an extremely long service life due to patented
current of 10 mA are primarily used in areas that represent an
active condensation protection, and identical dimensions
increased risk for personnel.
enable the quick and easy replacement of existing
Since the introduction of DIN VDE 0100-410, all socket outlet instantaneous RCCBs.
current circuits up to 20 A must also be fitted with residual • Super resistant devices increase system availability, as
current protective devices with a rated residual current of max. unnecessary tripping is prevented in power supply systems
30 mA. This also applies to outdoor electrical circuits up to 32 A with short-time glitches.
for the connection of portable equipment.
• Selective RCCBs increase system availability as a staggered
Devices with a rated residual current of maximum 300 mA are tripping time enables the selective tripping of RCCBs
used as preventive fire protection in case of insulation faults. connected in series in the event of a fault.
RCCBs with a rated residual current of 100 mA are primarily • Auxiliary switches, fault signal contacts, undervoltage
used in European countries outside Germany. releases and shunt trips are also available as additional
components.
• By means of internal contacts, effective touch protection is
provided when grasping and manually operating the latching
slide.
4 • To facilitate entry of pin busbars with connection cables up to
35 mm², the devices are equipped with rectangular terminals
for the accommodation of funnel-shaped cable entries.
• By means of standardized clearances of the terminals in
modular width dimensions, the RCCBs and MCBs can be
optionally connected to busbars on the top or on the bottom.
4/14 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
5SV RCCBs
Instantaneous SIGRES Super resistant Selective
Standards IEC/DIN EN 61008-1 (VDE 0664-10); IEC/EN 61008-2-1 (VDE 0664-11);
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30); IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40)
Surge current withstand capability
• Type A with current waveform 8/20 µs Acc. to EN 60060-2 kA >1 >3 >5
(VDE 0432-2)
• Type F with current waveform 8/20 µs Acc. to EN 60060-2 kA -- -- >3 --
(VDE 0432-2)
Minimum operational voltage for test function operation
• 30-mA devices V AC 195
• Non-30-mA devices V AC 100
• 24-V devices V AC 20
Test cycles 1/2 year 1 year 1/2 year
• Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 2
Terminal conductor cross-sections
• 1-wire
- Solid (≤ 10 mm2) / stranded (≥ 16 mm2) mm2 0.75 ... 35
- Finely stranded with non-insulated end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25
- Finely stranded with insulated end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25
- Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 1 ... 35
• 2-wire, same cross-section, same conductor type
- Solid (≤ 10 mm2) / stranded (≥ 16 mm2) mm2 0.75 ... 10
- Finely stranded with non-insulated end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 4
- Finely stranded with insulated end sleeve
- Finely stranded without end sleeve
mm2
mm2
0.75 ... 4
1 ... 4 4
• 1-wire + busbar (pin thickness 1.5 mm)
- Solid (≤ 10 mm2) / stranded (≥ 16 mm2) mm2 10 ... 25
- Finely stranded with non-insulated end sleeve mm2 6 ... 25
- Finely stranded with insulated end sleeve mm2 6 ... 16
Terminal tightening torque
• Up to In = 80 A Nm 2.5
• At In = 100 A, 125 A Nm 3.0 ... 3.5
Mains connection Optionally top or bottom
(top for the SIGRES function to also be effective in the deactivated state)
Rated frequency Hz 50 50 50/60 50/60
Mounting position (on a standard mounting rail) Any
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors
(VDE 0470-1)
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 Finger and back-of-hand safe
(VDE 0660-514)
Service life Average number of operating > 10000
cycles
Test cycle acc. to IEC/EN 61008
Ambient temperature °C -25 ... +45,
-25
marked with
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. air humidity)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/15

© Siemens AG 2018
5SV RCCBs

Rated residual Rated current Max. permissible Mount- SD Article No. Price PU PS PG
-25
current short-circuit ing www.siemens.com/ per PU
(Type A) back-up fuse width product?Article No.
IΔn In 10000
mA A A MW d
RCCBs, type A, instantaneous
1P+N; 230 V AC
N connection, right
10 16 63 2 2 5SV3111-6 1 1 unit 1AH
30 16 63 2 2 5SV3311-6 1 1 unit 1AH
Bulk packaging 36 units 5 5SV3311-6GV01 1 36 units 1AH
25 63 2 5SV3312-6 1 1 unit 1AH
40 63 2 5SV3314-6 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 2 5SV3316-6 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3317-6 1 1 unit 1AH
100 25 63 2 2 5SV3412-6 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3414-6 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3416-6 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3417-6 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 63 2 2 5SV3612-6 1 1 unit 1AH
40 2 5SV3614-6 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 2 5SV3616-6 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3617-6 1 1 unit 1AH
3P+N; 400 V AC
4 N connection, right
30 25 80 4 2 5SV3342-6 1 1 unit 1AH
40 80 2 5SV3344-6 1 1 unit 1AH
63 100 2 5SV3346-6 1 1 unit 1AH
80 100 2 5SV3347-6 1 1 unit 1AH
100 25 80 4 2 5SV3442-6 1 1 unit 1AH
40 2 5SV3444-6 1 1 unit 1AH
63 100 2 5SV3446-6 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3447-6 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 80 4 2 5SV3642-6 1 1 unit 1AH
40 2 5SV3644-6 1 1 unit 1AH
63 100 2 5SV3646-6 1 1 unit 1AH
80 2 5SV3647-6 1 1 unit 1AH
500 25 80 4 2 5SV3742-6 1 1 unit 1AH
40 2 5SV3744-6 1 1 unit 1AH
63 100 2 5SV3746-6 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3747-6 1 1 unit 1AH
1P+N; 230 V AC
N connection, left
10 16 63 2 10 5SV3111-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
30 16 63 2 2 5SV3311-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
25 2 5SV3312-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
40 2 5SV3314-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 2 5SV3316-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3317-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
100 25 63 2 10 5SV3412-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3414-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3416-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3417-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 63 2 10 5SV3612-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3614-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3616-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3617-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH

4/16 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
5SV RCCBs
-25
current short-circuit ing www.siemens.com/ per PU
(Type A) back-up fuse width product?Article No.
IΔn In 10000
mA A A MW d
3P+N; 400 V AC
N connection, left
30 25 80 4 2 5SV3342-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
40 2 5SV3344-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 2 5SV3346-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3347-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 80 4 2 5SV3642-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
40 2 5SV3644-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
63 2 5SV3646-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3647-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
500 63 80 4 10 5SV3746-6KL 1 1 unit 1AH
RCCBs, type A, super resistant æ
1P+N; 230 V AC
N connection, right
30 25 63 2 10 5SV3312-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3314-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3316-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3317-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 63 2 10 5SV3612-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3614-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3616-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
4
80 10 5SV3617-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
3P+N; 400 V AC
N connection, right
30 25 100 4 10 5SV3342-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3344-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
63 10 5SV3346-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3347-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 100 4 10 5SV3642-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3644-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
63 10 5SV3646-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3647-6KK01 1 1 unit 1AH
RCCBs, type A, selective î
1P+N; 230 V AC
N connection, right
100 63 80 2 10 5SV3416-8 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 63 2 10 5SV3612-8 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3614-8 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3616-8 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3617-8 1 1 unit 1AH

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/17
© Siemens AG 2018
5SV RCCBs
Rated residual Rated current Max. permissible Mounting SD Article No. Price PU PS PG
-25
current short-circuit width www.siemens.com/ per PU
(Type A) back-up fuse product?Article No.
IΔn In 10000
mA A A MW d
3P+N; 400 V AC
N connection, right
100 40 100 4 10 5SV3444-8 1 1 unit 1AH
63 10 5SV3446-8 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 100 4 10 5SV3642-8 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3644-8 1 1 unit 1AH
63 10 5SV3646-8 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3647-8 1 1 unit 1AH
1000 63 100 4 10 5SV3846-8 1 1 unit 1AH
1P+N; 230 V AC
N connection, left
300 40 63 2 10 5SV3614-8KL 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3616-8KL 1 1 unit 1AH
3P+N; 400 V AC
N connection, left
4
300 63 80 4 10 5SV3646-8KL 1 1 unit 1AH
RCCBs, type A, SIGRES, instantaneous

1P+N; 230 V AC
N connection, right
30 16 63 2 10 5SV3311-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
25 10 5SV3312-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3314-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3316-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
3P+N; 400 V AC
N connection, right
30 25 100 4 10 5SV3342-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3344-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
63 10 5SV3346-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3347-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 100 4 10 5SV3642-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3644-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
63 10 5SV3646-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3647-6KK12 1 1 unit 1AH
RCCBs, type A, SIGRES, selective î
3P+N; 400 V AC
N connection, right
300 63 100 4 10 5SV3646-8KK12 1 1 unit 1AH

4/18 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
5SV RCCBs

Rated residual current Rated current Max. permissible Mount- SD Article No. Price PU PS PG
-25 short-circuit ing www.siemens.com/ per PU
back-up fuse width product?Article No.
IΔn In 10000
(Type F)
mA A A MW d
RCCBs, type F, super resistant æ
1P + N; 230 V AC
N connection, right
30 25 63 2 10 5SV3312-3 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3314-3 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3316-3 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3317-3 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 63 2 10 5SV3612-3 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3614-3 1 1 unit 1AH
63 80 10 5SV3616-3 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3617-3 1 1 unit 1AH
3P + N; 400 V AC
N connection, right
30 25 100 4 10 5SV3342-3 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3344-3 1 1 unit 1AH
63 10 5SV3346-3 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3347-3 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 100 4 10 5SV3642-3 1 1 unit 1AH
40 10 5SV3644-3 1 1 unit 1AH
63 10 5SV3646-3 1 1 unit 1AH
4
80 10 5SV3647-3 1 1 unit 1AH
RCCBs, type F, selective î
1P + N; 230 V AC
N connection, right
300 40 63 2 10 5SV3614-7 1 1 unit 1AH
80 80 10 5SV3617-7 1 1 unit 1AH
3P + N; 400 V AC
N connection, right
300 40 100 4 10 5SV3644-7 1 1 unit 1AH
80 10 5SV3647-7 1 1 unit 1AH

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/19
© Siemens AG 2018
5SV RCCBs
-25
current short-circuit backing width www.siemens.com/ per PU
(Type A) up fuse product?Article No.
IΔn In 10000
mA A A MW d
RCCBs, type A, instantaneous
1P+N; 24 ... 125 V AC
N connection, right
30 16 63 2 10 5SV3311-6KK13 1 1 unit 1AH
30 25 2 10 5SV3312-6KK13 1 1 unit 1AH
30 40 2 10 5SV3314-6KK13 1 1 unit 1AH
30 63 80 2 10 5SV3316-6KK13 1 1 unit 1AH
3P+N; 500 V AC
N connection, right
30 25 63 4 10 5SV3352-6 1 1 unit 1AH
30 40 4 10 5SV3354-6 1 1 unit 1AH
30 63 4 10 5SV3356-6 1 1 unit 1AH
30 80 80 4 10 5SV3357-6 1 1 unit 1AH
300 25 63 4 10 5SV3652-6 1 1 unit 1AH
300 40 4 10 5SV3654-6 1 1 unit 1AH
300 63 4 10 5SV3656-6 1 1 unit 1AH
300 80 80 4 10 5SV3657-6 1 1 unit 1AH
4 3P+N; 230 V AC; 400 Hz
N connection, right
30 25 80 4 10 5SV3342-6KK03 1 1 unit 1AH
30 40 4 10 5SV3344-6KK03 1 1 unit 1AH

4/20 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
SIQUENCE 5SV3 universal current-sensitive RCCBs, type B and type B+
SIQUENCE, RCCBs, type B and type B+
5SV3
Standards IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40);
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30);
additionally applicable for type B+
DIN VDE 0664-400
Versions 1P+N / 3P+N
Tripping characteristic --
Surge current withstand capability
With current waveform 8/20 µs acc. to
EN 60060-2 (VDE 0432-2)
• Super resistant kA >3
• Selective kA >5
Minimum operational voltage for test V AC 195
function operation
Rated voltages Un V AC 230 / 400
Rated frequency fn Hz 50 ... 60
Rated currents In A 16, 25, 40, 63, 80
Rated residual currents IΔn mA 30, 300, 500
Rated breaking capacity
• Im A 800
• Icn kA --
• Solid and stranded
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve
mm2
mm2
0.75 ... 35
0.75 ... 25 4
For all devices
Mains connection Optionally top or bottom
(bottom for the SIGRES function to also be
effective in the deactivated state)
(on a standard mounting rail)
Degree of protection IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors
according to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1)
Touch protection Finger and back-of-hand safe
Acc. to EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514)
Service life > 10000 switching cycles
Average number of switching cycles
Ambient temperature °C -25 ... +45, -25
marked with
Resistance to climate acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. air humidity)
For details of I2 characteristics,
see Configuration Manual "Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices
(AFDDs)" at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
Power losses per conducting path under rated current load Number of Rated current Rated residual Power losses per
Note: poles current IΔn [mA] conducting path Pv [W]
0.4 W per unit must be added for SIGRES versions. 2/4 16 30/300 0.17
25 30/300 0.42
40 30/300 1.09
63 30/300/500 2.7
80 30/300/500 4.35

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/21
© Siemens AG 2018
SIQUENCE 5SV3 universal current-sensitive RCCBs, type B and type B+
kHz current short-circuit backing www.siemens.com/ per PU
(Type B/type B+)
up fuse width product?Article No.
-25 IΔn In 10000
mA A A MW d
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B, super resistant æ NEW
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 16 100 4 15 5SV3321-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
25 15 5SV3322-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
40 15 5SV3324-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
63 15 5SV3326-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
300 16 100 4 15 5SV3621-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
25 15 5SV3622-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
40 15 5SV3624-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
63 15 5SV3626-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

30 25 100 4 5 5SV3342-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
40 2 5SV3344-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
63 2 5SV3346-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
80 15 5SV3347-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
300 25 100 4 5 5SV3642-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
40 2 5SV3644-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
63 2 5SV3646-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
80 15 5SV3647-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
500 25 100 4 15 5SV3742-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
40 15 5SV3744-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
63 15 5SV3746-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
4 80 15 5SV3747-4 1 1 unit 1AJ
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B, selective î NEW

3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
300 63 100 4 15 5SV3646-5 1 1 unit 1AJ
80 15 5SV3647-5 1 1 unit 1AJ
500 63 100 4 15 5SV3746-5 1 1 unit 1AJ
80 15 5SV3747-5 1 1 unit 1AJ
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B+, super resistant æ NEW

3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 25 100 4 20 5SV3342-4KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ
40 20 5SV3344-4KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ
63 20 5SV3346-4KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ
80 20 5SV3347-4KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ
300 25 100 4 20 5SV3642-4KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ
40 20 5SV3644-4KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ
63 20 5SV3646-4KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ
80 20 5SV3647-4KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B+, selective î NEW

3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
300 63 100 4 20 5SV3646-5KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ
80 20 5SV3647-5KK14 1 1 unit 1AJ

4/22 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Additional components
Auxiliary switches (AS) Fault signal contacts (FC)
5ST3010 5ST3020
Standards EN 62019; IEC/EN 60947-5-1; UL 1077; CSA C22.2 No. 235
Short-circuit protection Miniature circuit breakers or gG 6 A fuse
Contact load
• Min. 50 mA, 24 V
• 400 V AC, AC-14, NO A 2
• 230 V AC, AC-14, NO A 6
• 400 V AC, AC-13, NC A 2
• 230 V AC, AC-13, NC A 6
• 220 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 1
• 110 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 1
• 60 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 3
• 24 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 6
AWG 22 ... 14
Terminals
• Terminal tightening torque Nm 0.5
lbs/in. 4.5
Vibration and shock resistant
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 Cycles 28
According to EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
4
Remote controlled mechanisms NEW
Remote controlled mechanism ARD (with automatic restart)
5ST3070
Standards EN 50557 (VDE 0640-20)
Rated power dissipation VA ≤ 1 in standby
Module width mm 27 (1.5 MW) 36 (2 MW)
Ambient and storage temperature °C -40 ... +70
Safety class IP20
AWG 14 … 30
lb-in 2.0
Cable length in the control circuit m ≤ 1500
Number of remote switching operations/min. 2
Number of automatic -- 3
reclose attempts
Sliding selector with locking device -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Integrated auxiliary switches -- 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 A, 250 V
Integrated fault signal contact -- 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 A, 250 V
Possible device combinations MCBs up to 4 MW, MCBs, RCCBs up to 4P,
RCBOs up to 3 MW RCBOs up to 3 MW, RC unit + MCB,
on/off switches: 5TL1, 5TE2
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/23

© Siemens AG 2018
Additional components

Rated voltage Mount- SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width approx.
Un
V MW1) d kg
Remote controlled mechanisms (RC mech.) NEW
• Remote controlled mechanisms with 5 5ST3070 1 1 unit 1AD 0.229
extended function NEW
12 ... 30 V AC 2 5
12 ... 48 V DC
Note
Matching adapters must be
ordered separately.
Accessories for remote controlled

mechanisms NEW
1-2-pole
3-4-pole
• Adapters for 5SM2 RC 3 5ST3820-3 1 1 unit 1AD 0.013
units
• Adapters for 5SU1 RCBOs 3 5ST3820-5 1 1 unit 1AD 0.010
• Adapters for 5SL MCBs 3 5ST3820-6 1 1 unit 1AD 0.009
1-2-pole, 5SV3 residual
4 current switches
• Adapters for 5SL MCBs, 3 5ST3820-7 1 1 unit 1AD 0.011
3-4-pole
• Adapters for 5TL1 ON/OFF 3 5ST3820-8 1 1 unit 1AD 0.009
switches
1-2-pole
• Adapters for 5TL1 ON/OFF 3 5ST3821-1 1 1 unit 1AD 0.011
switches
3-4-pole
1)

4/24 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
5SU1 RCBOs
■ Overview
RCBOs are a combination of an RCCB and a miniature circuit In order to implement this protection, we recommend the use of
breaker in a compact design for personnel, fire and line RCBOs with 30 mA on a country-specific basis.
protection. For personnel protection and fire protection, the
residual current part of the type AC trips in the event of Assignment to each individual branch circuit helps prevent the
sinusoidal AC residual currents, type A also trips in the event of undesired tripping of fault-free circuits induced by the
pulsating DC residual currents. accumulation of operation-related leakage currents or by
transient current pulses during switching operations.
In addition, RCBOs type F also detect residual currents with
mixed frequencies up to 1 kHz. Additional components of the 5SY miniature circuit breakers can
be mounted at the side and carry out additional functions.
RCBOs with a rated residual current of maximum 30 mA are
used for personnel, material and fire protection, as well as for For further details on additional components, please refer to the
protection against direct contact. RCBOs with a rated residual chapter "Miniature Circuit Breakers":
current of 10 mA are primarily used in areas that represent an RCBOs comprise one part for fault-current detection and one
increased risk for personnel and in the outdoor installations of part for overcurrent detection. They are equipped with a delayed
residential buildings. overload/time-dependent thermal release (thermal bimetal) for
Devices with a rated residual current of maximum 300 mA are low overcurrents and with an instantaneous electromagnetic
used as preventative fire protection in case of insulation faults. release for higher overload and short-circuit currents.
The MCB part of the RCBO protects lines against overload and The special contact materials used guarantee a long service life
short circuits and is available in characteristics B and C. and offer a high degree of protection against contact welding.
Since DIN VDE 0100-410 came into effect in June 2007, all
socket outlet current circuits up to 20 A must now also be fitted
with residual current protective devices with a rated residual
current of max. 30 mA. This also applies to outdoor electrical
circuits up to 32 A for the connection of portable equipment.
■ Benefits 4
For all versions
• Clear and visible conductor connection in front of the rear
busbar facilitates controls
• Large and easily accessible wiring space enables easy
insertion of conductor in the terminals
• The surge current withstand capability of over 1 kA ensures
safe and reliable operation
• All additional components for miniature circuit breakers can
be retrofitted on the right-hand side
For all 10 kA versions up to 40 A
• Integrated movable terminal covers located at the cable
entries ensure the terminals are fully insulated when the
screws are tightened. The effective touch protection when
grasping the device considerably exceeds the requirements
of BGV A3.
• The RCBOs can be quickly and easily removed from the
assembly by hand if connections need to be changed. Time-
saving replacement of parts as busbars no longer need to be
freed from adjacent miniature circuit breakers.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/25

© Siemens AG 2018
5SU1 RCBOs
Up to 40 A
Standards IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20); IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21)
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30); ÖVE EN 61009;
IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40)
Rated voltages Un V AC 230
Rated frequency fn Hz 50 ... 60
Rated currents In A 6, 8, 10, 13, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40
Rated residual currents IΔn mA 10, 30, 100, 300
Rated breaking capacity kA 6 / 10
Energy limitation class 3
Surge current withstand
capability Type A
• With current waveform 8/20 µs Acc. to DIN VDE 0432-2
- Instantaneous kA >1
- Super resistant kA >3
- Selective kA >5
• Type F with current waveform kA >3
8/20 µs
Minimum voltage for operation of the test equipment V AC 100
Pollution degree 2
Terminal conductor cross-
sections
4 • Finely stranded with end sleeve

Terminal tightening torque
mm2
Nm
0.75 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
Mains connection Top or bottom
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors
(VDE 0470-1)
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 Finger and back-of-hand safe
(VDE 0660-514)
Service life Test cycle Operating > 10000
Acc. to IEC/EN 61009 cycles
Ambient temperature °C -25 ... +45,
-25
marked with
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles (55 °C; 95 % rel. air humidity)
4/26 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
5SU1 RCBOs

Rated Rated Mount- SD Tripping characteristic B PG SD Tripping characteristic C PU PS*/ PG Weight
residual current ing Article No. Price Article No. Price P. unit per PU
current width per PU per PU approx.
IΔn In
mA A MW d d
RCBOs, type AC, instantaneous
1P + N, 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
N connection, right
4 500
3
30 6 2 -- 2 5SU1353-1KK06 1 1 unit 1BB 0.272
8 -- 5 5SU1353-1KK08 1 1 unit 1BB 0.268
10 -- 2 5SU1353-1KK10 1 1 unit 1BB 0.271
13 -- 5 5SU1353-1KK13 1 1 unit 1BB 0.274
16 -- 2 5SU1353-1KK16 1 1 unit 1BB 0.271
20 -- 2 5SU1353-1KK20 1 1 unit 1BB 0.280
25 -- 2 5SU1353-1KK25 1 1 unit 1BB 0.281
32 -- 2 5SU1353-1KK32 1 1 unit 1BB 0.286
40 -- 2 5SU1353-1KK40 1 1 unit 1BB 0.285
300 6 2 -- 5 5SU1653-1KK06 1 1 unit 1BB 0.266
10 -- 2 5SU1653-1KK10 1 1 unit 1BB 0.268
13 -- 20 5SU1653-1KK13 1 1 unit 1BB 0.271
16 -- 2 5SU1653-1KK16 1 1 unit 1BB 0.267
20 -- 5 5SU1653-1KK20 1 1 unit 1BB 0.278
25
32
40
--
--
--
5
5
5
5SU1653-1KK25
5SU1653-1KK32
5SU1653-1KK40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1BB
1BB
1BB
0.279
0.278
0.275
4
6 000
3
30 6 2 5 5SU1356-0KK06 1BB 2 5SU1356-1KK06 1 1 unit 1BB 0.271

8 -- 5 5SU1356-1KK08 1 1 unit 1BB 0.269
10 2 5SU1356-0KK10 1BB 2 5SU1356-1KK10 1 1 unit 1BB 0.272
10 000
3

8 -- 20 5SU1354-1KK08 1 1 unit 1BB 0.279

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/27
© Siemens AG 2018
5SU1 RCBOs

IΔn In
mA A MW d d
RCBOs, type A, instantaneous
1P+N, 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
N connection, right
4 500
3
30 6 2 -- 2 5SU1353-7KK06 1 1 unit 1BC 0.286
8 -- 5 5SU1353-7KK08 1 1 unit 1BC 0.270
10 -- 5 5SU1353-7KK10 1 1 unit 1BC 0.271
13 -- 5 5SU1353-7KK13 1 1 unit 1BC 0.270
16 -- 2 5SU1353-7KK16 1 1 unit 1BC 0.268
20 -- 5 5SU1353-7KK20 1 1 unit 1BC 0.280
25 -- 5 5SU1353-7KK25 1 1 unit 1BC 0.278
32 -- 5 5SU1353-7KK32 1 1 unit 1BC 0.285
40 -- 5 5SU1353-7KK40 1 1 unit 1BC 0.289
300 6 2 -- 5 5SU1653-7KK06 1 1 unit 1BC 0.263
10 -- 5 5SU1653-7KK10 1 1 unit 1BC 0.266
13 -- 20 5SU1653-7KK13 1 1 unit 1BC 0.292
16 -- 5 5SU1653-7KK16 1 1 unit 1BC 0.267
20 -- 5 5SU1653-7KK20 1 1 unit 1BC 0.276
25 -- 5 5SU1653-7KK25 1 1 unit 1BC 0.274
32 -- 5 5SU1653-7KK32 1 1 unit 1BC 0.275
4 6 000
40 -- 5 5SU1653-7KK40 1 1 unit 1BC 0.280
3
30 6 2 2 5SU1356-6KK06 1BC 2 5SU1356-7KK06 1 1 unit 1BC 0.268
8 -- 5 5SU1356-7KK08 1 1 unit 1BC 0.271
10 2 5SU1356-6KK10 1BC } 5SU1356-7KK10 1 1 unit 1BC 0.268
13 5 5SU1356-6KK13 1BC 2 5SU1356-7KK13 1 1 unit 1BC 0.272
16 } 5SU1356-6KK16 1BC } 5SU1356-7KK16 1 1 unit 1BC 0.269
10 000
3


4/28 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
5SU1 RCBOs

IΔn In
mA A MW d d
RCBOs, type F
1P+N, 230 V AC, 50 Hz
10 000
3

RCBOs, type A, instantaneous
1P+N; AC 230 V; 50 Hz
10 000
3
30 6 2 5 5SU1354-6KK06 1BC } 5SU1354-7KK06 1 1 unit 1BC 0.274

8 -- 5 5SU1354-7KK08 1 1 unit 1BC 0.273
16
20
}
5
5SU1354-6KK16
5SU1354-6KK20
1BC }
1BC 5
5SU1354-7KK16
5SU1354-7KK20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1BC
1BC
0.272
0.276
4
RCBOs, type A, super resistant æ
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 Hz
10 000
3
30 10 2 -- 5 5SU1354-7VK10 1 1 unit 1BC 0.281

16 -- 5 5SU1354-7VK16 1 1 unit 1BC 0.274
20 -- 20 5SU1354-7VK20 1 1 unit 1BC 0.285
25 -- 20 5SU1354-7VK25 1 1 unit 1BC 0.288
32 -- 10 5SU1354-7VK32 1 1 unit 1BC 0.289
40 -- 20 5SU1354-7VK40 1 1 unit 1BC 0.293

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/29
© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Introduction
■ Overview
The MINIZED switch disconnectors are primarily used in
switchboard assemblies and control engineering. They are
approved for switching loads as well as for safe switching in the
event of short circuits.
MINIZED switch disconnectors
D02
5SG71
Standards DIN VDE 0638;
EN 60947-3
(VDE 0660-107)
IEC/EN 60947-3
Main switch characteristic, Yes
EN 60204-1
Insulation characteristic Yes
EN 60664-1
Rated voltage Un V AC 230/400, 240/415
• 1P V DC 65
• 2P in series V DC 130
Rated current In A 63
Rated insulation voltage V AC 500
Rated impulse withstand voltage kV AC 6
4 Overvoltage category
Utilization category acc. to VDE 0638
IV
• AC-22 A 63
Utilization category acc. to EN 60947-3
• AC-22 A A --
• AC-22 B A 63
• AC-23 B A 35
• DC-22 B A 63
Sealable Yes
When switched on
Mounting position Any, preferably vertical
Reduction factor of In with 18 pole
• Side-by-side mounting 0.9
• On top of one another, with vertical standard mounting rail 0.87
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Terminals Yes
With touch protection acc. to BGV A3
Ambient temperature °C -5 ... +40°C, humidity 90 % at 20°C
Terminal versions --
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 1.5 ... 35
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 --
Tightening torque Nm 2.5 ... 3
4/30 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
MINIZED switch disconnectors

Size Number of In Mount- SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
poles ing per PU P. unit per PU
width approx.
A MW d kg
MINIZED switch disconnectors with fuses
Using draw-out technology with touch protection
acc. to BGV A3
(adapter sleeves not included in scope of delivery)
D02 1P 63 1.5 2 5SG7113 1 1 unit 1BM 0.158
1P+N 63 3 2 5SG7153 1 1 unit 1BM 0.291
2P 63 3 2 5SG7123 1 1 unit 1BM 0.306
3P 63 4.5 2 5SG7133 1 1 unit 1BM 0.453
3P+N 63 6 2 5SG7163 1 1 unit 1BM 0.576
Reducers
For fuse links D01 2 5SH5527 1 10 units 1CU 0.001
in MINIZED D02 switch disconnectors

For MINIZED D02 switch disconnectors
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3010 1 1 unit 1AD 0.055
4
2 NO 2 5ST3011 1 1 unit 1AD 0.066
2 NC 2 5ST3012 1 1 unit 1AD 0.066
Technical specifications, see chapter
"Miniature Circuit Breakers –> Additional
components"
Auxiliary switches (AS) with TEST

button
For MINIZED D02 switch disconnectors
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 2 5ST3010-2 1 1 unit 1AD 0.071
2 NO 10 5ST3011-2 1 1 unit 1AD 0.068
2 NC 10 5ST3012-2 1 1 unit 1AD 0.071
Technical specifications, see chapter
"Miniature Circuit Breakers –> Additional
components"
1)
For 2 A, 4 A, 6 A fuses.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/31
© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
■ Overview
LV HRC fuse systems (NH type) are used for installation systems LV HRC fuse links are available in the following operational
in non-residential, commercial and industrial buildings as well as classes:
in switchboard assemblies of power utilities. They therefore • gG for cable and line protection
protect essential building parts and systems.
• aM for short-circuit protection of switching devices in motor
LV HRC fuse systems (NH type) are fuse systems designed for circuits
operation by experts. There are no constructional requirements • gR or aR for protection of power semiconductors
for non-interchangeability of rated current and touch protection.
• gS: The new gS operational class combines cable and line
The components and auxiliary equipment are designed in such protection with semiconductor protection
a way as to ensure the safe replacement of LV HRC fuse systems
or isolation of systems. LV HRC fuse links of size 000 can also be used in
LV HRC fuse bases, fuse switch disconnectors,
LV HRC fuse links are available in the sizes 000, 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 LV HRC fuse strips as well as LV HRC in-line fuse switch
and 4a. disconnectors of size 00.
The fuse links 300 A, 355 A and 425 A comply with the standard
but do not have the VDE mark.
LV HRC components
5 1 LV HRC fuse base from the SR60 busbar system

4
3 2 LV HRC fuse base for busbar mounting
2
3 LV HRC fuse base, 3-pole
4
6 4 LV HRC fuse base, 1-pole
7
5 LV HRC contact covers
6 LV HRC fuse link
7 LV HRC signal detector
8
1 8 LV HRC partition
9
9 LV HRC protective cover
LV HRC fuse bases with swivel mechanisms,
10 - for screw fixing on mounting plate
14 11 - for screw fixing on busbar system
10 11 12 13 12 - for claw fixing on busbar
13 LV HRC protective cover for LV HRC fuse bases with
swivel mechanism
14 LV HRC swivel mechanism
15 LV HRC fuse base cover
16 LV HRC isolating blade with insulated grip lugs
I201_13743a
15 16 17 18 19
17 LV HRC isolating blade with non-insulated grip lugs
18 LV HRC fuse puller with sleeve
19 LV HRC fuse puller
4/32 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
■ Benefits
• In the standard series with front indicator, the front-mounted
red indicator signals the tripping of a fuse.
• LV HRC fuse links are always equipped with silver-plated
contact pins. This means that they are non-corroding and
have less contact resistance. This ensures the long-term
operational safety of the plant.
Tripped Not tripped
LV HRC fuse links
Operational class
gG
Standards
3NA3... 3NA3...-6
IEC 60269-1, -2; EN 60269-1; DIN VDE 0636
4
Approvals DIN VDE 0636-2; CSA 22.2 No.106, File Number 016325_0_00
(CSA approval of fuses 500 V for 600 V)
Rated voltage Un
• Sizes 000 and 00 V AC 500 690
V DC 250 250
• Sizes 1 and 2 V AC 500 690
V DC 440 440
• Size 3 V AC 500 690
V DC 440 440
• Sizes 4 and 4a (IEC design) V AC 500 --
V DC 440 --
Rated current In A 2 ... 1250 2 ... 500
Rated breaking capacity kA AC 120
kA DC 25
Contact pins Non-corroding, silver-plated
Resistance to climate °C -20 ... +50 at 95% relative humidity
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/33

© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links

Non-insulated
grip lugs
Size Mounting In Un SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width per PU P. unit per PU
approx.
mm A V AC/V DC d kg
LV HRC fuse links with front indicator,
operational class gG
000 21 32 500/250 2 3NA3812 1 3 units 1BM 0.128
35 2 3NA3814 1 3 units 1BM 0.130
63 2 3NA3822 1 3 units 1BM 0.130
80 2 3NA3824 1 3 units 1BM 0.130
100 2 3NA3830 1 3 units 1BM 0.131
00 30 125 500/250 2 3NA3832 1 3 units 1BM 0.203

160 2 3NA3836 1 3 units 1BM 0.205
4 00 30 63 690/250 2 3NA3822-6 1 3 units 1BM 0.205
1 47.2 250 500/440 2 3NA3144 1 3 units 1BM 0.439
3 57.8 400 500/440 2 3NA3360 1 3 units 1BM 0.659

71.2 630 2 3NA3372 1 3 units 1BM 0.955

4/34 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC signal detectors
LV HRC signal detectors are used for remotely indicating that the Uniform solution for all sizes
LV HRC fuse links have been tripped.
LV HRC signal detectors reliably indicate when a fuse has
The LV HRC signal detectors with signal detector link can be tripped. Tripped fuses are quickly located. This saves time and
used to monitor LV HRC signal fuse links with non-insulated grip increases system availability.
lugs of sizes 000 to 4 at 10 A or more.
The signal detector link is connected in parallel to the LV HRC
fuse link. In the event of a fault, the LV HRC fuse links are 1 LV HRC fuse link
released simultaneously with the LV HRC fuse detector link.
I201_13744b
6 2 LV HRC signal detector
A trip pin switches a floating microswitch. 3 Microswitch
4 Spring contact
5 Hinged lid
6 Signal detector links
1
5
4
2
3

Size SD Article No. Price
per PU
PU PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU 4
approx.
d kg
LV HRC signal detectors 000 to 4 2 3NX1021 1 1 unit 1BM 0.040
Only for SIEMENS 3NA3, 3NA7, 3ND LV HRC fuse links
with non-insulated grip lugs
• Rated voltage up to 690 V AC/600 V DC
• Contact: Microswitch 250 V AC, 6 A
• Connection: Flat termination 2.3 mm
Signal detector links

• Rated voltage up to 690 V AC/600 V DC
• Response value > 9 V; 2.5 A; for standard applications 000 to 4 2 3NX1022 1 3 units 1BM 0.018
• Response value > 2 V; 7 A; only for meshed networks 2 3NX1023 1 3 units 1BM 0.018

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/35
© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse bases and accessories
■ Overview
Terminals for all applications
Flat terminals with screws are suitable for connecting busbars The modern box terminal ensures efficient and
or cable lugs. They have a torsion-proof screw connection with reliable connection to the conductors. They support connection
shim, spring washer and nut. When tightening the nut, always of conductors with or without end sleeves.
ensure compliance with the specified torque due to the
considerable leverage effect.
The double busbar terminal differs from the flat terminal in that it
supports connection of two busbars, one on the top and one at
the bottom of the flat terminal.
With the flat terminal with nut, terminal lug of the nut is torsion- Up to three conductors can be clamped to the terminal strip.
proof. When tightening the nut, the torque must be observed
because of the considerable leverage effect.
The plug-in terminal is equipped for connecting two conductors. One conductor can be clamped to the saddle-type terminal.
4/36 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
■ Benefits
• The silver-plated Lyra contact provides a large contact area
for the pin of the LV HRC fuse link. This improves heat
transmission and lowers the temperature. It also minimizes
ageing of the fuse link in the maximum load range, in
particular when using SITOR semiconductor fuses.
• The large contact area also facilitates replacement of
LV HRC fuse links.
• The spring washer tensioning the contact is mechanically
galvanized. This will prevent hydrogen embrittlement. The
contact is resistant to aging and there will be no dreaded
annealing of contacts, which considerably improves
operating safety.
LV HRC fuse bases
Size 000/00 1 3
Standards IEC 60269-1, -2; EN 60269-1; DIN VDE 0636-2
Rated current In A 160 250 630
Rated voltage Un V AC
V DC
6901)
250 4
Rated short-circuit strength kA AC 120
kA DC 25
Max. power dissipation of fuse links W 12 32 60
Flat terminal
Screw M8 M10 M12
Nut M8
Max. tightening torque Nm 14 38
Plug-in terminal
Conductor cross-section mm2 2.5 ... 50 --
Saddle-type terminal
Conductor cross-section mm2 6 ... 70
Box terminal
Conductor cross-section mm2 2.5 ... 50
Terminal strips
Conductor cross-section, 3-wire mm2 1.5 ... 16
Max. torque for attachment of LV HRC fuse base Nm 2 2.5
1)
Extended rated voltage up to 1000 V (except LV HRC bus-mounting
bases).
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/37

© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems

Size In Version SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
per PU P. unit per PU
approx.
A d kg
LV HRC fuse bases
Made of ceramic for screw fixing
000/00 160 1P
With flat terminals, screw 2 3NH3030 1 3 units 1BM 0.216
With plug-in terminals 5 3NH3031 1 3 units 1BM 0.270
With saddle-type terminals 2 3NH3032 1 3 units 1BM 0.218

1 250 1P
With double busbar terminals 5 3NH3220 1 3 units 1BM 0.771

3 630 1P
4
With flat terminals 2 3NH3430 1 1 unit 1BM 1.070

4/38 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Fuse Systems
SITOR Semiconductor Fuses
LV HRC design
■ Overview
SITOR semiconductor fuses protect power semiconductors from The new size 3 type ranges have a round ceramic body instead
the effects of short circuits because the super quick-response of a square one. These series are characterized by small I²t
disconnect characteristic is far quicker than with conventional values with low power dissipation and high capability under
LV HRC fuses. They protect high-quality devices and system alternating load. The dimensions and functional values
components, such as converters with fuses in the input and the correspond to the current standards IEC 60269-4/EN 60269-4.
DC link, UPS systems and soft starters for motors.
Note:
Panel mounting requirements have given rise to various
connection versions and designs. The ordering data of the fuses are listed in ascending order of
the rated voltage in the selection tables.
The fuses with blade contacts comply with IEC 60269-2 and are
suitable for installation in LV HRC fuse bases, in fuse switch
disconnectors and switch disconnectors with fuses. They also
include fuses with slotted blade contacts for screw fixing with ■ Benefits
110 mm mounting dimension, whose sizes are according to • SITOR semiconductor fuses have a high varying load factor,
IEC 60269-4. which ensures a high level of operational safety and plant
Fuses with slotted blade contacts for screw fixing with 80 mm or availability – even when subject to constant load change.
110 mm mounting dimension are often screwed directly onto • The use of SITOR semiconductor fuses in LV HRC fuse bases
busbars for optimum heat dissipation. Even better heat or Siemens switch disconnectors has been tested with regard
transmission is provided by the compact fuses with M10 or M12 to heat dissipation and maximum current loading. This makes
female thread, which are also mounted directly onto busbars. planning and dimensioning easier and prevents
Bolt-on links with 80 mm mounting dimension are another consequential damage.
panel-mounting version for direct busbar mounting. • Our high standard of quality ensures good compliance with
the characteristic curve and accuracy. This ensures long-term
The fuses for SITOR thyristor sets, railway rectifiers or protection of devices.
electrolysis systems were developed specially for these
applications.
The LV HRC fuse bases and fuse switching devices suitable Operational classes
4
for use with SITOR semiconductor fuses can be found on
pages 4/36ff. Fuses are categorized according to function and operational
classes. SITOR semiconductor fuses, LV HRC design, are
Fuse characteristics, configuration notes and the available in the following operational classes:
assignment of SITOR semiconductor fuses to the • aR: For the short-circuit protection of power semiconductors
fuse bases and 3NP and 3KL fuse switching devices can be (partial range protection)
found in the Configuration Manual, "Fuse Systems" at:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals • gR: For the protection of power semiconductors

Size Ie Ue Opera- Breaking Power Varying SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
tional I2t value loss load per PU P. unit per PU
class factor approx.
A V AC A2s W VL d kg
LV HRC design, SITOR
With slotted blade contacts for M10 screw fixing,
mounting dimension: 210 mm
3 160 1 500 aR 54 000 56 1.0 30 3NE5424-0C 1 2 units 1DM 1.995
224 138 000 80 1.0 30 3NE5426-0C 1 2 units 1DM 1.986
315 311 000 115 1.0 30 3NE5430-0C 1 2 units 1DM 1.260
350 428 000 135 1.0 30 3NE5431-0C 1 2 units 1DM 2.129
450 870 000 145 0.95 30 3NE5433-0C 1 2 units 1DM 2.104

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/39
© Siemens AG 2018
3NP5 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
With fuse monitoring
The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideally suited for
surface mounting and installation in distribution boards (e.g.
ALPHA, SIKUS), meter cabinets (e.g. ALPHA 400-ZS), and
molded-plastic distribution systems such as 8HP.
The ability to mount them on a range of different busbar systems
allows their very diverse implementation in switchboard cabinet
and control engineering.
The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideal for operation in
combination with other switching devices, for example in
capacitor modules for reactive-power compensation.
In conjunction with semiconductor protection fuses (e.g. SITOR),
these are used for the effective protection of frequency
converters and soft starters.
The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are suitable for use in any
climate and comply with standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
and DIN VDE 0660 Part 107.
3NP5 fuse switch disconnector range In addition, the 3NP5 series of fuse switch disconnectors
complies with the requirements of BS 5419 and is also approved
3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are controls for the occasional for operation in marine applications.
manual switching/isolating of loads and distribution boards.
They are able to switch on, control and switch off the specified All 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors can be sealed as standard
rated current (including a specific overload). (or can be sealed through accessories).
With the 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors, all poles of

4 downstream electric loads can be safely disconnected from the
system under load.
4/40 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, VDE 0660 Part 107
Type 3NP50
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 160
For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-2 Size 00
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith A 160
• 50/60 Hz AC V 690
• DC V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected),
220 (2 conducting paths in series, fuse monitoring by 3RV)
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 6901)
Rated conditional short-circuit current
with fuses (by fast switch on)
Rated current Size/A 00/160
• At 500 V AC (rms value) kA 50
Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) kA 15
Short-circuit strength with fuses (with closed disconnector)
• Rated current Size/A 00/160
• At 500 V AC (rms value) kA 100
• Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s 223
• Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) kA 23
Rated short-circuit making capacity with isolating blades2) Size 00
• At 500 V AC (peak value) kA 6
Rated making and breaking capacity2) (infeed from top or bottom)3) Size 00
Breaking current Ic
• At p.f. = 0.35, rms value A 1300
• At p.f. = 0.35, rms value
• At p.f. = 0.35 and 400 V AC, with fuse links, rms value
A
A
800
1600 4
• At AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B at 500 V AC, with fuse links A 160
• At AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B At 690 V AC, with fuse links A 160
• At AC-21B, AC-22B A 160
• At AC-23B A 100
At 220 (440) V DC, with 2 (3) conducting paths series-connected and fuse links:
• Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms) A 640
• Rated operational current Ie at DC-23B A 160
Capacitor switching capacity
• Capacitor rating at 400 V AC kvar 80
• Rated current In at 525 V AC A 116
• Capacitor rating kvar 100
• Rated current In A 110
Permissible ambient temperature °C - 25 ... +55 for operation4), - 50 ... +80 during storage
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 1600
Degree of protection
• Without molded-plastic masking frame IP00, for 3NP5 2 with terminal clamp connection, IP10 degree of
protection
• With molded-plastic masking frame with closed fuse carrier on the operator side IP30
• With molded-plastic masking frame with open fuse carrier IP10
Power loss of the switch at Ith (without power loss of the fuse links)
Without busbar adapter W 7.8 (16.3)5)
Maximum power loss of the usable fuses (per fuse)6) W 12
Main conductor connections
Flat terminal for connection of
• Crimped cable lugs acc. to DIN 46234 (conductor cross-section, stranded) mm2 2.5 ... 120
• Pressed cable lugs acc. to DIN 46235 (conductor cross-section, stranded) mm2 16 ... 70
• Busbars (usable busbar width) mm 16 ... 22
Clamp terminals mm2 2.5 ... 507)
Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC (accessories) The same voltage potential must be applied to the NO and
NC contacts
• At 50 Hz/60 Hz to 400 V AC, rated operational current Ie at AC-12/AC-15 A A 16/6
• Flat plug-in terminals (DIN 46244) A 6.3 ... 0.8
Permissible mounting position Vertical or horizontal
(switching capacity may be reduced with horizontal installation)
Signaling contact for electronic fuse monitoring 2 NO + 1 NC
• Rated operational current Ie at 250 V, DC-13 A 0.27
• Rated operational current Ie at 240 V, AC-15 A 1.5
• Thermal free-air rated current Ith A 5
1) 4)
When observing degree of pollution 2 (instead of 3) operation is also When using isolating blades. If using fuse links, please observe
possible up to Ui = 1000 V. specifications of fuse manufacturer.
2) 5)
Rated making and breaking current according to IEC 60947-3: With busbar adapter.
Rated making current 6)
Values are valid when using LV HRC fuse systems with characteristic gG.
I = 10 × Ie (AC-23); 3 × Ie (AC-22); 1.5 × Ie (AC-21); If using fuses for semiconductor protection, please refer to the assignment
Rated breaking current table, see Catalog LV 10, chapter "Switch Disconnectors"
Ie = 8 × Ie (AC-23); 3 × Ie (AC-22); 1.5 × Ie (AC-21). 7)
3) When connecting one conductor.
When electronic fuse monitors are used, infeed must be from the top. For 2 conductors max. 1 x 50 mm2 and 1 x 35 mm2.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/41

© Siemens AG 2018

Rated Connection Size Auxiliary switches SD Degree of protection IP00, PU PS*/ PG Weight
uninterrupted type without fuse links, (UNIT, P. unit per PU
current Iu At switch At circuit without Isolating blades, SET, approx.
disconnectors breakers with terminal screws M)
A Version Version d Article No. Price kg
per PU
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing feature with fuse
monitoring by SIRIUS circuit breakers
With plug-in connection of the auxiliary switch connecting cable
(length approx. 1 m) to the circuit breakers
160 Flat 00 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC } 3NP5060-0EA86 1 1 unit 1CL 2.435
terminals1)
3NP5060-0EA86
1)
For 3NP5060 with flat terminals, appropriate 3NY1106 cable lug covers
must be used to provide a finger-safe cover, according to DIN VDE 0106
Part 100.

4/42 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018
Switching Devices
5TT4 remote control switches
■ Overview Contact sequences

1 – 2 – 1+2 – 0 or 1 – 0 – 2 – 0 means:
Remote control switches are used in residential and non-
residential buildings, as well as the switchboard engineering 0: No contact closed
sector. They trip in the event of "current inrushes", i.e. pulses, 1: Only contact 1 closed
and then electromechanically save the switching position, 2: Only contact 2 closed
even in the event of a power failure. 1+2: Contact 1 and contact 2 are closed
All the devices have the VDE mark and can also be equipped The contact positions are constantly changing with each
with an additional auxiliary switch. All devices have a switching pushbutton impulse.
position indication and are operated manually. The switching Note:
noise is particularly quiet and meets the requirements of
residential buildings. Synchronous switching of the contacts cannot be guaranteed
with parallel switching. Products with central/group switching
■ Benefits must be used for the mutual control of several remote control
switches.
• Remote control switches with central/group switching support
convenient and high feature applications
• High functional reliability due to electromechanical design Bus mounting
without fault-prone electronics
• The devices have no standby losses
• All devices have a switching position indication and are
operated manually
• The remote control switches can be bus-mounted on 5TE9100
and 5TE9101 busbars; e.g.: bus mounting of the N conductor
and/or infeed
• All the remote control switches can be fitted with an additional
auxiliary switch
4
Central switching functions
Versions with central On/Off function allow the central switching
of all connected remote control switches. This type of central
switching can also be actuated using a time switch. All remote
control switches can be switched to the ON or OFF switching
state, regardless of their current switching state. All 5TT41 remote control switches can be bus-mounted with
each other.
Note:
For suitable busbars for the 5TT41 remote control switches, see
Catalog LV 10, chapter "Switching Devices".
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/43

© Siemens AG 2018
Switching Devices
Remote control switches
5TT4101
5TT4102
5TT4115
Standards IEC 60669-1, IEC 60669-2, IEC 60669-3,
EN 60669 (VDE 0632), EN 60669-2-2, EN 60669-2-2/A1
Approvals VDE 0632
Contact type 1 NO
2 NO
1 NO 1 NC
Manual operation Yes

Switching position indication Yes
Rated control voltage Uc V AC 8 ... 230
V DC 12 ... 110
Primary operating range × Uc 0.8 ... 1.1
Rated frequency fc (AC types) Hz 50
Rated power dissipation Pv
• Magnet coil, only pulse W/VA 4.5/7
• Per contact at 16 A W 1.2
Minimum contact load V AC; mA 10; 100
Rated operational current Ie at p.f. = 0.6 ... 1 A 16
4 • 1 NO
• 2 NO
• 1 NO + 1 NC
V AC
V AC
V AC
250
400
250
Glow lamp load at 230 V mA 5
• With 1 5TT4920 compensator mA 25
• With 2 5TT4920 compensators mA 45
Incandescent lamp load2) W 1200
Different phases between magnet coil/contact Permissible
Contact gap mm > 1.2
Safe separation
Creepage distances and clearances between magnet mm >6
coil/contact
Pushbutton malfunction
Protected against continuous voltage, safe due to design Yes
Minimum pulse duration ms 50
Electrical service life In 50000
At Ie/Ue, p.f. = 0.6; incandescent lamp load 600 W operating
cycles
Terminals ± screw (Pozidriv) 1
• Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 6
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 1 ... 6
At 95 % relative humidity Acc. to DIN 50015 °C 35
Permissible ambient temperature °C -10 ... +40
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
1)
For 2.5 MW 5TT4123-0 devices with PTC.
2)
For 15000 operating cycles.
4/44 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Switching Devices

Contacts Ue Ie Uc Uc Mount- SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width approx.
V AC A AC V AC V DC MW d kg
Auxiliary switches can be retrofitted
1 NO 250 16 230 1 } 5TT4101-0 1 1 unit 1BK 0.124
2 NO 400 16 230 1 } 5TT4102-0 1 1 unit 1BK 0.143

DC applications
1 NO + 1 NC 250 16 110 1 } 5TT4115-1 1 1 unit 1BK 0.146

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/45
© Siemens AG 2018
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks

8WH6 iPo Plug-In Terminals
General data
■ Overview
iPo connection method: Characterized by its simple and direct Easy bridging: The double bridge shaft supports the
conductor connection, this series utilizes all the benefits of the interconnection of any number of terminals using 2-pole
8WH system. jumpers. The 2-pole to 50-pole jumpers enable up to
50 terminals to be connected in a single step.
Super-light insertion: With an up to 50 % lower insertion force,

the iPo connection method permits easy and direct insertion of
rigid and flexible conductors with end sleeves with a cross-
section of more than 0.34 mm2.
Pusher button function: The actuation button is used to open the

spring to either release the conductor or to connect smaller
cross-sections from 0.14 mm2. It can be operated by any tool.
4/46 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

8WH6 through-type terminals

Version SD Article No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Terminal size 2.5 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²
• CUUS
• Terminal width 5.2 mm
• Imax = 30 A
• Umax = 800 V
• AWG 26 ... 12
• Connection capacity, one conductor
- Rigid 0.14 ... 4 mm²
8WH6000-0AF00 - Flexible 0.14 ... 2.5 mm²
Versions
• Two clamping points
- Gray 7 8WH6000-0AF00 1 50 units 1BT 0.007
- Blue 7 8WH6000-0AF01 1 50 units 1BT 0.006
• Three clamping points
• Four clamping points
PE through-type terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²
• CUUS
• AWG 26 ... 12
4
- Rigid 0.14 ... 4 mm²
- Flexible 0.14 ... 2.5 mm²
• Green-yellow
8WH6000-0CF07 Versions
• Two clamping points 7 8WH6000-0CF07 1 50 units 1BT 0.009
• Three clamping points 7 8WH6003-0CF07 1 50 units 1BT 0.010
• Four clamping points 7 8WH6004-0CF07 1 50 units 1BT 0.011
Accessories
Covers, for terminal size 1.5 ... 2.5 mm²
Width 2.2 mm
Versions
• For two clamping points 7 8WH9000-1GA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.200
• For three clamping points 7 8WH9000-2GA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.200
• For four clamping points 7 8WH9000-4GA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.300
Cover segments, for terminal size 1.5 ... 2.5 mm² 2 8WH9000-0GA00 100 10 units 1BT 0.100
For covering multi-wire terminals when mounting
two-wire terminals side-by-side
8WH9000-0GA00
Compartment partitions,
for terminal size 1.5 ... 4 mm²
• For visual and electrical separation
of terminal groups
• 2 mm thick
• Gray
Versions
8WH9070-0AA00 • For two clamping points 7 8WH9070-0AA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.200
• For three clamping points 7 8WH9070-0GA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.300
• For four clamping points 7 8WH9070-0HA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.400

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/47
© Siemens AG 2018


SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Terminal size 4 mm²
Through-type terminals, terminal size 4 mm²
• CUUS
• Imax = 38 A
• Umax = 800 V
• AWG 24 ... 10
8WH6000-0AG00 - Rigid 0.2 ... 6 mm²
- Flexible 0.2 ... 4 mm²
Versions
• Two clamping points
- Gray 2 8WH6000-0AG00 1 50 units 1BT 0.009
- Blue 2 8WH6000-0AG01 1 50 units 1BT 0.009
8WH6003-0AG00 • Three clamping points
• Four clamping points
8WH6003-0AG01
4
8WH6004-0AG00
8WH6004-0AG01
PE through-type terminals, terminal size 4 mm²
• CUUS
• AWG 24 ... 10
- Rigid 0.2 ... 6 mm²
8WH6000-0CG07 • Green-yellow
Versions
• Two clamping points 2 8WH6000-0CG07 1 50 units 1BT 0.011
• Three clamping points 2 8WH6003-0CG07 1 50 units 1BT 0.015
• Four clamping points 2 8WH6004-0CG07 1 50 units 1BT 0.017
8WH6003-0CG07
8WH6004-0CG07

4/48 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018


SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Through-type terminals, terminal size 6 mm²,
two clamping points
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-1
- Rigid 0.5 ... 10 mm²
- AWG 20 ... 8
8WH6000-0AH00 - I = 41 A
- U = 1000 V
Versions
• Gray 7 8WH6000-0AH00 1 50 units 1BT 0.016
• Blue 7 8WH6000-0AH01 1 50 units 1BT 0.016
8WH6000-0AH01
PE through-type terminals, terminal size 6 mm², 7 8WH6000-0CH07 1 50 units 1BT 0.022
two clamping points
• CUUS
• IEC 60947-7-2
- Rigid 0.5 ... 10 mm²
8WH6000-0CH07
- AWG 20 ... 8
• Green-yellow 4
I201_12670
8WH6000-0CH07

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/49
© Siemens AG 2018

8WH6 isolating terminals

SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Terminal size 2.5 mm²
Isolating terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²
• Imax = 20 A
• Umax = 400 V
• AWG 26 ... 12
- Rigid 0.14 ... 4 mm²
8WH6000-6CF00
- Flexible 0.14 ... 2.5 mm²
Versions
• Two clamping points 7 8WH6000-6CF00 1 50 units 1BT 0.008
• Three clamping points 7 8WH6003-6CF00 1 50 units 1BT 0.010
• Four clamping points 7 8WH6004-6CF00 1 50 units 1BT 0.011
Isolating terminals, terminal size 4 mm² 2 8WH6000-6AG00 1 50 units 1BT 0.460
• With two clamping points
• Imax = 20 A
• Umax = 400 V
• AWG 24 ... 10
8WH6000-6AG00
- Rigid 0.2 ... 6 mm²
4 Accessories
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm²
Width 2.2 mm
• For two clamping points 7 8WH9000-3SC00 100 50 units 1BT 0.200
• For three clamping points 7 8WH9000-3SD00 100 50 units 1BT
• For four clamping points 7 8WH9000-5GA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.300
8WH9000-3SC00
Covers, for terminal size 4 mm² 7 8WH9003-1GA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.200
• For two clamping points
• Width 2.2 mm
8WA9003-1GA00
Compartment partitions, 7 8WH9070-0AA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.200
• For two clamping points
of terminal groups
• 2 mm thick
• Gray
8WH9070-0AA00
Compartment partitions, 7 8WH9070-0GA00 100 50 units 1BT 0.300
• For three clamping points
of terminal groups
• 2 mm thick
• Gray
8WH9070-0GA00

4/50 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018

Accessories for 8WH Terminal Blocks
Standard labeling system

SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Labels, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm and
terminal size 1.5 mm2 (excluding 8WH3),
8WH8121-1AB05 horizontal labeling
Versions
• Consecutive numbering 8WH8121-1A@@@ 100 100 units 1BT 0.010
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
• Custom inscription 15 8WH8121-1XA05 100 100 units 1BT 0.010
terminal size 1.5 mm2 (excluding 8WH3), vertical
labeling
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
8WH8141-1AB05
Labels, flat, for terminal width 4.2 mm and 7 8WH8111-1AA05 100 100 units 1BT 0.010
8WH8111-1AA05
terminal size 1.5 mm2 (excluding 8WH3), blank
4
terminal size 2.5 mm2 (8WH3: 1.5 mm2),
8WH8121-2AB15 horizontal labeling
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
terminal size 2.5 mm2 (8WH3: 1.5 mm2),
vertical labeling
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
8WH8141-2AB15
Labels, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm and 7 8WH8111-2AA05 100 100 units 1BT 0.010
terminal size 2.5 mm2 (8WH3: 1.5 mm2), blank
8WH8111-2AA05

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/51
© Siemens AG 2018


SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Lateral mounting test plugs
For individual assembly of test plug connectors
Versions
• For terminal width 4.2 mm and terminal size 1.5 mm2 1) 7 8WH9010-0DB02 1 10 units 1BT 0.004
• For terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal size 2.5 mm2 1) 7 8WH9010-0EB02 1 10 units 1BT 0.003
• For terminal width 6.2 mm and terminal size 6 mm2 1) 7 8WH9010-0FB02 1 10 units 1BT 0.003
1)
Except 8WH3
8WH9010-0DB02
Spacer plates
For skipping single terminals for individual
test plug assembly
Versions
8WH9010-2AA02 • For terminal width 4.2 mm and terminal size 1.5 mm2 1) 7 8WH9010-2AA02 1 10 units 1BT 0.001
• For terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal size 2.5 mm2 1) 7 8WH9010-2BA02 1 10 units 1BT 0.004
• For terminal width 6.2 mm and terminal size 6 mm2 1) 7 8WH9010-2CA02 1 10 units 1BT 0.001
1) Except 8WH3
Terminal strip markers, for end retainers 7 8WH9150-1CA00 1 100 units 1BT 0.001
• Height-adjustable
4
• For quick-fit end retainers
• Inscription possible with terminal strip marker or two labels,
front, for terminal width 10.2 mm
• Labeling field size: 20 x 8 mm
8WH9150-1CA00
Test adapters 7 8WH9010-0JB00 1 10 units 1BT 0.002
• For 4 mm ∅ PS test plugs and
4 mm ∅ safety test plugs
• Makes contact in the bridge slot
8WH9010-0JB00
Reducing combs
Versions
• For bridging of a through-type terminal, terminal size 2.5 or
4 mm²
- For a through-type terminal, terminal size 1.5 mm² 7 8WH9020-0CC10 1 10 units 1BT 0.001
- For a through-type terminal, terminal size 6 mm² 7 8WH9020-0FC10 1 10 units 1BT 0.003
Note
Not for 8WH1 through-type terminals and 8WH3 insulation
displacement terminals.
8WH9020-0FC10
Quick-fit end retainers 2 8WH9150-0CA00 1 50 units 1BT 0.005
For inscription with front labels, for terminal width 5.2 mm
and terminal strip markers
8WH9150-0CA00

4/52 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
© Siemens AG 2018


SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Connecting combs
Versions Max.
load
current
Imax
• For terminal width 4.2 mm and 17.5 A
terminal size 1.5 mm2 (excluding 8WH3)
- 2-pole 7 8WH9020-6AC10 1 50 units 1BT 0.001
- 3-pole 7 8WH9020-6AD10 1 50 units 1BT 0.001
- 4-pole 7 8WH9020-6AE10 1 50 units 1BT 0.002
8WH9020-6AC10 • For terminal width 5.2 mm and 24 A
terminal size 2.5 mm2 (for 8WH3: 1.5 mm2)
- 2-pole 7 8WH9020-6BC10 1 50 units 1BT 0.002
- 3-pole 7 8WH9020-6BD10 1 50 units 1BT 0.003
- 4-pole 7 8WH9020-6BE10 1 50 units 1BT 0.003
• For terminal width 6.2 mm and 32 A
terminal size 4 mm2 (for 8WH3: 2.5 mm2)
- 2-pole 7 8WH9020-6CC10 1 50 units 1BT 0.002
- 3-pole 7 8WH9020-6CD10 1 50 units 1BT 0.003
- 4-pole 7 8WH9020-6CE10 1 50 units 1BT 0.003
• For terminal width 8.2 mm and 41 A
terminal size 6 mm2
- 2-pole 7 8WH9020-6DC10 1 10 units 1BT 0.004
- 3-pole 7 8WH9020-6DD10 1 10 units 1BT 0.005
- 4-pole 7 8WH9020-6DE10 1 10 units 1BT 0.008
• For terminal width 10 mm,
terminal size 10 mm2, 2-pole
57 A 7 8WH9020-6EC10 1 10 units 1BT 0.007
4
For detailed information see Catalog LV 52, "ALPHA FIX Terminal
Blocks".

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/53
© Siemens AG 2018
DELTA profil
Socket outlets
■ Overview
Combination screws for Torx T10 and slotted screwdrivers
Inserts for switches and pushbuttons as well as all SCHUKO® socket outlets in the DELTA line have been fitted successively with new combination
screws since 11/2008.
4 Previously New
I201_15408b
Pozidriv Slotted Torx

screwdriver screwdriver screwdriver
(size 1) (4.0 to 4.5 mm) (T10)
Use of different screwdrivers on the former and new combination screw.
4/54 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
DELTA profil
Socket outlets

per PU P. unit per PU
approx.
d kg
General data
• For screw and claw fixing
• SCHUKO® socket outlets: 16 A, ~250 V;
10 A, –250 V
• Live parts of inserts covered by molded plastic
• Self-retracting claws
• The screwless terminals are connecting terminals
for Cu and aluminum conductors up to 2.5 mm2
• Degree of protection: IP20
• Size of cover plates: 65 x 65 mm
Schuko® socket outlets, black bezel 2 5UB1463 1 1 unit 1BW 0.092
Silver (similar to RAL 9006)
For detailed information see Catalog ET D1, "DELTA Switches
and Socket Outlets". 4

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 4/55
© Siemens AG 2018
DELTA profil
Notes
4/56 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

5
© Siemens AG 2018
4/2 Vacuum interrupters
4/3 3AH47 vacuum circuit breakers
© Siemens AG 2018
Vacuum interrupters
■ Overview
Vacuum switching technology is the preferred technology
for medium-voltage applications worldwide, and is therefore
state-of-the-art.
Our experience in developing and manufacturing these
challenging products dates back over 40 years. The major part
relates to the special requirements for railway applications.
Over this period, more than 5 million Siemens interrupters have
been installed worldwide.
Close cooperation with our customers enables us to
continuously innovate the products and to maintain our quality
requirements at the highest possible level.
For this reason, we manufacture the contact material in-house
and subject the individual components as well as the complete
interrupters to intensive tests before delivery.
We therefore offer:
• High reliability
• Maximum switching capacity
• Leading technology
• Excellent technical support

Rated Rated Rated short-circuit Rated current Lightning impulse withstand
voltage frequency breaking current voltage
kV Hz kA A kV
up to 17.5 16.7/25/50/60 25/31.5/40/50 up to 2 500 95/125
25 50/60 up to 31.5 up to 2 500 145/170
27.5 50/60 up to 31.5 up to 2 500 170/200
36 50/60 up to 31.5 up to 2 500 200/250
• Mechanical operating cycles 30 000
• Temperature range: -40 °C to 120 °C
5
• Optionally available siliconized
• Dimensions and further details on request
The vacuum interrupters are fully developed products which
can be supplied with customized connection dimensions.
For further information, please contact:
Email: support.ic@siemens.com, or
Tel.: +49 (180) 524-8437
5/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
3AH47 vacuum circuit breakers
■ Overview
The 3AH47 vacuum circuit breakers are based on the successful The 3AH47 vacuum circuit breaker can control up to 60 000
3AH vacuum circuit breaker series which has been well proven operating cycles depending on the version. With minimum
in practice in over 500 000 installations. maintenance work, such as greasing of operating mechanisms
after 10 000 operating cycles and replacing the interrupters after
30 000 operating cycles, the reliability of these circuit breakers
is maintained throughout the entire service life.

Rated Rated Rated short-circuit Rated operational current (A)
voltage frequency breaking current 1 250 2 000 2 500
kV Hz kA Single-pole Two-pole Single-pole Two-pole Single-pole Two-pole
17.5 16.7 25 3AH4754-4
5
31.5 3AH4755-4
40 3AH47 56/66-6
50 3AH4757-6
25 25 251) 3AH4714-2 3AH4714-2 3AH4714-4 3AH4714-4 3AH4714-6 3AH4714-6
"D31" "D31" "D31"
27.5 50/60 25 3AH4784-2 3AH4784-2 3AH4784-4 3AH4784-4 3AH4784-6
"D31" "D31"
31.5 3AH4785-2 3AH4785-2 3AH4785-4 3AH4785-6 3AH4785-6
"D31" "D31"
1)
Further values on request.
For detailed information see Product Catalog HG 11.52,
"3AH47 Vacuum Circuit Breakers for Traction Applications".
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 5/3

© Siemens AG 2018
Notes
5/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

6
© Siemens AG 2018
5/2 Introduction
5/4 3EB4 surge arresters
5/7 3EB5 surge arresters
© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
■ Overview
Siemens surge arresters for railway applications – Always the best solution for traction systems
particularly reliable, stable and safe overvoltage protection
Electrical power for traction systems is generally transmitted to
Siemens has developed and manufactured medium and high- traction substations of the (national) utility or the railway systems’
voltage surge arresters for standard and special applications own high-voltage network by high voltage transmission lines with
since 1925. We have been producing surge arresters for railway rated voltages of 110 kV and above at frequencies of 16 2/3 Hz,
systems for over 80 years. Continuous research and 25 Hz, 50 Hz or 60 Hz. The voltage is then stepped down to the
development, comprehensive know-how and worldwide supply voltage of the traction system and converted into
experience give Siemens surge arresters a leading edge in DC voltage where necessary. The high-voltage transmission
overvoltage protection. Their uncompromising quality ensures a lines, the traction substations, the catenary system and the
long service life and reliability in any application. traction units are exposed to lightning overvoltages that may
result in huge damage to the insulation of the electrical
Siemens surge arresters are an indispensable aid to insulation equipment.
coordination in electrical power supply systems.
Siemens surge arresters for railway applications protect every
Valuable equipment, such as traction units, is ideally protected part of a railway system, from railway substations through
against lightning and switching overvoltages. transmission lines, cable and catenary systems to rail vehicles
Siemens surge arresters have been designed to meet the for mass-transit, mainline and high-speed transportation up to
requirements of a wide range of common installation 420 km/h. Siemens offers several surge arrester product families
environments, from arctic cold to the heat of the desert and the for AC and DC railway applications up to 45 kV:
dampness of tropical climates. • 3EB4 – silicone rubber surge arrester with composite
Definition of surge arresters hollow-core enclosure for use on traction units and for fixed
installation in AC and DC systems.
Surge arresters are used to protect electrical equipment, such • 3EB5 – silicone rubber surge arrester in a cage design
as transformers, circuit breakers and bushings, against the for use on traction units and for fixed installation in AC and
effects of overvoltages caused by incoming surges. Such DC systems.
overvoltages can be caused by a direct or nearby lightning
strike, electromagnetic discharges or switching operations in the Siemens provides each of these types in several versions,
power supply system as well as in devices. Some overvoltages making it possible to find the ideal surge arrester for any
are very high in energy. The current from the surge is diverted conceivable application and meet even specific demands, such
through the arrester, in most cases to ground. Effective as:
overvoltage protection requires that different surge arrester • high mechanical stability to withstand vibrations and high
types be used depending on the particular application. wind speeds,
• extremely reliable pressure relief behavior for use in areas
requiring special protection,
• excellent pollution layer characteristics for use in coastal and
desert regions or in areas with extreme air pollution.
All Siemens surge arresters feature a superior sealing system
that reliably prevents moisture ingress to ensure the highest
possible degree of overvoltage protection and decades of
trouble-free service. Moreover, the choice of materials used in
the production of Siemens surge arresters contributes to
protection of the environment.
6/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Introduction
The best choice for every application Standards and tests – reliability you really can depend on
Whether it is high-speed, intercity trains between the major cities Siemens surge arresters have been designed and tested in
of the world, train shuttle services from train stations to airports compliance with the latest IEC 60099-4, IEEE C62.11 and
that run every few minutes, or everyday mass transit, the GB 11032 standards. All type tests are performed by
requirements of rail transport vary from one extreme to the other. independent, PEHLA-certified laboratories; the test reports are
available on request. Please contact your Siemens
Siemens supplies a complete portfolio of surge arresters that representative for details.
meets all the requirements for overvoltage protection of rail
vehicles and rail electrification worldwide. Apart from the system Moreover, every single surge arrester that leaves the Siemens
voltage, the main criterion for the selection of the appropriate factory undergoes a routine test and is delivered with a routine
surge arrester is the type of application, which defines travel test certificate.
speed and resulting load.
Siemens meets all requirements of ISO 9001:2008,
The 3EB4 and 3EB5 surge arresters are highly suitable for every ISO 14002:2004 and BS OHSAS 18001:2007. All Siemens
possible railway application, including: suppliers have to be certified according to ISO standards or are
• High-speed and intercity trains audited by Siemens.
• Mass transit and regional trains To maintain sustainable quality improvement, Siemens
• Urban public transport: Light rail vehicles, metros, trams, introduced corporate quality guidelines that contribute to each
electric buses step of the quality process.
• Locomotives The 3EB4 and 3EB5 surge arresters comply with the following
international standards:
• Drive systems
• IEC 60099-4, Metal oxide surge arresters
And for every power supply system, such as: for AC systems
• 12.5 kV, 25 Hz/60 Hz • EN 50526-1, Railway applications – Fixed installations – D.C.
• 15 kV, 16 2/3 Hz surge arresters and voltage limiting devices
• 25 kV, 50 Hz/60 Hz • EN 45545-2, Railway applications – Fire protection on railway
• 750 V DC vehicles
• 1 500 V DC • IEC 61373, Railway applications – Rolling stock equipment –
Shock and vibration tests
• 3 000 V DC
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 6/3

© Siemens AG 2018
3EB4 surge arresters
■ Overview
3EB4 – silicone rubber surge arrester with composite hollow The 3EB4 surge arrester enclosure is designed for extreme
core design mechanical loads and it is ideally suited for high speeds up to
420 km/h (260 mph).
The silicone arrestor with composite hollow core enclosure
design provides a very high degree of safety: In the case of an
6
overload or the extremely rare case of an arrester short circuit,
the arc escapes directly through a directional pressure relief
device. The surge arrester, therefore, can be installed in a way
that will minimize the risk of any damage to the equipment and
passengers nearby. Internal parts are not ejected and the
1 shatterproof housing remains intact.
5 A reliable, rugged and economical choice
2 Siemens 3EB4 composite hollow core design surge arresters are
virtually indestructible during transportation, installation, storms,
and vandalism. While the composite hollow core enclosure
design provides the highest possible mechanical strength, the
silicone rubber insulation is ideal for outdoor applications in
IC01_00524
severe environmental conditions. No matter how tough

environmental and operating conditions may be, 3EB4 arresters
assure 100% reliable pressure relief performance and provide
3
the ultimate in protection.
1 Silicone rubber sheds directly molded on FRP tube

2 FRP tube
3 End fitting with directional pressure relief device and sealing
system
4 Directional pressure relief device
5 Metal oxide blocks
6 Arcing horn
Reliable and safe – 3EB4 railway surge arresters

3RB4 type railway surge arresters have to withstand a great
deal, including the influence of extreme weather conditions,
temperatures from –40 °C to +70 °C and the effects of UV
radiation and hydrophobicity. They have been designed for
precisely this, and are effectively protected with suitable fault-
tolerant technology and durable materials to ensure trouble-free
6 operation under all conditions of use.
Within the composite housing, the arrester's enclosure materials
consist of silicone and glass-fiber reinforced plastic (GFRP).
The silicone, which is directly applied onto the GFRP tube in an
injection molding process, ensures reliability and an excellent
special seal at both ends of the surge arrester effectively
prevents partial discharges and moisture ingress, guaranteeing
decades of trouble-free operation. The combination of silicone
and a glass-fiber-reinforced plastic tube also ensures excellent
mechanical resilience of the design.
6/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
■ 3EB4 technical specifications

Electrical characteristics
Line Rated Continu- Arrester article number Maxi- Arrester Rated Dis- Thermal Maximum residual voltages
voltage voltage ous volt- mum class discharge rated
age travel charge capacity energy
speed current absorp-
tion
capacity
Un Ur Uc In Qrs Wth 30/60 30/60 30/60 8/20 8/20 8/20
µs µs µs µs µs µs
500 A 1000 A 2000 A 5 kA 10 kA 20 kA
kV kV kV km/h kA C kJ kV kV kV kV kV kV
AC
15 23 18 3EB4 230 - 5 A L 3 2 - 0. 420 SL 10 1.2 115 45.2 46.9 49.3 54.6 58.7 65.7
23 18 3EB4 230 - 6 A L 3 2 - 0. 420 SM 10 2.0 161 43.2 44.3 46.5 50.8 54.1 60.0
23 18 3EB4 230 - 7 A L 3 2 - 0. 420 SH 20 2.8 230 42.8 43.9 46.0 49.7 52.9 58.2
25 37 30 3EB4 370 - 5 A X 3 2 - 0. 420 SL 10 1.2 185 72.7 75.5 79.3 87.8 94.4 106
37 30 3EB4 370 - 6 A X 3 2 - 0. 420 SM 10 2.0 259 69.6 71.3 74.8 81.7 87.0 96.5
37 30 3EB4 370 - 7 A X 3 2 - 0. 420 SH 20 2.8 370 68.9 70.6 74.0 80.0 85.1 93.6
42 34 3EB4 420 - 5 A X 3 2 - 0. 420 SL 10 1.2 210 82.5 85.7 90.0 99.6 107 120
42 34 3EB4 420 - 6 A X 3 2 - 0. 420 SM 10 2.0 297 79.0 80.9 84.9 92.8 98.7 110
42 34 3EB4 420 - 7 A X 3 2 - 0. 420 SH 20 2.8 420 78.2 80.2 84.0 90.8 96.6 106
DC
0.75 1.0 1.0 3EB4 010 - 7 D S 3 2 - 0. 420 DC-B 20 2.5 10 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.6
1.0 1.0 3EB4 010 - 7 D M 3 2 - 0. 420 DC-B 20 2.5 10 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.6
1.5 2.0 2.0 3EB4 020 - 7 D S 3 2 - 0. 420 DC-B 20 2.5 20 3.9 4.0 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.3
2.0 2.0 3EB4 020 - 7 D M 3 2 - 0. 420 DC-B 20 2.5 20 3.9 4.0 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.3
3.0 4.0 4.0 3EB4 040 - 7 D S 3 2 - 0. 420 DC-B 20 2.5 40 7.8 8.0 8.4 9.0 9.6 10.6
4.0 4.0 3EB4 040 - 7 D M 3 2 - 0. 420 DC-B 20 2.5 40 7.8 8.0 8.4 9.0 9.6 10.6
Mechanical properties
Line Height Creepage Rated short- Lighting Power Defined Defined con- Weight Flashover Figure
voltage path circuit current impulse with- frequency short-time tinuous load distance
stand voltage withstand load SSL SLL
voltage, wet
Un H 1.2/50 µs 1 min.
kV mm mm kA kV kV N N kg mm
AC
15 275 710 50 110 45 9450 6610 6.8 238 A
275 710 50 110 45 9450 6610 7.3 238 A
275 710 50 110 45 9450 6610 8.3 238 A
25 395 1175 50 170 70 6580 4600 9.2 358 A
395 1175 50 170 70 6580 4600 10.1 358 A
395
395
1175
1175
50
50
170
170
70
70
6580
6580
4600
4600
12.1
9.6
358
358
A
A
6
395 1175 50 170 70 6580 4600 10.8 358 A
395 1175 50 170 70 6580 4600 12.8 358 A
DC
0.75 155 243 40 55 30 16770 11740 3.9 92 A
195 399 40 70 40 13330 9330 4.1 124 A
1.5 155 243 40 55 30 16770 11740 4.1 92 A
195 399 40 70 40 13330 9330 4.3 124 A
3.0 155 243 40 55 30 16770 11740 4.5 92 A
195 399 40 70 40 13330 9330 4.6 124 A
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 6/5

© Siemens AG 2018
■ 3EB4 connections
3EB4 …-…..-.D 3EB4 …-…..-.E

Figure A Figure A
6/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
■ Overview
3EB5 silicone rubber surge arrester in a cage design In the extremely rare case of an MOV overload, arcing does
not produce any critical pressure in the interior because the
MOV elements are not situated in a sealed mechanical
enclosure. The arc can escape directly through the soft silicone
4 housing, without damaging the mechanical enclosure support.
The ejection of internal parts that could damage other nearby
equipment is prevented almost completely. The innovative cage
design from Siemens ensures an excellent safety response.
The silicone is highly hydrophobic and retains its water and dirt-
1
repellent effect throughout its use. This results in high tracking
2
and erosion resistance The silicone enclosure is self-
extinguishing and flame-retardant. These advantages ensure
3 maintenance-free and reliable use of 3EB5 surge arresters.
IC01_00525
1 Cage of FRP rods

2 Metal oxide blocks
3 Silicone rubber sheds directly moulded on metal oxide
blocks and on end-fittings
4 End-fittings
Siemens 3EB5 surge arresters in a cage design offer excellent

protection from overvoltage in railway applications.
The metal oxide varistors (MOVs) are encased in a cage of rods
made out of glass-fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP), which
produces a rigid, reinforced construction.
Reliability is ensured by directly injecting the silicone onto the
MO varistors and the FRP rods. This ensures complete
embedding of all components without entrapment and gaps,
and thus excellent sealing against partial discharges or the
ingress of moisture.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 6/7

© Siemens AG 2018
■ 3EB5 technical specifications

Electrical characteristics
Line Rated Continu- Arrester article number Maxi- Arrester Rated Dis- Thermal Maximum residual voltages
voltage voltage ous mum class discharge rated
voltage travel charge capacity energy
speed current absorp-
tion
capacity
Un Ur Uc In Qrs Wth 30/60 30/60 30/60 8/20 8/20 8/20
µs µs µs µs µs µs
500 A 1000 A 2000 A 5 kA 10 kA 20 kA
kV kV k km/h kA C kJ kV kV kV kV kV kV
AC
15 23 18 3EB5 230 - 6 A E 3 0 - 0. 200 SM 10 2.0 161 43.2 44.3 46.5 50.8 54.1 60.0
23 18 3EB5 230 - 7 A E 3 0 - 0. 200 SH 20 2.8 230 43.0 44.3 45.5 48.9 51.8 56.4
23 18 3EB5 230 - 8 A E 3 0 - 0. 200 SH 20 3.6 322 43.0 44.3 45.5 48.9 51.8 56.4
25 37 30 3EB5 370 - 6 A H 3 0 - 0. 200 SM 10 2.0 259 69.6 71.3 74.8 81.7 87.0 96.5
37 30 3EB5 370 - 7 A H 3 0 - 0. 200 SH 20 2.8 370 69.1 71.2 73.3 78.7 83.3 90.8
37 30 3EB5 370 - 8 A H 3 0 - 0. 200 SH 20 3.6 518 69.1 71.2 73.3 78.7 83.3 90.8
42 34 3EB5 420 - 6 A J 3 0 - 0. 200 SM 10 2.0 294 79.0 80.9 84.9 92.8 98.7 110
42 34 3EB5 420 - 7 A J 3 0 - 0. 200 SH 20 2.8 420 78.5 80.8 83.2 89.3 94.5 103
42 34 3EB5 420 - 8 A J 3 0 - 0. 200 SH 20 3.6 588 78.5 80.8 83.2 89.3 94.5 103
45 36 3EB5 450 - 6 A J 3 0 - 0. 200 SM 10 2.0 315 84.6 86.7 90.9 99.4 106 117
45 36 3EB5 450 - 7 A J 3 0 - 0. 200 SH 20 2.8 450 84.1 86.6 89.1 95.7 101 110
45 36 3EB5 450 - 8 A J 3 0 - 0. 200 SH 20 3.6 630 84.1 86.6 89.1 95.7 101 110
DC
0.75 1.0 1.0 3EB5 010 - 8 D B 3 0 - 0. 200 DC-B 20 3.6 14 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.5
1.5 1.5 3EB5 015 - 8 D B 3 0 - 0. 200 DC-B 20 3.6 21 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.7
1.5 2.0 2.0 3EB5 020 - 8 D B 3 0 - 0. 200 DC-B 20 3.6 28 3.7 3.8 4.0 4.3 4.5 4.9
3.0 3.0 3EB5 030 - 8 D B 3 0 - 0. 200 DC-B 20 3.6 42 5.6 5.8 5.9 6.4 6.8 7.4
3.0 4.5 4.5 3EB5 045 - 8 D B 3 0 - 0. 200 DC-B 20 3.6 63 8.4 8.7 8.9 9.6 10.1 11.0
4.8 4.8 3EB5 048 - 8 D B 3 0 - 0. 200 DC-B 20 3.6 67 9.0 9.2 9.5 10.2 10.8 11.8
Mechanical properties
Line Height Creepage Rated short- Lighting Power Defined Defined con- Weight Flashover Figure
voltage path circuit current impulse frequency short-time tinuous load distance
withstand withstand load SSL SLL
voltage voltage, wet
Un H 1.2/50 µs 1 min.
kV mm mm kA kV kV N N kg mm
AC
15 301 920 50 175 80 3320 2320 6.4 306 B
281 860 65 165 75 5330 3730 10.1 288 C
6 25
281
436
860
1420
65
50
165
250
75
120
5330
2290
3730
1600
10.1
8.7
288
438
C
B
389 1330 65 230 105 3850 2690 13.6 395 C
389 1330 65 230 105 3850 2690 14.1 395 C
481 1580 50 275 130 2070 1450 9.6 482 B
425 1480 65 250 115 3520 2470 15.1 430 C
425 1480 65 250 115 3520 2470 15.6 430 C
481 1580 50 275 130 2070 1450 9.9 482 B
425 1480 65 250 115 3520 2470 15.6 430 C
425 1480 65 250 115 3520 2470 16.0 430 C
DC
0.75 172 390 65 105 50 8720 6100 4.9 182 C
172 390 65 105 50 8720 6100 5.0 182 C
1.5 172 390 65 105 50 8720 6100 5.1 182 C
172 390 65 105 50 8720 6100 5.2 182 C
3.0 172 390 65 105 50 8720 6100 5.5 182 C
172 390 65 105 50 8720 6100 5.5 182 C
6/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
■ 3EB5 connections
3EB5 ...-.....-.D 3EB5 ...-.....-.E

Figure B Figure B
3EB5 ...-.....-.D 3EB5 ...-.....-.E 6

Figure C Figure C
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 6/9

© Siemens AG 2018
Notes
6/10 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

7
© Siemens AG 2018
SCALANCE and RUGGEDCOM Network Components
7/2 SCALANCE X – 7/89 RUGGEDCOM –

Industrial Ethernet Switches Layer 2 Switches
7/2 SCALANCE X005EEC 7/89 RUGGEDCOM RSG907R and
7/5 SCALANCE X204-2TS / RSG909R
SCALANCE X204-2LD TS 7/91 RUGGEDCOM RSG920P
7/9 SCALANCE XC-200 managed 7/92 RUGGEDCOM RS900G /
7/20 SCALANCE XP-200 managed RUGGEDCOM RS900GP
7/23 SCALANCE X308-2M TS 7/93 RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 /
RUGGEDCOM RSG2300
7/28 SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS /
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC / 7/94 RUGGEDCOM RST2228
SCALANCE XR324-12M TS 7/96 RUGGEDCOM RSG2488
7/44 SCALANCE XM-400 managed
7/97 RUGGEDCOM –
7/49 Port Extender for SCALANCE XM-400 Layer 3 Switches / Routers
managed
7/97 RUGGEDCOM RX1400
7/52 Communication for 7/98 RUGGEDCOM RX1500 /
PC-based systems RUGGEDCOM RX1501 /
7/52 CP 1604 RUGGEDCOM RX1510
7/100 RUGGEDCOM RX5000
7/55 SCALANCE M / RUGGEDCOM –
Mobile Wireless Routers 7/101 RUGGEDCOM – Wireless
7/55 RUGGEDCOM RM1224 7/101 RUGGEDCOM WIN7200
7/57 SCALANCE M876-4 7/103 RUGGEDCOM WIN5100
7/61 ANT896-6MH 7/105 RUGGEDCOM WIN5200
7/63 SCALANCE W –
Industrial Wireless LAN
7/63 SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC
7/72 SCALANCE W786-2 RJ45
for outdoor use
7/84 ANT795-4MX / ANT795-6MN /
ANT795-6MT / ANT793-8DL /
ANT793-8DP / ANT795-6DC /
ANT793-6DG
© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X – Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X005EEC
• Ideal solution for setup of small Industrial Ethernet line and star
structures
• Space-saving installation in the control cabinet thanks to its
compact size in S7-300 format
• Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged,
industry-compatible device connection in combination
with FastConnect connectors
• Installation without patch field is possible using IE FC RJ45
plug 180 and IE FC standard cable
• Integrated autocrossover function enables use of uncrossed
connection cables
■ Application
• For economical setup of small, electrical Industrial Ethernet
star and line structures with switching functionality, e.g.
machine or plant islands
• For use in the control cabinet
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switch SCALANCE X005 • The SCALANCE X005EEC is suitable for use in rail and road
is ideally suited for economical setup of small Industrial Ethernet transport due to its specification according to EN 50155 and
networks with data transfer rates of 10/100 Mbps in line and star e1/E1
structures.
• Five electrical station or network connections ■ Design
• Rugged metal housing for space-saving control cabinet
installation on a standard mounting rail or S7-300 mounting rail The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
or for wall mounting metal housing (IP30) are optimized for mounting on a standard
mounting rail and an S7-300 mounting rail. Direct wall mounting
• Rugged, industry-compatible station connections with RJ45 in different mounting positions is also possible.
plug connectors that are locked into place on the housing to Due to the housing dimensions, which correspond to those of
provide additional strain relief and bending relief the SIMATIC S7-300, the devices are very well suited for
• Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs integration into an automation solution with S7-300 components.
(power, link status, data communication) The SCALANCE X005 switch is equipped with:
SCALANCE X005EEC • Supply voltage 1 x 24 V DC
• For setting up electrical star and line structures with five • A row of LEDs for displaying status information
electrical ports for use in rail and road transport with extended (power, link status, data communication)
temperature range
• 5 x 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 ports:
automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100 Mbps),
with autosensing and autocrossover function for connecting
IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m
7/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X005EEC
Article number 6GK5005-0BA10-1CA3 Article number 6GK5005-0BA10-1CA3
Product type designation SCALANCE X005EEC Product type designation SCALANCE X005EEC
Transmission rate Product functions - Management,
configuration, engineering
Transmission rate 10 Mbps / 100 Mbps
Product function
Integrated interfaces for
communication • Multiport mirroring No
Number of electrical connections • CoS Yes
• for network components or data 5; RJ45 with securing collar • Switch-managed No
terminal equipment Product functions - Redundancy
Number of 100 Mbps SC ports Product function
• for multimode 0 • Parallel Redundancy Protocol Yes
Number of 1000 Mbps LC ports (PRP)/use in PRP network
• for multimode 0 • Parallel Redundancy Protocol No
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access
• for single-mode (LD) 0 (RNA)
Other interfaces Standards, specifications,
Number of electrical connections approvals
• for power supply 1 Standard
Type of electrical connection • for safety, from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• for power supply 2-pin terminal block • for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
Supply voltage, current • for noise immunity EN 61000-6-2
consumption, power loss Standards, specifications,
Type of supply voltage DC approvals - CE
Supply voltage Proof of suitability, CE mark Yes
• External 24 V Standards, specifications,
approvals - Other
• External 18 ... 32 V
Proof of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Product component: fusing at power Yes
supply input • C-Tick Yes
Type of fusing at input for supply 0.5 A / 60 V • E1 approval Yes
voltage • e1 approval Yes
Current consumption, maximum 0.08 A • Railway application in accordance Yes
Power loss [W] with EN 50155
• with 24 V DC 2 Watts • KC approval Yes
Permissible ambient conditions Standards, specifications,
approvals - Marine classification
Ambient temperature
Marine classification association
• during operation -40 ... +75°C
• American Bureau of Shipping Yes
• during storage -40 ... +80°C
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
• during transport -40 ... +80°C
• Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes
Relative humidity
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes
• Relative humidity at 25 °C, without 95%
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No
condensation during operation,
maximum • Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
IP degree of protection IP30 • Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes
Design, dimensions and weights • Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
Model Compact • Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes
(RINA)
Width 40 mm
Standards, specifications,
Height 125 mm
approvals - Product conformity
Depth 124 mm
MTBF at 40 °C 167.1 y
Net weight 0.55 kg
Product property: conformal coating No
Mounting type
• 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes
7
• Wall mounting Yes
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes
• S7-1500 rail mounting No
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/3

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X005EEC

SCALANCE X005EEC 6GK5005-0BA10-1CA3 IE Connecting Cable
IE FC RJ45 Plug-180/
Industrial Ethernet switch for IE FC RJ45 Plug-180
10/100 Mbps;
with five 10/100 Mbps RJ45 ports Preassembled IE FC TP trailing
for setup of small star and line cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C)
structures with extended with two IE FC RJ45 Plug-180,
temperature range and approvals IP20 degree of protection;
for use in rail and road transport length:
• 1.0 m 6XV1871-5BH10
Accessories
• 5.0 m 6XV1871-5BH50
IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00 • 10.0 m 6XV1871-5BN10
Preset insulation stripping tool for 2-pole screw-terminal block for 6GK5980-0BB00-0AA5
fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet power supply (24 V DC)
FC cables
for SCALANCE X/W/S
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2 1 pack = 5 units
180° cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
IE TP Train Cable GP 2x2 (Type C) 6XV1871-2T
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to
IE FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug
180/90 for train applications:
PROFINET-compliant;
sold by the meter;
maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
Selection tools:
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
well as configuration of modular variants, the SIMATIC NET
Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are available at:
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool:
• Online version:
http://www.siemens.com/snst
• Offline version:
http://www.siemens.com/snst-standalone
TIA Selection Tool:
http://www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool
7/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X204-2TS / SCALANCE X204-2LD TS
• Ideal solution for setup of Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring
structures
• Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged, industry-
compatible device connection in combination with
FastConnect connectors
• High network availability through setup of redundant ring
structures (redundancy manager integrated)
• Integration of the SCALANCE X-200 switches in the existing
network management infrastructure through SNMP access
• Module replacement without a programming device by using
the C-PLUG removable data storage medium for backing up
the configuration data
The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the

SCALANCE X-200 line are optimally suited for setup of Industrial
Ethernet networks with transmission rates of 10/100 Mbps in line,
star and ring structures.
• Integrated redundancy manager for setup of Fast Ethernet ring
topologies with fast media redundancy
• Electrical or optical station or network connection depending
on the port type of the devices
• Rugged metal housing in S7-300 format for mounting on
standard mounting rail or S7-300 mounting rail or for direct wall
mounting in different mounting positions
• Rugged, industry-compatible station connections with RJ45
plug connectors that are locked into place on the housing to
provide additional strain relief and bending relief
• Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link
status, data communication)
• Error signaling contact with easy setting using SET button
• PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access, integrated web server
and automatic e-mail transmission function for remote
diagnostics and signaling via the network
Product versions
• Switches with electrical and optical ports for glass multimode
FOC up to 5 km:
- SCALANCE X204-2TS
for setup of optical line or ring structures with four electrical
ports and two optical multimode ports especially for railway
applications (EN 50155) with extended temperature range
• Switches with electrical and optical ports for glass single mode
FOC up to 26 km:
- SCALANCE X204-2LD TS
7
for setup of optical line or ring structures with four electrical
ports and two optical single-mode ports especially for railway
applications (EN 50155) with extended temperature range
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/5

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5204- 6GK5204- Article number 6GK5204- 6GK5204-
2BB10-2CA2 2BC10-2CA2 2BB10-2CA2 2BC10-2CA2
Product type designation SCALANCE SCALANCE Product type designation SCALANCE SCALANCE
X204-2TS X204-2LD TS X204-2TS X204-2LD TS
Transmission rate Permissible ambient conditions
Transmission rate 10 Mbps, 10 Mbps, Ambient temperature
100 Mbps 100 Mbps • during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +60 °C
Integrated interfaces for • during storage -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
communication
• during transport -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
Number of electrical connections
• Remark In the case of In the case of
• for network components or data 4 4 horizontal horizontal
terminal equipment mounting position mounting position
Number of 100 Mbps ST(BFOC) ports of the IE switch of the IE switch
X-204-2TS, X-204-2LD-TS,
• for multimode 2 a maximum a maximum
• for single-mode (LD) -- 2 ambient ambient
temperature of temperature of
Number of 100 Mbps SC ports
+40 °C is +40 °C is
• for multimode 0 0 permitted permitted
Number of 1000 Mbps LC ports Relative humidity
• for multimode 0 0 • Relative humidity at 25 °C, without 95% 95%
• for single-mode (LD) 0 0 condensation during operation,
maximum
Other interfaces
IP degree of protection IP20 IP20
Design, dimensions and weights
• for signaling contact 1 1
Model Compact Compact
• for power supply 1 1
Width 60 mm 60 mm
• for redundant power supply 1 1
Depth 124 mm 124 mm
• for signaling contact 2-pin terminal 2-pin terminal
block block Net weight 0.78 kg 0.78 kg
• for power supply 4-pin terminal 4-pin terminal Product property: conformal coating Yes Yes
block block Mounting type
Type of removable data storage • 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes
medium
• Wall mounting Yes Yes
• C-PLUG Yes Yes
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes Yes
Signal inputs/outputs
• S7-1500 rail mounting No No
Operating current of the signaling
Product properties, functions,
contacts
components - General
• with DC, nominal value 24 V 24 V
Cascading with redundant ring and 100 100
Operating current of the signaling reconfiguration time of < 0.3 s
contacts
Cascading with star structure Any (only Any (only
• with DC, maximum 0.05 A 0.05 A dependent on dependent on
Supply voltage, current signal signal
consumption, power loss propagation time) propagation time)
Type of supply voltage DC DC Product functions - Management,
Supply voltage
Product function
• External 12 V 12 V
• CLI Yes Yes
• External 10 ... 30 V 10 ... 30 V
• Web-based management Yes Yes
Supply voltage with DC 24 V 24 V
• MIB support Yes Yes
• Rated value 10 ... 30 V 10 ... 30 V
• TRAPs via e-mail Yes Yes
Product component: fusing at power Yes Yes
supply input • Configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes
7 Type of fusing at input for supply 3 A / 32 V 3 A / 32 V • Port mirroring Yes Yes

voltage • Multiport mirroring No No
Current consumption, maximum 0.6 A 0.6 A • for IRT PROFINET IO switch No No
Power loss [W] • PROFINET IO diagnostics Yes Yes
• with 24 V DC 6.6 W 6.6 W • Switch-managed Yes Yes
Protocol is supported
• Telnet Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No
• DCP Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes
7/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
2BB10-2CA2 2BC10-2CA2 2BB10-2CA2 2BC10-2CA2
X204-2TS X204-2LD TS X204-2TS X204-2LD TS
Product functions - Management, Standards, specifications,
configuration, engineering approvals
(continued) Standard
Identification & Maintenance function • for FM FM3611: Class 1, FM3611: Class 1,
• I&M0 - Device-specific information Yes Yes Division 2, Group Division 2, Group
• I&M1 - Higher level Yes Yes A, B, C, D / T4, A, B, C, D / T4,
designation/location designation CL.1, Zone 2, CL.1, Zone 2,
GP. IIC, T4 GP. IIC, T4
• for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: EN 60079-0:
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes 2006, 2006,
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes EN 60079-15: EN 60079-15:
2005, 2005,
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes II 3 (2) G Ex nA II 3 G Ex nA II T4
Product functions - Diagnostics [op is] IIC T4, KEMA 07 ATEX
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
Product function
0145 X
• Port diagnostics Yes Yes
• for safety, from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, UL 60950-1,
• Packet size statistics Yes Yes CSA C22.2 No. CSA C22.2 No.
• Packet type statistics Yes Yes 60950-1 60950-1
• Error statistics Yes Yes • for hazardous zone, from CSA and ANSI / ISA ANSI / ISA
UL 12.12.01, 12.12.01,
Product functions - DHCP CSA C22.2 No. CSA C22.2 No.
Product function 213-M1987, 213-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / CL. 1 / Div. 2 /
• DHCP client Yes Yes GP. A, B, C, D T4, GP. A, B, C, D T4,
Product functions - Redundancy CL. 1 / Zone 2 / CL. 1 / Zone 2 /
Product function GP. IIC, T4 GP. IIC, T4
• Ring redundancy Yes Yes • for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
(Class A) (Class A)
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes
(HRP) • for noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Standards, specifications,
(HRP) with redundancy manager approvals - CE
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol No No Proof of suitability, CE mark Yes Yes
(HRP) with standby redundancy Standards, specifications,
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes Yes approvals - Other
is supported Proof of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-2,
Product function EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
• Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes Yes • C-Tick Yes Yes
with redundancy manager • Railway application in accordance Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol Yes with EN 50155
(PRP)/use in PRP network • Railway application in accordance Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No with EN 50121-4
(PRP)/Redundant Network Access • Railway application in accordance No No
(RNA) with EN 50124-1
• Passive listening Yes Yes • KC approval Yes Yes
Product functions - Security Standards, specifications,
Protocol is supported approvals - Marine classification
• SSH Yes Yes Marine classification association
Product functions - Time of day • American Bureau of Shipping No
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Product function
• Bureau Veritas (BV) No
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No
• NTP No No
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK)
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS)
Yes
Yes
7
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes
(RINA)
approvals - Product conformity
MTBF at 40 °C 72.99 y 85.01 y
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/7

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

Industrial Ethernet switches IE Connecting Cable
SCALANCE X-200 IE FC RJ45 Plug-180/
IE FC RJ45 Plug-180
Industrial Ethernet switches with
integrated SNMP access, web Preassembled IE FC TP trailing
diagnostics, copper cable cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C)
diagnostics and PROFINET with two IE FC RJ45 Plug-180,
diagnostics, for setup of line, star IP20 degree of protection;
and ring structures; with integrated Length:
redundancy manager; incl. • 1.0 m 6XV1871-5BH10
operating instructions, Industrial • 5.0 m 6XV1871-5BH50
Ethernet network manual and • 10.0 m 6XV1871-5BN10
configuration software on CD-ROM
• With electrical and optical ports FC FO Termination Kit 6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
for glass multimode FOC up to Termination kit for local assembly of
max. 5 km FC SC and FC BFOC connectors to
- SCALANCE X204-2TS 6GK5204-2BB10-2CA2 FC FO standard cable; contains a
with four 10/100 Mbps RJ45 stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber
ports and two multimode FOC breaking tool and microscope
ports with extended temperature
range and EN 50155 approval FC BFOC Plug 6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
for railway applications Screw connector for on-site
• With electrical and optical glass assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
single mode FOC ports (1 pack = 20 units + cleaning
up to max. 26 km cloths)
- SCALANCE X204-2LD TS 6GK5204-2BC10-2CA2
with four 10/100 Mbps RJ45 FC FO Standard Cable GP 6XV1847-2A
ports and two single-mode FOC 62.5/200/230
ports with extended temperature FC FO standard cable for fixed
range and EN 50155 approval installation indoors with PVC
for railway applications sheath;
Accessories sold by the meter;
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AQ00 minimum order quantity 20 m
Removable data storage medium Multimode FO BFOC 6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
(conformal coating) for easy Connector Set
replacement of devices under fault
conditions; for recording For FO standard cable
configuration data or engineering (50/125/1400), FO ground cable
and application data; can be used (50/125/1400), flexible FO trailing
in SIMATIC NET products with cable, INDOOR FO cable
C-PLUG slot (62.5/125/900), 20 units
S7-1500 Mounting Kit 6GK5980-2EA00-0AA1 FO Standard Cable GP 6XV1873-2A

50/125/1400 1) 2)
Mounting bracket for installation of
SCALANCE X-200 on S7-1500 Multimode cable
mounting rail sold by the meter;
IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00 minimum order quantity 20 m
Preset insulation stripping tool for Screw-Type Terminal Block
fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet
FC cables For SCALANCE X/W/S
• 2-pole for signaling contact 6GK5980-0BB00-0AA5
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2 (24 V DC)
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial 1 pack = 5 units
Ethernet with rugged metal housing • 4-pole for power supply (24 V DC) 6GK5980-1DB00-0AA5
and integrated insulation 1 pack = 5 units
displacement contacts for 1)
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
installation cables; with 180° cable 2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for assembling
outlet; for network components and glass FOC
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
7
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
IE TP Train Cable GP 2x2 (Type C) 6XV1871-2T Selection tools:
cable for connection to
IE FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug well as configuration of modular variants, the SIMATIC NET
180/90 for train applications: Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are available at:
PROFINET-compliant;
sold by the meter; SIMATIC NET Selection Tool:
maximum delivery unit 1000 m, • Online version:
TIA Selection Tool:
7/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X - Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE XC-200 managed
■ Overview Product versions

• Switches with electrical ports:
- SCALANCE XC208;
with 8x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps for mounting in the control
cabinet
- SCALANCE XC216;
cabinet
- SCALANCE XC224;
cabinet
• Switches with electrical and optical ports
- SCALANCE XC206-2;
with 6x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps and 2x ST/BFOC ports 100
Mbps
- SCALANCE XC206-2;
with 6x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps and 2x SC ports 100 Mbps
- SCALANCE XC206-2SFP;
with 6x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps and 2x SFP plug-in trans-
ceivers with 100 or 1 000 Mbps
The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE

XC-200 product line are optimized for setting up Industrial
■ Benefits
Ethernet networks with data transfer rates of 10/100 Mbps in a • Operational reliability in industrial environments, e.g. due to
line, star or ring topology. Furthermore, high-performance rugged enclosure, redundancy, temperature range from -40 °C
optical structures with up to 1 000 Mbps can be set up with the to +70 °C
SCALANCE XC206-2SFP. • Fast mobile diagnostics by smartphone or tablet in existing
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or networks WLAN using NFC (near field communication)
according to port characteristics of the devices • Integration of SCALANCE XC-200 switches into existing
• Version with SFP plug-in transceivers for transmission rates up network management infrastructure (e.g. SINEMA Server)
to 1 000 Mbps through SNMP accesction thanks to rugged, industry-standard
device connecs
• Rugged station connections with industry-standard RJ45
connectors that offer additional strain and bending strain relief • Reliable plug-in connetion in conjunction with industry-
thanks to latching on the enclosure standard FastConnect connectors
• Console port for direct access to device
• Display of comprehensive operating mode and status
information via LEDs and selection pushbuttons
• Signaling contact for connecting to an error signaling system
• Slot for optional C-PLUG removable data storage medium for
easy device replacement without additional equipment such
as a field PG
• Grounding screw for external ground connection
• Virtual LANs (VLAN) for easy structuring of large networks into
smaller, logical subnetworks. Reasons for the subdivision into
logical subnetworks are, for example, separation of the
Ethernet networks to reduce the broadcast load, separation of
sensitive areas from the main network, and subdivision of the
network into logical working groups
• By learning the multicast sources and destinations (Internet
Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping), SCALANCE
XC-200 switches can also filter multicast data traffic and thus
limit the load on the network
• Integrated security functions offer protection against
unauthorized network access and configuration (e.g.
7
authentication via IEEE 802.1X)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/9

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
■ Function
SCALANCE SCALANCE
XP208PoE EEC W788-2 M12 EEC
Industrial Ethernet
(trainside)
SCALANCE
SCALANCE SCALANCE W788-2 M12 EEC
XC206-2 XC206-2
SCALANCE
SCALANCE SCALANCE
W788-2 M12 EEC
XP208PoE EEC W788-2 M12 EEC
SCALANCE
XC206-2SFP 1000 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
Communication (trainside)
Server
Trainguard SCALANCE Infotainment

Train Control XR552-12M Server
G_IK10_XX_50721
Workstations Content
Workstation
Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)
Set-up of distributed access points along track segments with SCALANCE XC206-2SFP
Article number 6GK5206-2BB00-2AC2 6GK5206-2BD00-2AC2 6GK5206-2BS00-2AC2
Product type designation SCALANCE XC206-2 (ST/BFOC) SCALANCE XC206-2 (SC) SCALANCE XC206-2SFP
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces for communication
integrated
• for network components or terminal 6; RJ45 6; RJ45 6; RJ45
equipment
Number of 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
Integrated
• with securing collar 6 6 6
7 Number of 100 Mbit/s ST(BFOC) ports

• for multimode 2
Number of 100 Mbit/s SC ports
• for multimode 2
pluggable maximum
• for SFP 2; 100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s SFP
plug-in transceiver
Interfaces others
• for operator console 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 1
• for redundant voltage supply 1 1 1
7/10 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11 RJ11
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
design of the removable storage
• C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes
Signal-Inputs/outputs
Operating voltage of the signaling
contacts
• at DC Rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
Supply voltage, current
consumption, power loss
Type of voltage of the supply voltage DC DC DC
Supply voltage
• external 24 V 24 V 24 V
• external minimum 9.6 V 9.6 V 9.6 V
• external maximum 31.2 V 31.2 V 31.2 V
Supply voltage 4 Rated value
• Consumed current 4 at rated supply 0.25 A 0.25 A 0.25 A
voltage maximum
Product component fusing at power Yes Yes Yes
supply input
Fuse protection type at input for 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V
supply voltage
Consumed current maximum 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A
Power loss [W]
• at DC at 24 V 6W 6W 6W
Permitted ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
Relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation 95 % 95 % 95 %
during operation maximum
Protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20
Design, dimensions and weight
Design compact compact compact
Net weight 0.54 kg 0.54 kg 0.52 kg
Material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure
die cast aluminum die cast aluminum die cast aluminum
Mounting type
• 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
• wall mounting
• S7-300 rail mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
7
• S7-1500 rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
components general
Cascading in the case of a redundant 50 50 50
ring at reconfiguration time of
<\~0.3\~s
Cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal
propagation time) propagation time) propagation time)
Product function QoS according to Yes Yes Yes
DSCP
Product feature
• Cut Through switching method No No No
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/11

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Product functions management,
configuration
Product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes
• Configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes
• SMTP server No No No
• Port mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes
Telegram length for Ethernet 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 1 632 byte
maximum
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No No
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes
Identification & maintenance function
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 – higher-level Yes Yes Yes
designation/location designation
Product functions Diagnosis
Product function
• Port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes
• Statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes
• Statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes
• Error statistics Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes
Product functions VLAN
Product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No
7 • VLAN dynamic
Number of VLANs maximum
Yes
257
Yes
257
Yes
257
Number of VLANs - dynamic 257 257 257
maximum
Protocol is supported GVRP Yes Yes Yes
Product functions DHCP
Product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes
7/12 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Product functions Redundancy
Product function
• Ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes
(HRP)
• high speed redundancy protocol Yes Yes Yes
(HRP) with redundancy manager
(HRP) with standby redundancy
Protocol is supported Media Yes Yes Yes
Redundancy Protocol (MRP)
Product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) Yes Yes Yes
with redundancy manager
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes
• Passive listening Yes Yes Yes
• LACP Yes Yes Yes
Product functions Security
Product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes
• Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes
• SSH Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes
Product functions Time
Product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes
• NTP Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes
approvals CE
Certificate of suitability CE marking Yes Yes Yes
Product conformity according to 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
EMC-guideline
Standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4
• for immunity to EMI EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4
Certificate of suitability RoHS Yes; 2011/65/EU Yes; 2011/65/EU Yes; 2011/65/EU
conformity
approvals hazardous environments
• ATEX
• IECEx
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
7
• FM registration Yes Yes Yes
approvals miscellaneous
• Railway application in accordance Yes Yes Yes
with EN 50121-4
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes
• EAC approval Yes Yes Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/13

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
approvals ship classification
• American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
• DNV GL Yes Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes Yes
approvals product conformity
MTBF at 40 °C 46.43 y 46.43 y 47.06 y
Accessories
Product extension optional C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes
Article number 6GK5208-0BA00-2AC2 6GK5216-0BA00-2AC2 6GK5224-0BA00-2AC2

Product type designation SCALANCE XC208 SCALANCE XC216 SCALANCE XC224
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
integrated
• for network components or terminal 8; RJ45 16; RJ45 24; RJ45
equipment
Number of 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
Integrated
• with securing collar 8 16 24
Interfaces others
• for operator console 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for power supply 1 1 1
• for redundant voltage supply 1 1 1
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11 RJ11
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
• C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes
contacts
• at DC Rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
Type of voltage of the supply voltage DC DC DC
Supply voltage
• external 24 V 24 V 24 V
7
• external minimum 9.6 V 9.6 V 9.6 V
• external maximum 31.2 V 31.2 V 31.2 V
• Consumed current 4 at rated supply 0.175 A 0.275 A 0.375 A
voltage maximum
Product component fusing at power Yes Yes Yes
supply input
Fuse protection type at input for 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V 2.5 A / 125 V
supply voltage
Consumed current maximum 0.35 A 0.55 A 0.75 A
Power loss [W]
• at DC at 24 V 4.2 W 6.6 W 9W
7/14 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Ambient temperature
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
Relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation 95 % 95 % 95 %
Protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20
Design compact compact compact
Net weight 0.52 kg 0.8 kg 0.88 kg
Material of the enclosure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure Polycarbonate (PC-GF10) / pressure
die cast aluminum die cast aluminum die cast aluminum
Mounting type
• 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes Yes Yes
components general
Cascading in the case of a redundant 50 50 50
ring at reconfiguration time of
<\~0.3\~s
Cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal any (depending only on signal
propagation time) propagation time) propagation time)
Product function QoS according to Yes Yes
DSCP
Product feature
• Cut Through switching method No No No
• Store & Forward switching method Yes Yes Yes
configuration
Product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes
• Configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes
• SMTP server No No No
• Port mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes Yes
• switch-managed Yes Yes Yes
Telegram length for Ethernet
maximum
1 632 byte 1 632 byte 1 632 byte 7
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP No No No
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes
• EtherNet/IP Yes Yes Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/15

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 – higher-level Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• Port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes
• Statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes
• Statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes
• Error statistics Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No
• VLAN dynamic Yes Yes Yes
Number of VLANs maximum 257 257 257
Number of VLANs - dynamic 257 257 257
maximum
Protocol is supported GVRP Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• DHCP server Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• Ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes
(HRP)
Protocol is supported Media Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes
7
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No No No
(PRP)/operation in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No No No
(RNA)
• Passive listening Yes Yes Yes
• LACP Yes Yes Yes
7/16 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Product function
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes
• Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes
• SSH Yes Yes Yes
• SSL Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes
• NTP-client Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP client Yes Yes Yes
• NTP Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes
approvals CE
Certificate of suitability CE marking Yes Yes Yes
Product conformity according to 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
EMC-guideline
Standard
• for EMC interference emission EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-4, EN 50121-4
• for immunity to EMI EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 50121-4
Certificate of suitability RoHS Yes; 2011/65/EU Yes; 2011/65/EU Yes; 2011/65/EU
conformity
with EN 50121-4
• Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) Yes Yes Yes
• EAC approval Yes Yes Yes
MTBF at 40 °C 57.15 y 48.09 y 41.36 y
Accessories
Product extension optional C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/17

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

IE FC RJ45 plug 180 2x2 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
SCALANCE XC-200 Industrial
Ethernet switches Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
RJ45 plug 180 2x2,
Industrial Ethernet switches with RJ45 connector (10/100 Mbps) with
integrated SNMP access, online rugged metal enclosure and
diagnostics, copper cable FC connection technology,
diagnostics and PROFINET for IE FC cable 2x2
diagnostics for configuring line, 180° cable outlet
star and ring topologies; with 1 pack = 1 unit
integrated redundancy manager;
incl. operating instructions, IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2 6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
Industrial Ethernet network manual RJ45 plug-in data connector
and configuration software on (10/100/1000 Mbps), for connection
CD-ROM to IE FC TP cables 4x2, with rugged
• SCALANCE XC206-2 (ST/BFOC) 6GK5206-2BB00-2AC2 metal enclosure and FastConnect
with six RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps connection technology
and two ST/BFOC ports 100 Mbps
IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10
• SCALANCE XC206-2 (SC) 6GK5206-2BD00-2AC2
(Type A)
with six RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps
and two SC ports 100 Mbps 4-core, shielded TP installation
• SCALANCE XC206-2SFP 6GK5206-2BS00-2AC2 cable for connection to
with six RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps IE FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug;
and two SFP slots for SFPs with PROFINET-compliant;
100 or 1 000 Mbps with UL approval;
• SCALANCE XC208 6GK5208-0BA00-2AC2 sold by the meter;
with eight RJ45 ports max. length 1 000 m,
10/100 Mbps minimum order 20 m
• SCALANCE XC216 6GK5216-0BA00-2AC2 IE FC TP standard cable GP 4X2 6XV1878-2A
with sixteen RJ45 ports
10/100 Mbps TP installation cable Cat 6 for
connection to IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2,
• SCALANCE XC224 6GK5224-0BA00-2AC2
AWG24,
with twenty-four RJ45 ports
sold by the meter;
10/100 Mbps max. length 1 000 m,
Accessories
IE FC TP standard cable GP 4x2 6XV1870-2E
FC RJ 45 port lock 6GK1901-1BB50-0AA0
Shielded TP installation cable
Mechanical locking of unused RJ45 capable of 1 000 Mbps,
ports at network components and for connection to FC RJ45
end devices. For use on devices modular outlet, 8-wire, AWG22,
with and without retaining collar2) with rigid cores for final assembly
C-PLUG IE connecting cable IE FC RJ45
plug 180/IE FC RJ45 plug 180
Removable data storage medium
for simple replacement of devices IE FC trailing cable GP,
in the event of a fault; for storing preassembled with
configuration or engineering and 2x IE FC RJ45 plugs 180;
application data; can be used for length:
SIMATIC NET products with • 1.0 m 6XV1871-5BH10
C-PLUG slot • 5.0 m 6XV1871-5BH50
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1900-0AB10 • 10.0 m 6XV1871-5BN10
Push-in terminal block FastConnect stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
For Scalance X/W/S Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
• 2-pin for signaling contact 6GK5980-0BB10-0AA5 stripping tool, for fast stripping of
(24 V DC) the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
1 pack = 5 units cable
• 4-pin for power supply (24 V DC) 6GK5980-1DB10-0AA5
FC FO standard cable 6XV1847-2A
1 pack = 5 units
GP 62.5/200/230 1) 2)
Screw-type terminal block
FC FO standard cable
For Scalance X/W/S (62.5/200/230) for field assembly,
7 • 2-pin for signaling contact

(24 V DC)
1 pack = 5 units
6GK5980-0BB00-0AA5 cULus approval, standard cable
divisible
FO standard cable 6XV1873-2A
• 4-pin for power supply (24 V DC) 6GK5980-1DB00-0AA5 GP 50/125/1400 1) 2)
1 pack = 5 units
Multimode cable,
Fixing screw 6GK5980-4AA00-0AA5 sold by the meter;
max. length 1 000 m;
for SCALANCE X/W
minimum order 20 m
Screw for mounting on an S7-1500
and S7-300 mounting rail
1 pack = 5 units
SFP plug-in transceiver
See "Plug-in transceivers for 1) Special fiber-optic cables; lengths and accessories available on request
SCALANCE XR-500" / "Media 2)
modules for modular Special tools and trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass
SCALANCE X-500" fiber-optic cables
7/18 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
MM FO cord LC/LC 6XV1843-5EH10-0AA0 FC ST/ BFOC plug 6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
50/125; preassembled with 2x2 LC Screw connector for on-site
duplex connectors; length 1.0 m assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 units + cleaning
MM FO cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0 cloths)
50/125; preassembled with 1x SC Serial cable RJ11/RS232 6GK5980-3BB00-0AA5
duplex connector and 1x LC
duplex connector; length 1.0 m Preassembled serial cable with
RJ11 and RS232 connectors;
MM FO cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0 length: 3 m; 1 pack = 1 unit
50/125; preassembled with 1x SC SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
duplex connector and 1x BFOC
connector; length 1.0 m Test access port for the reaction-
free extraction of Ethernet data
MM FO cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CC0 frames (10/100 Mbps) from both
50/125; preassembled with 2x SC transmission directions;
duplex connectors; length 1.0 m extracts entire data traffic
(including incomplete diagrams)
MM FO cord LC/LC 6XV1843-5FH10-0AA0 for further diagnostics.
9/125; preassembled with 2x2 LC
duplex connectors; length 1.0 m
MM FO cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0
9/125; preassembled with 1x SC
Selection tool:
duplex connector and 1x LC To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
duplex connector; length 1.0 m
MM FO cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0 Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are available at:
9/125; preassembled with 1x SC TIA Selection Tool:
duplex connector and 1x BFOC
connector; length 1.0 m http://www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool
MM FO cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CC0
9/125; preassembled with 2x2 SC
duplex connectors; length 1.0 m
MM FO robust cable GP
FO robust cable GP 50/125,
preassembled with 2 x LC
duplex connectors
Length:
• 1.0 m 6XV1873-5RH10
• 2.0 m 6XV1873-5RH20
• 3.0 m 6XV1873-5RH30
• 10.0 m 6XV1873-5RN10
• 30.0 m 6XV1873-5RN30
• 50.0 m 6XV1873-5RN50
• 100.0 m 6XV1873-5RT10
• 150.0 m 6XV1873-5RT15
5 x FC SC duplex plugs 6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0
FC FO SC plugs for on-site
mounting on FC FO cables
(62.5/200/230)
MM FO SC connector set 6GK1901-0LB10-2AA0
10 duplex connectors for FO cable;
standard, trailing, indoor and
marine cable;
Note: special tools and skilled
personnel are required for
assembly; adhesive bonding and
polishing technology
MM FO LC duplex plug
10 units for MM FO robust cable
6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
7
GP (2G50/125);
Note: special tools and skilled
personnel are required for
assembly; adhesive bonding and
polishing technology
FC FO Termination Kit 6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
Termination Kit for local assembly of
FC SC and FC BFOC connectors to
FC FO standard cable; comprising
a stripping tool, Kevlar cutters,
fiber breaking tool and microscope
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/19

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE XP-200 managed
■ Overview Product versions

SCALANCE XP208EEC
• with 8 electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded)
SCALANCE XP208PoE EEC
• with 4 electrical ports (10/100 Mbps, M12 D-coded) and
4 electrical PoE ports (10/100 Mbps M12 D-coded)
SCALANCE XP216EEC
4 electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded)
SCALANCE XP216PoE EEC
4 electrical ports (10/100/1000 Mbps, M12 X-coded)
A total of 8 ports with PoE can be used.
The switch is suitable for mounting outside a control cabinet
especially in railway applications (EN 50155/45545), extended
range (-40 to +70 °C).
SCALANCE XP216EEC ■ Benefits

• Ideal solution for setup of Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring
structures
• Industry-compatible plug-in connection (10/100 Mbps
M12 D-coded and 10/100/1000 Mbps, X-coded)
• High network availability through setup of redundant ring
structures (redundancy manager integrated)
• Integration of the SCALANCE XP-200 Industrial Ethernet
switches in the existing network management infrastructure
through SNMP access
• Easy integration in the process diagnostics and system
diagnostics
• Fast device replacement under fault conditions through the
use of C-PLUG
• Use under extreme ambient conditions (-40 to +70 °C)
• Use outside the control cabinet also possible
(IP65/67 degree of protection)
SCALANCE XP208EEC
The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the

SCALANCE XP-200 product line with 8 or 16 Ethernet ports are
optimally suited for setup of cabinet-free automation concepts of
Industrial Ethernet networks with transmission rates of
10/100/1000 Mbps in a line, star or ring structure.
• Integrated redundancy manager for setup of high availability
networks in a ring structure
• Electrical station or network connection
• Rugged metal housing for mounting on SIMATIC ET 200pro
rack, ITEM rail mounting or direct wall mounting
• Rugged industry-compatible station connections with
7 industrial-compatible M12 plug connectors, (M12 D-coded

for FastEthernet (10/100 Mbps) interfaces, M12 X-coded for
1000 Mbps interfaces)
• Redundant power supply (M12, A-coded)
• Console port (M12, D-coded)
• Diagnostics on the device by means of prominent LED display
with integrated SELECT/SET button (power, link status, data
communication, display mode)
• Error signaling contact with easy setting using
SELECT/SET button
• Configuration storage using C-PLUG removable data storage
medium
• Grounding screw for external ground connection
7/20 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5 208- 6GK5 216- Article number 6GK5 208- 6GK5 216-
0HA00-2ES6 0HA00-2ES6 0HA00-2ES6 0HA00-2ES6
6GK5 208- 6GK5 216- 6GK5 208- 6GK5 216-
0UA00-5ES6 0UA00-5ES6 0UA00-5ES6 0UA00-5ES6
XP208EEC, XP216EEC, XP208EEC, XP216EEC,
SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
XP208PoE EEC XP216PoE EEC XP208PoE EEC XP216PoE EEC
Transmission rate Product properties, functions,
Port speed 8 x 10/100 Mbps 12 x 10/100 Mbps
(D-coded) (D-coded), Coated printed circuit boards Yes Yes
(conformal coating)
4 x 1000 Mbps
(X-coded) Port type M12 D-coded M12 D-coded
and X-coded
Supply voltage
Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) XP208PoE EEC: XP216PoE EEC:
Supply voltage 2 x M12 A-coded 2 x M12 A-coded 4 ports IEEE 8 ports IEEE
(24 V DC) (24 V DC) 802.3at Type 2 802.3at Type 2
XP208PoE EEC: XP216PoE EEC: (max. 120 W) (max. 120 W)
2 x M12 A-coded 2 x M12 A-coded Permissible ambient conditions
(54 V DC) (54 V DC)
IP degree of protection IP65/IP67 IP65/IP67
Dimensions and weights
Width 200 mm 200 mm approvals - Other
Height 200 mm 280 mm • e1/E1 motor vehicle approval Yes Yes
Depth 49 mm 49 mm • Railway application in accordance Yes Yes
Weight 1.8 kg 2.5 kg with EN 50155
• Railway application in accordance Yes Yes
with EN 45545

Industrial Ethernet switches IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00
SCALANCE XP-200 Preset insulation stripping tool for
Industrial Ethernet switches with fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet
integrated SNMP access, web FC cables
diagnostics, copper cable IE TP Train Cable GP 2x2 (Type C) 6XV1871-2T
diagnostics and PROFINET
diagnostics, for setup of line, star 4-core, shielded TP installation
and ring structures; with integrated cable for connection to
redundancy manager; incl. IE FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug
operating instructions, Industrial 180/90 for train applications:
Ethernet network manual and PROFINET-compliant;
configuration software on CD-ROM sold by the meter;
• SCALANCE XP208EEC 6GK5 208-0HA00-2ES6 maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
with eight 10/100 Mbps M12 ports minimum order quantity 20 m
(D-coded) IE Train Cable GP 4x2 6XV1878-2T
• SCALANCE XP208PoE EEC 6GK5 208-0UA00-5ES6
with four 10/100 Mbps M12 ports 8-core, shielded TP installation
(D-coded) and four 10/100 Mbps cable for connection to IE FC M12
M12 PoE ports (D-coded) Plug PRO 4x2 for use in railway
• SCALANCE XP216EEC 6GK5 216-0HA00-2ES6 applications; with railway approval;
with twelve 10/100 Mbps M12 sold by the meter;
ports (D-coded) and four maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
10/100/1000 Mbps M12 ports minimum order quantity 20 m
(X-coded) IE Connecting Cable
• SCALANCE XP216PoE EEC 6GK5 216-0UA00-5ES6 M12-180/M12-180
with twelve 10/100 Mbps
7
M12 ports (D-coded) and four Flexible plug-in cable (4-core),
10/100/1000 Mbps pre-assembled with 4-pin M12
M12 ports (X-coded) connectors (D-coded), for
A total of eight PoE ports are connection of IE devices, IP65/67
possible. Length:
Accessories • 0.3 m 6XV1870-8AE30
• 0.5 m 6XV1870-8AE50
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AQ00
•1m 6XV1870-8AH10
Removable data storage medium • 1.5 m 6XV1870-8AH15
(conformal coating) for easy •2m 6XV1870-8AH20
replacement of devices under fault
conditions; for recording •3m 6XV1870-8AH30
configuration data or engineering •5m 6XV1870-8AH50
and application data; can be used • 10 m 6XV1870-8AN10
in SIMATIC NET products with • 15 m 6XV1870-8AN15
C-PLUG slot
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/21

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
M12 Robust Connecting Cable IE M12 Panel Feedthrough 6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5
M12-180/M12-180
Control cabinet bushing for
Flexible plug-in cable (4-core), transition from M12 (D-coded)
pre-assembled with 4-pin M12 connection technology (IP65) to
connectors (D-coded), for RJ45 connection technology (IP20),
connection of IE devices such as 5 units
SCALANCE XP-200 and ET 200,
IP69 IE M12 Panel Feedthrough PRO 6GK1901-0DM30-2AA5
Length: Control cabinet bushing for

transition from M12 (D-coded)
•1m 6XV1881-5AH10 connection technology (IP65) to
•2m 6XV1881-5AH20 M12 (D-coded) connection
•3m 6XV1881-5AH30 technology (IP65), 5 units
•5m 6XV1881-5AH50 IE M12 Panel Feedthrough 4 x 2 6GK1901-0DM40-2AA5
M12 Power Connecting Cable M12 control cabinet bushing for
M12-180/M12-180 transition from M12 connection
Flexible plug-in cable (4-core), technology (X-coded, IP65/67) to
pre-assembled with one 4-pin M12 RJ45 connection technology
male connector/female connector (X-coded, IP20), 5 units
each (A-coded), for connection of M12 Power T-Tap 6GK1907-0DC00-6AA5
24 V voltage supply to
SCALANCE XP-200 and ET 200, T-function for looping through the
IP 65/67 energy supply if redundant supply
is not needed (24 V DC), 5 units
Length:
• 0.3 m 6XV1801-5DE30 Serial Cable M12/RS232 6GK5980-3BC00-0AA5
• 0.5 m 6XV1801-5DE50 Serial connection cable
•1m 6XV1801-5DH10 (M12 / Sub-D) for direct
• 1.5 m 6XV1801-5DH15 configuration of switch using laptop
•2m 6XV1801-5DH20 IE Power M12 Plug PRO 6GK1907-0DB10-6AA3
•3m 6XV1801-5DH30
Plug-in connector for connection
•5m 6XV1801-5DH50 to PS791-1PRO power supply for
• 10 m 6XV1801-5DN10 24 V DC supply voltage with
• 15 m 6XV1801-5DN15 installation instructions, 4-pin,
A-coded, 3 units
Robust Power Connecting Cable
M12-180/M12-180 Signaling Contact M12 Cable 6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
Connector PRO
Preassembled cable with M12 male
connector and M12 female Connection socket for connection of
connector for power supply of SCALANCE X208PRO for signaling
SCALANCE XP-200 and ET 200, contact with installation instructions,
A-coded, 4-pin, IP69 5-pin, B-coded, 3 items
Length:
•1m 6XV1801-5AH10 ■ More information
•2m 6XV1801-5AH20
•3m 6XV1801-5AH30 Selection tools:
•5m 6XV1801-5AH50 To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
IE FC M12 Plug PRO 2 x 2 well as configuration of modular variants, the SIMATIC NET
M12 plug-in connector with rugged Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are available at:
metal housing and FC connection SIMATIC NET Selection Tool:
technology, with axial cable outlet,
D-coded, for SCALANCE XP-200 • Online version:
and ET 200 http://www.siemens.com/snst
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
• 1 pack = 8 units 6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8
IE FC M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2
TIA Selection Tool:
M12 plug-in connector with rugged
metal housing and FC connection http://www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool
technology, with axial cable outlet,
7
X-coded, for SCALANCE W and
XP-200
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
IE FC M12 Cable Connector PRO
4x2
Field-assembled M12 plug-in
connector with metal housing and
FC connection technology, female
contact insert, X-coded, 8-pin
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB40-6AA0
7/22 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X308-2M TS
• High availability of the network thanks to
- Redundant power supply
- Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or twisted
pair cable (redundancy manager, standby function and RSTP
are integrated)
- Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG
removable data storage medium
- Very fast reconfiguration of the network in event of a fault
• Lower susceptibility to failure and higher availability of the plant
networking due to locking of the RJ45 FastConnect plug
connectors in place in the securing collar of the RJ45 ports
• Protection of investment through integration in existing network
management systems by means of standardized SNMP
access
• Easy adaptation to different network structures, and reduction
in stock keeping costs through flexibility of the partially
modular versions
The SCALANCE X-300 product line comprises compact ■ Application

Industrial Ethernet switches for setup of electrical and/or optical SCALANCE X-300 products enable the setup of switched
line, star and ring structures with transmission rates of networks in the field level area and the control level area where
10/100/1000 Mbps. high transmission speed is required in addition to high network
• Fast media redundancy through integral redundancy manager availability and extensive diagnostic capabilities.
for Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300, X-400) and Fast
Ethernet (e.g. in combination with SCALANCE X-200 switches) The main area of application is found in high-performance plant
networks with connection to the corporate network.
• Seamless integration of automation networks into existing
corporate networks thanks to support of a large number of The X308-2M TS is suitable for use in railway applications due to
IT standards: Setup of virtual networks (VLANs) its specification according to EN 50155.
• Redundant integration into higher-level networks SCALANCE X308-2M TS
thanks to support of standardized redundancy procedures • For setup of optical line, ring or star structures
(Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)
• Hub in the plant bus
• PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access, integrated web server (redundant connection possible)
and automatic e-mail transmission function for remote
diagnostics and signaling via the network • SCALANCE X308-2M TS (TS = Transportation Systems);
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports, electrical
2 x free module slots for 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps media modules
(electrical or optical)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/23

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X308-2M TS
Article number 6GK5308-2GG10-2CA2 Article number 6GK5308-2GG10-2CA2
Product type designation SCALANCE X308-2M TS Product type designation SCALANCE X308-2M TS
Transmission rate 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, 1 000 Mbps Ambient temperature
Integrated interfaces for • during operation -40 ... +70 °C
communication • during storage -40 ... +70 °C
Number of electrical connections • during transport -40 ... +70 °C
• for network components or data 4 • Remark Reduced operating temperature
terminal equipment through use of media modules
Number of 100 Mbps ST(BFOC) ports (-40 to +70 °C) or SFP plug-in
transceivers (-40 to +60 °C). In the
• for multimode 4 case of vertical mounting position,
Number of 100 Mbps SC ports the maximum operating temperature
is reduced to +50 °C.
• for multimode 4
Relative humidity
Number of 1000 Mbps LC ports
• Relative humidity at 25 °C, without 95%
• for multimode 4
condensation during operation,
• for single-mode (LD) 4 maximum
Other interfaces IP degree of protection IP20
Number of electrical connections Design, dimensions and weights
• for signaling contact 1 Model Compact
• for media module 2 Width 120 mm
• for power supply 1 Height 125 mm
• for redundant power supply 1 Depth 124 mm
Type of electrical connection Net weight 1.4 kg
• for signaling contact 2-pin terminal block Product property: conformal coating Yes
• for power supply 4-pin terminal block Mounting type In marine applications, mounting on
Type of removable data storage the 35 mm DIN rail is not permissible.
medium • 19-inch installation No
• C-PLUG Yes • 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes
Signal inputs/outputs • Wall mounting Yes
Operating current of the signaling • S7-300 rail mounting Yes
contacts
• S7-1500 rail mounting No
• with DC, nominal value 24 V
Operating current of the signaling components - General
contacts
Cascading with redundant ring and 100
• with DC, maximum 0.1 A reconfiguration time of < 0.3 s
Supply voltage, current Cascading with star structure Any (only dependent on signal
consumption, power loss propagation time)
Type of power supply: redundant No Product functions - Management,
power supply configuration, engineering
Type of supply voltage DC Product function
Supply voltage • CLI Yes
• External 12 V • Web-based management Yes
• External 20 ... 30 V • MIB support Yes
Supply voltage with DC 24 V • TRAPs via e-mail Yes
• Rated value 20 ... 30 V • Configuration with STEP 7 Yes
Product component: fusing at power Yes • RMON Yes
supply input
• Port mirroring Yes
Type of fusing at input for supply F 3 A / 32 V
• Multiport mirroring Yes
voltage
7
• CoS Yes
Current consumption, maximum 0.7 A
• PROFINET IO diagnostics Yes
Power loss [W]
• Switch-managed Yes
• with 24 V DC 16.6 W
• Telnet Yes
• HTTP Yes
• HTTPS Yes
• TFTP Yes
• FTP Yes
• BOOTP Yes
• GMRP Yes
• DCP Yes
• LLDP Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes
7/24 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X308-2M TS
Article number 6GK5308-2GG10-2CA2 Article number 6GK5308-2GG10-2CA2
Product type designation SCALANCE X308-2M TS Product type designation SCALANCE X308-2M TS
Product functions - Management, Product functions - Security
configuration, engineering Product function
(continued)
• ACL - MAC-based Yes
Identification & Maintenance function
• ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes
• I&M0 - Device-specific information Yes
• IEEE 802.1X (RADIUS) Yes
• I&M1 - Higher level Yes
designation/location designation • Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter Yes
Protocol is supported • Broadcast blocking Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Protocol is supported
• SNMP v2 Yes • SSH Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Product functions - Time of day
Product functions - Diagnostics Product function
Product function • SICLOCK support Yes
• Port diagnostics Yes Protocol is supported
• Packet size statistics Yes • NTP Yes
• Packet type statistics Yes • SNTP Yes
• Error statistics Yes • IEEE 1588 profile default Yes
• SysLog Yes Standards, specifications,
approvals
Product functions - VLAN
Standard
Product function
• for FM FM3611: Class 1, Division 2,
• VLAN - port-based Yes Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1,
• VLAN - protocol-based No Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
• VLAN - IP-based No • for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15:
• VLAN - dynamic Yes 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
ATEX 0145X
Number of VLANs, maximum 255
• for safety, from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Number of dynamic VLANs, maximum 255
• for hazardous zone, UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
GVRP protocol is supported Yes from CSA and UL (Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2
Product functions - DHCP No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 /
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
Product function Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
• DHCP client Yes • for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4
• DHCP option 82 Yes • for noise immunity EN 61000-6-2
• DHCP option 66 Yes Standards, specifications,
• DHCP option 67 Yes approvals - CE
Product functions - Redundancy Proof of suitability, CE mark Yes
Product function Standards, specifications,
approvals - Other
• Ring redundancy Yes
Proof of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes
(HRP) • C-Tick Yes
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes • Railway application in accordance Yes
(HRP) with redundancy manager with EN 50155
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes • Railway application in accordance Yes
(HRP) with standby redundancy with EN 50121-4
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes • Fire protection in accordance with Yes
is supported EN 45545-2
Product function • KC approval Yes
• Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes Standards, specifications,
with redundancy manager approvals - Product conformity
• Redundancy procedure STP Yes MTBF at 40 °C 40 y
• Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes
• Redundancy procedure MSTP
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol
Yes
Yes
7
(PRP)/use in PRP network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No
(RNA)
• Passive listening Yes
• STP/RSTP Yes
• STP Yes
• RSTP Yes
• MSTP No
• RSTP Big Network Support Yes
• LACP Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/25

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X308-2M TS

Industrial Ethernet switches IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
SCALANCE X-300 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Industrial Ethernet switches for Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps) with
setting up electrical and/or optical rugged metal housing and
Industrial Ethernet networks; integrated insulation displacement
integrated redundancy manager, contacts for connecting Industrial
IT functions (RSTP, VLAN, etc.), Ethernet FC installation cables;
network management via SNMP 180° cable outlet; for network
and web server; incl. operating components and CPs/CPUs with
instructions, Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet interface
network manual and configuration • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0
software on CD-ROM; C-PLUG
included in scope of delivery IE FC M12 Plug PRO 4x2
Full Gigabit Ethernet switches M12 plug connector (X-coded,

IP65/IP67) that can be assembled
• SCALANCE X308-2M TS; 6GK5308-2GG10-2CA2 in the field, metal enclosure,
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports, insulation displacement fast
electrical connection method,
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps slots for for SCALANCE W
2-port media modules,
electrical or optical, • 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
with extended temperature range IE M12 Panel Feedthrough 4x2
and EN 50155 approval for railway
applications Control cabinet feedthrough for
transition from M12 connection
Media modules method (X-coded, IP65/IP67) to
Electrical Media Modules RJ45 connection method (IP20)
• 1 pack = 5 units 6GK1901-0DM40-2AA5
With 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45
ports, electrical IE FC M12 Cable Connector PRO
• MM992-2CUC with securing 4x2
6GK5992-2GA00-8FA0
collar and coated PCBs M12 plug-in connector (X-coded,
(conformal coating) IP65/IP67, female contact insert)
With 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps M12 that can be assembled in the field,
ports, electrical metal housing, insulation
displacement fast connection
• MM992-2 M12 interface (x-coded) 6GK5992-2HA00-0AA0 method
and coated PCBs (conformal
coating) • 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB40-6AA0
Optical Media Modules IE Train Cable GP 4x2 6XV1878-2T
with 2 x 1000 Mbps SC ports, 8-core, shielded TP installation

optical cable for connection to IE FC M12
Plug PRO 4x2 for use in railway
• MM992-2 multimode, glass, 6GK5992-2AL00-8FA0 applications; with railway approval;
up to 750 m, coated PCBs sold by the meter;
(conformal coating) maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
Accessories minimum order quantity 20 m
S7-1500 Mounting Kit 6GK5980-2EA00-0AA1 IE Connecting Cable

IE FC RJ45 Plug-180/IE FC RJ45
Mounting bracket for installation Plug-180
of SCALANCE X-300 on S7-1500
mounting rail Preassembled IE FC TP trailing
cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C)
IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00 with two IE FC RJ45 Plug-180,
IP20 degree of protection;
Preset insulation stripping tool for
fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet Length:
FC cables • 1.0 m 6XV1871-5BH10
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2 • 5.0 m 6XV1871-5BH50
• 10.0 m 6XV1871-5BN10
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with rugged metal housing IE SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1900-0MB00-0AC0
and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for Screw connector for local assembly
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC on POF FOC
7 installation cables; with 180° cable

outlet; for network components and
(1 pack = 20 units)
POF Standard Cable GP 980/1000 6XV1874-2A
interface POF standard cable
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0 for fixed installation indoors
with PVC sheath;
IE TP Train Cable GP 2x2 (Type C) 6XV1871-2T sold by the meter;
4-core, shielded TP installation maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
cable for connection to minimum order quantity 20 m.
IE FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug IE SC RJ PCF Plug 6GK1900-0NB00-0AC0
180/90 for train applications:
PROFINET-compliant; Screw connector for local assembly
sold by the meter; on PCF FOC
maximum delivery unit 1000 m, (1 pack = 10 units)
minimum order quantity 20 m PCF Standard Cable GP 200/230 6XV1861-2A
Standard cable, fan-out,
sold by the meter;
Maximum delivery unit 2000 m;
7/26 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE X308-2M TS
FC FO Termination Kit 6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0 Pre-Assembled FO Patch Cables
Termination kit for local assembly of Multimode
FC SC and FC BFOC connectors on
FC FO standard cable; MM FO Cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0
contains a stripping tool, Kevlar With one SC duplex connector and
cutters, fiber breaking tool and one LC duplex connector, 1 m
microscope.
MM FO Cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0
FC BFOC Plug 6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
With one SC duplex connector and
Screw connector for local assembly two BFOC connectors, 1 m
on FC FOC;
(1 pack = 20 units + cleaning MM FO Cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CC0
cloths)
With two SC duplex connectors,
FC SC Plug 6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0 1m
Screw connector for local assembly Single-mode
on FC FOC;
SM FO Cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0
(1 pack = 10 units duplex plugs +
cleaning cloths) With one SC duplex connector and
one LC duplex connector, 1 m
FC FO Standard Cable GP 6XV1847-2A
62.5/200/230 SM FO Cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0
FC FO standard cable for fixed With one SC duplex connector and
installation indoors with PVC two BFOC connectors, 1 m
sheath;
sold by the meter; SM FO Cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CC0
maximum delivery unit 1000 m, With two SC duplex connectors,
minimum order quantity 20 m 1m
Multimode FO BFOC 6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0 IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
Connector Set
TP cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45
For FO standard cable connectors
(50/125/1400), FO ground cable
(50/125/1400), flexible FO trailing •1m 6XV1870-3QH10
cable, INDOOR FO cable •6m 6XV1870-3QH60
(62.5/125/900), 20 units • 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10
Multi-mode FO SC Duplex 6GK1901-0LB10-2AA0 Screw-Type Terminal Block
Connector Set
For SCALANCE X/W/S
For FO standard cable • 2-pole for signaling contact 6GK5980-0BB00-0AA5
(50/125/1400), FO ground cable (24 V DC)
(50/125/1400), flexible FO trailing 1 pack = 5 units
cable, INDOOR FO cable • 4-pole for power supply (24 V DC) 6GK5980-1DB00-0AA5
(62.5/125/900), 10 units 1 pack = 5 units
LC Plug MM2) 6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0 C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AQ00
FO Standard Cable GP 6XV1873-2A Removable data storage medium
50/125/1400 1) 2) (conformal coating) for easy
Multimode cable replacement of devices under fault
sold by the meter; conditions; for recording
maximum delivery unit 1000 m, configuration data or engineering
minimum order quantity 20 m and application data; can be used
in SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for assembling
glass FOC
Selection Tool:
7
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool:
• Online version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/27

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS / SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC / SCALANCE XR324-12M TS
■ Overview SCALANCE XR324-12M TS

The SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches are fully
modular, high-performance, industry-standard switches for
setup of electrical and optical line, ring and star structures with
transmission rates of 10/100/1000 Mbps, designed for
installation in 19" control cabinets.
• Up to 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces
(10/100/1000 Mbps);
up to 12 electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules can be
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS inserted at any position in the basic device
■ Benefits
• Unlimited flexibility for network expansions (e.g. more
terminals) or upgrade (e.g. switching from copper to fiber-optic
cable) and reduction of stock keeping costs due to the
modular configuration with port modules
• High availability of the network thanks to
- Redundant power supply
- Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC twisted pair cable (redundancy manager, standby function
and STP/RSTP integrated)
- Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG
removable data storage medium
- Very fast reconfiguration of the network in event of a fault
• Lower susceptibility to failure and higher availability of the plant
networking due to locking of the RJ45 FastConnect plug
connectors in place in the securing collar of the RJ45 port
modules
• Protection of investment through integration in existing network
management systems by means of standardized SNMP
access
SCALANCE XR324-12M TS
• Space savings in control cabinet due to flexible cable outlet on
the front or rear of the device
• Fast media redundancy through integrated redundancy
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (with SCALANCE X-300, SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS
X-400) and Fast Ethernet (e.g. in combination with • No need for additional power supply units and cabling for
SCALANCE X-200 switches) terminal devices due to PoE power supply
• Seamless integration of automation networks in existing
corporate networks thanks to support of a large number of
IT standard functions (VLANs, IGMP-Snooping/Querier,
STP/RSTP, Link Aggregation, Quality of Service)
• Redundant integration in higher-level networks thanks to
support of standardized redundancy procedures
(Spanning Tree Protocol/Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning Tree
Protocol/MRP)
• Remote diagnostics by means of PROFINET diagnostics,
web browser, CLI or SNMP
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS
The SCALANCE XR-300PoE Industrial Ethernet switches are
partly modular, high-performance, industry-standard switches
for setup of electrical and/or optical line, ring and star structures
with transmission rates of 10/100/1000 Mbps, designed for
7
installation in 19" control cabinets
• Up to 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces
(10/100/1000 Mbps), of which 16 are integrated RJ45 ports,
eight of which are PoE-capable;
up to four electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules can
also be inserted in the media module slots of the basic device.
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC (Enhanced Environmental
Conditions) industrial Ethernet switches are partly modular, high-
performance, industry-standard switches for the construction of
electrical and/or optical line, ring and star topologies at data
transfer rates of 10/100/1000 Mbps, designed for installation in
19" control cabinets.
• Up to 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces (10/100/1000
Mbps), of which 16 are integral RJ45 ports; up to four electrical
and/or optical 2-port media modules can also be inserted in
the media module slots of the basic device
7/28 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2 Article number 6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2
Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS
Transmission rate Relative humidity
Transmission rate 10 Mbps, • Relative humidity at 25 °C, without 95%
100 Mbps, condensation during operation,
1 000 Mbps maximum
Integrated interfaces for IP degree of protection IP20
communication Design, dimensions and weights
Number of electrical connections Model 19-inch rack
• for network components or data 16 Number of modular height units for 1
terminal equipment 19-inch cabinet
• with Power-over-Ethernet for network 8 Width 449 mm
components or terminal equipment
Height 43.6 mm
Number of 100 Mbps ST(BFOC) ports
Depth 305 mm
• for multimode 8
Net weight 6.8 kg
Product property: conformal coating Yes
• for multimode 8
Mounting type For 19-inch rack mounting, 4-point
Number of 1000 Mbps LC ports fixing is required for marine
• for multimode 8 engineering applications
• for single-mode (LD) 8 • 19-inch installation Yes
Other interfaces • 35 mm DIN rail mounting No
Number of electrical connections • Wall mounting No
• for operation panel 1 • S7-300 rail mounting No
• for signaling contact 1 • S7-1500 rail mounting No
• for media module 4 Product properties, functions,
• for power supply 1
• for redundant power supply 0 reconfiguration time of < 0.3 s
Type of electrical connection Cascading with star structure Any (only dependent on signal
• for operation panel RJ11 port propagation time)
• for signaling contact 2-pin terminal block Product functions - Management,
• for power supply 4-pin terminal block
Product function
Type of removable data storage
medium • CLI Yes
• C-PLUG Yes • Web-based management Yes
Signal inputs/outputs • MIB support Yes
Operating current of the signaling • TRAPs via e-mail Yes
contacts • Configuration with STEP 7 Yes
• with DC, nominal value 24 V • RMON Yes
Operating current of the signaling • Port mirroring Yes
contacts
• with DC, maximum 0.1 A
• CoS Yes
consumption, power loss • PROFINET IO diagnostics Yes
Type of power supply: redundant No • Switch-managed Yes
power supply Protocol is supported
Type of supply voltage DC • Telnet Yes
Supply voltage • HTTP Yes
• External 24 V • HTTPS Yes
• External 19.2 ... 28.8 V • TFTP Yes
Product component: fusing at power Yes
7
• FTP Yes
supply input
• BOOTP Yes
voltage • GMRP Yes
Current consumption, maximum 4.2 A • DCP Yes
Power loss [W] • LLDP Yes
• with 24 V DC 46 W • IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes

Permissible ambient conditions Identification & Maintenance function
Ambient temperature • I&M0 - Device-specific information Yes
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C • I&M1 - Higher level Yes

• during storage -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C
• SNMP v1 Yes
• Remark In the case of vertical mounting
position, the maximum operating • SNMP v2 Yes
temperature is reduced to 60 °C • SNMP v3 Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/29

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2 Article number 6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2
Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS
Product functions - Diagnostics Product functions - Time of day
Product function Product function
• Port diagnostics Yes • SICLOCK support Yes
• Packet size statistics Yes Protocol is supported
• Packet type statistics Yes • NTP Yes
• Error statistics Yes • SNTP Yes
• SysLog Yes • IEEE 1588 profile default Yes
Product functions - VLAN Standards, specifications,
Product function approvals
• VLAN - port-based Yes Standard
• VLAN - protocol-based No • for FM FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2,
• VLAN - IP-based No Group IIC, T4
• VLAN - dynamic Yes • for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2006,
Number of VLANs, maximum 255 EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
Number of dynamic VLANs, maximum 255 ATEX 0145X
GVRP protocol is supported Yes • for safety, from CSA and UL UL 60950-1,
Product functions - DHCP CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Product function • for hazardous zone, UL 1604 and
from CSA and UL UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location),
• DHCP client Yes
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
• DHCP option 82 Yes Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
• DHCP option 66 Yes Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4
• DHCP option 67 Yes
• for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4:
Product functions - Redundancy 2007 (Class A)
Product function • for noise immunity EN 61000-6-2:
• Ring redundancy Yes 2006
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes Standards, specifications,
(HRP) approvals - CE
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes Proof of suitability, CE mark Yes
(HRP) with redundancy manager Standards, specifications,
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes approvals - Other
(HRP) with standby redundancy Proof of suitability EN 61000-6-2:
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes 2006,
is supported EN 61000-6-4:2007
Product function • C-Tick Yes
• Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes • Railway application in accordance Yes
with redundancy manager with EN 50155
• Redundancy procedure STP Yes • Railway application in accordance Yes
with EN 50121-4
• Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes
• Fire protection in accordance with
• Redundancy procedure MSTP Yes EN 45545-2
• Passive listening Yes • KC approval No
Protocol is supported Standards, specifications,
• STP/RSTP Yes approvals - Product conformity
• STP Yes MTBF at 40 °C
• RSTP Yes
• MSTP No
• LACP Yes
Product functions - Security
7 Product function
• ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes
• Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter Yes
• Broadcast blocking Yes
• SSH Yes
7/30 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5324-4GG00-1ER2 6GK5324-4GG00-1JR2 6GK5324-4GG00-2ER2 6GK5324-4GG00-2JR2
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
integrated
• for network components or terminal 16; RJ45 16; RJ45 16; RJ45 16; RJ45
equipment
Number of 100 Mbit/s ST(BFOC) ports
• for multimode 8 8 8 8
Number of 1000 Mbit/s LC ports
• for single mode (LD) 8 8 8 8
Interfaces others
• for operator console 1 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1 1
• for media module 4 4 4 4
• for power supply 1 1 2 2
• for redundant voltage supply 1 1 1 1
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2 x 2-pole terminal block 2 x 2-pole terminal block
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 2 x 4-pole terminal block 2 x 4-pole terminal block
• C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes Yes
contacts
• at DC Rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
contacts
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
Type of voltage supply redundant No No Yes Yes
power supply unit
Type of voltage of the supply voltage DC DC DC DC
Supply voltage
• external 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• external minimum 19.2 V 19.2 V 19.2 V 19.2 V
• external maximum 57.6 V 57.6 V 57.6 V 57.6 V
• Type of voltage 2 of the supply DC DC DC DC
voltage
Supply voltage at DC 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• rated value 19.2 ... 57.6 V 19.2 ... 57.6 V 19.2 ... 57.6 V 19.2 ... 57.6 V
Product component fusing at power
supply input
Yes Yes Yes Yes 7
Fuse protection type at input for T2H / 250 V T2H / 250 V T2H / 250 V T2H / 250 V
supply voltage
Consumed current maximum 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.6 A
Power loss [W]
• at DC at 24 V 40 W 40 W 40 W 40 W
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/31

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 ... +70 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• Note Extended temperature upper Extended temperature upper Extended temperature upper Extended temperature upper
limit of +85° C permitted for limit of +85° C permitted for limit of +85° C permitted for limit of +85° C permitted for
16 hours. Reduced 16 hours. Reduced 16 hours. Reduced 16 hours. Reduced
operating temperature operating temperature operating temperature operating temperature
through the use of media through the use of media through the use of media through the use of media
modules (-40 °C to +70 °C) modules (-40 °C to +70 °C) modules (-40 °C to +70 °C) modules (-40 °C to +70 °C)
or SFP plug-in transceivers or SFP plug-in transceivers or SFP plug-in transceivers or SFP plug-in transceivers
(-40 °C to +60 °C) (-40 °C to +60 °C) (-40 °C to +60 °C) (-40 °C to +60 °C)
Relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
Protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Design 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack
Number of modular height units 1 1 1 1
relating to 19-inch cabinet
Width 483 mm 483 mm 483 mm 483 mm
Depth 305 mm 305 mm 305 mm 305 mm
Net weight 6.5 kg 6.5 kg 6.8 kg 6.8 kg
Mounting type When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding,
the device must be secured the device must be secured the device must be secured the device must be secured
in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points
• 19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes Yes
• 35 mm DIN rail mounting No No No No
• wall mounting No No No No
• S7-300 rail mounting No No No No
components general
Cascading in the case of a redundant 100 100 100 100
ring at reconfiguration time of <\~0.3\~s
Cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on
signal propagation time) signal propagation time) signal propagation time) signal propagation time)
configuration
Product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
7 • PROFINET IO diagnosis
• switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
7/32 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 – higher-level desig- Yes Yes Yes Yes
nation/location designation
Product function
• Port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No No
• VLAN dynamic Yes Yes Yes Yes
Number of VLANs maximum 255 255 255 255
Number of VLANs - dynamic 255 255 255 255
maximum
Protocol is supported GVRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• Ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
(HRP)
• high speed redundancy protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protocol is supported Media Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
7
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
(PRP)/operation in the PRP-network
• Parallel Redundancy Protocol No No No No
(RNA)
• Passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes
• STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RSTP big network support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LACP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/33

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Product function
• ACL - MAC-based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• ACL - port/MAC-based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• NTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default Yes Yes Yes Yes
approvals
Standard
• for FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2,
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class
1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
• for hazardous zone EN 60079-0 : 2006, EN EN 60079-0 : 2006, EN EN 60079-0 : 2006, EN EN 60079-0 : 2006, EN
60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA
II T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X II T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X II T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X II T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No.
60950-1-03 60950-1-03 60950-1-03 60950-1-03
• for hazardous zone from CSA and ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA
UL C22.2 No. 142-M1987, CL. 1 C22.2 No. 142-M1987, CL. 1 C22.2 No. 142-M1987, CL. 1 C22.2 No. 142-M1987, CL. 1
/ Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4, / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4, / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4, / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4,
CL. 1 / Zone 2 / GP. IIC, T4 CL. 1 / Zone 2 / GP. IIC, T4 CL. 1 / Zone 2 / GP. IIC, T4 CL. 1 / Zone 2 / GP. IIC, T4
• for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A) (Class A) (Class A) (Class A)
• for interference immunity EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005
approvals CE
Certificate of suitability CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes
Standard
• for EMC IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007
• C-Tick Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEC 61850-3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes Yes
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
7 • Bureau Veritas (BV)

• Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
• Germanische Lloyd (GL) No No No No
• DNV GL Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) No No No No
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes Yes Yes Yes
(RINA)
MTBF 15 y 15 y 20 y 20 y
7/34 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s,
1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
integrated
• for network components or terminal 16; RJ45 16; RJ45 16; RJ45 16; RJ45
equipment
Number of 100 Mbit/s ST(BFOC) ports
Number of 1000 Mbit/s LC ports
• for single mode (LD) 8 8 8 8
Interfaces others
• for operator console 1 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 1 1 1 1
• for media module 4 4 4 4
• for power supply 1 1 2 2
• for redundant voltage supply 0 0 0 0
• for operator console RJ11 RJ11 RJ11 RJ11
• for signaling contact 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 2 x 3-pole terminal block 2 x 3-pole terminal block
• for power supply 3-pole terminal block 3-pole terminal block 2 x 3-pole terminal block 2 x 3-pole terminal block
• C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes Yes
contacts
• at AC Rated value 276 V 276 V 276 V 276 V
• at DC Rated value 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V
contacts
• at AC maximum 5A 5A 5A 5A
• at DC maximum 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
Type of voltage supply redundant No No Yes Yes
power supply unit
Type of voltage of the supply voltage AC AC AC AC
Supply voltage
• at AC 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V
• at AC rated value 80 ... 276 V 80 ... 276 V 80 ... 276 V 80 ... 276 V
• Type of voltage 2 of the supply DC DC DC DC
voltage
Supply voltage at DC 220 V 220 V 220 V 220 V
• rated value
Product component fusing at power
48 ... 300 V
Yes
48 ... 300 V
Yes
48 ... 300 V
Yes
48 ... 300 V
Yes
7
supply input
Fuse protection type at input for 3.15 A / 250 V 3.15 A / 250 V 3.15 A / 250 V 3.15 A / 250 V
supply voltage
Consumed current maximum 0.7 A 0.7 A 0.7 A 0.7 A
Power loss [W]
• at AC at 230 V 42 W 42 W 42 W 42 W
• at DC at 250 V 42 W 42 W 42 W 42 W
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/35

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Ambient temperature
• Note Extended temperature upper Extended temperature upper Extended temperature upper Extended temperature upper
limit of +85° C permitted for limit of +85° C permitted for limit of +85° C permitted for limit of +85° C permitted for
16 hours. Reduced 16 hours. Reduced 16 hours. Reduced 16 hours. Reduced
operating temperature operating temperature operating temperature operating temperature
through the use of media through the use of media through the use of media through the use of media
modules (-40 °C to +70 °C) modules (-40 °C to +70 °C) modules (-40 °C to +70 °C) modules (-40 °C to +70 °C)
or SFP plug-in transceivers or SFP plug-in transceivers or SFP plug-in transceivers or SFP plug-in transceivers
(-40 °C to +60 °C) (-40 °C to +60 °C) (-40 °C to +60 °C) (-40 °C to +60 °C)
Relative humidity
• at 25 °C without condensation 95 % 95 % 95 % 95 %
Protection class IP IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Design 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack 19" rack
Number of modular height units 1 1 1 1
relating to 19-inch cabinet
Width 483 mm 483 mm 483 mm 483 mm
Depth 305 mm 305 mm 305 mm 305 mm
Net weight 6.6 kg 6.6 kg 7 kg 7 kg
Mounting type When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding,
the device must be secured the device must be secured the device must be secured the device must be secured
in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points
• 19-inch installation Yes Yes Yes Yes
• 35 mm DIN rail mounting No No No No
• wall mounting No No No No
components general
Cascading in the case of a redundant 100 100 100 100
ring at reconfiguration time of <\~0.3\~s
Cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on any (depending only on
signal propagation time) signal propagation time) signal propagation time) signal propagation time)
configuration
Product function
• CLI Yes Yes Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RMON Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Port mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• multiport mirroring Yes Yes Yes Yes
• CoS Yes Yes Yes Yes
7 • PROFINET IO diagnosis
• switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
• Telnet Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• FTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• BOOTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
7/36 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
• GMRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes Yes Yes
• I&M1 – higher-level designation/ Yes Yes Yes Yes
location designation
Product function
• Port diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Statistics Packet Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Statistics packet type Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Error statistics Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• VLAN - port based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• VLAN - protocol-based No No No No
• VLAN - IP-based No No No No
• VLAN dynamic Yes Yes Yes Yes
Number of VLANs maximum 255 255 255 255
Number of VLANs - dynamic 255 255 255 255
maximum
Protocol is supported GVRP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• DHCP client Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• Ring redundancy Yes Yes Yes Yes
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
(HRP)
Protocol is supported Media Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• media redundancy protocol (MRP) Yes Yes Yes Yes
7
• redundancy procedure STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Passive listening Yes Yes Yes Yes
• STP/RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• STP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• MSTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• RSTP big network support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LACP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/37

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Product function
• ACL - MAC-based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• ACL - port/MAC-based Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter Yes Yes Yes Yes
• broadcast blocking Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SSH Yes Yes Yes Yes
Product function
• SICLOCK support Yes Yes Yes Yes
• NTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 1588 profile default Yes Yes Yes Yes
approvals
Standard
• for hazardous zone - - - -
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. UL 508, CSA C22.2 No.
142-M1987 142-M1987 142-M1987 142-M1987
• for hazardous zone from CSA and No No No No
UL
• for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A) (Class A) (Class A) (Class A)
• for interference immunity EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005 EN 61000-6-2:2005
approvals CE
Certificate of suitability CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes
Standard
• for EMC IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613 IEC 61850, IEEE 1613
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007 EN 61000-6-4:2007
• C-Tick Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEC 61850-3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
• KC approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
• American Bureau of Shipping Yes Yes Yes Yes
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
• Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No No No No
• Germanische Lloyd (GL) No No No No
• DNV GL Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes Yes
7 • Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK)

• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes Yes Yes Yes
(RINA)
MTBF 15 y 15 y 20 y 20 y
7/38 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2 Article number 6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2

Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-12M TS Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-12M TS
Transmission rate Relative humidity
Transmission rate 10 Mbps, • Relative humidity at 25 °C, without 95%
100 Mbps, condensation during operation,
1 000 Mbps maximum
Integrated interfaces for IP degree of protection IP20
communication Design, dimensions and weights
Number of electrical connections Model 19-inch rack
• for network components or data Number of modular height units for 1
terminal equipment 19-inch cabinet
• with Power-over-Ethernet for network Width 483 mm
Height 44 mm
Number of 100 Mbps ST(BFOC) ports
Depth 305 mm
• for multimode 24
Net weight 5.5 kg
Product property: conformal coating Yes
• for multimode 24
Mounting type For 19-inch rack mounting, 4-point
Number of 1000 Mbps LC ports fixing is required for marine
• for multimode 24 engineering applications
• for single-mode (LD) 24 • 19-inch installation Yes
Other interfaces • 35 mm DIN rail mounting No
Number of electrical connections • Wall mounting No
• for operation panel 1 • S7-300 rail mounting No
• for signaling contact 1 • S7-1500 rail mounting No
• for media module 12 Product properties, functions,
• for power supply 1
• for redundant power supply 1 reconfiguration time of < 0.3 s
Type of electrical connection Cascading with star structure Any (only dependent on signal
• for operation panel RJ11 port propagation time)
• for signaling contact 2-pin terminal block Product functions - Management,
• for power supply 4-pin terminal block
Product function
medium • CLI Yes
• C-PLUG Yes • Web-based management Yes
Signal inputs/outputs • MIB support Yes
Operating current of the signaling • TRAPs via e-mail Yes
contacts • Configuration with STEP 7 Yes
• with DC, nominal value 24 V • RMON Yes
Operating current of the signaling • Port mirroring Yes
contacts
• with DC, maximum 0.1 A
• CoS Yes
consumption, power loss • PROFINET IO diagnostics Yes
Type of power supply: redundant No • Switch-managed Yes
power supply Protocol is supported
Type of supply voltage DC • Telnet Yes
Supply voltage • HTTP Yes
• External 24 V • HTTPS Yes
• External 19.2 ... 28.8 V • TFTP Yes
Product component: fusing at power Yes • FTP Yes
supply input
• BOOTP Yes
7
voltage • GMRP Yes
Current consumption, maximum 1.8 A • DCP Yes
Power loss [W] • LLDP Yes
• with 24 V DC 44 W • IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes

Permissible ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C
• Remark Reduced operating temperature
through use of media modules
(-40 to +70 °C) or SFP plug-in
transceivers (-40 to +60 °C).
In the case of vertical mounting
position, the maximum operating
temperature is reduced to +50 °C.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/39

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2 Article number 6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2
Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-12M TS Product type designation SCALANCE XR324-12M TS
Identification & Maintenance function Product functions - Security
• I&M0 - Device-specific information Yes Product function
• I&M1 - Higher level Yes • ACL - MAC-based Yes
designation/location designation • ACL - Port/MAC-based Yes
Protocol is supported • IEEE 802.1X (RADIUS) Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes • Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes • Broadcast blocking Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Protocol is supported
Product functions - Diagnostics • SSH Yes
Product function Product functions - Time of day
• Port diagnostics Yes Product function
• Packet size statistics Yes • SICLOCK support Yes
• Packet type statistics Yes Protocol is supported
• Error statistics Yes • NTP Yes
• SysLog Yes • SNTP Yes
Product functions - VLAN • IEEE 1588 profile default Yes
Product function Standards, specifications,
• VLAN - port-based Yes approvals
• VLAN - protocol-based No Standard
• VLAN - IP-based No • for FM FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group
• VLAN - dynamic Yes A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T4
Number of VLANs, maximum 255
• for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2006,
Number of dynamic VLANs, maximum 255 EN 60079-15: 2005,
GVRP protocol is supported Yes II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
ATEX 0145X
Product functions - DHCP
• for safety, from CSA and UL UL 60950-1,
Product function CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
• DHCP client Yes • for hazardous zone, UL 1604 and
• DHCP option 82 Yes from CSA and UL UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location),
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
• DHCP option 66 Yes
Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
• DHCP option 67 Yes Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Product functions - Redundancy Group IIC / T4
Product function • for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4:
2007 (Class A)
• Ring redundancy Yes
• for noise immunity EN 61000-6-2:
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes 2005
(HRP)
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes approvals - CE
Proof of suitability, CE mark Yes
• High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes
(HRP) with standby redundancy Standards, specifications,
approvals - Other
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes
is supported Proof of suitability EN 61000-6-2:
2005,
Product function EN 61000-6-4:2007
• Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes • C-Tick Yes
• Railway application in accordance Yes
• Redundancy procedure STP Yes with EN 50155
• Redundancy procedure RSTP Yes • Railway application in accordance Yes
• Redundancy procedure MSTP Yes with EN 50121-4
• Passive listening Yes • Fire protection in accordance with Yes
7
EN 45545-2
• KC approval Yes
• STP/RSTP Yes
• STP Yes approvals - Product conformity
• RSTP Yes MTBF at 40 °C 25 y
• MSTP No
• LACP Yes
7/40 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

Industrial Ethernet switches Industrial Ethernet switches
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE SCALANCE XR324-12M TS
Partially modular 19" Industrial Fully modular 19" Industrial Ethernet

Ethernet switches for setup of switches for setup of electrical
electrical and optical Industrial and/or optical Industrial Ethernet
Ethernet networks; eight PoE- networks; all ports can optionally be
capable ports, can be optionally equipped with optical or electrical
equipped with optical or electrical 2-port media modules;
2-port media modules; All ports support Gigabit Ethernet
All ports support Gigabit Ethernet (blocking), integrated redundancy
(blocking), integrated redundancy manager, RSTP, RMON,
manager, RSTP, RMON, IGMP-Snooping/Querier, network
IGMP-Snooping/Querier, network management via SNMP, PROFINET,
management via SNMP, PROFINET, and web server
and web server 12 x 10/100/1000 Mbps slots for
16 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports 2-port media modules, electrical or
of which eight support PoE; optical
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps slots for SCALANCE XR324-12M TS
2-port media modules, electrical
or optical For railway applications
(EN 50155 approval)
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS 24 V DC power supply
For railway applications (EN 50155 • Data cable outlet at front 6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2
approval); 24 V DC power supply
Media modules
• Data cable outlet at front 6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2
Electrical Media Modules
Industrial Ethernet switches With 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45
ports, electrical
Partially modular 19" Industrial
Ethernet switches for establishing • MM992-2CUC with securing 6GK5992-2GA00-8FA0
electrical and optical Industrial collar and coated PCBs
Ethernet networks; all ports can be (conformal coating)
optionally equipped with optical or With 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps M12
electrical 2-port media modules); ports, electrical
All ports support Gigabit Ethernet • MM992-2 M12 interface (x-coded)
(blocking), integrated redundancy 6GK5992-2HA00-0AA0
and coated PCBs
manager, RSTP, RMON, IGMP (conformal coating)
snooping querier, network
management via SNMP, PROFINET Optical Media Modules
and Web server
16 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports, With 2 x 1000 Mbps SC ports,
electrical 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps optical
slots for 2-port media modules, • MM992-2 multi-mode, glass, 6GK5992-2AL00-8FA0
electrical or optical up to 750 m, coated PCBs
(conformal coating)
Accessories
Power supply 1 x 24 V DC
• Front data cable outlet, 6GK5324-4GG00-1ER2 IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00
rear power supply Preset insulation stripping tool for
• Rear data cable outlet, 6GK5324-4GG00-1JR2 fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet
front power supply FC cables
Power supply 1 x 100-240 AC/ IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2
60-250 V DC
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
• Front data cable outlet, 6GK5324-4GG00-3ER2 Ethernet with rugged metal housing
rear power supply and integrated insulation
• Rear data cable outlet, 6GK5324-4GG00-3JR2 displacement contacts for
front power supply connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
Power supply 2 x 24 V DC installation cables; with 180° cable
• Front data cable outlet, 6GK5324-4GG00-2ER2 CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
rear power supply interface
• Rear data cable outlet, 6GK5324-4GG00-2JR2 • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
front power supply
Power supply 2 x 100-240 AC/
60-250 V DC
IE TP Train Cable GP 2x2 (Type C)
6XV1871-2T
7
• Front data cable outlet, 6GK5324-4GG00-4ER2 cable for connection to
rear power supply IE FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug
• Rear data cable outlet, 6GK5324-4GG00-4JR2 180/90 for train applications:
front power supply PROFINET-compliant;
sold by the meter;
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/41

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 POF Standard Cable GP 980/1000 6XV1874-2A
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial POF standard cable for fixed
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps) with installation indoors with PVC
rugged metal enclosure and sheath;
integrated insulation displacement sold by the meter;
contacts for connecting Industrial maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
Ethernet FC installation cables; minimum order quantity 20 m
180° cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with IE SC RJ PCF Plug 6GK1900-0NB00-0AC0
Industrial Ethernet interface Screw connector for local assembly
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0 on PCF FOC
(1 pack = 10 units)
IE FC M12 Plug PRO 4x2
PCF Standard Cable GP 200/230 6XV1861-2A
M12 plug connector (X-coded,
IP65/IP67) that can be assembled Standard cable, fan-out,
in the field, metal enclosure, sold by the meter;
insulation displacement fast maximum delivery unit 2000 m;
connection method, minimum order quantity 20 m
for SCALANCE W
FC FO Termination Kit 6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
• 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
Termination kit for local assembly of
IE M12 Panel Feedthrough 4x2 FC SC and FC BFOC connectors on
Control cabinet feedthrough for FC FO standard cable;
transition from M12 connection contains a stripping tool, Kevlar
method (X-coded, IP65/IP67) to cutters, fiber breaking tool and
RJ45 connection method (IP20) microscope.
• 1 pack = 5 units 6GK1901-0DM40-2AA5 FC BFOC Plug 6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
IE FC M12 Cable Connector PRO Screw connector for local assembly
4x2 on FC FOC;
M12 plug-in connector (X-coded, (1 pack = 20 units + cleaning
IP65/IP67, female contact insert) cloths)
that can be assembled in the field, FC SC Plug 6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0
metal housing, insulation
displacement fast connection Screw connector for local assembly
method on FC FOC;
• 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB40-6AA0 (1 pack = 10 units duplex plugs +
cleaning cloths)
IE Train Cable GP 4x2 6XV1878-2T
FC FO Standard Cable GP 6XV1847-2A
8-core, shielded TP installation 62.5/200/230
cable for connection to IE FC M12
Plug PRO 4x2 for use in railway FC FO standard cable
applications; with railway approval; for fixed installation indoors
sold by the meter; with PVC sheath;
maximum delivery unit 1000 m, sold by the meter;
minimum order quantity 20 m maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
IE Connecting Cable
IE FC RJ45 Plug-180/IE FC RJ45 Multimode FO BFOC 6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
Plug-180 Connector Set
Preassembled IE FC TP trailing For FO standard cable

cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C) (50/125/1400), FO ground cable
with two IE FC RJ45 Plug-180, (50/125/1400), flexible FO trailing
IP20 degree of protection; cable, INDOOR FO cable
(62.5/125/900), 20 units
Length:
Multi-mode FO SC Duplex 6GK1901-0LB10-2AA0
• 1.0 m 6XV1871-5BH10 Connector Set
• 5.0 m 6XV1871-5BH50
• 10.0 m 6XV1871-5BN10 For FO standard cable
(50/125/1400), FO ground cable
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 (50/125/1400), flexible FO trailing
cable, INDOOR FO cable
TP cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45 (62.5/125/900), 10 units
connectors
•1m 6XV1870-3QH10 LC Plug MM2) 6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
7
•6m 6XV1870-3QH60 FO Standard Cable GP 6XV1873-2A
• 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10 50/125/1400 1) 2)
IE SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1900-0MB00-0AC0 Multimode cable
sold by the meter;
Screw connector for local assembly maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
on POF FOC minimum order quantity 20 m
(1 pack = 20 units)
1) Special fiber-optic cables; lengths and accessories available on request
2) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for assembling
glass FOC
7/42 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Pre-Assembled FO Patch Cables SM FO Cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CC0
Multimode With two SC duplex connectors,
1m
MM FO Cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0
Screw-Type Terminal Block
With one SC duplex connector and
one LC duplex connector, 1 m For SCALANCE X/W/S/M
MM FO Cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0 • 2-pole for signaling contact 6GK5980-0BB00-0AA5
(24 V DC)
With one SC duplex connector and 1 pack = 5 units
two BFOC connectors, 1 m • 2-pole for power supply 6GK5980-1BC00-0AA5
MM FO Cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CC0 (230 V AC)
1 pack = 5 units
With two SC duplex connectors, • 4-pole for power supply (24 V DC) 6GK5980-1DB00-0AA5
1m 1 pack = 5 units
Single-mode C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AQ00
SM FO Cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0 Removable data storage medium
With one SC duplex connector and (conformal coating) for easy
one LC duplex connector, 1 m replacement of devices under fault
conditions; for recording
SM FO Cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0 configuration data or engineering
and application data; can be used
With one SC duplex connector and in SIMATIC NET products with
two BFOC connectors, 1 m C-PLUG slot
Selection Tool: SIMATIC NET Selection Tool:
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as • Online version:
well as configuration of modular variants, the SIMATIC NET http://www.siemens.com/snst
Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are available at: • Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/43

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE XM-400 managed
■ Overview
Product versions - basic devices
XM408-8C
• 8 ports available in total, of which
- up to 8 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s are RJ45 ports with retaining
collars
- up to 8 x SFP slots (combo ports), 100 or 1000 Mbit/s
• Two port extenders with 8 ports each can be connected to
implement a maximum of 24 ports in one switch
The new SCALANCE XM-400 product range comprises modular

Industrial Ethernet switches, expandable by various port
extenders and plug-in transceivers for a maximum configuration
with up to 24 ports. It supports 10/100/1000 Mbit technology for
various transmission media (twisted pair, fiber optic) and
increased port requirements. Thanks to the flexible, modular
design, the XM-400 product line is also designed for future
requirements and can be adapted to the relevant task.
• Combo ports for the flexible use of interfaces: A combo port
consists of an electric port and an SFP slot. Only one of the two
ports can ever be active. If an SFP plug-in transceiver is
inserted, the electric port is deactivated
• Fast mobile diagnosis with smartphone/tablet thanks to WLAN
and NFC: Fast access to the web-based management of the
SCALANCE XM-400 via mobile websites. The function can be
started using existing WLAN and NFC (Near Field
Communication)
• High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy
manager even for large networks, for both Gigabit Ethernet and
Fast Ethernet
• Seamless integration of automation networks into existing
corporate networks thanks to support for a host of IT
standards: Establishment of virtual networks (VLANs)
• Integration into higher-level enterprise networks thanks to
support for standardized redundancy procedures (Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol, Link Aggregation)
• By learning the multicast sources and destinations
(Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping),
SCALANCE XM-400 switches can also filter multicast data
7 traffic and thus limit the load on the network
• Optional activation of the Layer 3 functions for IPv4 and IPv6
in connection with the KEY-PLUG XM-400
• Creation of IP subnets and IP router communication by means
of Layer 3 switching (IP routing)
- Static routing
- Dynamic routing OSPF (Open Shortest Path First) and RIPv2
(Routing Information Protocol)
- Redundant routing VRRP (Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol)
7/44 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2 Article number 6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2
Transmission rate Number of extender expansion 2
interfaces
Transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s
Number of ports maximum 24
Interfaces for communication design of the removable storage
maximum configuration for modular • C-PLUG/KEY-PLUG Yes
devices
Product feature hot-swappable Yes
Number of electrical ports maximum 24 interface modules
Number of electrical ports with PoE 16 Signal-Inputs/outputs
maximum
Number of optical ports maximum 24 contacts
Interfaces for communication • at DC Rated value 24 V
integrated
Number of electrical connections contacts
• for network components or terminal 8; RJ45 with securing collar • at DC maximum 0.1 A
equipment
Number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 consumption, power loss
ports Integrated
Type of voltage supply redundant No
• with securing collar 8 power supply unit
Number of electrical connections Type of voltage of the supply voltage DC
• for SFP 8; 100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s SFP Supply voltage
plug-in transceiver
• external 24 V
Number of combo ports with RJ45 8; 100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s SFP
• external minimum 19.2 V
interface for optical plug-in plug-in transceiver
transceiver • external maximum 28.8 V
Number of connectable extender 2 Product component fusing at power Yes
modules supply input
Interfaces for communication Fuse protection type at input for F 15 A / 125 V
pluggable maximum supply voltage
Number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 Consumed current maximum 2A
ports Power loss [W]
• with securing collar 16 • at DC at 24 V 48 W
• with securing collar with PoE 16 Supplied active power of PSE
Number of 100 Mbit/s LC ports with PoE
• for multimode 24 • per port maximum 30 W
• for single mode (LD) 24 • total maximum 360 W
• for single mode (LH+) 24 Permitted ambient conditions
• for single mode (ELH200) 24 Ambient temperature
Number of 1000 Mbit/s LC ports • during operation -40 ... +70 °C
• for multimode 24 • during storage -40 ... +85 °C
• for single mode (LD) 24 • during transport -40 ... +85 °C
• for single mode (LH) 24 Relative humidity
• for single mode (LH+) 24 • at 25 °C without condensation 95 %
• for single mode (ELH) 24
• for SFP 24; 100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s SFP
plug-in transceiver Design modular
Interfaces others Width 140 mm
Number of electrical connections Height 147 mm
• for operator console 1 Depth 125 mm
Net weight 1.15 kg
7
• for management purposes 1
• for signaling contact 1 Mounting type
• for power supply 1 • 19-inch installation No
• for redundant voltage supply 1 • 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes
Type of electrical connection • wall mounting No
• for operator console RJ11 • S7-300 rail mounting Yes
• for management purposes RJ45 • S7-1500 rail mounting Yes
• for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block Product properties, functions,
components general
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block
Cascading in cases of star topology any (depending only on signal
propagation time)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/45

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2 Article number 6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2
Product functions management, Protocol is supported
configuration • RIPv2 Yes
Product function • RIPnG for IPv6 Yes
• CLI Yes • OSPFv2 Yes
• web-based management Yes • OSPFv3 for IPv6 Yes
• MIB support Yes • VRRP Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes • VRRP for IPv6 Yes
• Configuration with STEP 7 Yes
• RMON Yes
• Port mirroring Yes Product functions Redundancy
• multiport mirroring Yes Product function
• CoS Yes • Ring redundancy Yes
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes • High Speed Redundancy Protocol Yes
(HRP)
• switch-managed Yes
• high speed redundancy protocol Yes
Telegram length for Ethernet 9 216 byte (HRP) with redundancy manager
maximum
• high speed redundancy protocol Yes
Protocol is supported (HRP) with standby redundancy
• Telnet Yes Protocol is supported Media Yes
• HTTP Yes Redundancy Protocol (MRP)
• HTTPS Yes Product function
• TFTP Yes • media redundancy protocol (MRP) Yes
• FTP Yes
• redundancy procedure STP Yes
• BOOTP Yes
• redundancy procedure RSTP Yes
• GMRP Yes
• redundancy procedure MSTP Yes
• DCP Yes
• Passive listening Yes
• LLDP Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes
• LACP Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes
Product function
• IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes
• ACL - port/MAC-based Yes
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes
• I&M1 – higher-level Yes
designation/location designation • Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter Yes
Product functions Diagnosis • broadcast blocking Yes
Product function Protocol is supported
• Port diagnostics Yes • SSH Yes
• Statistics Packet Size Yes Product functions Time
• Statistics packet type Yes Product function
• Error statistics Yes • SICLOCK support Yes
• SysLog Yes Protocol is supported
Product functions VLAN • NTP Yes
Product function • SNTP Yes
• VLAN - port based Yes Standards, specifications,
approvals
• VLAN - protocol-based Yes
Standard
• VLAN - IP-based Yes
• for FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2,
• VLAN dynamic Yes Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1,
Number of VLANs maximum 255 Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
7 Number of VLANs - dynamic 255 Standards, specifications,

maximum approvals CE
Protocol is supported GVRP Yes Certificate of suitability CE marking Yes
Product functions DHCP Standards, specifications,
Product function
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
• DHCP client Yes
• C-Tick Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes
with EN 50121-4
• KC approval Yes
Product functions Routing
Product function approvals product conformity
• Static IP routing Yes MTBF at 40 °C 28 y
• Static IP routing IPv6 Yes
• dynamic IP routing Yes
• dynamic IP routing IPv6 Yes
7/46 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

SCALANCE XM-400 Industrial IE Connecting Cable
Ethernet switches IE FC RJ45 Plug-180/IE FC RJ45
Plug-180
SCALANCE XM408-8C;
8 x 10/100/1000 Mbps, of which Preassembled IE FC TP Trailing
8 x RJ45/SFP combo ports; Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C)
8 x 1000 Mbps maximum basic with two IE FC RJ45 Plug-180,
device configuration IP20 degree of protection
• IP routing in combination with 6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2 Length:
KEY PLUG XM-400 • 1.0 m 6XV1871-5BH10
• IP routing integrated 6GK5408-8GR00-2AM2 • 5.0 m 6XV1871-5BH50
Accessories • 10.0 m 6XV1871-5BN10
Power supplies FC FO Termination Kit 6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V Termination Kit for local assembly of
stabilized power supply for FC SC and FC BFOC connectors to
SIMATIC S7-1500 FC FO Standard Cable, comprising
• Power supply S7-1500 PM1507 6EP1332-4BA00 a stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber
SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/3 A breaking tool and microscope
stabilized power supply for FC BFOC Plug 6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
SIMATIC S7-1500
input: 120/230 V AC Screw connector for on-site
output: 24 V DC/3 A assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
• Power supply S7-1500 PM1507 6EP1333-4BA00 (1 pack = 20 units + cleaning
SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/8 A cloths)
stabilized power supply for FC SC Plug 6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0
SIMATIC S7-1500
input: 120/230 V AC Screw connector for on-site
output: 24 V DC/8 A assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs +
KEY-PLUG XM-400 6GK5904-0PA00 cleaning cloths)
Swap medium for expansion of the
device functions with IP routing FC FO Standard Cable 6XV1847-2A
(Layer 3), for integration of GP 62.5/200/230
configuration data and easy
replacement of SCALANCE XM-400 FC FO Standard Cable for fixed
in the event of a fault routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter;
IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00 max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC Multi-mode FO BFOC 6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
cables connector set
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2 For FO Standard Cable
(50/125/1400),
180° cable outlet; for network FO Ground Cable (50/125/1400),
components and CPs/CPUs with flexible FO Trailing Cable,
Industrial Ethernet interface INDOOR FC Cable (62.5/125/900),
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0 20 units
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10 Multi-mode FO SC duplex 6GK1901-0LB10-2AA0
(Type A) connector set
4-core, shielded TP installation For FO Standard Cable
cable for connection to IE FC Outlet (50/125/1400),
RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug; FO Ground Cable (50/125/1400),
PROFINET-compliant; flexible FO Trailing Cable,
with UL approval; sold by the meter; INDOOR FC Cable (62.5/125/900),
max. length 1000 m, 10 units
minimum order 20 m
LC Plug MM2) 6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
FO Standard Cable GP 6XV1873-2A
IE FC RJ45 plug 180 4 x 2; 50/125/1400 1) 2)
RJ45 connector; Cat6A;
(10/100/1000/10000 Mbps) with Multimode cable,
rugged metal enclosure; sold by the meter;
FC connection method;
for IE FC cable 4 x 2 (AWG24);
max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m 7
180° cable outlet Pre-assembled FO patch cables
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB12-2AA0
Multimode
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4 x 2
MM FO Cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0
cable for universal applications; With one SC duplex connector and
with UL approval; one LC duplex connector, 1 m
sold by the meter; MM FO Cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0
max. length per delivery unit
1000 m, minimum order 20 m With one SC duplex connector and
• AWG24, 6XV1878-2A two BFOC connectors, 1 m
for connecting to IE FC RJ45 Plug
4 x 2, IE FC M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2
1) Special fiber-optic cables; lengths and accessories available on request
2) Special tools and trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass
fiber-optic cables
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/47

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
MM FO Cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5EH10-0CC0 Other accessories
With two SC duplex connectors, 1 m Spring-loaded terminal block
Single-mode Spring-type terminal block
for SCALANCE X/W/S/M;
SM FO Cord SC/LC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0 1 pack = 5 units
With one SC duplex connector and • 2-pole for signaling contact 6GK5980-0BB10-0AA5
one LC duplex connector, 1 m (24 V DC)
SM FO Cord SC/BFOC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0 • 4-pole for power supply (24 V DC) 6GK5980-1DB10-0AA5
With one SC duplex connector and Connecting cable (RJ11/RS232) 6GK5980-3BB00-0AA5

two BFOC connectors, 1 m Preassembled serial cable with
RJ11 and RS232 connectors;
SM FO Cord SC/SC 6XV1843-5FH10-0CC0 length: 5 m; 1 item per pack
With two SC duplex connectors, 1 m Screw for fixing to S7-1500 and 6GK5980-4AA00-0AA5
S7-300 rails
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB00 Mounting screw for
Swap medium for simple SCALANCE X/W/S/M;
replacement of devices in the event 1 pack = 5 items
of a fault; for storing configuration or
application data; can be used for SCALANCE TAP104 6GK5104-0BA00-1SA2
SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot Test access port for the reaction-
free extraction of Ethernet data
frames (10/100 Mbps) from both
transmission directions;
extracts entire data traffic
(including incomplete diagrams)
for further diagnostics.
Selection tools:
• www.siemens.com/snst-standalone
• www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool-standalone
7/48 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Port Extender for SCALANCE XM-400 managed
• Cost savings due to the modular system. The modular system
allows the setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet
networks and the network topology and port type to easily be
adapted to the plant structure and expanded at any time
• Integrated industrial network for data, speech, and video
• Mounting of a port extender on the basic device or another port
extender without tools
• High performance due to Gigabit ports
■ Design
• Extender connection on the left for connection to a SCALANCE
XM-400 basic device or a port extender
• Extender connection on the right for connecting another port
extender
• 8 ports for Ethernet connection, different design depending on
the version
• LEDs to display the port and device status
• 2 terminal blocks for Power-over-Ethernet supply with 54 V DC
input (only PE408PoE)
• Port extender for flexible expansion to up to 24 ports, can be • Operating temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C
connected to the SCALANCE XM-400 Industrial Ethernet • IP20 degree of protection
switches
• Each port extender has eight ports
• There are three different versions, with different connections
Product versions
PE 408PoE
• 8 x 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 ports with retaining collar with PoE
according to IEEE802.3 Type 1 and Type 2
• Extended operating temperature range from -40 °C to +60 °C
• A separate power supply is required for PoE power
(SCALANCE PS924 PoE or SCALANCE PS9230 PoE are
available)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/49

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5408-0PA00-8AP2 Article number 6GK5408-0PA00-8AP2
Product type designation PE408PoE Product type designation PE408PoE
Transmission rate Design, dimensions and weight
Transfer rate 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 000 Mbit/s Design SIMATIC S7-1500 device design
Interfaces for communication Number of modular height units
integrated relating to 19-inch cabinet
Number of electrical connections Width 70 mm
• for network components or terminal 8 Height 147 mm
equipment Depth 125 mm
• for Power-over-Ethernet for network 8 Net weight 0.7 kg
Mounting type
Number of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports Integrated • 19-inch installation No
• with securing collar • 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes
• with securing collar with PoE 8 • wall mounting No
Number of electrical connections • S7-300 rail mounting Yes
• for SFP • S7-1500 rail mounting Yes
Interfaces for communication Standards, specifications,

pluggable maximum approvals
Number of electrical connections Standard
• for SFP 0 • for FM FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2,

Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1,
Interfaces others Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
Type of electrical connection • for hazardous zone EN 60079-0: 2009, EN60079-15:
• for power supply 2-pole terminal block 2010, II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X,
Number of extender expansion 2 IECEx DEK 14.0025X
interfaces
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 508, UL 60950-1,
Product feature hot-swappable Yes CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1-03
interface modules
• for hazardous zone from CSA and ISA 12.12.01-2012
Supply voltage, current UL (Hazardous Location), Class 1 /
consumption, power loss Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
Type of voltage of the supply voltage DC Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
Supply voltage • for emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
• external 54 V • for interference immunity EN 61000-6-2
• external minimum 51.3 V Standards, specifications,
approvals CE
• external maximum 56.7 V
Certificate of suitability CE marking Yes
Product component fusing at power Yes
supply input Standards, specifications,
Fuse protection type at input for F 4 A / 60 V
supply voltage Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Consumed current maximum 0.2 A • C-Tick Yes
Power loss [W] • Railway application in accordance Yes
with EN 50121-4
• at DC at 24 V 4.8 W
• KC approval Yes
Supplied active power of PSE with
PoE Standards, specifications,
• per port maximum 30 W
• total maximum 180 W
• American Bureau of Shipping Yes
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Ambient temperature
• Bureau Veritas (BV) No
• during operation -40 ... +60 °C
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No
7
• Germanische Lloyd (GL) No
• DNV GL Yes
Relative humidity
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
• at 25 °C without condensation 95 %
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes
(RINA)
MTBF at 40°C 58 y
7/50 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

Port extender for IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
SCALANCE XM-400 RJ45 plug-in connector for
• PE408PoE; 6GK5408-0PA00-8AP2 Industrial Ethernet
with 8 x 10/100/1000 Mbps TP (10/100/1000 Mbps) with a rugged
ports Power over Ethernet metal enclosure and integrated
according to 802.3at Type 1/2 insulation displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE PS924 PoE or
FC installation cables; 180° cable
SCALANCE PS9230 PoE
SCALANCE PS924 PoE 6GK5924-0PS00-1AA2 CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
power supply for
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
Power-over-Ethernet,
Input: 24 V DC IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4 x 2
Output: 54 V DC/1.6 A NEC Class 2
SCALANCE PS9230 PoE 6GK5923-0PS00-3AA2 cable for universal applications;
with UL approval; sold by the meter;
power supply for
max. length per delivery unit
Power-over-Ethernet,
1000 m, minimum order 20 m
Input: 120/230 V AC,
Output: 54 V DC/1.6 A NEC Class • AWG24, 6XV1878-2A
for connecting to IE FC RJ45 Plug
Accessories 4 x 2, IE FC M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2
IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00 IE Connecting Cable
IE FC RJ45 Plug-180/IE FC RJ45
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
Plug-180
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC
cables Preassembled IE FC TP Trailing
Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C)
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2
with two IE FC RJ45 Plug-180,
180° cable outlet; for network IP20 degree of protection
components and CPs/CPUs with
Length:
Industrial Ethernet interface
• 1.0 m 6XV1871-5BH10
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
• 5.0 m 6XV1871-5BH50
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-2AH10 • 10.0 m 6XV1871-5BN10
(Type A)
Other accessories
cable for connection to IE Spring-loaded terminal block
FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
Spring-type terminal block
PROFINET-compliant;
for SCALANCE X/W/S/M;
with UL approval;
1 pack = 5 units
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m, • 2-pole for signaling contact 6GK5980-0BB10-0AA5
minimum order quantity 20 m (24 V DC)
Screw for fixing to S7-1500 and 6GK5980-4AA00-0AA5
S7-300 rails
Mounting screw for
SCALANCE X/W/S/M; 1 pack = 5
items
Selection tools:
• www.siemens.com/snst-standalone
• www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool-standalone
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/51

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Communication for PC-based systems
CP 1604
The CP 1604 provides high-performance support for control
tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot
Control).
With IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), the CP is ideally suited to
time-critical applications that are in the range of strictly
isochronous closed-loop control in the motion control sector.
The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system solutions
and the configuration of different topologies.
The DK-16xx PN IO development kit enables integration of the
module into any operating systems.
The CP 1604 EEC (Enhanced Environmental Conditions) is
suitable for use in extremely harsh industrial environments
■ Design
• Industrial Ethernet (via "Connection Board for CP 1604")
- Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
- 4 x RJ45 connection
ISO TCP/ PN MRP OPC PG/OP S7/S5 IT - Integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
UDP - Half/full duplex
G_IK10_XX_10159
- Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotiation
• PCI-104-Plus interface:
- PCI 2.2
• Integral 4-port real-time switch - 32 bits
• High performance through direct memory access - 33 MHz or 66 MHz
- Installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
• Integration in network management systems through the
support of SNMP • Host interface/processor:
- Dual-port RAM onboard
• Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation, - Flash for program memory onboard
start-up and operation of the module - ARM 946 RISK processor (32-bit) onboard for
• Powerful configuration tools are part of the scope of delivery of preprocessing
the module • Power supply:
• The CP 1604 EEC (Enhanced Environmental Conditions) is - Operating voltage: 5 V through PCI-104
suitable for use in extremely harsh industrial environments • Size:
- PCI-104 format
■ Benefits Product versions
• Ideally suited for design of small local networks through
CP 1604 EEC (6GK1160-4AT01), version suitable for use in
integral 4-port real-time switch
• Simple portability to various operating system environments
• Suitable for use in extreme environmental conditions
using DK-16xx PN IO development kit
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the
integrated Autocrossover function
• Suitable for railway applications acc. to EN 50155 / IEC 60571
(EEC variant 6GK1160-4AT01 only)
7/52 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
CP 1604
Article number 6GK1160-4AT01 Article number 6GK1160-4AT01
Product type designation CP 1604 EEC Product type designation CP 1604 EEC
Transmission rate Design, dimensions and weight
Transfer rate 100 Mbit/s Module format PC/104-Plus
Interfaces Width 90 mm
Number of electrical connections Height 24 mm
• at the 1st interface acc. to 4 Depth 95 mm
Industrial Ethernet Net weight 110 g
• for power supply 1 Mounting type Screw mounting
Type of electrical connection Number of plug-in cards of same 1
• at the 1st interface acc. to RJ45 port via connection board design plug-in per PC station
Industrial Ethernet Number of units Note -
• for power supply 4-pole terminal block through power Product functions switch
supply board
Product feature Switch Yes
consumption, power loss Product function switch-managed No
Type of voltage of the supply voltage DC Product functions Redundancy
Type of voltage supply optional Yes Software for redundancy function No

external supply required
Supply voltage Product function
• 1 from backplane bus 5V • Ring redundancy Yes
• external • Redundancy manager Yes

• Note Protocol is supported Media Yes
Relative symmetrical tolerance at DC
• at 5 V 5% approvals
Consumed current Standard
• 1 from backplane bus at DC 0.8 A • for EMC 2004/108/EC
maximum
• for safety from CSA and UL CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
• from external supply voltage at DC
at 24 V maximum • for emitted interference EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
Power loss [W] 4W • for interference immunity EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
Power loss [W] in switch mode 4.1 W Certificate of suitability

maximum • CE marking Yes
Permitted ambient conditions • C-Tick Yes
Ambient temperature Accessories
• during operation -40 ... +70 °C accessories optional: Connection board for CP
• during storage -20 ... +60 °C 1604, power supply board for CP
1604, HARDNET-IE DK
• during transport -20 ... +60 °C (development kit)
Relative humidity at 25 °C without 95 %
condensation during operation
maximum
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/53

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
CP 1604
■ Selection and ordering data ■ More information

CP 1604 EEC communications 6GK1160-4AT01 The DK-16xx PN IO Development Kit is available on the Internet at:
processor https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/109480928
PCI-104 card (32-bit) with
ASIC ERTEC 400 for connecting
PCI-104 systems to PROFINET IO
with 4-port real-time switch (RJ45);
incl. IO-Base software for
PROFINET IO Controller and NCM
PC; single license for one
installation, runtime software,
software and electronic manual on
CD-ROM, Class A,
for 32-bit Windows XP Professional
and Windows 7;
other operating systems using
DK-16xx PN IO Development Kit
English/German
Accessories
Connection board for CP 1604 6GK1160-4AC00
Connection board for CP 1604 with
four RJ45 sockets incl. connecting
cable
Power supply for CP 1604 6GK1160-4AP00
Redundant power supply for
CP 1604 for operating the integral
4-port switch of the CP 1604 with
the PC-104 system switched off;
includes connecting cable
Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO
Software Development Kit for See
CP 1616/CP 1604; https://support.industry.siemens.com/
driver and IO-Base software for cs/de/en/view/109480928
CP 1616/CP 1604 as PN IO
Controller and PN IO Device in
source code for transfer to other
PC-based operating systems;
incl. executable sample code for
SUSE Linux 10, Windows XP
Professional and Windows 7
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45
connectors
• 0.5 m 6XV1870-3QE50
•1m 6XV1870-3QH10
•2m 6XV1870-3QH20
•6m 6XV1870-3QH60
7/54 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE M / RUGGEDCOM – Mobile Wireless Routers
RUGGEDCOM RM1224
• Economical industrial graded cellular modem designed for
space-saving integration in the cabinet
• Two antenna connectors for reliable wireless transmission
• Supports SINEMA Remote Connect
• Built-in Digital I/O which enables push-button VPN connectivity
• Robust plastic housing which fulfills a critical safety
requirement in order to avoid using grounding in Mid & Low
Voltage installations
The RUGGEDCOM RM1224 is a small form-factor industrial 4G

cellular router with integrated switch, which enables secure and
cost effective connections to and from remote applications.
Features
• 4 copper fast Ethernet ports
• Available with LTE-Modem for Europe and North America
• 2 SMA antenna connectors for MIMO and diversity
• Digital in/out (I/O)
• Redundant Power Supply Inputs 24 V DC
• For use at ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C
without the use of fans
Product versions
RUGGEDCOM RM1224
• Small form-factor industrial Ethernet-switch and TCP/IP router
with LTE WAN option
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/55

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE M / RUGGEDCOM – Mobile Wireless Routers
RUGGEDCOM RM1224
■ Integration
Control Center
RUGGEDCOM
RM1224
RUGGEDCOM
RX5000
RUGGEDCOM
RX1500
SCALANCE
XR324-4M PoE TS
RUGGEDCOM
Passenger Information and Safety RM1224
Railway
Signaling
G_RCM0_XX_90041
Depot / Station
Serial
Industrial Ethernet (Copper)
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)
Redundant connection to end-devices used in conjunction with signaling and monitoring when wireline backhaul is combined with cellular connectivity.

RUGGEDCOM RM1224 To assist in selecting the right RUGGEDCOM products as well
The RUGGEDCOM RM1224 is a as configuration of variants, the RUGGEDCOM Selector is
small form-factor industrial available at:
Ethernet-switch and TCP/IP router
with 4 copper Ethernet ports, 1 http://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom-selector
digital I/O, and cellular LTE modem.
• RUGGEDCOM RM1224-EU 6GK6108-4AM00-2BA2
• RUGGEDCOM RM1224-NAM 6GK6108-4AM00-2DA2
7/56 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE M – Mobile Wireless Routers
SCALANCE M876-4
■ Overview
Product versions
SCALANCE M876-4 (EU)
• Pentaband LTE with frequency bands
800/900/1800/2100/2600 MHz
• Support of LTE
(Downlink: up to 100 Mbps, uplink: up to 50 Mbps)
• Optimized for use in Europe
• Without LTE network, automatic switchover to UMTS (HSPA+)
or GSM (EDGE, eGPRS or GPRS mode) data services
SCALANCE M876-4 (NAM)
• Pentaband LTE with frequency bands
700/850/AWS-1 (1700/2100)/1900 MHz
• Support of LTE
(Downlink: up to 100 Mbps, uplink: up to 50 Mbps)
• Optimized for use in North America
• Without LTE network, automatic switchover to UMTS (HSPA+)
SCALANCE M876-4 is a mobile wireless router for cost-effective or GSM (EDGE, eGPRS or GPRS mode) data services
and secure connection of Ethernet-based subnets and
programmable controllers via mobile networks of the 4th (LTE),
3rd (UMTS) or 2nd (GSM) generation.
SCALANCE M876-4 supports LTE (Long Term Evolution). As a
result, high transmission rates of up to 100 Mbps in the downlink
and up to 50 Mbps in the uplink are possible (depending on the
infrastructure of the mobile wireless provider).
Secure access and communication is ensured by the security
functions of the integrated firewall and by VPN tunnels (end-to-
end encryption of the communication connection by creation of
IPsec tunnels).
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/57

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE M876-4
4AA00-2BA2 4AA00-2DA2 4AA00-2BA2 4AA00-2DA2
M876-4 (EU) M876-4 (NAM) M876-4 (EU) M876-4 (NAM)
Transmission rate Supply voltage, current
Transmission rate 10 Mbps, 10 Mbps,
100 Mbps 100 Mbps Supply voltage, nominal value 24 V 24 V
Transmission rate Supply voltage, rated value 10.8 ... 28.8 10.8 ... 28.8
• GPRS transmission, in downlink, 85.6 Kbps 85.6 Kbps Type of supply voltage DC DC
maximum Current consumed at nominal value of 330 mA 330 mA
• GPRS transmission, in uplink, 85.6 Kbps 85.6 Kbps supply voltage, maximum
maximum Power loss [W]
• eGPRS transmission, in downlink, 236.8 Kbps 236.8 Kbps • Typical 8W 8W
maximum
Permissible ambient conditions
• eGPRS transmission, in uplink, 236.8 Kbps 236.8 Kbps
maximum Ambient temperature
• UMTS transmission, in downlink, 14.4 Mbps 14.4 Mbps • during operation -20 ... +60 °C -20 ... +60 °C
maximum • during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• UMTS transmission, in uplink, 5.76 Mbps 5.76 Mbps Relative humidity at 25 °C during 95% 95%
maximum operation, maximum
• LTE transmission, 100 Mbps 100 Mbps IP degree of protection IP20 IP20
in downlink, maximum Design, dimensions and weights
• LTE transmission, in uplink, 50 Mbps 50 Mbps Model Compact Compact
maximum
Depth 127 mm 127 mm
Interfaces
Width 35 mm 35 mm
• for internal network 4 4
Mounting type
• for external network 2 2
• 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes
• for internal network RJ45 port RJ45 port
(10/100 Mbps, TP, (10/100 Mbps, TP, • Wall mounting Yes Yes
autocrossover) autocrossover) Product properties, functions,
• for external network SMA antenna SMA antenna components - General
socket (50 ohms) socket (50 ohms) Product function
• for power supply Terminal strip Terminal strip • DynDNS client Yes Yes
Signal inputs/outputs • no-ip.com client Yes Yes
Number of electrical connections Product functions - Management,
• for digital input signals 1 1 configuration, engineering
• for digital output signals 1 1 Product function
Type of electrical connection • CLI Yes Yes
• for digital input signals Terminal strip Terminal strip • Web-based management Yes Yes
• for digital output signals Terminal strip Terminal strip • MIB support Yes Yes
WAN connection • TRAPs via e-mail Yes Yes
Type of wireless network is supported GSM, UMTS, LTE GSM, UMTS, LTE Protocol is supported
Type of mobile wireless service is GPRS, eGPRS, GPRS, eGPRS, • Telnet Yes Yes
supported HSPA+ HSPA+ • HTTP Yes Yes
Operating frequency for GSM 900 MHz, 850 MHz, • HTTPS Yes Yes
transmission 1800 MHz 900 MHz,
1800 MHz, Type of configuring Web-based Web-based
1900 MHz management management
Operating frequency for UMTS 900 MHz, 850 MHz, Product functions - Diagnostics
7 transmission 1800 MHz,

2100 MHz
AWS-1 (1700/
2100 MHz),
1900 MHz
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes
Operating frequency for LTE 800 MHz, 700 MHz,
transmission 900 MHz, 850 MHz, • SNMP v2c Yes Yes
1800 MHz, AWS-1 (1700/ • SNMP v3 Yes Yes
2100 MHz, 2100 MHz),
2600 MHz 1900 MHz Product function
• Packet size statistics No No
• Packet type statistics No No
• Error statistics No No
• SysLog Yes Yes
• Packet filter log Yes Yes
7/58 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE M876-4
4AA00-2BA2 4AA00-2DA2 4AA00-2BA2 4AA00-2DA2
M876-4 (EU) M876-4 (NAM) M876-4 (EU) M876-4 (NAM)
Product functions - DHCP Standards, specifications,
• DHCP client Yes Yes Standard
• DHCP server - internal network Yes Yes • for EMC ETSI EN FCC CFR 47,
301 489-1, Part 15,
Product functions - Routing ETSI EN Subpart B
Router function 301 489-7,
ETSI EN
• NAT (IP masquerading) Yes Yes 301 489-24,
• Port forwarding Yes Yes EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
• NAT traversal Yes Yes
• for FM FM 3611: Class I,
• 1:1 NAT Yes Yes
Division 2,
• DNS cache Yes Yes Groups A,B,C,D,
Product functions - Security T4 / Class 1,
Zone 2,
Suitability for use of virtual private Yes Yes Group IIC, T4
network
• for safety, from CSA and UL UL 60950-1,
Type of firewall Stateful Stateful CAN/CSA C22.2
inspection inspection No. 60950-1-07,
Product function UL E115352 Vol.
X2
• Password protection Yes Yes
• for hazardous zone EN 60079-15,
• Packet filter Yes Yes EN 60079-0,
• Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter No No II 3 G Ex nA IIC
Product function T4 Gc, KEMA
07ATEX0145 X
• Broadcast blocking No No
• for hazardous zone, from CSA and ANSI/ISA
• with VPN connection IPsec, OpenVPN IPsec, OpenVPN UL 12.12.01-2013,
(as client for (as client for CAN/CSA C22.2
SINEMA RC) SINEMA RC) No.213-M1987,
Number of possible connections 20 20 CL. 1, Div. 2, GP
when using VPN connection A,B,C,D, T4 / CL.
1, Zone 2, GP IIC
PSK authentication method when Yes Yes
using virtual private network • for emitted interference ETSI EN 301 489-
1,
Protocol is supported ETSI EN 301 489-
• IPsec tunnel and transport mode Yes Yes 7, ETSI EN 301
Key length 489-24,
EN 61000-6-4
• 1 with IPsec AES and virtual private 128 bits 128 bits
network • for noise immunity ETSI EN 301 489-
1, ETSI EN 301
• 2 with IPsec AES and virtual private 192 bits 192 bits 489-7, ETSI EN
network 301 489-24,
• 3 with IPsec AES and virtual private 256 bits 256 bits EN 61000-6-2
network Proof of suitability
• with IPsec 3DES and virtual private 168 bits 168 bits • CE mark Yes Yes
network
Internet key exchange mode when with EN 50121-3-2
using virtual private network
• Main mode Yes Yes with EN 50121-4
• Quick mode Yes Yes • Railway application in accordance Yes; no coated Yes; no coated
Packet authentication method when MD5, SHA-1, MD5, SHA-1, with EN 50155 printed-circuit printed-circuit
using virtual private network SHA-256, SHA-256, boards boards
SHA-384, SHA-384, Standards, specifications,
SHA-512 SHA-512 approvals product conformity
IETF profile X.509v3 certificate when Yes Yes MTBF at 40 °C 55 y 55 y
7
using virtual private network
Product functions - Time of day
• NTP Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/59

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE M876-4

Mobile wireless router SIMATIC NET N-Connect/ 6GK5798-2PP00-2AA6
SCALANCE M876 N-Connect Female/
Female Panel Feedthrough
Mobile wireless router for wireless
IP communication of Industrial Cabinet feedthrough for wall
Ethernet-based subnets and thicknesses up to 4.5 mm,
programmable controllers via LTE, two N-Connect female connections
UMTS or GSM mobile networks; C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB00
with integrated firewall and VPN
with IPsec (OpenVPN for Removable data storage medium
connection to SINEMA RC); for easy replacement of devices
4 x RJ45 ports, 2 x antenna port under fault conditions; for storing
•
SCALANCE M876-4 (EU) 1) 6GK5876-4AA00-2BA2 configuration and application data;
can be used in SIMATIC NET
• SCALANCE M876-4 (NAM) 1) 6GK5876-4AA00-2DA2
products with C-PLUG slot
Accessories
KEY-PLUG SINEMA RC 6GK5908-0PB00
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial for activating the connection to
Ethernet with rugged metal housing SINEMA Remote Connect for
and integrated insulation- S615 and SCALANCE M874-x
displacement/terminal contacts for and M876-x, for easy device
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC replacement under fault conditions,
installation cables, with 180° cable and for storing configuration data.
outlet, for network components and
SCALANCE M Desktop Pedestal 6GK5898-8MD00
interface SCALANCE M-800 desktop
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0 pedestal for table mounting for
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0 SCALANCE M812 / M816 / M874-x /
M876-x / S615
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
SIMATIC NET Antenna N-Connect
Male/Male Flexible Connection TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 plugs
Cable • 0.5 m 6XV1870-3QE50
Flexible connection cable for •1m 6XV1870-3QH10
connecting an RCoax cable or •2m 6XV1870-3QH20
antenna to a SCALANCE W-700 •6m 6XV1870-3QH60
access point with N-Connect
connections; pre-assembled with • 10 m 6XV1870-3QN10
two N-Connect male connections IE TP Train Cable GP 2x2 (Type C) 6XV1871-2T
•1m 6XV1875-5AH10
•2m 6XV1875-5AH20 cable for connection to
•5m 6XV1875-5AH50 IE FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug
• 10 m 6XV1875-5AN10 180/90 for train applications:
PROFINET-compliant;
SIMATIC NET Antenna sold by the meter;
Connection Cable N/SMA maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
Male/Male minimum order quantity 20 m
Flexible antenna connection cable IE Train Cable GP 4x2 6XV1878-2T
for connection of antenna and
SCALANCE M 8-core, shielded TP installation
• 0.3 m 6XV1875-5LE30 cable for connection to IE FC M12
Plug PRO 4x2 for use in railway
•1m 6XV1875-5LH10
applications; with railway approval;
•2m 6XV1875-5LH20 sold by the meter;
•5m 6XV1875-5LH50 maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
Lightning Protector LP798-1N 6GK5798-2LP00-2AA6
1)
Lightning protector with N/N Note national approvals under
female/female connection, http://www.siemens.com/mobilenetwork-approvals
IP67 (-40 to +85 °C),
frequency range: 0 ... 6 GHz
7
You can find more information on remote networks on the SIMATIC NET Selection Tool:
Internet at: • Online version:
http://www.siemens.com/remote-networks http://www.siemens.com/snst
You will find more information on industrial security on the • Offline version:
Internet at: http://www.siemens.com/snst-standalone
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
TIA Selection Tool:
Selection tools:
Two tools are available to assist you in selecting the right remote
networks products: the SIMATIC NET Selection Tool and the
TIA Selection Tool.
7/60 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
ANT896-6MH
• Cost-effective connection to devices in remote,
difficult-to-access or hostile environments
• Establishment of a reliable mobile network infrastructure
through the use of remote antennas, even if the mobile network
devices are installed in the control cabinet, for example
■ Application
Remote antennas optimize transmission and reception
conditions and enable use of remote network products in a large
number of industrial applications.
In addition to antennas with directional radiation characteristics,
omnidirectional antennas concentrate the radio field around the
antenna in the shape of a disc. Both designs therefore result in
improved radio communication quality.
Remote antennas increase the reliability of wireless links by

optimizing signal reception and emission.
• Used for routers, modems and communications processors for
the mobile network standards GSM/GPRS (2G), UMTS (3G),
LTE (4G)
Article No. 6GK5896-6MH00-0AA0 Article No. 6GK5896-6MH00-0AA0
Product type designation Antenna ANT896-6MH Product type designation Antenna ANT896-6MH
Radio frequencies Permissible ambient conditions
Type of wireless network is supported GSM, UMTS, LTE Ambient temperature
Operating frequency • during operation -40 ... +85 °C
• For WLAN in 2.4 GHz frequency 2.4 … 2.7 GHz • during storage -40 ... +85 °C
band IP degree of protection IP69K
Operating frequency 700 MHz, 800 MHz, 850 MHz, Maximum wind load Survival at 500 km/h
900 MHz, 1575.42 MHz,
1700 MHz, 1800 MHz, Design, dimensions and weight
1900 MHz, 2100 MHz, 2600 MHz Width 100 mm
Electrical specifications Height 40 mm
Impedance 50 ohms Depth 145 mm
Polarization Linear vertical Net weight 0.488 kg
Radiation characteristic Omnidirectional Mounting type
Antenna gain compared with the • Flat-roof mounting Yes
spherical radiator • Directly on the device No
• With linear radiation 5 dB Product properties, functions,
Voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR), 2.2 components - General
max. Product property silicone-free Yes
Radiating angle of the antenna Standards, specifications,
• Horizontal 360° approvals
Number of electrical connections of 1 Certificate of suitability Railway application
the antenna acc. to DIN5510-2, BS6853,
Design of the electrical connection of N-connector NF-F-16-101, NF-F-16-102
7
the antenna Certificate of suitability
Connection version Female • RoHS compliance Yes
Transmit power, maximum 100 W; at 50 °C ambient temperature • Railway application in accordance Yes
with EN 50155
• Fire protection in accordance with Yes
EN 45545-2
Wireless approval Current national approvals can be
found on the Internet under
www.siemens.com/wireless-
approvals
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/61

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
ANT896-6MH

2G/3G/4G Antenna ANT896-6MH 6GK5896-6MH00-0AA0 Cabling range:
Omnidirectional mobile radio Pre-assembled connecting cables for IRC products can be
antenna for GSM (2G), UMTS (3G)
and LTE (4G) networks; found in the Industry Mall under Antenna Connection System.
suitable for railway applications; You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
omnidirectional characteristic;
with N-female connector; cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this
mounting on vehicle roof; subject is available from:
antenna gain 5/6 dBi, IP69K
J. Hertlein
PD PA CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750 44 65
E-Mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
7/62 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE W – Industrial Wireless LAN
SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC
■ Overview ■ Function
The SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC (Extended Environmental
Conditions) access points are designed for use in a railway
environment. The devices are EN 50155-approved for railway
applications and can thus be used for rail traffic. Combined with
antennas approved for the rail sector, which are connected via
R-SMA antenna connections (female), these products can be
used to set up a reliable IWLAN infrastructure.
The devices can be mounted at an optimal location for the
wireless link. The housing and the connection plugs are resistant
to high shock and vibration loads because all the connections
are screwed or locked. The SCALANCE W774 M12 EEC is
ideally suited for environments in which a compact size is
important. Through its coated printed-circuit boards (conformal
coating), the module is resistant to condensation caused, for
example, by use in environments with large temperature
variations.
SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC access points can also be
operated as client modules.
• Industrial Wireless LAN access points for installation in Provided that a time delay (several 100 ms), which arises from
control cabinets or in indoor areas with support of the roaming defined in IEEE 802.11, is tolerated by all
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n and data rates of up to 300 Mbps communication stations following a change from one radio cell
to another, the communication continues uninterrupted.
■ Design For real-time requirements, the SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC
• Low-profile, compact aluminum housing, shock and vibration can be equipped with KEY-PLUG functionality for activating
resistant for stringent mechanical requirements iFeatures.
• Special coating of the printed circuit boards
(conformal coating)
• Resistant to condensation
• Railroad approval in accordance with EN 50155
• Degree of protection IP30
• For use at ambient temperatures from -30 ... +65 °C
• Support of 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands
• 2 x R-SMA sockets for connection of directly mountable and
remote antennas
• Optimized antenna placement for 2x2 MIMO technology;
antennas do not interfere with each other when mounted
directly on the device
• 2 x M12 connections for 10/100 Mbps, one with
Power-over-Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at
• 1 x M12 socket for power supply (24 V DC)
• 1 x PLUG slot (KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG)
• Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
• Mounting: Wall, S7-1500 mounting rail, S7-300 mounting rail
or 35 mm standard mounting rail
• A wireless card is permanently installed in the device;
functional scope can be expanded by using a
KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures
7
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/63

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0 Article number 6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0
6GK5774-1FY00-0TB0 1) 6GK5774-1FY00-0TB0 1)
Product type designation SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC Product type designation SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC
Transmission rate Ambient temperature
• on WLAN, maximum 300 Mbps • during operation -30 ... +65 °C
• on Industrial Ethernet 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, 10 Mbps, • during storage -40 ... +85 °C
100 Mbps • during transport -40 ... +85 °C
Interfaces Relative humidity at 25 °C, without 100%
Number of electrical connections condensation during operation,
maximum
• for network components or data 2
terminal equipment Ambient conditions for operation When used under explosion
protection conditions (Zone 2),
• for power supply 1 the SCALANCE W744-1 M12 EEC
• for redundant power supply 1 product must be installed in an
enclosure with at least IP54 degree
of protection according to EN 60529
• for network components or data M12 interface within the jurisdiction of EN 50021.
terminal equipment (4-pin, D-coded), PoE
• for power supply M12 interface
Design, dimensions and weights
(4-pin, A-coded)
Width 26 mm
medium Height 156 mm
• C-PLUG Yes Depth 127 mm
• KEY-PLUG Yes Width of housing without antenna 26 mm
Wireless interfaces Height of housing without antenna 147 mm
Number of permanently installed 1 Depth of housing without antenna 127 mm
wireless cards Net weight 0.52 kg
Type of transmission for multiple input 2x2 Product property: conformal coating Yes
multiple output (MIMO)
Mounting type Wall mounting only when mounted
Number of spatial streams 2 flat
Number of electrical connections for 2 • S7-300 rail mounting Yes
external antenna(s)
• S7-1500 rail mounting Yes
Type of electrical connection for R-SMA (socket)
external antenna(s) • Wall mounting Yes
Product property: external antenna Yes Radio frequencies
can be mounted directly on device Operating frequency
Supply voltage, current • for WLAN in 2.4 GHz frequency 2.41 ... 2.48 GHz
consumption, power loss band
Type of supply voltage DC • for WLAN in 5 GHz frequency band 4.9 ... 5.8 GHz
Supply voltage 1 Product properties, functions,
• from M12 power connector 16.8 V components - General
(A-coded) for redundant power Product function - Access point mode Yes
supply
Product function - Client mode Yes
Supply voltage 2
Number of SSIDs 4
• from M12 power connector 31.2 V
(A-coded) for redundant power Product function
supply • Dual client No
Supply voltage • iPCF access point Yes; only in combination with the
• from Power-over-Ethernet in 48 V 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures'
accordance with IEEE802.3at for • iPCF client Yes; only in combination with the
Type 1 and IEEE802.3af 'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures'
• iPCF-MC access point No
• iPCF-MC client Yes; only in combination with the
7 Number of iPCF-enabled wireless
'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures'
1
modules
Product function - iREF No
Number of iREF-enabled wireless 0
modules
1)
Wireless approval in the USA
7/64 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0 Article number 6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0

6GK5774-1FY00-0TB0 1) 6GK5774-1FY00-0TB0 1)
Product functions - Management, Product functions - Time of day
configuration, engineering Protocol is supported
Number of manageable IP addresses 8 • SNTP Yes
in the client
• SIMATIC Time Yes
Product function
• CLI Yes approvals
• Web-based management Yes Standard
• MIB support Yes • for FM FM 3611: Class I, Division 2,
• TRAPs via e-mail Yes Groups A,B,C,D, T4 / Class 1,
Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
• for hazardous zone EN 60079-15:2005,
• Configuration with STEP 7 in the TIA Yes EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
Portal KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
• Forced roaming with IWLAN No • for safety, from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• WDS Yes • for hazardous zone, ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2013, CAN/CSA
Protocol is supported from CSA and UL C22.2 No.213-M1987, CL. CL.1,
Div. 2 GP. A,B,C,D, T4 / CL. 1,
• Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Yes
Zone 2, GP IIC
• ICMP Yes
Proof of suitability
• Telnet Yes
• EC Declaration of Conformity Yes
• HTTP Yes
• CE mark Yes
• HTTPS Yes
• C-Tick Yes
• TFTP Yes
• CCC No
• DCP Yes
• E1 approval Yes
• LLDP Yes
Identification & Maintenance function with EN 50155
• I&M0 - Device-specific information Yes • Railway application in accordance Yes
• I&M1 - Higher level Yes with EN 50121-4
designation/location designation • Fire protection in accordance with Yes
Product functions - Diagnostics EN 45545-2
Product function • NEMA TS2 No
• PROFINET IO diagnostics Yes • IEC 61375 No
• Link check No • IEC 61850-3 No
• Connection monitoring IP-Alive No • NEMA4X No
• Localization using Aeroscout No • Power-over-Ethernet in accordance Yes
with IEEE802.3at for Type 1 and
• SysLog Yes IEEE802.3af
Protocol is supported • Power-over-Ethernet in accordance Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes with IEEE802.3at for Type 2
• SNMP v2 Yes Standard for wireless communication
• SNMP v3 Yes • IEEE 802.11a Yes
Product functions - VLAN • IEEE 802.11b Yes
Product function • IEEE 802.11e Yes
• VLAN function for IWLAN Yes • IEEE 802.11g Yes
Product functions - DHCP • IEEE 802.11h Yes
Product function • IEEE 802.11i Yes
• DHCP client Yes • IEEE 802.11n Yes
• In Client Mode, DHCP server via No Wireless approval You will find the current list of
LAN countries at:
Product functions - Redundancy
7
approvals
Protocol is supported Marine classification association
• STP/RSTP Yes • American Bureau of Shipping No
Product functions - Security Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Product function • Bureau Veritas (BV) No
• ACL - MAC-based No • Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No
• Management security with IP-based Yes • Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No
ACL • Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) No
• IEEE 802.1X (RADIUS) Yes • Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) No
• NAT/NAPT No • Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) No
• Access protection in accordance Yes 1)
with IEEE802.11i Wireless approval in the USA
• WPA/WPA2 Yes
• TKIP/AES Yes
• SSH Yes
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/65

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC IE TP Train Cable GP 2x2 (Type C) 6XV1871-2T
Access Points 4-core, shielded TP installation
IWLAN access points with built-in cable for connection to IE
wireless interface; wireless FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 180/90 for train applications:
2.4/5 GHz up to 300 Mbps; railway PROFINET-compliant;
approval in accordance with sold by the meter;
EN 50155; conformal coating; maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet minimum order quantity 20 m
(PoE), IP20 degree of protection; IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00
scope of delivery: mounting
hardware; manual on CD-ROM, Preset insulation stripping tool for
German/English fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
Power M12 Cable Connector PRO 6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
IWLAN access point with one
built-in wireless interface Connector socket for connection of
• National approvals for operation 6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0 SCALANCE W700 for 24 V DC
outside the U.S. supply voltage; 4-pin, A-coded,
with assembly instructions, 3 units
• National approvals for operation 6GK5774-1FY00-0TB0
within the U.S.1) Power Cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1812-8A
Accessories Connecting cable for Power M12
Cable Connector PRO, sold by the
KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures 6GK5907-8PA00
meter
N-Connect/SMA female/female 6GK5798-0PT00-2AA0
for activating additional iFeatures,
panel feedthrough
for easy device replacement under
fault conditions and for recording Cabinet bushing with fastening
configuration data; flange for wall thicknesses
can be used in SCALANCE W up to 5.5 mm, SMA female and
access points with PLUG slot N-Connect female connections
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB00 N-Connect/N-Connect 6GK5798-2PP00-2AA6
Removable data storage medium female/female panel feedthrough
for easy replacement of devices Cabinet bushing for wall
under fault conditions; for recording thicknesses up to 4.5 mm,
configuration data; can be used in two N-Connect female connections
SIMATIC NET products with
PLUG slot 1)
Note national approvals under
http://www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
IE FC M12 Plug PRO 2 x 2
M12 plug connector (D-coded,
IP65/IP67) that can be assembled
in the field, metal enclosure,
FastConnect connection method,
for SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC
• 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
• 8 units 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
Selection tools:
To assist in selecting Industrial Ethernet components,
the TIA Selection Tool is available at:
Wireless approvals:
7
Current approvals can be found on the Internet at:
7/66 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
■ Overview
Product variant
• Access point with a permanently installed radio card;
functional scope can be expanded using a KEY-PLUG W780
iFeature; 1 radio; 2 N-CON antenna port; IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n;
2.4/5 GHz; gross data rate 300 Mbit/s; 2x M12 max. 100 Mbit/s;
PoE integrated 2-port switch; redundant 24 V DC; M12 A-
coded IP65; -30... 70 °C; plug slot WPA2/802.11i/e
Article number 6GK5778-1GY00-0TA0 6GK5778-1GY00-0TB0 1)
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
• with WLAN maximum 300 Mbit/s 300 Mbit/s
• for Industrial Ethernet 10, 100 Mbit/s 10, 100 Mbit/s
Transfer rate for Industrial Ethernet
• minimum 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s
• maximum 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
• for network components or 2 2
terminal equipment
• for redundant voltage supply 1 1
• for network components or M12 interface (4-pole, D-coded), PoE M12 interface (4-pole, D-coded), PoE
terminal equipment
• for power supply M12 interface (4-pole, A-coded) M12 interface (4-pole, A-coded)
• C-PLUG Yes Yes
• KEY-PLUG Yes Yes
Interfaces wireless
Number of radio cards permanently 1 1
installed
Transmission mode for multiple input 2x2 2x2
Number of spatial streams 2 2
7
Number of electrical connections for 2 2
external antenna(s)
Type of electrical connection for N-Connect (socket) N-Connect (socket)
external antenna(s)
Product feature external antenna can Yes Yes
be mounted directly on device
Supply voltage, current consumption,
power loss
Type of voltage of the supply voltage DC DC
Supply voltage 1
• from M12 Power Connector (A-coded) 16.8 V 16.8 V
for redundant power supply
Supply voltage 2
• from M12 Power Connector (A-coded) 31.2 V 31.2 V
1)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/67

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Supply voltage
• from Power-over-Ethernet acc. to 48 V 48 V
IEEE802.3at for type 1 and
IEEE802.3af
Consumed current
• at DC at 24 V typical 0.25 A 0.25 A
• with Power-over-Ethernet acc. to 0.125 A 0.125 A
IEEE802.3af typical
Power loss [W]
• at DC at 24 V typical 6W 6W
• with Power-over-Ethernet acc. to 6W 6W
IEEE802.3af typical
Ambient temperature
• during operation -30 ... +75 °C -30 ... +75 °C
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
• during transport -40 ... +85 °C -40 ... +85 °C
Relative humidity at 25 °C without 95 % 95 %
condensation during operation
maximum
Protection class IP IP65 IP65
Width 140 mm 140 mm
Depth 45 mm 45 mm
Width of the enclosure without antenna 140 mm 140 mm
Height of the enclosure without antenna 149 mm 149 mm
Depth of the enclosure without antenna 45 mm 45 mm
Net weight 0.95 kg 0.95 kg
Product feature conformal coating Yes Yes
Mounting type
• 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes Yes
• wall mounting Yes Yes
Wireless frequencies
Operating frequency
• for WLAN in 2.4 GHz frequency band 2.41 ... 2.48 GHz 2.41 ... 2.48 GHz
• for WLAN in 5 GHz frequency band 4.9 ... 5.8 GHz 4.9 ... 5.8 GHz
components general
Product function Access Point Mode Yes Yes
Product function Client Mode Yes Yes
Number of SSIDs 4 4
Product function
• iPCF Access Point Yes; Only in combination with the 'KEY-PLUG W780 Yes; Only in combination with the 'KEY-PLUG W780
iFeatures' iFeatures'
• iPCF client Yes; Only in combination with the 'KEY-PLUG W780 Yes; Only in combination with the 'KEY-PLUG W780
iFeatures' or 'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures' iFeatures' or 'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures'
7 • iPCF-MC Access Point
• iPCF-MC client
No No
Yes; Only in combination with 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' Yes; Only in combination with 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures'
or 'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures' or 'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures'
Number of iPCF-capable radio modules 1 1
Product function iREF Yes Yes
Number of iREF-capable radio modules 1 1
Product function iPRP Yes; In combination with the 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' Yes; In combination with the 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures'
only only
1)
7/68 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
configuration
Number of manageable IP addresses in 8 8
client
Product function
• CLI Yes Yes
• web-based management Yes Yes
• MIB support Yes Yes
• TRAPs via email Yes Yes
• Configuration with STEP 7 Yes Yes
• configuration with STEP 7 in the Yes Yes
TIA Portal
• operation with IWLAN controller No No
• operation with Enterasys WLAN No No
controller
• forced roaming on IP down with Yes Yes
IWLAN
• forced roaming on link down with Yes Yes
IWLAN
• WDS Yes Yes
• Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Yes Yes
• ICMP Yes Yes
• Telnet Yes Yes
• HTTP Yes Yes
• HTTPS Yes Yes
• TFTP Yes Yes
• DCP Yes Yes
• LLDP Yes Yes
• I&M0 - device-specific information Yes Yes
• I&M1 – higher-level Yes Yes
Product function
• PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes Yes
• Link Check No No
• connection monitoring IP-Alive No No
• localization via Aeroscout Yes Yes
• SysLog Yes Yes
• SNMP v1 Yes Yes
• SNMP v2 Yes Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes Yes
Product function
• function VLAN with IWLAN Yes Yes
Product function
7
• DHCP client Yes Yes
• in Client Mode DHCP server via LAN Yes Yes
• DHCP Option 82 Yes Yes
• STP/RSTP Yes Yes
• MSTP Yes Yes
• RSTP Yes Yes
1) Wireless approval in the USA
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/69

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Product function
• ACL - MAC-based Yes Yes
• Management security, ACL-IP based Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes Yes
• NAT/NAPT Yes Yes
• access protection according to Yes Yes
IEEE802.11i
• WPA/WPA2 Yes Yes
• TKIP/AES Yes Yes
• SSH Yes Yes
• RADIUS Yes Yes
• NTP Yes Yes
• SNTP Yes Yes
• SIMATIC Time Yes Yes
Standards, specifications, approvals
Standard
• for FM FM 3611: Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D, T4 / FM 3611: Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D, T4 /
Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
• for hazardous zone EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4 EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• for hazardous zone from CSA and UL ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2013, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.213-M1987, ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2013, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.213-M1987,
CL. 1, Div. 2, GP. A,B,C,D, T4 / CL. 1, Zone 2, GP IIC CL. 1, Div. 2, GP. A,B,C,D, T4 / CL. 1, Zone 2, GP IIC
• EC declaration of conformity Yes Yes
• CE marking Yes Yes
• C-Tick Yes Yes
• E1 approval No No
with EN 50155
with EN 50121-4
• Fire protection in accordance with Yes Yes
EN 45545-2
• NEMA TS2 No No
• IEC 61375 No No
• IEC 61850-3 No No
• NEMA4X No No
• Power-over-Ethernet acc. to Yes Yes
IEEE802.3at for type 1 and IEEE802.3af
• Power-over-Ethernet acc. to Yes Yes
IEEE802.3at for type 2
Standard for wireless communication
• IEEE 802.11a Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11b Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11e Yes Yes
7
• IEEE 802.11g Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11h Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11i Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11n Yes Yes
Wireless approval You will find the current list of countries at: You will find the current list of countries at:
www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
• American Bureau of Shipping Europe Yes Yes
Ltd. (ABS)
• Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes
• DNV GL Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes Yes
• Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes Yes
(RINA)
1)
7/70 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

Access Points IE FC standard cable 6XV1840-2AH10
SCALANCE W778-1 M12 EEC GP 2 x 2 /Type A
IWLAN access point with built-in 4-wire, shielded TP installation

wireless interfaces (radio) cable for connection to
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n wireless IE FC RJ45 outlet/ IE FC RJ45 plug;
network with 2.4/5 GHz up to PROFINET-compatible;
300 Mbps; 2x M12 max. 100 Mbps; with UL approval;
M12 A-coded; plug slot sold by the meter;
WPA2/802.11i/e; max. length per delivery unit
integrated Power over Ethernet 1 000 m,
(PoE) 2-port switch; 2 N-CON minimum order quantity 20 m
antenna port, iFeatures support via IE FC stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
KEY-PLUG; IP65 degree of
protection; redundant 24 V DC; Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
-30 ... 75°C; Conformal Coating; stripping of Industrial Ethernet
EN 50155; EN45545; scope of FC cables
delivery: Manuals on CD-ROM,
English/German; M12 sealing caps Power M12 Cable Connector PRO 6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
SCALANCE W778-1 M12 EEC Terminal socket for connection of

SCALANCE W700 for 24 V DC
• Country approvals for operation 6GK5778-1GY00-0TA0 supply voltage; 4-pin, A-coded,
outside the USA 1) with assembly instructions, 3 units
• Country approvals for operation 6GK5778-1GY00-0TB0
within the USA 1) Power cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1812-8A
Accessories Connecting cable for Power M12
Cable Connector PRO, sold by the
KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures 6GK5907-8PA00 meter
Removable data storage medium N-Connect/SMA female/female 6GK5798-0PT00-2AA0
for enabling additional iFeatures, panel feedthrough
simple device replacement in the
event of a fault and storage of Cabinet bushing with fastening
configuration data. Can be used in flange for wall thicknesses
SCALANCE W access points with up to 5.5 mm, SMA female and
PLUG compartments N-Connect female connections
C-plug 6GK1900-0AB00 N-Connect/N-Connect 6GK5798-2PP00-2AA6
female/female panel feedthrough
for simple device replacement in Cabinet bushing for wall
the event of a fault and storage of thicknesses up to 4.5 mm,
configuration data; can be used in two N-Connect female connections
SIMATIC NET products with PLUG 1)
compartment Please note country approvals under:
http://www.siemens.com/mobilenetwork-approvals
IE FC M12 plug PRO 2 x 2
M12 connector for on-site assembly
(D-coded, IP65/IP67),
metal enclosure,
FastConnect connection
technology,
for SCALANCE W778-1 M12
• 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
• 8 units 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
Selection tools:
To assist in selecting Industrial Ethernet components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at:
7
Wireless approvals:
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/71

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
SCALANCE W786-2 RJ45 for outdoor use
■ Overview ■ Design
• Rugged, impact-resistant plastic enclosure, shock and
vibration-proof for demanding mechanical requirements
• High IP65 degree of protection against dust and water jets
• Resistant to UV radiation and saltwater spray
• Design for use outdoors
• 3 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
(6 x R-SMA sockets or six internal antennas for the variants with
two wireless modules)
• Suitable for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
• 1 x RJ45 connector for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and Power-over-
Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at
• 1 x 24 V DC connector, optional operation with 12 to 24 V DC
or 100 to 240 V AC with power supply that can be integrated in
the device
• Particularly well-suited to applications with high climatic • 1 x PLUG compartment (KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG)
requirements when installed outdoors and in areas accessible • Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults/errors and
to the public operating statuses
• Resistant to destruction through connections within the device
• Mounting: Wall or, with optional mounting set, on S7 mounting
rail, 35 mm standard mounting rail, or on a pole
SCALANCE W786-2 RJ45
• Two radio cards are permanently installed in the device;
six internal antennas; functional scope can be expanded by
using a KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures
Article number 6GK5786-2FC00-0AA0 Article number 6GK5786-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2FC00-0AB0 1) 6GK5786-2FC00-0AB0 1)
6GK5786-2FC00-0AC0 2) 6GK5786-2FC00-0AC0 2)
Product type designation SCALANCE W786-2 RJ45 Product type designation SCALANCE W786-2 RJ45
Transmission rate Number of spatial streams 3
Transfer rate Number of electrical connections for 6
external antenna(s)
• with WLAN maximum 450 Mbit/s
Type of electrical connection for R-SMA (socket)
• for Industrial Ethernet 10, 1 000, 1 000 Mbit/s external antenna(s)
Transfer rate for Industrial Ethernet Product feature external antenna can No
• minimum 10 Mbit/s be mounted directly on device
• maximum 1 000 Mbit/s Supply voltage, current
Interfaces
Type of voltage of the supply voltage DC
Supply voltage 1
• for network components or terminal 1
equipment • from terminal block 19.2 V
• for power supply 1 Supply voltage 2
• for redundant voltage supply 1 • from terminal block 28.8 V
Type of electrical connection Supply voltage
7 • for network components or terminal RJ45 socket

equipment
• from Power-over-Ethernet acc. to
IEEE802.3af
48 V
• for power supply 2-pole connector (24 V DC) or

optionally available power supply • from Power-over-Ethernet acc. to 50 V
adapter (4-pole 24 V DC or 3-pole IEEE802.3at for type 2
110 to 230 V AC) • from optional integrable power
design of the removable storage supply
• C-PLUG Yes - at AC 100 ... 240 V
• KEY-PLUG Yes - at DC 12 ... 24 V
Interfaces wireless Consumed current
Number of radio cards permanently 2 • at DC at 24 V typical 0.63 A
installed • at AC at 230 V typical 0.07 A
Transmission mode for multiple input 3x3 • with Power-over-Ethernet according 0.22 A
multiple output (MIMO) to IEEE802.3at for type 1 and
IEEE802.3af typical
2) Wireless approval in the Israel
7/72 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
6GK5786-2FC00-0AB0 1) 6GK5786-2FC00-0AB0 1)
2)
6GK5786-2FC00-0AC0 6GK5786-2FC00-0AC0 2)
Power loss [W] Product functions management,
• at DC at 24 V typical 15 W configuration
• at AC at 230 V typical 15 W Number of manageable IP addresses 8
in client
• with Power-over-Ethernet according 10.7 W
to IEEE802.3at for type 1 and Product function
IEEE802.3af typical • CLI Yes
Permitted ambient conditions • web-based management Yes
Ambient temperature • MIB support Yes
• during operation -40 ... +60 °C • TRAPs via email Yes
• during storage -40 ... +85 °C • Configuration with STEP 7 Yes
• during transport -40 ... +70 °C • configuration with STEP 7 in the Yes
Relative humidity at 25 °C without 100 % TIA Portal
condensation during operation • operation with IWLAN controller No
maximum • operation with Enterasys WLAN No
Ambient condition for operation When using the power supply 100 to controller
240 V AC, an operating temperature • forced roaming on IP down with Yes
of -40 °C to +60 °C is permissible IWLAN
Protection class IP IP65 • forced roaming on link down with Yes
Design, dimensions and weight IWLAN
Width of the enclosure without 251 mm • WDS Yes
antenna Protocol is supported
Height of the enclosure without 251 mm • Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Yes
antenna
• ICMP Yes
Depth of the enclosure without 72 mm
antenna • Telnet Yes
Net weight 2.24 kg • HTTP Yes
Mounting type For mast mounting, 35 mm DIN rail • HTTPS Yes
mounting and S7-300 rail mounting, • TFTP Yes
an additional support plate is
required • DCP Yes
• S7-300 rail mounting Yes • LLDP Yes
• S7-1500 rail mounting No Identification & maintenance function
• 35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes • I&M0 - device-specific information Yes
• wall mounting Yes • I&M1 – higher-level Yes
Operating frequency
Product function
• for WLAN in 2.4 GHz frequency 2.41 ... 2.48 GHz
band • PROFINET IO diagnosis Yes
• for WLAN in 5 GHz frequency band 4.9 ... 5.8 GHz • Link Check No
Product properties, functions, • connection monitoring IP-Alive No
components general • localization via Aeroscout Yes
Product function Access Point Mode Yes • SysLog Yes
Product function Client Mode Yes Protocol is supported
Number of SSIDs 16 • SNMP v1 Yes
Product function • SNMP v2 Yes
• iPCF Access Point Yes; Only in combination with the • SNMP v3 Yes
• iPCF client Yes; Only in combination with the
Product function
'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' or
7
'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures' • function VLAN with IWLAN Yes
• iPCF-MC Access Point Yes; Only in combination with the Product functions DHCP
'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' Product function
• iPCF-MC client Yes; Only in combination with • DHCP client Yes
'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' or
'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures' • in Client Mode DHCP server via LAN Yes
Number of iPCF-capable radio 2 • DHCP Option 82 Yes
modules Product functions Redundancy
Product function iREF Yes; In combination only with Protocol is supported
• STP/RSTP Yes
Number of iREF-capable radio 2
modules • MSTP Yes
Product function iPRP Yes; In combination with the • RSTP Yes

'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' only
1)
2)
Wireless approval in the Israel
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/73

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
6GK5786-2FC00-0AB0 1) 6GK5786-2FC00-0AB0 1)
2)
6GK5786-2FC00-0AC0 6GK5786-2FC00-0AC0 2)
Product functions Security • Railway application in accordance No
Product function with EN 50155
• ACL - MAC-based Yes • Railway application in accordance Yes
with EN 50121-4
• Management security, ACL-IP Yes
based • NEMA TS2 No
• IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes • IEC 61375 No
• NAT/NAPT No • IEC 61850-3 No
• access protection according to Yes • NEMA4X Yes
IEEE802.11i • Power-over-Ethernet according Yes
• WPA/WPA2 Yes IEEE802.3at for type 1 and
IEEE802.3af
• TKIP/AES Yes
• Power-over-Ethernet according to Yes
Protocol is supported IEEE802.3at for type 2
• SSH Yes Standard for wireless communication
• RADIUS Yes • IEEE 802.11a Yes
Product functions Time • IEEE 802.11b Yes
Protocol is supported • IEEE 802.11e Yes
• NTP Yes • IEEE 802.11g Yes
• SNTP Yes • IEEE 802.11h Yes
• SIMATIC Time Yes • IEEE 802.11i Yes
Standards, specifications, • IEEE 802.11n Yes
approvals
Wireless approval You will find the current list of
Standard countries at:
• for FM FM 3611: Class I, Division 2, www.siemens.com/wireless-
Groups A,B,C,D, T4 / Class 1, approvals
Zone 2, Group IIC, T4 Marine classification association
• for hazardous zone EN 60079-15:2005, • American Bureau of Shipping Yes
EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4 Europe Ltd. (ABS)
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
• Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes
• for safety from CSA and UL UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• DNV GL Yes
• for hazardous zone from CSA and
UL • Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
Certificate of suitability • Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes
• EC declaration of conformity Yes • Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) Yes
• CE marking Yes • Royal Institution of Naval Architects Yes
(RINA)
• C-Tick Yes
Accessories
• E1 approval Yes
accessories 24 V DC screw terminal included in
scope of delivery
2) Wireless approval in the Israel
7/74 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

Access Points SCALANCE W786 MS1 mounting set 6GK5798-8MG00-0AA0
IWLAN access points with built-in Mounting set for fixing SCALANCE
wireless interfaces; wireless W786 products to an S7-300
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at mounting rail or a 35 mm standard
2.4/5 GHz up to 450 Mbps; DIN rail
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
(PoE), IP65 degree of protection
(-40 °C to +60 °C); RJ45 connector for Industrial
scope of delivery: Mounting Ethernet (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s) with
hardware, 2-pin screw terminal a sturdy metal enclosure and
for 24 V DC; manual on CD-ROM; integrated insulation displacement
German/English contacts for connecting Industrial
Ethernet FC installation cables;
SCALANCE W786-2 RJ45 180° cable outlet; for network
IWLAN access points with two components and CPs/CPUs with
integrated wireless interfaces and Industrial Ethernet interface
RJ45 connection • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
• Six connections for external • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
antennas • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
- National approvals for operation 6GK5786-2FC00-0AA0
outside the USA IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 6XV1878-2A
- National approvals for operation 6GK5786-2FC00-0AB0 8-core, shielded TP installation
within the USA 1) cable for connection to
- National approvals for operation 6GK5786-2FC00-0AC0 IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 and
in Israel1) IE M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2;
PROFINET-compatible;
Accessories with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. length 1 000 m,
Swap medium for enabling minimum order quantity 20 m
additional iFeatures, for simple
IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00
device replacement if a fault occurs
and for storage of configuration Preadjusted stripping tool for fast
data; stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
Can be used in SCALANCE W FC cables
access points with PLUG
compartment N-Connect/SMA female/female 6GK5798-0PT00-2AA0
panel feedthrough
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB00
Cabinet bushing with fastening
Swap medium for simple flange for wall thicknesses
replacement of devices in the event up to 5.5 mm, SMA female and
of a fault; for storing configuration N-Connect female connections
data; can be used in SIMATIC NET
products with PLUG compartment N-Connect/N-Connect 6GK5798-2PP00-2AA6
female/female panel feedthrough
Power supply PS791-2DC 6GK5791-2DC00-0AA0
Cabinet bushing for wall
24 V DC power supply for thicknesses up to 4.5 mm,
installation in SCALANCE W786 two N-Connect female connections
products; operating instructions in
German/English 1)
Note national approvals under
Power supply PS791-2AC 6GK5791-2AC00-0AA0
110 V AC to 230 V AC power supply
for installation in the SCALANCE
W786 products; operating
instructions in German/English
Selection tools:
To assist in selecting Industrial Ethernet components, the TIA
Selection Tool is available at: 7
Wireless approvals:
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/75

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
• Rugged aluminum housing, shock and vibration-resistant,
for stringent mechanical requirements
(conformal coating)
• Railway approval in accordance with EN 50155 and NEMA TS2
• 6 x N-Connect sockets for the connection of direct mountable
and remote antennas
• Optimized antenna placement for the 3x3 MIMO technology;
• 1 x M12 connection for 10/100/1000 Mbps with Power-over-
Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at
• Industrial Wireless LAN access point for installation • 1 x M12 socket for power supply (24 V DC)
in control cabinets or in indoor areas with support of • 1 x C-PLUG slot (KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG)
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n and data rates of up to 450 Mbps
states
• Mounting: Wall, S7-1500 mounting rail, S7-300 mounting rail or
35 mm standard mounting rail
• Two wireless cards are permanently installed in the device;
functional scope can be expanded by using a KEY-PLUG
W780 iFeatures
7/76 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0 Article number 6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0TB0 1) 6GK5788-2GD00-0TB0 1)
• on Industrial Ethernet 10 Mbps, • during storage -40 ... +85 °C
100 Mbps, • during transport -40 ... +85 °C
1 000 Mbps,
10 Mbps, Relative humidity at 25 °C, without 100%
1 000 Mbps condensation during operation,
maximum
Interfaces
Ambient conditions for operation When used under explosion
Number of electrical connections protection conditions (Zone 2), the
• for network components or data 1 SCALANCE W788-x or W748-x
terminal equipment product must be installed in an
enclosure with at least IP54 degree
• for power supply 1 of protection according to EN 60529
• for redundant power supply 1 within the jurisdiction of EN 50021.
Type of electrical connection IP degree of protection IP65
• for network components or data M12 interface (8-pin, X-coded), PoE Design, dimensions and weights
terminal equipment Width of housing without antenna 200 mm
• for power supply M12 interface (4-pin, A-coded) Height of housing without antenna 176 mm
Type of removable data storage Depth of housing without antenna 79 mm
medium
Net weight 1.7 kg
• C-PLUG Yes
Mounting type For 35 mm DIN rail mounting, an
• KEY-PLUG Yes additional mounting adapter is
Wireless interfaces needed
Number of permanently installed 2 • S7-300 rail mounting Yes
wireless cards • S7-1500 rail mounting Yes
Type of transmission for multiple input 3x3 • Wall mounting Yes
Radio frequencies
Number of spatial streams 3
Operating frequency
Number of electrical connections for 6
external antenna(s) • for WLAN in 2.4 GHz frequency 2.41 ... 2.48 GHz
band
Type of electrical connection for N-Connect (female)
external antenna(s) • for WLAN in 5 GHz frequency band 4.9 ... 5.8 GHz
Product property: external antenna Yes Product properties, functions,
can be mounted directly on device components - General
Supply voltage, current Product function - Access point mode Yes
consumption, power loss Product function - Client mode Yes
Type of supply voltage DC Number of SSIDs 16
Supply voltage 1 Product function
• from M12 power connector (A-coded) 16.8 V • Dual client No
• iPCF access point Yes; only in combination with the
Supply voltage 2 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures'
• from M12 power connector (A-coded) 31.2 V • iPCF client Yes; only in combination with the
for redundant power supply 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' or
Supply voltage 'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures'
• from Power-over-Ethernet in 48 V • iPCF-MC access point Yes; only in combination with the
accordance with IEEE802.3at for 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures'
Type 1 and IEEE802.3af • iPCF-MC client Yes; only in combination with the
• from Power-over-Ethernet in 50 V 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' or
accordance with IEEE802.3at for 'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures'
Type 2
Current consumption
Number of iPCF-enabled wireless
modules
0
7
• with 24 V DC, typical 0.63 A Product function - iREF Yes; only in combination with the
• with Power-over-Ethernet in 0.22 A
accordance with IEEE802.3at for Number of iREF-enabled wireless 0
Type 1 and IEEE802.3af, typical modules
1)
• with Power-over-Ethernet in 0.3 A Wireless approval in the USA
accordance with IEEE802.3at for
Type 2, typical
Power loss [W]
• with 24 V DC, typical 15 W
• with Power-over-Ethernet in 10.7 W
Type 1 and IEEE802.3af, typical
• with Power-over-Ethernet in 15 W
Type 2, typical
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/77

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0 Article number 6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0

6GK5788-2GD00-0TB0 1) 6GK5788-2GD00-0TB0 1)
in the client
Product function
• Configuration with STEP 7 Yes EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
in the TIA Portal KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
• Operation with IWLAN controller No • for safety, from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• Operation with Enterasys WLAN No • for hazardous zone, ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2013,
controller from CSA and UL CAN/CSA C22.2 No.213-M1987,
• Forced roaming with IWLAN Yes CL. 1, Div. 2, GP A,B,C,D, T4 / CL. 1,
Zone 2, GP IIC
• WDS Yes
• CE mark Yes
• ICMP Yes
• C-Tick Yes
• Telnet Yes
• CCC No
• HTTP Yes
• E1 approval Yes
• HTTPS Yes
• TFTP Yes
with EN 50155
• DCP Yes
• LLDP Yes with EN 50121-4
Identification & Maintenance function • Fire protection in accordance with Yes
• I&M0 - Device-specific information Yes EN 45545-2
• I&M1 - Higher level Yes • NEMA TS2 Yes
designation/location designation • IEC 61375 No
Product functions - Diagnostics • IEC 61850-3 No
Product function • NEMA4X No
• PROFINET IO diagnostics Yes • Power-over-Ethernet in accordance Yes
• Link check No with IEEE802.3at for Type 1 and
IEEE802.3af
• Connection monitoring IP-Alive No
• Power-over-Ethernet in accordance Yes
• SysLog Yes with IEEE802.3at for Type 2
Protocol is supported Standard for wireless communication
• SNMP v2 Yes • IEEE 802.11b Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes • IEEE 802.11e Yes
Product functions - VLAN • IEEE 802.11g Yes
Product function • IEEE 802.11h Yes
• VLAN function for IWLAN Yes • IEEE 802.11i Yes
Product functions - DHCP • IEEE 802.11n Yes
Product function Wireless approval You will find the current list of
• DHCP client Yes countries at:
• In Client Mode, DHCP server via No
7
approvals
LAN
Product functions - Redundancy
• American Bureau of Shipping No
Protocol is supported Europe Ltd. (ABS)
• STP/RSTP Yes • Bureau Veritas (BV) No
Product functions - Security • Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No
Product function • Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No
• Management security Yes • Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) No
with IP-based ACL
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) No
• Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) No
• NAT/NAPT No
• Access protection in accordance Yes
with IEEE802.11i
• WPA/WPA2 Yes
• TKIP/AES Yes
• SSH Yes
7/78 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC IE FC M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2
Access Points M12 plug connector (X-coded,
IWLAN access points with built-in IP65/IP67) that can be assembled
wireless interfaces; wireless in the field, metal enclosure,
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at insulation displacement fast
2.4/5 GHz up to 450 Mbps; railway connection method,
approval in accordance with for SCALANCE W
EN 50155 / NEMA TS2; conformal • 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
coating; WPA2/AES; Power over • 8 units 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
Ethernet (PoE), IP65 degree of
protection; IE Train Cable GP 4x2 6XV1878-2T
scope of delivery: mounting 8-core, shielded TP installation
hardware; manual on CD-ROM, cable for connection to IE FC M12
German/English Plug PRO 4x2 for use in railway
SCALANCE W788-2 M12 EEC sold by the meter;
IWLAN dual access point with maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
two built-in wireless interfaces minimum order quantity 20 m
• National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0 IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00
outside the U.S.
• National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2GD00-0TB0 Preset insulation stripping tool for
within the U.S.1) fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
Accessories
Connector socket for connection of
Removable data storage medium SCALANCE W700 for 24 V DC
for activating additional iFeatures, supply voltage; 4-pin, A-coded,
for easy device replacement under with assembly instructions, 3 units
fault conditions and for recording
configuration data; Power Cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1812-8A
can be used in SCALANCE W Connecting cable for Power M12
access points with PLUG slot Cable Connector PRO, sold by the
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB00 meter

for easy replacement of devices
under fault conditions; for recording
configuration data; can be used in
SIMATIC NET products with PLUG
slot
DIN Rail Mounting Adapter 6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3
DIN rail mounting adapter for
SCALANCE W788 M12 and
SCALANCE W788 RJ45; screw
mounting for mounting on a 35 mm
DIN rail according to EN 50022; 1)
scope of delivery: 3 units per pack Note national approvals under
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:
7
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/79

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
• Rugged aluminum housing, shock and vibration-resistant,
for stringent mechanical requirements
(conformal coating)
• Railway approval in accordance with EN 50155 and NEMA TS2
• Special features in addition to EN 50155, EN 45545-2,
EN 50121-4, EN 50121-3-2, EN 50125-3
• 8 x N-Connect sockets for the connection of direct mountable
and remote antennas
• Optimized antenna placement for the 4x4 MIMO technology;
• Industrial Wireless LAN access point for installation • 2 x M12 Ethernet x-coded Managed switch (1.000 Mbit/s),
in control cabinets or in indoor areas with support of Power-over-Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at
IEEE 802. 11a/b/g/n/ac and data rates of up to 1733 Mbit/s • 1 x M12 socket for power supply (24 V DC)
• 1 x C-PLUG slot (KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG)
states
• VESA 100 mounting system
Wall mounting
DIN rail T35 (S7-1200)DIN rail S7-300
DIN rail S7-1500
• Two wireless cards are permanently installed in the device;
functional scope can be expanded by using a CLP
7/80 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5788-2GY01-0TA0 Article number 6GK5788-2GY01-0TA0
6GK1788-2GY01-0TB0 1) 6GK1788-2GY01-0TB0 1)
• on Industrial Ethernet 10 Mbps, • during storage -40 ... +85 °C
100 Mbps, • during transport -40 ... +85 °C
1 000 Mbps
Relative humidity at 25 °C, without 90%
Interfaces condensation during operation
Number of electrical connections Ambient conditions for operation When used under explosion
• for network components or data 1 protection conditions (Zone 2), the
terminal equipment SCALANCE W788-x or W748-x
product must be installed in an
• for power supply 1 enclosure with at least IP54 degree
• for redundant power supply 1 of protection according to EN 60529
within the jurisdiction of EN 50021.
• for network components or data M12 interface (8-pin, X-coded), PoE
terminal equipment Design, dimensions and weights
• for power supply M12 interface (4-pin, A-coded) Width of housing without antenna 258 mm
Type of removable data storage Height of housing without antenna 258 mm
medium Depth of housing without antenna 80 mm
• C-PLUG Yes Net weight 2.7 kg
• KEY-PLUG Yes Mounting type For 35 mm DIN rail mounting, an
Wireless interfaces additional mounting adapter is
needed
Number of permanently installed 2
wireless cards • S7-300 rail mounting Yes
Type of transmission for multiple input 4x4 • S7-1500 rail mounting Yes
multiple output (MIMO) • Wall mounting Yes
Number of spatial streams 3 Radio frequencies
Number of electrical connections for 8 Operating frequency
external antenna(s)
Type of electrical connection for N-Connect (female) band
external antenna(s)
• for WLAN in 5 GHz frequency band 4.9 ... 5.8 GHz
Product property: external antenna Yes
can be mounted directly on device Product properties, functions,
consumption, power loss Product function - Access point mode Yes
Type of supply voltage DC Product function - Client mode Yes
Supply voltage 1 Number of SSIDs 16
• from M12 power connector (A-coded) 16.8 V Product function
for redundant power supply • Dual client No
Supply voltage 2 • iPCF access point Yes; only in combination with the
• from M12 power connector (A-coded) 31.2 V 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures'
for redundant power supply • iPCF client Yes; only in combination with the
Supply voltage 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' or
• from Power-over-Ethernet in 48 V
accordance with IEEE802.3at for • iPCF-MC access point Yes; only in combination with the
Type 1 and IEEE802.3af 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures'
• from Power-over-Ethernet in 50 V • iPCF-MC client Yes; only in combination with the
accordance with IEEE802.3at for 'KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures' or
Type 2 'KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures'
Current consumption Number of iPCF-enabled wireless 0
• with 24 V DC, typical
• with Power-over-Ethernet in
0.7 A
0.385 A
modules
Product function - iREF Yes; only in combination with the 7
Type 1 and IEEE802.3af, typical Number of iREF-enabled wireless 0
modules
• with Power-over-Ethernet in 0.3 A
1)
accordance with IEEE802.3at for Wireless approval in the USA
Type 2, typical
Power loss [W]
• with 24 V DC, typical 16.8 W
• with Power-over-Ethernet in 18.5 W
Type 1 and IEEE802.3af, typical
• with Power-over-Ethernet in 15 W
Type 2, typical
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/81

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5788-2GY01-0TA0 Article number 6GK5788-2GY01-0TA0

6GK1788-2GY01-0TB0 1) 6GK1788-2GY01-0TB0 1)
in the client
Product function
• Configuration with STEP 7 Yes EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
in the TIA Portal KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
• Operation with IWLAN controller No • for safety, from CSA and UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• Operation with Enterasys WLAN No • for hazardous zone, ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2013,
controller from CSA and UL CAN/CSA C22.2 No.213-M1987,
• Forced roaming with IWLAN Yes CL. 1, Div. 2, GP A,B,C,D, T4 / CL. 1,
Zone 2, GP IIC
• WDS Yes
• CE mark Yes
• ICMP Yes
• C-Tick Yes
• Telnet Yes
• CCC No
• HTTP Yes
• E1 approval Yes
• HTTPS Yes
• TFTP Yes
with EN 50155
• DCP Yes
• LLDP Yes with EN 50121-4
Identification & Maintenance function • Fire protection in accordance with Yes
• I&M0 - Device-specific information Yes EN 45545-2
• I&M1 - Higher level Yes • NEMA TS2 Yes
designation/location designation • IEC 61375 No
Product functions - Diagnostics • IEC 61850-3 No
Product function • NEMA4X No
• PROFINET IO diagnostics Yes • Power-over-Ethernet in accordance Yes
• Link check No with IEEE802.3at for Type 1 and
IEEE802.3af
• Connection monitoring IP-Alive No
• Power-over-Ethernet in accordance Yes
• SysLog Yes with IEEE802.3at for Type 2
Protocol is supported Standard for wireless communication
• SNMP v2 Yes • IEEE 802.11ac Yes
• SNMP v3 Yes • IEEE 802.11b Yes
Product functions - VLAN • IEEE 802.11g Yes
Product function • IEEE 802.11n Yes
• VLAN function for IWLAN Yes Wireless approval You will find the current list of
Product functions - DHCP countries at:
• DHCP client Yes Marine classification association
• In Client Mode, DHCP server via No
7
• American Bureau of Shipping No
LAN Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Product functions - Redundancy • Bureau Veritas (BV) No
Protocol is supported • Det Norske Veritas (DNV) No
• STP/RSTP Yes • Germanischer Lloyd (GL) No
Product functions - Security • Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) No
Product function • Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) No
• Management security Yes • Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS) No
with IP-based ACL
1)
• IEEE 802.1X (RADIUS) Yes Wireless approval in the USA
• NAT/NAPT No
• Access protection in accordance Yes
with IEEE802.11i
• WPA/WPA2 Yes
• TKIP/AES Yes
• SSH Yes
7/82 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

SCALANCE W1788-2 M12 EEC IE FC M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2
Access Points M12 plug connector (X-coded,
IWLAN access points with built-in IP65/IP67) that can be assembled
wireless interfaces; wireless in the field, metal enclosure,
networks IEEE 802.11a/ac/b/g/n at insulation displacement fast
2.4/5 GHz up to 1733 Mbps; railway connection method,
approval in accordance with for SCALANCE W
EN 50155 / NEMA TS2; conformal • 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
coating; WPA2/AES; Power over • 8 units 6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
Ethernet (PoE), IP65 degree of
protection; IE Train Cable GP 4x2 6XV1878-2T
scope of delivery: mounting 8-core, shielded TP installation
hardware; manual on CD-ROM, cable for connection to IE FC M12
German/English Plug PRO 4x2 for use in railway
SCALANCE W1788-2 M12 EEC sold by the meter;
IWLAN dual access point with maximum delivery unit 1000 m,
two built-in wireless interfaces minimum order quantity 20 m
• National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2GY01-0TA0 IE FC Stripping Tool 6GK1901-1GA00
outside the U.S.1)
• National approvals for operation 6GK5788-2GY01-0TB0 Preset insulation stripping tool for
within the U.S. 1) fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
Accessories
Connector socket for connection of
Removable data storage medium SCALANCE W700 for 24 V DC
for activating additional iFeatures, supply voltage; 4-pin, A-coded,
for easy device replacement under with assembly instructions, 3 units
fault conditions and for recording
configuration data; Power Cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1812-8A
can be used in SCALANCE W Connecting cable for Power M12
access points with PLUG slot Cable Connector PRO, sold by the
C-PLUG 6GK1900-0AB00 meter

for easy replacement of devices
under fault conditions; for recording
configuration data; can be used in
SIMATIC NET products with PLUG
slot
DIN Rail Mounting Adapter 6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3
DIN rail mounting adapter for
SCALANCE W788 M12 and
SCALANCE W788 RJ45; screw
mounting for mounting on a 35 mm
DIN rail according to EN 50022; 1)
scope of delivery: 3 units per pack Note national approvals under
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:
7
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/83

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
ANT795-4MX / ANT795-6MN / ANT795-6MT / ANT793-8DL / ANT793-8DP / ANT795-6DC / ANT793-6DG
Remote antennas optimize transmission and reception
conditions and enable use of IWLAN products in a number of
industrial applications.
With sector antennas, for example, conveyor lines or corridors
can be specifically covered with radio links, or strongly
directional antennas can be used to implement point-to-point
connections over distances of up to several 1000 meters.
Alternatively, an omnidirectional antenna concentrates the radio
field around the antenna in the shape of a disc, which enhances
the quality of the connection.
Application examples:
Omnidirectional antennas
• Coverage of an area which has at its center a mast for
mounting the antenna
• Installation of the antenna on the roof in the case of automated
guided vehicle systems for reliable data exchange with the
vehicles
Remote antennas increase the reliability of wireless links by • Wide-area coverage of a production cell or robot station
optimizing signal reception and emission.
Directional antennas
• Use in Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) and WLAN in
accordance with IEEE 802.11 at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with • Communication between buildings over long distances with
transmission rates of up to 450 Mbps the help of an antenna with narrow beam angle and high gain
• Coordinated range of antennas for the most diverse Sector antennas
applications both indoors and outdoors • Selective coverage of warehouse/high-bay warehouse aisles
with the help of a wide-angle antenna prevents interference
■ Benefits with neighboring wireless fields
• Investment protection thanks to compliance with the globally All antennas can be used with an N-Connect female connector.
recognized standard IEEE 802.11 and – depending on the
version – suitability for 2.4 GHz and/or 5 GHz
• Cost-effective connection to devices in remote,
difficult-to-access or hostile environments
• Establishment of a reliable IWLAN wireless infrastructure
through the use of remote antennas, even if the access points
and client modules are installed in the control cabinet,
for example
7/84 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5795-4MX00-0AA0 6GK5795-6MN10-0AA6 6GK5795-6MT00-0AA0
Product type designation Antenna ANT795-4MX Antenna ANT795-6MN Antenna ANT795-6MT
Type of mobile network is supported WLAN WLAN WLAN
Operating frequency
• for WLAN in 2.4 GHz frequency 2 ... 2.7 GHz 2.4 ... 2.7 GHz 2.4 ... 2.69 GHz
band
• for WLAN in 5 GHz frequency band 1 4.9 ... 5.15 GHz 5.15 ... 5.35 GHz
• for WLAN in 5 GHz frequency band 2 5.15 ... 6 GHz 4.9 ... 5.935 GHz 5.47 ... 5.935 GHz
Operating frequency 1575.42 MHz, 1700 MHz,
1800 MHz, 1900 MHz,
2100 MHz, 2200 MHz, 2600 MHz
Electrical data
Impedance 50 Ω 50 Ω 50 Ω
Polarization linear vertical linear vertical 3 ports: linear vertical
Radiation characteristic omnidirectional omnidirectional omnidirectional
Antenna gain compared to spherical
radiator
• of the WLAN antenna in the 2.4 GHz 2 dB 6 dB 5 dB
frequency band
• of the WLAN antenna in the 5 GHz 2.5 dB 8 dB 7 dB
frequency band
Standing wave ratio (VSWR) 2 1.8 1.5
maximum
Radiating angle of the antenna
• in the 2.4 GHz frequency band 360° 360° 360°
horizontal
• in the 2.4 GHz frequency band
vertical
• in the 5 GHz frequency band 360° 150° 360°
horizontal
• in the 5 GHz frequency band vertical
Opening angle Note Note the antenna diagram regarding
horizontal beam angle
Number of electrical connections of 1
the antenna
Type of electrical connection of the N-Connector N-Connector QMA Connector
antenna
Design of plug-in connection male, straight female female
Angle of inclination downward 0° 0° 0°
maximum
Crosstalk attenuation between the 10 W; at 25° ambient temperature 20 dB
antenna connections
Transmit power maximum 1 75 W; at 25° ambient temperature 10 W; at 25° ambient temperature
Mechanical data
Material
• of outer shell ASA Polycarbonate Polycarbonate
Ambient temperature
• during transport
Protection class IP
-40 ... +85 °C
IP68 / IP69K
-40 ... +80 °C
IP65
-40 ... +85 °C
IP65
7
Shock resistance according to EN61373, category1,
class b (for railway carriage)
Wind load maximum 10 N; at 160 km/h
Resistance to salt-laden atmosphere
conformity acc. to EN 60068-2-52
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/85

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5795-4MX00-0AA0 6GK5795-6MN10-0AA6 6GK5795-6MT00-0AA0
Product type designation Antenna ANT795-4MX Antenna ANT795-6MN Antenna ANT795-6MT
Width 86 mm 282 mm
Depth 86 mm 92 mm
Diameter 22 mm
Net weight 50 g 300 g 320 g
Mounting type
• mast mounting No No
• wall mounting No Yes Yes
• roof mounting No Yes Yes
• directly on the device Yes No No
components general
Product feature silicon-free Yes Yes Yes
approvals
Certificate of suitability Railway application in accordance with
NF-F-16-101, NF-F-16-102
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes
with EN 50155
• Fire protection in accordance with Yes Yes Yes
EN 45545-2
Product conformity UL 94-HB UL 94-V0 UL 94-V0
Wireless approval Current national approvals can be Current national approvals can be Current national approvals can be
found on the Internet under found on the Internet under found on the Internet under
www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
Article number 6GK5793-8DL00-0AA0 6GK5793-8DP00-0AA0 6GK5795-6DC00-0AA0 6GK5793-6DG00-0AA0

Product type designation Antenna ANT793-8DL Antenna ANT793-8DP Antenna ANT795-6DC Antenna ANT793-6DG
Type of mobile network is supported WLAN WLAN WLAN WLAN
Operating frequency
band
• for WLAN in 5 GHz frequency band 1 4.9 ... 5.9 GHz 4.9 ... 5.35 GHz 5.15 ... 5.875 GHz 5.15 ... 5.875 GHz
Electrical data
Impedance 50 Ω 50 Ω 50 Ω 50 Ω
Polarization dual linear vertical-horizontal linear vertical linear vertical dual linear +/- 45° slant
Antenna gain compared to spherical
radiator
• of the WLAN antenna in the 2.4 GHz 9 dB
frequency band
• of the WLAN antenna in the 5 GHz 14 dB 13.5 dB 9 dB 9 dB
frequency band
Standing wave ratio (VSWR) 2.5 1.5 2 2
maximum
Radiating angle of the antenna
• in the 2.4 GHz frequency band 75°
7
horizontal
• in the 2.4 GHz frequency band 55°
vertical
• in the 5 GHz frequency band 30° 40° 55° 70°
horizontal
• in the 5 GHz frequency band vertical 30° 35° 55° 60°
Opening angle Note Note antenna diagram
Number of electrical connections of 2 1 2
the antenna
Type of electrical connection of the N-Connector N-Connector N-Connector N-Connector
antenna
7/86 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
Article number 6GK5793-8DL00-0AA0 6GK5793-8DP00-0AA0 6GK5795-6DC00-0AA0 6GK5793-6DG00-0AA0
Product type designation Antenna ANT793-8DL Antenna ANT793-8DP Antenna ANT795-6DC Antenna ANT793-6DG
Design of plug-in connection female female female female
Angle of inclination downward 0° 0° 0°
maximum
Crosstalk attenuation between the 19 dB 25 dB 20 dB
antenna connections
Front-to-back ratio 35 dB 20 dB 15 dB 20 dB
Transmit power maximum 10 W; at 25° ambient 10 W; at 25° ambient 10 W; at 25° ambient
temperature temperature temperature
Mechanical data
Material
• of outer shell ASA Lexan EXL 9330 Lexan EXL 9330 Lexan EXL 9330
Ambient temperature
Protection class IP IP66 IP66 / 67 IP66 / 67 IP66 / 67
Wind load maximum suitable for wind speeds up 15 N; frontal at 160 km/h 15 N; at 160 km/h 15 N; frontal at 160 km/h
to 200 km/h
Height 283 mm; incl. bracket 101 mm 101 mm 101 mm
Depth 40 mm 35 mm 35 mm 35 mm
Net weight 520 g 110 g 110 g 110 g
Mounting type
• mast mounting No Yes Yes Yes
• flat-roof mounting No
• wall mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes
• roof mounting Yes No No No
• directly on the device No No No No
components general
Product feature silicon-free Yes Yes Yes
approvals
• RoHS conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes
with EN 50155
• Fire protection in accordance with Yes Yes Yes Yes
EN 45545-2
Product conformity Yes Yes UL 94-V0
Wireless approval UL 94-V0 Current national approvals Current national approvals
can be found on the Internet can be found on the Internet
under under
www.siemens.com/wireless- www.siemens.com/wireless-
approvals approvals
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/87

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components

Antennas with omnidirectional Directional antennas
characteristic Including mounting hardware for
National approvals, compact wall or mast mounting
instructions on paper Strongly directional antennas
German/English
• ANT793-8DL IWLAN antenna 6GK5793-8DL00-0AA0
Direct mount Vertical-horizontal polarized
• ANT795-4MX IWLAN antenna 6GK5795-4MX00-0AA0 antenna; antenna gain incl.
with omnidirectional two N-Connect connectors
characteristic; incl. N-Connect 14 dBi, 5 GHz; -45 to +70 °C,
Male connector straight: 2/2.5 dBi; suitable for railway applications
IP67/69K (-40-+85°C), 2.4/5GHz; (especially for the railway line)
Wi-Fi compliance and Observe • ANT793-8DP IWLAN antenna 6GK5793-8DP00-0AA0
national approvals; Antenna gain 13.5 dBi
Wall or mast mounting incl. N-connect connector,
4.9 GHz, -40 to +85°C,
• ANT795-6MN IWLAN antenna 6GK5795-6MN10-0AA6 especially for use in Japan
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect
connector 6/8 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz; Sector antennas
IP65 (-40 to +80 °C) with Including mounting hardware for
terminating resistor 1 x TI795-1R wall or mast mounting
• Antenna Mounting Tool 6GK5795-6MN01-0AA6 • ANT795-6DC IWLAN antenna 6GK5795-6DC00-0AA0
(ANT795-6MN) with weak directional effect;
Mounting aid for installing incl. N-female connector: 9 dBi;
ANT795-6MN below a roof IP67 (-40 to +80°C), 2.4/5GHz;
• ANT795-6MT IWLAN antenna 6GK5795-6MT00-0AA0 Wi-Fi compliance and Observe
MIMO antenna with 3 QMA national approvals
sockets, antenna gain 6 dBi, • ANT793-6DG IWLAN antenna 6GK5793-6DG00-0AA0
2.4/5 GHz; Dual-slant antenna with weak
(-40 to +85 °C), incl. mounting directional effect incl. 2x N-female
bracket connectors: 9 dBi; IP67
(-40 to +80°C), 5 GHz;
Wi-Fi compliance and Observe
national approvals
Selection tools:
Cabling range:
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this
subject is available from:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
E-Mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
7/88 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM – Layer 2 Switches
RUGGEDCOM RSG907R and RSG909R
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Article number 6GK6498- 6GK6490-
0RB00…. 7RB00….
Product type designation RUGGEDCOM RUGGEDCOM
RSG909R RSG907R
Ethernet interfaces
Ports 4 x 100BASE-FX + 6 x 10/100/1000
3 x 1000 BASE-X BASE-T +
(SFP) 3 x 1000 BASE-X
(SFP)
RNA uplinks (A / B) & coupler port 3 x 1 Gbit/s SFP ports
Supported specifications IEEE 1588
Power supply characteristics
Supported input voltage ranges 24/48 VDC (12 – 60 VDC)
HI (85 – 264 VAC / 88 – 300 VDC)
Mechanical specifications
Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 91 mm x 177 mm x 173 mm
Weight 2.9 kg
Mounting DIN rail and panel mount
Ambient conditions
The RUGGEDCOM RSG907R and RSG909R, two full Gigabit
switches in a compact design, offering both HSR and PRP Operating temperature -40° C to +85° C
functionality to mitigate the risk of communication disruptions IP rating IP40
and downtime. These rugged Gigabit switches are designed to Other features
operate in harsh environments with widely varying climatic and IEEE 1588 Transparent Clock
environmental conditions. Tested and certified to withstand
extreme temperature, vibration and shock, the RUGGEDCOM
RSG907R and RSG909R offer exceptional reliability for industrial
applications such as electric utility substations, transportation
systems and oil&gas.
The RUGGEDCOM RSG907R and RSG909R are ideal for
applications that require high bandwidths and accommodate
future network expansions. Three Redundant Network Access
SFP ports providing ultimate flexibility in media and distance,
with support for Gigabit bandwidth. The RSG907R connects up
to 4 IEDs via 100BASE-FX fiber optics and RSG909R connects
up to 6 IEDs via copper Ethernet on the Singly Attached Node
ports.
Both products offer various network design options and cost
savings through increased redundancy, reduced downtimes
and high reliability.
HSR / PRP with Gigabit/s interfaces
Avoid revenue loss by mitigating the risk of communication
disruptions and downtime with a redundant fault tolerant network
supporting high bandwidth.
SFP RNA ports
SFP ports can be modified at any time allowing deployment
flexibility for varying customer needs.
Power redundancy
Maintain continuous safe and reliable operations even during
power failures, diminishing the risk of revenue and data loss.
Full fiber solution 7
Reduce failure rates due to increased immunity from
electromagnetic phenomena. IEEE 1588The RSG907R and
RSG909R enable the creation of a future proof network with
support for IEEE 1588 time synchronisation.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/89

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RSG907R and RSG909R

RUGGEDCOM RSG909R 6GK6498-0RB00-..N. • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX10 6GK6000-8FG52-0AA0
1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, Opti-
RUGGEDCOM RSG909R is a 9 port cal: Single Mode Fiber Optic up to
industrially hardened, max. 10km, 1310nm,
fully managed Ethernet switch -40 °C ...+85 °C
featuring an integrated HSR/PRP • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX25 6GK6000-8FG53-0AA0
RedBox for use in harsh industrial 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface,
environments. Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
The product has 3x 1Gbit/s up to max. 25km, 1310nm,
SFP slots and -40 °C ...+85 °C
6x 10/100/1000Mbit/s
RJ45 Ethernet ports. • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX40 6GK6000-8FG57-0AA0
-40°C to +85°C operating 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface,
temperature (fanless). Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
up to max. 40km, 1550nm,
RUGGEDCOM RSG907R 6GK6490-7RB00-..N. -40 °C ...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX70 6GK6000-8FG54-0AA0
RUGGEDCOM RSG907R is a 7 port
1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface,
industrially hardened,
Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
fully managed Ethernet switch
featuring an integrated HSR/PRP
-40 °C ...+85 °C
RedBox for use in harsh industrial
environments. • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX100 6GK6000-8FG55-0AA0
The product has 3x 1Gbit/s 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface,
SFP slots and Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
4x 100Mbit/s multimode up to max. 100km, 1550nm,
LC ports (max 2km). 0 °C ...+70 °C
-40°C to +85°C operating • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX115 6GK6000-8FE56-0AA0
temperature (fanless). 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface,
RUGGEDCOM accessories Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
• USB Console cable 6GK6000-8DT01-0AA0
-10 °C ...+70 °C
USB 2.0 A type to B type
Cable Assembly 10 feet / 3 meters Fiber Optic Bi-Directional SFPs
• Panel mounting kit 6GK6000-8MR00-0AA1 (Gigabit)
Allows wall and other lateral • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX10R 6GK6000-8FB51-0AA0
mounting possible, 1000BASE-BX-U, LC-Interface,
requires assembly and even Opti cal: Single Mode Fiber Optic
mounting plane up to max. 10km, 1310nm
• Power cable without lugs 6GK6000-8BB00-0AA0 TX/1490 nm RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
Power Cable with north-american • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX10T 6GK6000-8FB52-0AA0
plug for pluggable terminal blocks 1000BASE-BX-D, LC-Interface,
(6 ft.) for RUGGEDCOM products Opti cal: Single Mode Fiber Optic
Fiber Optic SFPs (Gigabit) up to max. 10km, 1490nm
TX/1310 nm RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1122-1SX 6GK6000-8FG51-0AA0
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX40R 6GK6000-8FB53-0AA0
1000BASE-SX, LC-Interface,
1000BASE-BX-U, LC-Interface,
Optical: Multi Mode Fiber Optic up
to max. 500m, 850nm,
up to max. 40km, 1310nm
-40 °C ...+85 °C
TX/1490 nm RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1122-1SX2 6GK6000-8FE58-0AA0
1000BASE-SX, LC-Interface, • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX40T 6GK6000-8FB54-0AA0
1000BASE-BX-D, 1 X
Optical: Multi Mode Fiber Optic up
1000MBIT/S, LC-Interface,
to max. 2km, 1310nm,
-40 °C ...+85 °C Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
up to max. 40km, 1490nm
TX/1310 nm RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
The RUGGEDCOM Selector assists you in selecting the right
RUGGEDCOM products and in configuring variants and is
available at:
7 http://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom-selector
7/90 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RSG920P
■ Overview
The RUGGEDCOM RSG920P is a rugged Layer 2 Gigabit switch
with high port density in small form factor with Power-over-
Ethernet (PoE) capability that has been designed for control
cabinets with limited space and for high bandwidth
requirements. The RUGGEDCOM RSG920P provides maximum
reliability for industrial applications, such as in transportation
and oil & gas applications, and is tested and certified to
withstand extreme temperatures, vibrations and shocks.
The Power-over-Ethernet interfaces of the RUGGEDCOM
RSG920P are fed by an external power supply. RUGGEDCOM
RPS1300 is the related power supply. It is adequately sized to
operate all 4 Power-over-Ethernet interfaces simultaneously.
Ethernet interfaces Design, dimensions and weight
RJ45 16 x 10/100/1000 Mbps Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 154 x 152 x 176
SFP FO 4 x 100/1000 Mbps Weight 4.7 kg
Maximum bandwidth 20 Gbps full duplex Mounting DIN rail and panel mounting
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Permissible ambient conditions
Number of ports 4 Ambient temperature -40 °C to +85 °C
Supported specifications IEEE 802.3af, IEEE 802.3at Degree of protection IP40
Bandwidth 10/100/1000 Mbps
Maximum power 120 W (max. 30 W/port)
Power supply properties
Input voltage ranges 85-64 V AC / 100-300 V DC,
9-60 V DC
PoE input voltage 44-57 V DC (IEEE 802.3af),
50-57 V DC (IEEE 802.3at)
Power consumption < 30 W

RUGGEDCOM RSG920PNC 6GK6092-0PS1.-…. RUGGEDCOM RPS1300 6GK6000-8HS01-0AA0
Power Supply
RUGGEDCOM RSG920PNC is a
fully-managed Ethernet switch 54 V/2.6 A power supply, input:
with 56-bit encryption and 120/230 V AC, output: 54 V DC /
20 non-blocking Gigabit Ethernet 2.6 A, -40°C to 75°C, suitable for
ports; supports 4 SFP modules and RUGGEDCOM PoE applications
4 PoE ports; operating temperature
-40°C to +85°C (without fan)
RUGGEDCOM RSG920P 6GK6092-0PS2.-….
RUGGEDCOM RSG920P is a
fully-managed Ethernet switch
7
with 128-bit encryption and
20 non-blocking Gigabit Ethernet
ports; supports 4 SFP modules and
4 PoE ports; operating temperature
-40°C to +85°C (without fan)
available at:
http://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom-selector
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/91

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RS900G / RUGGEDCOM RS900GP
■ Overview
Characteristics
• Many different copper and fiber-optic port configurations
with transmission rates up to 1 Gbps
• Fiber-optic cable variants are available with multimode or
single-mode optical transceiver-receivers and various
interfaces (LC, SC, SFP)
• Options for 24 V DC to 48 V DC or high voltage
(88-300 V DC / 85-264 V AC) for worldwide operation
• Operation without fans for operating temperatures
from -40 °C to +85 °C
• Variety of management interfaces: web-based, Telnet,
command line
• Available in a version that supports Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Product versions
RUGGEDCOM RS900G
• Managed Ethernet switch with 10 ports, Gigabit fiber-optic
The RUGGEDCOM RS900 product family for use in the power uplinks and 56- or 128-bit encryption
supply sector comprises a number of fully-managed Ethernet
switches that are specially designed for reliable use in hostile RUGGEDCOM RS900GP
operating environments for electrical equipment and • Managed Ethernet switch with 10 ports, including 8 Power over
demanding climatic conditions. They provide a high degree of Ethernet (PoE) ports and 2 Gigabit uplinks, with 56- or 128-bit
immunity to electromagnetic interference and strong electrical encryption
disturbances, which are typically present in factory buildings
and in roadside traffic control cabinets. A temperature range
from -40 °C to +85 °C enables them to be placed almost
anywhere.

RUGGEDCOM RS900G RUGGEDCOM RS900GP
The RUGGEDCOM RS900G is a The RUGGEDCOM RS900GP is a

fully-managed Ethernet switch that fully-managed Ethernet switch that
has two Gigabit Ethernet fiber-optic has two Gigabit Ethernet fiber-optic
ports and eight Fast Ethernet ports and eight Fast Ethernet
copper ports; 56- or 128-bit copper ports; 56- or 128-bit
encryption; 2 Gigabit Ethernet encryption; 2 Gigabit Ethernet fiber-
fiber-optic ports (1000BaseX); optic ports (1000BaseX); 8 Fast
8 Fast Ethernet ports Ethernet ports (10/100BaseTX);
(10/100BaseTX); various fiber-optic various fiber-optic connection
connection options (pluggable LC, options (pluggable LC, SC, SFP
SC, SFP optics); support of optics); support of bidirectional
bidirectional single strand fiber- single strand fiber-optic cable;
optic cable; long-distance fiber- long-distance fiber-optic
optic connections enable distances connections enable distances
up to 70 km in the Gigabit range up to 70 km in the Gigabit range
• RUGGEDCOM RS900GNC 6GK6090-0GS1.-.... • RUGGEDCOM RS900GPNC 6GK6090-0PS1.-0.A.
(not subject to export controls) (not subject to export controls)
• RUGGEDCOM RS900G 6GK6090-0GS2.-.... • RUGGEDCOM RS900GP 6GK6090-0PS2.-0.A.
(subject to export controls) (subject to export controls)
7 The RUGGEDCOM Selector assists you in selecting the right
available at:
7/92 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 / RUGGEDCOM RSG2300
■ Overview
Characteristics
• Fully integrated dual redundant (optional) high voltage and
low voltage power supplies
• Operation without fans for operating temperatures
from -40 °C to +85 °C
RUGGEDCOM RSG2100
• Modular managed Ethernet switch with 19 ports, Gigabit
uplinks and 56- or 128-bit encryption
RUGGEDCOM RSG2100
• Up to 3 Gigabit Ethernet ports and 16 Fast Ethernet ports -
copper and/or fiber-optic
• 2-port modules for outstanding flexibility
• Store und Forward switching
• Support of many different fiber-optic cable types
(multimode, single-mode) with a variety of connections
(ST, MTRJ, LC, SC, SFP)
• Variant with 4 fixed 10/100BaseTX, 802.3af-compliant (PoE)
Ethernet ports (RUGGEDCOM RSG2100P and RSG2100PNC)
RUGGEDCOM RSG2300
RUGGEDCOM RSG2300
RUGGEDCOM RSG2100
• Managed Ethernet switch with 32 ports, Gigabit uplinks and
The RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 is a modular fully-managed 56- or 128-bit encryption
Ethernet switch that is especially well-suited for use in hostile
operating environments for electrical equipment and • 24 Fast Ethernet copper ports
demanding climatic conditions. • Optional: Up to 4x 1000LX Gigabit Ethernet ports (copper
and/or fiber-optic) and up to 8x 100FX Fast Ethernet fiber-optic
RUGGEDCOM RSG2300 ports
The RUGGEDCOM RSG2300 product family consists of • Non-blocking, Store und Forward switching
fully-managed Ethernet switches with 32 ports and 4 modular • Support of many different fiber-optic cable types
Gigabit uplink ports. (multimode, single-mode, bidirectional single strand)
with a variety of connections (ST, MTRJ, LC, SC, SFP)
• Variant available with up to four 802.3af-compliant ports
(10/100BaseTX) (RUGGEDCOM RSG2300P and
RSG2300PNC)

RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 RUGGEDCOM RSG2300
The RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 is a The RUGGEDCOM RSG2300 is a

fully-managed Ethernet switch; modular fully-managed Ethernet
56- or 128-bit encryption; up to switch; 24x 10/100TX copper ports;
3 Gigabit Ethernet ports - copper optional: up to 4x 1000LX Gigabit
and/or fiber-optic; up to 16 Fast Ethernet ports (copper and/or fiber-
Ethernet ports - copper and/or optic) and up to 8x 100FX Fast
fiber-optic; 2-port modules for Ethernet fiber-optic ports; 2-port
outstanding flexibility; non-blocking, modules for outstanding flexibility;
Store and Forward switching; non-blocking, Store and Forward
support of many different fiber-optic switching; multimode, single-mode;
cable types (multimode, single- long-distance fiber-optic
mode, bidirectional single strand); connections enable distances up to
long-distance fiber-optic 90 km; variety of connection types
connections enable distances up to (ST, MTRJ, LC, SC)
70 km in the Gigabit range; variety • RUGGEDCOM RSG2300NC 6GK6023-0AS1.-....
of connection types (ST, MTRJ, LC, (not subject to export controls)
7
SC, RJ45, Micro-D) • RUGGEDCOM RSG2300 6GK6023-0AS2.-....
• RUGGEDCOM RSG2100NC 6GK6021-0AS1.-.... (subject to export controls)
(not subject to export controls) • RUGGEDCOM RSG2300PNC 6GK6023-0PS1.-....
• RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 6GK6021-0AS2.-.... (not subject to export controls)
(subject to export controls) • RUGGEDCOM RSG2300P 6GK6023-0PS2.-....
• RUGGEDCOM RSG2100PNC 6GK6021-0PS1.-.... (subject to export controls)
(not subject to export controls)
• RUGGEDCOM RSG2100P 6GK6021-0PS2.-....
(subject to export controls)
available at:
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/93

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RST2228
■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data

RUGGEDCOM RST2228 6GK6222-6AB00-….
RUGGEDCOM RST2228 is a field
modular, fully managed Layer 2
Ethernet switch with 4 x 1/10 GBit/s
and 24 x 100/1000 MBit/s non-
blocking ethernet ports.
Support for up to six 4-port media
modules with RJ45, SFP or LC
interfaces; -40 °C ...+85 °C
operating temperature (fanless)
RUGGEDCOM RST2228P 6GK6222-6PB00-….
RUGGEDCOM RST2228P is a field
The RUGGEDCOM RST2228 is a high port density field modular modular, fully managed Layer 2
19“ Layer 2 rack switch with 10 Gbit/s uplinks, support for Ethernet switch with 4 x 1/10 GBit/s
IEEE 1588. and 24 x 100/1000 MBit/s non-
blocking ethernet ports with Power-
Design over-Ethernet support.
• Up to 28 Ethernet ports – 4 x 1000BASE-X/10GBASE-X Support for up to six 4-port media
modules with RJ45, SFP or LC
integrated uplinks and up to 24 x 10/100/1000BASE-X ports interfaces; -40 °C ...+85 °C
• 6 slots for 4-port Media Modules for tremendous flexibility operating temperature (fanless)
• Media modules with 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45, FastConnect RUGGEDCOM accessories
or 100/1000 Mbit/s SFP interfaces • USB Console cable 6GK6000-8DT01-0AA0
USB 2.0 A type to B type
• Supports precision timing according to IEEE 1588 Cable Assembly 10 feet / 3 meters
(transparent clock) • Power cable with lugs 6GK6000-8BA00-0AA0
• Non-blocking, store and forward switching Power Cable with north-american
plug for screw terminal blocks
• Dual-redundant (optional), load sharing, high-voltage power (6 ft.) for RUGGEDCOM products
supplies • Power cable without lugs 6GK6000-8BB00-0AA0
Power Cable with north-american
• For use at ambient temperatures from –40 °C to +85 °C plug for pluggable terminal blocks
without the use of fans (6 ft.) for RUGGEDCOM products
• Power-over-Ethernet variant available supporting • Pluggable terminal block 6GK6000-8HC05-0AA0
IEEE 802.3at/802.3bt (draft) with up to 60W/port and a RST2228
Connector Kit RST2228
maximum power budget from 500W. Pluggable terminal blocks (5 sets)
Product versions • Screw terminal block RST2228 6GK6000-8HC06-0AA0
Connector Kit RST2228
RUGGEDCOM RST2228 Screw terminal blocks (5 sets)
• 28-port field modular managed layer 2 Gigabit/s switch with • Rack / Panel Mounting Kit for 6GK6000-8MA01-0AA0
RUGGEDCOM RST2228
10 Gbit/s uplinks supporting IEEE 1588 Allows for mounting in a 19” rack
RUGGEDCOM RST2228P or in a panel
• 28-port field modular managed layer 2 Gigabit/s switch with RUGGEDCOM Storage Media
10 GBit/s uplinks supporting IEEE 1588 and Power-over- • RUGGEDCOM CLP 2GB 6GK6000-8RA00-1HA0
Storage media for simple device
Ethernet according IEEE 802.3at/803.bt (draft) exchange in case of failure, for
storage of configuration or user
■ Benefits data with 2 GB capacity.
• RUGGEDCOM CLP 2GB CC 6GK6000-8RA00-1HA1
• Future-proof Ethernet switch with high port density to minimize Storage media for simple device
capital expense by reducing the number of devices needed. exchange in case of failure, for
storage of configuration or user
• Field-modular media modules with RJ45, FastConnect & SFP data with 2 GB capacity and
interfaces and build-to-order design ensures seamless Conformal Coating.
servicing and tremendous flexibility in tailoring the device
configuration resulting in lower operating expenses
• Suitable for usage in electric power, transportation and oil &
gas applications due to a utility grade design with immunity
7 against EMI and heavy electrical surges
• Future-proof due to support of modern IEEE 1588 time
synchronization features
• Suitable for usage in harsh environments with the minimal
risk of mechanical failures due to an operating temperature
from -40 °C to +85 °C without fans
7/94 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RST2228
RUGGEDCOM SFPs • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX100 6GK6000-8FG55-0AA0
Copper Ethernet SFP Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1112-1 6GK6000-8CG01-0AA0 up to max. 100km, 1550nm,
Copper SFP, 10/100/1000MBIT/S, 0 °C ...+70 °C
RJ45-Interface, Copper, up to • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX115 6GK6000-8FE56-0AA0
max. 100m, 0 °C ...+70 °C 1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface,
Fiber Optic SFPs (Fast Ethernet) Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1121-1FX2 6GK6000-8FE51-0AA0 up to max. 115km, 1550nm,
100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, -10 °C ...+70 °C
Optical: Multi Mode Fiber Optic Fiber Optic Bi-Directional SFPs
up to max. 2km, 1310nm, (Gigabit)
-40 °C ...+85 °C • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX10R 6GK6000-8FB51-0AA0
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1121-1FX2A 6GK6000-8FE50-0AA0 1000BASE-BX-U, LC-Interface,
100BASE-FX, LC-In terface, Opti cal: Single Mode Fiber Optic
Optical: Multi Mode F iber Optic up to max. 10km, 1310nm
up to max. 2km, 1310nm, TX/1490 nm RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
-40 °C ...+85 °C. Active SFP which • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX10T 6GK6000-8FB52-0AA0
is only compatible with the 1000BASE-BX-D, LC-Interface,
RUGGEDCOM RX1400 and Opti cal: Single Mode Fiber Optic
RST2228 uplink interfaces. up to max. 10km, 1490nm
• SFP1131-1FX20 6GK6000-8FE52-0AA0 TX/1310 nm RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX40R 6GK6000-8FB53-0AA0
Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic 1000BASE-BX-U, LC-Interface,
up to max. 20km, 1310nm, Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
-40 °C ...+85 °C up to max. 40km, 1310nm
• SFP1131-1XF50 6GK6000-8FE53-0AA0 TX/1490 nm RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, • RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1BX40T 6GK6000-8FB54-0AA0
Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic 1000BASE-BX-D, 1 X
up to max. 50km, 1310nm, 1000MBIT/S, LC-Interface,
• SFP1131-1FX90 6GK6000-8FE54-0AA0 up to max. 40km, 1490nm
100BASE-FX, LC-Interface, TX/1310 nm RX, -40 °C ...+85 °C
up to max. 90km, 1550nm, Fiber Optic SFP+ (10 Gigabit)
-40 °C ...+85 °C • RUGGEDCOM SFP2133-1LR10 6GK6000-8FT51-0AA0
10GBASE-LR, LC- Interface,
Fiber Optic SFPs (Gigabit) Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1122-1SX 6GK6000-8FG51-0AA0 up to max. 10km, 1310nm,
1000BASE-SX, LC-Interface, -40 °C ...+85 °C
Optical: Multi Mode Fiber Optic up • RUGGEDCOM SFP2133-1ER40 6GK6000-8FT53-0AA0
to max. 500m, 850nm, 10GBASE-ER, LC- Interface,
-40 °C ...+85 °C Optical: Single Mod e Fiber Optic
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1122-1SX2 6GK6000-8FE58-0AA0 up to max. 40km, 1550nm,
1000BASE-SX, LC-Interface, -40 °C ...+85 °C
Optical: Multi Mode Fiber Optic up • RUGGEDCOM SFP2133-1ZR80 6GK6000-8FT52-0AA0
to max. 2km, 1310nm, 10GBASE-ZR, LC- Interface,
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX10 6GK6000-8FG52-0AA0 up to max. 80km, 1550nm,
1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, -40 °C ...+85 °C
-40 °C ...+85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM SFP1132-1LX25 6GK6000-8FG53-0AA0 ■ More information
Optical: Single Mode Fiber Optic To assist in selecting the right RUGGEDCOM products as well
up to max. 25km, 1310nm, as configuration of variants, the RUGGEDCOM Selector is
-40 °C ...+85 °C available at:
1000BASE-LX, LC-Interface, http://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom-selector
-40 °C ...+85 °C
-40 °C ...+85 °C 7
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/95

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RSG2488
■ Overview
Product versions
RUGGEDCOM RSG2488
• Modular managed Gigabit Ethernet switch with 28 ports and
128-bit encryption
RUGGEDCOM RSG2488NC
• Modular managed Gigabit Ethernet switch with 28 ports and
56-bit encryption
The RUGGEDCOM RSG2488 is the first locally upgradable
Layer 2 switch with 28 non-blocking Gigabit ports and dual
redundant power supplies that are replaceable during
operation.
Characteristics
• Up to 28 Gigabit Ethernet ports - copper and/or fiber-optic;
19-inch, 1 HU rack mounting
• Fully modular; field-replaceable Ethernet media modules with
2/4 ports for outstanding flexibility
• Support of media modules with 100FX or 1000SX fiber-optic
ports
• Optional PTP module provides GPS time source and
IRIG-B input/output
• Support of IEEE 1588 (PTP), SNTP, IRIG-B; the time of day can
be converted between all these formats
• Non-blocking, Store und Forward switching
• Support of many different fiber-optic cable types (multimode,
single-mode, bidirectional single strand) with a variety of
connections (LC, SC, SFP, ST)
• Dual redundant (optional) load-dividing high voltage and low
voltage power supplies that are replaceable during operation
• Operation without fans for operating temperatures from -40 °C
to +85 °C

RUGGEDCOM RSG2488 The RUGGEDCOM Selector assists you in selecting the right
The RUGGEDCOM RSG2488 is RUGGEDCOM products and in configuring variants and is
a rugged fully-managed Ethernet available at:
switch; up to 28 non-blocking ports;
configured as follows: http://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom-selector
10/100/1000TX copper ports,
100FX or 1000SX fiber-optic ports;
support of six 4-port modules plus
two 2-port modules; combination of
Gigabit copper and fiber-optic
ports with up to 28 Gigabit Ethernet
ports; operating temperatures from
-40 °C to +85 °C (operation without
fan)
• RUGGEDCOM RSG2488NC 6GK6024-8GS1.-....
(not subject to export controls)
7
• RUGGEDCOM RSG2488 6GK6024-8GS2.-....
(subject to export controls)
7/96 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM – Layer 3 Switches / Routers
RUGGEDCOM RX1400
■ Overview
Characteristics
• 4x Fast Ethernet copper ports and 2x Gigabit SFP
(small form factor pluggable) slots
• Support of multimode and single-mode SFPs for distances of
500 m up to 100 km
• Equipped with GPS input
• Available with or without LTE modem for Europe, North
America, the Asia-Pacific region and Japan. Fully integrated
power supply, +/-12-24 V DC
• Operation without fans for operating temperatures from -40 °C
to +85 °C
• RUGGEDCOM VPE1400: Virtualization enables a complete
Linux image (with dedicated memory media and I/O ports) that
can run in parallel with the RUGGEDCOM ROX II operating
system.
The RUGGEDCOM RX1400 is a rugged Industrial Ethernet

switch and TCP/IP router with LTE and fiber-optic WAN options
in compact size for reliable, cost-effective implementation of
comprehensive communication applications and a high
processing output in harsh industrial environments.
■ Technical specifications ■ Selection and ordering data

Transmission rate RUGGEDCOM RX1400 6GK6014-0AM2.-....
On Industrial Ethernet Autosensing with 10/100 Mbps The RUGGEDCCOM RX1400 is a
Through WAN connection Up to 100 Mbps rugged Industrial Ethernet switch
and TCP/IP router in compact size
Through fiber-optic connection 1 Gbps with 4 Gigabit Ethernet copper
WAN connection ports, 2 serial ports (DB9) and
EDGE/GPRS/GSM 850/900/1800/1900 MHz 2 SFP slots. Optionally equipped
with LTE modem, SFPs and
UMTS/HSDPA+ 850/900/1900/2100 MHz GPS/GLONASS support.
LTE B1, B2, B3, B4, B7, B8, B13, B17, RUGGEDCOM VPE1400 License 6GK6014-0AL50-0AA0
B19, B20, B21, B25
Number of supported SIM cards 2 License for activating the
RUGGEDCOM VPE1400 virtual
Interfaces environment on the RX1400
Communication interfaces LAN: 4 x RJ45 10/100, 2 x SFP slot RUGGEDCOM RX1400 Layer 3 6GK6014-0AL53-0AA0
1000 LX SFP / Security License
Serial: 2 x DB9 connector/
Console: 1 x DB9 connector License for activating the Layer 3
WAN (Wide Area Network) interfaces 2 x SMA-type security functions on the RX1400
GPS interface 1 x SMA-type
Permissible ambient conditions ■ More information
Operating temperature -40 °C to +85 °C
Degree of protection IP40 The RUGGEDCOM Selector assists you in selecting the right
available at:
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 88 x 120 x 150
Weight 2.5 kg http://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom-selector
Mounting
Power consumption
DIN rail, control panel, rack
< 15 W
7
Reliability
MTBF (calculated in accordance with 52 years (at 55 °C)
MIL-HDBK-217)
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/97

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RX1500 / RUGGEDCOM RX1501 / RUGGEDCOM RX1510
■ Overview
• WAN port options
- T1/E1 (channelized)
- E1 75 ohms via BNC
- Mobile wireless
- DDS
• Power supply
- RUGGEDCOM RX1500, RX1510:
- Modular power supply that is replaceable during operation
- Input voltage range 24 V DC, 48 V DC, 88-300 V DC and
RUGGEDCOM RX1500 85-264 V AC for worldwide operation
- Fully integrated power supply (no external adapters)
- Safety approval according to CSA/UL 60950 up to +85 °C
• Cyber security
- Integrated router, firewall and VPN functionality
- Stateful firewall with NAT
- Complete IPsec Virtual Private Networking
- VPN with support for 3DES, AES128, AES256
- RUGGEDCOM CROSSBOW for cyber security conformity in
accordance with NERC CIP
RUGGEDCOM RX1501 - Central RADIUS password management
- Multilevel passwords
- SSH/SSL encryption
- Enable/disable ports, MAC-based port security
- VLAN (802.1Q) for separation and protection of network
traffic
- SNMPv3-encrypted authentication and access protection
- Optional checkpoint firewall and IPS
(see RUGGEDCOM APE module)
• WAN protocols
- Frame relay RFC 1490 or RFC 1294
- PPP RFC 1661, 1332, 1321, 1334, PAP, CHAP authentication
- GOOSE message support
• IP
- Routing: OSPF, BGP, RIPv1 and RIPv2
- VRRP
- Traffic control, NTP server
RUGGEDCOM RX1510 - IP multicast routing
- DHCP agent (option 82 possible)
The RUGGEDCOM RX1500 series is a multi-service platform for - MPLS
the power supply sector, available in different sizes for 19-inch
rack mounting and DIN/panel mounting. The RUGGEDCOM • Reliability in harsh environments
RX1500 series has a modular, field-replaceable platform that - EMC and immunity from electrical interference in the high
allows customers to choose between various WAN options, voltage range
serial options and Ethernet options and is thus extremely - Meets requirements of IEEE 1613 (electric power stations for
well-suited for rail and traffic control systems. power supply and distribution)
- Exceeds requirements of IEEE 61850-3 (electric power
Characteristics stations for power supply and distribution)
• General device characteristics - Exceeds requirements of IEC 61800-3 (drive systems with
- Field-replaceable line modules variable speed)
- Exceeds requirements of IEC 61000-6-2 (general industrial
• RUGGEDCOM RX1500: environment)
- Up to 24x 100FX ports - Exceeds requirements of NEMA TS-2 (traffic control systems)
- Up to 24x 10/100TX ports - Operating temperature -40°C to +85°C (operation without
- Up to 12x 10FL/100SX ports fan)
- Up to 8 Gigabit Ethernet ports
7 - Up to 24 serial ports
- Fail-safe output relay: For signaling of critical failures or errors
- Zinc-plated steel housing (18 AWG) and adapter for 19-inch
• RUGGEDCOM RX1501: rack mounting
- Up to 36 ports 100FX
- Up to 36 ports 10/100TX Product versions
- Up to 18 ports 10FL / 100SX RUGGEDCOM RX1500
- Up to 4 ports Gigabit Ethernet • Modular, 19-inch rack-mounted Layer 2 and Layer 3 switch
- Up to 36 Serial Ports and router with optional redundant power supply
• RUGGEDCOM RX1510:
- Up to 24x 100FX ports RUGGEDCOM RX1501
- Up to 24x 10/100TX ports • Modular, 19-inch rack-mounted Layer 2 and Layer 3 switch
- Up to 12x 10FL/100SX ports and router with single power supply
- Up to 8 Gigabit Ethernet ports
- Up to 24 serial ports RUGGEDCOM RX1510
• Modular Layer 2 and Layer 3 switch and router in compact size
7/98 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RX1500 / RUGGEDCOM RX1501 / RUGGEDCOM RX1510

RUGGEDCOM RX1500 6GK6015-0AM2.-…. RUGGEDCOM RX1510 6GK6015-1AM2.-….
The RUGGEDCOM RX1500 series The RUGGEDCOM RX1510 series

comprises Layer 2 and Layer 3 comprises Layer 2 and Layer 3
switches and routers. 2x power switches and routers in compact
supplies (replaceable during size. 2x power supplies -
operation); locally replaceable line redundant, load-dividing power
modules; up to 24x 100FX ports; supplies; locally replaceable line
up to 24x 10/100TX ports; modules; up to 24x 100FX ports;
up to 8x Gigabit Ethernet ports; up to 24x 10/100TX ports;
up to 12x 10FL/100SX ports - SC, up to 8x Gigabit Ethernet ports;
ST, LC and MTRJ; pluggable up to 12x 10FL/100SX ports - SC,
fiber-optic connection (SFP); ST, LC and MTRJ; pluggable
up to 4x T1/E1 ports; mobile fiber-optic connection (SFP);
wireless (EVDO / HSPA); up to 4x T1/E1 ports; mobile
DDS (56K masters/slaves, wireless (EVDO / HSPA);
64K slaves); DDS (56K masters/slaves,
up to 24x RS232/422/485 ports 64K slaves);
up to 24x RS232/422/485 ports
RUGGEDCOM RX1501 6GK6015-0BM2.-….
The RUGGEDCOM RX1501 series
is a utility grade Layer 2 and
Layer 3 switch and router. 1x power
supply Field replaceable line
modules Up to 36-ports 100FX;
up to 36-ports 10/100TX;
up to 4-ports Gigabit Ethernet
up to 18 ports 10FL/100SX SC, ST,
LC and MTRJ; pluggable Optics
(SFP); up to 4 T1/E1 ports cellular
(EVDO / HSPA),
DDS (56K master/slave, 64K slave);
up to 24 RS232/422/485
available at:
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/99

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM RX5000
■ Overview
Characteristics
• RUGGEDCOM RX5000:
- Up to two 10 Gigabit uplinks
- Up to 26 Gigabit ports
- Up to 96x 10/100TX copper ports
- Up to 48x 100 FX optical ports
- Long-distance fiber-optic connections enable distances up
to 90 km
• Power supply
- Modular, redundant power supplies
- Universal high voltage ranges: 88-300 V DC or 85-264 V AC
• Reliability in harsh environments
- EMC and immunity from electrical interference in the high
voltage range
The RUGGEDCOM RX5000 is an Ethernet routing and switching - Exceeds requirements of NEMA TS-2 (traffic control systems)
platform with high connection density for use in harsh
environments. These integrated switches and routers can • Operating temperature -40°C to +85°C (operation without fan)
withstand strong electromagnetic interference and radio • Printed-circuit boards with protective coating (optional)
frequency interference as well as a wide temperature range from
-40 °C to +85 °C. The platform was developed for demanding
climatic and environmental conditions, such as in power
generation and distribution grids as well as in the industrial and
military sectors.

RUGGEDCOM RX5000 6GK6050-0AM2.-.... The RUGGEDCOM Selector assists you in selecting the right
The RUGGEDCOM RX5000 RUGGEDCOM switches and in configuring variants and is
is a routing and switching platform available at:
with high port density.
Up to 96x 10/100TX copper ports + http://www.siemens.com/ruggedcom-selector
2x 10/100/1000T copper ports;
up to 48x 100FX fiber-optic ports;
up to 2x Gigabit Ethernet ports;
long-distance fiber-optic
connections enable distances
up to 90 km
7/100 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM – Wireless
RUGGEDCOM WIN7200
■ Overview
Characteristics
• Mobile WiMAX-compliant in accordance with IEEE 802.16e
and WiMAX Forum Wave 2 (MIMO) certification
• Support of worldwide WiMAX usage in the 2.X-GHz, 3.X-GHz,
4.9-GHz and 5.8-GHz bands
• Adaptive modulation: For optimization of throughput and
improvement of performance
• Ecosystem compatibility with all RUGGEDCOM WIN products
or 802.16e-compliant WiMAX network equipment
• Large range: Transmission and reception diversity in
combination with high output power for improved range and
NLOS performance
• High bandwidth: RUGGEDCOM WIN has two integrated
wireless units that operate simultaneously on the same
frequency (MIMO) for improving the bandwidth
(up to 40 Mbps) and spectral efficiency.
• Efficient frequency use: Use of OFDMA technology and
The RUGGEDCOM WIN7200 is a light-weight IEEE 802.16e- integrated GPS so that users can use a complete network on a
compliant wireless broadband base station that has been single frequency channel.
developed for use in unlicensed and "lightly" licensed or • Usage models: Developed for support of long-distance
completely licensed frequency bands in harsh environments. connections to stationary, portable and mobile end points with
The RUGGEDCOM WIN7200 is a light-weight base station with simultaneous support of seamless mobility of vehicles and
a sector antenna that can be easily mounted on masts, street backhaul mode
lamps or walls. It supports subscribers in a stationary or mobile
environment. The RUGGEDCOM Win7200, which is singly • Quality of service (QoS): With RUGGEDCOM WIN, users can
powered and connected via a single Power over Ethernet (PoE) separate data traffic types by air as well as guarantee latency,
connection, reduces operating costs and complexity. The minimal bandwidth and jitter according to application
RUGGEDCOM WIN7200 system is powered by OFDMA radio requirements.
technology, which has proven to be robust in adverse channel • Rugged design: RUGGEDCOM WIN features a rugged design
conditions and enables non-line-of-sight (NLOS) operation. and can be used flexibly outdoors. The RUGGEDCOM
Algorithms for link adjustment, modulation and coding are products have been developed for use in harsh environments,
continuously adapted to the prevailing link conditions for an such as are found in power stations, oil refineries, the military
optimal balance between robustness and efficiency. sector, roadside traffic control cabinets and metal and mineral
processing plants.
• Standalone architecture: Commercial wireless broadband
equipment requires the existence of a complete network
infrastructure. This includes a special mobile router called an
ASN gateway that acts as a central point for all network traffic.
This infrastructure can be very costly and complicated to
implement. Siemens has developed a mode that requires this
comprehensive infrastructure but at the same time retains the
interoperability and technological advantages of wireless
broadband.
• Secure: RUGGEDCOM WIN is equipped with many integrated
functions for assuring compliance with NERC CIP, such as
mutual authentication, AES encryption and protection of
integrity of messages using CMAC
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/101

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM WIN7200

RUGGEDCOM WIN7225-5 RUM:WIN7225-5 RUGGEDCOM WIN7249-5 RUM:WIN7249-5
The RUGGEDCOM WIN7225-5 The RUGGEDCOM WIN7249-5

base station in compact size for base station in compact size for
outside use includes a power outside use includes a power
supply, 2x antenna cables 1.6 m, supply, 2x antenna cables 1.6 m,
GPS receiver, GPS antenna and GPS receiver, GPS antenna and
mounting set - antenna and data mounting set - antenna and data
cables must be ordered separately, cables must be ordered separately,
from 2483 MHz to 2690 MHz from 4900 MHz to 5000 MHz
RUGGEDCOM WIN7233-5 RUM:WIN7233-5 RUGGEDCOM WIN7251 RUM:WIN7251
The RUGGEDCOM WIN7233-5 The RUGGEDCOM WIN7251 base

base station in compact size for station in compact size for outside
outside use includes a power use includes a power supply,
supply, 2x antenna cables 1.6 m, 2x antenna cables 1.6 m,
RUGGEDCOM WIN7235-5 RUM:WIN7235-5 RUGGEDCOM WIN7258-5 RUM:WIN7258-5
The RUGGEDCOM WIN7235-5 The RUGGEDCOM WIN7258-5

base station in compact size for base station in compact size for
outside use includes a power outside use includes a power
supply, 2x antenna cables 1.6 m, supply, 2x antenna cables 1.6 m,
RUGGEDCOM WIN7237-5 RUM:WIN7237-5

The RUGGEDCOM WIN7237-5
base station in compact size for
outside use includes a power
supply, 2x antenna cables 1.6 m,
GPS receiver, GPS antenna and
mounting set - antenna and data
cables must be ordered separately,
from 3600 MHz to 3720 MHz
available at:
7/102 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM WIN5100
■ Overview
available signal and enables plug-and-play installation and
maintenance-free operation. The RUGGEDCOM WIN5100 has
external antenna ports and is available with optional
10-30 V DC power input.
Characteristics
and WiMAX Forum Wave 2 profiles
• 2 N-type antenna ports for connection of roof antennas
• Excellent performance in NLOS conditions – insensitive to
multipath and deep fade, providing for an extended range and
easy installation
• Automatic Transmit Power Control (ATPC) for optimal power
system utilization, tight frequency reuse and interference
prevention
• Numerous applications and services – guaranteed voice,
video and data services based on enhanced quality of service
(QoS)
The RUGGEDCOM WIN5100 is an IEEE 802.16e-compliant • Rugged hardware supports an operating temperature range
wireless broadband subscriber unit that is equipped with from -40 °C to +75 °C
external radio frequency connections for stationary or mobile • Developed for mast installation or installation in the vehicle or
applications in harsh environments. The self-learning subscriber control cabinet
device automatically detects the base station using the best

RUGGEDCOM WIN5114-5-AC RUM:WIN5114-5-AC RUGGEDCOM WIN5123-5-AC RUM:WIN5123-5-AC
RUGGEDCOM WIN5114-5-AC RUGGEDCOM WIN5123-5-AC

vehicle subscriber unit with external vehicle subscriber unit with external
antenna ports, radio frequency antenna ports, radio frequency
cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m
(use of power supply in the vehicle (use of power supply in the vehicle
as well as external power supply), as well as external power supply),
mounting set, from 1350 MHz to mounting set, from 2300 MHz to
1525 MHz, with commercially 2400 MHz, with commercially
available AC power injector, available AC power injector,
power/data cables must be ordered power/data cables must be ordered
separately separately
RUGGEDCOM WIN5114-5-DC RUM:WIN5114-5-DC RUGGEDCOM WIN5123-5-DC RUM:WIN5123-5-DC
RUGGEDCOM WIN5114-5-DC RUGGEDCOM WIN5123-5-DC

1525 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power 2400 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power
input with separate Ethernet input with separate Ethernet
connection, equipped with connection, equipped with
DC power cable, data cables must DC power cable, data cables must
be ordered separately be ordered separately
RUGGEDCOM WIN5118-5-AC RUM:WIN5118-5-AC RUGGEDCOM WIN5125-5-AC RUM:WIN5125-5-AC
RUGGEDCOM WIN5118-5-AC RUGGEDCOM WIN5125-5-AC

(use of power supply in the vehicle
as well as external power supply),
(use of power supply in the vehicle
mounting set, from 2496 MHz to
7
1830 MHz, with commercially 2690 MHz, with commercially
available AC power injector, available AC power injector,
power/data cables must be ordered power/data cables must be ordered
separately separately
RUGGEDCOM WIN5118-5-DC RUM:WIN5118-5-DC RUGGEDCOM WIN5125-5-DC RUM:WIN5125-5-DC
RUGGEDCOM WIN5118-5-DC RUGGEDCOM WIN5125-5-DC

1830 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power 2690 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power
input with separate Ethernet input with separate Ethernet
connection, equipped with connection, equipped with
DC power cable, data cables must DC power cable, data cables must
be ordered separately be ordered separately
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/103

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM WIN5100
RUGGEDCOM WIN5135-5-AC RUM:WIN5135-5-AC RUGGEDCOM WIN5149-5-DC RUM:WIN5149-5-DC
RUGGEDCOM WIN5135-5-AC RUGGEDCOM WIN5149-5-DC
3600 MHz, with commercially 5000 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power
available AC power injector, input with separate Ethernet
power/data cables must be ordered connection, equipped with
separately DC power cable, data cables must
be ordered separately
RUGGEDCOM WIN5135-5-DC RUM:WIN5135-5-DC
RUGGEDCOM WIN5151-5-AC RUM:WIN5151-5-AC
RUGGEDCOM WIN5135-5-DC
vehicle subscriber unit with external RUGGEDCOM WIN5151-5-AC
antenna ports, radio frequency vehicle subscriber unit with external
cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m antenna ports, radio frequency
(use of power supply in the vehicle cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m
as well as external power supply), (use of power supply in the vehicle
mounting set, from 3300 MHz to as well as external power supply),
3600 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power mounting set, from 4900 MHz to
input with separate Ethernet 5200 MHz, with commercially
connection, equipped with available AC power injector,
DC power cable, data cables must power/data cables must be ordered
be ordered separately separately
This product is intended for the air
RUGGEDCOM WIN5137-5-AC RUM:WIN5137-5-AC transportation market and
RUGGEDCOM WIN5137-5-AC AeroMACS frequency bands.
vehicle subscriber unit with external RUGGEDCOM WIN5151-5-DC RUM:WIN5151-5-DC
antenna ports, radio frequency
cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m RUGGEDCOM WIN5151-5-DC
(use of power supply in the vehicle vehicle subscriber unit with external
as well as external power supply), antenna ports, radio frequency
mounting set, from 3600 MHz to cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m
3800 MHz, with commercially (use of power supply in the vehicle
available AC power injector, as well as external power supply),
power/data cables must be ordered mounting set, from 4900 MHz to
separately 5250 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power
input with separate Ethernet
RUGGEDCOM WIN5137-5-DC RUM:WIN5137-5-DC connection, equipped with
RUGGEDCOM WIN5137-5-DC DC power cable, data cables must
vehicle subscriber unit with external be ordered separately
antenna ports, radio frequency This product is intended for the air
cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m transportation market and
(use of power supply in the vehicle AeroMACS frequency bands.
as well as external power supply), RUGGEDCOM WIN5158-5-AC RUM:WIN5158-5-AC
3800 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power RUGGEDCOM WIN5158-5-AC
input with separate Ethernet vehicle subscriber unit with external
connection, equipped with antenna ports, radio frequency
DC power cable, data cables must cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m
be ordered separately (use of power supply in the vehicle
RUGGEDCOM WIN5149-5-AC RUM:WIN5149-5-AC mounting set, from 5725 MHz to
RUGGEDCOM WIN5149-5-AC 5850 MHz, with commercially
vehicle subscriber unit with external available AC power injector,
antenna ports, radio frequency power/data cables must be ordered
cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m separately
(use of power supply in the vehicle RUGGEDCOM WIN5158-5-DC RUM:WIN5158-5-DC
mounting set, from 4900 MHz to RUGGEDCOM WIN5158-5-DC
5000 MHz, with commercially vehicle subscriber unit with external
available AC power injector, antenna ports, radio frequency
power/data cables must be ordered cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m
separately (use of power supply in the vehicle
7
5850 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power
input with separate Ethernet
connection, equipped with
DC power cable, data cables must
be ordered separately
available at:
7/104 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM WIN5200
■ Overview
Characteristics
and WiMAX Forum Wave 2 profiles
• Integrated antenna with high strength
• Excellent performance in NLOS conditions – insensitive to
multipath and deep fade, providing for an extended range and
easy installation
• Automatic Transmit Power Control (ATPC) for optimal power
system utilization, tight frequency reuse and interference
prevention
• Numerous applications and services – guaranteed voice,
video and data services based on enhanced quality of service
(QoS)
• Low operating costs due to easy installation and needs-based
expansion so that owners can quickly enter new market
segments with minimum investment
• Rugged hardware supports an operating temperature range
The RUGGEDCOM WIN5200 is an IEEE 802.16e-compliant from -40 °C to +75 °C
wireless broadband subscriber unit that is equipped with an • Mean time between failures (MTBF) of over 1 million hours
integrated dual-slant directional antenna for harsh
environments. The RUGGEDCOM WIN5200 is much simpler to • A single Power over Ethernet (PoE) cable
install thanks to LEDs for signal strength alignment, automatic • Broad frequency band supports worldwide use
connection to the strongest available base station and automatic • Subscriber unit for outside use
service delivery based on authentication data. Specially
developed for point-to-multipoint broadband applications with
wireless access, the RUGGEDCOM WIN5200 enables efficient
use of the wireless frequency spectrum and supports many
different applications.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 7/105

© Siemens AG 2018
Network Components
RUGGEDCOM WIN5200

RUGGEDCOM WIN5218-1-WR-AC RUM:WIN5218-1-WR-A RUGGEDCOM WIN5235-5 RUM:WIN5235-5
RUGGEDCOM WIN5218-1-WR-AC RUGGEDCOM WIN5235-5

vehicle subscriber unit with external subscriber unit for outside use with
antenna ports, radio frequency high strength and integrated dual-
cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m slant directional antenna, includes
(use of power supply in the vehicle commercial-quality power supply,
as well as external power supply), from 3300 MHz to 3600 MHz
mounting set, from 1785 MHz to RUGGEDCOM WIN5237-5 RUM:WIN5237-5
1805 MHz, with commercially
available AC power injector, RUGGEDCOM WIN5237-5
power/data cables must be ordered subscriber unit for outside use with
separately high strength and integrated dual-
This article number can only be slant directional antenna, includes
ordered for China commercial-quality power supply,
RUGGEDCOM WIN5218-1-WR-DC RUM:WIN5218-1-WR-D
RUGGEDCOM WIN5218-1-WR-DC
vehicle subscriber unit with external RUGGEDCOM WIN5249-5
antenna ports, radio frequency subscriber unit for outside use with
cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m high strength and integrated dual-
(use of power supply in the vehicle slant directional antenna, includes
as well as external power supply), commercial-quality power supply,
mounting set, from 1785 MHz to from 4900 MHz to 5000 MHz
1805 MHz, direct 10-30 V DC power
input with separate Ethernet RUGGEDCOM WIN5251 RUM:WIN5251
connection, equipped with DC RUGGEDCOM WIN5251 subscriber
power cable, data cables must be unit for outside use with high
ordered separately strength and integrated dual-slant
This article number can only be directional antenna, includes
RUGGEDCOM WIN5218-1-WR-OD RUM:WIN5218-1-WR-O from 4900 MHz to 5200 MHz
This product is intended for the air
RUGGEDCOM WIN5218-1-WR-OD transportation market and
subscriber unit for outside use with AeroMACS frequency bands.
high strength and integrated
dual-slant directional antenna, RUGGEDCOM WIN5137-5-DC RUM:WIN5137-5-DC
includes commercial-quality RUGGEDCOM WIN5258-5
power supply, from 1785 MHz to subscriber unit for outside use with
1805 MHz high strength and integrated dual-
This article number can only be slant directional antenna, includes
RUGGEDCOM WIN5218-5 RUM:WIN5218-5 from 5725 MHz to 5850 MHz
RUGGEDCOM WIN5218-5 RUGGEDCOM WIN5258-5 RUM:WIN5258-5

subscriber unit for outside use with RUGGEDCOM WIN5149-5-AC
high strength and integrated dual- vehicle subscriber unit with external
slant directional antenna, includes antenna ports, radio frequency
commercial-quality power supply, cable - 5 m, power cable - 5 m
from 1800 MHz to 1830 MHz (use of power supply in the vehicle
RUGGEDCOM WIN5223-5 RUM:WIN5223-5 as well as external power supply),
RUGGEDCOM WIN5223-5 5000 MHz, with commercially
subscriber unit for outside use with available AC power injector,
high strength and integrated dual- power/data cables must be ordered
slant directional antenna, includes separately
commercial-quality power supply,
RUGGEDCOM WIN5225-5
subscriber unit for outside use with
high strength and integrated dual-
slant directional antenna, includes
commercial-quality power supply,
7 from 2496 MHz to 2690 MHz
available at:
7/106 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

8
© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
8/2 Ordering notes
8/8 Further documentation
8/13 Standards and approvals
8/19 Quality management
8/20 Partners at Siemens
8/21 Industry Services
8/24 Online Support
8/25 Software licenses
8/27 Conditions of sale and delivery
© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Ordering notes
■ Things you should know about Catalog IC 12

Catalog IC 12 contains all selection and
order-relevant data.
Standard delivery time (SD)
SD in days (d) Preferred types are available immediately from The delivery times apply up to the ramp at Siemens AG (products ready
} Preferred type stock, i.e. are dispatched within 24 hours. for dispatch). The transport times depend on the destination and type of
Normal quantities of the products are usually shipping. The standard transport time for Germany is one day.
X On request
delivered within the specified time following receipt The delivery times specified here represent the situation in October 2017.
of your order at our branch. They are continuously optimized. For more up-to-the-minute information,
In exceptional cases, the actual delivery time may please visit www.siemens.com/sirius/mall.
differ from that specified.
Packaging sizes (PS)
The packaging size defines the number, e.g. of For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see page 8/5.
units, sets or meters, contained in an outer
packaging.
Only the quantity defined by the packaging size or
a multiple thereof can be ordered.
Price groups (PG)
Each product is assigned to a price group.
Example
3RA2110-0FA15-1AP0
SD: 2 working days SD Article No. Price PU PS* PG
PG: 41D per PU (UNIT,
Order quantity 1 unit or a multiple thereof d SET, M)
2 3RA2110-0FA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D
3RV1901-0H } 3RV1901-0H 1 10 units 41E
SD: Preferred type 5 3SU1900-0AB71-0AB0 100 10 units 41J
PG: 41E
Order quantity 10 units or a multiple thereof
3SU1900-0AB71-0AB0
SD: 5 working days
PG: 41J
Order quantity 10 units or a multiple thereof
Dimensions
All dimensions in mm.
8/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Ordering notes
■ Symbols
In Catalog IC 12 you will find the symbols and their Connections Insulation piercing method
explanations listed alongside.
They are used in conjunction with an orange Straight-through transformers
background to mark and highlight special selection
criteria (e.g. connections, types of coordination, etc.).
Spring-type terminals or
spring-type terminals (push-in)
Flat connectors
Solder pin connections
Push-in terminals
Ring terminal lug connections
Screw terminals
Socket terminals (THT)
Types of coordination Type of coordination "1" ToC

1
Type of coordination "2" ToC

2
Distinguishing between units Complete units
Modular system
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/3

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Ordering notes
■ Logistics
General Packaging, packing units
With regard to delivery service, communications and The packaging in which our equipment is dispatched provides
environmental protection, our logistics service ensures "quality protection against dust and mechanical damage during
from the moment of ordering right through to delivery". By transport, thus ensuring that you receive our products in a
designing our infrastructure according to customer perfect state.
requirements and implementing electronic order processing, we
have successfully optimized our logistics processes. We select our packaging for maximum environmental
compatibility and reusability (e.g. crumpled paper for protection
Our delivery processes are designed such that, as a rule, a during transport in packages up to 32 kg) and, in particular, with
confirmed deadline is not generally exceeded. In fact, wherever a view to reducing waste.
possible, we aim to deliver up to three working days ahead of
schedule to optimize the overall delivery situation (e.g. in With our multi-unit packaging and reusable packaging, we offer
anticipation of holidays and peak order periods). you specific types of packaging that are both kind to the
environment and tailored to your requirements.
We are proud of our personal consulting service, on-time
deliveries and 1-day transport within Germany. Your advantages at a glance:
• Lower order costs
To achieve this, we supply the preferred types marked with }
ex warehouse. • Cost savings through uniform-type packaging: low/no
disposal costs
We regard the DIN ISO 9001 certification and consistent quality • Reduced time and cost thanks to short unpacking times
checks as an integral part of our services.
• "Just-in-time" delivery directly to the production line helps
Electronic order processing is fast, cost-efficient and error-free. reduce stock: cost savings through reduction of storage area
Please contact us if you want to benefit from these advantages.
• Fast assembly thanks to supply in sets
• Standard Euro boxes – corresponding to the Euro pallet
modular system – suitable for most conveyor systems
• Active contribution to environmental protection
Unless stated otherwise in the "Selection and ordering data" of
this catalog, our products are supplied individually packed.
For small parts/accessories, we offer you economical
packaging units as standard packs containing more than one
item, e.g. 5, 10, 50 or 100 units. It is essential that whole
number multiples of these quantities be ordered to ensure
satisfactory quality of the products and problem-free order
processing.
The products are delivered in a neutral carton. The label
includes warning notices, the CE mark and product description
information in English and German.
In addition to the Article No. (MLFB) and the packed number of
items in the packaging, the Instr. Order No. of the operating
instructions is also specified. This can be obtained from your
local Siemens representative, see
www.siemens.com/automation/partner.
The device Article No. of most devices can also be acquired
through the EAN barcode to simplify ordering and storage
logistics.
The related master data are available from your local Siemens
representative.
8/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Ordering notes
Multi-unit and reusable packagings Reusable packaging (uniform type)
The devices listed in the table on page 8/6 can be ordered in
multi-unit or reusable packagings (other versions available on
request).
If ordering multi-unit or reusable packagings for the first time,
please first consult your local Siemens representative with
regard to pack type, quantity, delivery time and the precise order
designation. Use of the reusable packaging is reserved solely
for customers that have signed a packaging return agreement
with their Siemens representative in advance.
Multi-unit and reusable packagings are not available as a pack
type for all products. Some products are unsuited for this pack
type and would only involve an increased risk of damage in
transit. Standard Euro box (ENK) made of durable molded plastic with foam
inserts
For both pack types, the quantity of devices ordered (per Article
No.) must be divisible by the pack quantity. If this is not the case, Standard reusable packagings contain uniform-type, non-
the electronic order processing system rounds up to the next packed individual products (one device type) in a reusable
integer multiple of packagings. standard Euro box (ENK) made of durable molded plastic with
foam inserts for protection during transport.
The standard Euro box (ENK) also serves as transport
packaging. The reusable packagings (ENK) plus foam inserts
are returned by the customer (free of charge) to the supply base.
Please contact your Siemens representative to clarify the
delivery details or conditions for set supply or delivery in
reusable packaging (ENK) (to find Siemens representatives, see
www.siemens.com/automation/partner). Suitable arrangements
will then be agreed with you.
Set deliveries (reusable, different devices)

On request, we also deliver order-related packs of larger
quantities of devices in a standard Euro box (ENK).
Products in a quantity sufficient to fill a multi-unit packaging: Please contact your Siemens representative to clarify the
1/2 (W96) and 1/4 (W97) ENK delivery details or conditions for set supply or delivery in
As standard, multi-unit packs contain uniform-type, unpacked reusable packagings. Suitable arrangements will then be
single devices (one device type) in an appropriately sized agreed with you.
carton made of recyclable cardboard. The products of the Packaging dimensions
SIRIUS range can be ordered in units of 1/1, 1/2, 1/4 and
1/8 standard Euro boxes (ENK). Packing material Length Height Width
mm mm mm
ENK 596 219 396
W95 575 190 375
W96 375 190 290
W97 290 190 195
W98 290 100 195
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/5

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Ordering notes
Multi-unit and reusable packaging, quantity in units, supplied in indivisible pack quantities
with delivery time on request
Devices Size Reusable Multi-unit
SIRIUS X95 (1/1 ENK) W95 (1/1 ENK) W96 (1/2 ENK) W97 (1/4 ENK) W98 (1/8 ENK)
Contactors
3RT201. –1A ..1/2 S00 144 -- 72 40 --
3RT201 . –1B. .1/2 S00 72 -- 72 40 --
3RT201 . –2 A/B. . . S00 120 -- 60 32 --
3RT202. –1 A/B ..0 S0 48 -- 24 12 --
3RT202 . –2 A/B . .0 S0 40 -- 18 8 --
3RT203 . – . . . .0 S2 30 -- 15 6 --
3RT203 . – . . . .4 S2 30 -- 15 -- --
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks
3RH2911–1F. /GA/HA . . -- 351 -- 240 120 60
3RH2911–2F./G./H./N./X. .. -- 321 -- 196 100 50
Contactor relays
3RH21 . . –1A ..0 S00 144 -- 72 40 --
3RH21 . . –1B ..0 S00 72 -- 72 40 --
3RH21 . . –2A/B ..0 S00 120 -- 60 32 --
Motor starter protectors/circuit breakers
3RV2011– . . . 1 /0/5 S00 43 -- 24 12 --
3RV2011– . . . 2 /0/5 S00 40 -- 16 8 --
3RV2021– . . . 1 /0/5 S0 43 -- 24 12 --
3RV2021– . . . 2 /0/5 S0 35 -- 16 8 --
3RV2031– . . . 0/5 S2 24 -- 12 5 --
Thermally delayed overload relays
3RU2116– . . B0 S00 64 -- 32 16 --
3RU2116– . . C0 S00 56 -- 24 12 --
3RU2126– . . B0 S0 56 -- 32 16 --
3RU2126– . . C0 S0 48 -- 24 12 --
3RU2136–..B0 S2 36 -- 18 9 --
3RP25 electronic timing relays On request
Devices Multi-unit
SIRIUS ACT X90
3SU1 pushbuttons and indicator lights
Complete units (3SU11) 20
Compact units (3SU12)
• Acoustic signaling devices, pushbuttons with extended stroke, potentiometers 50
Actuating and signaling elements (3SU10)
• Pushbuttons, illuminated pushbuttons, indicator lights 100
• Stop switches, twin pushbuttons, mushroom pushbuttons 30/40 mm, 50
EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons 30/40 mm, toggle switches, selector
switches, key-operated switches, ID key-operated switches, coordinate switches
• Mushroom pushbuttons 60 mm, EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons 60 mm 40
Holders (3SU15) 100
Modules for actuators and indicators (3SU14)
• Contact modules, LED modules 150
Accessories (3SU19)
• Blanking plugs, label holders, EMERGENCY STOP backing plates, 100
labeling plates for potentiometers, EMERGENCY STOP labeling plate for enclosures
without cutouts and without inscription
When ordering products in multi-unit packagings, the Article No. For products packed in reusable packaging, the Article No.
of the product concerned must be supplemented with "–Z" and, must be supplemented with "–Z" and the order code X95.
in addition, the order code X90, or for products from the SIRIUS
range, the order code W9. Ordering example:
8 Ordering example:
3RT2024–1AB00–Z X95
+ quantity: 48
3RT2024–1AB00–Z W96
+ quantity: 24
8/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Ordering notes
■ Ordering special versions ■ Small orders

When ordering products that differ from the versions listed in the When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order
catalog, the article number specified in the catalog must be processing are greater than the order value. We recommend
supplemented with "–Z"; the required features must be therefore that you combine several small orders. Where this is
specified by means of the alphanumeric order codes or in plain not possible, we unfortunately have to charge a processing
text. supplement of € 20.– to cover our costs for order processing
and invoicing for all orders with a net goods value of less than
€ 250.–.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/7

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Further documentation
■ Industrial controls
We regard product support as just as important as the products
and systems themselves.
Visit our site on the Internet for a comprehensive range of
material on SIRIUS Industrial Controls, such as
• Overview of the entire product portfolio
• Always up to date with newsletters, podcasts, blogs and
twitter
• Access to interesting videos on the YouTube channel
• Access to contact persons in more than 190 countries
• Operating instructions and manuals for direct download
and much, much more – all conveniently and easily accessible
at:
■ Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology on the WWW

We regard product support to be just as important as the
products and systems themselves.
Visit our website for a comprehensive offering of support for
low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
products, such as:
• Overview of the entire product portfolio
• Keeping up to date via newsletters, podcasts, blogs and
Twitter
• Access to interesting videos on YouTube
• Contact with partners around the world
• Operating instructions and manuals for direct download
and much more - all conveniently and easily accessible.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
■ Information and download center

You will find information material such as catalogs, customer
magazines, brochures and trial versions of software for low-
voltage power distribution and electrical installations on the
Internet at
Here you can order your copy of the available documentation or
download it in common file formats (PDF, ZIP).
8/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
■ Product selection using the interactive catalog CA 01

Interactive Catalog CA 01 - Products for Automation and
Drives
The Interactive Catalog CA 01 combined with the Siemens
Industry Mall unites the benefits of offline and online media in
one application – the performance of an offline catalog with
the availability of manifold and up-to-date information on the
Internet.
Select products and assemble orders with the CA 01, determine
the availability of the selected products and track & trace via the
Industry Mall.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
More information and download:
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
■ Industry Mall
The Industry Mall
The Industry Mall is a Siemens Internet ordering platform.
Here you have a clear and informative online access to a huge
range of products.
Powerful search functions make it easy to select the required
products. Configurators enable you to configure complex prod-
uct and system components quickly and easily. CAx data types
are also provided here.
Data transfer allows the whole procedure, from selection through
ordering to tracking and tracing, to be carried out online. Avail-
ability checks, customer-specific discounts and bid creation are
also possible.
www.siemens.com/industrymall
■ Product support
Using the "Entry type" selection box in Product Support, you can
download operating instructions and manuals:
www.siemens.com/sirius/support
Here you will also find application examples, downloads, FAQs,
characteristic curves, product reports, technical specifications
and certificates.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/9

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
■ Übersicht
Apps for SIRIUS Planning Efficiency
Interactive control cabinet
The interactive control cabinet shows you a selected product
overview, and provides you with useful information and technical
data on the relevant components, thus allowing you to plan your
control cabinet in advance, efficiently and easily. This saves
precious time during project implementation.
Discover the interactive control cabinet1) at
www.siemens.com/sirius/cabinet.
g_qr01_de_00006h
Interactive
control cabinet
1)
Now also available as an iPad app in the Apple App Store.
Online Support app

The Online Support app allows you to access over
300 000 documents on all Siemens Industry products, anywhere
and any time. Whether you need help with implementing your
project or with troubleshooting, or want to expand your plant or
plan a new one, you now have around-the-clock access to
FAQs, manuals, certificates, characteristic curves, sample
applications and tools, product news and more.
The app is available free of charge from the Apple App Store and
on Google Play (Android Market) using the search string:
"Siemens Industry Online Support".
For more information, see
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupportapp.
g_qr01_de_00003h
Industry Online
Support app
SIRIUS Innovations DVD – also available as a web app

Thanks to the modular design of SIRIUS Innovations, our
products are particularly easy to plan for the control cabinet,
install and monitor. All the advantages of SIRIUS Innovations are
available offline in 9 languages with 3D animations, films and
SIRIUS Innovations
screen recordings of our planning and configuring tools. Ask
your sales contact person about the SIRIUS Innovations DVD.
The SIRIUS Innovations DVD is now also available as a
web app1) (de/en): www.siemens.com/sirius/dvd. Assembly and handling
Applications
s_ic01_de_00105h
Planning and configuration
8
Product overview
g_qr01_de_00005h
SIRIUS Innovations Connection to the automation level
web app
IC01_00271
1) Optimized for use with a resolution of 1024 x 768 on iPads and tablet PCs.
8/10 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
■ Product configurator
Get to the right product faster with intuitive product
selection
• Full selection of products and systems on the basis of
technical features or in accordance with application
requirements
• Simple and intuitive operation
• Configuration and ordering lists can be saved in the file format
of your choice (txt, pdf, xls, csv)
• Direct transfer of the ordering list to the Siemens Industry Mall
shopping cart
• Fast access to product data, pictures, certificates and
CAx data for the selected product and system configuration
• Available in several languages for global use
The configurators are available online in the Siemens Industry
Mall and offline in the CA01 Catalog. Product selection doesn't
come any faster, clearer or easier.
You will find our configurators on the Internet at
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/11

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
CAx Download Manager
IC01_00265
With the CAx Download Manager, all the CAx data types requi- Internal circuit Dimensional Operating
diagrams drawings instructions
red for use in all commonly used CAE and CAD systems are
provided for your desired products in just four selection steps,
Connection
free of charge and with daily updates. Your individual download diagrams 3D models Product images
package is then available to you for further use as a zip file. This
will save up to 80% of your time, because there is no need for Product
manual data collection thanks to the universal manufacturer data Manuals Data sheets
master data
for all commonly used CAE and CAD systems.
Characteristic EPLAN Electric
My Documentation Manager curves Certificates P8 Macros
We have developed a configurator for manuals to support you in
creating plant documentation. With My Documentation Manager, The CAx Download Manager makes 11 universal data types and
the standard-compliant plant documentation can be compiled the EPLAN Electric P8 Macro available
individually with just a few clicks. Simply select the desired
chapters from the existing manuals of the installed Siemens
products. Internal circuit diagrams
EPLAN Electric P8 Macro – the benefits for EPLAN users Connection diagrams
With EPLAN Electric P8 in .edz exchange format (EPLAN Data Product master data
Archived Zipped), the overall time required for data integration
Operating instructions
can be reduced even further. With just a few clicks, the
contained data types can be imported for any number of article Product images
numbers, and they remain linked. In this way, the installed
Siemens products can be represented across different circuit Data sheets
diagram pages quickly and easily. IC01_00264
At a glance The EPLAN Electric P8 Macro in .edz exchange format offers a lot more
Without Planning Efficiency a lot of time used to be wasted in than the .ema exchange format
manual data transmission. Now you can concentrate on the
essentials again. All the information and product data you need
are provided by Siemens Industry and are easily accessible.
This makes configuring control cabinets more efficient and
makes your everyday work easier. g_qr01_de_00007h
For more information, see Planning Efficiency

www.siemens.com/planning-efficiency.
Find out more about Planning Efficiency in
demonstrative videos
■ From old to new: The conversion tool

Every automation system becomes obsolete at some time.
Replacing installed products used to involve significant time and
costs. But now, with the conversion tool, you'll find the right
product more quickly – this allows you to conveniently switch to
SIRIUS Innovations:
• A user-friendly interface enables intuitive searches
• Simply enter the article number of the current device or
descriptive text (e.g. *contactor*)
• The search result provides you with the article number of the
desired device, including current data and information for
using the new product
• Order conveniently through the Industry Mall
For more information, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.
8/12 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Standards and approvals
■ Approvals, test certificates, characteristic curves Failure rates of electromechanical components are required for
calculating the safety integrity or safety integrity level (SIL) in
An overview of the certificates available for Industrial Control functional safety:
products along with more technical documentation can be - in the manufacturing industry at a high demand rate
consulted daily on the Internet at: - in the process industry at a low demand rate
www.siemens.com/sirius/approvals Further requirements are laid down in IEC 61511-1 "Functional
safety – Safety instrumented systems for the process industry
sector – Part 1: Framework, definitions, system, hardware and
software requirements".
The German versions of the above standards are:
• EN 62061
• EN ISO 13849
• EN 61511-1
The TÜV-tested Safety Evaluation Tool assists in calculating the
safety function as verification for the machine documentation. It
is available as a free download on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/safety-evaluation-tool.
At www.siemens.com/safety-integrated you will also find
examples of functions with calculations according to the current
standards.
Definitions
λ (t) dt is the probability that a unit which has not failed by a
certain time t will fail in the following interval (t; t +dt).
Failure rates have the dimension 1/time unit, e.g. 1/h.
Failure rates for components are often specified in FIT (failures
in time unit): 1 FIT equals 10-9/h.
From the failure rate it is possible to derive a (mathematical)
distribution function of the failure probability:
Product support: Approvals/certificates F(t) = 1 - exp(-λt), with λ as constant failure rate
• The mean value of this exponential distribution is also referred
to as:
- Mean Time To Failure (MTTF) in the case of irreparable
components; 63.2% of components fail by the MTTF.
- Mean Operating Time Between Failures (MTBF) in the case
of reparable components.
• MTTF = 1/λ
(MTTF is a statistical mean value but no guarantee for
endurance).
Electromechanical components are often irreparable compo-
nents. In general, the failure rate of monitored units changes with
age.
The B10 value for devices subject to wear is expressed in
number of operating cycles:
• It is the number of operating cycles after which 10% of the test
specimens fail in the course of an endurance test (or: The
number of operating cycles after which 10% of the devices
have failed).
For low demand rates (mainly in the process industry), the failure
rate and not the B10 value is used to determine the failure
probability.
Product support: Characteristics The safety characteristics of electromechanical SIRIUS products
can be found at
■ Safety characteristics https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109739348
or in the SIEMENS Industry Online Support Portal
In the following standards, the so-called B10 values for calculat- (http://support.industry.siemens.com)
ing the safety integrity or safety integrity level (SIL) in functional under the Entry ID: 109739348.
safety at a high or continuous demand rate are required also for
electromechanical switchgear:
• IEC 62061 "Safety of machines – Functional safety of safety-
related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic 8
control systems",
• ISO 13849-1 "Safety of machines – Safety-related components
of controls – Part 1: General principles".
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/13

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
■ Standards
IEC EN Title
60947-1 60947-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear: General rules
60947-2 60947-2 • Circuit-breakers
60947-3 60947-3 • Switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and fuse-combination units
60947-4-1 60947-4-1 • Contactors and motor starters - Electromechanical contactors and motor starters
60947-4-2 60947-4-2 • Contactors and motor starters - AC semiconductor motor controllers and starters, soft starters
60947-4-3 60947-4-3 • AC semiconductor controllers and contactors for non-motor loads
60947-5-1 60947-5-1 • Control circuit devices and switching elements - Electromechanical control circuit devices
60947-5-2 60947-5-2 • Control circuit devices and switching elements - Proximity switches
60947-5-3 60947-5-3 • Requirements for proximity devices with defined behaviour under fault conditions
60947-5-5 60947-5-5 • Electrical emergency stop device with mechanical latching function
60947-5-6 60947-5-6 • Control circuit devices and switching elements - DC interface for proximity switches and
switching amplifiers (NAMUR)
60947-5-7 60947-5-7 • Requirements for proximity devices with analogue output
60947-5-8 60947-5-8 • Three-position enabling switches
60947-5-9 60947-5-9 • Flow rate switches
60947-6-1 60947-6-1 • Multiple function equipment - Transfer switching equipment
60947-6-2 60947-6-2 • Multiple function equipment - Control and protective switching devices (or equipment) (CPS)
60947-7-1 60947-7-1 • Ancillary equipment - Terminal blocks for copper conductors
60947-7-2 60947-7-2 • Ancillary equipment - Protective conductor terminal blocks for copper conductors
60947-7-3 60947-7-3 • Ancillary equipment - Safety requirements for fuse terminal blocks
60947-7-4 60947-7-4 • Ancillary equipment - PCB terminal blocks for copper conductors
60947-8 60947-8 • Control units for built-in thermal protection (PTC) for rotating electrical machines
62026-2 62026-2 • Actuator sensor interface (AS-i)
60269-1 60269-1 Low-voltage fuses: General requirements
60269-4 60269-4 Low-voltage fuses: Supplementary requirements for fuse-links for the protection of semiconductor devices
60050-441 -- International Electrotechnical Vocabulary. Switchgear, controlgear and fuses
61439-1 61439-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: General rules
61439-2 61439-2 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
61439-3 61439-3 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: Distribution boards intended to be operated by ordinary persons
(DBO)
61439-4 61439-4 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: Particular requirements for assemblies for construction sites
(ACS)
61439-5 61439-5 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: Assemblies for power distribution in public networks
61439-6 61439-6 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Part 6: Busbar trunking systems (busways)
-- 50274 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies – Protection against electric shock – Protection against
unintentional direct contact with hazardous live parts
61140 61140 Protection against electric shock – Common aspects for installation and equipment
60664-1 60664-1 Insulation coordination for electrical equipment in low-voltage systems;
Principles, requirements and tests
60204-1 60204-1 Electrical equipment of machines: General requirements
-- 50178 Electronic equipment for use in power installations
60079-14 60079-14 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres
Electrical installations in hazardous areas (other than mines)
60079-2 60079-2 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres – Part 2: Pressurized Enclosures M "p"
61810-1 61810-1 Electromechanical elementary relays; General requirements
61812-1 61812-1 Time relays for industrial and residential use: Part 1: Requirements and tests
60999-1 60999-1 Connecting devices - Electrical copper conductors - Safety requirements for screw-type and screwless-type clamping
units - Part 1: General requirements and particular requirements for clamping units for conductors from
0.2 mm2 up to 35 mm2 (included)
60999-2 60999-2 Connecting devices - Electrical copper conductors - Safety requirements for screw-type and screwless-type clamping
units: Particular requirements for clamping units for conductors above 35 mm2 up to 300 mm2 (included)
IEC/TR 61000-4-1 61000-4-1 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-1: Testing and measuring techniques;
Overview of IEC 61000-4 series
61000-6-2 61000-6-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC); Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments
61000-6-3 61000-6-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC); Generic standards - Emission standard
for residential, commercial and light-industrial environments
61000-6-4 61000-6-4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC); Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments
61869-1 61869-1 Instrument transformers: General requirements
61869-2 61869-2 Instrument transformers: Additional requirements for current transformers
8/14 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
UL CSA C22.2 ASME JIS Title

508 -- -- -- Industrial control equipment
60947-1 No. 60947-1 -- -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 1: General rules
60947-4-1 No. 60947-4-1 -- -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 4-1: Contactors and motor starters –
Electromechanical contactors and motor starters
60947-4-2 No. 60947-4-2 -- -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 4-2: Contactors and motor starters –
AC semiconductor motor controllers and starters
60947-5-1 No. 60947-5-1 -- -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 5-1: Control circuit devices and switching elements
– Electromechanical control circuit devices
489 No. 5 -- -- Molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches, and circuit breaker enclosures
1012 -- -- -- Power units other than CLASS 2
1059 -- -- -- Terminal blocks
486A-486B -- -- -- Wire connectors
486E -- -- -- Equipment wiring terminals for use with aluminum and/or copper conductors
50 -- -- -- Enclosures for electrical equipment – Non-environmental considerations
50E -- -- -- Enclosures for electrical equipment – Environmental considerations
-- No. 14 -- -- Industrial control equipment
-- No. 107.1 -- -- General use power supplies
-- -- A17.5 / -- Elevator and escalator electrical equipment
CSA B 44.1
-- -- -- C 8201-4-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear; Contactors and motor-starters
■ Approval requirements valid in different countries

Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed, In some cases, CSA for Canada and UL for the USA only
manufactured and tested according to the relevant German approve special switchgear versions. Such special versions are
standards (DIN and VDE), IEC publications and European listed separately from the standard versions in the individual
standards (EN) as well as CSA and UL standards. The standards parts of this catalog.
assigned to the single devices are stated in the relevant parts of
this catalog. For this equipment, partial limitations of the maximum permissi-
ble voltages, currents and ratings can be imposed, or special
As far as is economically viable, the requirements of the various approval and, in some cases, special identification is required.
standards valid in other countries are also taken into account in
the design of the equipment. For use on board ship, the specifications of the marine classifi-
cation societies must be observed (see table below). In some
In some countries an approval is required for certain low-voltage cases, they require type tests of the components to be
switchgear and controlgear components (see table below). approved.
Depending on the market requirements, these components have
been submitted for approval to the authorized testing institutes.
■ Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements

Country Canada USA China Russia / Belarus /
Kazakhstan /...
Government-appointed or private, officially CSA UL UL CQC Official national regulation / TR
recognized testing bodies (USA)
Mark of conformity s c u cU u U
c UUS c UUS
c uUS c uUS
Approval requirement + + + +
Remarks UL and CSA are authorized to grant approval CCC Eurasian customs union
certificates in accordance with Canadian and
North American regulations. Please note:
These approvals are not recognized in many
cases and must be covered by additional
approvals issued by the national testing
agency.
For more information about the approval marks, see page 8/18.
■ Marine classification societies

Country Germany United Kingdom France CIS Italy Poland USA
Norway
Name DNV-GL Lloyds Bureau Russian Registro Polski American
Register of Veritas Maritime Italiano Rejestre Bureau of
Shipping Register of Navale Statków Shipping
Shipping
8
Codes DNV-GL LR BV RS RINA PRS ABS
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/15

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
■ CE marking
Manufacturers of products which fall within the subject area to All the products in this catalog are in conformance with the
which EU directives apply must identify their products, operating relevant specific EU directives and bear the CE mark of
instructions or packaging with a CE mark of conformity. conformity >.
By attaching the CE marking, the manufacturer confirms that the • Low-voltage directive
product conforms to the relevant basic requirements of all direc- • EMC directive
tives applicable to the product. The mark of conformity is a • Machinery directive
mandatory requirement for putting products into circulation
throughout the EC. • ATEX directive
• RED directive
• RoHS directive
■ ALPHA/LOVAG
Siemens AG sits in the ALPHA committee of "ALPHA in VDE". List of LOVAG members
The responsibility of manufacturers and the high quality of SGS BELGIUM NV Belgium
products are promoted by "ALPHA in VDE" by means of Division SGS CEBEC
supportive procedural guidelines for testing equipment ALPHA in VDE Germany
according to the currently valid standards. ASEFA France
ACAE Italy
Providing specific conditions are fulfilled, "ALPHA in VDE" can IMQ S.p.A
also issue officially recognized product certificates if required. Intertek SEMKO Sweden
As a member of LOVAG, "ALPHA in VDE" is also working towards APPLUSS + Laboratories Spain
obtaining international recognition for declarations of conformity
and certificates.
LOVAG (Low-Voltage Agreement Group) is a body comprising
international specialists from certification bodies and industry
who are working together to create a standardized European
certificate.
■ Accident prevention
Test certificates and approvals from IFA (institute for occupa-
tional safety and health of the German social accident insur-
ance), SUVA (Swiss institute for accident prevention), BG ETEM
(German trade association for energy, textiles, electrical goods
and media products) TÜV and VDE are available for some
devices in safety control systems. For details, see the respective
product descriptions.
8/16 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
■ Ex protection certificates for SIRIUS controls

Controls that are installed in a potentially explosive atmosphere
or motor protection devices that protect a motor installed in a
potentially explosive atmosphere against overloading must
comply with certain special requirements. These requirements
are laid down in the following standards:
• EN 50495
• EN 60079-0
• EN 60079-1
• EN 60079-7
• EN 60079-14
• EN 60079-17
• EN 60079-31
• EN 60947-1
• EN 60947-4-1
• EN 60947-4-2
• EN 60947-5-1
• EN 60947-8
• EN ISO/IEC 80079-34
Certification
The enactment of EU Directive 94/9/EC (July 2003) ushered in a
new era in the field of explosion protection. Since then, only
those devices and protection systems that comply with the Selection box
EU directive can be brought into circulation within the European
Union for operation in potentially explosive atmospheres. Since
April 20, 2016 this Directive has been superseded by the new
EU Directive 2014/34/EU.
Controls and motor protection devices that are brought into
circulation within the member states of the EU in accordance
with EU directive 2014/34/EU must have been constructed and
tested according to the above-mentioned standards and must
have a declaration of conformity from the manufacturer based
on a prototype test certificate. Prototype test certificates that
were issued in accordance with 94/9/EC have retained their
validity even after 2014/34/EU came into force.
The quality management (QM) system of the manufacturer is
subject to certain requirements and a "QM certificate" must be
obtained for the manufacturer from a recognized authority.
Certification of the QM system
A certificate of approval for quality assurance production has
been issued by DEKRA EXAM GmbH1) with the number
BVS 11 ATEX ZQS/E111 of DEKRA EXAM GmbH1) according to
Directive 94/9/EC (from April 20, 2016 2014/34(EU)).
This certificate is valid for equipment groups I and II and
categories M2 and 2: Safety and control devices for electrical
equipment.
Certificates
For the 3RV, 3RU, 3RB, 3UF, 3RN and 3RW motor protection
devices, the corresponding declarations of conformity and
Description of certificate with view and download option
prototype test certificates for Category 2D, 2G, and in some
cases M2, are available and can be supplied on request. Identifying markings
Declarations of conformity and prototype test certificates are All equipment must be marked according to the ATEX guideline.
available at http://support.industry.siemens.com The ATEX identification code contains the equipment group, the
for viewing and downloading. approved environment, the number of the certification authority
You can find more information about industrial controls for and other technical data that was determined from the type test.
applications in explosion-protected areas at
www.siemens.com/sirius/atex.
8
1)
DEKRA EXAM GmbH
The certification authority of "DEKRA EXAM GmbH" with authority
number 0158 according to Article 13 of Directive 2014/34/EC of the
European Parliament and Council, certifies that Siemens Amberg,
Cham and Trutnov maintains a quality assurance system for production
that satisfies Appendices IV and VII of this Directive.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/17

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
■ Certificate of the AS-International Association for AS-Interface products

AS-Interface products are tested and certified by the
AS-International Association. The products have been tested in
an accredited test laboratory according to testing guidelines.
■ Special standards for the USA and Canada

In the USA and Canada, for machine tools and processing Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for auxiliary circuits
machines in particular, supply lines are laid using rubber (e.g. contactor relays, commanding and signaling devices and
insulated cable enclosed in heavy-duty steel piping similar to auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts in general) are generally
that used for gas or water pipe systems. only approved by CSA and UL for "Heavy Duty" or "Standard
Duty" and are identified either with these specifications in
The tubing system must be completely watertight and electri- addition to the maximum permissible voltage or by using an
cally conductive (especially sleeving and elbows). Since the abbreviation.
tubing system can also be grounded, the cable entries of
enclosed units equipped with heavy-gauge or metric threads The abbreviations are harmonized with IEC 60947-5-1
must be fitted with metal adapters between these threads and Appendix 1 Table A.1 and correspond to the stated utilization
the tube thread. The necessary adapters are specified for the categories.
switchgear as accessories; they should be ordered separately
unless otherwise specified. For various switching devices detailed in the catalog, a note has
been included to the effect that, above a certain voltage, the
auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts can only be used if they
have the same polarity. This means that the input terminals can
only be connected to the same pole of the actuating voltage,
e.g. "600 V AC above 300 V AC same polarity".
Differentiating features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada)

Recognized Component Listed Product
Devices are identified on the rating plate Devices are identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating plate
using the "UL recognition mark": e.g. USA: u LISTED XXX Canada: cu LISTED XXX
USA: U, cUUS IND. CONT. EQ. IND. CONT. EQ.
Canada: u, cUUS (XXX stands for: UL Code Classification Number)
Devices are approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e.: Devices are approved for "field wiring", i.e.:
as devices for installation in control systems, which are selected, installed, • As devices for installation in control systems, which are completely wired by
wired and tested entirely by trained personnel in factories, workshops or trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere.
elsewhere, according to the operating conditions.
• As single devices for sale in retail outlets in the USA/Canada.
If devices are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved
as U or cU "recognized components".
For more information about UL and CSA, see page 8/15.
■ Special standards for Russia, Australia and China

EAC approval for RCM approval
Russia/Belarus/Kazakhstan/... for Australia
EAC mark RCM mark
Since 2013-02-15, Russia, Kazakhstan, Belarus and other The RCM mark is required for marketing Siemens electronic
countries have been united in the Eurasian EAC customs union. devices in Australia. Electronic devices must provide proof of
An EAC approval as replacement for the GOST mark is required EMC clearance in Australia, similar to the CE mark of conformity
for all products that are to be sold in Russia. laid down by the EMC directive applicable in the EC and bear
the "RCM" mark. These requirements have been in force since
All devices delivered to the customs union must have these October 1, 1999.
customs certifications.
8/18 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Quality management
■ Quality management ■ Certificates

The quality management system of our "Control Products" For information about available certifications of the quality
Business Unit of the "Digital Factory" Division complies with the management system for Industrial Controls products, please
international standard EN ISO 9001. visit website address:
The products and systems described in this catalog are www.siemens.com/system-certificates/cp
developed, manufactured and sold under application of a
certified quality management system according to ISO 9001.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/19

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Partner at Siemens
■ Overview
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts on the entire portfolio of
Digital Factory and Process Industries and Drives.
Your partner can be found in our Personal Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation-contact
You start by selecting
• the required competence,
• products and branches,
• a country and a city
or by a
• location search or free text search.
8/20 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Industry Services
■ Overview
Support and Training Digital

Consulting Services Services
Services
Service
Programs and
Spare Parts Agreements
Services
Repair Field and Retrofit and

G_DA65_XX_00272a
Services Maintenance Modernization
Services Services
Keep your business running and shaping your digital future – with Industry Services
Optimizing the productivity of your equipment and operations You can rely on our highly dedicated team of engineers, techni-
can be a challenge, especially with constantly changing market cians and specialists to deliver the services you need – safely,
conditions. Working with our service experts makes it easier. professionally and in compliance with all regulations. We are
We understand your industry's unique processes and provide there for you, where you need us, when you need us.
the services needed so that you can better achieve your busi-
ness goals. https://www.siemens.com/global/en/home/products/services/
industry.html
You can count on us to maximize your uptime and minimize your
downtime, increasing your operations' productivity and reliabil-
ity. When your operations have to be changed quickly to meet a
new demand or business opportunity, our services give you the
flexibility to adapt. Of course, we take care that your production
is protected against cyber threats. We assist in keeping your
operations as energy and resource efficient as possible and re-
ducing your total cost of ownership. As a trendsetter, we ensure
that you can capitalize on the opportunities of digitalization and
by applying data analytics to enhance decision making: You can
be sure that your plant reaches its full potential and retains this
over the longer lifespan.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/21

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Industry Services
■ Overview
Digital Support and
Services Consulting
Services
Digital Services make your industrial processes transparent to Industry Online Support site for comprehensive information,
gain improvements in productivity, asset availability, and energy application examples, FAQs and support requests.
efficiency.
Technical and Engineering Support for advice and answers
Production data is generated, filtered and translated with intelli- for all inquiries about functionality, handling, and fault
gent analytics to enhance decision-making. clearance. The Service Card as prepaid support for value added
services such as Priority Call Back or Extended Support offers
This is done whilst taking data security into consideration and the clear advantage of quick and easy purchasing.
with continuous protection against cyber-attack threats.
Information & Consulting Services, e.g. SIMATIC System
https://www.siemens.com/global/en/home/products/services/ Audit; clarity about the state and service capability of your auto-
industry/digital-services.html mation system or Lifecycle Information Services; transparency
on the lifecycle of the products in your plants.
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2235
Training Spare Parts

Services Services
From the basics right through to advanced specialist skills, Spare Parts Services are available worldwide for smooth and
SITRAIN courses provide expertise directly from the manufac- fast supply of spare parts – and thus optimal plant availability.
turer – and encompass the entire spectrum of Siemens products Genuine spare parts are available for up to ten years. Logistic
and systems for industry. experts take care of procurement, transport, custom clearance,
storage and order management. Reliable logistics processes
ensure that components reach their destination as needed.
Worldwide, SITRAIN courses are available wherever you need a Since not all spare parts can be kept in stock at all times,
training course in more than 170 locations in over 60 countries. Siemens offers a preventive measure for spare parts provision-
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2226 ing on the customer's premises with optimized Spare Parts
Packages for individual products, custom-assembled drive
components and entire integrated drive trains – including risk
consulting.
Asset Optimization Services help you design a strategy for
parts supply where your investment and carrying costs are
reduced and the risk of obsolescence is avoided.
8/22 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Industry Services
Repair Retrofit and
Services Modernization
Services
Repair Services are offered on-site and in regional repair centers Provide a cost-effective solution for the expansion of entire
for fast restoration of faulty devices’ functionality. plants, optimization of systems or upgrading existing products
to the latest technology and software, e.g. migration services for
Also available are extended repair services, which include addi- automation systems.
tional diagnostic and repair measures, as well as emergency
services. Service experts support projects from planning through commis-
sioning and, if desired over the entire extended lifespan, e.g.
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2154 Retrofit for Integrated Drive Systems for an extended lifetime of
your machines and plants.
Service
Field and
Programs and
Maintenance
Agreements
Services
Siemens specialists are available globally to provide expert field A technical Service Program or Agreement enables you to easily
and maintenance services, including commissioning, functional bundle a wide range of services into a single annual or multi-
testing, preventive maintenance and fault clearance. year agreement.
All services can be included in customized service agreements
with defined reaction times or fixed maintenance intervals. You pick the services you need to match your unique require-
ments or fill gaps in your organization’s maintenance capa-
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2265 bilities.
Programs and agreements can be customized as KPI-based
and/or performance-based contracts.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/23

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Online Support
■ Overview
Online Support – fast, intuitive, whenever you want,

wherever you need
Web
support.industry.siemens.com
App
Scan the QR code

for information on
our Online Support
app.
FAQ / Application examples

Information about industrial products, programming and configuration as well as
application examples
Technical Information
Videos, documentation, manuals, updates, product notes, compatibility tool, certificates, planning data
such as dimensional drawings, product data, 3D models
Forum
Exchange information and experience with other users and experts
Online Support for Siemens Products for Industry

Siemens Industry and Online Support with some 1.7 million visi- In connection with the challenges and opportunities related to
tors per month is one of the most popular web services provided digitalization you can look forward to continued support with
by Siemens. It is the central access point for comprehensive innovative offerings.
technical know-how about products, systems and services for
automation and drives applications as well as for process
industries.
8/24 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Software licenses
■ Overview
Software types Rental floating license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The rental floating license corresponds to the rental license,
The following software types have been defined: except that a license is not required for each installation of the
• Engineering software software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
• Runtime software
Trial license
Engineering software
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz- It can be transferred to another license.
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing. Data generated with
engineering software and executable programs can be dupli- Demo license
cated for your own use or for use by third-parties free-of-charge. The demo license support the "sporadic use" of engineering soft-
Runtime software ware in a non-productive context, for example, use for testing
and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another
This includes all software products required for plant/machine license. After the installation of the license key, the software can
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- be operated for a specific period of time, whereby usage can be
sions, drivers, etc. The duplication of the runtime software and interrupted as often as required.
executable programs created with the runtime software for your
own use or for use by third-parties is subject to a charge. One license is required per installation of the software.
You can find information about license fees according to use in Demo floating license
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, The demo floating license corresponds to the demo license,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. Information about except that a license is not required for each installation of the
extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
supplied as integral components of the scope of delivery can be user or device).
found in the readme file supplied with the relevant product(s). Certificate of License (CoL)
License types The CoL is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers vari- been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of
ous types of software license: use and must be kept in a safe place.
• Floating license Downgrading
• Single license The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
• Rental license sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
• Rental floating license
• Trial license Delivery versions
• Demo license Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
• Demo floating license
• PowerPack
Floating license • Upgrade
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of can be used to access updates.
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
begins when the software is started. PowerPack
A license is required for each concurrent user.
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
Single license The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
installation of the software per license. The type of use licensed with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
is specified in the ordering data and in the Certificate of License ware is licensed.
(CoL). Types of use include for example per instance, per axis, A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
per channel, etc. license of the software to be replaced.
One single license is required for each type of use defined. Upgrade
Rental license An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software is already held.
can be used for a specific period of time (the operating hours do The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
not have to be consecutive). One license is required for each the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
installation of the software. product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/25

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Software licenses
■ Overview
ServicePack Software Update Service (SUS)
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. As part of the SUS contract, all software updates for the respec-
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord- tive product are made available to you free of charge for a period
ing to the number of existing original licenses. of one year from the invoice date. The contract will automatically
be extended for one year if it is not canceled three months
License key before it expires.
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies The possession of the current version of the respective software
software products with and without license keys. is a basic condition for entering into an SUS contract.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, You can download explanations concerning license conditions from
rental license, etc.). www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
The complete installation of software products requiring license terms_of_trade_en.pdf
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
8/26 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
■ 1. General Provisions ■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter apply only to devices for export.
referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and Illustrations are not binding.
the conditions for supplies and services, including software
products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The given - these are subject to change without prior notice.
following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Germany. ■ 4. Export Regulations
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such
Germany fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.
following applies subordinate to the T&C:
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing
• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether
• for software products, the "General License Conditions for licenses are required under German, European and US export
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to
with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and, European or German export authorization when being exported
• for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and subject to US re-export authorization.
Electronics Industry"1). The export indications can be viewed in advance in the
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"
Germany
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany, are authoritative.
the following applies subordinate to the T&C:
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authori-
• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and, zation may be required i .a. due to the final disposition and
• for software products, the "General License Conditions for intended use of goods.
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or
with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
• for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or (including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
Registered Office outside of Germany"1). third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable
national and international (re-)export control regulations.
■ 2. Prices If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,
you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all infor-
The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of mation pertaining to the particular end customer, final dispo-
packaging. sition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It works and services provided by us, as well as to any export
shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to control restrictions existing in this relation.
the applicable statutory legal regulations. The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charget European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
the prices valid at the time of delivery. requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g. relevant authorities.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym), Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A
surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a 1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be
supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of downloaded at
the raw material in question is exceeded. www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-
The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price as/catalog/en/terms_of_trade_en.pdf
(for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
calculation.
An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-
as/catalog/en/terms_of_trade_en.pdf
To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and 8
neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
received or the release order was effected is used with a one-
month buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
explanation of the metal factor).
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 8/27

© Siemens AG 2018
Appendix
Notes
8/28 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018
Catalogs
Digital Factory, Process Industries and Drives and Energy Management
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation-contact
Interactive Catalog on DVD Catalog Process Instrumentation and Analytics Catalog

Products for Automation and Drives CA 01 Digital: Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
Digital: Display Recorders SIREC D MP 20
Building Control Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software MP 31
GAMMA Building Control ET G1 Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments AP 01
Drive Systems
Digital: Process Analytics, Components for AP 11
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11 Continuous Emission Monitoring
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12
Medium-Voltage Converters Electrical Installation Technology
Digital: SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180 D 15.1 SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA LV 10
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
(Germany Edition) Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
SINAMICS G180 Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet D 18.1 Standards-Compliant Components for LV 11
Systems, Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled Photovoltaic Plants
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Converter Units D 21.3 Electrical Components for the Railway Industry LV 12
SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules Power Monitoring Made Simple LV 14
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units Components for Industrial Control Panels according LV 16
SINAMICS S120 and SIMOTICS D 21.4 to UL Standards
SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module D 23.1 3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A LV 35
SINAMICS Inverters for D 31.1 3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A LV 36
Single-Axis Drives · Built-In Units Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting LV 50
SINAMICS Inverters for D 31.2 and System Air-Conditioning
Single-Axis Drives · Distributed Inverters Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems LV 51
Digital: SINAMICS S210 Servo Drive System D 32 ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks LV 52
Digital: SINAMICS V90 Basic Servo Drive System D 33 SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards LV 56
Digital: SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P D 35 SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
Cabinet pump, fan, compressor converters
Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1
LOHER VARIO High Voltage Motors D 83.2
Vacuum Switching Technology and Components for HG 11.01
Flameproof, Type Series 1PS4, 1PS5, 1MV4 and 1MV5
Medium Voltage
Frame Size 355 to 1000, Power Range 80 to 7100 kW
Digital: Three-Phase Induction Motors D 84.1 Motion Control
SIMOTICS HV, SIMOTICS TN SINUMERIK 840 Equipment for Machine Tools NC 62
Digital: Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV D 84.3 SINUMERIK 808 Equipment for Machine Tools NC 81.1
High Voltage Three-phase Induction Motors D 84.9 SINUMERIK 828 Equipment for Machine Tools NC 82
SIMOTICS HV Series A-compact PLUS SIMOTION Equipment for Production Machines PM 21
Digital: Modular Industrial Generators SIGENTICS M D 85.1 Digital: Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, D 86.1
Series H-compact Power Supply
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2 SITOP Power supply KT 10.1
Technology, HT-direct
Safety Integrated
DC Motors DA 12
Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 SIMATIC HMI / PC-based Automation
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 Human Machine Interface Systems/ ST 80/
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors PC-based Automation ST PC
SIMOTOCS S-1FG1 Servo geared motors D 41 SIMATIC Ident
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors D 81.1 Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
SIMOTICS FD Low-Voltage Motors D 81.8
LOHER Low-Voltage Motors D 83.1 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Digital: MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1 Products for Totally Integrated Automation ST 70
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors MD 50.1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
SIMOGEAR Electric-monorail geared motors MD 50.8 System components
Light-load and heavy-load applications SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7 T
SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter MD 50.11 Technology components
Mechanical Driving Machines Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7 AO
Process Control System
FLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1
SIMATIC S7-400 advanced controller ST 400
FLENDER High Performance Couplings MD 10.2
FLENDER Backlash-free Couplings MD 10.3 SIMATIC NET
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units MD 31.1 Industrial Communication IK PI
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
Digital: SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10
Information and Download Center

Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF. There you’ll find additional catalogs in other languages.
Please note the section “Downloading catalogs” on page
“Online services” in the appendix of this catalog.
© Siemens AG 2018
Get more information Security information

www.siemens.com/railway-components Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial
security functions that support the secure operation of
plants, systems, machines and networks.
Siemens AG
Digital Factory In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks
Control Products against cyber threats, it is necessary to implement – and
Postfach 23 55 continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art indus-
90713 Fürth
trial security concept. Siemens’ products and solutions
Germany
constitute one element of such a concept.
Customers are responsible for preventing unauthorized
© Siemens AG 2018
Subject to change without prior notice
access to their plants, systems, machines and networks.
PDF (E86060-K1012-A101-A2-7600) Such systems, machines and components should only be
Online version connected to an enterprise network or the internet if and to
KG 0718 702 En the extent such a connection is necessary and only when
Produced in Germany
appropriate security measures (e.g. firewalls and/or net-
work segmentation) are in place.
The information provided in this catalog contains merely general
For additional information on industrial security measures
descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual
use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result
that may be implemented, please visit
of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject
Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous
to change without notice. development to make them more secure. Siemens strongly
recommends that product updates are applied as soon as
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties they are available and that the latest product versions are
for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners. used. Use of product versions that are no longer supported,
Token fee: 5.00 €
and failure to apply the latest updates may increase cus-
tomer’s exposure to cyber threats.
To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the
Siemens Industrial Security RSS Feed under
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
Electrical
components
for the railway
industry

Electrical Components For The Railway Industry: Catalog IC 12 Edition 2019

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Components For The Railway Industry: Catalog IC 12 Edition 2019

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Components For The Railway Industry: Catalog IC 12 Edition 2019

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

© Siemens AG 2018

Industrial Controls IC 10 Products for Automation and Drives CA 01

PDF (E86060-K1010-A101-A8-7600) www.siemens.com/ca01download

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10 Industry Mall

3AH47 Vakuum Circuit-Breakers HG 11.52

Trademarks Technical Assistance

All product designations may be registered trademarks or Expert technical assistance

Electrical Components for the Railway Industry

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

www.siemens.com/industrymall Low-Voltage Power Distribution

Please contact your local Siemens branch.

Surge Arresters for Railway Applications

The products and systems described in

Large temperature fluctuations, condensation, shock, vibration, electromagnetic

Developed, tested and certified

Our railway components comply with all the relevant standards,

With our certified components, we actively support the

Any more questions? Competent and fast

Our experts are there to • Product selection

both before and after delivery.

• Industry Online Support – get fast and up-to-date information

In Industry Online Support you will find FAQs,

• Support Request – the fast track to the experts

Using the Support Request form in Industry Online Support

• Conversion tool – the easy and efficient way

1/8 Surge arresters

1/11 SIPLUS extreme RAIL

1/12 SCALANCE | RUGGEDCOM

1/16 Siemens Propulsion System

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIRIUS

SIRIUS 3RV2 motor starter protectors for motor protection

SIRIUS 3RT2 motor contactors up to 45 kW

SIRIUS 3RT1 motor contactors from 55 to 250 kW

1/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIRIUS

SIRIUS 3TC DC contactors

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/3

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIRIUS

SIRIUS 3RH2 latched contactor relays

SIRIUS 3TH4 contactor relays with 8 and 10 contacts

SIRIUS ACT push buttons and signaling devices

1/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIRIUS

SIRIUS 3RQ coupling relays

SIRIUS 3RP2 timing relays

SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays

SIRIUS 3SE5 position switches

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/5

Electrical components for the railway industry – SENTRON

5ST3010 auxiliary switches (AS) for MCBs

1/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

Electrical components for the railway industry – SENTRON

Vacuum interrupters for medium-voltage contactors and circuit breakers

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/7

Electrical components for the railway industry – Surge arresters

3EB4 surge arrester for railway applications

3EB5 surge arrester for railway applications

1/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/9